AISC Seismic Design Manual 2nd Edition

r
"' ..
r
1
~-~
I
l
:z.:...
.;;.
,_
. . : ..un \E!<'.1i1;lv-... . ,.:._ , ;.,., ,.,,.
f
:;
;},~, ~~::.
:r
I
i
).
,'_, ,a~
'!'c ..;
ii
.'."' r -'' ,
-'~N
.~~~1'1 ~-!,; :i-< .).,i. . ~
.~ <(. ~.: 1~
.r
.,
,.
.,.,,.
., i
\ '"'-;..' ~
-~ ""-
-
-..'
i, ;.:: .
:: .-;;:"' ;
'J
J..
D
J'
..'
.;_ !
:;:
;.
-~
-.. -.
'MANUAL
.. ' . .
:
\' - .
:;~ ~. . .
' \f' : ,
AMERt'CAN 'INSTITUTE
.I
I
OF
..
STEEL CONSTRUCTION
SECOND EDITION
,.
I
i
1 General Design Considerations
2 Analysis
3 Systems Not Specifically Detailed for Seismic Resistance
4 Moment Frames
5 Braced Frames
6 Composite Moment Frames
Composite Braced Frames and Shear Walls
"" ~
8 Diaphragms, Collectors and Chords
..-
4#
9 Provisions and Standards
10 Engineered Damping Systems
Index
Ir
lI
11
J
vi
vii
,
AISC Q 2012
DEDICATION
by
..
."'" ...,~'\
\,
~~.
t~.
American Institute of Steel Consuuction

"'-:""
. .,,,.
-~
'.. ~
~.-'\
"' '
"'}./
ISBN J-56424:()61-4
;:, ~>:.
~
~;,,.. ''fl' t;
~,
I..
..
All rig~
This
part rhereo} miist nothe reproduced
in any fom1 without the written pennission of the publisher.
The AISC.~gl'
f;e~si?jd tr<jfe~fk ofA/SC.
reservia.
bobk o;rm;
%
a
-,.
.
.. .. .
..
. Th~ information presented in this publication has been prepared in accordance with recognized engineering principles and is for .$~A-Yf.ll information only. While it is believed to be
accurate, this information should nott~. ~s'&I"'oc relied upon for any specific application
without competent professional exa~~Jj<?!an~ ~eji~cation of its accuracy, suitability and
applicability by a licensed professionaI:e}lgiqeey,- desjgner, or architect The publication of
the. material contained herein is not int~n~~d~l!f~ representation or warranty on the part of
the American Institute of Steel ConstrU~tioff:!:/:r,~f any other person named herein, that this
information is suitable for any general or particular use or ~f freedom from infringement of
any patent or patents. Anyone making;use_of th.is inforfuation assumes all liability arising
from such use.
'
.\
..
1.,. .
I
JJ
:,,
. Caution must be exercised when relying upon ocher specifications and codes developed by
other bodies and incorporated by reference herein since such material may be modified or
amended from time to time subsequent to the printing of this edition. The Institute bears no
responsibility for such material other than to refer to it and incorporate it by reference at the
time of the initial publication of chis edition.
Printed in the United States of America
First Prin{ipg: September 2012 .
~
.._
t.
..
., :._!.
ri~ I
...
,,,._
:J.
Clarkson ("Piiiky") W. Pinkham
This-edition of the AISC SeiSmic Design Manual is dedicated to the memory of Clarkson
W. Pinkham, a long-time member of the AISC Committee on Specifications and 'Taskr
Committee 9-Seismic Design. Mr. Pinkham, or Pinky as he was- aJ!'ectionately known to' .
his professional collea'gues, was pCC$ident ana member of the Los Angeles consulting structuial-engineering firm,. S.B. Barnes and Associates, for 62 years. He sei;ved on the AISC
(
Committee on Specifications from the mid-1970s until the yeatioo:i: and Thsk Comin.ittee .
9-Seismic Design from-the mid-1990s. until 2010. As a member of :raskComn1ittee'9 and
technical secretary for-the 1997 AISC Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, he
was a major contributor -aiid instrumental ii1 the early development of that standard. Pinky rwas one of the fuit proponents of including composite systems. in "the AISC Seismicl
Provisioru and, for the first time; thisSeismic Design Manual includes two chapters on' such .:
systems. Pinky received the AISC Lif~time Achievement Award in 1999. Through a career
that spanned more than six decades, he\.$pent a lifetime sharing his expertise with others in j
the field. He was passionate about learning up until his death in 2012 at the age of 92. Pinky -..
was generous in sharing his abundance of structural engineering experience and knowledge
through committee involvement and with those who requested it o~ the subjects o~ ~tructural ~':
steel, concrete and masonry design, cold-formed structures, and timber. By prov1dmg solu-l:
lions and recommendations in this way, Pinky improved the integrity of numerous ~=.,
structures; in particular, their capacity to resist seismic-generated forces. He was elected
president of the Structural Engineers Association of Southern California (SEAOSC) in .
1971, and later served as president of the Structural Engineers Association of California I
(SEAOC) in 1975. He was twice given the S.B. Barnes Award for Research, and in 1994 ~
was inducted into the SEAOC College of Fellows, the highest honor awarded by SEAOC.
In 2009, the Structural Engineering Institute of the American Society of Civil Engineers~
awarded Pinky the Walter P. Moore. Jr., Award in recognition of his dedication to and tecb-l .
oical expertise in the development of structural codes and standards. AISC will always
remember his dedication to the development of standards related to the design and con- ~
stnJction of structural steel and it is especially fitting that the 2nd Edition of the AISC L
Seismic Design Manual be dedicated to the memory of Clarkson W Pinkham.
L.
I
l
I
j
,;;
. ..
i;~
viii
PREFACE
FOREWORD
..
_J
~I
I
d
'.;I
fI
:;J
11
.1
t: .
..
i.
The design
'
~x;mpl~ contained in tills f1anual
demonstiate' an ai>Pr0ach~to design, and
~nc?~ intended to suggest that' the approach presented is the oiiry approach.' The commicteifr~nsible for !he development of these desjgn examples reeognizes that Ciisigoers have
altel"ll!lt~ approaches that worlc'best for them and their'ptojects. Design approache~ that difter-~iii._iliose ~ei:ited ~ these examples iire .son'sidered viable as long as the AISC
Sped/icarii>n and AISC Sez'smic Proviswns, sound ~ngiii~ring~ and project srecific require
'
mentS are satisfied.
The.following major changes and improvements have been made in this revision:
"
t
More thorough and comprehensive design examples, updated for the 2010 AISC
Seis111ic Provisions
Side-by-side LRFD and ASD design methodologies for design examples
Addition of Part 2: Analysis
Addition of column base plate design exampl~
Extended discussion in Part 8 on collector elements
Addition of Part 10: Engineered Damping Systems
Addition of buckling-restrained bf<lCed frame systems and examples
Addition of new chapters on compP$ite moment frames and composite braced frames
By the AISC Committee on Manuals and Textbooks,
'
;
2010 Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings (ANSIIAISC 341-10)

~ 2010 Prequaliji~d Connections for Special and /111ennediau Steel Moment Frames
for Seismic Applicafi9hs including' Supplement No. 1 (ANSI/AiSC 358~ 1Oand ANSl/
AlSC 358sl~l) 1 ' .
:
The Institute's objeetive is to make ;~aurai .steel the material of choice, by being the
leader in structural-steel-related technical and market-building activities, including: specificatism.and code development, research,-educa!ion, tecl!Jlical.assistance, quality e<ertification,
suw-dardiz.ation, and mar~et deyelopmenl ,
To accomplish this pbjective, the ln&titu~ publishes manuals, design guides and specificatiqns: Best known Jll)d most widely used is the Steel Construction Manual, which bolds a
highly respected positipn in. engineering literature. The Manual is based on the Specification
forStnu:tural Steel Buildings and the COOe of Sf.(),ntlnrd Practice for Steel Buildings and
Bridge;. Both standards are included in the Manual for easy reference.
11:\e Institute. also publishes lechn.ical information and timely articles in its Engineering
Journal, Design Guide series, MO<km Steel Cons~ruction magazine, and other design aids,
research reports, and journal articles. Nearly. all of the information AISC publishes is available for download from the AISC web site at www~org.
'(
This is the secood edition Q{ the AISC Seismic Design Manual, in~eoded to assist d~signers
in properly applying AISC standards and provisions in the design of steel frames to resist
high-seismic loadings. This Ma,nual is intended for use in conjunction with the AISC SruJ
111
Consm.u:tion Manual, 14th Edition.
The following consensus standards are printed in Part 9 of this Manual:
The American Institute of Steel Construction , founded in 1921, is the nonprofit technical
specifying and trade organization for the fabi:icated structural steel industry in the United
States. Executive and engineering head~ of AISC are maintained in Chicago. The
Institute is supported by four classes of membernhlp: Active Membecs engaged in the fair
rication, production and sale of structurefst~l~ ~ociate Members, who include Erectors,
Detailers, Service Consultants, Software bevel.~pers, and Steel Product Manufacturers;
Prof~sional Members, who are individu~l{~iJm~ engaged in the practice of architecture
or engineering, including arcbitecturarand~eilgfu.~iltig educators; and Affiliate Members,
who include General Contractors, Building inspCHo~ and.Code Officials. The continuing
financial support and active parti<'.ipatioti of M~~~ .in i~ engineering, research and
development activities of the Institute make PQssible,th~ publishing of this Seismic Design
Manual
Mark V. Holland, Chairman

Gary C. Violette, Vice-Chairman
Abbas Amirunansour
Charles J. Carter
Harry A. Cole
Brad Davis
Bo Dowswell
Lanny J. Flynn
Patrick I . Fortney
W. Scott Goodrich
Christopher M. Hewitt
W. Steven Hofmeister
William P. Jacobs
Bill R. Liodley, lI
Ronald L. Meng
Larry Muir
Thomas M. Murray
Rafael Sabelli
Cliffor~ W. Schwinger
William N. Scott
William T. Segui
Victor Shneur
Marc L. Sorenson
William A. Thornton
Michael A. West
Ronald G. Yeager
Cynthia J. Dun~, Secretary
Jt
Jt.
and the AISC Subcommittee on Seismic Design,

Heath E. Mitchell
Kevin s. Moore
Larry Muir '
Clinton 0. Rex
John A. Rolfes
' Wtlliam A. Andrews
Richard M Drake
Michael D. Engelhardt
Patrick J. FortneY.
Timothy P. F~~;
John L. Harri_s,."in.,:
James 0. M~ley '
SCOPE
Bren R. Manning
Rafael Sabelli, Chairman

Thomas A. Sabol, Vicc--Chairman
Allen-Adams ; " ,
:;-:Scott M. Adak
~
.. ,
William N. Scott
Victor Shneur
,Hru-old 0. Sp~gu,e ,,. .. ..
~t H. Yart11<1 . . ;
).
Leigh Arber, Sec~tary
The committee giq.tefully acknowledges the contributioqs made to ,this Manual by the following individ1,1ils.:. Eric B~lin. Areti
MariaE. Chumbiu, J~et Cummins, Thomas
Dehlin, Richard." Dfcike, Tu.<;.a ~ischer, Louis Geschwindner, .Arp,ir .Gilani, Keith Gr.u~b,
Jeroqie Hajjili-,
~an.v:inde,. ~cha,rd Kaehler, Ryan Kersting,_ Zhichao Lai, D awn
Lehman, Bre~t Leu, Kit Miyai:O()tci;
Palmer, Davis Parsons. Il, Paul Richards,
Kimberly l,lobinson, Chai:tes Ro~~~f B.randt Saxe~, Thomas Scblafly. Bahra~ Shafu.~z,
Chia-Ming Uang, and Jie Zuo.
Carter;
Ainit
Keith
The specification requirements and other dCsign recommendations and considerations summarized in this Manual apply in general to the design and construction of seismic fore(::
resisting systems in steel buildings and other structures. The AISC Seismic Design Manua f
is intended to be applied in conjunction with the AlSC Steel Construction Manual, which
provides guidance on the use of the AISC Speeijic.ation for Structural Steel Buildings.
In addition to the requirements of the AISC Specification, the design of seismic for~:
resisting sy~tems must meet the requirements in the AISC Seismic Provisions for Structurak_
Steel Buildings, except in the following cases for which use of the AISC Seismic Provisions
is not required:
f'.
Buildings and ~er structures in Seismic Design Category (SDC) A

'f.::.
Buildings and other structures in SOC B or C with R 3 systems (steel systems not
specifically detailed for seismic resistance per ASCEJSEI 7 Table 12.2-1)
Nonbuilding structures similar to buildings with R = 1~ braced-frame systems or
R 1 moment-frame systems; see ASCFJSEI 7 Table 15.4-1
'- Nonbuilding structures not similar to buildings (see ASCFJSEI 7 Table 15.4-2), which
are designed to meet the requirements in other standards entirely
..
Conversely, use of the AISC Seismic Provisions is required in the following cases:
. !
'
Buildings and other structures in SOC B or C when one of the exemptions for steel.
,
seismic force resisting systems above does not apply
Buildings and other structures in SDC B or C that use composite seismic force resistl
ing systems (those containing composite steel-and-concrete members and those
composed of steel members in combination with reinforced concrete members)
Buildi~gs. in SOC D, E ~r F
.
Nonbuildiog structures m SOC D. E or F when the exempuon above does not apply
rl
L
The Seismic Design Manual consist.S, of ten parts addressing various topics related to the;
design and construction of seismic force resisting systems of structural steel and structura(
steel acting compositely with reinforced concrete. Part I stipulates the specific editions of-"
the specifications, codes and standards referenced in this Manual, and provides a discussion
of general design considerations related to seismic design. Part 2 provides some guidancef.:
on structural analysis procedures employed. For the design of systems not detailed for seis~-
mic resistance, see Part 3. Parts 4 through 7 apply to the various types of seismic fore~.
resisting systems, including design examples. Part 8 discusses other systems, such as .
diaphragm chords and collectors, which are important in seismic design. Part 10 addresses'.
engineering damping systems. For applicableAISC seismic standards, s~ Part 9.
tr
AM1UCAN fNS1TTUl'E Of STEEL C ONSTRUCTION
'
1-;
PAf4T'1
:t:'.' \. ,,
GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
..... ;-;::..:. ..
',
,"
'
J 11
. ,.
.......
~}
l"
.. . .
; . t . -~ . . '
~~'.
?-
J'
:I
~i"
Si .
!,
J"
i.:
( i
:\! _..;.
',
: ..
l.l SCOPE ........................................................... 1-4
~.2
APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES
AND OTIIER ~CES

.... 1-4
l . ..,
J
.;
Specifications, Codes and Scandards for Structural Steel Buildings . . ......... 1-4
.
.
.
. .. .
. ~;,'. :it . ... :1
..
Other AISC Reference Documents ........ . ............................. 1-5
~3 !SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND _I>ESIGN CON~IDSRATIONS ........ 1- 5
c.
., ; ,
~t."'
l.
.' /
'~
;.
!,~J~
of f
--r '
Performance Go~ : . f . ,_ ........ : .._.. ......... ; .. . . ...... : ... .......1-5

;::.
'.'"
!Applicable Building Code .............................. .... .......... 1-6
Risk Category and Seismic Design Category ........... : .., ....' . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Earthquake Ground Motion and ResponseSpectrum .... ~ :;... ..... ..... : ... 1-7
' .:.
I
.. .
,
,.
. . .4
._,
"i'.
Systems DefinedinASCFJSEI 7 ...... . ............................... 1-10

.
:.
'l
Seismic Performance Factors ......................................... 1-12
.... -._.
'
Maximum Considered Earthquake and DeSign ~asis Eanhqu~e .. ............ 1-10
~)
.t.
-,.-:
: ~
Response Modification Coefficient, R ........ ......... ... ....... _, . . ,. 1-12

.
.,
-."
"'
. I
..
..
Redundancy Factor, p
"
Deflection A.niplifi.cation Factor, Cd ...... ." .......................... 1-14

. * ...: '
.. - "};
Overstrength Factor, n.; ............ ... ............................ 1- 14
I
._,
iii
'1
l~
.. .
=3 Applications .............................................. .1-:-1.3.

~.... . .. : .', <~.
,.
'.: .... .'.......... :..... :......
1-15
Maximum Force De~ered by the,s;st~m

... ......... ..... ... .~ ......... 1-16
I
.
Building Joints ...... . ._.,, .. ...... .,. . . _. . .. . ....... ........... , ........ 1-16
Expansion Joints .. . . ......... .................. : . ......... :.: :.. : .. : . .'l- 16
Seismic Joints ..... .".~:-'.. !
t:. .-.: .. : . .... ."...... ', : . ...... .!.-... ..
1-17
" ..
.. ~ ~
Building Separations .......... ...... ...... : .... : . : ... ............ 1-17
Building Drift ............... : . ..'.': ... : .. .... .=... . '..... :
. . . . . . . . 1-18
. . . ....
.
Deflection Compatibility ; ....... ; .. . ............. ................. 1-18
.
..
.. . .
'. l
.a
Lowest Anticipated Service Temperature . ......... , . . .. ,, . . ..... r. ..... 1- 18
Quality Control and Quality Assurance;., . .,................... " .... . , .. l- 19

Design Drawing Requirements ....... . ............................... 1-21
Structural Design Drawio~ Requirements ............................ 1-2 1

SPRS Member and Connection Material Specifications .............. . ... 1-21
! !.
Demand Critical Welds ......... ..... ........... . .... . ............ l-21

AM1!JUCAN (Ns-rmrrE OF Sn::a CoNSTRUCTION
l -2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Locations and Dimens ions of PrOlCfJ:.ed ZoQcs ................. ... ..... 1- 22
Table 1-9a Design Coefficients and Factors for Steel and Steel and
~
Concrete Composite Seismic Force Resisting Systems ..................... 1- 5
Adclitional Structural Design

De~ Requirements
in the P}vis\ons$ r.- . : ~-,,.-i -' ' .... ..... ...... ~ . .-:~ .- , .. : ........ . 1-22
Dia.wing
' "" l .....
J ~~-
,a
.;.
l-
Tuble l -9b. Design ~ci'.Dts fuld Factors for Nonbuilding S~

:,
Si.uiilar to Buildings ... : '. :' ................................... : ...... 1-62
,..;!!
AWS 01.8 Structural Welding Code-Seismic Supplement ............ ... 1-23
.,,., i~(
'
Composite Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
..
1.4 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION ........ ............. ... . .. : . ......... 1-25
. r
Seismic Weld Access Hole 'Confi&uratlon ..... .' .. .' .......... .' ........... 1-25
"~ :
~ : ).-' I
J' ' t. ..i 4;i
..,.,:"~ 't 1.
,.
: ' I
~
Mein~r D'~c'tiuty Req~f~meniS '::::: ~ ..... ~: ........... : .... :: . ." ..... 1-25
'lo
~ f '
'
.f: ~- ) .. ,,:'..
. '..;
....
Local Buckling Requirements ............... .......... . . : . : : ... .. . .. 1-25

'
" ..
....: :
}~ ..:
- -
...
"\
;:_
"'t
, ...
...,,. __, 1
.. ). ;
..
,.
Table 1-C. Limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios for Rectangular ,._

HSS W~ls in Compression,.,,,._, :, ,~>: ~ - ; ,i,- : . . . . . . . . . . . .. ....
._. : ; :
- -
.:...
- . ._
,. \~l - ..
1-28
Table 1-D. Lirrpting Width-to-Th.i_c)gless Ratiq~ f~r ~oun_d. HSS

. ,
and Pipe Walls inCompression . : '. : .'..... .......... ... : ........ : . . . . 1-29
.
:. ... ._,;,
~ "-:
Strength of Steel Headed Stud Anchors ................................. 1-30
-
"' t .. : -
...
~ -~ ..
'
....'
. ,
.'l.' .
,.
'
t"
Table 1-2. Summary of Member Ductili.ty Requirements ...... ; ....' . : .. .... 1-34
.
;
....
..
,.
; !
.......
..,
...
.-~
* ''
.
1
Table 1-4. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness

., L
Requirements, Angles .... . ..... ...... ...... . ........... : ... : ... ~ .... 1-52
..
Table l-5a. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness

, .~ ~
Requirements, Rectangular HSS .... ... ...................... 1 , ., l-53
..
..
Table l -5b. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness

. : ,.. ,
Requirements, Square HSS ....... .. : ...................... .. : .. ..... 1-54
' :
Table 1~6. Sections That Satisfy Seisnii.c Width-to-Thickness
Requirements, Round HSS ..... . . . ... . ... .. .............. ....' . : . ..... J-55
..
: ,c.
....-, .. ''
-, ~ .
~-
:,
'
Table 1-8. Shear Stud Anchor Nominal Horizontal Shear Strength

.
and 25% Reduced Nominal Horizonw Shear Strength for
Steel Headed Stud Anchors . ........... . ... . ......................... l- 58
'
'
\ :
Table 1-7. Sections That Satisfy Seismic WidlhtOThfok:ness

Require ments, Pi~ ... . ...... . . .. .. .. . ..... . .......... ~ .. : ... : .... 1-57
A.MERIC\N
: ~,,.
Table 1-3 .. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness .

- Requirements, W-Shapes ......... : . : ..... : ...... . .... .... ....:.. .. . : . 1-36
'.
., ..
Il
DESIGN TABLES ............... ... . .' ................ -.. : ~ ... .......... l-33
Table 1-1.- Workable Seismic Weld Access Hole Configurations.............. 1-33
PART 1 REFERENCES ............. ...... .......... ...............-..... 1-31

-
!.
...- .. i
i,
';:1
~.
. ...
'
ASCEJSEI 7 Design Coefficients anaFactors for ~FRS ....._............... 1-30

-
'-
Table lB. Limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios for Angle Legs

in Compression ... . ... . .......... .......... ! ....._. : . . . . . . . . . _. .; .. 1-27
:..I
Table l A. Limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios for vi.Shape Fliinge5

and Webs m Compresston .... . : .... ................. : . :: : . : . . : ... 1-26
"
.'
- ..
'l<
.$
~ \., i . \
l
r l
r
l'
~-~
:.
l.NsTmrr OF Sn;a.. Co.'1$TIWCTION
...
GENERAL D~IGN CONSIDERATIONS
1-4
1.1 SCOPE
v...-.
ii
'
, The design consderations fU~z.ed in lh:i-S Part apply .~ ~~ to the design and ~nstruction of steel buildmgs for seismic applications. The specific editions of s~j.fications,
cod~s and oilier references listed below are referenced thrOughout tills Manual. '
1.2 APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND

OTHER REFERENCES
1
Specifications, Codes and Standards for Structural Steel
I Buildings
a I Subject to the requirements in the applicable building code and the contract documents, the
design, fabrication and erection of structural steel buildings is governed as indicated in the
AISC Specification Sections Al and B2, and AISC Seismic Provisions Sections A2 and B2
as follows:
~
Jl
l ~l
1 ~
1. ASCE/SEI 7: Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Stru~tures, ASCEI
SEI 7-LO (ASCE, 2010). Available from the _American Society of Civil Engineers,
ASCE/SEI 7 provides the general requirements for loads, load factors and load combinations.
2. AISC Specification: Specification for Srructural Steel Buildings, ANSI/AISC 360-10
(AISC, 20 lOa). This standard provides the general requirements for design and construction of structural steel buildings, and is included in Part 16 of the AISC Steel
Construction Manual and is also available at www.aisc.org.
3. AISC Seismic Provisions: Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings, ANSI!
AISC 341-10 (AISC, 20l0b). Th.is standard provides the design and construction
requirements for seismic force resisting systems in structural steel buildings, and is
included in Part 9 of this Manual and is also available at www.aisc.org.
4. ANSUAISC.358: AISC Prequalified Connections for Special and Intermediate Steel
MoTMnt Frames for Seismic Applications, ANSI/AISC 358-10 (AISC, 2010c): This
standard specifies design, detailing, fabrication ~d quality criteria for connections that
'are prequalified in accordance with the AISC Seismic Provisions for use with special
and intermediate moment frames. It is .included in Part 9 of this Manual and is also
available at www.aisc.org.
5. AISC Code of StandLJrd Prac1ice: AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings
and Bridges (AISC, 2010d). This document provides the standard of custom and usage
for the fabrication and erection of structural steel , and is included in Part 16 of the
AISC S1eel Construction Manual and is also available at www.aisc.org.
Other referenced standards include:
I. RCSC Specification: Specification for Struc1ural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts

(RCSC, 2009), reprinted in Part 16 of the AISC Steel _Construction Manual with the
'i>ermission of the Research Council on Structural Connections and available at
www.boltcounciLorg, provides the additional requirements specjfic to bolted joints
with high-strength bolts.
1-5
1.3 SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
2. AWS 01.1: Sirucfl!!Ul.Welding Co~teel, AWS Dl.11Dl.1M:2010 (AWS, 2010).

AviJ.able froQ,lJ~:J\meri~a.n Welding Spciety,._AWS Dl.lprQvi<ies additiopal i:cquirements specific 10 'Welded joints. Requirement,$ for th~ proper ~pecific!t9.Pn of welds can
be found in, AWS A2.4: Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, Md Noruie,structive
. ~tjo!f,(AWS, 2007).
": ;
3. _{'i..WS 01.8,; :Stn:turaj Welding Code-S~ismic Supplement, AWS Dl.8/Dl.8M:4009
. (AWS, 2009). Ayailable from~ .American.Welding Society, AWS D 1.8 acts as a sup'
.plemcnt to AWS Dl.1 and provides additioiiaJ. requirements. speific to welded joints
in ~c applicati9ns.. ; ..
4.. ACl 318: .Building Co<Je,&quire~nts fhr Structural Concrete, ACI 318-08 (ACI,
2008). Available from the American Concrete Institute, ACT 318 provides ad<JitiQnal
. _requireQlents for:.reinforced concrete, meluding cpmposite design an4 the design of
, . : steel-tQ-COncre~ anchorage. .
..
.
(t.
other AISC Reference Documents

"IPe !JSC Steel Cons~cti.on Manual (J}ISC,:20 ~ l ), referred to as the AISC Manual is availaple f~m AJSC at .~.aisc.Qr:g. 'I)lis puP.lication provi4~ . design fe(;ommeoda.tions and
speci.fic;atio~~ui.refll~I)ts for vljri~us topips related to ste,el b1,1ilding design and copstruction.
..... ~
~~
..
; .3 .SEISMIC"DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN ...

CONSIDERATIONS.
.... . . ,. " . . : .- . .
'
~.
F>erf'ormance Goals
- : '
., '"1
. .. !
'
'.'
.
",
'. .
....
.,
'
'.
Seismic design is the practice of proportioning and detailing a structure so that it can withstand shaking from an earthquake even:t with acceptable perfonnance. The AISC Seismic
Provisions Joi Structural Steel Buildings are intended to provide a
of designing structures constiucted to respond to maxiroll.m considered earthquake ground shaking, as defined
in ASCFJSEI 7, with low probabili~ of collapse, while potentially sustaining significant
inelastic behavior and structural damage. Fundamental to seismic design is the practice of
proportioning and detailing the structure so that it can wit11stand Iafge..de_fop:na.~9n d~m~d$.
accommodated through inelastic behavior in structural elements ihat have been specifically
deSigned to withstand this behavior acceptably. This requires carefui proportioning ofthe
sthlCtu.ral system so that inelastic behavior oecw-S in pre-selected cleinents that have apprOpnate1section properties to sustain large inelastic deformation demands without loss of
strength, and a5suring that connections of srru.Ctural elements aie adequate to develop the
strength of the connected members.
Performance apj:>ropnate to the fun~tion of the structure is a fuiidaniental consideration

for seismic design.' Potentlill conside'rations are post-earthquake reparability and serviceability for earthquakes of different severity, Most structures are designed only with an
expectation of protecting life safety, rather tlian assUring either the feasibility of repair or
post-earthquake utility. Buildings assigned .to Risk Categories ID and IV, as defined in
ASCEISEI 7, are expe.cted to withstand severe earthquakes with limited levels of damage,
and in some cases, allowpost-earthquake occupancy. 'l)le criteria of the AISC Seismic
Provisions, when ~sed together with the requirements of ASCEJSEI 7, are intended to
means
., . .
1-Q
. . .. GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
t.JSEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
provide performance appropriate to the structure's risk category 1 For some buildings,
peifOnnance that exceeds-these expectations may be appropriate. fuitbose.cases, designers
must develop supplemCJitaiy-criteria to those contained in the AISC .SeiSmic Provisions and
:ASCFJSEI ?.
:-:,
' ;~--
. ,:,. .:;: ,..
.
Building performance is not a function of the suuctural system 'alone. Man)> bi:iilding
structures have exluoited ill effects from diinage to nonstructural components;' including
breaks in fire protection systems and impaired egress, which have pre.clucted building functions-and thus impaired performance. Proper conSidei-ation of the behavior of nonstructural
eomponents is essential to enhanced building performance. Industrial and nonbuilding
structures 6ften oontairi 'elements that require :so me measure of pfotection from large
deformitions.
". ,
'~ "
"
\, Generally,' seismic :force resisting systems (SFRS) are classified into three levels of
inelastic response capability, designated as ordinary, intermediate or special, depending on
the level of ductility that the system is expected to provide. A system designated as ordinary
is designed and detailed to provide limited abity ~- e~bit in~lastiQrespoDS;C witb~fa~"
ure or collapse. The design requirements for such systems, including limits on proportioning
aD<l detailing, are not as stringent as those 'systems 1 classified as intermediate or 'sPecial.
Orllinary systems provide seismic resistance primarily through' their'strengrb. Sttuhu.&s
such :as these must be designed for higher force demands with eomrifonsurately less ~tiih~
gent ductility and membe-r stability requirements. Some steel structures achieve acceptable
seismic performance,by_-{l_ioyi.11-IDg ductility in. specific struc~r~l:e)_e_!p,ents that are d_ffoi~ed
to undergo nonlinear' deformation without strength loss and dj~sjpate seismic . eqefgy.
Examples of ductile steel structures include special moment
eccentridny 'b'ft.Ce<l
frames, and buckling-restrained braced frames. The ability of tp,~~~ ~s~c~ef~ fo.,d~~?!ID
inelastically, without strength loss or instability, pennits them
bC designCd for lower
fo~es than. structr~ with oi;dinai:y detailing.
,.
-,,.J!nhanced performance, relative to that provided by conformance to the AISC Seismic
Provisions and ASCE/SEI 7, can be a required-CQnsideration for certain nuclear structures
~d critical military structures, but is beyood the _
scope of this Manual. Critical structur~
gen~rally ~re designed to remain elastic, eve~ fQr-large infrequent seismic events.
., :,,
frafues,'
to
. :; .
Applicable Building Code
. <-. i ~ .
..
......
~ational model building ~es are published. so that state and locc authorities may adppt
the code's prescriptive provisions to standardize design and constru~tioq practices in_their
jurisdiction. The currently used model code in the U.S. for the structural des\gp of bl!ildi?_gs
and nonbuilding s_trucrures is the International Building Code (IBC), published by the
International Code Council (ICC) (ICC, 2012). Oftentimes the-84opted provisions are
amended pase4 on jurjsdictional requirements to, develop . l<><;al bl,tllding _<;odes (e.g.,
California l3uildjng Code and,IJ\e Building COOe of, ~~w York City). LOcal codes are then
enforced by law and any devia~on m.ust be apprQved by the lqcal buildil).g~thority. M the
IQC8] code provisions may chapge betweenjurjajicti9hs, the AISC Specijicaticn and AI~C
Seismic Provisions refer t6 this code as the appli~ble building <:09e. .
1
Codes have hiStOrically used occupancy category. This classification was changed
10 risk categoryin
ASCE/SEJ 7-10 and me 2012. Where class.ification by occupancy category is still employed. the more stringent of the two is used.
AMEluCMI lNST!TIJ'I' OF STEF.1.. CoHSTRUCTION
.t 1
t
f
t
l
I
I
j
1-7
The primary perfonnanc;:e objective of these model codes is that of "life safety" for building occupants for all the va4ous demands to \'(mch.lhe building will:be subjected. To satisfy
this-Objective,fof-. stiuctures required to resiststrong ground motions from earthquakes;1hese
codes reference ASCEISEI-'.7for.-&eismic analysis and design provisions:-Se.ismic design criteria iii this standard.prescribe- minimum reql!llementS for both rhe>strength and stiffness of
SFRS and the strot:tnr:il elements they include: Tue seismic design criteria in ASCFJSEI 7
for the most part are based.on the NEHRP Recommended Provisicns for Seismic Regulaticn.s
for New Buildings and Other Structures (FEMA, 2009).
The seismic design of nonbuilding structures is addressed separately in ASCFJSEI 7 in
Chapter 15. Nonbuilding structures are defined as all self-supportiiig structures that carry
gravify loads and that may be required to resist the effects of s~isftuc loads, with certain
exclusions. ASCEJSEI 7 develops an appropriate interface with builf!i,ng structures for those
types of nonbuilding structures that have dynamic behayiors similar to buildings. There are
other nonbuilding structures that ha_ye JJttl~. simifurily to buildings in terms of dynamic
response, which are not specifically covered by AISC documents.
l..::
.
f:
S:
..
Risk Category andS~ismic Design Category
L-
In ASCEJSEI 7, the expected perfonnance of a structure is detennined by assigning it to a

risk category. There ~ four rislC ca'tegories (I. II, ' iliand IV), base(on the risk posed to
society .a s a conseq~of suiictural failure or loss of function. In seismic design, the risk
category is used in dinjunctioh with parameters ~t define' the ilite~ity of design ground
shaking in determining the importance-factor and.the seismic design category (SDC) for
which a structure muSt be dC$igned'. The're are six SOC, designa~ by-the letters A through
L
F. Structures assig~~-to ;Seismic; Design Catego;y.A are not' ailtiC"ip~ted to experience
ground shaking of sufficientJntengity tO cause unacceptable performance, even if they are
not specifically designed for se!smic resistance.,Structu{Cs in Seismic Design Categories B If
or C can experience motion capable of producing unacceptable damage when the structures L
have not been designed for seismic resistance. Structures in Seismic Design Category D are
expected to expentooe iii~"ground\shaking, capable of produang unacceptable performance in strucni~. ~t)~_ave qnfavorable structural,. ~yste~~s ll!l~ ~which have not been r
detailed to provide b~ levels
inelastic deformation response withcn1t failure. Structures
assigned to Seismic ~i.11!! C*gooes E and F are Jocated _wi~: a few miles of major
..
$. .
- "c"otei~ ->-'~
active faults capable of producmg large magnitude earthquakes and ground motions with i-~'
peak ground accel~.~~ceeding 0.6g. Even well-designe<l structures with extensive
inelastic response capability
be severely damaged. under such conditions, requiring careful selection and proporti9ning of stru'ctures.
f- {
or
1 "'
_.
.. . ..
,. j
can
~,,.,._
Earthquake Ground Motiqn and Response Spectrum

An earthquake causes ~d mo~ons that may proJ~gate from .the} h_yp0center in any direction. These motions ~nee horizontal and vertibal ground accelerations at the earth's
surface, which in
it is
to use earthquake ::1:
ground motions ~ in past earthquakes to simulate the ~havior of structures, the
required analysis prOcedwes are complex, and the ~~:tlysis resulls are sensitive to the characteristics of the individual groi.Jnd motions selecOOcJ; ~hich may not actually be similar to
those a structure will ~rie~
~. the
future.
To
sit~plify the uncertainty and complexity
' - I .t,
i
'
.'
tum.~se stru_~_~urahcceleration8.:While
~ssible
AMEIUCAN INsmure Of $TEE1,.CoNSTRUCTION
1--8
'
...
'
associated with using recorded motions' 10 predict a scructure's response, response earthquake
spectra are used. A response,specti\mr.for a given earthquake ground motion indicates the
maximum (l\hsolute value), expressed either-as acceleration, velocity or displaoe.tneot, that an
elastic single--Oegrce-of-frccdom (SDOF) oscillator will experience as a function of the structures period and equivalent damping factor. Figure 1-la shows an example of an acceleration
response spectrum. On average, low-rise buildings (Figure 1-lb) tend to have short periods.
J
..;
!.
..
..
..,, .
'h
0.2s
, "!
...
1.0 s
'
Period, T
a) Accelerqtion reipo~e Jpe<:trUm
---------. ....
.
..
\ :
~ .......
r.:
I.
:
I
'
r .....,
,
. I
I.
'
,.,
........-_--;,-.------,._, l
J ...
l . ''
..... ;; ~.------If- -{
.. ,,_;, l
:
I
..,.., I
,._ l
, _-
5
> '
: ' ., -
-. I
.H
The numbers at ea~floor le~el are the~, ,
~zz~::zzzzzzzz~:':_:
G:lu11d.motion
t -9
while tall strucrures tend to be flex.ible with longei: periods (figuq:; 1-lc). For a gjven ground
motion, short period strucrurcs tend to experience higher acceleration. and th~ore, higher
inertial force (mass ti.mes ac:ccleratioo), than do longer period stru~. H~~ver, l~ng
period structures generally experience greater displacement. /
Mui.ti-story buildings are multi-<iegrce-offreedom systems with multiple~odes of vibration. Each mode bas a characteristic deflected shape and period.. Since earthquake ground
motion contains energy caused by vibration across an entire specuum of frequencies, each
acceleration frequency that corresponds to a mode impans energy into the stroctl.lre. Figure
1-2 sllo\'lts an example of a two-dimensional five-story building frame.and the modal infor
mation for the first four modes. Although the mode shapes are shown separately, the actual
building- motion will consist of combined response in each of the severitl modes. Using the
modal-shape of the structure for each mode and the effective percentage of the structure's
mass mobilized when vibrating in thac mode, it is possible' to use the same SDOF-response
spectrum discussed above to determine the maximum response for each mode. These maxima are then combined to estimate the total maximum response based on the participation
of each.mode. These rnaXi.roa for the various modes will generally occur at different points
in time. Modal combination rules approximately account for this effect. Detailed .information about structural response us ing modal analysis can be found in Chopra (2007).
., . I
1.3 SElSMJC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
G~nd motion
relative masses that we<e used to O:lm~

the modal shapes shown
b)'Stiff structure (f..; 0.2 s)
:_ =
.:
;.
.6
L ~:::-:~-~
N-~:-=:':":::-1. J
I
I
I
,, .
I
I
I
I
I
. ---- -1
,r- ---Ir- -:- ~=::-:=""'~-'
~.
L__ ~=-=~i--4
t ---ii:-:":::"=:::-;:f. __
I
.-L. -- L-- J
~!ZZzzim.:mi
Ground motion
I-
I
I
~ - -- ~==>--~
" .I
'
~-+----+---t' "
..
I
I
- - 1
I
..
I
I
I
--,
I
I
t---...-.:=~ ---JI
I
u~m.W.m~ - J - ~
---..>
Ground motion
Model
Mode2
Frequency:
f'efiod:
0.27 Hz
3.70 8
P~:79.2%
Frequency:
0.80 Hz
Period:
1.25 a
Pafticipation: 13.8%
Mode3
Frequency: 1.42 Hz
Period:
0.71 s
Participation: 5.4%
Mode4
Frequency:
Period:
2.12 Hz
0.47 s
Participation: 1.5%
c) Flexible. structure (f > 1.0 s)

Fig. /. J. Earthquake accehrarion and srructure response.
Fig. J -2. Vibration modes for a multi-degree-of-freedom building caused by

application of a typical eartJu/~ acceleraJion design spectrunL
A.MERJCAN ~Of' STEEL~
AUl!RJCAN INS'lTT\lr6 Of' STEEL. ~0.'1
...
1-10
t.3 SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Maximum Considered Earthquake and Design

Basis Earthquake ' ,
'
:r
,.
\,
Systems Dpfi_fl~~-J r:a ASCE/_S~I ?

A steel SFRS is generally classifl~ i~t~-"iliree feveis of expected inelastic response capability, designated aS ordinary, intermediate or special, depending on the level of ductility that
the system is expected to provide. Systems designated as ordinary are designed and detailed
to provide limited ductility, but the requirements are not as stringent as those systems classified as intermediate or speciaJ. In some cases, an SFRS cap be classified as a "structure
not specifically detailed for seismic resistance" in accordance with the applicable building
code. Each classification is characterized by the following seismic performance factors:
!
composite systems designated as ordinary where the counterpart reinforced concrete syscems have designated values of R and design requirements for SOC B and C.
I
Applications where R is greater than 3
mtended for buildings that are designed to t:.:
meet the ~~irements of both, the AI~Ef ~eifmic Provisi.ons and the AISC SpecificaJiofl.
The use of R greater than 3 in the calcufanon of the seismic base shear requires the use of r
a ~isniically designed and detailed system that is able to provide the level of ductility ~m
mensurate ~ith the v~lue of R selected in the design. This level of ductility is achieved .
through a ~mbination of proper material and section selection, the use of low width-tothic~~s..roembers for the energy dissipating elements of the SFRS, decailing member
eonn~tioos to resist the local demands at the capacity of the system, and providing for ~:..
system lateral stability at the large deformations exi>ected in a major eanbqil.ike. Consider
f
the following three examples:
.i1e
Ground motion hazards in ASCFJSEf 7 are defined as maximum consjdered earthquake

ground motioos.-They are-based on the proximity of the site to active faults, the activity of
these faults, magnitude of the-event these faults can produce, and the regional and local
geology at 1l site. The design intent of ASCFJSEI 7 is- to assure that ordinary occupancy
structures (sttuctures assigned to Risk Categories I and
have not greater than a 10%
chance of collapse should they experience maXimum considered earthquake shaking. Except
for regions located withln a few miles ofmajor active faults, such as some sites in coastal
CalifOmia. the maximum considered earthquake is selected with an annuaJ frequeQcy that
will provide a unifonn collapserisk of 1% probability in 50 years (denoted MCER). In
regions close to major active faults prob~bilistic estimates of ground shaking at these annuaJ
frequencies are very. intense and impractical for use in design. Tbetefore, on such sites, the
MCER is capped by a conser.v.ative detenninistic estimate of the ground motion resulting
from a maximum magnitude earthquake.on;the nearby fault, resulting in a higher collapse
risk. Thisis a change from prior editions of AS.CEJS,EI 7. SeeASCE (2010)' commentary
and FEMA (W09)' for further infonnation.-Tue MCER is. represented by a generalized elastic acceleration response spectrum (see previous). TIUs response spectrum is subsequently
reduced by two-thirds to represent the elastic response for the design basis earthquake for
which a structure is designed. Detailed information about this reduction can be found in
FEMA (2009).
1- 11
I
,,
1
tI
It'
~1
Sped~ concentrically bqiced fame (SCBF) systems-SCBF ~ystems are generaJly (,_
configured so that energy' dissipation will occur by tension yiel~ing and/or compression buckling in the braces. The connections of the braces 10 the. columns and beams r
and between the columns and beams themselves must then be pr~portioncd to remain :
1
essentially elastic as they undergo these defonnjltions.- See Figure 1-3.
2. Eccentrically braced frame (EBF) systems-EBF systems are generally configured so
1.
r
!
that energy dissipation will occur by shear and/or flexural yielding in the link.. The
beam outside the link, connections, braces and columns must ~n be proportioned to
remain essentially elastic as they undergo !}l~se deformations. See .Figure 1-4.
3. Special moment frame (SMF) systems-SMF systems are generally configured so that .
energy dissipation will occur by flexural yielding in the girders near, but away from,
the connection of the girders to the columns. The connections of the girders to the L
columns and the columns themselves must then be proportioned to remain essentially
.
elastic as they undergo these def~nnations: See Figure 1-5.
LI
R~$ponsc modification coefficient, R

O\.erstte.ngth factor, n,,
Deflectio~ amplification f~tor,
Buckling
<;:d
these
Wheq, used in combination,

factors quantitatively outline the expected performance
'
of an SFRS. Other factors that io,fluence
the performance are the importance factor, I,, and
redundancy factor, p. These factQCS are discussed in the following.
Desigrung to meet the seismic requifements of the AISC Seismic Provisions is mandatory
for structures where they have been specifically referenced in Table 12.2- 1 of ASCFJSEl 7.
For steel structures, typically this occurs in SOC D and higher where R is greater than 3.
However, lhere are insiAoces where an R less than 3 is- assigned to a system and the
Provisions are still required. These limited cases occur in ASCE/SEI 7 Table 12.2-1 for cantilevered column systems and Table 15.4-1 for nonbuilding structures simHar to buildings.
For composite steel-concrete structures, there are .cases where the Provisions are required
in SOC B and C, as specified in Table 12~1 of ASCFJSEl 7. This typically occurs for
Yielding
Nominally elastic
elements
Fig. 1-3. Ductile bmced f rames.
I. j
L.
1-12
Seismic Perfo"!l'ance Factors

Response MQdification CoefficietJt.
R. '
The s~ is used. along' ~ith the SFRS cype, 't~:!sra~4sh a~~~ level of inelasti~. d~
tile response that is requ~ of a structure. The correspo~g expec~ system l>Cba~or is
codified in the fonn of R-factor, whlch is~ ~ponse m~o~ factor a(>plied to .~
lateral force to adjust a structure's required lateral'strength consi~ its inelastic ~nse
an
: J
....
Capability.
. ...
. .
.
~~ .~.
. The response modification coefficient, R, sets the minimum fraction (l/R) of the ~trength
~uired to resist design earthquaJcc.sh~g.elastically for which it is permissible to :qesign
-"~<
'
P.<
,..
; a :....
'
1.3 SEISMlC DESIGN OVERVIEW AN'[) DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
a structure. SlJ'UctuJCS designed with a large value of R mst have extensive capability tu
wilhstand large inelastic defom11ltioo demands during design shaking. Structures designed
with an R approx,imating 1 are anticipated: to. experience design shaking while rcma.in,ing
esscnri.aUy elastic. F'lgure J-6 shows the relatiOO:'lhiP between R and the design-level fo'rces,
along with the corresponding lateral deformation of the suuctural system (FEMA, 2009).
Factors thatdetennine the magnitude of the response modification factor are the vulnerability of the gravity load resisting system to a failure of elements in the.SFRS, the level and
reliability of the ioelasticity the system can attain, and potential b_ackup frame resistance
such. as that which is provided by dual-frame systems. As illustrated in Figure H>. in order
for a system t<(utilize .a higher value of R, other elements of the system must have adequate
strength and deformation Capacity to remain stable at the maximum lateral deflection .levels.
If the system redundancy and system overstrength cannot be achie-:ed. a lower value of R
should be incorporated in the design and detailing of the structpre. Values of R for all st.Qlc~
tural systems are defined in Table 12.2-1 of ASCEJSEI 7. Tables l-9a and l-9b in this
Manual summarize the R-Factors and other factors specified in ASCPJSEI 7 for steel
c-0mposite systems. More detailed discussion on the system design parameters can be found
in FEMA (2009).
and
' ,
For structures assigned to SOC B and C in ASCFJSEI 7 the designer is given a choice to
either solely use the AISC Specificarion to design and detail the structure (typically assigned
an R of 3) or to assign a higher value of R to a system detailed (or seis~c resistance and to.I-
low the requirementS of the 'AISC Seismic Provisions. The resulting systems have ductility
JJ
~-I-""""""- ~ominally elastic
elements
',' ... I
=3 Applications
associated with cooventionitl steel framing not specifically detailed for hlgb seismic resistance. It is important to note, however, that even steel structures riotspeCifically designed or
Fig. 1-4. Ductile eccentrically braced frames.
c:
Yielding
Nominally
elastic
\besign
elemenfs
Lateral Deformation (Drift), !l
Fig. J-5. Ductile moment frames.
Fig. 1-6. Relationship between R. design level forces, and lateral deformo1io11.
AM.eRJCAN (N~ Of Sll?EI.. CoNSTI\lJCTIO.'I
..
1- 14
detailed. for seismic resistance possess some inherent amount of seismic resistance, which
may be adequate to resist a limiled amount of seismic demand.
It is rerogniz.ed that when the designer bas' the option to design a building to meet the
AISC SpecijicQtion with R 3, such a design will generally be more cost effective thanthe
same sti:ucture designed in accordance with the AISC Seismic Prrwiswns using a higher
valueof R. The extra fabrication, erection and inspection costs nee.ded to achieve the high
ductility commensura~ with the higher R. more than offset the additional st.eel toonage
requiredby theR l::::3 system.. The R 3 option is not generally available for composite steel--0oncrete systems. For
composite systems, the designer must follow the requirements outlined in Table-12.2-1 of
ASCEiSEI7.
Deflection Amplification Factor, Cd

The el.,astic story dr,ifts calculat.ed under reduced lateral ,forces are multipged by the
deflection. amplification factor, Cd, to better estimate the total story drifrs likelY. to result
f~om the design earthquake ground motion. These amplified story drifts are uSed to verify
compliance with the allowable story drift and. to deterntine seismic demands on elements
of the sti:ucture that are not part of the SFRS and on nonstructural components ~ittiin the
structure.
. ; . -~
.-; .....
Overstrength Factor,
0o
Most seisicic fQ~ resisting systems ~ly on dissipation of earthquake energy through vary.ing levels of inelastic behavior. Steel seismic system definitions in the AlSC Seismic
f.rovtsion.r,:d~j.&!late ~e elements ttendeil to dissipate the majority of this eneriY through
ductile response: and those that are intended to remain essentially elastic. The application of
an overstrengi.h factor,
is applied to some seismic load combinations in ASCFJSEI 7 and
in certain c~es in the AISC Seismic Provisions to provide a design foree that will result in
essentially elastic re8ponse for sp~cific components. These load combinations are invoked
for members or connections whose inelastic behavior may cause poor system performance.
They generally meet the following criteria: They are critical elements on the load path, and
they are not likely to perform well in the itielastic range.
Members ~d connections requiring the special seismic load combinations incoiporating
the overstrength factor,
in ASCEJSEI 7, include the following (the apptic3ble sect.ion of
ASCEJSEI 7 is provided in parentheses):
no,
no.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Elements supi)orting discontinuous "".alls or frames (Section 12.3.3.3)

Collectors f0r structures in SOC C through F (Section 12. 10.2.l)
Batter piles (Section 12.13.6.4)
Pile anchorage (Section 12.13.6.5)
5. Pile splices (Section 12.13.6.6)
In the AISC Seismic Pr,ovisions, this concept is addressed using the term, amplified seismic load. In some cases, the amplified seismic load defers to the use of the ASCfJSEl 7 load
combinations that include 0... while for other situations, the amplified seismic load is a term
defined in the AISC Seismic Provisions to meet a capacity design requirement Sections of
the AISC Seisf!liC Provisions where the amplified seismic load is invoked for the design of
certain elements or connections include:
1- 15
1.3 SEISMlC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
I
;
I
.
Section D 1.4a- Required compressive and iensile strength of columns
Section D2.5b-Required strength of column splices
..
1
Section D2.6a-Rcquired axial strength of column bases
' . b
Section D2.6b-Required shear strength of column bases
.. : . ;.
Section D2.6c-Requircd flexural strtogth of~lumn bases
'
1 J
Section El .6b--Required shear strength of beam-to-column connections for ordinary I
-t~
moment frames
...
Sections E2.6d and G2.6d-Required shear str~ngth of ~~to-column. connections for ,.

1
.
. " intermediate moment frames and-composite intermediate moment frames
Sections E3.4a and G3.4a-Moment ratio check for special momenc frames and composite special moment frames (also referred to as the strong-column-weak-beam
calculation)
_
Sections E3.4c and G3.4c-Required column strength at unbraced beam-to-column con- ;,..
nections for special moment frames and composite special moment frames
--~
Section E3.6d and G3.6d-Required shear slrength of beam-to-column conn~tions for
special moment fran1es and e-0mposite special moment frames
Section E4.31>-Required strength of noospecial segment members and.connections for i
s~ial truss moment frames
Sbetion E5.4a- RequiCci' streilgtb of columns in ordinafY cantilevelcolumn systems

Section E6Aa-Requi.red strength ofbolLitnns in si)ecial cantilever column systems
Section Fl.2-Detenhlnation of eccentric 'inoments in members for ordinary concentri. : cally. braced frames, if an ~centricity is present " ., .. . t. . .
. S~tion Fl.4a-Detennination pf required strength of beams.'ui.V-br~ced an~ invertedV-braW:i ordinary roocentrically braced frames
~.
Section Ft.6-Diagonal br~ce connections in ordinary concentrically braced fr~es
Section F2.3-Required strength of_ c9lumns, beams and connections in s~ial concen- [
tricaJly braced frames
. .... :
. . .
,
,, .
.
Sec.tio~ F2.4a-Provides an excepti~~ to the lateral forcedistnbution i:equir~;m~nt in spe- 0
,, . cial concentrically qraced fi-!lJlle~, I' ,
.
.
Sections F3.3 and F3.6c-Required strength of diagonal braces and their ~onqections, f
beams outside links, and columns for eccentrically braced frames
Sections F4.3 and F4.6c-Required strength of beams, columns and connections in buck-
ling-restrained braced frames
,
.
Sections FS.3 and F5.6b-Required strength ofhonzontal and vertical boundary elements :~
,
u
I
and connections in special plate shear walls
,
..
. .
~-
See the applicable sections of !he AISC Seismic Provisions for specific requirements.
t"
Redundancy Factor, p
'
., ...... t
(:
Redundancy is an important prope.r ty Ioi strucrures designed with the expectation that d~- .
age will occur. Redundant structures have alternative load paths so that if some elements are ..
severely damaged and lose load carrying capacity, other elements will be able to continue to [.
provide a safe load path. Adequate redundancy is ensured when a large number of plastic
hinges must fonn tl1roughout the structure in a progressive manner before formation of a
mechanism and when no one element is required to provide the full seismic resistance of '.
the struc1urc. To encourage provision of a minimum level of redtindancy in the structure,
ASCVSEl 7 Section l 2.3.4 stipulates a redundancy factor, p, based on the structure's
AME~ICAN L'ISTrl'\fm OP STI!a CONSTRllCnON
'
~.
I
I
configuration and the number 9f independent seismic force resisting elements present.
When structures do not satisfy minimum criteria. this factoramplifies lhe required strength
of the Iateral system. The elastic analysis !lf ~$FR is pt.tfonned usi.n& V. the total design
lateral force, based on !he tabul~ value ofR, and pis applied to.~e resultin&Qsmember
force effects, where QE is the. effect of horizontal seismic forces. , , ,
,
l
length subject to the temperature change
!J.7 =design ttmperature change
See ~SC Manual Thble 17-ll for .additional information i:>n coefficients of eJtpansion.
Seismic Joints
...
Maximum Force Delivered by the Syster:n
Where steel framing changes direction

-
Separating wings of L, U and T shaped buildings
At additions to existing buildings
At locations where interior beating conditions change, such as where heated offices
abut an unhcar.ed warehouse
To break very long structures into shorter structures
Seismic joint.S are similar in fonn to expansion joints but are the result of very different
structural considerations. They must accommodate movement in both orthogonal directions
simultaneously and their spacing is not typically affected by building length or size. Seismic
joints 'a.re used to separate an irregular structure into multiple regular structures in an effort
to proyide better seismic performance of tile overall building.
The design of seismic joints is complex and includes efforts by all members of the design
team to assure that lhe joint is properly sized, adequately sealed from weather, and safe to
wallc on, as well as to provide for adequate movement of other systems crossing the joint
and means to mainta.i.\l the .fire ratings of the floor, roof and wall systems. Seismic joints are
costly and architecturally undesirable, so they should be incorporated with discretion.
When seismic joints are determined to be necessary or desira~le for a panicular building,
the locations of the joints are often obvio~ and inherenL Many of the locations appropriate
for expansion joints are also appropriate for seismic joints..Requirements for determining
the seismic separation between buildings are prescribed in ASCFJSEI 7.
The width of seismic joints).n IllQdem,puil9ings can vary from juSt a few inches to several feet, depending on building height and siiffness. Joints in more reoent buildings tend
to be .much widel' than !heir predecessors. ,This is due to several major factors, the most
important of which.is chrulges in the cod~. Other contributing factors are the lower lateral
stiffness of many modem build,ings and the.greater recognition by engineers of the magnitude of reaJ. la~ia,\-defonnations induced by an ~quake.
Seismic jo.i,nts o{ten result in somewhat complicated structural framing conditions. In 1be
simplest of joints, ~te columns are placed at either side of the joint to p,rovide lhe n~
essary structural support. This is comroon in parlcing struetures. When double columns are
not acceptable. lhe slrUCtUte must either be cantilevered from more widely spaced columns
or seated connec.ljom must be used. In' lhe case of seat conn~tjons, there is the temptation to limit the .travel of the sliding Clement, because longersliding surfaces using Teflon
sliders or s.imilar devices are costly and lbe seat element may in~ere with other elements
of the building. It js SJrongly ~mmeoded \hat seated coonections be designed to allow for
movements that exceed those ~cu.lated for .the design basis earthquake to allow for th~
effects of greater earthquakes and because the consequences of the sttucture falng off of
the seat may be disastrous. Wi,ete thi.s is not possible, restraint cables such as those often
used on bridges. should be considered.
11\e vyidth of an expansion joint is determined from the basic them1al expansion
Bui/ding Separations
The maximum force delivered by lhe system is a concept used in several applications in the
practice of seismic design. The ma:x.imum force deliyercd by lhe system is oftell one of the
limits for requited strength of a seismic resisting element For example, a thorough.diSC'Ussion of how this force may be detennined for SCBP brace connections is contained in the
AISC Seismic Provisicns Commentary Section F2.6c.
__...
Building Joints
..
..
Expansion Joints
.j
t
'
,.
Expansion join~ .i,n a stru~fre a,re vr.ovided t(),?YOid impairing.the function of the fac~lity or
c.ausini c~.amage to the structural ~. ~hitec~al components. 'the ~umber and l~tion of
building e)(pansion joints is a design iS.sue not fully trealed in tecfun~ai literature.
\...
(I
The Al.SC Spec_ificaJion considers expansion joints a servie&.bility issue, and. Section
L7 states that 'The effects of tbe.nnal expansion and contraction of a building shall be
considered. Damage to building cladding fu cause water penetration and may lead to
corrosion."
'
ASCE/SEI 7 also considers expansion joints a serviceability issue indicating in
Se<:tion 1.3.2 that "Structural systems, and members thereof, shall be designed to
have adequate stiffness to limit deflections, lateral drift, vibration, or any other deformations that adversely affect the intended use and P.Ctfonnance of buildings and
other struct11res."
'fypjcal locations of expansion joints include: ,
expression for lhe material used for the structural frame:
where
!J.1,
(1-1)
=change in length
a = 6.5 x 10", coefJjcient of linear expansion for steel structures
' ..
"
Separations between adjacent buildings that a.re coosuuct.ed at different times, have different ownership, or are otherwise not compatib)e with each other may be necessary and
unavoidable if bolh buildings are located at or near the common property line. ASCFJSEI 7
prescribes setbacks for property lines. An e:itception can be made where justified by ra.tion:i1
analysis based on inelastic irsponsc to design ground motions.
''"
l - 18
Building Drift
."\
L3 SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
. ...
Deflection Compatibility
ASCEISEI 7 prescribes requirements for deformation compatibilicy for Seismic Design
Categories D through F to ensure that the SFRS provides adequate defom1ation control to
protect elements of the structure that are not part of the seismicforce resisting sys~em. Thi~
is intended to c'nsure that componentS'designed as gravity supporting only can''alscnesist
P-L'J. moments, based on total story drifts:
.
.
.
Lowest Anticipated Service Temperature
QfJality Control an~ Qual!fy Assurance . .
,, . ... .
Most structural steels can fracture eitlfer in a ductile or in a brittle mariner. The mode of frac
~,ure is governed by the temperature at fracture, the rate at whidi the loads ate applied, llnd
tlle magnitude of the constraints' that would prevent plastic deformation. Fracture toughness
is a measure of the energy required to cause'an element to fiacrure; the 'm'ore energy that is
iequir~( the tougher thematerial, i.e., it takes more energy tO fracture a ductile material
than a brittle material. Additionally, lower temperatures have an adverse impact on material
ductility. Fracture toughness for materials<Can be established by using fracture-mechaili<:S
test methods.
,!
Traditionally, the fracture toughne5s for structural steels has beeri primanly characterized
by testing Chatpy V-notch (CVN) 'specimens at different temperatures [A:STM E23 (ASTM,
2007)). The CVN'test produces failures at very high1sttain rates. If testing is carried out over
a range of temperatures: the results o{energy abs6rbed versus temperature can be plotted ti:>
give an S-curve asshown in Figure1~7. Usually, three specimens. are-tested at a given temperature and' the results averaged.
.1.
' Carbon and low alloy steels exhibit a change in fracture beliavior as the temperarure falls
with the failure mode changing from ductile to brittle. At high teinperatures, the fraclUI'e is
characterized by pure ductiletearing. At low temperatures, the fracture surface is characterized by cleavage fractures. The decrease in fracture toughness at low temperatures decreaseS
the fracture capacity of the member, resulting in poorer cyclic bel)avior. (Austenitic stainless steels do not show thjs change in fracture behavior, with the fracture remaining ductile
even to very low temperatures. This is one reason ~hy these types of alloys arc ustdin cryogenic applications.)
The AlSC Seismic Provisions Commentary Section A3A acknowledges that in structures
with exposed structural steel, demand critical weids may be subject to ser\iice temperatures
'n
~ '
:".~:-.,.,,_~>.
rn
I
1
Tue International Buildiiig' Code (ICC, 20i2) refers to the 2010 AISC Specification and ihe b .
2010 AISC Seismic Provisions for all quality requirements for structural steel. The scope
m
w..
less than 50 P on a reglliaf basis. In these cases, the AISC Seismic Provision:s Commentary !r
suggests that the minimum qualification temperature provided in AWS Dl.BAnnex A be ~~
adjusted such that the test tem)'.lerarure for the CVN toughness qualifica~on tests be no more .,.,
than 20 "F above the lowest anticipated serVice temperature (LAST).
It is recognized that the LAST is defined diff~ntly in diffeicnt industries:For example, ITT:
the current AASJITO CVN't~ghness requirements are specified to avoid bri!tlc 'fracture in [H:
steel bridges abOve the LAST, which is defined.in terms of three tem~rattlre zc:>n'es. In arc-
tic offshore applications the LAs:r can be either tile minimum deiign temperature or a .w
selected value below the design tempetature, de~nding upon the consequences.of failure. j;~~
The AISC Seismic Provisions are intenoed to ensure' ductile performance for a low prob- ;;h,
ability earthquake event. The LAST is O?,WlallY .defin,ed to ensure ductile, perfOtJAance for a
low probability temperature extreme. The direct combination of two low probability events i~
would be statistically very unlikely. As a. result, the definition of LAST need'not be execs- :;~
sively restrictive for seismic applications. For purposes of the AISC Seismic Piovi.siOns, the :;..
LAST may be considered to be the lowest one-day mean temperature compiled .from ~
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration data. For more information, go to !!;
www.noaa.gov and www.climate.gov.
'
':
\!~.
,, ,.. .
Story drift is the maximum lateral displacement within a story (i.e., the displacement of one
tloor relative to the floor below caefsed by the effects of seismic loads). B\'liJdingfsubjected
to earthquakes need drift control to limit damage to fragile nonstnictural elements, and to
minimize differential movement demands 0n the structure. It is expected that the desigh of
moment resisting frames, and the design of tall, narrow shear-wall or braced-frame buil~gs
will be governed at least in part by drift considerations.
The allowable story drift limits arc defined in ASCE/SEI 7 Table 1.2.12-1 and are a flJ!l~
tion of the seismic lateral force resisting system and the building risk category. The
p~~cribed story drift limits are. applicable to ea9,h story. They mus! n.ot,bi ex~ed i1;1 any
story even though the drift in other stories may be ~ell below the liril.it.
..
1-19
statement in Section Jl of the AISC Seismic Provisions gives the f~llowing explanation for ~
.
.
quality control and quality assurance:
E~
~ ~
Quiity control (QC) as specified in this chapt_e r shall be provided by the fabrlcaior,
erector, or other responsible contractor as applicabl~. Quality assuranee (QA) as specified in this chapter shall be provided by others wh~b rcq\iired oy the authority hiiving
jurisdiction, applicable building code, purchaser, owrier, or ef!gi~~r of ~ord (EOR).
.I
tt
I lnwer i lhelf
'!I
.. ransiti on Zon ll
, ..
- ..
:~
V'I>
Unr "'r She f

w
11>
1.,...1 r--; ~
'b
f~.,., 1
lli.i
d>
f:'
r.:
'. /!>
4~
41>
T
'
(D
(~~ ~ ~
(~
~I
Temperature
Fig. 1-7. Typidaz Charpy V:notch tesi results.
" t'
~{,
d.
l'!
I
LI
LI
1- 20
When ductile seismic response should be assured and the AlSC Seismic Provisions
govem the design, fabrication and erection, steel framing needs to rnecc speciaJ quality
requirements as appropriate for the various components of the structure. These requiremenis, applicable only to members of the SFRS, are provided in:
ANSI/AISC 341-10, Seismic Provisions/or Structural Steel Buildings (AISC, 2010b)
AWS Dl.8/Dl.8.M:2009, Smtcrural 'Welding Code-Seismic Supplement (AWS, 2009)
. ANSI/AISC 358-10, Prequalified Connections for Special and lnremrediare Steel
Moment Frames for Seismic Applications (AISC, 2010c)
2012 International Building Co<k, .~pter 17 (ICC, 2012)
Addition~!
The requirements of AlSC Seismic-Pfovisions Chapter J specify QC and QA special

requirem~nts for all responsiple parties related to the following:
.. .
. ,: .
.
u
0
'J
quality requfrements are sjieCified in: .
ANSI/AISC 360-10, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings (AISC, 2010a)

ATSC 303-10, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildmgs and Bridges (AISC,
2010d) .
AWS Dl.l/D1.IM:2010, Structural Welding Code-Steel (AWS, 2010)
2009 RCSC Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Srrtngth Bolts (RCSC,
2009)
Ll
GENERAL DESIGN CONSJOERA'DONS
Fabricator and erector documents

Quality assurance asency documents
Inspection and nondestructive testing personnel
Inspection tasks
.
Welding inspectj.on and nondeStructi'.ye te~ting
Inspection of high-strength bolt.4lg .
Other steel structure _inspections
Inspection of composite stnicrures
Inspection of piling
To meet the requirements of the International Building C<Xk, as part of the contract documents, the registered design professio~ in responsible charge must prepare a "statement
of special inspections~ which is termed the quality assurance plan (QAP) in the AISC
Seismic Provisions. The QAP should be prepared by the engineer of record and made a part
of the contract documents. The plan should contain, at a minimw:n, a written description of
qualifications, procedures, quality inspectie>ns, resources and records to be used to provide
assurance that the structure complies with the engineer's quality requirements, specifications and contract documents. Chapter J of the AISC Seismic Provisions provides the
minimum acceptable requirements for a QAP fo~ .the SFRS, including requJrements for the
contract documents, quality assurance agency documen~. inspection points, and frequendes, along with spec1aJ requirements for weld and bolt inspections.
AJSC Sei.rmic Provisibn.r Chapter J bas specific requirements for nondestructive testing
of welds. in addition to those in AISC Specification Section N4.5, which must be shown on
the contract documents. Quality assurance requirements for bolting include verifying that
faying surfaces meet the specifiCAtion requirements and that the bolts are properly tensioned
per the R.CSC Specification.
1.3 SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND DESIGN CONSIDeRATIONS
Design Drawing Requirements
1-'.!l
Structural Design Drawing Requirements

For systems not requiring seismic detailing, structural design drawings are to meet the
requifements in the AISC Code of S(4ndard Practice as stip~ated in AlSC Specification
Section A4. Shop and erection drawing~ should follow design documencs to convey specified information for fabrication :md erection. for systems desi~ed to meet Lhe AISC
Seismic Provisions, additional requirements are provided in A1SC Seismic Provisions
Section A4 with supplementary discuss.ion in the Provisions Commentary Section A4. Tt is
important to define all structu1?11 elements in the building that resist seismic loads, including struts, collectors, chords, diaI?fl:agms and trusses. Also, the SFRS members should be
indicated in both plan and elevation drawings. If the SFRS includes other materials, these
elements should be defined as such where the steel connects to them. '
SFRS Member and Connection Material Specifications

SFRS material requirements are discussed in ATSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.l and in
the material sections of the various prequaJified connections in ANSI/AISC 558. Wide
flange shapes will generally be ASTM A992 material. ASTM A992 has spedfied maximum
yield stress and milximum yield-to-tensile ratio to ensure ductility along with a'!imit on the
carbon equivaJent to ensure weldabillty. Material requirements for the connection elements
must be consistent with the prequalified details in ANSI/AISC 358. Bolt materi:ll grade,
sjze, location and tensioning must be shown on the design drawings. Bolts typically are
designed as bearing-type connections with standard holes and all Q<llts are required tO' be
pretensioned and have Class A faying surfaces. AISC Seismic ProviSions Section D2.3 on
weided joints, references AISC Specification Chapter J. AISC Specijic(ltion Section 12 stij,ulates that all requirements from AWS Dl.1, including weld procedure specifications. are
applicable ~'lcept for the specific AWS D1.1 provisions cited. The AISC Seismic Provisions
Seition A3.4 requires that all welds in the SFRS. be made with filler. metals meeting the
requirements specified in clause 6.3 off.WS Dl.8. Oa~se 6.3 requires that all welds provide
a minimum Charpy V-notch toughness 6f20 ft-lb at O "F, either by test or manufacturer's certification. There are additional requirements for demand critical welds as noted below.
Demand Critical Welds

Welds ate designated demand critical' in the AISC Seismic Provisions oased on considerati~n' of tlie inelastic strain dema,td and the consequence of failure. Thel~ation of these
deriland critical welds is given in lhe AlSC Seismic Provisio.ns and in ANSIIAISC 358 in the
section applicable to Lbe designated SFRS. As specified ul AISC Se~ic Pro~isions Section
A3.4b, demand critical welds shall be. made with fil,Jer metals m~ting 'ilie requirements
of AWS D(8 clause6.3. Clause 6.3 requires a arinimum Charpy V-notch toughness of 40
ft..lb at 70 F for a LAST of 50 f C?r greater. See AWS Dl.8 for detail~ testing requirements and for a LAST less than 50 F.
There are a num9er of other quality c?nlr91 3:0d quality assurance items associated with
dCJ'.!land critical welds that are covered in the AISC Seismic Provisions and AWS D 1.8. Items
sucii as use of backing bars and run-off tabs, including requirements for trimming and fin
ishing of run-off tabs, are specifically addressed.
1-22
1.3 SEISMIC DESJGN OVERVIEW AND DESJGN CONSIDERATIONS
SFRS, some consideration should be gi-qen todeveloping a limited amount of base

shear either by embedment or by bearing on the anchor rods. AISe Seismic Provisions }
Section D2.6b stipulate.S the required shear strength for column bases, including those w
not designated as part of the SFRS.
'
4. Width-to-thickness ratios of SFRS members must be less than those that are resistant to
local buckling in order to achi~ve the required inelastic deformations required. While
the width-to-thickness ratios given in the AISC Specificarion Table 84.l for compact
sections are adequate to prevent buckling before the onset of strain hardening, tests have
shown that they are not adequate for the requi:J:ed inelastic perfonnance in several
SFRS. AISC Seismic Provisfons Table D 1.1 gives the limi~ng ~idth-to-thiekness ratios
for moderately ductilea:na highly ductile members.:ClassificatiQn of members as moderately or highly ductile may govern member size for the various systems.
5. Requirements for stability bracing of beams are provided for each system. The braeing required is stipufated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2 and-depends on
,, whether the beam is moderately or highly ductile. Special. bracing is :required adjacent
to plastic !tinge locations. If the bracing_ requirement can~ot be m~t by the floor slab \
and the elements of the-moment connection, then the requrred bracmg merober(s) 'and
connection(s) should be-,shown. For example, .special moment frame beams require
_ bracing that satisfy the.provisions for highly ductile members as given inAISC S~~smic
Provisions D l.2b. While the floor slab typically will:brace the top flange, addmonal
. braces should be shown where required with the neeessaryconnections.

~
Locations and Dimensions of Protected Zones,

0
Protected zones are designated by the AJSC Seismic Provisions for different systems-and
generally are areas encompassing the plastic hinging region. The FEMNSAC testing bas
demonstrated the seiisitivity of these areaS to fracture caused by discontinuities resulting
from welding, penetrations, changes in section. or construction-caused notches (Riel es et al.,
2003). Fabrication and erection work,
the subsequent work by other trades, have the
potential _to cause discontinuities in the SFRS'. AlSC Seismic Provisi.ons Sections DI .3 and
12.1 provide detailed requirements for the protected zone.
The"loclltidns and dimensions of these protected zones for rrioment'ccinnections ~spec
ified in the AISC .Seismic Prdvisions and in ANSI/AfsC 358 for each SFRS. For e,~ample,
accbrdin'g to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5c, the prbfected zone for special concentrically braced ~rames includes "the center one-quarter of the brace length and a zone
adjacent to each conneetion equal ici the brace depth l.n the plane of buckling" as well as
"elements that connect braces to beams and columns." For eccentrically braced frames,
AISC Seismic Provisioris Section F3.5c defines
protected.zone as the Jjnk. In any case, .
the reql!ireme~ts ~n AISC SeiS1J1ic ProvisioTJS Sections D1.3 and 12.1 must be satisfied.
- When !oca~ed in the protected rone th~ ~&c.ontinuities are req~ _to be repaired by
!he .resI?onsible contractor..tQ _the satisfaction of the engi!ieer of record: The AISC Seismic
P_"rovisions r~qufre th;it t.e prot~9ted zones.,be sh9wn on the design drawings. The .s:ontractor n~s to \ise tltis information to ~ontrol ~nstru'ction activities in this area.
and
.J
.....
'
the
;l
..
<
AW~: o~-.,~ Strvc~ur~I w,eldin; ~~d~~!~m~~ Su~P.'e"'.~nt
.Additional Structural Qesign Drawing Detail Requirements

in theProvisions
'\
. .
r.
AWS DL8,. sutx;lause 1;2.1 lists the information that the engineer o~ record_ 1s r~mred to C.
protjde o~ the c0n~c~ dqcurn~nts SP,CCi.6<;ally related.to welding of t11e .SF.RS. Additipn~lly,
gouges l!Jld.notcbes.!l!e not peDUitt~,and w_lJ!le gpndipg to a flus~.cQndi.tion is not requin:d,
the contour should provide a s~oo~, tranSttio,Q.. AVf.S D1.8 p~ovtde~ xe,i::?.nynended details ~
for these areas, _ .. . .
. ,
i .
AWS D.1 ;8..con~~ a numrn;r Qf otper special r~irements tha~ sho~4 pe specifisallY
referenced j.n th~. C<?tJ;3q. dotui.nen~. .Iii. addition t_o the fill.er me.~al r~qu~~m~n~. mentioned
preyiou~.ly.!> ~e~g ~tical w~ds h~ve the following requ.trepients:, ., .. . ,:.
. .
l'.ollowing ,~t'. some of the.additional ~eci~ifements from _the AISC peismic Provisions .that
may_ .~~t c~tructural design dr~wing d,etails:
...
L SFRS column splice -requirements are given in' AISC Seismic.. Provisions Section
D25a. The splices need to be loca~ away from beam-to-column connections, with
the proviSions stipulating 4 ft otmore away from the connection; iiowever, in general,
splices should be in the middle thtrd of the column (see Exceptions in Section D2.5a).
Because of the splice strength requirements in Section D2.5, it is important that the
splice be fully detailed on the design drawings. Where bolted splices are used there
must be plates or channels on both sides of the web.
2. C~lUJllll: spl~c~ requirements for columns that are not part of the SFRS are given in the
min.imuni shear foice8 required to be
. . ;. ~IS.C $eiSmic ProVisions Section D25c.
. , .d~el~f.'?fin .th7.5e.splices .".'ill require a special column splice and this detail should
. also De snown .on the desjgn drawings.
.
3. SFRS coi~mn bases must.meet the requh;ements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section
D2.6 and anc~or rOd embedment and re.irdorcing steel should be designed according
to ACI 318 Appendix.D. Anchor rod sizes ~d locations, along with washer require-;
.merits, hole sizes an~ base plate welds must meJt lhese design requirementS and must
be shown. Special embedment used for base fixity must also be shown on the Struc. tura1 dt:sigi;i. ilraw_ings. The Comment:Uy JO Section D2.6 gives a good discussion a!C?ng
. ' with examples of b.ow to develop these fo~ces. For column b8Ses that are not part of
. . .. . '
"
.
. ~.
1- 23
.t
ManiiractureC'~ eertificates bf c'onfonnance for fiite{met?Is . .-' .'

.
S~ial restrictions on care and exposure of elec4odes ., .. ' : - ;."'
- Suppl~~Snlar. wClaer qu~fi.cation fiir restrlct~(i''accds ~elding' for tJ?ttorl?'"!J_~g~
- weliliilg throu~ a~s liole$

.
1 " . '
i sPe<;i:iI weid sequence ror'bottom fiangewelding ihiough aceess holes
. . '' Suppiementary'teqmremenis for qrialification of ultrasonk,test\.ilg. tecluiicians
The
;,
_.. ... -
..
C~mpos ite Systems
... . .
,_....
"
- .
~'
l!iSJ
For buildings with composite inenibe/s and/or com~site SFRS_. aa importan! ch~g~ in." th
2010 AISC Seismic Provisions is tile' integration ofwhat were formerly presented separately
in Pa.rtS I (steel) and II (composite) into a combined sel of provisions. This edition of th. ~
Seismic Design Manual follows that approach by adding examples for composite systems.
i'
.I
.'.,
:
!JI
The 2010 AISC Seismic Provisions for the seismic design of composite structural steel
and reinforced concrete buildings are based upon the 1994 NEHRP Provisions (FEMA.
1994) and subsequent modifications made in the 1997, 2000, 2003 and 2009 NEHRP
Provisions (FEMA, 2009) and in ASCE/SEI 7. Because composite systems are comprised
of integrated steel sod concrete components, both the AISC Specification and ACI 31 g
form an important basis for provisions related to compos.ite construction.
There is, at present, limited experience in the U.S. with composite building systems sub
jected to extreme seismic loads. Extensive design and performance experience with this
type of construction in Japan clearly indicates that composite systems, due to their inher
ent rigidity and toughness, can equal or exceed the perfonnance of buildings comprised of
reinforced concrete systems or structural steel systems (Deierlein and Noguchi, 2004;
Yamanouchi et al.. 1998). Composite systems have been extensively used in tall buildings
throughout the world.
Careful attention to all aspects of the design is necessary in the design of composite systems, particularly with respect to the general building layout and detailing of members and
connections. Composite connection details are illustrated throughout this Manual to convey
the basic character of the force transfer in composite systems. However, these decails should
not necessarily be treated as design standards. The cited references provide more specific
information on the 'design of composite connections. F-0r a general discussion of these issues
and some specific design examples, refer to Viest et al. {1997).
The design and construction of composite elements and systems continues to evolve in
practice. Except where explicitly stated, the AlSC Seismic Provisions are not intended to
limit the application of new. systems for which testing and analysis demonstrates .that the
structure has adequate strength, ductility and toughness. It is generally anticipated that the
dverall behavior of the composite systems herein will be similar to that for counterpan structural steel systems or reinforced concrete systems and that inelastic deformations will occur
in conventional ways; such as flexural yielding of beams in fully restrained moment frames
or axial yielding and/or buckling of braces in' braced frames.
When systems have both ductile and nonductile elements, the relative stiffness of each
sh<'uld be properly modeled; the ductile elements can defoon inelastically while the nonductiJe elements remain noniinally elastic. When using elastic analysis, member stiffness
should be reduced to account f6r the degree of cracking the onset of significant yielding
in the structure. Additionally, it is necessary to account for material overstrength that may
alter relative strength and stiffness.
Parts 6 an~ 7 of t,his.Manual provide discussion and example problems for the design of
members and connections for composite moment frame and braced frame systems, respectively, as well as guidelines for traversing through lhe AISC Seismic Provisions alld AISC
Specification relative to
specific building system. Where possible, the e.umple problems presented were developed to be companions to the example problems presented in
other parts of this Manual. For instance, the example problem for the composite speci:ll
moment fraine system illustrates the application of the composite requirements when a concr;te-filled tube column replaces the steel column of the special moment frame strucru.re
illustrated in the example problems in Part 4 of this Manual.
at
each
::~
I :
MlERICAN lNS'ITlVlll OJ' STSl!l. CONS'!'RUCTtON
1.4 DESIGN TABLE D JSCUSSlON
-~
1.4 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION

Seismic Weld Access Hole Configurations
Table 1-1. Workable Seismic Weld Access HoJe
Configurations
Fourteen configurations arc given based upon the minimum scisffiic weld access bole profile. This table is intended to be used in conjunction with Table 1-3 for quick selection of
weld access hole geometry for wide-flange beams when the special seismic weld access
hole is used. A workable seismic access hole configuration from Table 1-1 is given .in Table
1-3 for each shape listed. Where a dash is shown, no configuration shown in Table 1-1 meets
all criteria.
AJSC Specification Section Jl.6 provides general requirements for weld access holes. It
should be noted that the geometries shown in Table 1-1 represent only one set of configurations that satisfy the dimensions and tolerances in AWS Dl.8 Figure 6.2. Other
configurations that comply with AWS Dl.8 Figure 6.2 may also be used. The special seismic weld access hole is required for beams in ordinary moment frames per AISC Seismic
Provisions Section El.6b(c), and for beams in welded unreinforced flange-welded web
(WUF-W) moment connections per ANSI/AISC 358. ,.
Member Ductility Requirements

Table 1-2. Summary of Member Ductility Requirements
Ductility requirements are summarized for SFRS members per Chapters E, F, G and H of
the AlSC Seismic Provisions.
Local Buckling Requirements

I
Table 1-3. Sections That ~atisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness
Requirements, W-Shapes
"
W-shapes with F1 50 ksi (ASTM A992) that satisfy the moderately or highly ductile
width to-thickness requirements per th~ AISC Seismic Provisions Table D 1.l are indicated
with a "" in the column correspond.i.tig to the member requirements for specific SFRS.
This includes W-sbapes th:ll incorporate reduced beam section moment connections. See
Table 1-2 for a summary of the member ductility requirements for the SFRS in the AISC
Seismic Provisions. A wide-flange section satisfies these requirements if its flange and weh
width-to-thickness ratios are less than or equal to the corresponding limits listed in Table
l A, which is summarized from the requirements in Table D 1.1 of the AISC Seismi
Provisions. For cases where the limiting web width-to-thickness ratio is a function of th
member's required axial strength, P,, or P,,, the member will satisfy the width-to-lhickne
requirements if P., or P~ is less than or equal to the value tabulated for P,. maJC or Pa ,,,
respectively. The nominal axial yield strength of a member, P,, is calculated as F1 A1 . N<'"
that in these cases it is 3SSUmed that Ca= Pul9cP1 > 0.125 or D..;P0 1P1 > 0.125. Exceptic
l - 26
GENERAL DESIGN CONSlDERATfONS
for intermediate moment frame and special moment frame beams with Ca< 0.125 are i.ndicated in the footnotes of Table 1-A. Where a dash is shown, there is no limitation on the
values of Pu or P0 .
Aloo provided is the maxirol!m spacin$ ?f beam bracing for moderately ducti,le and highJy
ductile beams, L1nnu. wnere for moderately ductile beams, Lb'max= 0.l1r1 E!Fy, and highly
ductile beams, Lb mo.x =0.086ry EIF,. Note that W-shapes that do not Satisfy "either moderhighly.d1,1ctite
w.idth-to-thickness ratios
not included in Table 1-3
ately or
..
,I//
are
....
..
l i .
Table 1-A
limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios for

W-Shape Flanges and. Webs in. Compression
Limiting Width-to-Thickness
Ratio
Ratio
Range, b/.t.
Web, hit.,
Member
01agona1
Brace
0.38P,
1.4 DESION TABLE DISCUSSION
Table 1-4. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness Recfuirements, Angres
..
>.
:s
m
a
0
::!:
..
Pu
'= -~Py
Diagonal' '
...
:;
.
Q
JZ
~ -
:i:
C,
=OcP
C>
Ratio
-::0 :::>
oC
'
(l.RFD)
~,,
.,
..
"".....
lit
'
0.38JE!F1
'
Diagonal
.,
Br~,
en<>
Chords In
:c;;
-:.: Q:::>
(ASO)
..
Olagonal
Brace
::;:
Py
o.3op,
Brace
C>
where
-;
.ii!:'
e=
.. 0
c, >0.125
C
:Limiting Widih-toThickness
Ratio
...
Wlath-to-l!lici<ness ,
Member
1.12J E I F1 (2.33- C1 )"?.1..49JEIT,"
o.33,[fff;
Column,EBF
Unk
"C
For
~-
Limiting Width-tQ-T.l)ickn~s~ Ratios for

Angle Legs in Compression
3.76,.fEI F1 (1 - 2.75C,)
Beam,'
Table 1-B
1.49J[ff;
..
,, ~'
Angles with F1 =36 ksi (A36); inctudiDg_botb single and double angle configurations, that
satisfy AJSC Seismic Prpvisiory, locaJ byckJ.i9g requirements fQr, use: fiS, diagonal b~aces 1
SCBF, OCBF, EBP, and the special segment of STMF chords are indicated wilh a "" in I}
corresponding column. An angle satisfies these requirements if the greatest leg width-tolhickness ratio is Jess than or equal to tbecorresponding limits listed in Table 1-B, which i~
summarized from the requirements in Table DI. l of the AISC Seismic Provisions. Note th.
angles that do not satisfy either moderately or highly ductile width-to-thickness ratios a1
nor included in Table 1-4.
For c, s 0.125
"'
~
:::>
I:
1 -.
bit
0.30JE1Fy
STMFSpeclal
Segment
, ..
1.49JE!F1
ffi( C, S0.125
Column,
ChOfds in
STMf SP,ecfal
Segment,EBF
Un~SPSW
VBE&HBE
..
2.45JE I F1
Beam,'
(1 - 0.93C,)
ffi(C, :>0.125
o.nJE IF, {2.93-C,)~1.49,.JE IF,
o;JOP,
Where
c. "' ..!!...
(l.RFD)
~Py
'
C,,.. OcP1 ~D)
Pr
FcrW~ beanslnSMF systemS YIMre
c.1s les:s 111an or~ 1o0.125, lhe.fmrtlno raliO 11/ 1,,shal not exceed 3.76./fff;.
Applle$ IO eBf links meeting the exctl)tlcn In SdofJ F3.5b(1).
Fcr W~ beams In SMF S)'SlemS where C. ls Im 111ar1 or~ 1o 0.125. the lmillnO Wldlll-~ ralio 11/t. .rial not
~ 2.45.fElF,.
::
.-.
-'
J
. ' ....
..... :.
}
..l
~l
1-28
I ..
GENERAL DESIGN CO:"!SJOERATIONS
Table 1-5a. Sections That Satisfy Seismic

Width-to-Thickness Requirements, Rectangular HSS
Table 1-6. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness

Requirements, Round HSS
Table 1-Sb. Sections That Satisfy Seismic .

Width-to-Thickness Requirements; Square HSS
Round HSS sections with F1 =42 ksi (ASTM A500 Grade B) that satisfy the AISC Seismic
Provisions local buckling requirements for use as braces or columns in SCBF and braces in
OCBF and EBF are indicated with a ...~ in the corresponding column. A round HSS satisfies these requirements if its width-ro-thick:ness ratio is less than or equal to the
corresponding limit listed in Table 1-D. Note that round HSS sections tlut do not satisfy
cuber moderately or highly ductile width-IO-thi.ckncss ratios are not included in Table 1-6.
Rectangular aod square HSS with F1 =46 ksi (ASlM A500 Grade B) that satisfy the AJSC
Seismic Provisions local buc.kJing ~uirements for use as diagonal braces or columns in
SCBF, and bT'aCC$ in OCBF and EBF are indicated wilh a "" in the corresponding column.
A rectangular or square HSS s.atisfies these. requirements if its flange and web width-tolhickness ratios are less than or equal 10 the corresponding limits listed in Table 1-C. which
is summariz.ed from !he requ.irernents of Table D 1.1 of the AlSC Seismic Prr:nisioru. Note
that HSS sections tha1 do not satisfy either moderately or highly ductile width-to-lhick:ness
ratios arc not included in Tables l-5a or l-5b.
r:
.
i
::.-,
Member
2::-
Bo
e=s
... <.>
'& c5
'''
::e
..~:9
,.
"
Wltttfl. to-Thidaless
Ratio
limiting Wfdth.to-Tlllcl<Mss
RaUo
Diagonal
Brace,
Beam,
bit
0.64JE IF1
'
Column
limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios

for Round HSS and Pipe Walls
in Compression
Member
s~
"8 g
Diagonal
Brace,
Beam,
Column
>- 0
~5
Diagonal
Brace,
Beam,
ii.,
~
<.>
-"' :::>
:c Cl
Width-to-Thickness
Ratio
Ratio
Olt
D.044 (EIF1 )1
.
Oft
Column
.
>- ..
~~
!:I
::&::
Cl
bit
o.ssJE IF1
Column
The lm#ing wlddHI>~ r1lio ot walb (JI rec:tingllal !!Id sq.11r1 HSS memlleta used as beams OI coblr.s shell not
eoaed 1.12../fF,.
0.038(EIF1 )
The li!ni1Jng dlameler-to-11lic1QvlsS ratiO of wall1 of round tlSS members used as beams OI CXllumns sllll1 not exteed 0.07 EIF,_.
Diagonal
Brace,
Beam,
Table 1-D
Table 1-C
limiting;Width-to-Thickness Ratios
for Rectangular and Square HSS Walls
in Compression
.....~=~
.
:....\
1.4 DESlGN TABLE DISCUSSION
...
I
"
1- 30
Table 17. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness

Requirements, Pipe
Pipes with F, 3S ksi.(ASTM A53 Grade B) that satisfy AISC Seismic Provisions local
buckling requii'Cinents for use as braces columns in SCBF and braces in OCBF and EBF
are indicated with a "" in the corresponding column. A pipe satisfies these requirements if
its widthto-thickness ratio, Dlt, is less than oi equal to the corresponding limit listed in
Table 1-D. Note that pipe that do not satisfy either moderately or highly ductile width-tothickness ratios are not included in Table 1-7.
Strength
or
o! Steel Headed Stud Anchors
Table 1-8. Nominal Horizontal Shear Strength and 25%

Reduced N_
ominal Horizontal Shear Strength for One Steel
Headed S~~ ~pchor
The nominal shear strength of steel headed stud anchors is given in Table 1-8, jn accordance with AISC Specification Chapter I. This table provides the nominal shear strength
for one steel headedst)ld anchor embedded in a solid concrete slab or in a composite slab
with decklng, ~given in AISC Specification Section J8.2a.The nominal shear strength wich
the 25% reduction as specified in AISC Seismic Provisions S~tion D2.8 for intermediate
or special SFRS of Sections G2, G3, G4, H2, H3, HS and H6 is also given in Table 1-8.
. According to the. User Note in AISC Seismic Provisions Section D 2.8, lhe 25% reduction
is not necessary for gravity or collector components in structures with intennediate or special seismic force resisting systems designed for the amplified seismic load. Nominal
horizontal shear strenglh values are presented based upon the position o f lhe steel anchor,
profile of the deck, and oriental.ion of the deck relative to the steei anchor. See AISC
Specification Commentary Figure C-18. l.
~
I
I
I
t -31
PART I REFERENCES
PART 1 REFERENCES
..
ACI (2008). Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete, ACJ 318-08, American
:.Concrete Institute, Fannington Hi)Js, Ml'. '

AISC (2010a), Specification fo r Str~~,i;ral Steel Buildings, ANSTJAISC 360-10, American
Institute of Steel Construction, Chicago, CL.
ATSC (2010b), Seismic Provi.rion.r for Structural Steel Buildings, ANSIIAISC 341-10,
American Institute of Steel Construction, Chicago, U..
AISC (2010c), Prequalified Connections for SpecW.I and lntennediate Steel Momeni Frames
for Seismic Applicatibns, ANSI/AISC 358-10, American Institute of Steel Construction,
Chicago, IL.
AISC (2010d). Code of SuwJard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, American
Institute of Steel ConstJUction, Chicago, IL.
AISC (2011), Steel Con.rtrucrion Manual, 14th&!., American Institute of Steel Construction,
Chicago, n...
ASCB (2010). Minimwn Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, ASCE/SEI 7-10,
AS:e~:;?::::::d~::: ~:~~::;~:;;~::;;~r
AWS (2007), Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazjng, and Nondesrrucrive Examination,
l:
Impact Testing of Metallic Maternus,

ASTM E23-07ael, ASTM International, West Conshohocken, PA.
AWS A2.4, American Welding Society, Miami, FL.
AWS (2009), Structural Welding Code-Seismic Supplement, AWS Dl.8/Dl.8M:2009,

American Welding Society, Miami, FL.
AWS (2010). Structural Welding Code-Steel, AWS Dl.1/Dl.1M:2010, Amencan Welding

Society, Miami, FL.
\
ASCE/SE' 7 [)esign CoefficiEmts and Factors for SFRS

Tab.l e 1-9a. Design Coefficients and Factors for Steel and
Steel and Concrete Composite Seismic Force Resisting
Systems
This table is based on ASCE/SEI 7 Table 12.2-I and provides design coefficients and factors for steel and composite seismic force resisting systems (ASCE, 2010).
Table 1-9b. Design Coefficients and Factors for Nonbuilding

Structures Similar to Buildings
This table is based on ASCFJSE17Table15.4-1 and provides design coefficients and factors for steel and composite seismic force resisting systems in nonbuilding sLruclures similar
to buildings (ASCE. 2010).
Chopra, A.K. (2007), Dynamics of Sb-uctures: Theory and Applications to Earthquakt

Engineering, 3rd Ed., Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ.
Deierlein, G.G. and Noguchi, H. (2004), "Overview of US-Japan Research on the Seismic
Design of Composite Reinforced Concrete and Steel Moment Frame Structures: Jouma ~
of Structural Engineering,ASCE, Vol. J30, No. 2, pp. 361-367, Reston, VA.
FEMA (1994), NEHRP Recommended Pro1risions for Seismic Regulations for New Buildings
and Other Strucrures, Washington, DC.
[ ::
FEMA (2009), NEHRP Recommended Provisions fo r Seismic Regulations for
New.;~
Buildings and Other Structures, FEMA P-750, Washington, DC.

lCC (2012), lnlemational Building Code, International Code Council , Falls Cl)urch, VA.
RCSC (2009), Specification for Structural Joinls Using High-Smmgth Bolts, Research
Council on Sllllctural Connections, American Institute of Steel Construction, Chicago, U..
t~
Ricles, J.M., Mao, C., Lu, L.W. and Fisber, J.W. (2003), "Ductile Details For Welde.
Unreinforced Moment Connections Subject To Inelastic Cyclic Loading," Journal OJ' l
Engineering Strucrures, Elsevier, Vol. 25, pp. 667-{)80.
.J:
1- 32
DESIGN TABl.ES
Vicsi. T.M., Colaco, J.P., Furlong, R.W., Griffis, L.G., Leon, R.T. and Wyllie, L.A., Jr.
(1997), Composite Construction: Design for Bu~ldin!s, McGraw-HilVASCE, Reslon, VA.
Table 1-1
Yamanouchi, H., Nishiyama, I. and Kobayashi, J. (1998), "Development and Usage of

Composite and Hybrid Building Structure in Japan," ACI SP-174, American Concrete
Institute, pp. 151- 174.
Workable Seismic Weld Access

Hole Configurations
.
~ri
,1.
tbl
@
'
fY
..
t.
i
I
IA'
(1)Ct
11
_/
t%"min.
t/J(
.,
i
~
Dimension for weld access hole geometry In accordance with

AWS 01.8/01.SM subdause 6.10.1
Access
Hole Type
CD
degrees
G
H
I
l
M
N
2 12
3
3'/t
4
:.
,,,,
'
,I
1 r,,
1 112
.... 21h
. 31n-
'I
3
3 1/
3 3/
1/2
.1
1 114
1 1/z
Pl
2
2 11,
2 1/z
23/4
1 11
1 'lz
Pl
2
2 114
tn.
'I
'h
'I
1
0
E
in.
in. .
In.
'h
30
4 1'2
51/z
6 1/z
l!h
8 1iz
9 112
It
11
12 1'2
14
15
!
I
J- 34
DESIGN TABLES
1- 35 }:.
Table 1-2
Summary.of Member Ductility

Requirements
System
"
Highly
Ouctile
Moderately
Aw
A.""
Dui:tile
...
..
Special Cantilever Column Systems (SCCS)

Columns
E2.5a
E2.Sa
.
.
..
Buckling-Restrained Braced Frames (BRBF)

Beams
Columns
F2.5a
F2.5a
F2.5a
..
'
F1.5a
Eccen~lly Braced
Frames (EBF)
Diagonal Braces
Columns
link Beams
Beams outside of the Link
F3.5a
F3.Sa
F3.5b(1)
F3.5a
ES.Sa
ES.Sa
.
'. .
E4.5c
E4.5c
IQgllly
Ductile
System
Moderately
Ductile
~
'AM
F4.5a
F4.5a
F5.5a
F5.5a
F5.5a
Composite lntennediate Moment Frames

(C-IMF)
Steel and Composite Beams
Steel and Composite Columns
seismic
PflJVislons
Section
Reference
l:
G2.5a
G2.Sa .
G3.?a
G3.5a
G3.Sa
ob
I
\
Steel Coiipllng Beams
Encase<l Comp0site ~upling Beams

Composite Special Shear Walls (CSSW)
Unencased Structural Steel Columns
C<increte Eiicased Siructural Steel Columns
Steel Coupling Beams
'
Encased C<impostte ~upling Beams
semems
I~
'
G4.5a
G4.5b
H2.5a
H2.5a
H2.5a
..
.
H3.5 & F3.5a

HJ.5& F3.5a
H3.5 & F3.5b(l)
H3.5 & FJ.Sa
. H4.5b(l)
H4:5b(1)&(2)
..
:.1
Ht.Sa
Compbsiie:Ofmary Shear Walls ~C..QSW)
Steel and COmpoSite Vertical Boundary
li
'
Composite Special Concentrically Braced

Frames (C-SCBF)
~ CompoSite Columns
steel Braces or Composite Braces
I
Steel or Composite Beams
Composite Plate Shear Walla (C-PSW)

Steel and Composite Horizontal Boundary
~;
Coniposite Partialiy Re~ained Moment

Frames (C:.fif\MF)
Steel Colrims
cOmpos~e Beams
Comj>osite EQ:entrically Braced Frames

(C-EBF)
Oi3gonaJ Braoes
- Columns
UokBeams
Beams olitside of the Link
..
..
eorTiposite Specia!. Moment Frames (CSMF)

Steel and Composite Beams
~ Steel and Composite Columns
Reinforced Concrete,Encased Beams
Bements
61.S
No Ductility
Requirements
per Seismic
Provisions
eomposite Ordinary Braced Frames (C-OBF)
..
Ordinary Concentrically Braced Frames

(OCBF)
Diagonal Braces
I See exteptlon$ in Section F3.5b(1).

See extej)don In Section C>3.5a.
El.Sa
Seismic
E3.5a
E3.5a
Ordinary Cantilever Column Systems (OCCS)
Composite Ordinary Moment FramH

(c--OMF)
Special Truss Moment Frames (STMF)

Chords in Special Segment
Special Segment Diagonal Webs
Speclal Plate Shear Walls (SPSW)

Homontal Boundary Element
Vertical B6undary Element
Intermediate Boundary 8ements
Provisions
Section
Reference
Speclal Moment Frames (SMF)

Beams
Columns
Speclal Concentrlcally Braced Frames

(SCBF)
Diagonal Braces
Beams
Cotumns
Sutnmary 'of Member:DuCtility

. Requirements'
-, ~
No Ductility
Requirements
per Seismic
Provisions
Ordinary Moment Frame (OMF)

Intermediate Moment Frame (IMF)
Beams
Columns
I l;
I"
Table 1-2 (continued}
HS.Sb
HS.Sb
H.S.5c, F3.5b(1)
H5.5c,d, F3.5b(1)
'
HS.Sa
H6.5a
~=~
l~
See exceptions fn Section F3.5b(1).

See~ in Section G3.5a.
AMEluCAN INSTTI\ITE OF STSEL Cor.rST!UJCnO.~
~~
uJ:.NRAL DESIGN CONSlDER.ATJONS
..
Width"':to~Thickn~ss
i~
ll
W40x392
x331
x327
, x294
x278
c x264
x235
x211
x183
x167
X149
SMF
STMf
... .. ..
SCCS
W-Shapes
OCBF
SCBF
'
'
..
...
.
..
..
'-
... ..
.
.. . .
... ...
..
. .
. ..
.
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
.. .,. ...
.;.
I'
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
"
. ..~1J
Shape
Amd
14.5
14.5
14.4
14.3.
28.7
28.7
28.5
28.2
W44x335
x290
x262
x230
31.2
30.6
"
30.0
1~.2
15.1
29.9
15.0 29.6
15.0 29.6
14.9 29.4'
14.7., 29.1
14.9. 29.4
14.8 29.2
14.7 29.1
14.3 28.3
W40x593
11.0
10.7
10.7
10.6
10.5
10.5
10.~
10.
10.4
9.98
9.52
W40x392
x331
x327
x294
x278
15.8
15.5
;.r
l 'l
,,
'
~
"
Diagonal
Braces Columns
'A,hd
EBF
Lo- f t
. .
..
I'
Widtli~to-;;..Thickness
Fy = 50 ksi
W-Shapes
..
.. ..
.. . ..
.. ... . .. .
. . .
.
.
. .
.. .. . ..
.. .. .. ..
.. ...
. .. .. .
.. ... .. ...
i
:>
Requirements
Beams Beams
and
Diagonal Diagonal
and
Chord
Columns Columns Segment Columns Brace$ Braces Columns "Beams
W44x335
x290
x262
x230
W40x593
x503
x431
x397
x372
x362
, x324
x297
x2n
,_x_2.49
x2.15
x199
,_
..
IMF
r1
Fy = 50 ksi
. Requirements
Sections .That Satisfy Seismic
Sections JThat .Sati$fy Seismic
I
Shape
Table 1~ (continued)
:.: Table 1-3
"
21.7
2.1.1
21.2
21.0
20.7
20.7
20.9
20.6
20.5
19.7
18.8
x183
x167
x149
SPSW
Beams
HBE
and
and
Columns
VBE' .
.it....,, kips
LRFD
i..m11
4080
2540
1710
910
..
-.
..
..
'\
3790
2940 .
2110 1090
1010
G
G
G
F
E
E
E
0
i)
G
G
..
E
E
I
H
..
Web I
Auessi
Ho!es I
x503
x431
x397
x372
x362 .
x324
x297
')(ln
x249
x215
x199
x264
x235
x21 t
Unl<s
8R8F
169
2500
1790
911
043
625
F
F
F
E
0
D
1-38
.. Shape
Width-to~Thickness
IMF
SMF
Beams
and
Beams
and
~30
x302
x282
x262
x247
x231
W36x256
x232
x210
x194
x182
x170
x160
x150
x135
x201
W33x169
x152
x141
Xl30
x118
so k~i
W-Shapes
OCBF
SCCS
SCBF
Chord
Diagonal Diagonal
Segment Columns Braces . Braces Columns Beams
'
...
..
.. '
...
.. . ...
..
. '
.
.
...
...
..
.
. .
. .
... ..
... . .
ii .
I
.
..
..
iI
I;
'
~- ,
..
'
..
....
..
..
. ..
.
'
. ..
..
..
..
...
..
..
..
..
...
..
..
.
.
..
..
.
. ..
..
..
.
.
. .
I
Beams
and
Dlagornil
Brace$ Columns
P.,MX> kips
LRFO
BRBF
EBF
Li.maxi ft
Shape
'
x318
><221
.. ..
.. . . . .
... ..
.. ..
.. ..
. .
.. .
. .
. ..
. . .
.
.
. ...
.. ...
STMF
'
xS61
x241
Fr=
Satisfy Seismic
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
W-Shapes
x291
x263,
Fy=50 ksi
Requirements
W36X652
x529
x487
x441
W33x387
x354
Sections ~That
Sections Jhat S~tisfy Seismic
Columns Columns
TabJe 1-3 (continued)
Table 1-3 (continued)
J )<"
DESIGN TABI,BS
Unks
Columns
HBE
HoIll$
and
VB'E,
Ahd
Amd
'Au
A.,,,.,
17.0
16.6
16.5
16.3
16.1
16.0
15.9
15.9
15.8
15.6
15.5
15.4
33.7
32-9
32.5
32-2
31.9
31 .6
31.5
31.4
31 2
30.9
30.7
30.5
W36x652
x529
x487
X441
X395
11.0 21.8
10.9 21 .5
10.7 21.2
10.6 21.0
10.6 21.0
10.5 W.8
10.4 20.5
10.3 20<.3
9.89 19.6
\Y36x256
15.7
15.5
15.4
15.3
15.2
15.0
14.9
14.8 .
31.0
30.7
30.5
30.2
30.1
29.7
29.5
29.3
W33x387
IOA 20.5
10.3 20.3
10.1 20.0
9.93 19.6
9.64 19. 1
W33x169
G
G
F
F
x361
x330
x302
x282
x262
>
x247
x231
x232
x210
x194
x182
x170
x160
x150
X135
X354
x3t8
x29l
x263
x241
x221
x20f
x152
x141
x130
x118'
3650
3020
2500
2010
3690
3170
2750
2350
2810
2900
2450
1940
1610
1260
1020 .
2290
1240
805
506
I
..
..
'
262
809
160
582
..
3180
2510
1810
II
I
E
E
D
D
D
0
G
G
F
F
E
E
2650
2090
1sa;l
1170
4TT.
245
128
917
712
483
1160
D
F
1650
Web
Acc~
t.
'
t
~
f
f.i
c
c I:;
c
;.'
t
t:
,.1
U.E::SlGN TABLES
l -41
I
Shape
Sections That Satisfy Seismic

Fy = 50 ksi
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
W-Shapes
STMF
IMF
SMF
Beams
Beams
and
SCCS
OCBF
W-Shapes
SCSF
x326
:<
:.<292
x261
><235
x211
x191
x173
:~
l
---- =
W30x148
x132
x124
x116
x108
x99
)(9t)
W27>:-5391
~
x336
x307
x281
x258
x235
x2t7
xl94
x178
X161
Xl-16
I
I
W27x1~
x11 4
x102
x94
X84
..
..
..
.
..
..
. .
. . ..
..-- ..
.. .
.. ..
. .
. .
'
..
. ..
.
..
4....,tt
EBF
Shape
Diagonal Diagonal
and
Chord
Columns Columns Segment Cotumns Braces Braces Columns Beams
W30x391
xS57
Sections:That Satisfy:Seismic
Fy = 50- ksi
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
..
..
..
..
.
. ..
.. . .
.
..
..
.
~
...
.
.
..
..
...
..
.
..
~
. .. .
. ... .
.. . .. .
.. ..
.. ..
.. ..
. ..
.
.
. .. .
.. .. ..
.. . . ..
.. .. . .
... .
..
..
Diagonal
Braces Columns
BRBF
SPSVf
Beams
llBE
and
and
cor11mns
VBE
Atr.4
15.3
15.1
15.0
14.9
14.7
14.6
14.5
14.4
14.2.
30.2
29.9
29.6
29.4
29.0
28.8
28.7
28.4
28.1
W30x391
9.48
9.35
9.27
9.10
8.94
8.73
8.69
18.7
18.5
18.3
18.0
17.7
17.3
17.2
W30x148
xl32
x124
x116
30.0
28.6
28.3
28.0
'l.7.9
'l.7.6
27.4
27.3
W27x539
x368
x336 .
x307
x281
x2S8
15.2
14.5
14.3
14.2
14.1
14.0
13.8
13.8
13.7
13.5
13.4
13.3
v.o
26.7
26.5
26.3
18.2
17.9
17.7
17.4
8.60 17.0
9J9
9.06
8.94
8.81
Unks
x357
x326
~ x292
x261
x235
x211
x191
x173
x146
x84
'Ah11
H
G
G
F
E
E
2260
1670
2350
1670
1350
982
720
542
1550
1230
1010
859
701
530
235
364
171
32.4
.'
~
I
0
0
Coro
c
c
c
c
8
K
H
G
G
F
F
E
E
E
0
2110
1570
D
D
Web
Access
Holes
'Ji.mt1
W27x129
x114
xl02
x94
kips
LRFO
P11.QJJ.I)
x108
x99
x90
x235
x2l7
x194
x178
x161
2120
1690
1340
1460
965
527
1140
788
324
128
615
c
c
c
418
1-42
I
W24x370
x335
x306
x279
x250
x229
x207
x192
x176
x162
x146
x131
x117
x104
W24x103
x94
x84
x76
~
W24x62
x55
W21x201
x182
x166
x147
x132
x122
x111
x101
W21 x93
x83
x73
x68
x62
x55
Table 13 (continued)
Table 13 (continued)

Width-to~Thickne.ss
Fy = 50 ksi
sees
STMF
'
..
..
,.
.. '
'
.
..
..
..
.
..
..
.
.. .
. ..
..
..
..
..
..
..
.. . -
.- .
"
.
.. ..
. ..
'
'
SCBF
.
.
...
..
..
..
..
'
Lb ltl#h ft
.
..
..
..
~1
I
'
..
..
..
.
..
.
.
..
..
.
.
. .
. .
Ahd
Amd
26.9
26.5
26.3
26.0
25.8
25.6
25.3
25.2
25.0
25.1
24.7
24.4
24.2
23.9
8.27
.8.23
8.11
7.98
7.77
16.4
16.3
16.0
15.8
15.4
5.74 11.3
5.57 11.0
7.65
7.61
7.52
7.48
7.36
7.19
II
I
13.6
13.4
13.3
13.2
13.1
12.9
12.8
12.8
12.0
12.7
12.5
12.3
12.2
12.1
12.6
12.5
12.4
12.3
12.2
12.1
12.1
12.0
I
I
!
I
'
I
I
WShapes
EBF
Shape
Diagonal
Braces Columns
I ''
~J
Links
BRBF
Sf'SV/
Beams
HBE
anti
and
Columns YBE
x279
x250
>;<229
x207
x192
x176
x162
x146
x131
x117
x104
W24x103
x94
x84
x76
..
15.1
15.0
14.9
14.8
14.5
14.2
W21x93
x83
x73
x68
x62
x55
Holes
Ahd
..
E
E
D
0
1260
837
1360
1010
1110
836
506
290
114
1200
968 .
698
517
364
187
58.5
387
223
II
ll!.
I
I
c
c
c
c 1
c
c
c
r
I
A!~ j
B.
~l(
~ }
F
F
1220
1260
1060
1080
776
642
487
347
685
521
330
170
Nola 1: Unks in EBF Illa! meet ll'le exception ln the AISC Seismic ltrwlsions Section F3.5b(l) need ooly me6I the limil$ for
modately dooite memllefS.
'>..ma
W21 x201
x182
x166
x147
x132
x122
x111
x1Q)::
Web
Access
x68
W24x62
x55
UIFD
PuRtUi kips
x335
x306
I
H
G
\Y24x370
24.8
24.7
24.6
24.2
24.1
24.0
23.8
23.7
..
S.e.ctions That'-Satisfy Seismic

Width-to:Thickness
Fy =50 k;;i
Requirements
OCBF
Beams Beams
and
and
Chord
Diagonal Diagonal
Columns Columns Seg.n:ient Cotumlls Braces Braces Columns Beams
..
..
..
..
.
..
..
:i
W,Shapes
SMF
Requirements
IMF
Shape
1-43
DESIGN TABLES
GENER.AL DESION CONSIDERATIONS
c
c
c
c
c
lI'
l!
B .
AorB
.,..;:f:
,....
1-44
GENERAL DESIGN' CONSIDERATIONS
DESIGN TABL6S
I
W18x311
x283
x258
x234
x211
x192
x175
x158
x143
x130
x119
x106
x.97
x86
x76
Wl8x71
x65
x60
x55
x50
Wl8x46
x40
.
I\~ I
i'
:1
; I
><35
W18x100
x89
xn
x67
W16x57
x50
x45
><40
><36
Requirements
W-Shapes
ae.rn'
SMF
STMF
SCCS
OC8F
4,.,X> ft
SC8F
. ..
..
..
.
.
.
..
...
..
.
..
..
.
.
.
EBF
llelms
Shape
Diagonal Diagonal
end
and
Chord
Columns Columns Segment Columns Braces Braces Columns Beams
Yl21x57
x50
x44
Widtli~to'-'Thickness
=50 ksi
Fy
W-Shapes
IMF
Shape

Fy =50 ksi
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
..
..
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
...
...
..
..
.
.....
..
..
.
.. .
...
...
.
..
..
..
.
.
..
..
...
..
..
.
..
...
..
..
...
..
..
.
...
...
..
..
...
..
.
..
.
.
.
.. ... ... ...
. . . .
..
..
.
.
..
.
...
...
.
.
..
..
. .
')..,,.,
Diagonal
Braces Columns
!..""'
5.61 1t.1
5.40 10.7
5.24 10.4
12.3
12.1
12.0
11.8
11.7
116
11.5
11.4
11.3
11 2
11.2
11.1
11.0
10.9
10.8
7.07
7.02
8.98
8.94
6.86
24.2
23.9
23.7
23.4
23.2
22.9
22.7
22.5
22.3
22. 2
22.1
21.9
21.8
21.6
21.4
14.0
13.9
13.8
13.7
13.6
5.36 10.6
5.28 10A
5.07 10.0
10.
20.6
t0.4
t03
20.5
20.3
20.2
10.2
6.65 13.t
6.61 131
6.53 12.9
6.53 12.9
6.32 12. 5
UnkS
BRBF
SPSW
Beams
and
COiumns
t!BE
W21x57
x50
x44
P.,.....,klps
LRFD
Holes
hfl4
1.,...,
326
176
57.6
461
330
201
Wl8x71
,.65
x60
x55
x50
\Vl8x46
x40
x35
W16xt00
xn
E
D
D
D
895
932
668
520
326
709
588
319
98.3
46.5
433
411
235
161
x50
)(45
x40
c
c
c
c
c
c
A!BI
B
AorB
AorB
l<67
W16'c.57
Aor B
F
E
)(89
Aor B
I
H
G
G
F
x283
x258
x234
x21l
x192
x175
x158
x143
x130
x1 19
x106
x97
x86
x76
Web
Access
and
VBE
W\8x311
I.
an
881
604
427
62-4
483
322
261
224
160
Sor C1
c I
B
Aor
A01
A0t " ;
1-46
GENERAL D~IGN CONSlDERAnONS
..
Fy = 50 ksi
Width-fO:.::ThicKness
Re quirements
Widttt~tO:-Thickriess
=so ksi
Requirements
W-Shapes
W-Shapes
SMf:'
JMF
Shape
Sections .ThattSatisfy~Seismic
Sections~;'That Satis~ Seismic
1-47
DESIGN TABLES
Beams Beams
,and
and
Columns C~lu[ll
. .
W16x31
.xZ6
"
_STMF
::1
SCCS
Chord
Sestnent
... '
.
..
.
...
..
.. .- ..
...
..
..
.. . .. . ..
- .
'
Diagona1 Diagonal Colunins : Braces Braces Columns Beams

4~
... .
. .
. .
..
.
.
.!.
... .. .
.
.
.. ... .. .. .
.
.
.
. .. . .
. . .. . . .
.. .. .. . . . . .
.
..
.
.
.
.
.
..
. .
.
.
x2S7
xZ33
>;<211x193
>;<176
x159
. .. ...
.
~:
1.
..
:;<14r .
..
W14x132
x120.
x109
, W14x82
'" x74
x68
x61
;.
'
W14x53"
x48
x43
W14x38
x34
x30
'
Diagonal
lmr1
4.86
4.66
9.61
9.20
W16x31
x26
15.6
15.5
15.5
30.9
30.7
30.6
; ; ..,
W14x132
x120
x109
10.3,
10.3
102
10.2
20.4
20.4
20.2
20.1
W14x82
x74
7.98 15.8
7.94 15.7
7.&6 15:5
W14x53
x48
x43
6.44 12.7
6.36 12.6
6.19 12.2
W14x38
x34
17.5
17.3
17.2
17.0
16.9
16.8
16.7
16.6
16.5
' Beams
and
Unks Columns
SPS\'l
Po maxi kips
I.RFD
Web
Access
HBE
Abd
'J..m<1
Aor B
171
77.5 AorB
N
M
t. (
....
:i:c:370
x342 .
...
- ..
x311
xZ83
x257
x233
X211
X193
x176
x159
x14s
xsS
x61 .
'
518
535
400
434
329
273
192
x30
258
Nate 1: Uni\$ in EBF ttl31

the ~xceptlon In the.AISC Seismic ProviSionsSectlon F3.5b(1) neOO only meet tne limits for
mod8f3tl!ly ductile mernllm-
me
Holes
and
VBE
60.6
13.9
..
W14x730
- x665
x605,
x550
x500
x455:
. 426
X398-
...
AMERICAN INSTITUI1l 01' STEEL CONSTJtlJCTION
!!ra<:eS Columns
38.S
38.0
37.4
36.9
36.4
36.0
35.7
35.4
35-1
34.8
345
34.3
33.9
33.7
33.4
33.3
33.0
32.9
32.7
19.5
19.2
18.9
18.7'
18.4
18.2 .
18.0
17.9
17.7_
..
..
..
.. .
. . . h.&
. . .-
. . .
.. . .-
..
Shape
'J..hd
BRBF
EBf.;
.,,,_,ft
SCBF
W14x730
x665
><&05
x550
x500
x455
x426
x398
x370
x342
x311
xZ83
OCBF
1-48
...
DESIGN TABLES
-~S
Sections-,J hat .Satisfy Seismic

Fy = 50 ksi
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
~~
~l
~lw
:1
,,
fll
W14x26
x22
W12x336
x305
x279
x252
x230
x210
x190
x170
x152
x136
x120
x106
x96 .
x87
x79
x72
Wl2X58
x53
W12x50
x45
x40
W12x35
x30
x26
'(
~:
W12x22
x19
x16
X1 4
- -~Ml
~,.
SMF .
STMF
Requirem~nts
W.-Shapes
OCBF
SCCS
SCBF
Bms Beams
2nd
Diagonal Olagooal
and
Chord
Columns Columns Segment Columns Braces Braces .Columns Beams
. .
.
.. . ..
.. .
. .
. ... ...
. .. ..
.. . .
'
..
..
..
....
'
I 0
. ...
.
11
.
. .
. .
. ..
'
EBf
Lb,,,., ft
.,
..
.
..
.. .
.
.. .
.
.
Sections That Satisfy' Seismic

Width-to-Thickness
Fy = 50 ksi
W-Shapes
IMF
, Shape
':: t
"~T
~t~:I
,I
AM
Amd
4.49
4.32
8.87
8.55
Shape
Diagonal
Braces Columns
28.5
28.1
27.8
27.4
27.2
27.0
26.7
26.5
26.2
26.0
25.7
25.6
25.4
25.2
25.1
25.0
W12X336
x30S
x279
x252
x230
x210
x190
.. x170
x152.
x136
x120
x106
10.4
10.3
20.6
20.4
W12X58
x53
8.15 16.1
8.11 16.0
8.06 15.9
W12X50
x45
x40
6.40 12.7
6.32 12.5
6.28 12.4
W12X35
x30
x26.
6.97
6.75
6.35
6.19
SPSW
Beams
and
Columns
HBE
W14x26
x22
14.4
14.2
14.0
13.9
13.8
13.6
13.5.
13.4
13.3'
13.1 .
13.0
12.9 .
12.8
12.8
12.7
12.6
3.52
3.42
3.2J
3.13
Links
BllBF
LRFD
Wei>
ACCI!$$
Holes
and
VBE
Aha
7'ma
116
30.4
189
103
AorS
AorB
I
H
x96
x87
x79"
x72
Puma,r, kips
B
I
W12x22
x19
x16
x14
Acr .
Aor S;
267
458
309
132
200
197
110
56.4
16.0
228
453
:';
155
106
59.3
.
.
~ 1: Unks In EBF that meet t!lv excepUon In the AISC Seismic Prov/skins sectbt f3.5b(1) need only meet lhe llmllli for
mcderately cludlle meml>efs..
AMlllUCAN
lNS'ITJVlll OF STEEL CoNsnUJC'TlON
c
c
c
c
c
Acr !!'
. .
F
F
E
E
0
0
A or Bl
Aor ~ 1
Acr 2
i
Aor lJ;
A0< Bj
A
1-51
l-50
GENI:RAL DESIGN CONSDERA110NS
pESlGN TABLES
I
Shape
W10X112
xtOO
i<88
xn
x68
x60
l<54
x49
W10X45
Y39
x33
WI0-..<30
x26
x22
W10x19
x17
x15
x12
w~
x58
x48
x40
x35
x31

Fy =50 ksi
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
x24
Wllx2l
xl8
W-Shapes
W-Shap es
IMF
SMF
8eatn$
Beams
and
and
Columns
corum"'
...
..
..
..
...
..
.
..
..
.
..
.
.
..
..
-
..
.
.
.
. .
I
Yl8x28

Fy = 50 ksi
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
STMF
SCCS
OCSF
SCBF
Diagonal Dia genti

Chord
Segment Columns Braces Braces Columns Beams
...
.
.
..
..
...
.
.
..
..
..
...
..
.
.
..
.
...
..
I
I
.
..
.
'
... .. .. ..
. . .
. . .
. .
'
... .
.. .
.
. ..
.
. ...
.. .
.. ...
.. .
. .
. .
I
'Ahd
/.1114
11.1
11.0
10.9
10.8
10.8
10.7
10.6
106
220
21.8
21.6
21.4
21.3
21.1
21.0
20.9
BRBF
EBF
LtllWO ft
11.3
W10x30
x26
x22
W10x19
x17
x15
x12
Web
\V8x67
i<58
...48
x40
x35
>C31
13.3
13.2
Y.'Sx28
5.24 10.4
5.11 10.1
W8x21
xl8
275
281
21 1
169
216
179
96.0
66.4
I
8.81 17.4
8.73 17.3
865 17.1
8.48 16.8
8.44 16.7
840 166
6.73
ssg
LRFD
x54
x49
5.69
5.65
5.53
6.45
Pu,.,,., kips
x77
x68
x60
W10X45
x39
>C33
718
6.94
6.66
;cl()()
xes
16.5
16.3
15.9
3.63
3.51
3.37
3.26
.I
WtOX112
8.35
8.23
8.06
11.2
10.9
SPSW
><2.4
A Of
A
A
,l
1-52
("
:l
i I
,.~
,
Sections That Satisfy"SeismicWidth-to.:.Thickness

Fy = 36 ksi
Requirements
STMF
Shape
Chords
L8x8x1 1/a
xl
x 7/a
x3/4
OCBF
and EBF
Diagonal
Braces
..
L8x4x1
x1/s
x3/,
x /ts
-.:
' 1
~
l6x4x 7/s
x3/4
x5/a
xiitie
L5x5x7/a
x'I
x5/s
x 1h
L5x3112x31.
x 5/a
x 1h
LSX3x1h
L4x4x'/
x5ta.
x 1/2
x7/ts
x3/a
L4x3x5/a
x1h
XS/a
..
.. .
. ..
..
..
L31/zx3 1/2X 1'2

x 7/1s
x3/a
l31/zx3x1'2
x 7'16
x3/s
..
.
..
.
.
Sectioris That Satisfy4: Seismic

Fy =46 ks i
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
OCBF
Shape
L4x3 1hx 1/2

x%
Table .1 -5a
Rectangular HSS
L7x4x3/,
L6x6x1
x7/s
x3/4
x.5/a
SCBF
Diagonal
Braces
L8x6x1
x7/a
xl/4
1:9.r
1-53
Table 1-4
Angles
II
DESIGN TABLES
STMF
andEBF
Chords
Diagonal
Braces
. ..
.. .
.
. ..
.. .
L31/2X2 1/<X 1/2

x3/s
l3x3x'f2
x7'1s
x3/s
x51ts
L3x21'2x1/2
x7/t6
'X:l/a
x.5/la
LJxzx112
x3/a
x.5/ta
.
..
.
SCBF
Diagonal
Braces
.
..
..
..
OCBF
SCCS
and EBF
SCBF andSCBP
Diagonal Diagonal
Braces
Braces Columns
Shape
HSS10x4x.5/a
.
.
HSS9x7x5/s
HSS9x5x5/s
HSS8x6x5/s
HSS1 Ox8x5/s
HSStOx6x5/a
HSS8x6x11z
HSS8x4x.5/a
HSS8x4x1'2
HSS8x3x1'2
~7x5x1'2
~7x4x 1fl
HSS7x3x1'2
HSS6x5X1/2
x 3/a
HSS6x4x1'2
x3/e
HSS6x3x1'2
x3/a
HSS6x.2x3/a
HSS5x4x1'2
x3/a
x5/ts
HSS5x3x1'2
x3/s
x.5/ts
HSS5x2x5/a
x!/te
OCBF
and EBF
Diagonal
Braces
Shape
HSS4x3x3/a
x 5/ts
x11
.
.
.
.
.
. - ..
HSS4x2 /:zx3/e
HSS4x21/ixSfi5
x1/4
HSS4x.2x3/s
x5'16
xl/4
HSS3112X21/2x'S/a
x.5/1s
x 114
HSS31/2x2x1/,
HSS31/2X1 /zx1/4
HSS3x21"1x5/t6
x3'16
x'I
HSS3x2x5'1s
x 1/4
fiSS3x11/'tX1/4
.
..
x3fie
HSS3xlx3/ts
.
.
.
HSS2112X2x11,
x3/t&
HSS21/2X1X~/t8
HSS21/2x3/1s
HSS2x1 1hx3/10
x 1/a
' Sections also satisfy STMF truss chords.
J\..ll(EJt!CAN .INsnrors OJ' St'EEL CONSTRUCllON
..
...
..
.
..
HSS21/zx1 1hx1/4
x3/ta
..
.
...
...
.
.
..
..
.
.
SCCS
SCBF andSCBP
Diagonal
Braces
Columns
.
..
..
..
Shape
HSS10><10X5fa
HSS~/a
HSS8xexS/a
x'h
HSS7x7x5/a
xlf2
HSS6x6x5/a
xl/2
x3/a
HSS51hx5 1/:zx3/a
x5'16
HSS5><5x1'2
x3/s
x 5hs
HSS41/zx4 1lrx112
x3/a
x5f1s

Fy =46 ks i
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
Sections.:Yhat Satisfy Seismic

WidtH-fo-Thickness
Fy ::::42 ksi
Requirements
..
.
.
.
.
..
.
SCCS
SCBF andSCBP
Olagonal
Braces Column$
.
.
.
.
.
OCBF
..
.
.
and ESF
Shape
Olagonal
Braces
HSS4x4x1h
x3/a
x5'1&
x1/ 4
HSS31/2X3 1hx3/a
x5ho
X1/4
HSS3x3x3/a
x0/15
x1J4
x3h&
HSS21/<21/~'1s
x'I
x3h&
HSS2 /~ /11
1
x3h&
HSS2x2x1/
x3'16
..
.
.
SCBF
Dlagonal
Braces
SCCS
SCBP
~nd
Columns
..
. .
. - ..
.
. ...
..
.
.
Shape
.
.
..
SCCS
OCBF
and SCBP
and EBF
SCBF
Diagonal oragonal
Columns
Braces
Braces
HSS16x0625
HSS14x0.625
x0.500
HSS12.750><0.500
HSS10.750x0.500
HSStOx0.625
x0.500
x0.375
HSS9.625x0.500
x0.375
HSS8.625x0.625
x0.500
x0.375
><0.322
HSS7.625x0.375
x0.328
HSS7.500x0.500
x0.375
x0.312
HSS7x0.500
x0.375
x0.312
x0.250
HSS6.875x0.500
x0.375
x0.312
x0.250
.
'Soctloos also satlsty SlMF trvss c1lord requlremenn;.
Qi
Round HSS
Square HSS
OCBF
and EBF
Diagonal
Braces
Table 1-6
Table 1-5b
DJ
l-55
oESJGN TABLES
1-54
HSS6.625x0.500
x0.432
x0.375
x0.312
x0.280
x0.250
.
..
.
.
..
.
..
..
..
.
..
.
.
.
.
..
..
..
Shape
HSSE))<().500
x0.375
x0.312
x0.280
x0.250
.
.
HSS5.563x0.500
x0.375
x0.258
..
.
.
..
..
HSS5.500x0.500
x0.375
x0.258
HSSSx0.500
x0.375
x0.312
x0.258
><0.250
x0.188
HSS4.500x0.375
x0.337
x0.237
x0.188
\ .
..
..
~also sa1isty STMF 11\lSS cbofd requirements.
OCBF
and EBF
Diagonal
Braces
.
..
..
HSS4x0.313
x0.250
><0.231
x0.226
x0.220
x0.188
HSS3.500x0.313
x0.300
x0.250
x0.216
x0.203
x0.188
x0.125
..
..
..
.
.
.
..
..
.
..
secs
SCBF and SCBP
Dlagonal
Braces Columns
..
..
.
.
..
.
..
..
I
I
..
I
.
I
.. I
. I
. I
. I
OENERAL DE.SIGN CONS!DERATTONS
1-."
DESIGN TABLES
Sections.That-.Satisfyr Seismic
Width-to-Thickness
Fy =42 ksi
Requirements
0
Shape
~.250
x0.216
Xfl.203
x0.188
x0.152
x0.134
x0.125
HSS2.875x0.250
x0.203
x0.188
x0.125
HSS2.500x0.250
x0.188
x0.12.5
11
..
..
...
..
.
SCBf
Dtagonal
Braces
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
SCCS
andSCBP
Pipe
OCSF
and EBF
Diagonal
Shape
Columns
..
...
.
...
01
Sections That Satisfy Sei~mic

Fy= 35 ksi
Width-to-Thickness
Requirements
Round HSS
OCBF
and EBF
Diagonal
Braces
Table. 1-7
Braces
HSS2.375x0.250
x0.218
x0.188
x0.154
x0.125 ..
HSS1.900x0.188
x0.145
x0.120
HSS1.660x0.140
SCCS
SCBF
and SC8F'
Diagonal
Braces
Colllmns
..
..
..
.
.
.
..
..
.
.
OCBF
and EBF
Diagonal
Braces
Shape
Standard Weight (Std.)
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
Pipe 10 Std.
Pipe 8 Std.
Pipe 6 Sid.
'
Pipe 5 Std.
Pipe~ Std.
Pipe 31'2 Std.
Pipe 3 Std.
..
Pipe
t~
2112 Std.
Pipe 2 Std.
Pipe 11'2 Std.
.
.
Pipe 11/4 Std.
Pipe 1 Std.
.
.
Pipe 3/4 Std
SCCS
SCBF ;n~SCBP
Diagonal
Braces COiumns
Pipe
112 Std.
Braces
.
.
.
.
Pipe 12 x...strong
Pipe 1ox-Strong
Pipe 8 x-strong
.
.
Pipe 31/uStrong
Pipe 3 X~trong
.
.
.
.
Pipe 2112 x-Strong
. .
. .
'.
'\ .
secs
SCBF andSCBP
Diagonal
I
Braces
Golumr.s
Extra Strong (x-Strong)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
OCBF
and EBF
Diagonal
Shape
Pipe 6 XStrong
Pipe 5 x-Strong
Pipe 4 XStrong
Pipe 2 xStrong
Pipe l1f2XStrong
PipeW x...strong
Pipe 1 xStrong
Plpe ,,, x-Strong

Pipe 1/2 x..str(lng
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Double-Extra-strong (xxStrong)
'f'
~'
Pipe 8 xx-Strong
Pipe 6 xx-Strong
Pipe 5 xx-Strong
Plpe 4 xx-Strong
Pipe 9 xx-Strong
Pipe 2112 xx-Strong
Pipe 2 xx-Strong
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
!
I
Sections abo sat!s1y STMf truss cllold l'lqUliemenll;.
' Sectioos also utbty SllM' tl\ISS c:tiord requiremeots.
I
AMERJCAN IiosTmm! OP STEEL CONSTRUCTION
.AMERICAN l'NsTirora OF S"IE:a. CoNsi:RucnoN
J- 58
Fu= 65 ksi
Table 1-8
Table 1-9a
Shear Stud Anchor
Design Coefficients and Factors for Steel

and Steel and Concrete Composite
Seismic Force Resisting Systemsj
Qn
Nominal Horizontal Shear Strength

and 25% Reduced Nominal Horizontal
'
Shear Strength for Steel Headed Stud Anchors, kips

Normal Weight Concrete
Ugtrtwelglrt Concrete
Wc=1Gpcf
We= 110 pcf
Stud
Diameter
Deck
Condition
f~
=3 ksl
f~=
25%
Jn.
Nominal
'le
5.26
9.35
14.6
21.0
5.26
9.35
14.6
21.0
4.58
8.14
12.7
18.3
4.31
7.66
12.0
17.2
3.66
6.51
10.2
14.6
3.02
5.36
I
8.3$
12.1
5.26
9.35
14.6
21.0
4.58
8.14
12.7
18.3
3.77
. 6.70
10.5
15.1
1/2
No De<:k
5/a
3/4
~~1.5
h,
3/4
~ ~<: 1.5
h,
..
.Q
'C
0.
.a
'
..
co
~
..,
3/a
'12
5/a
""...
i::
8.
f""
~
3/a
'h
S/a
3/4
3/a
'12
S/a
3/4
3/
'h
5/a
3/4
3/a
lft
5/
3/4
3/a
l/2
5/a
3/4
3/
117
s,, .
3/
3/a .
1f1
$/a
Red~ed
4 ksl
f~ = 3
ksl
'o=41<s1
25%
25%
25%
Haminal Reduced Nominal Reduced Nominal
3.95
.5.38
7.01
9.57
11.0 " 15.0
15.8 . 21.5
. 3.95
5.38
7.01
9.57
15.0.
11~0 .
15.8
21.5
3.44
4.58
6.11
8.14
9.53
12.7
13.7
18.3'
4.31
3.23
5.75
7.66
9.00
12.0
12.9 .
17.2
2.75
3.66
4.88
6.51
7.65
10.2
11.0
14.6
2.27 . '3.02
4.02
5.36
6.29
8.38
9.08
12.1
3.95
5.38
7.01
9.57
11.0
15.0
15.8
21.5
3.44
4.58
8.14
6.11
9.53
12.7
13.7
18.3
2.83
3.n
5.03
6.70
7.88
10.5
11..3
15.1
4.04
7.18
11.3
16.1
4.04
7.18
11.3
16.1
3.44
6.11
9.53
13.7
3.23
5.75
9.00
12.9
2.75
4.88
7.65
11.0
U.1
4.02
6.29
9.08
4.04
7.18
11.3
16.1
3.44
6.11
S.53
13.7
2.83
4.28
7.60
11.9
17.1
4.28
7.60
11.9
17.1
4.28
7.60
11.9
17.l
4.28
7.60
11.9
17.l
3.66
6.51
10.2
14.6
3.02
5.36
8.38
12.1
4.28
7.60
11.9
17.1
4.28
7.60
11.9
17.1
3.n
6.70
10.5
15.1
3.21
5.70
8.93
12.8
3.21
5.70
8.93
12.8
3.21
5.70
8.93
12.8
3.21
5.70
8..93
12.8
2.75
4.88
7.65
11.0
2.2.7
4.02
6.29
9.08
J.ZI
5.70
8.93
12.8
3.21
5.70
8.93
lUJ
2.83
5.31
9.43
14.7
21.2
5.31
9.43
14.7
21.2
4.58
8.14
12.7
18.3
4.31
7.66
12.0
17.2
3.66
6.51
10.2
14.6
3.02
5.36
8.38
12.1
5.31
9.43
14.7
21.2
4.58
8.14
12.7
18.3
3.77
6.70
10.5
15.1
Redu~
3.98
7.(Ji7
11.0
15.9
3.9.8
7.07
11.0
15.9
3.44
6.1 1
9.53
13.7
3.23
5.75
9.00
12.9
2.75
4.08
7.65
11.0
U.7
4.02
6.29
9.08
3.93
7.07
11 .0
15.9
3.44
6.11
9.53
13.7
2.83
5.03
5.03
5.03.
3
7.88
7.88
7.88
11..3
11.3
tt ..3
N<M: TnDulate<I vall* n llJl)lcable only lo c:oncrete ~with ASTM C33 avgregates tor 00(~ weigllt concm.e and ASTM
C330 aoor89lltes for ~ concme.
Allweld &hear stud length$ 8$SUl1led to be ~ deck helglll + 1.5 in.
All symbols shown h dvftried in AISC $pecilication ~ l
''
l-51
DESIGN TABLES
SeiSmlc Force Resisting System
Resp.
Mod.
Coeff.,
R'
strength
Deflection
Amp.
Factor,
Factor,
Over
n,
cl
Seismic Oesign Category

4
NL
NL
NL
NL
160
160
160
160
100
100
: : :: ::: ::11
2
2
31/
8
7
8
7
(STMF)
Steel intermediate moment frames (IMF)
Steel ordinary moment frames (OMF)
steel special cantilever column
systems (SCCS)
Steel ordinaJ'y cantile\w column
systems (OCCS}
Steel systems not specifically detailed
for seismic resistanee
2
3
3
3
3
Jl/4
511z
NL
NL
NL
I~
NL
160
NL
160
160
NL
100
100
NL
NP
NL
NL
3S1'
NP"
tlP"
35
35
NP.
NP'
Nf'
NL
NL
NP
NP
NP
NL
NL
160
160
100
NL
NL
160
160
10i
Ii
NL
Nl
NI'
NP
NP \:
6
51/2
3
21h
NL
It
NL:
~; ~; ~~ ~~ ~ I
I
l.
COMPOSITE SYSTEMS
Steel and concrete composite
eccentrically braced frames (CEBF)
Steel and coocrete composite special
concentrically braced frames
(C-SCBF)
Steel and coocrete composite ordinary
braced frames (C-OBF}
STEB. SYSTEMS
'i
Steel eccentrically braced frames lEBF)

Steel special concentrically braced
frames tSCBF)
Steel ordinaiy concentrically braced
frames (OCBF)
Steel buckling-restrained bfaced
frames (BRSF)
Steel special plate shear walls (SPSW)
Steel siiecial moment frames (SMF)
steel special truss moment frames
Structutal System Limitations

Including Structural
Height, h,,, Limits In tt
1
8
5
Response modification coefficient, R, used lhrougllout ASCfJSEI 7 (ASCE, 201O).
..
DetleclJOn amplflcallon ractor, tor use In ASCEISEI 7 SeciSooS 12.8.6, 12.8.7 and 12.9.2
<NL= not runited and NP "not peimltted.
See ASCEJS8 7 Section 12.2.S.~ IOI' a desctlptlon Of seismic to:e resisting systems limited to bulldlng; with a structural helgto
11,. ol 240 n or lesS

See ASCEISEI 1 Sed!on 12.2.5.~ for a descr1ptlon of~ force resisting sygtems rimited to buildings with asll\ICtural llelgh ,
c,,.
hoof 100moment
nor lessframe is permitted lo be used In lieu d irQrmedlate moment frame tor SeiSmic Ot$lgn categories B or C.
1"
OrOinalY
s:eei ordill3IY conc;enlrically tnceCI frames are pennilled In ~-!tor}' buildings up to a structural heigltl, h,. of 60 fl (18.3 n .
wtiere 111e dead IOad of tile roof dOes not exceed 2.0 psi.
See ASCEISEI 7 Secbon 12.2.S.7 tor tlm4tltlons kl S1n1t11RS ;migried to Seismic Design Categones 0, E oi F.
See ASCEJS8 7 See1ion 12.2.5.6 lo< ffmlt:ltfons In "1UCUes ~ried to Seismic Design Categories 0, E or F.
1 This table Is baSed en ASCfJS8 71'1lle 12.21 and Is~ with permission from ASCE.
I
Cf.NE'RAJ.. DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Table 1-9a (continued)
Table 1-9a (continued)
r
\
1-()!
DESIGN TABLES

and Steel and Concrete Composite

and Steel and Concrete.Composite
Structural Sy$1lln Limitations
Seismic Force ResiWng System
Resp.
Mod.
Coeff.,
Overstrength
Factor,
llo
tndudlng Structural
Height, h111 limits In fl
Deflection
Amp.
Factor,
Sebmlc Force Resl$ting System
Seismic ~n Category
cd-
D'
E'
__
;: j
_, ::f.,.
ii
6h
6
21'2
S'h
NL
NL
160
160
100
NL
NL
160
160
100
4112
NL
NL
NP
NP
NP
5112
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
4112
NL
NL
NP
NP
NP
51h
160
160
100
NP
NP
2112
NL
NP
t.'P
NP
NP
OUALSYSnMs
Dual Systems with SMF c;cpabi. of
res1sting at tent 25% of
prescribed Ul$lll!C forces
Steel eccentrically braced frames
rrmes
t:
!:
Steel buci<.llng-restralned braced

frames
Steel special plate shear w-.,J;s
Oual Systems with IMF capable of
l'ISlsting at least 25% ot
p<escr1bed seismic torc:es
'
:1
slren:llh
~.
R'
n.
Cl
21!1
Structural System Umitatioos

tncludlng Structural
Height, h,,, Umlts In ft'
Se1'111ic Design Category
Ei
IJt.
NL
35
NP
NP
21!2
NL
NL
NL
Ill
NL
2112
NL
NL
Nl
UL
NL
Steel aoo cooaeto comf,'W.e plate

shear waHs
71/l
21{2
ti'l
Nl
NI.
t.'L
NL
Steel and concrete composite special

shear walls
Steel and concteto composite ordln:vy
she3twalls
Dual Composite Systems with IMF
capable of resisting at least 25%
of prescribed seismic forces
Steel and concrete composite sped3I
concenUically braced frames
Steel and concrete composite ortllnary
braced frames
Steel and concrete composite ordinary
&hear walls
21h
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
Z'h
NL
NL
NP
NP
NP
8
7
NL
Nl
Nl
Ill
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
5112
21/t
4112
~L
NL
160
100
NP
NL
NL
NL
NL
tJL
3112
21/t
NL
Hl
NP
NP
NP
61/2
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
411z
NL
NL
NP
NP
NP
Steel tpeCial C(lllQ!Otrica!ly braced

frames'
DUAL COMPOSITE SYSTEMS
Dual Composite Systems with SMF
capable of resisting at least 25%
ol pmcrlbed seismic lotus
Steel and eooctete composite
eccentncany braced frames
Steil! end concrete composite Sl)edal
coocentrlcaJty ~ frames
Response modlflc\ltlon coelfident.11, used lll>OOhout ASOOSEJ 7 "5CE, 2010).

Oeftection ampfficatlon fac10t, ~for use In ASCEJSEI 7SdlllS12.8.6, 12 8.7 Wld 12.9.2
II. .. not dmlled and NP .. llOI permotted.
See ASCE/S8 7 Secilon 12.2.5.-4 rar ao.nptlon of seismic bte resiillnQ systems ltnl:ed 111 buildJnO$ W!lh a stnJci11111 lleigl11.
11,. a1 240 ncir i.ss
See ASCEJSB 7 Secilon 12.2.SA IClr a ~lptlcn of ~ bte resi$llnQ l'fSlems lml'.ed 111 llullc!ings wl1ll ~ height,
II. ol 160 nor less
' Orctnwy mom.Ill frame Is penni1lzd IO be ~ In lieu at ~ moment lrame fClr Selsmc Design Categcriel 8 or C.
'S1ee1 ordinary coruutrlc3l!y braced llamlf twe per1Tlllllcl In~~ up ID a m.ic:unl l'leOll. i,. crl 60 It (18.3 m)
~
dellj loml al Ille rocrl doa llOl ~ 20 ~
s.. ASGfJS8 1 ~ 122.S.7IDr1ma11ons 111 sb'udlret SS!9l8d Ill Selamlc Design Cnlgortla o. e or F.
' see ASCEIS0 7 Stcl..on 1u.s.s 1ar llnbtlOI\$ 1n struct1nS adpd 10 s.lsmiC DellQrl Cat9QOl1es o, e or F.
1 This table Is based on ASCt:/S8 Hable 12.21 and Is ~-.1!11 poonis;IOll from ASCE.
"
Mod.
Coeff.,
Oeflection
Amp.
Factor,
DUAL SYSTEMS
1
restrained moment lme$ (C.PRMF)

Steel and concrete composite 01dlnary
moment frames (COMF)
!Mr
COMPOSITE SYSTB~S
Steel and concretecomposi!e plate
shear walls CPS\'1
Steel and concrete composile spec;tsl
shear walls (CSSW)
Steel and concrete composite orornary
Shear walls (COSW)
Steel and concrete comlJOSi:V special
moment frames (CSMF)
Steel and concrete composite
11\tennedlate momem frames (C IMF)
Steel and coocrete comjl()Sile partially
Resp.
'
l-62
GENERAL DESIGN CONSrDERATIONS
PART2
Table 1-9b
l~
.,
ANALYSIS
. ,~ Design Coefficients and Factors

for Nonbuilding .Structures Similar
to Buildingse
I
2.1 SCOPE ........................................................... 2-2
Structural System Limitations

lncludlng Structural
Response
Over Deflection
Mod. . strength
Amp.
.. Height Umlts, h,.. in ft
Coeff., . Factor,
Factor,
Selsmfc Design Category
no
R
C4
B
c 0 E F
Nonbuildlng Structure Type
Steel Storage racks
Building frame syS'lems:

frames (SCBF)
3112
NL
NL
NL
Nl
NL
Ductile Design Mechanism ............................................ 2-.. I::

Capacity DC$ign ......... '. ........ ....... .. . 2-3 I.
2.3 ANALYSIS PROCEDURES .......................................... 2Elastic, Inel~tic and Plastic Analysis ........ ...... .......... ........... 2-4
Stabi~ty Desi.go ~1ethods in the AISC Specification ........................ 2- ~ \,

2
Steel ordinary concentrically braced

ft3mes (OCBF)
31/4
With permitted heiljht increase
2
2
31/4
21/2
With unlimited helgllt
1''2
1''2
2112
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
160
160
100
Direct Analysis Method ........... .... ... ... . 2-
I;
Effective Length Method ....... . ... ...... ......................... . 2-5

Method ..... '. : .. 2-
NL
35b
35b
NPb
NL
NL
160
160
100
NL
NL
NL
Firs~-Order An~ysis
Analysis ~etho<ls m ASCEJSEI 7 and the Drrect Analysis Method ............ 2-,
Equivalent Lateral Force Analysis and the Direct Analysis Method .......... 2-6
Moment-resl$1ing frame systems:
2.2 ROLE OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS lN DESIGN .... ........... ....... . 2-
Steel special moment frames {SMF)
fNz
3
2
NL
NL NL NL
35c. NP'-d NPc.
With permitted Mfght increase
4112
21/2
NL
NL
Nl
Steel Intermediate moment frames OMF)
2112 .
NL
NL
160
With unlimited height
111z
i 1h
Steel ordinary m0ment frames (OMF)
3 12
NL
NL
NL
Wrth permitted height increase
211z
2''2
NL
NI.
100
NL
NL
Ill
..
160
100
NL NL
NL
NL NPc. NP"' NP"'
Modal Response Spectrum Analysis and the Direct Analysis Method ....... . 22.4 STRUCI1JRAL MODELING .. ......... , ............... .. ..... .... ... 2-".
2
Strength of Structural Elements ... . Stiffness of Structural Elements ....... ... ......... . . ..... .............. 2-
"t
Steel Elements ................................................... 22

Compos'.te B _ements ...... \
Connecuons and Panel Zones . . , . . . : ... ............. . .......... ..... 2
100 NP'-'
NL NL
Column Bases and Foundations . .................. ........... . ...... 2-11
Diaphragms for Tbree-Dimension:h Analysis ................... : ..... . 2- \Gravity Loads ................ .................... : ............. 2-1
2=~ ~i~~~~~ ~.~~ ~~~-~~i~ ~'.~t~-~~~-~~-:::::::::: ~ l

1
PART
.
r.. not llmited illld NP .. not pennlned.
Sleel dNry tnced frames are permitted kl pipe racks up to 65 fl
~~~
'
Steel Ofdinely momen! lranle$ and lnltrmediale moment trames we pennil1ed In pipe raclls up 10 a ~I cl 65 It where Ille
moment Joint; ol llelcl COMeCtloot are constructed ol bolted end plates.
S1eol ordln&ry moment framet and lrrlennedi3te moment rrames 8te pennhted In llilJe racils up to a height ol 35 fl
This table Is based oo ASCIS8 7 Tuble 15.41 and is t11printed wl1ll permission fllJm ASCE
'.,
J-62
GENER.Al. DESIGN CONSIDEAAnONS
PART2
Table 1-9b
ANALYSIS
.:. Design Coefficients and Factors

for Nonbuilding ,Structures Similar
.
to Buildings0
.:: ..
2.1 SCOPE ........................................................... 2-2
Response
Mod.
Coeff.,
Nonbuilding Strueture Type
Steel Storage racks
Structural System Limitations

Over Odlectlon
lnduding Structural
stnngth
Amp.
Height Limits, h,,. In ft'
. Factor,
F2ctor,
Seismic Design Category
n.
Cd
3''2
NL
Nl
NL
Nl
Nl
2.2
ROL~ OP S~RU~ ANALYSIS IN DESIGN
.... .. 2-
Ductile Design Mecharusm ........................................... 2-.. ...

Capacity Design .................................................... 2-3
I
li
2.3 ANALYSIS PROCEDURES .......................................... 2Elastic Inelastic and Plastic Analysis ................ ........... ........ 2-1
'
SWlding frame sr.;tems:

frames (SCBF)
NL
NL
160
160
100
Steel ordinary cof\Centrically braced

frilmes (OCBF)
31/4
2
2
31/4
NL
NL
NL
NL
J5b
35b
NP
NL
NL
160
160
100
Firs~-Order An~ysis Method ....... '. .. :. 2-
Nl
Analysis Methods m ASCE/SEI 7 and the Direct Analysis Method ............ 2-, .
..
Stability Design Methods in the AlSC Specification : 2-r

Direct Analysis Method ........................ . . : .... . ...... .... .. 2-
Effective Length Method .................. . ..... .. .. ......... . ..... 2-5

21/2
l1/2
Wrth permitted height Increase
2''2
1'12
m.
NL
Equivalent Lateral Force Analysis and the Direct Analysis Method : ........ 2-6
Moment-resisting frame sr.;tems:
Steel special moment frames (SMF)

Sieel intermediate moment frames ~MF}
Wrth permitted height Increase
Steel ordinary moment frames (OMF)
With permitted height Increase
8
4'12
2112
1112
3''2
2112
5'12
tll
NL
2112
Ph
3
2112
NL
NL
tll
35c.
NP"' r-:pc.
NL
NL
NL
NL
160
160
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
NL
l'if'C.d
NL NL
NP<.' NP''
100
100
100 NP<.'
NL
NL
NL
Modal Response Spectrum Analysis and the Direct Analysis Method ........ 22.4 STRUCTURAL MODELING .................. , ...................... 2-'.
Strength of Structural Elements .............. .. ...... : ....... : ......... 2-" ,.

Stiffness of Structural Elements ................... . ................... . 2Steel Elements ................. . ........ : . ~: .. . . . ... . ............ . 2~
Composite
Elemen~
......
~. .. .- '.; 2
I
Connections and l'anel Zones ....................................... 2
..
Column Bases and Foundations ..................................... 2-11

Diaphragms for Three-Dimensional Analysis ..... .. ......... : . 2-
Gravity Loads ...... .. ....... . ................... . : ............ . . 2-l

PART 2: : ; :
...
~i.a~~~ ~~~~ ~~~.~~i~ ~'.~t~.~~~.~~-s.:::::::::::

I
1.
' tL = not limited and NP not penritted.

' Slee! onlin8ty blaud trll1* art pelmlt1ed In pipe rac1cs up tD 65 IL
S1eel ordina(y moment frames and lnlennedlale lllOll*lt frames we pMlll:lld In lli&ll racll$ up lo a height of 6S II where Ille
moment joints (II field connet1lons art ~ of bolted encl plateL
Steel dlnaly moment fral1* IN! lntermedlale moment ftam8s are pem.:ted in lliP8 racllS up IO a height of 35 ft.
This tallle is ~on ASCflS8 7 lllllle 15.41 and is repmted Wflll pem'i$$lon lrom ASa..
'
tl
:~~
2-2
ANALYSIS
2.1 SCOPE
This Part provides an overview of the analysis provisions in ASCEJSEl 7, the AISC
Specification, and theAISC Seismic Provisions, and how they are applied to ~ismic design.
2.2 ROLE OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS IN DESIGN
,.
- --,
~:j
;.~
-;:
The basic role of analysis in seismic design is to provide the engineer with an understanding of the structure's behavior under design earthquakes. In itS most simple fonn, analysis
will consist of simple static linear methods and will provide information on the required
design strength and system deformation under specified loading. For some structures, analysis may include static or dynamic nonlinear methods that provide infoml3tion on tbe
nonlinear deformation of individual elements, patterns of mechanism formation, and tbe
peak demands that can be delivered to individual structural elements and their connections.
The method of analysis selected must as a minimum conform to the requirements of the
applicable buildfog code. Since the results of seismic analysis inherently depend on the
assumed properties of the structural elements, seismic analysis must often be perfonned in .
an iterative manner, initiating with assumed member sizes and configurations, and refined
as member selection is confinned.
Chapter C of the AJSC Seismic Provisions requires that analysis of a structure for strength
design of seismic force resisting components conforms to Lbe applicable building code and
the AISC Specificarion, as well as additional system-level requirements prescribed in the
respective system sections.
Ductile Design Mechanism 1
"
;
''!
design mechanisms. Thus, the design and detailing requirements of the AISC Seismi<
Provisions and ANSUAISC 358 are intended to desensitize the structu(e to earthquake
characteristics so that multiple mechanisms do not lead to undesirable modes of failure.
Capacity Design
<r"-
:~
ANALYSIS PROCED\JRF.S
Sttuctures required to resist the effects of earthquake ground motions should be designed
to allow controlled inelastic, ductile deformations of the system. Accepted design practice
is to limit these inelastic actions to certain components of the seismic force resisting system (SFRS) in order to develop a reliable ductile design mechanism that dissipates energy.
Components of the ductile design mechanism are then designed and detailed to maintain
the structural integrity of the system at.large inelastic deformations. How this energy dissipa:ion occurs depends on the structural system type used as the SFRS. Each SFRS in the
AISC Seismic Provisions includes a "Basis of .D esign" se<:tion that defines the locations
where inelastic actions are intended to occur. Accordingly, the provisions in ASCEISEl 7,
the AISC Specification, the AISC Seismic Provisions, and ANSI/AISC 358 are intended to
worktogether to ensure that the resulting frames can undergo controlled deformations in a
ductile manner and !hat those defonnations are distributed throughout the frame. Clearly
identifying the intended ductile design mechanism will provide insight oo which aspects of
lhe stn1ctural model may need detailed consideration. Many of the ductile design mechanisms shown in Part I were identified from structural behavior at large deformations from
nonlinear static analyses using lateral forces that approitimate the fundamental elastic
mode shape. Real structures in eanhquakes exhibit variability in the formation of ductile
1
The tenn, duclile design mechanism, is hnellded to c;aptW'C all possible system-specific mechanisms !hat
are di9CUSS<:d in the AJSC S<ismic Pro)'isions.
Capacity design is a design philosophy wherein inelastic actions under strong ground
motion are presumed to be concentrated in predetermined critical zones of the SFRS. The
AISC Seismic Provisions employs this methodology by stipulating that the required
strength of certain elements of 1l1e SFRS be defined by forces corresponding to the expected
capacity (based on available strength) of certain designated yielding members. The adjacent
nonyielding members and connections are then protected be.cause they are designed to
remain nominally elastic regardless of the magnitude of ground shaking; in essence. these
protected componenL<i are designed to be insensitive to lhe characteristics of the earthquake,
ensuring that the desired ductile design mechanisro(s) can develop. See AISC Seismic
Provisions Commentary Section A3.l.
ASCE/SEI 7 addresses the concept of capacity design by using a system O\'erstrength factor, 0 0 (see Part 1). ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4 modifies some of the basic load combina1fons
to address load conditions where the overstrength factor is required, but does not explicitly
provide guidance on application to steel frames. The AISC Seismic Provisions explicitly prescribe where to apply the overstrength factor or, altem:itively, an estimated maximum
seismic load detennined from a capacity design analysis outlined in the respective chapter
for each SFRS.
In many instances, ASCE/SEI 7 and the AJSC Seismic Provisions explicitly prescrib
when amplified seismic loads are to be used. Amplified seismic loads are defined u;
/
ASCE/SEI 7 as
(ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.4-5
and 12.4-6)
where
'\
EmJi =DcQ.e =horizontal seismic load effect including overstrength factor
Oq = overstrength factor as defined in Tables 12.2-1 , 15.4-l and 15.4-2 of ASCE/SE! 'J
Q =effect of horizontal seismic (eanhquake-induced) force~
E,
=vertical seismic load effect
The load effect, Em11, is based on code-specified loads and the codespecified overstrengtl;
factor. However, the AISC Seismic Provisions sometimes redefines E,,,h as the forces resul
ing from the e;i;pected strengths of the designated yielding members of the SFRS.
2.3 ANALYSIS PROCEDURES

To determine the required strength of structural steel systems, members snd connectio
AISC Specification Section B3.l pennits design forces to be determined by elastic, inci
tic or plastic analysis. Note that AISC Specifi.carion Appendix 1, Inelastic Design, is
intended for sejsm.ic design. For a discussion of the application of the AISC Specificath ;
AISC Seismic Provisions, and ASCEJSEI 7 in seismic analysis. see Nair et al. (201 l ).
AM.llkJCAN INs-ITTIJTll Of' STCEL CONSTl<VCTION
ANALYSIS
While non-SFRS' members and connections may be analytically assun1ed not to re:sist
horizontal ground motion (i.e., pQE from ASCE/SEI 7), they must be reliable in resisting
the vertical inertial forces induced by vertical ground motion (i.e., 0.2SDsD from ASCFJ
SEI 7). Non-SFRS members must also be designed to ensure defonnation compatibility at
large lateral displacements to maintain structural integrity of the structure. Equally, the
destabilizing effect that non-SFRS framing Cl\11 have on a stn1crure (e.g., leaning column
effects) must be addressed in the analysis and design of the stabilizing SFRS. The SFRS also
consists of diaphragms, chords and collectors.
Elastic,
In.elastic and Plastic_Analysis
.> :.
j
Elastic seismic analysis procedures in ASCFJSEI 7 reduce the seismic response by a factor
of l/R, where R is the response modification coefficient. The intent of this reduction is to
target the elastic response at the onset of the first significant yield (e.g., plastic hinge in a
beam or compression buekling of a brace). Consequently, inelastic or plastic analysis as
outlined in Append.ix I of the AISC Specification is not permitted for detennining the component design forces . from seismic effects-see the AISC Specificatio11 Commentary
to Appendix 1' for further discussion. Therefore, analytical consistency with the AlSC
Specification and the AISC Seismic Provisions is primarily maintained using an elastic
analysis procedure. Although a .nonlinear response history analysis is permitted; it is not
commonly used. to determine =member design forces, but as an assessment tool to judge
acceptance of a design: In spedfic cases, a nonlinear static analysis may be used to capture
the nonlinear ela..-tic'response of a component or coru1ection, such as when rotational springs
are tlsed to represent partially restrained connections.
AISC Specification OU.pter C requires that a rigorous second-order analysis be used to
detennine .the required strengths of components using the appropriate load combinatiollS.
The analysis must include consideration of certain effects that can influence the stability
of th~ ~tiucture and its elements, inciucling second order effects (both P-6 and P-o).
AdditjoiJal discussion can be found in Wilson and HabibuUah (1987), White and Hajjar
(1991), and Geschwindner (2002). There are different methods by which to address second-order effects, in~luding iterative or pqniterative solutions with either stationary or
incremental loading. For example, som~ computer programs use a vertical load combination in conjunction with the approximate geoJ?etric stiffness matrix to reduce the structural
stiffness to account for geometric nonlinearities. The resul~g structural stiffness from this
initial analysis is used for all subsequent load analyses (e.g., dead, live, lateral). This
method~ advantageous as it allows superposition-of individual Joad effects because the
stiffness is held constant. This approach typically captures only the P-A effect, and P-o is
either neglected or approximated by segmenting membe!'S into two or more sections. Some
programs can iterate by ramping the gravity loads in conjunction with the geometric stiffness matrix to more ac_curately capture the change in system stiffness d~ring eacp load step.
Lateral loads can then be iterated by ramping them so rhat the analysis captures the additional changes to the system stiffness during each step. In this melhod, superposition of
individual load effects is not appropriate and the vertical loads would therefore need to be
in~luded in lhe anaJysis.
With reference to seismic analysis, the structural stiffoess is constant (reduced based on
an initial analysis) when using the ASCEJSEI 7 modal response spectrum analysis (MRSA)
ANALYSlS PROCEDURES
to determine the total lateral seismic forces and linear response bist0ry analysis. The results
of these analyses are I.hen combined wiih other load effecLs based on the same reduced stifJ
ness. Th.is procedure is not applicable to a nonlinear response ti.me history analysis as tl"
structural stiffness would need to be updated at each time step based on all Joad effects
included juthe analysis.
.
Gravity loads should be ~eluded in the seismic analysis i'n order to accurately addre!
second-order effects, including the destabilizing effect generated by oon-SFRS framing, anu
the effect of these loads on the periods of a structure. A three-dimensional mathematical
model can be developed that captures all loading conditions or, in the case of a two-dime[
sional analysis, an ancillary P-Delta column, as a minir~um, can be .modeled as a substiru1
for the gravity (non-SFRS) framing system. The P-Delta column is commonly modeled to
provide no lateral stiffness to the SFRS, but could be calibrated to provide the same stiffne~~
as that provided by che gravity system.
As an alternative to a rigorous second-order analysis, second order effects can be approx
imated by amplifying the axial forces and moments in members and connections from
a first-order analysis through an approximate second-order analysis outlined in AIS
Specification Appendix 8. The provisions for performing th.is amplified first-order analys;
were developed on the basis of elastic theory and are not appropriate for inelastic analysis.
t:
..;
"
!
!i'.
::
I
I.
l
:;
Stability Design Methods in the AISC Specification

The AISC Specification outlines three stabiliiy design methods and corresponding elastic
analysis requirements (see Table 2-2 in the AISC.Manu.al) as follows:
Direct analysis method (AlSCSpeci.ficacion Sections C2 'a!id C3)

Effective fength method (AISC Specification Append.ix 7, Section 7.2)
First-order.analysis method (AISC Specification Appendix 7, Section 7.3)
ea~h ~ese meth~s sei~mic
~iscu:.
L
f{
l'
The use of
of
in
desigri is explained in the following
.,i
sions. Additional information on eachof.themethods can be found in the Commentary to"
It
the applicable sections in the AISC sp.rification.
Direct Analysis Method
Provisions for the direct analysis method (DM) are outlined in AlSC Specification Sectior
C2 and C3. This analysis procedure is permitted for all steel structures and is require t;:
when t.he ratio of ma.'timum second-order drift to maximum first-order drift, whlch can be''
taken as B2 inf\ppendix 8 using nominal stiffness properties, exceeds i.s. The PM requir"
!;'~Delta effects to be considere~ eitbe_.r
thro9gb a second~order elastic analysis 1
through an amplified fust-ord,er analysis:
.
: : :~
l
ii.
dueetly
Effecthfe Length Method
1~
- . . for the euecuve

"
., l ength me thod (ELM) are ou t1ined in
. AlSC 'SpeciijicallOd~
.
Prov1s10ns
Appendi.:< 7, Section 7 .2. When permitted by Section 7 .2.1, the.re are no deviations from the
elastic analysis provisions in ASCFJSEI 7. The ELM addresses P-Delta effects ejtti,
directly through a second-order elastic anaiysis or through an amplified first-order analysi .... J
~.
AM.EJUCAN l!<STTIUJ'E OF STE:a CONSTRUCl10N
....t"
~'
26
ANALYSTS
ln the ELM procedure, interaction between frame behavior an<l tha1 or its members is
approxirnoted by the effective length factor, K. This factor i~ used 10 reprc-<ent the influence
of the system on the ~irength of ao individual member. Wbere the flexural stiffness of a column is considered to contribute co the lateral stability and resistance co lateral loads, K for
that member is detennined from a sidesway buckling analysis. AJtemativcly, the effective
length factor may be computed using the alignment charts as discussed in detail in the
Commentary to AlSC Specification Appendix 7. It is permitted to use K 1.0 for design for
compression effects 1f 82 S I. I.
First-Order Analysis Method
..
.,;
l~
111
ti
:
::
:"""
1
,,
I.
~:
"f:
1.
:.
Provisions for the first-order analysis method (FO~i) are outHned in AISC SpecificaJion
Appendix 7, Section 7.3. With this approach, second-order effects are captured through the
application of an additional lateral load equal to at least 0.42% of the story gravity load
applied in eac~ load case. No further second-order analysis is necessary. 1nc required
strengths arc taken as lhe forces and moments obtained from the analysis and the effective
length factor is K = 1.0.
Analysis Methods in ASCE/SEI 7 and the Direct

Analysis Method
ASCE/SEl 7 Section 12.6 outlines three seismic a11alytical procedures as follows:
Equivalent lateral force analysis (ELF) (ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.8)
Modru response speccrurn annlysis (MRSA) (ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.8)

Seismic response hiStory procedures, linear and nonlinear (ASCE/SEI 7 Chapter 16)
Detailed information can be fouod in tbe conuncntary to Section 12.6 of ASCE/SEI 7 and
in the NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures
(FE.\lA, 2009a). The foJiowing discussion summarizes the ELF and MRSA analysis methods and how they relate to the direct analysis method of the AlSC Specification.
Equivalent Lateral Force Analysis and the Direct Analysis Method

The provisions for the OM are consistent with the elastic analysis provisions given in ASCE/
SEJ 7 Section 12.8 for the ELF, provided th& the following conditions are maintained
throughout lhe analysis:
The mathemsticaJ model for analysis considers :ill fonns of deformation of the structural component$, including stiffness reductions and geometric imperfections in
accordance with AJSC Specijicaticn Chapter C. The stability coefficient, 9, will generally limit Bz to less than 1.7, permitting geometric imperfections to be neglected in the
analys.is for seismic load combinations. Consequently, notional loads should be applied
in 1he tnllthematical model for gravity-only load combinations (if 1he same model is
used) in lieu of mOdeling the out-of-plumbness by shi(ting work points.
The fundameo~l period of the structure. T. is limited lo T0 or C,,T,, if T 1s computed
by :maJyticru methods. lf the computed value for Tis Jess than C,,T0 then T is used as
AJllEJUCAI( f~ OJ' Srm. CONSTIUJCTION
STRUCTURAL MODELING
, .."
the fundament.11 period fhis is because T., has been statistically derived from actual
build mg ~pon.ses the1efore capturing all influential factocs. See ASCE/SEI 7 Section
12.9.4. .
Forces and deformations resulting from analysis with seismic forces reduced by
factor of 1/R, where R is the response modification coefficient. include second-order
effects either through a second -order analysis, an amplified first-order analysis, or .
hybrid combiO;lltOO of the two methods, independent of the Stabilily C<.'Cflicient, 0, in
ASCEISEJ 7
The A lSC SpecijicaJicm and the AlSC Seismic Provisions deal directly with strength
&!sign of members and connections Verification of seismic drift limits and potential postearthquake iostabiUty are nddressed 10 the spplicable building code. As such. some of the.
provisions for lbe DM arc not direcily applicable for a drift ana.lysis. However, they can Iii.:
conservatively appUed for dnft anal)~is.
Other methodologies for applying the OM have been proposed by Nair et al. (2011).
Modal Response Spectrum Analysis and the Direct

Analysis Method
The provisions for lhe OM are consistent wilh elastic analysis provisions in ASCE/SEJ 7 for
.MRSA, provided that tbe following conditions are maintained throughout tJ1e analysis:
All lhe requirements fated previously for the ELF are maintained.
Forces and drifts are ~caled as required by ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.9.4. Note that
used in this ~caliog is limited as discussed previously for the ELF.
The same procedure is followed in regards to a drift analysis. Though the scaling of drifts
is not required unless assigned to n certain seismic design category, allowable drift limits
and stability provisions of ASCE/SEl 7 are applicable.
2.4 STRUCTURAL MODELING

A mathematical model used for structural analysis is simply an interpretation of wbat co~
figuration of components, mechanical characteristics, and mass distn"bution is signific11r1
to the distribution of force:; and deformations in the syslCm. Models can be simple (such ::.'I
a tw<r<limensional fi.niie element model based on centerline dimensions) or highly sophi~
cllted (such as a lhree-<limcnsionaJ continuum model that can explicitly caprure materi<
nonlinearity and buckling). Both strength and stiffness are required to characterize the
mechanical properties of a compoocnL
Strength of Structural Elements

The strength of structural elements is typically nol a modeling consideration for elasr;.
analysis. Jnfonnntion on modeling component strengths for nonlinear dynamic analysis c
be found in NCJV (2010), Oeterleio ct al. (2010), PEER (2010), PEER/ATC (2010), FE:.
(2009b), nod ASCE (2006).
Z.-8
ANALYSIS
STRUCTURAL MODELING
Stiffness of Structural Elements

AlSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C states that stiffness properties of components for an
elastic analysis should be based on lhe elastic sections and lhat the effects of cracked sections shall be considered for composite components. AJSC Specification Chapter C and the
commentary to AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C give recommendations for effective
stiffness vaJues to be used in analysis.
(2- 1)
..
I.
where
E, = modulus of efastkity of steel, ksi
ho
As
= l,+A,(YENA-d3'f '+(f,Q,,IF1 )(2d3+d1 -Ym-.)2 , in.4

=area of st~! cross section, in.2
(Spec. Eq. C-13- 1)
'EQ,. =sum of the nominal shear strength of steel anchors between the point of maximum
Steel Elements
The stiffness properties of steel beams, columns and braces used in lhe mathematical model
will depend upon the stability design method selecfed and, potentially, the magnitude of
slmining the member undergoes. Reduced stiffness for all members contributing to the lateral stabifay of the structure is required when using the DM to determine design forces. It
is important to note that the stiffness reduction tenns in the DM include a component representing material nonlinearity (e.g., accounting for residual srresses) and a component
reprcsencing member out-of-straightness and other uncertainties. Conseque.nLly, stiffness
reduction is separated inro a load-dependent factor and load-independent factor, complicating ii$ direct application to dynamic analysis.
Research has deinonstr:ued that residual strbsses have a lesser effect on shear stiffness
than flexural siiffness. For sunplibty; the shear modulus. a, can be reduced in proportion to
the reduction in the modulus of elasticjty, E, with no further reduction to account for axial
load effects.
It is common to model steel &earns that are part of the SFRS without composite action
because the reliability of the composite ~tiffness at large inelastic deformations is questionable due to the potential for failure of steel headed stud anchors. If composite action is taken
into account. the following applicable effects should be considered.
Composite Elements
The stiffness properties of steel members acting compositely with concrete should include
the following applicable effects: concrete cracking of the section, steel reinforcement ratio,
section configuration, material properties. of the concrete, and variations of these factors
along the member length. The flexural stiffness, Eleff, and a.-tial stiffness, E.Aeff based on a
transfonned cracked section analysis (that also accounts for variations along the member
length) should be "1Sed in lieu of EI and EA in all analysis methods. Recommendations are
provided in AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C Commentary based on ACI 318 prov is.ions.
For steel beams with a composite slab, composite action can be included where the slab
and shear connection to the beam have been designed and detailed to provide acceptable
behavior (see Commentary to Chapter G in the AISC $eismic Provisions). For concrete.encased steel beams and beams acting compositely with a concrete slab, a plastic stress
distribution corresponding to tbe ultimate nominal strengths of each component can be
used to compute a lower-bound elastic moment of inertia, Tu. For a steel beam with a composite slab in a moment frame with double curvature bending, the effective flexural
stiffness. Eltff can be taken as lbe average of the stiffness in the positive and negative bending regions, as follows:
positive moment and the point of zero moment to either side, ldp$
=moment of inertia of steel cross section, in.4
YE.~ =distance from bottom of the steel section to the elastic neutral axis, in.
,;, [A,d3 + (T.Q,,IF1)(2d3 + d 1)]/(A, + (I:Q,./F1)J, in.
(Spec. Eq. C-13-2)
di =distance from the compression force in the concrete to the top of the steel section,
in.
=distance from the resultant steel tension force for fulJ section tension yield (P1 =
1,
b~A:: ::st:::~:: :~::~:~on,
lu,
t:
is recommended in lieu of 75% of
AISC Specification Chapter I commentary), wher~
1,~uiv
(see
(Spec. Eq. C-B-4)
t\
li
where
c1 =compression force in concrete slab for fully composite beam; smaller of A1F1 and I
0.85fc'Ac. kips
~
4
lrr =moment of inertia for the fuiJy composite uncracked cransfonned section, in.
AISC Seismic Provisions Commentary Chapter G discusses limitations on using partially
composire beams in certain composite systems.
The flexural stiffness of composite columns and braces (encased or filled) can be taken
as E/,_qprescribed in AISC Specificati~n Chapter I. The axiafstiffness can be taken as
EAJ =E A$+CJEcA.:
1
(2-2)
l!
.l
where
Ac= area of concrete slab within the effective width. in.2
Ee= modulus of e_lasticity ?f concrete, ksi
c3 = 0.4 for filled sections and 0.2 for encased sections
fquation 2-2 is taken from the LRFD ~pecificationfor Structuraf Steel !311-ildings (AISC 1-.:
2000).
:.,.;
Connections and Panel Zones .
l.
Connections and panel zones can contribute significantly to the overall l::iteral flexibility o
a system and the resulting deformations are required to be addresse<I in the analysis for
det.erminiog the distn'Dution of design forces and story drifts. In modeling moment or bracer ,.
frames. the impact of connection size and stiffness should be considered.
~o
..
~,,
~
2.-10
1:f.
:,
"'
ANALYSJS
Research (FEMA, 2000a) has demonstrated that panel zone deformations in steel moment
frames can have significant impact on earthquake-induced lateral drift. However, modeling
framing using center line-to-center line dimensions for the framing clements can approximate the effects of panel zone flexibility reasonably well for elastic analysis (see Figure
2-1 ). Zero-stiffness end offsets may be modeled to analytically provide forces at the panel
zone faces but not influence the periods of vibration. AJtematively, panel zone models that
include web doubler plates and continuity plates CAil be explicitly modeled or implicitly
included by modeling partially rigid end offsets. fully rigid offsets alone should not be
assumed to be the only source of panel zone stiffness (fsai and Popov, 1990). Several panel
zones models are illustrated in FEMA 355C (FEMA, 2000a).
.Explicit connection modeling by rotational springs is penuitted when based on analytical
and experimenml test data. Such an approach may be warranted when accounting for I.he
effects of panially restrained connections or other mechanical characteristics of a connection such as bolt slip. Alternatively, beams can be modeled with an equivalent flexural
stiffness, Eltff
Beams with reduced beam se.ctions (RBS) can be addressed by physically modeling a
prismatic or parabolic tapered section at the RBS location. If a prismatic section is used, one
possibility is to take the moment of inertia at the outer edge of the center two-thirds of the
RBS (ANSJ/AISC 358 Chapter 5). The flange width, ht.RBS is:
,..
f:"
.;~
,~.
~~:
~~:;
b1.~s =2(R- c)+b1 -2JR -(~J

2
L~
(2-3)
=center-to-center length
dJ2
c
E
~'. .llll
------. ~: 1
End offset
Zero rigidity; Flexible length
Full rigidity: Flexible length
= L,,
= 4- d~ 1
:,.
,. .,
~
~
Anal ca1 beam
~:.
!,
>
",
Actual beam
1,~'<
Actual panel zone
!1
~;
::
;.
:
;
>:
~:
'
J
1
Assumes same column depth at both ends of beam
Fig. 2-1. Modeling end offse1s aJ panel Z.Orn!S.
2.- l !
STRUCTURAL MODEJ...JNG
where
4c 2 +b 2
8c
"" radius of cut from ANS VAISC 358 Figure 5.1
This approach may be counteracted by neglecting composite action with the concrete
slab between protected zones. It is also common not to explicitly model the RBS and to use
either an Eleff for the berun or simply to amplify the elastic story drifts to account for thl!
reduced stiffness, as shown in .Example 4.3.1 of this Manual. Additional infom1a1ion on
steel moment frames can be found in ANSUAJSC 358, FEMA 350 (FEMA, 2000b), and
NEHRP Seismic Design Technical Brief No. 2 (Hamburger et al., 2009). For composite
frames, the effects of cracking on the beam-to-column joint stiffness should be included.
A common question regarding connection deformations in braced frames is whether the
ends of a brace should be considered as a moment resisting or pinned connection. The
answer will depend on lhe gusset connection detailing. Fundamentally, a brace-end _connec
rion at a beam-to-column joint or at a beam interior segment can be assumed pin ri~-1
out-of-plane and fixed in-plane, because the out-of-plane stiffness of the gusset plate is si5 nificantly smaller than the in-plane stiffness.
.
Similar to beam-to-column joints in moment frames, partially restrained end zones c
ancillarv stub members can be modeled at the ends of braces to represent the increased inplane.fl~xural stiffness provided by the gusset"conne.ctions. The flexural stiffness at these
sectio~s typically ranges from 2 to 4 times that of the~ brace. The beam-to-column connection where a brace member intersects can be modeled as a fully restrained connection:
oilierwise the connection can be modeled as a simple connection depending on project specific requirements. Additional infonnation concerning steel braced frames c~ be found in
NCJV (2010) and Carter (2009).
AISC Design Guide 20, Steel Plate Shear Walls (Sabelli and Bruneau, 2006) provides
information regarding modeling practices for special plate shear walls. For composite constniction, the effects of cracking on the beamte>-columrrjoint stiffness should be included.
I
Column Bases and Foundations

ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.7 states that for the purpose of detemUning seismic loads, t~i:
structure can be considered fixed at the base. That is, the base where seismic motions ar~
introduced into the structure is globally restrained horizontally, vertically and rotationally
about the horizontal axes. Altema1ively, flexibility of the supporting soil (inclucling defor
mations of the foundation components) or soil-structure interaction may be included. The
theoretical derivation of soil-structure interaction effects was developed on the basis of a
rigid foundation. Therefore, support flexibility and soil-structure interaction cannot ~
applied concurrently.
of
the
supporting
soil
is
co,mmonly
modeled
using
soil
springs
assum.in~
-~ ''
flexibility
foundation component is rigid. Alternatively, foundation components may be exp1Jc1t1
modeled to address their flexibility. For nonlinear resp'.onse history analysis, soil sprir.
should directly model the nonlinear behavior of the supporting soil.
Column base modeling is a function of frame mechanics, detailing and rigidity of 1',
foundation components, and is 001 related to the global restraint of the seismic base. Parti;~.
restrained base models may be used to more accurately capture rotational characterL~. ;,
2-12
STRUCTURAL MODELING
ANALYSIS
Diaphragms for Three-Dimensional Analysis

Diaphragms, chords, collectors and associated elements distribute seismic forces to the
diaphragm as rigid, semi-rigid or flexible depending on its in-p130e stiffness. A diaphragm

made up of a composite slab can be modeled as rigid when the diaphragm's span-to-depth
ratio is 3 or less in structures with no horizontal irregularities. This assumption simplifies
calculations because the diaphragm moves as a rig.id body about the center of rigidity of a
given story and the total mass can be assumed to be lumped at the' cemer of mass.
Alternatively, a semi-rigid diaphragm explicitly models the diaphragm's in-plane stiffness. In
either model, lateral forces are distributed to the various SFRS in proportion to their relative
elastic lateral stiffness and distance from the center of rigidity: For flexible diaphragms, an
SFRS is assumed to resist forces proportional to lbe mass that is tributary to the SFRS.
Diaphragm slabs can be modeled using either membrane or shell elements. In-plane stiffness reduction factors should be applied t.o account for cracking of the concrete and other
factor~,that decrease 1be stiffness of the diaphragm. Membranes differ .from shells in that
mem?ranes do not provide out-of-plane or rotational stiffness which c an increase the computational demand and the flexural stiffness at joints. Howe,er, membrane.edges have to be
supponed by framing.
The_axial forces developed in horizontal members on a given floor ai=e dependent on lhe
in-plane stiffness of the diaphragm model assigned to that floor. Caution should be exercised in as~igning diaphragm models where horizontal members are designed to transmit
or redistribut~ seismic forces to and between SFRS. In many ~es, these members are
requir~d to be designed !or amplified seismic loads including the overstrenglh factor:
and thereby, are intended to remain essentially elastic.
.
.
A rigid diaphragm model prevents relative fo-plane movemenc between nodes on a given
floor. Thus, axial forces will not develop in horizontal members connected to the diaphragm,
inhibiting the design of members that tiansmit forces to or between SFRS or chords of a
vertical truss spanning between levels (e.g., outriggers). The effect of this node lock will
increase forces carried by diagonal members between diaphragms. Alternatively, a semirigid diaphragm can be modeled. A disadvantage of this model is that the magnitude of lhe
axial force 1n a horizontal member wjll depend on the in-plane stiffness at the node and how
the diaphragm is modeled along the length of that member.
. Another alternative is to release nodes from the diaphragm constrrunt. This may also
include restructuring the extents of the rigid diaphragm so rhat a core area is a rigi<t
_ diaphragm and the suri-ouncling areas are semi-rigid based on srnictural properties as~igned
to the dfaphragm system.
lt is possible to mO<)el the diaphragm by decoupling a three-dimensional structure into

multiple two-dimensional analyses where lateral forces are applied as point forces at nodes
or as uniform or triangular distributed loads along horizontal members. Capturing the
required magnitude of the axial force io a three-dimensional analysis can be more challenging as zero to very low stiffness diaphragm models can lead to increases in P-6 forces
no,
1.
transferred to the SFRS and/or modeling errors. It is recommended that lhe analys1 perfo~
a parametric study wilb various diaphragm assignments and assemblies 10 determine ti
most efficient model 10 adequately capture a re3Sonable esrimate of the diaphragm behavi .
and required axial force.
of base plate connections based on e)(perimental results. Alternatively, pinned bases may be
modeled to account for connection, foundation and sou flexibility, although lhe column base
may be detailed to be fixed to the foundation component.
SFRS. The diaphragm model used in analysis should rea listically model the diaphragm's inplane stiffness and the distribution of lateral forces. ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.3.l classifies a
2-
.
'
' I
~I
Gravity Loads
't.
::
"
All gravity loads should be modeled in the analysis in order to accurately address sccondorder effecis and to capture the distribution of gravity load effects on vertical force-resisti.
members. A mathematical model is commonly analyzed as a fully constructed, cohes1
structure for each load effect or load combination. This practice is not, however, consistenl
with how a structure is built, where some load effects are distributed based on constructi""
sequence. This is particularly true for the distribution of self-weight in braced frames a
strucrures with outriggers or hat trusses where installation of diagonal members may ~
completed after the surrounding framing and floor system is constructed and at differem
story elevations. ~n _the latter case, dead load eff~cts created during construction in _exten j::
vertical force-rcs1strng members can be underesumated because these members can JO eff, ::
hang from the stiffer outrigger/truss system in the analysis, increasing the forces in the i.nte
rior vertic~I suppo~ syste~. Si~ilarl~, _gravi.ty effects can be distributed to diagonal braces\".
in proportion to lhe11 contnbuuon to JOtOt stiffness.
,
For cases when the distribution of dead load effects is a concern, a staged constrocti
analysis can be performed. In its fundamental form, the mathematical model of a complete
system is broken down in10 assemblies, commonly story levels. and the. analysis wi!l inc- 1
mentally add each group and superimpose the results onto the previous analysis. C: ;'.
should be exercised when gravity effects produce sway and when geometric imperfection .
are included in the analysis (by either method discussed previously) as a staged analysis cannot handle sway of different assemblies and superposit~on must b~ applica~le. Alternative
some analysis programs allow the analyst to automatically not mclude diagon~ memb
during the gravity lond analysis. Though this is more related to analysis than modeling, a,
altemative modeling technique wou~d be to provide axial force releases in the diagor ~t
members for 1be gravity load analysis~In these cases, the method used to address geome1
nonlinearities within the analysis program is of critical importance, and this will dictm
which technique can be used. Another consideration is clifferentjal settlement of vertic
force-resisting systems under dead load effects.
l:
r
Gravity Loads in Diagonal Braces and Special

Plate Shear Walls
l
I
,,;
The AISC Seismic Provisions stipulate that the gravity forces be neglected in braces :;:
buckling-restrained braced frames and web plates in special plate shear walls. These provisions are intended 10 restrict the use of SFRS components that are required to uissip
significant amounts of energy by i~elastic actions to simultan~ously . provide s~clt . ;
integrity of lhe structure under gravny loads. Many of the capacity design analysis pro' .
sions have been developed based on this concept.
This approach can be a concern for complex structures that ~ontain pu~_seJy slope<.
stepped non-SFRS columns or where diagonal braces are required to stabilize a struct .,.
that undergoes sidesway from gravity loads (e.g., sloping siructural system) or are require-
f.
" ANAJ..Y))lS
to directJy participate in carrying gravity loads (e.g., diagrid system). A lhtee-<limeo~ional

nonlinear dynamic analysi~ may be necessary to verify the seismic perfonnance of complex
structures. lf lateral support for other load effeclS is provided by an ancillary non-SFRS
back-up system, it should not be excluded from the mBthematical model used for seismic
analysis.
PART 2
R.EFH~<.:I~
PART 2 REFERENCES
AJSC (2000), Load and Rt!sistanu Factor Design Specification for Structural Stu/
Buildings, Amencan Jnsutu1c of Steel Construction, Chicago, IL.
ASCE (2006), St!isrnic Rt!IUJbilrtarion of Existing Buildings, ASCE41-06. American Society

of Civil Enginee~. Restoo, VA.
Carter. C.J. (2009). ''Origins of R =3," Proceedings of1hc 2009 Structures Congress. ASCE,
Austin. TX. April 30 May 2, 2009, pp. 1-10.
Deierlein, G.G . Rcinhom, A.M. and Willford, M.R. (2010), ''Nonlinear Strucrural Analysu
for Seismic Design," NIST GCR 10-917-5, .NEHR.P Seismic Design Technical Brief No.
4, N'EHRP Consultants Joint Venture_ pannership of the Applied Technology Council and
the Consortium of Uoiversillcs for Research in .Earthquake Engineering, National
Institute of Standards and Technology. Gaithersburg, MD.
FEMA (2000a), Stott! of thl! Art Report 011 Sysums Performance of S1eel Moment Framu
Subject to Eanhquak.e GroWJd Shaking, fEMA 355c, prepared by the SAC Joint Venture
for the Federal Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC.
FEMA (2000b), Recommended Seismic Design Criteria for New Steel Moment-Frame
Buildings, Fa.IA 350, Federnl Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC.

FEMA (2009a). NEHRP Rt!commended Seismic Pro\'ision.s for New Buildings and Othtr
Structures, FEMA P-750, Federal Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC.
FE.MA (2009b), Quantification of Building Seismic Perfomwnce Factors, FEMA P-695.

Federal Emc:rgency Management Agency. Washington, DC.
Geschwindncr, LF. (2002), "A Practical Approach to Frame Analysis, Stability and Leaning
Columns," Enginuring lounUJI, AISC, Vol. 39, No. 4, 4th Quaner, pp. 167-181.
Hamburger, R.O , Kra1,1,inlcJcr, H., Malley. J.O. and Adan, S.M. (2009), "Seismic Design of
Steel Special Moment Frames: a Guide for Practicing Engineers," NIST GCR 09-917-3,
NEHRP Seismic Design Technical Brief No. 2, NEHR.P Consultants Joint Venture, part
nership of che Applied Technology Council and the Consortium of Universities for
Research in Earthquake Engineering, National Institute of Standards and Technology,
Gaithersburg, MD.
..
...
..
Nair, S., Malley, J.O. and Hooper, J.D. (2011), "Design of Steel Buildings for Earthquake
and Stability by Application of ASCE 7 and AISC 360," Engineering loumal, AlSC, Vol.
48, No. 3, 3rd Quarter, pp. 199-204.
NCJV (2010), faa/11ation of the FEMA P-695 Merltodclogy for Quantification of Buildin.~
Seismic Perfonnance Facton, NIST GCR 10-917-8, NEHRP Consultants Joint Venture,
partnership of the Applie4,I Technology Council and l.he Consortium of Universities for
Research in Eariliquakc Engineering, National Institute of Standards and Technology
Gaithersburg, MD.
PEER (2010), Seismic Design GuuJelinesforTall Buildings, Pncific Earthquake Enginci;.;;ng

Research Center, Unjversity of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, CA.
AMEIUCAN .l Nsrm.m! OP Srw. O:lNSTRVCTION
2.-16
ANALYSIS
PEER/ATC (2010). Modeling and Acceptance Criteria for Seismic De.sign and Analy.sit of
Tait Buildings, PEER/ATC 72-1 Report, Applied Technology Council, Redwood Ci1y.
CA, October.
Sabelli, R. and Bnineau, M. (2006), Srtel Plate Shear Walls. Design Guide 20, AlSC.
Chicago, IL.
PART3
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED FOR

SEISMIC RESISTANCE
Tsai, K.C. and Popov. E.P. (1990}, "Seismic Panel Zone Design Effect on Elastic Story Drift
lJl S1ecl Frames," Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 116, No. 12, pp.
3235-3301.
3.J SCOPE ...................... . . - - - - 3
White, D. and H~ijar, J. (1991), "Application of Second-Order Elaslic Analysi~ in LRFD:

Research to Practice," Engineering Journal, AISC, Vol. 28, No. 4, 4th Quarter, pp.
l33- 148.
3.2 GENERAL DISCUSSION ............. .. . . . 3

3.3 DESIGN EXAMPLE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS ..... .:. .. . . ..... 3-3.4 MOMENT FR.AMES ...... .. ................ . ......... . ......... ... 3
Wilson. E.L. and Habibullah, A. (1987), "Static and Dynamic Analysis of Multi-Story
Example 3.4.1. Moment Frame Story Drift Check .... -........ -.... - - . :
Buildings Including P-Della Effects," Earthquake Spectra, Earthquake Engineering

Research Institute, Vol. 3, Issue 3.
I
J
-1
Exnmple 3.4.2. Moment Frame Column ~ign . - 3

Exnmple 3.4.3. Momenl Frame Beam Design ............. . . . 3-
Examplc J.4.4. Moment Frame Beam-to-Column Connection Design .. 3-l.3
3.5 BRACED FRAMES ... .. . . 3

faumple 3.5.l. Brace<! Frame Brace Design . ....... . .. . ... ... .. . 3Exarnple 3.5.2. Braced Frame Column Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3-2
Example 3.5.3. Braced Frame Brace-10-Bcam/Colurnn Connection Design ... - . 3PART 3 REFERENCES .... . ........ 3-.
I
\
.
I
:<
A MOUC>.N {NSmVl'll OP Srnm. Co.N$TRVCTION
16
ANAl..YSJS
PEER/ATC (2010), Modeling and Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Design and Analy.fis of
Tall Buildings, PEER/ATC 72-1 Report. Applied Tcclmology Council, Redwood City,
CA, October.
Sabelli, R. and Bnineau, M. (2006), Steel Plate SMar Walls, Design Guide 20, AISC,
Chicago, IL.
'
Tsai, KC. and Popov, E.P. (1990), "Seismic Panel Zone Design Effcd on Ela.sue Story Drift
in Steel Frames." Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE. Vol. I 16, No. 12, pp.
3235-3301.
White, D. and Hiljjar, J. (J991), "Application of Second-Order Elastic Analysis in LRFD:
Rese:irch to Practice," Engineering Joumal, AISC, Vol. 28, No. 4, 4th Quarter, pp.
133- 148.
Wilson. E.L. and Habibullah. A. (1987), "Static and Dynamic Analysis of Multi-Story
Buildings Including p. Delta EffectS," Earthquake S~ctra, Earthquake Engineering
Research Institute, Vol. 3, Issue 3.
PART3
SYSTEMS NOT SPECI FICALLY DETAILED FOR
SEISMIC RESISTANCE
3.J SCOPE .... . . - . . . .
. ... - . - .. - . - 3
3.2 GENERAL DISCUSSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . 3
3.3 DESlGN EXAMPLE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS ..... :.'. .... .. : . 3-....
3.4 MOMENT FRAMES .. .... .. .......... .' 3
Example 3.4. l. J\fomem Frame Story Drift Check . ................ : 3u:imple 3.4.2. Moment Frame Column Design
3-1
Example 3.4.3. Moment Frame Beam Design ................ 3-
Example 3.4.4. Moment Frame Beam-to-Column Connection Design ..... . . 3-1:

3.S BRACED FRAMES .......... 3- 1
Example 3.5. l. Brace.d Frame Brnc:.e Design ............. . . . 3fuample 3.5.2. Braced Frame Column Design ............... .... 3-2
faample 3.5.3. Braced Frame Brace-10-.Beam/Column Connection Design .... . 3-
PART 3 REFERENCES . . . ............ . 3-.
I
\
'
SVS'J'l:.MS NUT Sl'bUl-lLAL.L.X Ul:. IAlU:.U FOR SEISMIC RESISTAN<.'.il
3.3 DESIGN IDCAMt'l..t. t'l..A.N "
' .. u ~ Vi\J 1ur.:.
3.1 SCOPE
This Pan shows member and connection designs for braced and moment frame systems that
are not specifically detajJed for seismic resistance. Seismic design of the seismic force
resisting system in accordance with the AISC Seismic Provisi<>ns is referred to as "seismic
detailing" by the applicable building code. The systems in this Part are designed according
10 the requirements of the AISC Specification. The SC-Ope s1atement al the front of this
Manual discusses the differentiation between seismic force resisting systems that require
special detailing for seismic resistance and those that do not.
~
,
:
":
3.2 GENERAL DISCUSSION

'
!
t:
___..., rl::::i
Systems requiring structural Steel design in accordance with the AISC Specification only are
addressed in this Part. It is a common misconception that when seismic detailing of lhe seismic force resisting system is not required, there are no other seismic design requirements.
Regardless of the seismic detailing requirements, structures assigned to Seismic Design
Categories B through F are subjec1 ro many other seismic design considerations prescribed
in the applicable building code. For example, ASCE/SEI 7 contains numerous requirements,
such as:
:i:-m
l-'-----1----
,- -,
:r:---.-,.:r:
- - - - - - - - -....
. :J;..:.'----:r:---
_fj i
~ l ---. - -- J_ _ _ _ _ _J.\ _ _ _
_ __J~--' --.
- -------...---- - - ----. -. ..-. -----. --Braced frame investigated

in design examples. For
elevation see Figure 3-3.
Table 12.3-1, Horizontal Structural Irregularities

Table 12.3-2, Vertical Strucrural Irreguiarities
Section 12.4. Seismic Load Effects and Combinations
Section 12.5. Direction of Loading
Section 12.8.4.3. Amplification of Accident:i.1 Torsional Moment
Section 12.10.2, Collector Elements
Section 12.13, Foundation Design
\ _ Moment frame investigated

in design examples. For
elevation see Figure 3-2.
Fig. J.J. Floor plan/or Pan 3 design examples.
2
30'-0"
30'-0
30'--0"
W18x50
W18x50
W18x50
3.3 DESIGN EXAMPLE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS

The following sections consist of design examples for 3 typical building not requiring seismic detailing. See Figure 3-1 for a typical floor plan for this building with composite
flooring. D~ign Examples 3.4. l through 3.4.4 demonstrate the cf.esign of a typical moment
frame for the building. See Figure 3-2 for an elevation of the moment frame. Design
Examples 3.5.l through 3.5.3 demonst:rate the design of 3 typical braced frame for the build
mg. See Figure 3-3 for an elevation of the braced bay.
The code spccilied lo~ng is as follows:
Dftoor
D100f
= 85 psf
=68 psf
~r
=80psf
S
20 psf
Curtain wall 175 lb/fl
=
=
:
t
.'
'
Wtnd loads nre determined according to Chapter 28, Part 2 of ASCE/SEI 7. The assumed
are: 83.Sfo Wmd Speed is 115 miles per hour (3 socood gust), Wind Exposure
Category is B, topographic factor 1(1 is 1.0, 3Jld the bwlding is in Risk Category Il. Required
parametCIS
0Roof
<?
0Foorth
Level
ll
W18x50
W18x50
W18x55
W18x55
..,"'
...~
N
W1Sx50
Third
0Level
0
0
second
Level
N
.....
...
~
~
W18x55
W18x55
~...
ease
Column splk:e
4a- above finished
floof (1YP.)
Fig. 3-2. M~nt frame tW.'Olion for E.xam.ptu 3.4.1, 3.4.2, JA.3 and 3.4A.
For floor plan. stt Figure J-1 .
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFlCALLY DETAILED FOR SEJSMTC RES1STA:.'1CE
strengths from load combinations that include wind loods were shown not to govern over
load combinations that include seismic loads for both the braced frame and the moment
frame. Therefore, wind loads are not included in the design examples in Part 3,.
T he necessary parameters for determining seismic loading are given with each design
example.
~ 1
3.4 MOMENT FRAMES
Because the momeol frame in the following examples does not require seismic detailing.
it is designed in accordance with the provisions of the AlSC Specification.
.
\.:
Example 3.4.1. Moment Frame Story Drift Check

Given:
Determine if the moment frame satisfies the ASCE/SEI 7 seismic story drift requirements.
3.4 MOMENT FRAMES
!:
1
Moment frames resist lateral forces and displacements through flexure and shear in the
beams and coliunos. The necessary restraint must be provided by the moment connections
between the beam and the columns.
Moment frames tend to have larger and heavier beam and column sizes than braced
frames. The increase in member sizes and related co.sts is often accepted lo gain lhe
increased flexibility provided in the architectural and mechanical layout in the structure. The
absence of diagonal bracing members can provide greater freedom in the confilmration of
walls and in the routing mechanical ductwork and piping. Moment frames are ~ften positioned at the perimeter of the structure, allowing maxi.mum flexibility of the interior spaces.
Drift control is required by the applicable building code to help limit da1itage to both the
structural and nonstructural systems.
of
Refer to the moment frame elevation shown in Figure 3-2. The applicable bui]ding cod .:
1
specifies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for seismic story drift requirements. In ac~rdance wit. .. :
ASCFJSEl 7:
Risk Category: Il
Seismic Design Category: C
Deflection Amplification Factor, Ca. 3
Seismic Importance Factor,/~: 1.0
Allowable Story Drift, !:>a: 0.020hsx
Solutio n:
From a second-order elastic analysis of the structure, the elastic displacement comput'
under strength-level design earthquake forces at each level are:
r f
o~
= t.87 in.
04, = 1.54 in.
8:3, = 1.03 in.

Si, =0.477 in.
2s--0
Roof
I:
I:
OM=O in.
The deflection at level xis:
Fourth
I
I
Level
(ASCFJSEl 7 Eq. 12.8-1
Column splices
48" above finished
N
....
tloOr (typ.)
Third
Tue allowable story drift al level x, from ASCEJSEI 7 Table li.12-1, is:
11 0
Level
~
N
t:
.,.,,;.
=0.020h.u
...~~
~
where
h~ = story height below level
Second
x, ft
~.
level
Between the roof level and level 4:
~
...,.
...
Cd (0,., -o.i,)
1.
Base
Fig. J-3. Braced frome elevation for Examples 3.5. I, 3.5.2 and 3.5.3.
..
\.,~"
3(1.87 in.-1.54 in.)

1.0
=0.990 in.
For floor plan, see Figure 3-J.
t:
fI
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RE.SlSTANCE
6a
3.4 MOMENT FRAMES
=0.020(12.5 ft)(l2.0 in./fl)

=3.00 in.> 0.990 in. o.k.
LRFD
Between level 4 and level 3:
. ...
~
04 =Cd (84 -03,)
.,
~:
:-:
=0.020(12.5 ft)(I2.0 in.lit)

=3.00 in.> 1.53 in. o.k.
Between level 3 and level 2:
(including the 0.5 load factor on l

permitted in ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3)
from ASCE/SEI 7, this structure is assigned to Seismic Design Category C
(p = 1.0) and SDs = 0.352.
The required strengths of Column CL-1 determined by a second-order analysis including the
effects of P-o and P-a with reduced stiffness as required by the direct analysis method are:
03 =Cd (fo., -fue)
LR.FD
J,
=3(1.03 in.-0.477 in.)

~:
:~-
Aa =0.020(12.5 ft)(l2.0 in./ft)
=3.00 in.> I.66 io.
P.,
v.,
1.0
1.66 in. -
,,.;-:~
-
(1.0+0.14SDs )D+ H +F+O.?pQE
(1.2+0.2SDs)D+p!2+0.5l+0.2S
3(1.54 in.-1.03 in.)

1.0
= 1.53 in.
} '
ASD Load Combination 5 from

ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
LRFD Load Combination 5 from

ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
le .
6a
ASD
ASD
=233 kips
35.0 kips
Pa
Va
=165 kips
= 23.4 kips
Muwp =201 kip-ft
Ma top= 131 kip-ft
Mubot=-320 kip-ft
Ma bot =-'210 kip-ft
o.k.
Between level 2 and the base level:

02 =Cd (02, -obe)
I,
= 3(0.477 in.-0 in.)
LO
=1.43 in.
Aa =0.020(14.0 ft)(l2.0 in./ft)
=3.36 in.> 1.43 in. o.k.
There are no transverse loadings between the floors in the plane of bending, and the bean::;
framing into the column weak &Jtis are pin-connected and produce negligible moments.
Solution:
From AISC ManlUll Tabie 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi
F,. =65 ksi
From AISC Manual Thble 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
Comment:
In this case, the member sizes resulted from strength requiremencs. The seismic story drift
requirements do oot always govern the design of moment frames.
Example 3.4.2. Mome nt Frame Column Design

Given:
Refer to Column CL-1 in Figure 3-2. Verify that a W12x87 ASTM A992 W-shape is sufficient to resist the following required strengths between the base and second levels. The
applicable building code specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of loads.
The load combinations that include seismic effects ru:e:
:
:~
":
W12x87
rx= 5.38 in.
r1 =3.07 in.
Available Compressive Strength of Column CL-1
Because the member is being designed using the direct analysis method, K is taken as 1.0.
KLx
l.0(14.0 ft)(12.0 in./ft)

rx
5.38 ill.
=31.2
KLy J .0(14.0 ft)(12.0 inlft)
-;:; =
3.07 i.n.
=54.7
governs
SYSTEMS Nor SPECIFICALLY DETAJLED .FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
3.4 MOMENT FRAM.ES
From AISC Manual Table 4-J, the available compressive strength is: .
1-------L_RFD
_ _ _ _ _ _- l -_ _ _ _ __A_s_o______
LRFD
ASD
4>cPn =925 kips
Cb=
Cb=
12.5.M......,
2.5MfNJJI +3M,.. +4Ms+3Mc
Pn =616 kips
Available Flexural Strength of Column CL-1

Check the unbraced length for ffex_ure
I:
1
+3(70.8kip-ft)
+3(45.6kip-ft)
+ 4(59.4 kip-ft)+ 3(190 kip-ft)J
+ 4(39.8 kip-ft)+ 3(125 ltip-ft)]
t.
=2.19
From AIS.C Manual Table 3-10, with Lb= 14.0 ft, the availabie flexural strength of
W12x87 is:
Lr=43.lft
Lp<Lb= 14.0ft<L,
Oi, .
= 1,050 kip-ft
LRFD
=13 l kip-ft
M,, t>ct =-210 kip-ft
M(x) = M1op-(M"'P ~Mbi>, )x
.,,(
rn .t) = M10p
=201 kip-ft-(201 Jcip-ft + 320 kip-ft}:c

. 14.0 ft
201 kip-ft-(37 .2 kips):c
jM(x = 3.50 ft) I= MA
jM(x= 3.50 ft) I= M..,
-(31.2 kips)(J.so tt) 1
jM(x =7.00 ft) I= Ms
=I 131 kip-ft
-(31.2 kips)(1.oo tt) 1

=59.4 kip-ft
= 39.8 lcip-ft
=10.5 ft) I= Mc
=1201 kip-ft
-(37.2 kips)(I0.5 ft) I
=190 kip-ft
=320 kip-ft
- (24.4 kips )<1.00 ft)
=I Bl kip-ft
-(24.4 ki.ps)(10.s fl) I
= 125 lcip-ft
= 210 kip-ft
= ~cPn , as detetm.ined previously
=925kips
Pr
jM(x = J0.5 ft) I= Mc
Pc
233 kips
Pc 925 kips
=0.252
fle~ure
~SD
LRFD
jM(x= 7.00 ft) I= Me
= 1201 kip-ft
t~
Using AISC Specification Section HI( c~eck the inte~ction of compression and
Column CL-1, as follows:
\.
_
-(24.4 kips}(3.5ott)1
=45.6 kip-ft
= 70.8 kip-ft
I'
nb
Therefore, the.yieiding limit state governs.
=I 131 kip-ft
= 1201 kip-ft
M; =3~9 ~;~~696 kip-ft
Interaction of Flexure and Compression in Column CL-1
=13 1 kip-ft-(24.4kips)x
Quarter point momenlS are:
j:'.:
'------- ----------''---------- - -- - - .
= 131 ki ft-(131 kip-ft+210 kip-ft)

p14.0 ft .
x
Quarter point moments are:
l_..
Check yielding (plastic moment) limit

state; -~sing AfSC Manual Table 3-2,
QbM1 ;;: 495 kip-ft< l, 050 kip-ft
[Mt"P -l M"') x
=696 kjp-ft,
.
.:
Check yielding (plastic moment) limit
state; using AlSC Manual Table 3-2,
ASD
Ma rop
f.f
l--Qb_A-._1n.:....=_2-.2-0-(4_7_7-ki_p-_ft_)-------l-M-,.-::::-2-.1-9(_3_18- ki-.p-.....:_ft)-----=--
Calculate Cb using AISC Specification Equation Fl -1.
Mu 1op =201 kip-ft

Mwbot =-320 hp-ft
'
ASD
LRFD
Therefore, I.be member js subject to lmral-torsional buckling.
M max
Lp = 10.8 ft
jM(x
i,.
=112.5(210 kip-ftw12.5(210 kip-ft)
=:2.20
From AISC Manual Table 3-2:
12.5M__,
2.5M,._ +3M.., +4Mp +3Mc
=112.5(320 kip-ft)J/12.5(320 kip-ft)
Q,.
3-
Pr= 165 kips

Pc 616 kips
=0.268
Because P,fPc~ 0.2, use AlSC
Because P,!Pc ~ 0.2, use AlSC
Specification Equation Hl- Ia,
Specification Equation Hl-la,
("
Pc "" ~: , as determined previ9usly

=616 kips
in
'
ii
.t
3-10
SYSTEMS N<YT SPECIFICALLY DETAlLEO FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
LRFD
Mry)
320
.i!(
kip-ft + 0) = 0.827
9 495 kip-ft
0.827 < 1.0
=0 kips
v.,
=33.9 kips
M., l<ft =-316 kip-ft
P.,
Pr +
8(Mrx
Mry)
-+
- ::;;1.0
9 Mo:
Pc
Mey
210
o.26s+!(
kip-ft +o)=o 835
9 329 kipft
.
0.835< 1.0
o.k.
o.k.
.i
!
Pa
=0 kips
Va
= 23. l kips
' !
Mat~JI =-212kip-ft
Mel
McL = 58.6 kip-ft

M., nghI = 167 kip-ft
=40.6 kip-ft
Ma ,,,111=106 kip-ft
Solution:
Available Shear Strength of Column CL-7
ASD
LRFD
ASD
P, 8(Mrx+ - :s;J.O
-+Pc 9 Mex Mcy
0.252 +
3.4 MOMENT~
From A1SC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
From AISC. Manual Table 3-2, the available shear strength of a W12x87 is:
ASTMA992
LRFD
.
qi.v,. =193 kips> 35.o kips
Vn 1.0.,, =129 kips> 23.4 kips
-0.k.
F1 =50 ksi
ASD
'
Fu= 65 ksi
o.k.
From AISC .Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as foUows:
The W12x87 is adequate to resist the required strengths gi,en for Column CL- I.
W18x55
d= 18.l in.
r11 = 2.00 in.
Note: Load combinations that do ~~t include seismic effects must also be investigated.
r...,=0.390 in.
J = 1.66 in.4
r1
Sx = 98.3 in.
Assume that the beam flanges are braced at the columns.
Given:
Refer to Beam BM-I in Figure 3-2. Verify that a W18x55 ASTM A992 W-shape is sufficient to resist the following required strengths. The applicable building code specifies the
use of ASCFJSEI 7 for calculation of loads. See the Design Example Plan and Elevation section for code specified loading.
.:
Available Flexural Strength of Beam BM- 1
From AISC Manual Table 3-2:
L,, = 5.90 ft
L,. = 17.6 ft
The load combinations that include seismic effects are:

LRFD

ASCEJSEI 7 Section 124.2.3
(1.2+0.2SDs)D+pQe+0.5L+0.2S
Zx= 112 in.3
h 0 =17.5 in.
Example 3.4.3. Moment Frame Beam Design

4
The limit states of yielding and lateral-torsional buckling are applicable, as given in AISC
Specificaticn Section F2.
ASD

.'
(1.0+0. 14Sns )D+ H + F +0.1pQs
(including the 0.5 load factor on l

permitted in ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3)
Calculate Cb using AISC Specification Commentary Equation C-Fl-5, which applies !.;.
gravity loaded beams with the top flange late.rally restrained; the top flange is restrained by
the composite slab.
ASD
LR.FD
~--------+--------- -
M0 =Muufi=-3161<.ip-ft
From ASCE/SEl 7, !his structure is assigned to Seismic Design Catego.ry C (p = J.0) and
Sos=0.352.
The reqwred strengths determined by a second-order analysis including Lhe effects of P-0
and PA with reduced stiffness as required by the direct analysis method are:
II
I
=1.67 in.
Mo =Ma ltfi =-212 ltip-ft

M1 =Ma rilht
Mei.
=58.6 kip-ft
=106 kip-ft
Mel =40.6 ltip-.ft
AMl!JUCAN
lNsrmJTE OP STE!!L CONSTllOCTION
3-12
SYSTEMS NOT SPECfFJCALLY DETAll..ED FOR SEISMIC RESJSTANCE
LR.FD
=-316 kip-ft'
=-212 kip-ft
=63.1 ksi(98.3in.3)
=6. 200 kip-in.
because Mi is positive
because M1 is positive
=517 kip-ftSMp
(Mo+M1) =Mo
Cb= 3.o-~(Mi)-~/
Mel
J
3 Mo . 3 (Mo+Mif
}--!(
M,,
Cb=30-2(MiJ
-8,
Ma
.
3 M0
3 (M,,+M1f
Mp
= 3.0- ~( 167 kip-ft

58.6 kip-ft J
3 -316 lc.ip-ft . 3 -3 16 kip-ft
= 3 .o-~( 106 lcip-ft )-~( 40.6 kip-ft)
=3.85
=3.84
3 -212 kip-ft.
3--1 :
1------------L~RFD-----------i----------A-s_n__________~ I ~
ASD
(Mo+M1) =Mo
3.4 MOMENT FRAMES
3 -212 kip-ft
M,.
=62.9 ksi(98.3 in.3 )

= 6, 180 kip-in.
..
1
=515 kip-ftSMp
=F1 Z.r
Mp= F:yZx
=50ksi(112 in. 3)(1 ft/12 in.)
==50ksi(112in.3
)(l ft/12in.)
=467 kip-ft
=467 kip-ft
controls
controls
Mn
9bM,. =0.90(467 kip-ft)

o.k.
::; 420 kip-ft> 316 kip-ft
II
I
467 kip-ft
1.61
n,, =
= 280 kip-ft> 212 kip-ft
o.k.
I:
Per the User Note in AJSC Specification Section F2, the W18x55 is compact for F). = 50 ksi.
Because AISC Manual Table 3-10 does not provide a strength for a Wl 8x55 with an
unbraced length of 30 ft, calculate the strength from the AISC Specificarion. From AISC
Specifica1i01l Section F2, with compact flanges and web and lb > Lr, the applicable lirnit
states are yielding and lateral-torsional buckling.
Available Shear Strength of Beam BM-1

Prom ATSC Manual Table 3-2, the available shear strength of the W18x55 is:
LRFD
(Spec. Eq. F2-3)
..v,. =212 kips> 33.9 kips
L--(Spec. Eq. F2-4)
ASD
l.
V,, I ilv. =141kips>23.l kips
o.k.
I
- " - - -- - - - - - ~
<
o.k.
The W18x55 is adequate 10 resist the loads given for Beam BM-1.
Note: Load combinations that do not include seismic effects must also be investig::ited.
Example 3.4.4. Moment Frame Beam-to-Column

Connect~on Design
Jc
s.1io =o.ooo96s
LRFD
Fer= 3.8Snl(29,000 ksi)
r30.0 .1\(12 inJft)

2.00 in.
CT
~I+ 0.078(0.000965)130.0 ft(l~ inlft)r

2.00 ltl.
=63.1 ksi
F, _
3.84n2 (29,000 Jcsi)

[30.0 ft(l2 inJft)
2.00 in.
x 1+0.078(0.000965)130.0 ft(l~ inJft)

2.00 ltl.
=62.9 ksi
Given:
"
'
Refer to Joint JT-1inFigure3-2. Design a bolted Oange-plated fully. restrained moment connection between Beam BM-1 and Column CL-1. The beam and column are ASTM A9~ l
W-sbapes and ASTM A36 is used for the connecting material. Use ASTM A325-N bolts ai
. 70-ksi electrodes.
:,
ASD
p_le--3._4_.3_._th_e_re_q_u~__ed__str_en
__gths
__~are,._:____________________~l
-F-ro_m_Ex_am
__
LRFD
V., = 33.9 kips
Mu= 316 kip-ft
ASD
Va
=23.1 kips
Ma = 212 kip-ft
Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
.,,,
3-14
SYSTEMS NG'I' SPECIFICALLY DETAll..ED FOR SEJSMJC RESJSTANCE
ASTMA36
Fy 36 ksi
Fu= 58 ksi
3.4 MOMENT FRAMES
.,
J--15
The available nexuraJ strength of the W18x55 is:
ASD
LRFD
ASTMA992
Fy = 50 ksi
Mn = 0.90(391 kip-ft)
= 352 kip-ft> 316 kip-ft
Fu= 65 ksi
o.k.
Mn= 391 kip-ft

n
l.67
=234 kip-ft> 212 kip-ft
o.k.
From AlSC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
W18x55
d = 18.l in.
Single-Plate Web Connection
=0.390 in.
t,..
9"= 0.630 in.
S.r = 98.3 in.3
br= 7.53 in.
Available Flexural Strength 9f Beam BM-1
AISC Specification Secrion Fl 3 requires chat tensile rupture of the tension flange be investigated if
FuAJn < _fiFyAJg
Since Fy!F,,
=50 kSV65 ksi =0.77 < 0.8:
R,, = 48.9 kips> 33.9 kips
For cwo rows

. oO~-in.-diamerer ASTM A325-N bolts in standard boles in I.he beam tension
flange, usrng AISC Specification Section B4.3b:
=b1ti
Ajn
ASD
LRFD
y; =1.0
Ajg
The single pl:lte connection in an FR moment connection need not be designed for eccentricity on the bolts; however, AlSC Manual Table 10-lOa is appHed here for simplicity.
Conservatively, using AlSC Manual Table 10-lOa, select a 'l16in.thick ASTM A36 plate
wi!h (3) Ye-in.dfameter ASTM A325-N bolts (Group A) in standard holes connected to the
besm web, and a Y"'in. fillet weld to the column flange. The available strength of the singleplate connection is:
Rn
o.k.
=32.6 kips> 23. l kips
o.k.
Be<::ause the bolt bearing limit state is included in Table 10- lOa, the beam web is acceptable
by inspection, as the beam web thickness of 0.390 in. is greater than the plate thickness of
=7.53 in.(0.630 in.)
5/i6
=4.74 in.2
Use a s1i6-in.-thick, single-plate connection with (3) 31-in.diameter ASThf A325-N bolts in
standard holes to the beam web and \.4-in. fillet weld lo the column flange.
=.-<\r,-2(dll+ 1A6in.)r1
in.
=4.74 in. -2(1.00 in.)(0.630 in.)
Range Plate Connection
=3.48 in.
Y,FyAJg =1.0(50 ksi)(4.74 in.)
2
Determine the required number of bolts in the flange plate
The flange force is:
= 237 kips
F.,Afa
=(65 ksi)(3.48 in.2 )
LRFD
=226kips
P.
Since FuAfa < Y1FyAfg, the limit state of tensile rupture of the flange applies.
Mn = Fu~f,n S.r
A/1
= 226
kip~ (98.3 in.3)
4.74 in.
=4,690 kip-in.
= 391 kip-ft
(Spec. Eq. Fl3-J)
M ..
u1=7
= 316 ldp-ft (12.0 in./ft}
18.l in.
:::210 kips
ASD
!
I
Il
Ptt1 =Ma
d
= 212 klp-ft(12.o in.tft}
18.1 in.
= 14lkips
I
I
3-16
9r,.
- .24.3 kips/bolt
r,, /O
14lkips
=16.2 kips/bolt
= 8.64 t>olts
=8.70 bolts
210 kips
R,.
n,
x[7.00 in. -2( 1 ~'16 in.+ 1...16 in.)]Cl.0)

=218 kips >210 kips
F.,A,.U
=--
=0.75(58 k<:i)(l.00 in.)
n,,.;,. = Pat
Timflo=_!![_
Fu~
-=-n n,
9R11 =~,F.,A.t
=91F.,A,.U
ASD
P.
ASD
LRFD
From AISC Manual Tlblc 7-1 for bolt shear, the required number ofYiin.-diameter ASTM
A325-N bolts is.
LRFD
J.IJ
3.4 MOMENT FRAMES
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DtrrAlLf:.D FOR SElSMlC 'RESISTANCE
= (l/2.00)(58 ksi)(l.00 in.)
o.k.
x[7.00 in.-2(15/1& in.+ 1116 in.)]

x{l.0)
=145kips > 141 kips
Try ten bolts on 3 4-m. gage. Using AJSC Manual Tables 7-4 and 7-5 for bearing strength
with le = 2 in. and s =3 in. the available bearing streoglh of the beam flange is:
o.k.
Using AJSC Man110I T:ibles 7-4 and 7-5 with L.. =2 in. ands= 3 in., the be<uing strength of
lhe flange pl3te is:
LRFD
~R,,
ASD
=1t(~r,. )tI
=8(102 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)
o.k.
ASD
) I
lf
= 8(68.3 kiplin.)(0.630 in.)
+2(89.6 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)

=6Tl kips>2JO kips
LRFD
n-=n nr,, )
Rn
=8(91.4 kip/in.)(l.00 in.)
+2(59.7 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)

= 419 kips> J41 ldps o.k.
+2(79.9 kip/in.)(1.00 in.)

=891 kips> '.HO kips
..
Size the flange plate for the tension force

The minimum lhickncss of a 7-in.-wide plate for tension yielding is:
R,,
(rn)
fl=JI
f2 I p
=8(60.9 kiplin.)(1.00 in.)
9Rn =n(~rn) tp
o.k.
+2(53.3 lcip/in.)(l.00 in.)

- 594 kips> 141 kips
o.k.
Check the flange plate and beam flange for block shear rupture
t;
The two cases for which block shear must be considered in the flange pl3te are shown i
LRFD
t,,.;,,
P"t
9F1 bp
ASD
210 kips
0.90(36 ksi)(7.00 in.)
= 0.926 in.
t . mm -
Figure 3-4.
Case l involves the tearout of the tw~ blocks outside of 1he two rows of bolt holes in Ll 1
flange plate. For this case, the tension area has a width of 2(1 'I.I in.). Case 2 involves Ll
tearout of the block between the two rows of boles in the flange plate. For this case, the teo
sioo area has a width of 4 in. Because lhe shear areas are the same in both cases, Case l
governs for the flange plate. The beam flange must also be cbed-ed for Case l , but need n 1~
be checked.for Case 2 due to the presence of the web.'
~:
P<lf
Fybp/ O.
141 kips
=(36 ksi)(7.00 in.)/ 1.67

=0.934 in.
Try a l in. x 7 in. plate. The avrulable tensile rupture s~ngth of the plate
according to AISC Specification Section D2 as follows:
is
determined
~nominal strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is given by AISC Specification
j.!
f.quation 14-5:
I
R,,
= 0.60F.,A..v+UbsFu~ .S:0.60F1 A,..+Vb1F A,.,

11
:i
3-18
,......,
! \
f
,Check the flange plate toiCa'se 1

From AISC Specification Equation 14-5:
LRFD
:
LR.FD
R,. UosFu.Aru
-=
$Rn = q>UbsF.A,.,
+min (cp0.60FyAgv, cp0.60F.;Anv)
'!1
-~;
...,.,
'~
~
ubs = 1.0 fc,r uniform t~nsion. ~~ess
i11
It
Shear ruplure component from AISC

Manual Table 9-3c:
cp0.6FuA;,v =2(248 kipfm.)(1 in.)
0. 6 FuA,,v = 2(165 kip/io.)(1 in.)
Tension rupture component from

. ~ISC Man,ua( Tab.le 9-3a:
+min(0.60FyAgv, 0.60Fu.Alfl')
0.
.Q
= 541kips>210 kips
o..k.
-~.
2 (15 I kip/in.) (I in.)
ASD
LRFD
$UbsFuA;,1=2(1.0)(60.9 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)
s;
Ubf-'A111
=76.7 kips
Q.6FyAgv ='2(210 kip/iu.)(0.630 in.)

. .Q
=397 hlps
=265 kips
$0.6FuA,,v = 2(278 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)
=3.So kips
1
= 2(1.0)(40.6 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)
-51.2)cips
=302 kips
::.-.-.
o.k.
=360kips>141 kips
Ubs = 1.0 for unifonn tension stress
~6.6F1Agv =2_(315 kip/in.)(0.630 in.)
~'
Check the beam flange for Case 1
=?.8.0 lops
.Q
Rn = S8.0 kips+ 302 kips
From AISC Manual Tables 9-3a, 9-3b and 9"3c for Leh= 13A in. and Lev= 2 in.:
Ubs;;Ani =2(1.0)(29.0 kip/in.)(! in.)
0.6FyAgv
=330 kips
<!>Rn= 87.0 kips+454 kips
Shear yielding component from AISC

Manual Table 9-3b:
.
$0.6FyAgv =2(227. kip'(in.)(l in.)

. ' .. -' .
=45.4 kips .
=496 kips
Tension rupture component from

AISC Manual '.fable 9-3a:.

Manual Table 9-3b:
.
ASD
Shear rupture component from AISC

Manual Table 9-3c:
U1;, = 1.0 for uniform tension stress
<WosFuAnz :=2(1.0)(43.5 ldp/in.)(1 in_.)

=87.0 kips
1;1
ASD
.
;r
3.-l MOMENT FRAMES
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED FOR.SElSMlC RESISTANCE
0. 6FuAnv = 2(185 kip/in.)(0.630 fo.) .
'\
=233 kips
~Rn
= 76.7 kips+ 350 kips
= 427 kips> 2io kips
Flange
=284 kips> 141 kips
o.k.
Use (5) rows oO~-in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolts in standard holes at a 4-in. gage to con
nect each flange plate to i.bebeam flange. Use 2-ID.: edge distance and 3-in .spacing for the
bolts.
PL
Check the
1~ 11
Case 1
o.k.
Rn= 51.2 kips+ 233 kips

_n
_
I/n~
Case2
Fig. 3-4. Block shear failure paths for the flange plate in Example 3.4.4.
AMERICAN L'ISTTTlTIB OP STEa CONSTR\lCTlON
flar:qe plate for the compression. rc:rce
t
r==-
.Jf2
LOO in.
=712
= 0.289 in.
3-20
SYS'feMS NOT SPECIFICAlLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
From ~ISC Specification Co1nmcntary Table C-A-7.1, use K

edge distance plus !-7-in. beam setback):
=0.65, and l =2!i7 in. (2-in.
3.5 BRACED FRAMES
Tue final connection design and geometry is shown in Figure 3-5.
3.5 BRACED FRAMES
Kl = 0.65(2.50 in.)
r
0.289 in.
= 5.62
~ccording to AlSC SpecificaJion Section J4.4, because Kllr $ 25, Fer =Fy and the compressive sirength of the flange plate is:
Pn
=FyAg
(Spec. Eq. 14-6)
= (36 ksj)(7 .00 in.)(1.00 in.)
=252 kips
LRFD
ASD
Pn
9Pn = 0.90(252 kips)

= 227 kips > 210 kips
o.k.
=252 kips
Braced frames gain their srrength and their resistance to lateral forces and displacements pJ
marily from the axial strength and stiffness of the bracing members. Braced frames are arrange
such that the centerlines of the framing members (braces, columns nnd be:irns) coincide o.
nearly coincide, thus eliminating the majority of flexure that might occur due to lateral forces.
Braced-frame systems !end to be more economical than moment-resisting frames wh
material, fabrication and erection costs are considered. These efficiencies are often offset t.
reduced flexibility in floor pl:m layout, space planning, and eleclrical and mechanical rout-
ing encountered as a result of the space requirements of the brace members.
J.
Braced frames typically are located jn walls that stack vertically between floor levels. [
!he typical offi~e building, these walls generally occur in the "core" area around stair and ek
vator shaflS, central restrooms, and mechanical and electrical rooms. 'I11is generally allowe
for greater architectural flexibility in placement and configuration of exterior windows a
l
,.
-'
1.67
=151kips>141 kips
W12x87
o.k.
column
Use 1 in. x 7 in. ASTM ~6 flange plates.

Design the weld betWeen the flange plates and column flange
PL 1x1 (A36)
The directional ~trenglh increase is used in determining the required weld size. The length
of the weld, l...,, 1s taken to bet.h e width of the 7-in. plate less twice-the weld size.
@ 4" gage (top and bot.)
(10) ~ dla. A325-N bolts

in std. holes
DetermitJe the weld size

~olving for Dmin from AISC Manual Equation 8-2 and applying the directional strength
rncrease of AISC Specification Equation 12-5:
LRFD
D,,,;,, =
ASD
P1if
2(1.5)(1.392 kipfm.)lw
Dmm =
Paf
2(1.5)(0.928 lcipflll.)l,,.
141 kips
210 kips
2(1.5)(1.392 kiplin.)(5.88 in.)
=8.55 sixteenths
PL ie"x4" (~6)
2(1.5)(0.928 kipfm.}(5.88 in.)
W18x55beam
=8.61 sixteenths
L. -
Use o/i6-in. fillet welds on both sides to connect the.flange places to the column flange.
Comment:
The column must be checked for panel zone and stiffeitlng requirements. f-or further information, see AISC Design Guide No. 13, Stiffening of Wide-Flange Columns at Moment
Connections: Wind and Seismic Applicaiions (Carter, 1999).
AMRJCAN lNsrnvrs OP STESL CONSTRUCTION
~is.
(3) 3i
A325-N
bolts In std. holes
Note:
Allow fQ( finger shims as needed
Fig, 3-5. Connection as designed in Examp~ 3.4.4.
\.
...
SY~"fEMS
,....,
'
N<Jr Sl'~t:UJC...'AL.LY UCJAlLeD f.OR S~JSMlC llESlSTANCB
c~adding. ~ependiog on the plan location and the sue of lhe core area of IJ1e building, tbe torsional resistance offered by the br3Ced frames may become a controlling design p:lnUlleler
Differential drift betvcen stories at the building perio,leter rnus~ be considered with this type
of layout, as rotational displacements of the floor diaphragms may impose deformation
demand~ on the cladliing system and other nonslJUcturaJ elements of tbe building.
Because the braced f111me in the following ex.am pies docs not re<juire seismic detailing, it
is designed in accordance with the provisions of the AJSC Specification.
Assume that the cods of the brace arc pinned and braced against translation.
Example 3.5.1 . Braced Frame Brace Design
The eff~tive length of the brace is:
Ul
The governing load combinations include seismic effects :tS follows:
LRPD
ASD
Max.imum brace compression from LRFD

Load Combination 5 from ASCEISEI 1
Section 12.4.2.3
Maximum brace compression from ASD

Load Combination 5 from ASCFJSEI 7
Section 12.4.2.3
(l.O + 0.14SDs)D + H + F+0.7pQ
(1.2 + 0.2SD.S)D + pQe + 0.5l + 0.2S

(including the 0.5 factor on L permitted
by ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3)
Ma.'timum brace tension from LRFD Load
Combina1ion 6 from ASCFJSEI 7 Section
12.4.2.3
From ASCE/SEI 7. tbis structure is assigned

Sos=0.352.
(0.6-0.14SDs)D + 0.7pQ+H
10
Seismic Design Category C (p = 1.0) and
The required strengths of Brace B R-1 determined by a second-order analysis including the
effects of P-o and P-A with reductd stiffness as required by the direc1 analysis method are:
LRFD
Maximum Compression
t(:
,. ,
= 127 lcips
M:u.i.mum Tensfoo
Pu:::
89.6 kips
ASD
Maximum Compression
P. =83.~ kips
Maximum Tension
Pa= 60.2 kips
=17.7 ft
This unbraced length has been conservatively dctennined by calculating the distance
between the work points based on the interse.ction of the centedines of the brace, columr
and beams, and using K 1.0. Shorter unbraced lengths may be used if justified by the eng
oeer of record.
Brace Selection
Select a trial brace si.z.c based on the effeeti.ve length and the compressive strength of llw
brace. Based on the discussion in AJSC Specificarion Commentary Scc1ion J 1.7, it 1
assumed that the effect of the load eccentticity with rel>pect 10 the center of gravity of the
brace 1s neglig.ible and can be ignored. Use AISC Manual Table 4-9 to select Iris! brace
sections. Possible double angle brnces include 2L5x5x~. 2L6x6x%, or 2L6x4x~ LLBB.
Use a 2L6x4x~ LLBB for the trial design due lo architecrural ne.eds. From AISC Manuai
Table 4.9, the available strength of che 2L6x4x~ LLBB brace ('h-in. s~paration) in com
pression with KL= 17.7 ft is controlled by the y-y a.'tis. By interpolation:
Maximum br:lce tension from ASD Load

Combination 8 from ASCFJSEI 7 Section
12.4.2.3
(0.9 - 0.2SDs)D + pC2E + l.6H
P.,
F1 =36 ksi
F.=58 ksi
KL =( l.O)J(l2.5 ft) +(12.5 ft)
Select an ASTM A36 double-angle section to act as Brace BR-1 in Figure 3-3 :!lld resist the
following axial forces. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEISEl 7 for calculation of required strength. Sec the Design Example Plan and Elevation section for code
specified loacling.
- ----- ~~--.
ASTMA36
Given:
Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties sre as follows:
LRFD
$cPn ::: 143 kips> 127 kips
o.k.
ASD
Pn
nc
=94.6 ltips > 83.4 kips
o.k.
The 2L6x4x;i LLBB is adequate.
Element Slenderness
Tuble 4-9 considers che AISC Specification Section E6.2 requirement that the effective sle
demess ratio, Kalrb of each of the component shapes between fasteners may not excev
three-fourths -times lhc governing slenderness ratio of the built-up member. Per AlSt'
Manual Thble 4-9, at least twO welded or pretensioned bolled intCJ1lledinte connectors x:n
be provided.
3-24
SYSTEMS NOT SPECrPTCALLY Db"fAJt.ED FOR SEISMIC RE-.SISTANC'b
Available Tensile Strength of Brace

Prom AlSC Manual Table 5-8, the available strength of 1he 2L6x4x'A brace for tensile yield
ing on the gross section is
LRFD
From ASCEJSEI 7, this structure is nssigned to Seismic Design Dtegory C (p - I .0) and
Sos=0.352.
Tue required sll'Cngths of Column CL-2 detennined by a ~nd-order aruslysis ancluding the
effects of P-o and P-6 with reduced stiffness as required by the direct analysis method are:
ASD
91Pn =379 kips> 89.6 kips
o.k.
n, =252 kips> 60.2 kips

Pn
LRFD
ASD
Maximum Compression
Mn..'timum Compression
o.k.
P0
Pu= 35 1 !Ops
The 2L6x4~ is adequate for 1ensile yielding on 1he gross area.

See Example 3.5.3 for calculations c-0nfmniog that the ten!'ile rupture sttength on the effective net section of the brace is adequate with a single row of (5) ~-in. bolts spaced at 3 in.
coOllecting the double-angle brace to a gusset plate.
Use 2L6x4x~ LI.BB \\-jth a
3..5 BRACEO FRAMES
~-in.
11
=253 kips
Maximum Tension
Maximum Tension
PIC
If
=42.1 kips
Pa= 28.7 kips
Consider that the ends of the column are pinned and braced against translation for both ~
separation, assuming a Va-in. gusset plate, and 1wo mtermediate conne.:tors for Brace BR- l.
x-.r and y-y a.'es.
Note that the intennedinte connectors can be fastened by welding or wi1h pretensioned bolts.
Solution:
1f bolted intennediate connectors are used, a net section tensile rupture check at the con-
From AISC Man11al Table Z-4. the rnatcrial properties 3re as follows:
f~
nectors is aJso required.

ASTMA992
Example 3.5.2. Braced Frame Column Design

Given:
Fy =50 ksi
FIA= 65 k$i
Using AJSC Manual Table 4-1 with KL= 14 ft, select a W 12x50.
Refer to Column CL-2 in Figure 3-3. Select an ASTM A992 W-sbape with a nominal depth
of 12 in. to resis1 the following required strengths. The applicable building code specifies
the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for the calculation of the required strength. See the Design Example
Plan and Elevation section for code specified loadfog.
tl>cPn =384 kips> 351 kips
Maximum column compression from

(1.2 + 02.sos)D + pQE + 0.5L + 0.2S

(incl uding the 0.5 load factor on L permitted by ASCEJSEl 7 Section 12.4.2.3)
Ma;wnum column tC1nsion from LRFD
Load Combination 6 from ASCFJSEJ 7
Section l2.4.2.3
(0.9. - 0.2Sos)D + pQe + t.6H
o.k.
I
T he load combinations that include seismic effects are:
LRFD
ASD
LR.FD
ASD
Maximum column compression from
ASCEJSEI 7 Section l2.4.2.3
.!'.!!.. =255 kips> 253 kips
nc
.
o.k.
The W12x50 is adequ:tte.

There is net tension (uplift) on the column. Using AISC Manlltll Table 5-1. the availab (:.
strength of the W12x50 in axial tension is adequate.
..
Use a W12x50 for braced-frame Column CI.....2.
(1.0 + 0.lOSos)D + H + F + 0.525pQE
+'0.15L + 0.75S
Maximum column tension from ASD

Load Combination 8 from ASCEJSEI 7
Section 12.4.2.3
(0.6 - 0.14Sos)D + 0.1pQE + H
Example 3.5.3. Braced Frame Brace-to-Beam/Column

Connection Design
Given:
}:;
Refer 10 Join1 JT-2 in figure 3-3. Design the connection between the brace, beam ar.
column. Use a gusset plate concentric to the broce and welded to the benm with 70elecrrodcs. Connect the gusset and the beam to the column using 3 bolted single-pl ~
connection. Use ASTht A36 for all plate material, u~ lhe brace and column as designed
3-26
SYSTEMS NOT SPECD"ICALLY DE'l'NLED fOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
Examples 3.5.1and3.5.2, res~tively, and use an ASTM A992 W18x35 for the beam, ns
required for slreng1h and connection geometry. The applicable buiJding code specifies the
use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of the required strengths. See the Design Example PJan
and Elevation section for code spedfied loading.
,.....
The required strengths are:
: I
LRFD
ASD
Beam Shear
Beam Shear
Vu :::: 4.00 kips
Va =2.63 kips
Brace Compression
Brace Compression
Pu= 127 kips
Pa= 83.4 kips
Brace Tension
'.f"':
. ~
Pa= 60.2 lcips
Using AISC Manual Table 7-3 for 'Ain.-diameter ASTM A325 (Group A) sliJK:ritical bolt~
in double shear, Class B faying surfaces, oversized holes in the gusset, and standard boles
in the brace, the available shear strength and the required number of bolls is:
LRFD
;~
Try (5)
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi
F.,=65 ksi
$Rn
127 kips
=4.63 bolts
at 3-in. spacing.
An= Ag - 2(dh + Vi6 io.)r

= 11.7 in.1 - 2 (7h in.)(% in.)
= 10.6 in.2
W18x35
=17.7 in.
t..,
=0.300 in.
~= 0.425 in,
kw= 0.827 in.
From AISC Specification Table 03.1:
Column
U= l- 1
W12x?O
=12.2 in.
t,., = 0.370 in.
t.J= 0.640 in.
Brace
= 1.03 in. for single angle
Jc.u, = 1.14 in.
=l-
1.03 io.
4(3.00 ill.)
=0.914
LLBB
A1 = 11.7 in.2
Rn / Cl.
83.4 kips
18.0 kips/bolt
Check brace net section for tens}te rupture strength
Beam
2L6x4x~
~-in.diameter bolts
= --
The net area of the brace is:
17m AISC Manual Tables 1-1, 1-7 and 1-15, the geometric properties are as follows:
pd .
llr~q'd
=4.72 bolts
F1 =36 ksi
F,.=58 ksi
=l.67(10.8 kip~)
= 18.o kips/bolt
26.9 kips/bolt
ASTMA36
Pu
=--
From AISC Manual Table 24, the material properties are as follows:
..
t
,.
Rn
:::: 26.9 kips/bolt
nuq' d
ASD
$Rn =I.67(16.1 kips)
Fr<?m Examples 3.5.1 arid 3.5.2; the brace is an ASTM A36 2L6x4x% LLBB section with
%-in. separation for a %-in.-thick gusset plate, and the column is an ASTM A992 W12x50.
Solution:
y = 2.03 in.
Brace-to-Gusset Connection Design

Choose to use oversized holes in the gusset plnte and standard holes in lhe brace. In th
e."tample-, decisions related to hole sizes should be carefully considered. Oversized holes
could be used in all plies if required for extra tolerance. Providing different sized boles ii
various plies csn make squaring and plumbing the strucrure difficult and is therefore generally avoided. Providing consistent bole sizes in all plies allows drift pins to be used i
squaring and plumbing the structure. Providing oversized hole sizes allows for more fit-uitolerance but requires connections to be designed as slip critical. Providing standard hole~
limits the available fit-up tolerance but generally will result in fewer bolts designed based
on the bearing values.
Brace Tension
P,, =89.6 lcips
3.
3.5 BRACED FRAMES
Ae=A11U
= (10.6 in.2)(0.914)
=9.69 in.1
(Spec. Eq.
3-28
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAlLEP POR SEISMlC RESISTANCE
Pn =F11Ae
(Spec. Eq. D2-2)
=(58 ksi)(9.69 in..2)

=562 lcips
~.t.
,
The available tensile strength of the brace due to the limit state of tensile rupture is determfacd from AISC Specificarior1 Section D2, as follows:
3.5 'BRACED FRAMES
~~~~~~~~~~~.,.-~~~~-A~s=o~-.-~-:---~1
LRFD
- lh
gles edge
11
earoUt Su ...og OO 3J1
(assuming I.SO in. edge distance):
4>Rn
ASD
LRFD
-=-n,
q,,Pn =0.15Pn
-
o.k.
562 kips
2.00
=281 kips> 60.2 kips
between bolts:
o.k.
Check bolt bearing on the brace and shear strength of the bolts
According to lbe User Note ih AJSC Specification Section J3.6, the strength of the bolt
group is ta.ken as the sum of the effective strengths of the individual fasteners. 1n the following calculations, the available. bearing strength and tearout strength limit states from
AISC Specification Equation J3-6a are separated for clarity. Assume that bolt hole defor-
mation is a design consideration.

LRFD.
ASD
Design shear strength per bolt from AISC

Manual Table 7-1 is:
'
q,R,. =35.8 kips/bolt
lj>R,.
= 0.75(2.4)('A
Allowable bearing strength on angles

R,.
2.4drF,.
in.)(58 ksi)
in.)(2)(-* in.)(58 ksi)

2.00
=65.3 kips
Design bearing strength on gusset

lj>R,. =$2.4dlFu
0.75(2.4)(3A in.)(3h in.)(58 ksi)
=29.4 kips
Allowable bearing strength on gusset

Rn
Tearout strength on angles, spacing

between bolts:
=143 kips
Rn =$1.214.F..
11
n
=(1/2.00)(1.2)(2)(% in.)
x(3.00 in.-H/i6 in.)(58 ksi)
in.)
Tear--0ut strength on gusset, edge.........

assume 2-in. edge distance:
Rn l.2tLcFu
-=--n
n
=(1/2.00)(1.2)(~ in.)
x(2.00 in.-%i in.)(58 ksi)
x(2.00 in.-112 in.)(58 ksi)
=30.0 kips
Tear-out strength on gusset. spacing,

between bolts:
=lj>l.2t4F.,
=0.75(1.2)(-* in.)
x(3.00 in.-1-'/i6 in.)(58 ksi)
=40.4 kips
, = 95.2 kips
Tear-out strength on gusset, edgeassume 2-in. edge distance:
=0.75(1.2)(~
I:
l.2tLcFu
x(3.00 in.- 13/16 in.)(58 ksi)
$Rn
(2.4)(~
=97.9 kjps
= 0.75(1.2)(2)(* in.)
Allowable shear strength per bolt from

AISC Manual Table 7-1 is:
- = - -in.)(2)(3h
x[l.50 in.-'h(1 ~6 in.)](58 ksi)
1
1 .
-=---
=92.4d1Fu
= (J/2.00)(1.2)(2)(-* in.)
Rn
=91.21L.:Fu
R,, = 23.9 ldpslbolt
Design bearing strength on angles
Rn l.2t4Fu
-:::--n
n
=47.6 kips
Tearour strength on angles. spacing
$Rn
""-6
u.uu.u
=71.4 kips
2.00
=0.75(562 .kips)
=422 .kips> 89.6 kips
=4>1.2U-tFu
=0.75(1.2)(2)(* in.)
Tearout strength on angles, edge

(assum:~g 1.50 J.ll
aA"'e distance);
x[l50 in.- 1h(1i6 in.)](58 ksi)
Pn
Pn
l-2'
=20.0 kips
Tear-out strength on gusset, spacing

between bolts:
R,.
1.211.;F.,.
n
= (1/2.00)(1.2)(% in.)
x(3.00 in.-.,/i6 in.)(58 ksi)

=26.9 kips
Since all bearing limit state strengths
exceed the slip-criticaJ ~trenglh of 18.0

ki,Pslbolt, bearing, does not govern.
2.4dtFu
-=--n
n
=(2.4)(~ in.)(}i in.)(58 ksi)

2.00
=19.6 kips
J.:
3-30
SYSTEMS NOT SPECTF!CALLY l)l!fAU.ED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
Check block shear strength of brace

r" '
,..,...,
'
II
:::::
Check the gusset compression buckling strength

Using the Whitmor_e section as discussed in the AJSC Manual Part 9, the available width is
4,= 11hm.
gre.1ter than the Whitmore width determined as follows:
411= 21hfo.
I,.,
From AJSC Sptcificarion Equation J4-5:
~Rn
=21 tan 30
=2(4)(3.00 in.)tan 30
=13.9 in.
LRFD
'.
'
3.5 BRACED rRAMES
ASD
The radius of gyration of the gusset plate buckling in the weak dfrection is:
=$UbsF,,.A,,,
r=-:fii
+min(>0.60FyAgv, t0.60FuA11v)
+ . (0.60FyArv 0.60FuAnvJ
mm
n n
*in.
=J'if
=0.108 in.
Tension n1pture component from AlSC

Manual Table 9-3a:
$UbsFuAn1=2(1.0)(89.7 kjp/in.)(Y's in.)
Tension rupture component from AISC

Manual Table 9-3a:
Ub,FuAnt -2(1.0)(59.8 kip/in.)(~ in.)
=112 laps
11
;\
"..

ManUtJI Table 9-3b:
~0.60F1 A1v =2(219 kip/in.)(* in.)
=274 kips
~0.60F,,,A,,, =2(250 kip/in.)(* in.)
= 313 lcips
..-...:"
>R,, = 112 kips+274 kips

= 386 lcips > 89.6 kips
=2(166 kip/in.)(~ in.)
o.k.
..
''
Fa:::
n.:
o.k.
19.9 ksi
The design compressive strength is: \
The ~-in.
gus~et
The allowable compressive strength is:

R,.
~Rn =~/?rAg
= (29.9 ksi)(13.9 io.)(t\ in.)

o.k.
= 156 kips> 127 !tips
Use (5) ~-in. ASTh1 A325-SC bolts to connect the bmce angle m the gusset plate. Use Class
B faying surfaces, Sl.aJld.9.rd holes fn the brace, and oversized boles in the gusscl
Try a ~-in. trial gusset plate thickness.
ASD
29.9 ksi
=74.8kips+183 kips
=258 kips > 60.2 kips
=36 ksi. the available critical stress js:
LRPD
~c:Fcr =
=208 kips
R,,
From AISC M011ual Table 4-22 for Fy
2(146 kip/in.)(* in.)
Shear rupture component from AJSC

.~fanual Table 9-3c:
0.60FNAnv
0.65(6.50 in.)
0.108 in.
=39.l
=183 kips

.\.Jarmai Table 9-3c:
KL
r
Shear yielding component Crom AISC

Manual Table 9-3b:
-=---'---~
=74.8 kips
0.60FzA1v
The a\'erage length of the gusset plate beyond the connection on the Whitmore wjdth is
approximately 6.5 in. For a fixed-fixed buckling condition, K 0.65 [see Dowswcll (2006)),
and
= fc,A1
n
=(19.9 ksi)(l3.9 in.)(~ in.)

o.k.
plate is o.k. Additionnl checks arc required as follows.
Connection Interface Forces
The forces ~ulting from the applied brace force at !he gusset-to-beam, gusset-to-column,
and beam-to-<:olumn interfaces are determined using the Uoifonn Force Method (~.
The planes of uniform forces will be set as the vertical bolt line and the gusset/beam int.face. The assumption of a plane of uniform force at the verucru bolt line allows the bolts .
the column connection to be designed for shear only (no eccentricity}. However, this ccYcoienc assumption for connection design requires that a corresponding moment be resolw ,
3- 32
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFJCALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
in the design of !he members: In lhis case, the moment will be assigned to the beam. It
should be noted that this assumption is different than that made for the typical cases of lhe
UFM shown in the AISC Manual and is nor a requirement for this type of connection.
Appropriate work points and uniform force planes can often be selected conveniently to balance engineering, fabrication and erection economy. As is demonstrated in the following, the
application of the UF.M in tenns of equations used will remain unchanged despite lhe
change in interface location to the column bolt line.
Using the connection geometry given in Figure 3-6 and using the UFM described in AISC
Manual Part l 3, de1ermioe the connection interface forces as follows.
The beam eccentricit:y to the plane of uniform force is:
3.5 BRACED FRAMES
3-3
1.
where db is the depth of lhe beam.

The column eccentricity to lhe plane of uniform force is:
ec = 0.5dc + 2.5 in.

=0.5(12.2 in.)+ 2.5 in.
=8.60 in.
I;
where de is the depth of the column.

The horizontal eccentricity from the plane of uniform force to the cencroid of the beam-to
gusset connection is:
a= 0.5(20.75 in.)- 2.50 in.+ 0.500 in.
eb= 0.Sdb
=8.38 in.
= 0.5(17.7 in.)
=8.85 in.
~
Assuming four bolts arc used in the gusset-to-single plate connections spaced at 3 in. start
ing 3~ in. from the top of rhe beam, the vertical eccentricity from the plane of uniform fore i:
to the centroid of the gusset-to-column connection is:
1'-8%~
iL
3 50 in.+~--~
.
3(3.00 in.)
I'- .
2
=8.00 in.
12)-2"
0=45
Sinc.e the gusset-to-beam connectioo is more rigid than the g~sset-to'.-c~lumri connection, tli
beam can be assumed to resist the moment generated by eccentricity between the actual gu~
.I.
set centroids and the ideal centroids calculaled using the UFM. Thirefore:
~ = ~= 8.00 in.
a=K+~tan0
'
(Manual Eq. 13-15)
where
\I
' ..
.
(Manual Eq. 13-16)
Therefore:
Cf.
beam
a= (eb +~)tan 0-ec:

=(8.85 in.+ 8.00 in.) tan (45) - 8.60 in.
=8.25 in.
The distance from work point to centroid of gusset is:
Plane of uniform
W12x50 column
column
I .
W18x35 beam
force
Cf.
I;
r=
Jco.+ec) +(~+eb)
2
(Manual Eq. 13-1
=Jcs.25 in.+8.60 in.}2+(8.00 in.+8.85 in.)2

::23.8 in.
Fig. 3-6. Initial connectwn geometry for Example 3.S.3.
SYSTEMS NOT SPEC.lFlCALLY DETAD..EO FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
The IJ1-.in. difference between the ideal centroid, a, and the actual centr0id. Ci, determined
previously, could be neglected but is included here to illustrate the UFM procedure. From
The free body diagram forces are determined as follows.

From AISC Manual Equation 13-2:
1
Vue
AISC Manual Equation 13-17:
LRFD
=~P.,
r
ASD
Voe
8 00
= ~ (127 kips)
23.8in.
=42.7 kips
LRFD
=~Pa
r
M.JJ::::
8 00
= ~n. (83.4 kips)
23.8 m.
.
=28.0 kips
,,..
:~
ASD
v..bla-Cij
Mo11
= Vabla-01
:::: 47.2 kipsl8.25 in.-8.38 in~
= 31.0 kipsl8.25 in.-8.38 in~
= 6.14 kip-in.
= 4.03 kip-in.
Tue moments at !he column-gusset plate interface and the column-beam interface due to the
plane of unifonn force set at the ve.rtical bolt line are as follows:
1~
~:
3.5 BRACED FRAMES
'
:~
'
~--- ~:--,
Mucg = Vuce
H uc=-Pu
ec
Hac=ec P,,
60
LRFD
ASD
LRFD
~n. (127 kips)
- 3.8 ill.
=45.9 kips
r
60
8
= in. (83.4
23.8in.
=30.1 kips
ki~)
= 28.0 kips(2.50 in.)
= 107 ldp-in.
= 70.0 kip-in.
V,.be
::::: 47.2 Jdps (2.50 in.)
;:: 118 kip-in.
111
~
Vl<b=eo RII
r
8 85
in. (127 ki s)
23.8 in.
p
47.2 kips
.-.,:,.
=
=
.i;
ASD
=8.85 in. (83.4 kips)

23.8 io.
=31.0 kips
~~
ASD
LRFD
~.:
Hub =- P.,
';::
,.
,,
= 8.25 in. (l 2 7'k:ips)

23.8 in.
=44.0 kips
I
I I
Hab=-Pa
r
=8.25 in. (83.4 kips)
23.8 in.
=28.9 lcips
Mocb
=Vabe
= 31.0 kips (2.50 in.)
= 77.5 kip-in.
I
1
II
.
;
The LRFD and ASD geometry and required strengths are shown in Figures 3-7 a and 3-7b.
respectively.
..
eb
Vab =-Pa
r
Mo.<t =Voce
= 42.7 kips(2.50 in.)

Mucb::::
From AlSC Manual M_uation. P-4:
ASD
.3-36
SYSTEMS NOT SPEClFJCALLY DETA.Il..ED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
Gusset-to-Beam Interface
p.,. .. 89.8 kips
89.8 kips
127 kips
.-------.IL kl~
89.8
107 kip-in.
42.7 kips~ '-2.7 kips
1
45.9klps\ (
v..,'- 2 1tC>s
_J
~5.9 kips
fkips
427
45.9 kips
107 kip.in.
11"825
6.14kip-ln.~
47.2 klps
Pue
=t89.8 kips
~5.9klps
118 klp-ln.
.tT.2 ldps
-.-~
lup$
=108 in.3 /in.

The forces along the gusset-to-beam 'interface are:
44.0 kips
__J
89
~
45.9 kips
59.0 kips
28.9 kips
20.75 in.
=1.39 kip/in.
vub
f..o=-
J.00 -_ vab
lw
lw
47.2 lcips
31.0 kips
= 20.75 in.
,.:::r
ti~r:~r. . .
J
~0.1
zs.otklps
kips
30.1 kips
70.0 kip.In.
~"
8.00 in.
H.i." 28.9 kip\-.-s_,--'-- - - '

v.... 31 .01c1ps
1
4.03 kip-ln. ~
4.03 kip-In.~
77.5 kip-In.
30.1
31.0
kips~
kips\ ( _J
31.0 kips
~0.11\lps
77 5 kip-in.
31.0 kips
30.1 kips
The resultant fo.rce is:
fu.pet:A
28.9 kips
30.1 kips
31 .0 kips
59.0ldps
Fig. 3-7b. ASD free body forces and nwmems.
59.0 kips
=4.03 kip-in.
108 in.3 /in.
I
\
= 0.0373 kip/in.
The resultant force is:
(1.39 kipfm.)2
='+(2.27 kiplin.+0.0569 kip(m.)2

= 3.15 kip{m.
'
fo.,xok = JJ~+(faa + fab)
=~J~:Uuo + /111>)1
(2.12 kipfm.)2
31.0~s
_J
AMEIUCAN .1Ns'muni OF STEL CoN$'TltVCI10N
=6.14 kip-in.
=0.0569~~
=a.2s in.
z...
Zw
\ +(1.49 kipfm.+0.0373 kip/in.)
=2.07 kip/in.
Mab
fob=-
fwb = M ub
108 in.3 fm.
.u 111.
,.
= 1.49 kip/in.
83.4 kips
.------.. . !L59.0 ~
fw
= 20.75 in.
=2.27 kip/in.
P,..
I..,
44.0 kips
20.75 in.
= 2.12 kip/in.
Pee = 59.0 kips
av -
47.2 klps
f, _ Hob .
f. - H ..,,
UV -
ASD
LRFD
47.2 kips
t __eb,. 8.85 in.
Fig. 3-7a. LRPD free body forces and moments.
'
neating the welds as a line:
(20.75 in.)
z... =.!.....---=--
=8.38 In.
ii " 8.00 in.
1
6.14 kip-in. '-....!._/
kips~
_J 45.9
Design the gusset-t~beam weld
/,.. =20.75 in.
H.o,. 44 Okips\. - _ ,.
-: . . - - - - '
v..,. .. 47.2kips
118 kl!Hn.
47.2
45.9 kips'\ (
I:
3-37
3.5 BRACED FRAMES
3-38
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFlCALLY DETAILED FOR SEJSMJC RESISTANCE
LR.FD
/...., =o.5(!. J"'<'k +~1:..+(f.,,-f.b)2 )

3.15 kip/in.
= 0.5
(2.12 kiplin.)2
+
+(2.27 kiplin.-0.0569 kipfm.)2
--=
f,,, a11g
J. ,,., =0.5(!. "".x +J11.+U"" -
foh)
3.15 kip/in.
3.11 kip/in.
Use a 20.75-in. long, double-sided Yi6in. fillet weld to connect the gusset plate lo the beam.
2JJ7 kip/in.
= 0.5 . /<1.39 kip/'lD.)2

[
+V+(I .49 kip/'lD. - 0.0373 kipJin.}1
A conserv:itive method to detem1ine the minimum gusset plate thickness is to set lhe shear
ruprure strength of tbe base metal of lhe gusset plate equal to the required shear rupture
strength of the weld. From AISC Manual Equation 9-3:
6.19D
6.l9D
Tm;n=~
!min=--
F,,
Fu
=1.01
Since/p<aklfavg < 1.25, the weld ductility

factor of 1.25 will be applied. For a
..
discussion of the weld ductility factor,
seeAJSC Manual Part 13.
Sincefp~a>.lfa-.>g < l.25, the weld ductility

factor of 1.25 will be appUed. For a
discussion of the weld ductility fact0r, see
AISC Manual Part 13.
Load angle:
Load angle:
=6.19(1.06 sixteenths)
_ 6.19(1.07 sixteenths)
58 ksi
=0.114 in.S:* in.
58 ksi
=0.113 in.s;% in.
o.k.
o.k.
Therefore, the gusser plate thickness of s in. is acceptable.
Check the beam web at the beam-to-gusset interface
e= tan-!( /aa~/ab)
fub)
ASD
LRFD
fa.pea>. _ 2.07 kip/in.

fa, avg - 2.04 kip/in.
= 1.01
S= tan-1(/ua ~
The weld size is controlled by the mirumum size of fillet weld given in AISC Specificatior.
T:lble J2.4.
=2.04 kipfm.
: 3.11 kip/in.
fu.~ak
ASD
3-2)
3.5 BRACED FRAMES
The nonnal and flexural forces at the gusset-to-beam interface can be converted into an
effective nonnal force in order to facilitate the web local yielding and web local crippling
=tan-1 (2.27 kipfm. + 0.0569 _kip/in.)

2.12 kip/in.
=47.7
Required weld leg. D, including the weld

ductility factor and directional weld
strength increase:
fu,avg
2$Rn [1+0.5sin 1 ~ (0)]
=1.25
x
vatively calculated as:
1.39 kip/in.
=47.7
D~ 1.25[
checks. The effective normal force for use with the full length of che gusset can be constr
=tan- t(l.49 kiplin.+0.0373 kip/in.)
3.'11 kip/in.
2(1.392 kipfm,)li+0.5sin 1.s (47.7))
= 1.06 sixteenths
For a derivation of the weld shear
strength, $Rn = 1.392 kip/in., see AISC
Manual Part 8.
4Mui,
L
N4=Vu1J+-\
=47.2 kips+ 4(6.14 kip-jn.)

D :2: l.25
20.75 in.
fa,""'
2(Rn/U)(t + 0.5sin 1s (0)]
=l.25
2.04 kip/in.
1
=48.4 kips
x 2(0.928 kipfm.)[1+0.5sin .s (47.7")J
=1.04 sixteenths
For a derivation of lhe weld shear
R
strength. ~ 0.928 kip/in., see AISC
Manual Part 8.
ASD
LRFD
Required weld leg, D, including lhe weld

ductility factor and dir:tional weld
suengtb increase:
'
4Mab
Neff =Vab+-L
_
ki
4(4.03kip-in.)
- 310
.
ps+
20.75 in.
=31.8 kips
Check beam web loC8/ yielding

The beam force is applied at a= 8.25 in. from lhe beam end. Because a< d
R.,
=Fywtw(2.5k+lb)
=(50 ksi)(0.300 io.)[2.5(0.827 in.)+20.75 in.]
=342 kips
= 17.7 in.,
(Spec. Eq. JI0-3)
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
'
LRFD
342 kips
.Rn
-=
oJc.
.Q
LRFD
ASD
<!>Rn= 1.00(342 kips)

= 342 kips> 48.4 kips
3.5 BRACED FRAMES
ASD
Tension yielding on gross section, from

AfSC Specification ~uation 14-1:
1.50
= 228 kips> 31.8 kips
o.k.
Rn
$Rn= $f).A8
=0.90(36 ksi)(l4.0 in.)(% in.)
Check beam web local crippling
::::: 170 kips> 45.9 l<lps
Since the framed beam-to-column co11Dection will provide significant restraint to the web
relative to crippling, AJSC Specification Equation Jl0-4 is used despite the fact that the
force is applied less than d/2 from the end of the beam.
'
Using AISC Manual.Table 9-4 and Equations 9-49a and 9-49b:
LRFD
FyA
r.
(36 ksi)(14.0 in.)(% in.)
8
-=-.Q
Q
o.k.
f<:~
:~
1;
1.67
=113 kips > 30.1 kips
o.k.
Check block shear relative to shear load,

n =4, Lev::::: l~ in., Leh= 2.in.
Check block shear relative to shear load,

n=4,Lev= 11hin.,41i=2in.
From ATSC Specification Equation J4-5:
From AISC Specification Equation J4-5 :
I
f:
ASD
<?Rn= ~UbsFuAnt
$R3 = 38.7 kips

<!>~

AISC Specification Equation J4-1:
l.
=3.89 kip/in.
R3/Q=25.8 kips
R1 / .Q =2.59 kip/in.
'
~ :z2[R3/il+lb (~/Q)]
$Rn =2(<!>R3+lb(<I>~))
= 2[38.7 kips+ 20.75 in.(3.89 kip/in.))
=239 kie_s > 48.1 kips
o.k.
=2(25.8 kips+20.75 in.(2.59 kip/in.)]

=159 kips>31.8 kips o.k.
+ min($0.60FyAgv, $0.60FuAnv)
U1;s= 1:0
(

Manual Table 9-3a:
$V1>sFuAn1 = (1.0)(68.0 kip/in.)(Vs in.)
Gusset-to-Column Interface
Manual Table 9-3a:
Ubs~~nt =(LO)(45.3 kip/in.)(% in.)
=25.S kips
=17.0 kips
Check the gusset at the gusset-to-column interface

Try a length above the top of beam of 14 in. to allow for shaping of the gusset if desired.
Shear yielding component from Al~C

Manual Table 9-3b:
.
I
Manual Table 9-3b:
LRPD
ASD
Forces at interface
Vac
=28.'0 kips
Hae= 30.1 kips
Shear yielding on gross section, from

=1.00(0.6)(36 ksi)(14.0 in.)('h io.)

o.k.
.-
Shear yielding on gross section from

Rn
<!>Rn =.$0.6FyAgv.
-=
Q
0.6FyAgv
= (0.6)(36 ksi)(l4.0 in.)(% in.)

1.50
75.6 kips> 28.0 kips
o.k.
0. 60FyAgv
=63.8 kips
Forces at interface
Vue= 42.7 kips

Hue 45.9 kips
= 113 kips> 42.7 kips
cp<).60FyAgv =(170 kip/in.)(% in.)

Manual Thble 9--3c:
>.60FuA,,,,
=(194 kip/in.)(% in.)
=(l 13 kip/in.)(% in.)

=42.4 kips
She~ nipture compon~nt from AISC

Manual Table 9-3c:
0.60F,,Anv :::: (J2g kip/in.)(% in.)
=72.8 kips
tRn = 25.5 kip/in.+ 63.8 kip/in.
= 89.3 kips> 42.7 kips
o.k.
r'
=48.4 kips
Rn =17.0 kip/in.+42.4 kip/in.
=59.4 ldps > 28.0 kips
o.k.
SYSTEMS NOf SPECLFJCALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
LRFD
CaJcufa1e tension rupture component:

~Ub,F,,An1
f~
.
Block shear relative to nonnal load

Calculate tension rupture component
=0.75(1.0X58 kips~ in.)
(l / 2.00)(1.0)(58 Jcips)(}i in.)
x (10.5 in. - 3.5(0.875 in.)]
x[l0.5 in.-3.5(0.875 in.)]
= 121 kips
Calcu~te shear
Calculate shear rupture component:

{l / 2.00)(0.60) (58 ksi)(}i in.)
:l<!(2.00 in.-0.5(0.875 in.)]
=10.2 kips
q,R. = 12 t kips+ 12.2 kips
= 89.0 kips> 30.1 kips
45.9 kips) +(42.7 kips)

( 133 kips
89 3 kips
LRFD
ASD
~ =(~)'
tRn =$r11 t
= (78.3 kip/in.)(1' in.)
= 29.4kips>l7.9kips
= (52.2 kip/in.)(::i in.)
o.k.
= 19.6 kips> 11.9 kips
o.k.
=0.337 < 1.0
o.k.
The resultant forces that will be resisted by I.he bolts in the gusset plate are:
LRFD
LRFD
o.k.

R,, =J(Vuc) +(H-<)
R,, =J(Voc) +(Hoc)

2
$Rn= $0.60F1 Arv

=1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)(12.0 in.X}\ in.)
= 97.2 kips> 42.7 kips
o.k.
ASD
+(45.9 kips)
Check single plate-assume }'o-in.-thick plate
kips)
Gusset-to-single-plate connection desif)n
=6'2.7 kips
o.k.
Using ArSC Manual Tables 7-4 and 7-5 to check bolt bearing on the gusset plate withs= 3
in. and l. =2 in.. the ava.il:ible bearing strength based on one bolt is:
=J(42.7 kips)
=47.6lops>411 kips
Use (4) ~-in.-diamcter ASThl A325N bolts to connect the gusset plate to I.he column.
30.1 kips) +(28.0

( 89.0 kips
59.4 kips
=0.348 < LO
i:f!
o.k..
Single plate design
o.k.
Combined shear and nonnal block shear:
= 71.6 kips > 62. 7 kips
:; ={4)(1t.9kips)
Therefore, bolt shear governs over bolt bearing.
o.k.
Combined &bear and normal block shear:
!;
=(4)(17.9 k1p:1)
R,. =80.9 kips+S.10 kips
=133 lc.ips > 45.9 kips
From AlSC Manual Table 7-1, (4)

A325-N bolts
are required
3A-in.-diameter ASTM
x[2.00 in.-0.5(0.875 in.))
= 15.3 kips
~Rn
x(* in.)(2.00 in.)
c)0.60F,,An =0.75(0.60)(58 ksi)(* in.)
...
FromAlSCManua/Thblc 7 I, (4)
A325-N bolts
are required.
~-in.-diameter ASTM
=8.10 kips
I,
Calculate shear n1pture component:
yielding component:
0.60~,Atv = (J / 2.00)(0.60)(36 ki.i)
ci0.60.f)Ar =0.75(0.60)(36 ksiX~ in.)

.x (2.00 in.)
= 12.2 lcips
ASD
=80.9 kips
Calculate shear yielding component;
LRFD
ASD
Block shear relative 10 normal load
3.5 BRACED FRAMES
ASD
Shear yielding on -gross section, from
AISC Specification Equation 14-3:
Rn = 0.60FyAgv
=(0.60)(36 ksi)(l2.0 in.)(~ in.)

1.50
= 64.8 kips > 28.0 kips
=J(28.0 kips) 2 +(30. 1 kips) 2

=41.l kips
;:
o.k.
SYSTEMS NOT SPEClFICALLY DET.'\Il..ED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
LRFD
ASD
Shear rupture on net section, from AISC

Specification Equation 14-4:
Shear rupture on net section. from AISC

Specification Equation 14-4:
=0.75(0.60)(58 ksi)
x[l2.0 io. - 4(0.875 in.)}(% in.)
=83.2 kips > 42.7 kips
Tensile yielding on gross section, from

AlSC Specification Equation 14--1:
$Rn=4>F1Ag.
= 0.90(36 ksi)(l2.0 in.)(}i io.)
F1 Ag
=(36 ksi)(12.0 in.)(% in.)

1.67
o.k.
Tensile rupture on net section, from

AISC Specificaiion Equation J4-2:
Rn:::: FuAe
$Rn=9FuAe
=0.75(58 ksi)
x[l2.0 in. - 4(0.875 in.)](% in.)
o.k.
=(1/2.00)(58 ksi)
x [I2.0 in.-4(0.875 in.)](% in.)
=92._4 kips> 30.1 kips
Block shear on single plate relative to

shear load, with n =4, 4., = 11h in.,
Le11=2'12 in.
From AISC Specification Equation 14-5:
From AISC Specification Equation J4-5:
$R'I =4>UbsFuA>ll
,,
+min (cj>0.60F,,A8 ,., ~.60F,.Anv)
06FuAm 48.4 kips, from gusset-
9Q.60FuA 111 =72.8 kips, from gussetto-column interface check
$Rn:::: 33.6 kips + 63.8 kips

=97.4 kips > 42. 7 kip$
Rn = 22.4 kips+42.4 kips
o.k.
= 64.8 lcips > 28.0 kips

Manual Table 9-3a:
UbsF,,A,u -(1.0)(59.8 kip/in.)(% in.)
=22.4 kips
o.k.
Block sbe:.tr on single plate relative to

normal load
.Block shear on single plate relative to

normal load
Calculate tension rupture component:
Calculate tension rupture component:
$UbsFuAn1 =121 kips, from gussetto-column interface check
UbsFuAnt = 80.9 kips, from gussel-
to-column interface check

Calculate shear yielding compqnent
Calculate shear yielding component:
90.60FyA8 v =0.75(0.60)(36 ksi)('h in.)

x(2.50 in.)
= 15.2 kips
ubs =t.o
$UbsF..An1 = (1.0)(89.7 kin.)(% in.)

= 33.6 kips

Manual Table 9-3c:
o.k.
.Block shear on single plate relative to

shear load, with n =4, Lev,= 11h in.,
L~h= 21h in.
Tension rupture component from AlSC

Manual Table 9-3a:

Manual Table 9-3c:
=97.0 kips > 30. l kips
=139 kips > 45.9 kips
o.k.
-=-n n
o.k.
Tensile rupture-on net section, from ATSC

Specification Equation J4.2:
0.60f).A8 .,
.
fro
---''--"'n =42.4 kips, m gusset-
=63.8 kips, from gusset-

AISC Specifjcation Equation 14-1:
Rn
She;- yielding component from AISC

Manual Table 9-3b:
to--column interface check
=(l/2.00)(0.60)(58 ksi)
=55.5 kips> 28.0 kips
Shear yielding component from AlSC

Manual Table 93b:
~.601).Agv
x[12.0 io. - 4(0.875 in.)]{% in.)
o.k.
ASD
LRFD
Rn 0.60F,.Anv
--=
$Rn= ~.60F,,Atw
3.S BRACED FRAMES
0.60FyAgv _ 0.60(36 ksi)(% in.)(2.50 in.)

n 2.00
=10.1 kips
~A..v = (1/2-.00)(0.60)(5~ ksi)(~ in.)
9<}.60FuAnv =0.75(0.60)(58 ksi)('h in.)

x[2.50 in. - 0.5(0.875 in:))
=20.2 kips
06
$Rn= 121 kips + 15.2 kips

R,. = 80.9 kips+ IO. I kips

o.k.
x[2.50 in.-0.5(0.875 in.)]
' = 13.5 !Ops
}:
I".
t
1
J:
.::i
=91.0 kips> 30.1 kips
o.k.
J
I:
SYSTEMS NOT SP~CU"ICAU,Y DETAlU.!O FOR SFJSMIC RESlSTANC6
LRFD
.L'.> URALEIJ l'l<AMt:.:>
LRFD
ASD
ASD
-~
r r
Combined shear and nonnal block ~he3n-
( 42.7 kips
97-4 kips
+ ( 45.9 kips
J36 kips
=0.306 < 1.0
Combined shear and normal block ~hear:
( 28.0 kips
64.8 kips
o.k.
+( 30.1 kips
9 J.0 kips
=0.296< 1.0
lI
R" -('"
n} p
= (78.3 kjplin.)(* in.)

o.k.
= 29.4kips >17.9 kips
=(52.2 kip/in.)( ~ in.)

= 19 6 kips> 11.9 kips
o.k.
o.k.
Therefore, bolt shear governs over bearing.
I'
Use a *-in.-thick single plate.
'
Beam single-plate-to-column connection weld

Beam-to-Column Single Plate Connection
,,i,
Treating the welds as a line:
The forces on the connection are:
;:'
n-
R,. = r11tp
l,.
LRFD
,.
~
~
.-.,:,_.,,
ASD
Vu = Ru+ Vub
= 4.00 kips+ 47.2 ldps
=51.2 kips
Va = Ra+ Vob
H., = Huc
Ha = !lac
=36.0 in. ~/in .

The forces nlong the beam-to-column in1erfacc arc:
LRFD
The resohan1 force that will be resisted by
The resultant force that will be resisted
the bolts is:
by lhc bolts is:
R., =J(51.2kips) +(45 9 kips)
..
=30.1 kips
2
~.
Zw =(12.0 in.}1
=2.63 kips+ 31.0 kips

=33.6 kips
= 45.9 kips
'
,,
Ra= J(33.6 kips) +(30. l kips)
f,.
From AISC Manual Tuble 7-1, (4)
~-in.
diameler ASTM A325-N bolts are
From AISC ManualThble 7-1, (4)

diameter ASTM A325N bolts are
required.
required.
=7 1.6 kips > 68.8 k,;ps
~- in.
~ = (4)(11.9.ldps)
kips)
o.k.
ASD
= 51.2 kips
/ .,
12.0 in.
::::: 4.27 rJ p/in.
= 45. 1 kips
=68.8 kips
~Rn= (4)(17.9
=12.0 in.
fa
=45.9 kips
fo
12.0in.
= 3.83 kip/in.
118 kip-in.
= 47 .6 kips> 45. l kips
/b
= 3.28 kip(in.
Use (4) ASTM A325-N bolts to connect the beam to the column.
Using AJSC Manual Tables 7-4 and 7-5 for boll bearing on the single plate, with s 3 in.
and~= 2 in. (note that~ = 2 in. is used conservatively 10 employ Table 7-5). The avail
able bearing strength of the plate b<lsed on one bolt is:
/peak.= J1i+(J. + fb)
12.0in.
::::: 2.SO kip/ in.
=30.J kips
12.0in.
= 2.51 kip/in.
'
= 36.0 in.j lin.
_ 33.6.kips
77.5 kip-in.
=36.0 in.3 Fm.

=2.15 kip/in.
f P"k = f.,2 +(fa+ fb ) 2
= J4.27 2 +(3.83+ 3.28)
=8.29 kip/in.
=Jz.so2 +(2.51+2.15)2
=5.44 kipfin.
.i.
I
AMDJcNI [NS'TTT\)'T1! OF STt.EL CONSTR\JCl"l(I
AMl.:IUCAN
lNmnml OP Srm. eoi-snuJCTIOH
'
I.
I
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIRCALLY DETAILED FOR SEJSMJC RESISTANCE
LRFD
....
3.5 BRACED fRAMBS
~-4
LRFO
ASD
ASD
n.
Losd Angle
Load Angle
0 ::: tan-I ( 3.83 kip/ in.+ 3.28 kip/ in.)
4.27 kip/in.
9 = tan
=59.0
Tensile rup1ure on net so.:tion from AISC

Specificatior1 Equation H -2:
1(2.51
kip/ in.+2.15 kip/ in.)

2.80 kip/ in.
$Rn-$F.,A,
in.))(~
x[ 12.0 in. - 4(0.875

D?.
8.29 kip/ in.

2(1.392 IJp/ in.)j 1+0.5sinl.5 (59.0))
D~
S.44 kip/in.
= 139 kips> 45.9 kips
2
2
47.2 k1ps) +(45.9 kips.}
( 97..1 kips
136 kips
=0.349 < 1.0
Determine the single plate thickness
Try a Vs-in.-thick plate.
LR.FD
ASD
She:ll' yielding on gross section, from
AJSC Specification Equation J4-3:
=1.00(0.60)(36 kSi)( 12.0 in.)(* in.)

=97.2 kips> 512 kips o.k.
Shear rupture on nel section, from AISC

Specificario11 Equation J4-4:
= 0.75(0.60)(58 ksi)
x[l2.0 in. - 4(0.875 in.)](* in.)
= 83.2 kips> 47.2 kips
(0.60)(36 ksi)(12.0 in.)(~ in.)
1.50
=64.8 kips> 33.6 kips
Specificarion
3.83 Jdplin. + 3.28 kip/in.

0.90(36 ksi)(~ in.)
in.)](* in.)
=0.585 < 1.0
o.k.
o.k.

AISC Specification Equ:ition J4 I
(use stresses calculated for weld):
/"1>
2.51 kip/in.+2.15 kiplin.

F)tp / O - (36 ksi)(~ in.)/1.67
= 0.576 < l .O
o.k.
/ 04
x[l2.0 in.-4(0.875 in.)](}~ in.)

-" 92.4 kips> 30. l kips
o.k.
Combined shear and nonnsl block shear
sttcogtlls from gusset-to-column checkusing values from gusset-to-column
single plate:
2
31 .0 kips) +(30.l kips)

( 64.8 kips
9 l.O kips
=0.338<1.0
o.k.
o.k.
With beam 11:mge intnct, only axial force will caure block shear.
Block ~hear relative to normal load:
ASD
Block shear relative to normal load:
$Rn =$Ub,FuA,.,
+min($0.60F1 A1v. 0.60P.iA,.,)
. (0.60FyAgv
+mm
'
0.60~uA11v)
J-
(1/2.00)(1.0)(65 ksi)
x[9.00 io.-3(0.875 in.))
x(0.300 in.)
x(0.300 in.)
= 93.2 kips
cP().60F1 A1 v =2(0.75)(0.60)(50 ksi)

x(0.300 in.)(2.00 in.)
= 27.0 kips
,:.:
I
t;
If,~
web
UbsFuA"' = 0.75( l.OX65 k.si)

x(9.00 in. -3(0.815 in.)]
=(J/2.00)(0.60)(58 ksi)
= 55.5 kips> 31.0 kips
""c112.00)(58 ksi)
=0.60F,.A,,,.
x[l2.0 in.-4(0.875
o.k.
Tensile yielding on gross sectioo,-from

AISC Specification Equation J4- l
(use stresses cnJculatcd for weld):
o.k.
Shear rupture on net section, from AISC

Equation 14-4:
Check block shear at beam
I}
l
LRFD
n
""
R,.
Rn= ~.60F,.Anv
fua + f ub
F1 t,
R,, ..,, 0.60FyA1.,
4>Rn =~.60FyA 1.,
o.k.
Combined ~hc:ir and nonnal block ~hear

strengths from gusset-to-column checkusing values from gusset-to-column
single pla1e
A ~6-in. fille1 weld on both sides of the single plate is :idc~uate.

AlSC Specification Equ3tion 14-3:
in.)
2(0.928 kip/in.)[ I+ 0.5sinl.5 (59 0)]
:: 2.10 sixteenths
= 2.13 sixteenths
Sp::fi:a_~_:_: Equation 14- 2:

n
=0.75(58 ks1)
=59.0
Ten~ile rupture on net sec1ioo from AISC
l
I
l
= 62.2 kips
0.60FyA,, - 2(1/2.00) (0.60)(50 k.si)
x(0.300 in.)(2.00 in.)
=18.0 kips
SYSTE'MS Ncrr SPECIFICALLY DBTAll.EO FOR S.EJSMJC RESISTANCE
>-SO
LRFD
0.60F.,Anv
Q
x[2.00 in. - 0.5(0.875 in.))

x(0.300 in.)
=2(1/2.00) (0.60)(65 ksi)

x (2.00 in.-0.5(0.875 in.))
x (0.300 in.)
=27.4 kips
::=
cl>R,, =93.2 kips+ 27.0 kips
= 120 kips> 45.9 kips
o.k.
,.
,
3.5 BRACED
3-51
FRAMES
LRFD
....
f u.b
Muct
=--
ASD
f db
z,..
= J07 kip-in.
.~
Moc8
=--
Zw
= 70.0 kip-in.
36.0 in. 3 /in.
l.94 kip/in .
36.0 in.3 /in.

= 2.97 kip/in.
18.3 kips
R,. =62.2 kips+l8.0 kips

Q
= 80.2 ldps > 30.l kips
'
~
ASD
0.60F.,A,,.. = 2(0.75)(0.60)(65 ksi)
~.
-:~
f,,,p<alc
o.k.
Since the gussel-to-column and the beam-to-c.olumn single plates are created as identical
plates, several ch&ks related to these can be combined.
=JJ:fv+(J,,,, + f,,b )"
fa. peak = [1.,+ (Joo+ f db )2
= J3 .562 + (3.83 + 2.97f
=J2.332 + (2.5 l + l.94)2
=7.68 kip/in.
= 5.02 kip/in.
e=tan-1(fua+fu1>)
Single plate to column weld design
The beam-to-column and gusset-co-column single plates will be treated as

separate connections. Conservatively, each single plate will be assumed to be 12 in. long to
maintain symmetry relative to the actual loads.
Consider only the portion of the single plate attached to the gusset, design the single plate
to column weld. Treating lhe welds as a line:
(12.0 in/
4
36.0 in?/in.
LRFD
=42.7 kips
12.0 in,
=3.56 kip/in.
r
r>:
Hw
.. I
~:
!""=-
I..,
=45.9 kips
12.0 in.
= 3.83 !tip/in.
=62.4
D>
= tan
- 1
2.33 kip/in.
= 62.4
7.68 lcip/in.
- 2(1.392 kipfm.)[l+0.5sinl.5 (62.4)]
D~
5.02 kip/in.
2(0.928 kip/in.)[ I+ 0.5sinl.5 (62.4)j
=l.91 sixteenths
Note: Since the bolts in the single plate will add ductility to the connection and also make
this interface less rigid lhan the gusset-to-beam interface, the weld ductility factor applied
to the gusset-to-beam interfuce need not be applied here.
The forces along the gusseHo-single plare interface are:
I..,
3.83 kipfm. + 2.97 kip/in.)

3.56 kipfm.
A :Y1<1-in. fillet weld on bol..h sides of lhe single plate is adequate.
JIN= Vue.
_ 1(
=1.95 sixteenths
l,,, = 12.0 in.
Z,,,.
=tan
laa;:lan )
(2.51 k:ip/in.+1.94 kip/in.)
a ::= Uln- 1(
fuv
ASD
J.av --
V,,,,
1...,
28.0 kips
= 12.0in.
=2..33 kip/in.
J.aa-_Hoc
lw
= 30. 1 kips
12.0 in.
=2.511.cipfm.
Regarding the design of the weld to the single plate, from AISC Specijicacion Table J2.4, the
m.ininrnm size fillet weld allowed for I.be pans being connected is o/16 in. The AJSC Manual
Pan 10 recommends developing the strength of the plt1ce to ensure plastic yielding of the
plate., instead of .fracture in the fillet weld. A mini.mum fillet weld of~ times 1be plate thickness for both sides of I.be plaie is needed 10 develop the plate streng1h. Since this rcquiremeni
is intended to ensure that the simple berun end rotation can be accommodated in a ductile
manner, it need not be applied 10 R = 3 bracing connections. Use a Vt6-io. fillet weld.
The final connection design and geometry is shown in Figure 3-8.
SYSTEMS NOT SPCCJFICALLY DETAil. ED FOR SElSMlC RESISTANCE
3-52
<t,
column
Y.i"
1-a~
W12x50
<(5) 3A dia. A325-SC
2>'.l"
bolts with ovs. holes

In gusset, std. holes
in brace and Class 8
faying surfaces
\
PART 3 REFERENCES
PART 3 REFERENCES
Carter. C.J. (1999), Srifftning of Wide-Flange Column at Moment Co11nec1io1u: Wind and
Seismic 1\pplicatio1u, Design Gujde I3, AISC, Chicago, IL.
Dowswell, B. (2006), "Effective Length Faciors for Gusset Plate Budding; Engineering
Jo11mal, AISC, Vol. 43, No. 2, 2nd Quarter, pp. 91- 101.
(2) L6x4x%
%" A36PL
If.
.....u...-~11---"'- ~{8) ~ dia. A325-N
beam
W18x35 beam
bolts in std. holes
Fig. 3-8. Connection as designed in Example 3.5.3.
I
\
t
'
.l
..
.J.
..\
.1
AMWC>Ji lNsrmm! OF STEEL COl'ISTRUC'l10N
...t
3-54
SYSTEMS NOT SPECIFlCALLY DETAILED FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE
4-1
PART4
MOMENT FRAMES
4. l SCOPE .......................................................... 4-2
4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FRA.i\tfES (OMF) ............................... 4-2

OMF Design Example Plan and Elev:ition .... , .. ......................... 4-3
Example 4.2. l. OMF Story Drift and Stability Check ...................... 4-5
Example 4.2.2. OMF Column S1rength Oteck ............................ 4-1
Example 4.2.3. O.MF Beam Strength Check ............................. 4-12
Example 4.2.4. OMF Beam-Column Connection Design ................... 4-16
4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES (SMF) AND INTERMEDIATE

M0?\.1ENT FRAMES (IMF) ................. ......... ................ 4-33
SMF Design Example Plan and Elevation ...... . ........................ 4-36
faample 4.3.1. SMF Story Drift and Stability Check ....... ......... ..... 4-36
Example 4.3.2. SMF Column Strength Check ......... . ... . .............. 4-42
E\ample 4.3.3. S~fF Beam Strength Check. . . . . .
. ... ........... ...... ~
Example 4.3.4. SMF Beam-Column Connec1ion Design .. ............ . .... 4-57

4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN E..'<AMPLES .. . .. . .... 4-76
example 4.4.l. Gravity Column SpUce Design in a Moment
Frame Building .................................................... 4-76
Example 4.4.2. SMF Column Splic~ Design ..... ........ ................ 4-90
Example 4.4.3. SMF Column Base Design . .. ........................... 4-94
Example 4.4A. SMF Embedded Column Base Design .................... 4-113
4.5 DESIGN TABLE OJSCUSSION .............................. ........ 4- 120
DESIGN TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. ... ..... 4-122
Tuble 4-1. Comparison of Requirements for SMP, IMF and OMP ... ..... ... 4-122
Table 4-2. S:MF Design Values ....................................... 4-124
PART 4 REFERENCES ................................................ 4-138
MOMENT FRAMES
4.1 SCOPE
The following types of moment frames are addressed in this Part: ordinary moment frame
(OMF) systems, intenncdiate moment frame (IMF) systems, and special moment frame
(SMF) systems. The AISC Seismic Pro"isions requ.iremenlS and other design considerations
summarized in this Part apply 10 the design of the members and connections in moment
frames that require seismic detailing according to the AISC Seismic Provisions.
Moment frame systems resist lateral forces through the flexural aud shear strengths of the
beams and columns. Lateral displacement is resisted primarily through the flexural stiffness
of the fr:iming members and the restraint of relative rotarion between the beams and
columns at the connections, or "frame action."' Moment frame systems tend to have larger
and heavier beam and column sizes than in braced frame systems, because the beams and
columns are often sized for drift control rather than strength. The increase in member siLeS
and related costs, however, may be acceptable because of the increased flexibility in the
architectural and mechanical layout in the structure. The absence of diagonal bracing members can provide greater freedom in the configuration of walls and in the routing of
mechanical ductwork and piping. On the other hand. the flexible nature of the frames does
warrant some additional consideration of the interaction between the steel frame and more
rigid architectural cladding systems. AISC Design Guide 3, Serviceability Design
Considerations for Steel Buildings (West and Fisher; 2003), discusses recomniended drift
limits for various cladding systems.
4.2 ORDINARY M OMENT FRAMES (OMF)
4-3
(a) FR moment connections are designed for s required flexural strength equal to the
expected flexural strength of the beam multiplied by l. J, as follows:
Jhe required shear strength of the connection is determined using a shear force duo to
earthquake loads associated with the development of these expected flexural moments
simultaneously 3t each end of the beam.
(b) FR moment connections are designed for a required flexural screngtb and shear strength
equal to the max.imum moment and corresponding shear that can be transferred to the
connection by the system, including the effects of material overstrength and slrain hardening. As discussed in AISC Seismic Provisions Commentary Section E l.6b, specific
examples of potentially limiting aspects of the system include:
Flexural yielding of the column when the flexural strength of the column is less than
that of the beam
The panel zone shear strength of the column, in recognition of lhe fact that testing has
shown that panel zone shear yielding provides a fairly ductile response in this joint
The foundation uplift
The earthquake force detemtined using an R value of 1
cc) FR moment conne.ctions between wide fl:."lnge beams and the flange of wide flange
columns are designed according to the connection design requiremenis of the IMF
(AISC Seismic Provisions Section E2.6) or SMP (AISC Seismic Provisions Section
E3.6). or a connection is used that resembles the tested WUF-W or WUF-B connections
that are included in ANSI/AISC 358. See ATSC Seismic Provisions Section El .6b(c) for
detailed requirements.
(4-la)
(4-lb)
where
Ry =ratio of the expected yield stress to the specified minimum yield stress, P7
Mp= nominal plastic flexural strength of the beam
AMERICAN .INSTmrra Ol' STEEi.. Cof'l.$1"!\UCTION
}:
required to develop available strengths similar to those of FR moment connections. In addition, PR moment connections must have a nominal flexural strength no less than 0.50Mp of
the connected beam (or O.SOMp of the column for one-story structures). The strength and
fle:tibility of the connection must be considered in the design, including the effect on over
all frame stability.

OMF systems are not required to have, any special detailing of the panel zones, and have
no special requirements for the relationship between beam and column strength. This is
indicative of the overall OMF system; where the detailing requirements are reduced and the
seismic forces are larger than moment frame systems intended to provide higher ductility.
This basic design philosophy for OMF systems alJows for their use as an economical
moment frame system when OMF systems are permitted by the applicable building code.
According to ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.2.5.6, OMF frames are permitted to be used in
Seismic Design Categories D, E and F for one-story structures under certain height and
loading limitations.
OMF Design Example Plan and Elevation
or
Ma =(1.1/1.5)RyMp (ASD)
\:I
As described in AJSC Seismic Provisions Section El.6c, PR momem connections are
The only system-specific requirements for an OMF penain to the beam-to-column moment
connections. The general intent of the OMF design provisions provided in AISC Seismic
Provision$ Section El is that connection failure should not be the first significant inelastic
event in the response of the frame to earthquake loading, recognizjng that a connection failure is typically one of the least ductile failure modes of a steel frame. Thus the basic design
requ"irement is to provide a frame with strong moment connections. In accordance with
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section El.6, two connection types are permitted when designing
OMF systems-fully restrained (FR) and partially restrained (PR), as defined in AISC
Specification Section B3.6b.
AU FR connections in OMP systems must satisfy at least one of the following three
options given in AISC Seismic Provisions Section El.6b.
Mu =LIR,,Mp (LRFD)
4.2 ORDU-SARY MOMENT FRAMES
Tue following section consists of four design examples for an OMF system. See Figure 4- I
for lhe roof plan :md Figure 4-2 for lbe elevation of the building moment frames.
The code-specified gravity loading is as follows:
D
= 15 psf
=20 psf
.,
..
;l
~:l
'
MOMEm FR.AMl:S
From ASCEISEl 7, lbe following parameters apply: Risk Category IT, Seismic Design
Category D, R = 3~. !1,, = 3, Cd= 3. !< = 1.00, Sos= 0.528, and p = 1.0. According to
ASCE/SEI 7"S'ection 12.3.4.2, p = 1.0 if each story resists more 1ban 35% of 1he base shear
in the direction of interest and loss of moment resistance at the beanHo-column connections at both ends of a beam will not result in more than a 33% reduction in story strength,
nor does the resulting system have an extreme torsional irregularity. p is takenas I.0 for
this r~son.
4-5
4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FRAMES
Example 4.2.1. OMF Story Drift and Stability Check

Given:
Refer to t.he root: plan s.hown in Figure 4-1 and the OM.P elevation shown in Figure 4-2.
Determine if the frame satisfies lhe drift and stability requirements. The applicable building
code speciJies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for c.a.lculation of loads. The loading and applicable
ASCE para.meters are as given previously.
The seismic design story shear, V_., is 11.5 kips.
From an elastic analysis of the structure that _includes second-order effects and accounts for
panel-tone deformations, the elastic drift at the top of the story is:
01e =0.980 in.
At the base of the structure:
Obe = 0 in.
];--:--:--:--:- ,..--,---;-_,... . .,. . . ., ,.....,..--,--...,.--~ ,..-----'----'-:!
l!~'8> --
Solution:
Drift Check
CR.- - - -
2-0~~ ::e~:a~~ ~ :e~i:nexamples. For elevation, see

Figure 4-2.
"CRi--------!
--
Section 12.8.6 of ASCEJSEI 7 defines che design story drift, .1. as the largest difference of
the deflections of \'ertically aligned points at the top and bortom of the story under consideration along any of the edges of the structure. This calculated deflection includes the effects
of elastic and inelastic drift, which in this example includes second-order effects. From
ASCE/SEI 7 Equation 12.8-15:
::::: CJ(Ore-Obe)
'~
3(0.980 in. - 0 in.)

LOO
= 2.94 ill.
:::
Fig. 4-1. O/.fF roofplan.
'
~!
'
~-i-----;:;.3~f
.~-0
[
I
~:
~-
W18x40
BM-1
30.o
W18x40
FromASCEISEI 7 Table 12.12-l, the allowable story drift at level x, 6.a. is 0.020hu. where
ltn is the story height below level x. Tl is assumed in this example that t.., can be increased
to 0.025h~ because interior walls. partitions, ceilings, and exterior wan sys1ems are
designed to accommodate these increased story drifts. ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.12.l.J
requires, for seismic force resisting systems comprised solely of moment frames in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F. chat the design story drift not e.JCceed
AalP for any story. Determine the allow:\ble story drift as follows:
t:.,,
p
= 0.025hsr
l.O
0.025(17.0 ft)(12 ioJft)
1.0
= 5. l 0 in. > 2.94 in,
o.k.
Fig. 4-2. OMF tlevat-um.
'\
MOMENT FRAMES
Frame Stability Check
Check the maximum permitted
ASCE/SEl 7 Section 12.8.7 investigates potential for instability by use of a stability coefficient. e, calculated as:
The stability coefficient may not exceed 011kn The ratio of shear demand to shear capacity
for the story between levels x and x-1 is ~. Couser'(<ltiyely, usi.ng a value of l.O for (3:
P,,D.1,'
(1::::
VJthnCa
where
P.t
A
(ASCFJSEI 7 Eq. 12.8-16)
1HAt -
o.s
~Cd
<025
t:
- .
.,
0.5
=-1.0(3)
=total vertical design load at and above level x

=design story drift occurring simultaneously with V)C
I;
I
':.
=0.167 ~ 0.25
ft ::: s~ismic importance factor

Vx ::: seismic design story shear acting between levels .t and x-1
hu ::::: story height below level :c
Cd deflection amplification factor
The adjusted stability coefficient satisfies the maximum:
0.0666 < 0.167
o.k.
Tue moment frame meets the allowable story drift and stability requirements for seismic
loading.
ASCE/SEl 7 does not explicilly specify load factors to be used on the gravity loads for determining P.,. except Section 12.8.7 does specify that no individual load factor need exceed LO.
For this example, the load combination use<l to compute the total vertical load on a given
story, Px, acting simultaneously with the hmizontal earthquake force, Vx, is l.OD + 0.2S,
taken from ASCE/SEI 7 Section 2.3 with the dead.load factor limited ro 1.0 as e.xplained.
Note that consistent with this, the same combination was used in the second-order. analysis
as used for this example for the purpose of computing the fundameptal period, base shear,
and design
story
dtift.
. .
',
Example 4.2.2. OMF .Column Strength Check

Given:
to
Refer Column CL-1 in Figure 4-2. Determine the adequacy of the ASTM A992 W12x35
column for the.following loading. The required strength of columns should be determined
in accordance with AISC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.4a. The applicable building code ~i
specifies the use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of loads.
~,
1
The total vertical design load is:
Px = 120 ft(75 .0 ft)[l.0(15 pst)+ 0.2(20 psf)] / 1,000 lb/kip
Tue governing load combinations that include seismic effects are:
=171 kips
LRFD .,
ASD
I :;i
1--L-RFD--L-oa_d_C_o_m_bi-n-au-o_n_5_fr_o_m_ __ -+-_A_S_D_Lo-ad_C_o_m_b_in_a_ti_o_n_6_f_ro_m
_ __ --1I
The stability coefficient, e. from ASCE/SEI 7 Equation 12.8-16 is:
l :.
=
9
171 kips(2.94 in.)(1.00)

11.5 kips(l7 .0 ft)(12 in./ft)(3)

(1.2+0.2Sos)D+pQE +0.5L+0.2S
=0.0714
Because a second-order analysis was used to compute the story drift, e is adjusted as fellows according to ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.8.7 before checking 0,,_.
J.

(l.0+0.10Svs)D-t:0.525pQE
I"':;
+H+F+0.75L
+0.75S
(including the permitted 0.5 factor l in

Section 12.4.2.3)
\.
i~
1 ...;::
L---------------L-------------~
e
0.0114
=
1+ e
1+ 0.0114
t;
From a second-order analysis including the effects of P-6 and P-o effects as well as th:
reduced stiffness require<l by the direct analysis method, the column required strengths are ~:
.
=0.0666
ASD
LRFD
Per ASCE/SEI 7, if 0 from a first-order analysis or 0/(1+9) from a second-order analysis i:s
less than or equal to 0.10, second-order effecis need not be considered for computing story
drift. Note that whether or not second-order effects on member forces must be considered
per ASCE/SEI 7 has to be verified, as it was in this example; however, Chapter C of tbe
AlSC Specificarian requires second-order effects be considered in all cases.
v..
= 15.2 kips
3.78 kips
Pa
V0
M .. U)p
:= 64.3
Ma top = 43.7 kip-ft

Ma wt= 0 kip-ft
P,..
kip-ft
M,, /xJI:;:; 0 kip-ft
~.:,.
=l7.5k.ips
=2.57 kips
MOMENT FRAMf,S
!""" The higher ASD required axial strength compared to LRFD could be explained by the higher
load factor on snow load. S. of 0.75 for ASD versus 0.2 for LRFD.
I[
According to ASCE/SEJ 7, the load combinations including amplified seismic loads (incJml
ing overstrength factor. flo) are:
.,....
i
~
From AlSC \fanual Tab!~ 3-2:

Lp=5A4 ft
L, = L6.6 ft
Lb> Lp~ therefore, the limit state of lateral-torsional buckling applies.
LRFD
ASD
LRFD Load Combinations 5 and 7 from

ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
ASD Load Combinations 5, 6 and 8 from

ASCE/SEJ 7 Section 12.4.3.2
( 1.2 + 0.2Sos) D + OoQe + 0.5L + 0.2S
(l.O+O.J4SDs)D+ H +F+0.70 0 Qi::
Mu wp = 64.3 kip-ft
(0.9-0.2Sos)D+ 0 0 Qt + l.6H
(l.0+0.105SDs)D + H + F+ 0.5250.,Q.e
+0.75L+0.75S
Mw bet =0 k.ip-ft
=43.7 kip-ft
Ma b<>I =0 kip-ft
Quarter point moment-: are:
Quarter point momentS arc:
(including the 0.5 factor on L penniueJ

by Section 12.4.3.2)
.; I
Calculate Cb using AJSC Specification Equation F 1- 1.
(0.6-0.14Sos)D+ 0.7Q.,(k- + H
'. I
P.
=2LO "'"'
LRFD
P.
=20.6 ljpo
ASO
M(.t = 12.75 fi) =Mc
=0.75(43.7 kip-ft)
=32.8 kip-ft
::: 48.2 kip-ft
From AISC Manual Table 2-4. the material properties are as follows:
=64.3 kip-ft
12.5M,,_
-(2.5Mmax+3MA
)
+4.\ls +3Mc
b-
1From AISC Manual Thblc I - 1. the geometric properties arc as follows:

W12x35
ry
=1.54 in.
ISection El .5a of lhc AlSC Seismic Pro\isions states that there are no tirnit:ltions on width!O thickness ratios of members of an OMF, beyond those in the AlSC Specification.
I.
Available Flexural Strength

Per the User Note in AlSC Spuificatk>n Section F2. the colwnn has compact flanges and
web. The available flexural strength is the lower value obtained according to lhe limit states
of lateral-torsional buckling and yielding.
With no interior brace poinL'I, the unbl'3Ced column length is Lt, = 17.0 ft.
C
b=
= 12.5(64.3 kip-ft)+3{16.1 k:ip-fi)
+ 4 (32.2 kip-ft)+3(48.2 kip-ft)

= 1.67
= 43.7 kip-ft
M,IUU
12.5(64.3 kip-ft)
Fu= 65 ksi
.;
'
= 21.9 kip-ft
=0.75(64.3 kip-ft)
Mmax
=5.25 in.
=0.50(43.7 kip-ft)
=12.75 ft)= Mc
Solution:
r,
M(x = S.50 ft) =Ms
= 0.50(64.3 kip-ft)
=32.2 kip-ft
M (x
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi
'
= l 0.9 kip-ft
= 16.1 kip-ft
There are no transverse loadings between lhe column supports in the plane of bending and
the columns are considered to be pinned at the base.
,.!~
= 0.25(43.7 kip-ft)
0.25(64.3 kip-ft}
tlI
M(x = 4.25ft) =M;.
M(.x =8.50 ft) = MB
l~
I ~:
Ma '"P
M(x= 4.25 ft) = MA
erning load combination that includes the amplified sei~mic load is:
,~
ASD
I .Rm
----~ 3
(::J' From the frame analysis, the maximum required ;Uial strength in this column from the gov
4 9
4.2 ORDINARY MOt-ff.NT I RAMES
12.5Mmar
(2.5Mma:1: +3MA
)
+4Ms +3Mc
12.5{43.7 kip-ft)
'
=12.5(43.7 kip-ft)+3(10.9 lcip-ft)ll

+4(21.9 kip-ft)+3(32.8 lcip ft)
=1.67
Check lateral-torsional buckling using AJSC Manual Table 6-1 with Lb = 17.0 ft and the
modification to bx for when Cb> 1.0 (AJSC Manual Equation 6-5).
4-10
MOMENT PRAlv!ES
LR.FD
b,,
=0.00766 (kip-ft)-J
$bMn =cb(~)[:J
Because the W12x35 is not included in AISC Manual Table 4-l, use AISC Manual Tab!."'
6-1 co determine the available compressive strength. with KLy = 17.0 fl:
ASD
b..
=0.0115 (kip-nr
4.Z ORDINARY MOl\ltENT FRAMES
LRFD
Mn =Cb(!)(.!.)
Qb
9 bx
61(!)(
l
9 o.011s(kip-rtr
=167(!)(
I
)
9 o.00166(k.ip-ftr1
-1
= 194 kip-ft
=129 kip-ft
1)
Use <!>bM,.
=192 kip-ft
- 0.0113 kips-I
0.00754 kips-
Mp
-=-
= 192 kip-ft< 194 kip-ft
nb
nb
n1>
=128 kip-ft
Available Axial Compressive Strength
P,
15.2 kips
Pc
133 kips
P, = 17.5 kips
Pc 88.5 kips
=0.198
=0.114
Because P,IPc < 0.2, use AJSC
Specificarion Equation HI -Ib:
Tue direct analysis method de.scribed in Section C of the AJSC Specification states that the
effective length factor, K, of all members-shall be taken as unity unless a smaller value can
be justified by ratiooal analysis.
~ +(Mnc + .'rf,,) s l.O
Therefore:
0.114
2
Kx = 1.0
Ky= 1.0
KxLx
=l.0(17.0 ft)(l2.0 in.Ill)

5.25 in.
rx
2Pc
Mex
Because PrlPc < 0.2., use AISC

Specification Equ~on ill-lb:
Mey
+(&u
kip-tl +o)= 0_392
192 kip-fl
0.392 < 1.0
The slenderness ratios about the strong and wealc axis are:
ASD
LRFD
The unbraced length of the column fur buckling about boch the strong and weak axis is
.0 ft. The column has slender elements according to AISC ;\la1111al Table 1-1.
17
=88.5 kips
Combined Loading
Using AlSC Specificarion Section Hl, determine whether the applicable interaction equ
tion is satisfied, as follows:
= 128 kip-ft< 129 kip-fl
Use Mn
ASD
M11
=o.oi 13 kips-
P,.
-= !le p
Check yielding using AlSC Manual Table 3-2.
$bM,. =; $bMp
= 133 kips
LRFD
ASD
=0.00754 kips-
\
'
!l_ +(Ml'%+ M"):o:t.O

2Pc
Mex M"
0.198 +(43.7 kip-ft+
2
128 !tip-ft
0.440 < 1.0
o.k.
o) =0_440
o.k.
chc~ l:
Alternatively, Section Hl.3 of the AJSC Specification ma; be used for th,e interaction
for this column since the column is only S\Jbject to bending about a singie ax.is. The interaction equations in Section Hl.3 would result in a rugher column strength than demonstrat I
t~
by this procedure.
:~;
=38.9
K1 l 1 =1.0(17.0 ft)(l2.0 in./ft)
ry
1.54; in.
=132
governs
Required Axial Strength of Column Including Amplified Seismic Loads

Determine the required axial compressive strength using load combinations includi
amplified seismic loads per Section D l.4a(2) of the AISC Seismic Provisions.
Per Section D.1.4a(2) of the AJSC Seismic Provisions, it is permitted to neglect moments
t
"
the column for detemunation of required strength because the column moments do : t
result from loads applied between points of lateral support.
~:
A1.tJUCAN
!J.ISTTIUT1? OP STD.. COl'ISTRUCJlON
MOMENT FR.AMES
4--12
Solution:
From AJSC M<1nual Table 2-4, the maicrial propenics :ire as follows:
ASD
~c =88.5 kips > Pa = 20.6 !Ops
$cP" =133 kips> P11 = 21.0 kips
ASTh1A992
Fy
Fu
Available Shear Strength
LRFD
...
~
Beam
W18x40
ASD
o.k.
Vn,x
n.
=75.0 kips> V., =2 57 kips
rx =7.21 in.
o.k.
The W 12x35 IS adequate to resist lhe required strengths given for Column CL-1.
Example 4.2.3. OMF Beam Strength Check

Refer to Beam BM- I in Figure 4-2. Determine the :1dequ:1cy of the ASTM A992 Wl 8x40
for the folloY.ing loading. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEISEI 1 for
c:ilculation of loads. The govemins lo:1d combinations which include ~eismic effects are:
LRFD
.1
....
I
1:
(1.2+ 0.2Sos )D+pQE +0.5L+0.2S

(including the 0.5 factor on L permitte<t
!"
~=
~;
ASD
ASD Lo:id Combination 6 from

ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
(1.0 + 0. !OSos )D + H + F + 0.525pQe
+0.15l+0.15S
From a second-order analysis considering P-a and P-o effects as well :is the reduced stiffness required by the direct :inalysis method. the beam required strengths arc:
..
ry= l.27 in.
AISC Seismic Proi;ision.r Section El.5:1 states that there are no limjtations on widLh-tolhickness ratios of members of ao OMF, beyond those in the AISC Specificarimi.
AJSC Seismic Prol-irions Sccuon El.5a also stat.es that there are no requirements for stability bracing of beams or jointS in 01\.fF, beyond those in the AlSC Specificatio11.
Given:
:-
=50 ksi
=65 ksi
Using AJSC Manual Table 3-2, the available shear strength for a W12x35 is:
YViu = 113 kips> Vu =3.78 kips
4-! l
Per the User Note in AJSC Spccificotion Section F2. the beam has compact flange.~ and web.
The available flexural strength is the lower V31ue obtained :iccorcling to lhc limit Slates of
lateral-torsional buckling :ind yielding.
Note: The infill befilns or joists are not described m th.is eumple. ll is presumed !hat the
combination of these memben. (with suitable connections) and a roof deck diaphragm will
provide an au equate lateral br3Ce for the top flange Of this beam. With appropriate detailing,
I.he bottom Oange of the beam could also be braced by 1he infill beams or joistS. This i~
assumed to be the case in this example.
The unbraced beam length is:
Lo (top flange in compression)= 6.00 ft (spacing of infill beams)

Lo (bottom flange in compression) =6.00 ft
From Manunl Table 3-2 for a W18x40:
.l.p=4.49ft
L,.=13.lft
Lo> Lp; lheTCforc, the limit :.tale of lateral-torsional buckling applies.

ASD
LRFD
P., =2.54 kips
M,. = 82.9 kip-ft
v.. =10.9 kips
Pa =0.784 kips
Ma = 78.0 kip-ft
Va =I 1.8 kips
The top 3Jld bottom beam flanges nre braced every 6 fl by infiJl beams.
Calculate Cb using AISC Specification Equation FJ-1.

ASD
LRFD
=78.0 kip-fl
MlfllU = 82.9 lc.ip-ft
M...u
= 67 .0 kip-ft
= 52.2 tip-ft
Mc
38.3 kip-ft
M,..
""61.0kip-ft
MB
=45.3 kip-ft
Mc
=30.9 k.ip-ft
M,..
MB
4-14
MOMENT FRAMES
LRFD
-l-15
Usjng the AISC Manual Table 6-1 with an unbraced length of 6.00 ft in the weak ox.is, the
available axial strength is:
ASD
l2.5Mm<U'
-(2.5Mmax +3MA
)
+4Ms+3Mc
=(2.5Mmax+3.MA
12.5(82.9 kip-ft)
-12.5(82.9 kip-ft)+ 3(67.0 kip-ft)l
12.5(78.0 kip-ft)
= [2.5(78.0 kip-ft)+ 3(61.0 k.ip-fl)l
+4(52.2 kip-ft)+3(38.3 ldp--ft)
+ 4( 45.3 kip-ft)+ 3{30.9 ldp-ft)
J2.5M-.t
+4Ms +3Mc
= 1.42
ASD
LRFD
p = 0.00379 kips-I
Pn I
= 0.00252 kips-
-=-
4'cPn =-
nc
=0.00252 l<lps- 1
= 1.50
f
0.00379 kips-I
=264 kips
""397 kips
Compute the lateral-torsional buckling strength using AISC Manual Table 3-10 with
Lb= 6.00 ft: Combined Loeding
LRFD
ASD
cJ>bMn =Cb (274 kip-ft)

= J.42(274 kip-ft)
.>:.= 389 kip-ft
M,. =Cb (183 kip-ft)

nb
Pc
397 kips
Pr 0.784 l<lps
-=
Pc
264 kips
=0.00297
M,.
Mpx
nb
Qb
P,. + ( Mrx + Mry )

2Pc Mc., Mey
-=-= 196 kip-ft< 275 kip-ft

Use
Because Pr !Pc < 0.2, use AISC

Specification Equation Hl-lb:
Because P,lf>c < 0.2. use AISC

Specijicatio11 Equation HI-lb:
ASD
Use <l>bMn =294 kip-ft
2.54 kips
=0.00640
Check yielding using AISC Manual Table 3-2:
<l>bMn =bMpx
=294 kip-ft< 389 kip-ft
P,
.!!..+(Mrx
+ Mry)~I.O
2f>c
Mex Mcy
~ LO
0.00640 +(s2.9 kip-ft + o) =0_285

2
294 kip-ft
=196 kip-ft
0.28.5 < 1.0
ASD
LRFD
= l.50(183 kip-ft)
=275 kip-ft
LRFD
.0.00297 + (78.0 kip-ft+

2
196 kip-ft
0.399 < 1.0
o.k.
o) = 0 _399
o.k.
Available Axial Compressive Strength
Available Shear Strength of Beam
The infill beams provide br:icing in the bewl's weak axis and the unbraced length, Ly, is
6.00 ft The beam is not braced in the strong ax.is.
From AISC Manual Table 3-2, the available shear strength for a W18x40 is:
KxLx
1.0(30.0 ft)(l2.0 in./ft)

--=
rx
7.21 in.
=49.9
K1 L, = 1.0(6.00 ft)(l2 .0 in.lft)
r1
1.27 in.
=56.7
'
_ _ _ _ _LRFD
_ _ __ __ _1-_ _ _ _ _
A_so
_____
<1>~V,.
=169 kips> V., =10.9 kips
o.k.
V"
n,,
=113 kips > Va =11 .8 kips
o.k.
~~
Tue W18x40 is adequate to resist the required strengths given for Beam BM-1.
Note that load combinations that do not include seismic effects must also be investigated.
governs
AMIAA:AN lNSTm.ml 01' STEEi.. CONSTRUCT10N
Using AISC Specification Hl, determine whether the applicable interaction equation is satisfied, as follows:
AMERICAN .INST11VTS OF STEF;J. COl"ISTlllJCTlON
Ji
The process could be iterated until the shear and moment values converge, but the difference
is negligible between the initial calculation and the convergence. For simplicity, us~ this
value as the required flexural strength.
3bcJt1t)
Rne =0.60(1.l}R Fydcl,. (1+-1
dbdctw
'i
=0.60(1.1)(1.1)(50 ksi)(l2.5 in.)(0.300 in.)

x !1 + 3(6.56 in.)(0.520 in.)2
'
17.9 in.(12.5 in.)(0.300 in.)
'Therefore. the column panel tone shear strength controls the maximum force lhat can be
delivered by the system co the connection, in accordance with AISC Seismic Provisions
Section El.6b{b) and Commentary Section EJ.6b(b).
=147 kips
LRFD
=147 kips
ASD
Va.,= Rn~/1.5
= 147 kips/1.5
= 98.0 kips
Vue= Rne
:, I
4-19
4.2 OROlNARY MOMENT FRAMES
4-JS
Calculate the corresponding shear for the beam-to-column connection design using AISC
Seismic Provisions Section EJ .6b(b}. The required shear strength of the connection is based
on the load combinations in the applicable building code that include the amplified seismic
load. m detennining the amplified seismic load, tbe effect of horizontal forces including
overstrength, Em11, is dctennined from:
(Provisions Eq. El -l)
where
The required flexural strength is:
ii---1
Lq =clear length of the beam
LRFb
M.,.
ASD
=Vue(d11- t1)
=Vae (db -lf)
M,ie
".' 147 kips(ly_.9 in-_-0.525 in.)
=98.0 kips(l7.9 in. -0.525 in.)
=2,550 kip-in.
= l, 700 kip-in.
=30.0 ft(l2 inJft)-12.5 in.
=348 in.
Because AISC Seismic Provisions Section El.6b(b) is used, the term 1.IRy1Hp is sub~tituted
with M11.e (LRFD} or Mru (ASD) based on the panel Z\'ne strength as calculated.
The shear in the column is:
There is also shear in the column due to story shear.
ASD
LRFD
.LRFD
ASD
Mae
Voe=-H
l, 700 kip-in.
(17 .0 ft)(l2 inJft)
Vu .= M,.,
2,550 kip-in.
- (17.0 fi)(12 in./ft)

= 12.5 lcips
?M.,,,
V due to Em1r =---
Let
- 2(2,770 !tip-in.)
348 in.
= 15.9 kips
due to Em>i
2Ma.e
=-
lcJ'
I
I
2(1,850 kip-in.)
348 fu.
""10.6 kips
=8.33 kips
This shear should be added to the panel zone strength to recalculate the required flexural
strength, as follows:
ASO
LRFD
Miu =(V,,,;+ V.,c)(db -11)
Moe= (Ya+ Vac)(db-fJ)
=(147 kips+ 12.5 fjps)
= (98.0 kips+ 8.33 kips)
x(l7.9 in.-0.525 in.)
x(l7.9'in.-0.525 in.}
=2, 770 kip-in.
=1,850 kip-in.
AMERICAN lNSlTIVT'B OP STm. Co~UCOON
AMERICI ~OP SJ'Ea CONSTRUCOON
"{'
4-20
LRFD
ASD
Use ~-in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolts in standard holes.

Cslcuhlle M,.p based on the ~-.in.-diamc1cr A325-N bolt suenglh with Ab = 0.442 in. from I,:
AlSC Manual Table 7-1. as follows:
2
Load Combination 6 from Section

12.4.3.2 with f!oQE =E1r.Ji
permitted for certain occupancies and

0.oQs= !:.',,.,;,
V,,-:: (l.2+0.2Sos)D+ Em1t +0.5L+0.2S
=[1.2+ 0.2(0.528}](4.86 kips)

+ 15.9 kips+ 0 kips+ 0.2(6.49 kips)
P,
=F,.,A.,,
= 90 ksi (0.442 in.2)
= 39.8 kips
Vo =(1.0+0.105Svs)D+H +F
+ 0.525EmJi + 0.75L+ 0.75S
"' [LO+ 0.105(0.528)](4.86 kips)
+O kips+0.75(6.49 kips)
Mnp
QM,,p= [2P, (U.,)J
= 15.6 kips
End Plate Design .
The design methodology used for 1he moment end-plate connections is taken from AlSC
Desigri cfuide 4, Extended End-Plate Moment Connections-Sei~mic and WindApplication.s
(Murray and Sumner, 2003). ANSl/AISC 358 outlines requirements and design methodology for prequalified moment end-plate connections for speciaJ and intermediale momeot
frames. However, for an ordinary moment frame, the basic design equations and methodol9gy described inAISC Design Guide 4 can be used. Note that Design Guide 4 includes only
the LRFD. method and the equations are modified here for ASD.
= 2P,(L.f,,)
2(39.8 kips}
x(22.6i~.+19.6 ~- )
+15.1 m.+12.l m.
=4,140 kip-in.
.0.
2(39.8 kips)
= 0.75
II
ASD
LRFD
+ 0 kips+ 0.525(10.6 kjps)
(22.6 in.+ J 9 .6 in. )

x +15.1 in.+12.I in.
2.00
= 2,760 kip-in.
4,140 ldp-in. > 2,770 kip-in.
o.k.
o.k.
2, 760 kip-in.> 1,850 kip-in.
l:
Bolts
Figure 4-3 illustrates the configuration ll?d key dimensions associated with thjs type of
connection.
Continuity plates
I
:;\
(when required)
d/J, rtqd
2Miu
.1t$F,.,(rdn)
'
2(2, 770 kip-in.)

rt(0.75)(90' ksi)
(22.6in.+19.6 in. )
x +15.1 in.+12.1 in.
=0.614 in.
db, rtgd
=.
~
20Mae
nF,,, (U,,)
2(2.00)(1,850 kip-in.)
7t{90 ksi)
(22.6 in.+ 19.6 in. }
x +15.I in.+12.l in.
=0.614 in.
tpl
Detemri.ne the required bole diameter, db,,... from AISC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.6 using
the bolt spacing provided in Figure 4-4 and ASTM A325-N bolts, as follows:
ASD
I
,'
Based upon preliminary calculations, it was determined that an eight-bolt stiffeoed end-plate
connection would be required to make the column flange work in bending.
LRFD
j,
From AISC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.8. the flexural design strength of the connection is:
+O kips
= 23.5 kips
l
t
The value of Fn 1, the nominal tensile strength of 1hc boll, is from AISC Specijicatio11 Thble
J3.2 and U,, is I.he srun of h1 through h4
The controlling load combinations from ASCE/SEI 7 are:
Load Combination 5 from Section

12.4.3.2, including lbe 0.5 factor on L
4-21
MOMENT FRAMl:S
I
I
I
I
.i
I
I
I

- J.JL
Beam
w
I
Fig. 4-3. Conjigurarion for eiglu-bolt stiffened end-plate con11ection.
t.
;~
l
.t
.a..i:.
4-22
,.....
MOMENT 'FRAMES
Determine the required end plate thickness

.
22.6
7.00 in.
The required end place lh.ickness is determined from AISC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.JO.
The necessary parameters are determined as follows based on Figure 4-4. From Table 3.3 of
AlSC Design Guide 4:
'
=--
"
in.( 2{1.25
, 1 in.) )+19.6 in.(-2.001-in.)
+15.1
=}__Jb;i
22.6 in. ( J.25 in.+
=!J1.oo
in. (4.00in.)
2
;,~
in.)) + 12.1 m.. (2. 65 .m.+ 3(3.00 in.)) + 4.00 .m.

4
= 232 in.
=1.25 in.
From AISC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.10, the required end plnte thickness is:
Because d. < s, Case I of AJSC Design Guide 4 applies. From Table 3.3 of AISC Design
Guide4:
Yp = bplhi(-)+112
(-1]+"3(-l)+ht(.!.))
1
in.)) + 19.6 m.(2.00 .m.+ 3(3.00 in.))
+ {3.00 in.)2
=3.00 in.
Pfo =2.00 in.
Pfi =2.00 in.
de
4.00111.
Pl>
_______, L~
(3 00
in.(-- )
2.65 in.
2
(
(3.00
+--.+ 15. 1 in. 2.00 in.+
=2.65 in.
...
1
in.(-)+12.1
2.00 in.
2d.
PJo
P/i
ASD
LRFD
Ip/, Y<qd
~I l
/1.1 Iq>M,,,
$
Ipl.Y<<;.I --
F, y
b yp p
/1.11(0.75)(2,770 kip-in.)
0.90(36 ksi)(232 in.)
:: .
Use a
r. stiffener
tktyp.
plate. typ. (A36)
;:;i-
:; I
Total of (16) ~
dia. A325-N bolls
(pretensioned)
Wx3stiffener
plates N.S. & F.S.
(A36)
%"thick
end plate
(A36)

W18x40
beam
. =.3
~
LJ.:J
I
Fig. 4-4. Derailed OMF co1111ec1io11.
nF y
y p
/l.ll(l.67)(1,850 kip-in.)
2.00(36 ksi)(232 in.)
=0.453 in.
=0.554 in.
/l.1 lf4Ma,
~-in.-lhick ASTM
A36 end plate.
Size the end-plate stiffener

Match the stiffener strength to the beam ~ebsctength using AISC Design Guide 4 Equation
3.15.
ts1. rcqd
=l,.b (-Fyb)
Fys
=0315 in.(so ksi)
36 ksi
=0.438 in.
Use a ?li6-inAhick ASTM A36 plate for the stiffener.

The height of the stiffener is:
It,,::::: Pfa +Pb+ d.,

=2.00 in.+3.00 in.+l.25 in.
=6.25
in.
4-24
MOMENT FRAMP.S
The length of the stiffener is detennined from AlSC Design Guide 4 Equation 2.11.
ls1
LRFD
=_.!!!!._
QvV~
tan3o
w,'4 = 2>{0.60)(Fm
6.25 in.
=--1an3o
=10.8 in.
Use Ls1 = 11.0 in.
Check for local buckling of the stiffener. The stiffener slenderness ratio is:
4-2S
4.2 ORDINARY MOMENT FR.AMES
ASD
.Q V,./0.v
)/Ji
ll'rtq
= 2(0.60)(FE.:a' )/../2
2.00(9.45 kipfm.)/1.50
1.00(9.45 kipfm.)
=2(0.75)(0.60)(70 kr.i)/Ji.
=0.212in.
=0.212 in.
2(0.60)(70 ksi)/72
Use \4-in. fille1 welds.

1.
I!
Check end-plate bolts for beam shear transfer

Per AISC Desi go Guide 4, a conservative check is to assume that only lhe bolts opposite 1he t:
compression flange of the beam transfer the shear loads. In this case, this would be a total
of (8) ~-in.-diameter ASTht A325-N bolls. From AISC Manual Table 7-1, the available J.
ihear strength of the bolts is:
..
6.25 in.
'Vt6 io.
=---
=14.3
The limiliug slenderness ratio from AISC Specificarion Table B4.1 a Case l is:
ASD
LRFD
=0.56
29,000 ksi .
36 ksi
\.
~ =n(~)
$Vn =n(<Prn)
=8(17.9 kips)
:::: 8(11.9 kips)
:::: 143 kips
=95.5 kips
,i;
=15.9
143 kips> 23.5 kips
14.3 < 15.9; therefore, the stiffener is not subject to local buckling.
o.k.
o.k.
Check compression bolts bearing!tearout per A/SC Specification Section J3.10
Determine type and size of stiffener welds

AISC Design Guide 4 st.ates that the weld of this stiffener plate to the end plate :.hould be
a complete-joint-penetration groove weld if ts1 >ti in.; therefore, weld the M6-in.-thick stiffener plate to the end plate with a complete-joint-penetration groove weld.
For all eight bolts, the bearing strength' ~vhen deformation at the bolt hole at service load i~
a consideration is:
Rn =2.4dtFu
AISC Design Guide 4 states that the weld of this stiffener plate to the beam flange should
be capable of developing the shear yield strength of the stiffener plate.
For the 'V16-in.-thick ASTM A36 plate:
Vn =0.60FyAgv
1:
(Spec. Eq. 14-3)
=0.60(36 ksi)('V16 in.)
= 9.45 kip/in.
For a two-sided fillet weld, cakulate lhe requfred leg size, wr,9 by setting the available shear
yield strength of the plate equal to the available shear slfength of the weld and solving for
W~q
=2.4(3A in.)(* in.)(58 ksi)

=65.3 kips/bolt
for the s~x inn~r boll~, the tear~ul stren~th when d~fo~ation at the bolt hole at service !oar
is a cons1derauon, with le:= 3 10. - 13/16 m. = 2.19 10., is:
i
1
.l,.)
R,. = I .2lctF,,
=l..2(2.19 in.)(~ in.)(58 ksi)

= 95.3 kips/boll
For the two o~tside_ bolts'. the cearoot. sttength ~hen deforma~on ~l the bolt hole at servic""
load is a cons1deraaon, Wllh le = l \4 m. - ( 116 m.)12 = 0.844 in., is:
f
I
~.J..
MOMENT FR"-MES
4-26
Rn
=1.2/ctF.,
><'rrt
LRFD
ASD
Rn 6(65.3 kips)+2(36.7 kips)

-=
2.00
n
= 233 kips
233 kips> J5 6 kips
o.k.
=0.75(6(65.3 kips)+2(36.7 kips))

=349 kips
349 kips> 23.5 Jcips
o.k.
Design of Beam Range-to-nd-Plate Weld
The beam flange-to-end-plate weld is designed based on the recommcndatjoos of AlSC

Design Guide 4. Design tbe weld for the flange force, bu1 no less than Rn or RrJQ given as
follows:
LRFD
R,.
-=
= 0.90(0.6)(50 ksi)(6.02 in.)
=85.3 kips
Ffa = M,,,
d-t1
..
2, 770 kip-in.
=159 kips
Design beam tlangc-to-end-plate welds
for a required strength, FJil = 159 kips
!.
159 kips
=0.75(060)(70 k"i/Jl)(!.5)(11.7 in.)
2.00(106 lcips)
- (0.60}(70 k.sl/"2)(1.5)(11.7 in.)
=0.407 in.
=0.407 in.
Use t'1G-in. fillet welds (two-sided) for the beam t1ange-to-end-plate weld.
Design of Beam Web-to-End-Plate Weld
AISC Design Guide 4 requires that the beam web-to-end plate weld develop the availabi<
tensile yield strength of the web in the vicinity of the tension bolts.
1be aYailable tensile yield strength of the bc:un web anJ required weld size arc:
<
1 T,. =9,F ,.t,.
fa
= 0.90(50 ksi)(0.315 in.)
(0.6)(50 ksi)(6.02 in.)(0.525 in.)

l.67
56.8 kips
=l~.2 kip/in.
Wnq
d-t1
J,850 kip-in.
17.9 in.-0.525 in.
= 106 kips
Design beam flange-to-end-plate welds

for a required Slrenglh, Fta = 10 kips
Effective length of weld available, le. on both sides of flanges:

I, =b1+(b1- tw)
=6.02 in.+(6.02 in.-0.315 ln.)
=11.7 in.
A factor of 1.5 is applied 10 the weld strength because u)e weld is at a 90 angle 10 the load,
occording to AJSC Specification Section J2.4, as follows:
T,,
n,
F..,.1.,.
=--
n,
=(50 ksi)(0.315 in.)

1.67
=9.43 kip/in.
The t1ange force is:
F
,\.fac
ta=--
ASD
LRFD
=J7 .9 in. - 0.525 in.
.
s:
x(0525 in.)
The flange force is:
0.6F,.,,b;t1
I
I
0.60( FEXX I "2) 1.51~
=0.60(FXX/J2}1.54
ASD
~R,: 0.6FyphJIJ < Ffa
'
ASD
LRFD
'"l.2(0.844 111.)(* in.)(58 ksi)

- 36.7 kips/bolt
4>Rn
1 .2 ORDINARY \IOMCNT FRAMES
= 2~(0.60FEXX / ./2)1.5
Wreq=
2(0.60Frn/J2)1.5
2.00(9.43 kip/in.}
2[0.60(10 ksi)/ Ji]u
14.2 kip/in.
= 2(0.75)10.60(70 ksi)/ J2}1,5
= 0.213 in.
=0.212 in.
Use ~-in. fillet welds (two-sided) for !he beM1l web-to-end-plate weld.
Column Flange Flexural Strength
Wilh no column flsnge stiffeners, AISC Oaign Guide 4 Tuble 3.5 gives lhe following:
s=~Jbfc8
= !J6.56 io.(4.00 in.)
2
=2.56 in.
MOM.ENT FRAMES
Pl> =3.00
in.
Wiu1 stiffeners added, AISC ~sign Gujde 4 Table 3.5 provides the following equation:
Psa "" 2.00 in.
Pli
o!.2 ORDil'lARY MOMENT FRAMES
Y, =bi lhi(;)+~(p~)+~(p~ )+~(;)]
=2.00 in.
c ::::: p#() + P.n + tI

= 2.00 in.+ 2.00 io. + 0.525 in.
=4.53 in.
i [hi[;+~ )+~(Pz~ +:b )+h3(Psl

3
From AISC Design G~tide 4 Table 3.5:

6.56 in.
=--2
6 56
1
in. !22.6in.(-- )+12.1
2
2.56 in.
22.6 in.(3.00 in.+
+12.l
2
+ - -400 in. +15.I
4.00
2
= 205 in.
2
+--4.00 in.
~ in.+ 2.56in.)+19.6 in.( 3 ~ in.+ 45
(i
in.))
3.00 in.) + I2.1 .m. (2 .56 .m.+___,_

3(3.00
in.))
+15.lin. (2.02in.+--__
....
4
4
+(3.00 in.)2
in.)
in.( 3 ~ in.+ 4 5 ~ in.)+12.1 in.(2.56 in.)
in.(-
1
-)
2.56 in.
3 .. 00 in.)
., .
.
3(3.00
22.6 in. ( 2.56 in. +-- - + l 9.6 m. 0 - m. +
4
4
1
in.(-)J
2.56 in.
45
:b )+ pgl+
l -) + 19 .6 .w. ( - l -) + 15 .1 .m. ( - l -)
22.6 .m. (- 2j6 in.
2.02 in.
2.02 in.
+~i[hi[Pb+i+s)+h2(~ +~J+~( ~ +~)+h4(s)]+~

=
+ ~}~(s+
+ 4.00 in.
=239 .in.
in.
+ - --
From AJSC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.21, the available strength of ~e stiffened column
flange is:
From AlSC Desi~ Guide 4 Equation 3.21. the column flange flexural strength is:
LRFD
McJ
=0.90(50 k!.i)(205 in.)(0.520 in.f
2,490 kip-in.< 2.no kip-in.
n.g.
=F.EY,t}c
= 2,910 k.ip-in.
nb
J,660 kip-in. < 1,850 k.ipin.
Mcf
= 0.90(50 ks\)(239 in.)(0.520 in~)
_ (50 ksi)(205 in.)(0.520 in.)2

1.67
;: 1, 660 kip-fa.
=2,490 kip-in.
ASD
LRFD
~Mc/= <j>qFycY,t}c
ASD
~Mif = ~bF~Y,1}c
n.g,
F~YctJc
0&
(50 ksi)(239 in.)(0.520 in.)2
Assume the stiffener thickness is
Pso =Psi
c-t,
::-2
4.53 in.-~ in.
=2.02 in.
t,= !h !n Then:
=--
l.67
= 1,930 kip-in.
2.910 kip-in.> 2,770 kip-in.
o.k.
1,930 kip-in. > 1,850 kip-in.
o.lc.
~:=~~re, the connection will be adequate if stiffeners are added as designed in the fol-
J
.....
Therefore, column stiffeners must be added
Column Stiffener Plates and Welds

The stiffener design is based on lbe minimum strength determined from flange local
bending, column web local yielding. and column web local crippling. TI1e minimum available strength based on these limit states will then be subtracted from the required Oange
force, Ffa or Fto to determine the stiffener .required strength.
Calculate the available flexural strength of the flange using the available flexural srrength of
the unsti.ffened column determined previously.
u.
,, __,
MOMENT FRAMES
LRFD
~}ft)
4 2 ORDJNARY MOMl'"iT FRAMES
ASD
LRFD
ASO
'
I~
~R,. = QJfc1
R,,
-=
2,490 kip-in.
17.9 in.-0.525 in.
143 kip$
Fcu =Flit -min(R~}
n n(d-rJb)
d -If!>
Met
=159 kips
l,660 klp-in.
17.9 in.-0.525 in.
=95.5 kips
= 69.0 kips
Calculate the available column web local yielding strength opposite lhe beam flange from
AISC Design Guide 4 Equation 3.24. The parameter, C,, is 1.0 because the distance from the
top of the beam to the top of the column is greater lhan or equal to dl2 of the column.
R,,
ASD
LRFD
P. - Fa,
P. _Foo
"- 2
The available column web local yielding strength is:

~:
=46.0 kips
The required axial strength per stiffener is:
={1.0(6(0.820 in.)+ 2(~ in.)j+[0.525 in.+2f~ in.)]}(50 ks.iX0.300 in.)
= 112 kips
46.0 kips
2
=23.0 kips
= -2-= 34.5 kips
ASO
From AlSC Specification Equation J4-6, the available a.'tial strength per stiffener with ~
R,, = 112 kips

Q
J.50
=112klps
a-l
69.0 kips
LR.FD
$R,. = 1.00(112 kips}
-min(95.S, 74.7. 60.0) kips
Use 1h in. x 3 in. ASTM AJ6 stiffener plates with 'A-in. clips along the flange on both side'
of the column web and at Lhe beam top and bouom flange.
=[c, (6~c.de' +2tp )+ Njf)..,.clwc
~=~
,,S:
=106 lc.ips
-min(143, 112. 90.0) kjps
F.,=Ffe-min(~)
,:..in. clip is:
=74.7 k.ips
ASD
LRFD
Calculate the colu1nn web local crippling avrulable strength opposite lhe beam flange force.
The fl3llge force applied from the lop of the beam is located more than lhe hsJf lhe column
depth from I.be end of lhe column; therefore use AJSC Specificotio11 Equation JI 0-4.
R" :0.80'!!1+3[~][:; r::-1

..
,.
= 0.90(36 ksi)(lh in.)(3.00 in.- 3.4 in.)
=F_..tpbp
n
_ (36 ksi)(1h in.){3.00 in. - - in.)
1.67
=36.5 kips
=24.3 kips
(Spec. Eq. JI0-4)
= 0.80(0.300 in.)2!1+3(0.525.in.)(0.300 '.")1.$1

12.5 ID. 0.520 lD.
""
P,.
P11 =~Fytpbp
29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.520 in.)

0.300 in.
36.5 klps > 34.5 kips
o.k.
o.k.
From AISC Specification Equation J4-3, the available shear strength along the column web :!
= 120 kips
ASD
LRFD
R,,
=0.75(120 kips)
=90.0 lcips
Dctermfoe the suffener required ~1rength.
Rn _ 120 kips
n
2.00
=60.0 kips
ASD
LRFD
The available column web local crippling strength is:
Vn _ 0.60F)plplp
c>V,. =~0.60Fyptplp
= 0.90(0.60)(36 k.si)('h in.)(10.0 in.)

= 97.2 kips
97 .2 kips> 34.5 kips
o.k.
n
(0.60)(36 ksi)(lh in.)(10.0 in.)
l.67
=64.7 ~ps
o.k.
4-32
MOMENT FRA:-.1ES
The value of Ip= 10.0 in. is based on lhe length of concact of the stiffener places includ
~ lh
required
'
mg
a red uc t'ion ior
e comer clips
to avoid the k-area of lhe column.
=3.00 in._ ~in.= 2.25 in.:
According to AlSC Specification Section 12.4, with bp
LRFD
ASD
Pu .
:/im)
06
29(
"'rrqd
OP,
)bp (l .5)
2 (0.6(Fax )) bp(I.5)
J2
34.5 kips
=
2(0.75)[
2.00(23.0 kips)
06
(~ ksi) )(2.25 in.)(1.5}
2{ 0.6($ ksi)1(2.25 in.)(! .5)
=0.229 in.
=0.229 in.
Use 1-4-io. fillet welds (two sided).

Weld of Stiffener to Column Web
According to AISC Specificario11 Section 12.4:
LRFD
Wreqd:::
Pu
0 60
29(
!f{J()())(1.0)lp
34.5 ldps
2(0.75)[ 0.60~ ksi~J(l.0)(10.0 in.)
=0.0774 in.
ASD
w
QP0
r.qd -
Jiexx )J(l.O) tp
0 60(F.
_
2.00(23.0 kips)
.- 2 10.60(70 ksi)I
p.0)(10.0 in.)
Ji
= 0.0774 in.
Use ~in. fillet welds (two sided). Basedon AISC Specification Table J2.4, a 3/Jrin. fillet
weld is acceptable; however, 'A-in. fillet welds a.re used to be consistent with the stilJenerto-column flange welds.
The fully detailed end-plate connection is shown in Figure 4-4.
4-J..I
'
4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES (SMF) AND INTERMEDIATE

MOMENT f:RAMES (IMF)
Weld of Stiffener to Column Flange
Wr.qd
4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMEs AND INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAMtS
f
Special moment frame (SMF) and intermediate moment frame (WF) systems, which are
addressed in AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections E3 and E2, respectively, resist lateral forces
and displacements lb.rough the flexural and shear sirenglhs of the beams and columns.
Lateral djsplacement is resisted primarily through the flexural stiffness of the fr:uning members and the restraint of relative rotation between the beams and columns at the connections,
or "frame action." S~1F and IMF systems must be capable of providing a story drift angle
of at least 0.04 rad per AJSC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6b and 0.02 rad per AJSC
Seismic Provisions Section E2.6b, respectively. An overview of SMF behavior and design
issues js provjded by Hamburger et aJ. (2009).
SMF and IMF systems tend to have larger and heavier beam :md column sizes Utan
braced-frame systems, as the beAms and columns are often sized for drifc control rather t.han
for srrength. The increase in member sizes and related costs, however, may be acceptable
based on the increased fle."<ibility in the architectural and mechanical layout in the structure.
The absence of diagonal bracing members can provide greater freedom in configuring walls
and rouiing mechanical ductwork and piping. As with other momentframe systems, SMF
and IMF systems are often located at the perimeter of the structure, allowing maximum flexibility in interior spaces wilhout complicating the routing of building services such as
mechanical ducts beneath the frame girders. The flexible nature of the frames, however, warrants additional consideration of the interaction between the steel frame and architectural
cladding systems.
Current requirements for SNIP and IMF systems are I.he result of research and analysis I
completed by various groups. including the Federal Emergency Management Agency I?
(FE.MA). AlSC, the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), the National
Science Foundation (NSF), and the SAC Joint Venture. These requirements include pre
qualification of the connections used, per Section Kl of the AISC Seismic Provisions, or j.:
qualification through testing in accordance with Section K2 of the AISC Seismic Provisions.
Design and detailing requirements for IJ\Oment connections prequalified in accordance with
AISC Seismic Provisions Section Kl may be found in AISC Prequalified Connections for l.:
Special and lntennediate Steel Moment Frames for Seismic Applications, herein referred to
as ANSl/AJSC 358. ANSI/AJSC 358 is included in Part 9.2 of this Manual.
A primary f~us point of lhe t~ting require~nts lies in the measurement of inelastic
defonnations of beam-to-column moment connections. Plastic rotation of the specimen was !..
used irutially as lbe basis for qualification; however, this quantity is dependent on the selectfon of plastic hinge locations and member span. To avoid confusion, it was decided to use
the centerline dimensions of the frame to defi.ne the total drift angle, which includes bolh
elastic and inelastic deformations of the connections.
Most beam-to-column moment connections for ~MF and Th.fF systems develop inelasticity ..)
in the beams and in Ute column panel :z.one, as shown in Figure 4-5. Panel zone defonnation.
while more difficult to predict, can contribute a significant amount of ductility to the frame. t:
The.re are various faciors that must be considered when accounting for panel zone deformmion
including continuity plates, doubler plates, and toughness of the k-area. In regard co these two
areas of inelastic defonn:ition-beam and panel :z.one--the AISC Seismic Provisions Se.ction
K2 requires lhat at lea.st 75% of the observed inelastic defom1mioo under testing procedures
be as intended in the design of a prototype connection. This means that if the connection is ~.t
t:
f;:
l!i
AMEIUCAN INSTITUTE OF STW.. CONSTIUJCTJON
4-34
MOMENT FRAMES
anticipated to achieve jneJasticity lhrough pl!IStic rotation in the beam, al lea.st 75% of the
acrual deformation must occur in the beamhlnge l~tions when tested.
_ _ Currently, there ;ire cwo primary methods used 10 move plastic hlngjng of the beam away
from the column. These two methods focus on either reducing the cross-sectional properties
of the beam at a defined loc;ition away from the colunu1, or special detailing of t.he beamto-column connection in order to provide adequate strength and toughness in the connection
10 force inelasticity into the beam just adjacent to the column flange. Reduced beam section
(RBS) connections are typically fabricated by trimming the flanges of the beams at a short
distance away from the face of the column in order to reduce the beam section properties at
a defined location for formation of !he plastic hinge (figure 4-6). Research has included a
straight reduced segment, an angularly tapered segment, and a circular reduced segment. A
higher level of ductility was noted in tl1e latter, and the RBS is typically fabricated using a
circular reduced segment.
i11
i
ANSI/AJSC 358 includes six prequalified SMF Md IMF connections, iocludjng the
reduced beam section illustrated in the examples. Each of these prequalified connections has
a design procedure similar to that employed in faample 4.3.4. Designers should evaluare the
requirements of their project, the abilities of local fabricators and erectors, and rhe relative
cost-effectiveness of different beam-ro-column connections to determine the most appropri
ate connection for a given project.
Special connection detailing for added toughness and strength takes many fonns using
both welded and bolted connections. In many of the connections, both proprietary and non~
proprietary, such factors as welding proc~es. weld-access-bole detailing, web-plate
attachment and flange-plate usage have been considered. For additional infonnation on the
specification of chese connections, see ANSI/AISC 358 in Part 9.2 of this Manual.
Panel zone behavior is difficult to predict and is complicated by the presence of continuity plates and doubler plates, as well as k-area toughness. Three basic approaches are most
43 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND rNTERMEDTArE MOMENT FR.AMES
commonly used: "strong panel," "balanced panel" and "weak panel ... These three terms
relate the strength and inelastic behavior of !he panel in relation to the strength and inelastic behavior oft.he framing members in I.he connection. In a "strong panel," the panel-zone
strength is greater than the' surrounding framing components to the point where the vast
majority of the inelastic deformation of the frame occurs in the beam. In a "weak panel," the
~trength of rhe panel-zone is low enough relative to the framing members such that the
majority of the inelastic deformation of the connection and frame occurs in the panel zone.
A "balanced panel" falls between the strong and weak panel, where inelastic defonnation in
the framing members and panel zone are similar. The requirements in the AJSC Seismic
Provisions generally provide for strong or balanced panel zone designs in S~1F. The full
range of panel zone designs are permitted for IMF and OMF.
Another consideration ill the design of SMF systems is rhe concept of "strong columnweak beam." The AISC Seismic Provisions provide for the proper proportioningof the frame
elements in Equation E3- l.
*
EMpc
--*->l.0
(Provisions Eq. E3-1)
t.Mpb
where
:C =sum of the projections of the nominal flexural strengths of the columns (includ-
EM
ing haunches where used) above and below the joint to the beam centerline with
a reduction fQr the axial force in the column
CO
I'"
L
I
.::
Plastic hinge wnes.

Hinge locations vary
depending on
connection type .
'
~:
Reduced beam
secticin
.....
K
,,~:
r
1.
'
1.
~.
~:
fig. 4-5. Areas where inelasric deformation may be expected.
Fig. 4-6. Reduced beam sectwn (RBS) connectiorL
MUM!:.Nl M<AMl--'i
4.3
S~F.CIA1- MtJMI
JI.I I t'KA.\\t:. ANU lN I tKMl:.L'll\I c ...v ..........., ... .......
I
'M;i, =sum of the projcc1io11s of the e."'pected Oexurnl strengths of the beam at the plastic hinge locations to the column centerline
7_30.o
This provisfon is Mt intended 10 elimmate all yielding m the columns. Rather, as

described in AISC Seismic Provisio11.s Co~ntary $et;tiOn E3.4a. it is intended to result in
framing systems that h11\'e distributed inelasticily in large seimuc events, and discourages
story mechanisms.
The prim11ry difference between SMF systems and IMP systems is the interstory drift
angle capadties. While this requirement differs for SMF and JMP systems. there nre many
requirements that are similar between the two frame types. This comparison is summarized
in Table 4-1 of th.is Manual located at
end of this Part.
30-0
--+-_=....::;..--+..r.i ..
l:i.....- - - -.....c8>
30~~r
'41-:i
l<
!:!
the
SMF Design Example Plan and Elevation

The following examples illustrate the d~ign of special moment frames (SMF) based on
AlSC Seismic Pro1 is ions Section E3 Design of intennediate moment frames (IMF) reflects
requirements outlined in AlSC Seismic Pro'l:isions Section E2 that are. in most instances,
similar to those in Section E3 or that do not vary from frame design requirements in the
AISC Speciftcatio11. For this reason, Part 4 does not present examples that focus exclusively
on IMF, although these examples should prove useful when designing IMP frames as well.
Table 4-1 in this Manual compares the significant design requirements for OMF, IMF and
SMF systems, and clarifies which portions of the SMF examples apply to l.MF design.
The plan and elevation are shown in Figure 4-7 and Figure 4-8, respectively. The code>:pecified gravity loading 1s as follows:
= 85 psf
= 68 p~f
Drocf
= 80 psf
LoJIO<>r
=50 psf (reduced)
lftoo,
s
= 20psf
Curtain wall = 175 lb/ft along building perimeter at every level
I...
\;
Fig. 4-7. SMF floor plan.
DJ!t>
30-0
30-0
30'-0"
W21x44
W21x44
I:
I
\
For the S}.IF examples, it has been detenruned from ASCE/SEI 7 that the followmg factors are appJjcable: Risk Category I, Seismic Design Category D. R = 8, 0 0 3.Cd 5'12,
le= LOO, Sos= JO, and p l.O(per ASCE/SEJ 7 Section 12.3.4.2, p = 1.0 if the story resists
more lb.an 35% of the base ~hear in the direction of interest, loss of one bay of SMF wilJ not
result in more than a 33% reduction in story strength, nor does the resulting system have an
extreme torsional im:gularicy).
W21x44
Roor
Fourth
0 Level
W24x76
Third
0Level
..,...
W24x76
..,. -----------i
)(
..
W24x76
,.._
'
l----'"'----------r--
Second
0Level
Example 4.3.1. SMF Story Drift and Stability Check

Given:
Refer to the floor plan shown in Figure 4-7 and the SMJ: elevation shown in Figure 4-8.
Determine if the frame satisfies the ASCE/SEI 7 drift and stability requirements based oo
the given loading.
~
)(
W24x76
><
-'<\I-+-_.:.=..;=..::"-BM-1
~
JT-1
~.
Column splice
48 aboVe rinlshed
lloor (typ.)
Fig. 4-8. SMF elevation.
The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for ca.lculatioo of loads.
. ..
4-38
MOMENT FRAMES
TI1e seismic design story shear at the third levels, Vx. is 140 kips as defined in ASCE/SEI 7
Section 12.8.4. From an elastic analysis of the structure that includes second-order effects
and accounts for panel-z~ne defom~tions, the maximum interstory drift occurs between the
third and fourth levels: Ox 04 - 03, 0.482 in.
In this example, the stability check will be perfonned for the third level. This checks the stability of the columns supporting the rhird level. The story drift between the second and third
levels is OJe - Oi. "= 0.365 in..
Solution:
From AlSC Man.ual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
W24x76
b1=8.99 in.
Reduced beam section (RBS) connection~ are used at the frame beam-to-column connections and the t1ange cut will reduce the stiffness of the beam: Example 4.3.3 illustrates the
design of the RBS geometry and the flange cut on one side of the web is c = 2 in. Section
5.8, Step I, of ANSl/AISC 358 states that the calculated elastic drifr, based on gross beam
section properties, may be multiplied by 1.1 for flange reductions up to 50% of the beam
flange width in lieu of specific calculations of effective stiffness. Amplification of drift values for cuts less than the maximum may be. linearly interpolated.
~11
For bt= 8.~9 in., the maximum cut is:
0.5(8.99 in.)= 4.50 in.
.\ 3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIATE MOiii.ENT FRAMES
4-39
mass at the top and bo11om of 1hc story under consideration, which in this case is the third
level.
0
=Cdou
(ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.8-15)
le
5'h(0.525 in.)
LOO
=2.89 in.
From ASCFJSEl 7 Table 12.12-1, the allowable story drift at level x, f:..a, is 0.020/ts_r. where
hu is the story height below level x. Although not assumed io this ex.ample, 6.a can be
increased to 0.025hsx if interior walls. partitions, ceilings and exterior wall systems are
designed 10 accommodate these increased sLory drifts. ASCFJSEI 7 Section l 2. l 2.1.1
requires for seismic force resisting systems comprise<! solely of moment frames in structures
assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or P, that the design story drift not exceed 6.afP
for aoy story. Determine Lhe allowable story drift as follows:
t. 0.020/ru
-0= - -"p
p
0.020(12.5 ft){12 in./ft)
=
1.0
=3.00 in.
D. 2.$9 in.< .\a
o.I<.
The frame satisfies the dlifl requirements.
Thus, the total 4-in. cut is:

4.00
in.) =88.9% of the maximum. cut

m.
. l 00
(~O
4 ...1
The calculated elastic drift needs to be amplified by 8.89% (say 9%).
Frame Stability Check
ASCE/SEI Section 12.8.7 provides a method for the evaluation of the P-6 effects on
moment frames based on a stability coefficient, 0, which should be checked for each floor.
For the purposes of illustration, this dt=tmple checks the stability coefficient only for the
third Jevcl. The St:ibility coefficient, 9, i~ determined as follows:
Drift. Check
(ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.8-16)
From an elastic analysis of the strucrure that includes second:.Order effects, the maximum
interstory drift occurs between the lhird and fourth levels. The effective elastic drift is:
Ou
AJk><>r =A,.qq1 a75ft(J20 ft)=9,000 ft
=04e -03,
Dfio<>r
=0.482 in.
=9,000 ft2 (85 psf) /l,000 lb/kip

=765 kips
Ou IUJS =l.090xe
=1.09(0.482 in.)
DIWf =9,000 ft2 (68 psf)/(1,000 lb/kip)

=612 kips
::::0.525 io.
Per the AlSC Seismic Provisio11s Section Bl , lhe design story drift and the story drift limirs
are those stipulated by the applicable building code. ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.8.6 defines the
design story drift, t:., computed from o_., as tbe difference in the deflections at the center of
D....011
=175 lb/ft (2(75 ft+I20 ft))/ (l,000 lb/kip)

= 68.3 lcips per level
Lftoor =9,000 ft2 (50 psf)/(1,000 lb/kip)
=450 lcips
AMERJCN'I lNSlnvre OF STEEL CONSTRucnON
MOMENT FRAMES
43 SPECTAL MOMF.NT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIAT6 MOMENT FRAMES
4-41
l
I
f'
I
4=1 = 9,000 ft 2 (20psf)1 (i.ooo lb/kip)
Therefore, the stabiUty coefficient is:
=180 kips
A~~E/SEI 7 does not explicitly specify load faciors 10 be used on the gravity loads for determmmg Px, except that Section 12.8.7 does specify that no individual load factor need exceed
1.0. This means that if the combinations of ASCE/SEl 7 Section 2.3 are used, a factor of J .O
can be used for dead load raLher than the usual 1.2 factor used in the LR.FD load combination . for example. This also means that the vertical component 0.2SosD need not be
con~1dered here. T~erefore, for this example, the load combination used to compute the toL'll
ve~cal load on a given story, P;., acting simultaneously wilh the seismic design story shear,
Vx. is l .OD.+ 0.5l based on. ASCE/SEI 7 Section 2.3 includfog the 0.5 factor on L permitted by Sect10n 2.3. where l 1s the reduced live load. Note that consistent with this the same
co~bination was used in the second order analysis for this example for the purpo;e of computmg the fundamental period, base shear, and design story drift.
The total dead load in the columns supp-0rting the third level, assuming rlm 1be columns
supp-0rt cwo floors of curtain wall in addition to other dead loads, is:
l.OPv
=l.0(612 ldps + 2(765 kips)+ 2(68.3 kips)]

=2,280 kips
140 kips(12.5 ft)(12 inlft)(51h)

=0.0535
Because a second-order analysis was used 10 compute the story drift, 0 is adjusted as follows to verify compliance with 0ma.r. per ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.8.7.
0
1+0
I.,
0.0535
l+0.0535
=0.0508
According to ASCE/SEI 7, if
e is less than or equal to 0.10, second-order effects need not
be considered for computing story drift. Note that whether or not second-order effects
on member forces must be considered per ASCE/SEI 7 has to be verified, as it was in this
example; however, Chapter C of the AlSC Specification requires second-order effects be

considered in all cases in the analysis used for member design.
Check the maximum permitted e
The total live load in the columns supporting the third level is:
?-512 =
1,820 kips(2.I9 in.)(1.0)
~.5[(2)(450kips)+180 kips]
The stability coefficient may not exceed 0mo.x. In detennining 0 111 ax. Pis the ratio of shear
demand 10 shear capacity for the level being an::ilyzed, and may be conservatively t:iken
as LO.
= 540 kips
(ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.$-17)
TI1erefore, the total vertical design load carried by these columns is:
=---
Px = 2,280 kips+540 kips

= 2,820 kips
1.0(5~)
.Ii'
= 0.0909 ~ 0.25
I
The seismic design story between the second and third level, including the 9% amplification
on the drift, is:
.
The adjusted stability coefficient satisfies the maximum:

0.0508 < 0.0909
~= Cdou
I,,
= 5'h(L09X0.365 in.)
LOO
=2.19 in.
(from ASCFJSEI 7 Eq. 12.8-15)
o.k.
The moment frame meets the allowable story drift and stability reqUirements for seismic
loading.
Comments:
From an elastic analysis of the structure, !he seismic design story shear at the third level
under lhe s.tory drift loa~ing using the equivaleht lat.era! force procedure is Vx = 140 kips
and the floor-to-floor heJght below lbe third level is hsx 12.5 ft.
'i
There are a total of six bays of SMF in this example. Considering the relative expense of
SMP connections and because the drift and stability limits are met, it may be more cost- ~.
effective to reduce the number of bays to four, and increase member sizes to satisfy the "-'
strength and stiffness requirements.
4 42
MOMENT FRAMES
f 0"1ENT FRAMES ANO J~:.RMEDIA'TE MOMNT !'RAMES

4.3 srFOA... ~ "'
.p
The governing load combinallOn~ for axial and Oexural sLrtngth that include seismic effects
("'
Example 4.3.2. SMF Column Strength Check

Given:
Refer to Column CL-1 oo the firs1 level in Figure 4-8. Determine the adequ:icy of the ASTM
A992 W14x176 to resist the loads given.
There is no transverse loading between the column suppol1~ in the pl:mc of bend1ng.
The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of loads. The
required streng1hs are determined by a second-order analysis including 1he effecLS of P-8
and Pli with reduced stiffness 3S required by the direct analysis method. The governing
load combinations for shear that include seismic effeclS are:
from ASCEJSEJ 7 are:
----- LRFD
ASD
LRFD Lo;id Combin:\lion 5 from

ASCE/SEl 7 Sc.:tion 12.4.2.3
= (l.2 + 0.2Svs )D + pQE
Pu
ASD
LRFD Load Combinalion 5 from

V11
=(J.2+0.2Sos}D+pQ

V.,
+ 0.SL+0.2S
=(1.0+0.J4Svs )D+ H + F +0.1pQe

=22.4 kips
=32.0 lcips
P0
+0.5L+0.2S
=243 kips
=(l.2+0.2Sos)D+pQE
M.,
+0.5L 0.2S
LRFD

ASCflSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3
Mut<P
= 125 kip ft
Mu/KJI
=-298 k1pfl
,'.f 0
= (1.0+0.JOSvs)D+JJ+F
+ 0.525pQE +0.75L+0.75S
=2 14kips
= (l.0 +0.IOSDs)D+0.525pQ
+ 0.75L + 0.75S
M0 '"'P 67 .0 lop-ft
Mat-or= - 158 kip-ft
Solution:
From A1SC Manual Table 2~. t11e material properties are as follows:
ASTh1 A992
Fy =- 50 ksi
F,, = 65 ksi
(including the 0.5 factor on L permitted in

ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3)
From .A.ISC Jfamwl Table 1-1. lhe geometric properties are :is follows:
AJSC Seismic Pro1;isions Section DI Aa re~uires, with limited exceptions, that che SJJlphfied
seismic load (i.e., lhe seismic load multiplied by the overstrength factor, 120 ) be used to calculate required column axial strength. Moment need not be combined simultaneously w ith
the amplified seismic 3.'<ial load in chis case because there is no tm.osverse loading between
t'ie column suppons. The redundancy factor, p, and the overstrength fouor nCd not be
applied simultaneously.
The governing load combinations for a..:UaJ strength that include lhe amplified seismjc lo.ad
from .'\SCE/SEI 7 are:
LR.FD
:'
!.;.
ASD

P. =(l.2+0 .2Svs)D+ftQe
+0.5L+0.2S
=249 kips
ASD L03d Combination 6 from

P.,
=(l.0+0.105SDS)D+ H tF
+ 0.525Q.Qe +0.75L0.75S
=218 kips
Column
W14x176
d - 15.2 in.
A ::: 51.8 in.2
Zx= 320 in. 3
hit..,= 13.7
in.
rx= 6.43 in.
lw= 0.830
oi= 15.7 in.
/_. =2,140 in.'
1, = 838 in.'
r1 =4.02 in.
y= l.31 in.
kde: = 1.91 in.
s.. = 281 io.3
bJl21r 5.97
Beam
W24x76
2,100 in.'
1..
Column Element Slenderness

AISC Seismic Provisio11s Section E3.5a requires that the stiffened and uns_tiffened elements
of SMF columns ~atisfy the requirements of Section DI. l for highly ducule members.
4-44
MOMENT FRAMES -.,..
From the AJSC Seismic Provisions Table D l .1. for flanges of highly ductile members:
AJuJ = 0.30
II
.~.
= 5.97 < ANJ, the flanges
satisfy the requirements for highly ductile
elements.
The limiting width-to-thickness ratio for webs of highly ductile members is determined as
follows from Table Dl. l using the goveming load case for axial load, including the amplified seismic load, as stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions SecLion D l.4a:
LRFD
K1 L"
=0.141
Because C0 S 0.125,
1.0(14.0 ft)( 12 in./ft)

4.02 in.
f.
governs
1.67(218 kips)
QcP,.
Becaure Ca > 0.125,
JI (
1- 0.93C,,)
"J...,,d =
29,000 ksi
SOksi [1-0.93(0.107)]
O.nJI
=0.77
F1
(2.93- Ca)<!'. l .49
JI
Fy
/29 000 k~i

;Oksi (2.93-0. 141)
<!'. l.49J29.000 ksi
50 ksi
=51.7 ~ 35.9
..
= lilt..., =
ASD
LRFD
(50 ksi)(5 J.S in.2)
=53.l
elements.
1.0(14.0 ft)(l2.0 in.!ft)

6.43 in.
Using AJSC Manual Table 4-l, with K1 L1 = 14.0 ft, the available compressive strength of
the W14x176 column js:
F)Ag
= 0.107
Because A.
KxLx
--=
rx
-;:;- =
=41.8
= -=
=2.45
Available Compressive Strength

Determine v.hat the controlling slenderness ratio of the column is:
l.67?.,
kips
= 0.90(50249
ksi)(51.S in.2 )
Fy
K1 =l.O
=26.l
OcPo
Ca = - Py
P.,
0.90.F).Ag
~ 2.45
Kx =1.0
ASD
Pu
Ca =-$cPy
'Ahd
The direct :malysis mefriod in AISC Specification Section C3 states that the effective length
factor K of all members shaU be taken as unity unless a smaller value can be justified by
rational analysis. Therefore,
= 0.30 /29,000 ksi

50ksi
=7.22
Effective Length Factor
VF;
Because A. = b112fJ
4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND INTER.MEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES
Use 'AM= 51.7.
13.7 < Ahd, the web satisfies lhe requirements for highly ductile
=2,050 kips> 249 kips
P,.
nc
=1,360 kips> 218 kips
o.k.

1
From AISC Manual Table 3-2, determine'. for the W14x176 whether the limit state of lat
eraJ-torsional buckling applies for flexutil strength, i.e., Lb> lp.
,.
I
Lp =14.2 ft
Lr= 73.2 ft
4 =14.0 ft<!p
From AISC Specification Section F2, with comp_a ct fl~nges and web and Lb~ lp, the applicable limit state is yielding. Using AISC Manual Table 3-2, the available flexural strepgth,j.j:
of the W14x176 c:olurno is:
LRFD
Alternatively, Table 1-3 -in lhis Manual can be used to confirm that members satisfy the
requirements for highly ductile members.
o.k.
Mex= $bMpx
=1,200 kip-ft
ASD
...
M
_Mpx
C< -
!4
1;
....
.=798 kip-ft
0
.\MEJuc..v.I lNSTJl'VTE OF SrEE.. COHS'flll!CTION
r,J
I',,.
t
4-47
4 3 SPECIAi.. MOl'-tENT FRAMES AND lNTI'J~ME.OL\113 MOMENT FRAMLS
1f
Loadi~g
Combined
. .:)
Check the mtc:racuon of comprei;sion and flexure using A!SC Spuijication Section H 1. 1, ~
and the governing load case for combined loading.
l ';!
}.1 3...
,. ...
ASD
LRFD
,,
The applicable building code specifics the use of ASCPJSEJ 7 for calculation of loads. The
rcqujred )trengl.M at the face of the column and the centerline of the. RBS ti.re dct~incd by
i;ec<)nd-order analysts including the effects of P-& and P-ll wnh reduced stiffness as
3
required by the direct analysis method.

Tue governing load combinations for the requiml flexural and shc:ir ~trenglh al the face of
the column are:
243 kips
P,
-=
P, 2,050 kips
=0.119<0.2
P,
Pc
214 kips
1,360 lcips
Therefore, use AISC Spedfic<:lio11

Equation HJ I b
Therefore, use AlSC Specification

Equation Hllb
..
=0. 157 <0.2
ASD
LRFD

ASCEJSEl 7 Section 12.-t.2.3

ASCFJSEI 7 Sc.ction 12.4.2.3
.\ f0
JJ., =(I 2+ 0.2Sos )D+pOt

P,
2Pc
0.119
2
(Mrs M,.,)
+-+-
+(
+
Mrx
M.;y
298kip-ft
l, 200 kip-ft
0.308:::; 1.0
::01.0
0)- 0 308
-
+0.7pQE
+0.5L+0.2S
(M
P,
2Pc
+ _.!!.+-2..
M ) s 1.0
Mex Mey
0. 157
2
+( 798
158 kip-ft 0 )- 0 276
kip-ft + -
0.276:::; LO
o.k.
=(t.0 + 0.14Sos )D + fl + F
=- 136 kip-fl
=-273 kip-n
v., =(1.2+0.2Sos ) D + pQc
\ 'o
+0.7pQ
+0.5L + 0.2S
=22.8 kips
=33.8 kips
o.k.
=(1.0+0.l4Sos )D+ 11 + F
(including the 0.5 facmr on L permitted in

ASCEISEl 7 Section 12A.2 3)
Using AISC Manual Table 3-2 for the W14x176 column:
.~!
Face of
ASD
LRrD
column '-..
cpv. =378 kips> 32.0 kips

The W14x176 is adequ:ite
to
o.k.
~ = 252 kips> 22.4 kips
o.k.
..">;
,,
W24x76
beam
C'y
Q:- \
resist the !oads given for Column CL- l.
Comments:
The beam and column mes selected were based on a least-weight solution for drift control;
thus, the column size is quite conservative for strength.
c = 2.00 in.
I.
2}.ib
= 12.0 in.
t--..-~~~~b~=---"18~.X-!!.ln~~~-i
Example 4.3.3. SMF Beam Strength Check
..:
j
Given:
Refer to Beam BM l in Figure 4 8. Detem1ine lhe adequ~y of I.he W24x76 ASTM A992
W-shapc to resist Lhe following Jo.1dmg. The bc:lm end connections u1ilize the reduced beam
section ~S) prequal1fied .in accordance wuh ANSl/AlSC 358 and shown in Figure 4-9.
Also, design the lateral bractng for the beam u~ing ASTM A36 angles. Assume that the beam
fl::ingcs are braced nt the columns
a= 5)2 in.
Fig. 4-9. Initial RJJS derail for Examples 4.3.J <111d 4.3.4.
MOMENf FRAMES
The governing load combinations for the required flexural and shear strength at the cen1crline of lhe RBS are:
!.
LRFD
Mu =(l.2+0.2SDs)D+pili;
+ 0.5L+0.2S
= -246 JOp-ft
ASD
Ma= (l.0+0.14SDS)D+H +F+0.7pQE

= - 168 kip-fl
4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES Al"ll> INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES
ANSI/AISC 358 Section 5.3.1 permits calculation of 1he width-to-thickness ratio for the
flanges based on a value of bt not Jess than the flange width :it the ends of the cen1er two1.hirds of the reduced section provided that gravity loads do not shift the location of the
plastic hinge a significanl dist31lce from the center of 1he RBS. Assuming this is the case
bere, the RBS radius of cut from ANSI/AJSC 358 Figure 5.1 and 1he dimensions given in
From ATSC MaJ1ual Table 2-4, the beam ma1erial prope11ies
3Ie
4(2.00 in/ +(18.0 in.>2

=
8(2.00 in.)
=21.3 in.
as follows:
bf.RBS=
ASTMA992
Fy =50ksi
=65 ksi
W24x76
b1= 8.99 in.

hit..,= 49.0
rt= 0.680 in.
s.. =176 in.3
= 0.440 in.
2..: =200 in.3
lw
choose a section that satisfies the dimensional constraints listed below. For this e,,ampJe,
trial values of a, band care chosen as shi;:>wn jn Figure 4-9. Example 4.3.4 demonstrates that
these dimensions are acceptable. Other dimensions that satisfy the requirements of ANSI/
AISC 358 could have been selected. Dimensii:ins that satisfy the dimensional constraints
listed below may still require adjustment to satisfy all of the requirements of ANSJ/AISC
358 Section 5.8.
0.1b111!> c ~ 0.25bbf
in.)2
bf.RBS
11.1=-2t1
6.72 in.
,,,
2(0.680 in.)
=4.94
According to the requiremenlS of ANSJ/AJSC 358 Section 5.8, Step I, lhe designer must
0.65d s b ~ 0.85d
(2-3)
=6.72 in.
h0 =23.2 in.
RBS Dimensions
O.Sb111s as 0.75bt-J
2(R-c)+b1-2~R2 -(~f
o 99 in.) - 2 (21.3 in.)2 -(18.03

= 2(21.3 in. - 2.00 in.)+ (o.
From AISC Manual Table 1-1, the beam geometric properties are as follows: .
=1.18 in.
ry =l.92in.
At the edge of the center two-thirds of che RBS. th~ reduced flange width is, from geometry:
Solution:
kdts
tl
4c2 +b 2
R = --
The required shear strength at the RBS is not given because the shear at the face of the column is greater than at the RBS and the available shear scrength is the same at each location
since the web is not modified by the RBS cut.
d= 23.9 in.
~:
~; .
Figure 4-9 is:
8c
F..
'.
I
....
(ANSI/AJSC 358 Eq. 5.8-1)

(ANSUAISC 358 Eq. 5.8-2)
(ANS.UAJSC 358 Eq. 5.8-3)
Check Beam Element Slendemess

AISC Seismic Provi.sio11s Section E3.5a requires 1h:11 th~ stiffened and unstiffened elements
of SMF beams satisfy the requirements of AfSC Seismic Provisions Section D 1.1 for h.ighly
From AISC Seismic Provisions Table DI. J, the limiting flange width-to-thickness rario for
highly ductile membe(s is:
\
AhJ
== 0.30
=0.30
ff,
29.000 ksi
50ksi
==7.22
Because A/< AJuJ, the flanges satisfy the requirements for highly ductile members.
From AISC Seismic Provisions Table D 1.1, for webs of rolled I-shaped sections used as
beams or columns, recognizingtbat C0 = P.,1(9Pn) is assumed to be zero because no a;<ial
force is presenl for the beam, the limiting widlb-to-thickness ratio is:
ductile members.
AMERICAN lNSTmfTB OF Sn!EJ.. CoNSTRUCJ10N
I;~
.v
\.I;
4-50
4.'.l SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND lNTERMEDtATE MOMENT FRAMES
'Aird =2.45
[I
'{~
29,000 ksi
=2.451---50 ksi
= hit,., ::: 49.0 < Ahd, !he web satisfies the requirements for highly
ductile
Alternatively, using Table 4-2 of this Manual, it can be seen that a W24x76 will satisfy the
width-to-thickness requiremenLs for an SMF beam.
Spacing of Lateral Bracing
AtSC 'seismic Provisions Seetion Dl.2b requires that both flanges be laterally braced at
intervals not to exceed:
0.086r.
>'
When designing an RBS connection, it is assumed that the flexural strength of the member
at the reduced section will control the moment strengtJ1 of the beam. According to AISC
Specificarion Section P2, where Lb $; Lp, beam strength is controlled by Mp When U1e RBS
section is proportioned and located according to the provisions of ANSJIAISC 358, the flexural strength of the RBS will control beam strength and this assumption does oot need to be
verified. In these cases, the flexural strength of the unreduced section is limited by Mp
FyZx and the Oexural strength of the reduced beam section will be MpRBS = FyZRss. where
ZRas is the plastic section modulus ac the center of the reduced beam section, as defined in
ANSJIAISC 358 Equation 5.8-4, and Z.x is the plastic section modlllus of the unreduced
beam section. However, in cases where lb > Lp, whlch is the case in this example, Lhe
assumption w111 have to be verified. Note that as a practical matter, che typical value of Cb
is greater than I .O for moment frame beams and when the limits imposed by rhe AISC
Seismic Provisions on unbraced length are considered, lateral-corsional buckling typically
will not reduce the flexural strength of the unreduced section below Mp.
=59.0
Because Aw
members.
4-51
29
(~J
=0.086(1.92
in.1( ' OOO ksi )(- 1- )
Fy
.
' 50 ksi.
12 in./ft
For tbe unreduced section, from AISC Specification Section F2, with compact flanges and
web and Lp < Lb :s; L,, the :ipplicable flexural strength limit states are yielding and later<iltorsional buckling. For the limit state of yielding and lateral-torsional buckLing, the
following equation applies.
=7.98 ft
(Spec. Eq. F2-2)
Alternatively, using Table 4-2 for a W24x76, it can be seen that Lbmax is equal to 7.98 ft.
::11.
!~:
'(
:~
The composite concrete and meta.I deck diaphragm provides continuous lateral support to
the top flange of the beam; however, !he only lateral supports for the bottom flange occur at
the end connections. Therefore, a bottom flange brace must be provided <lt least every 7.98
ft. The distance between column centerlines is 30.0 ft. If three braces are provided aiong the
length, the unbraced length of the beam, Lb. would be:
Lb,;, 30.0 ft
4
:::: 7.50 ft< 7.98 ft
Therefore, provide lateral bracing of the bottom flange at 7 .50 ft intervals.
Cb =
12.5Mmax
2.5Mmax +3MA +4Mo +3Mc
If bracing is provided at 7.50 ft on center, there are four unbraced segments along the beam,
although the two segments on each side of the beam midsp::m are symmetric assuming that
the seismic load case on the beam is considered. The moment diagram from the elastic
analysis has an approximately constant,slope such that the' values of M,~ax MA. Ms and Mc
can be obtained by proportioning the moment diagram shown in Figure 4-10. Thi.s approximation assumes that the impact of gravity load is such that it does not significantly
influence the shape of the moment diagram resulting from lateral load.

Check tbe available flexural strength of the beam (including tbe reduced section) as stipulated in ANSJ/AlSC 358 Section 5.8, Step l.
First, check the unbra_ced length using AISC Manual Table 3-2:
Lp:::: 6.78 ft
Lr = 19.5 ft
TI1erefore, Lp <Lb < l.;y.

This suggests that bracing must be provided more closely than 7.50 ft on center to develop
Mp in the frame beam but, as discussed in the following, recognizing that Cb > L.0 helps
establish that Mp can be developed with bracing intervals further apart than 6.78 ft.
Fig. 4-JO. Moment diagram for Beam lJM-1.
>;
ii
li
(Spec. Eq. Fl-1)
A.\fatJC.'\l'l l'.NSTITUTI! 01' STEEL CONSTRUCTION
4-52
'
MOMENT FRAMES
For the exterior segment~ of the beam, where M is the moment at the end of the beam:
Mmax = M
MA =I0.87SMJ
4-53
4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES
Plastic Secuon Modulus at the Center of the RBS

At the centerline of the reduced beam section, using ANSl/AISC 358 Section 5.8, the piss-
Ma=I0.75 Ml
tic section modulus is:
Mc= 10.625.\11
(ANSJ/AISC 358 Eq. 5.8-4)
ZRBS = Zr-2ctbt(d-lbf)
Cb=
12.5M
2.SM + 3(0.875M)+4(0.75M) + 3(0.625M)
=l.25
=200 in.3-2(2.00 in.)(0.680 in.)(23.9 in.-0.680 in.)

= 137 in.3
For the interior segments of the beam:
Mmtu=O.SM
MA = 10.375.MI
Ma=I0.25
Ml
Available and Required Flexural Strength at Centerline of RBS and

Face of Column
Mc= 10.125MI
As determined previously, the nom.ioal llexural strength is the plastic moment of the beam,
Mp. At the centerline of the RBS, the nominal and available flexural strengths are:
Cb =
12.5(0.5M)
2.S(0.5M)+ 3(0.375M)+4 (0.25M)+3(0.125M)
Mn@RBS
=1.67
=FyZRBS
=50 ksi(137 in.3 )
The available flexural strength of the beam end segment is detemtined in the following. The
end segment is the governing case because the ratio of Cb values for the exterior and interior segments is Jess than the ratio of the maximum moments for the segments. From AISC
Specification Section F2.2, for the limit state of late:ral-torsionaJ buckling, with Lp <Lb:::; L,:
(Spec. Eq. f2..2)
=6,850 kip-in.
=571 kip-fl
LRFD
Mn@RBS 57 l kip-ft
=
1.67
nb
9oMn@RRS = 0.90(571 kip-ft)

=514 kip-ft
= 342 kip-ft
where
Mp =F)Zx
(Spec.
Eq. F2-1)
=50ksi(200 in.3)(1 ft/12in.)
Mu@RBs
o.k.
Mo@RBS
=168 kip-ft< 342 k:ip-ft
o.k.
At the face of the column, the nominal :\f\d available flexural strengths are:
=833 kip-ft
LRFD
0.7 FyS" =0.7 (50 ksi)(176 in.3 ) {l ft/12 in.)

=513 kip-ft
ASD
M11 Mp
-=-
tj>M,. =9bMp
=0.90(833 kip-ft)
For the end segment:
6
tt)( 750
ft- .78 ft)]
19.5ft-6.78ft
M"
= 1,020 kip-ft
Therefore, Mn = Mp = 83~ kip-ft because Mn csm1ot be greater than Mp (as indicated in AISC
Specification. Equation F2-1) regardless of the value of Cb and hr.icing may be provided at
7.5 fl on center to achieve Mp-
=273 kip-ft< 750 k.ip-tl
nb
= 833 kip-ft
1.67
=499 kip-ft
=750 kip-ft
Mn= us[833 ki ft-(833 ki -ft-513 ki

.
pp
p-
ASD
o.k.
M0
L
o.k.
'.
...
f:
AMl!JCAl< lNsTrJvn; Of' S1UL CO~TIU.ICllO.'<
MOMf.NT FRAMES
AhcmaLively, Table 4-2 of this Manual can be used lo determine M,. The required brace
force using AlSC Specification Equauoo A-6-7 is.
Using ATSC Manual Table 3-2 for the W24x76 bcrun:
LRFD
I:.
'
I RFD
ASD
.
-v"= 210 kips
.~',
Q~Vn
=3 15 kips
:1
...'
..)
Vu
=33.8 kips < 3 15 kips
o.k.
v.,
= 22.8 kips< 210 kips
Lateral Bracing
According to lhe AJSC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2b. which references AISC
Specification Appendix 6. the required sttengrh of nodal lateral bracing away from an
expecced plastic hinge location is determined from AlSC Specification Appendix 6 as
follows:
P,b = 0.02M,Cd
(Spec. Eq. A-6-7)
ho
R1 - 1.l from AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3.l
..::,,
C.1=1.0
where, nccording to AJSC S~ismic Prollisions Dl.2:i(a)(2):
=1.1 (50 ksi)(200 in.3 )

"' I 1,000 kip-in.
=R1 F.,Z
1.5
..:;
= 1.1 (50 ksi)(200 in. )

1.5
:;
...
= 6.32 kips
The length of the brace is a~sumed lo extend from the cenierline of lhe bottom Oange of
the W24x76 SMF beam 10 the centerline of the lop tJange of the adjacent gravity beam
The siu of the adjacent gravity beam 1s unknown, but assume for this calculation that lhe
flange thickness is the same as 1hc W24x76. The center-to-center spacing of the beams is
12 ft 6 in., as indicated in Figure 4 7. Therefore, lhc length of lhc brace is approximately:
t =
J[i 2.5 fl(I 2 in./tt))2 + {239 in. -0.680 in.)2(I/12 in./fl)
= 12.6 ft
From AISC Manuc1/ Table 4- 12 for ecceouically lo:ided single angles with the eccentricity
equal to or less than 0.75 time~ the angle thickness. uy a l5x5x$fie with K = 1.0. For
ASTM A36, 1he av:ul.ible axial s1rtngth of the single angle is found through in1erpolation
using KL= 12.6 ft.
LRFD
ASD
~ =15.0 kips
~.,P,,
= 22.9 kips
Purl>
=9.48 kips< 22.9 kips
LRFD
3
=7,330 ldp-in.
23.2 in.
o.k.
Po,11 =6.32 kips < I 5.0 kips
o.k.
bracing according to Appendix 6 of the AlSC Specification. The kicker brace selected in
this eumple is considered a nodal brace. Assuming a rig.id bmce support, from ATSC
Specificarion Equation A-6-8, the required brnce stiffness is:
ASD
_ 0.02(7.330 kip-in.Xl .O)
arb -
AISC Seismic Pr<TVisions Section 0 I .2b also specifics a minimum 51iffness for lateral
LRFD
M, =R,F1 Z
P.
= 9.48 kip~
Comment;
::=.
..
ASD
o.k
The preceding .flexural check could have been conservatively m~dc using 1he required
strength at the face of the colullUl compared to the available strength al the cenlerline of the
RBS. This approach might be useful if there is unc~rtsinty regarding the geometry of the
RBS, particul:irly the values of a and b since these arc needed 10 Jctennine 1hc location of
the RBS centerline.
flt
t 0)
P.,,.= 0.02(11 ,000
. ,kip-in.X
.
23. in .
n.,
The W24x76 is adequate to resist the loads giYen for Beam BM I.
,.
4 3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAM!:'-') -\NO L'l"TE.RME:.Dl/\11' MOMENT FRAMES
A.\iEIOCAl'f INST11V11! OP STEEL CONSTIUJCTIOH
ASD
4.3 SPEOAL MOMENT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRA..'v!ES
4-56
LRFD
where
where
= 0.75
M,::::: 11,000 kip-in.
Mr = 7 ,330 kip-in.
Cd = 1.0
Lb = 7 .50 ft(J 2 in./ft)
::::: 90.0 in.
= 90.0 in.
ho
ho =23.2in.
~br ::::: _1_[ I 0(1 1, 000 kip-in.)( J .0)1

,
0.75
(90.0 in.)(23.2 in.)
The SMP beam-column connection design presented in this example bas been chosen to
demonstrate the application of the design pro~isions for prequalified RBS connections in
accordance with ANSI/AISC 358. This example demonstrates that the RBS geometry developed below is satisfactory. Some of the results from this example are used in Example 4.3.3.
The geometry of an RBS connection is not uniqoe and alternative configurati'ons of the RBS
geometry are possible.
=2.00
Cd = LO
Lb =7 .50 ft(J 2 inJft)
.. ...
Ex_ample 4.3.4. SMF Beam-Column Connection Design
ASD
= 23.2in.
l3t>r =
z.oo[10(7,330k.ip-in.)(1.0)1
(90.0 in.)(23.2 in.)
WD::::
e =tan
-l(
23.2in.
J 2.5 ft(12 in.Jft)
=8.79"
k = 3.07 in.2 (2~,000 ksi) cos 2 ( 8 .790)

152m.
= 572 kip/in.> l3or = 70.2 kip/in.
k > Pbr
0.84 kip/ft
})IL=
0.60 kip/ft
Procedure:
The procedure outlined below follows the order of the design procedure outlined in
ANSI/AISC 358 Section 5.8. The term ''Step i1" indicates the actual step number in
ANSI/AISC 358 Section 5 .8. The steps from ANSI/AISC 358 are augmented with some
additional checks in this example. Some of the steps listed in Table 4 -A are exe.c uted in
detail in Example 4.3.3, the SMF beam su;ength check. The procedure is defined for
LRFD only.
=AE cos2 (9)

L
Giv~n:
The stiffness of the L5x5x5/ 15 brace, with A= 3.07 in.2, in the horizontal plane is:
k
t:
Refer to Joint JT-1 in Figure 4-8. Design the connection between Beam BM-1 and Column
CL-I using the reduced beam section (RBS) shown in Figure 4-9. All beams and columns
are ASTM A992 W-shapes. Plate material is ASTM A572 Grade 50. The gravity loads on
the beam are:
=70.2 kip/in.
::::: 70.2 kip/in.,
~:
4-57
j..
In addition, panel zone and bracing requirements are checked.
o.k.
L5x5x5/1& ASTM A.36 kickers will be provided to brace the beam bottom flange at a spacing of 7.50 ft. The brace at midspan can be designed in a similar manner with Cd 2.0,
_bec;rnse it is the brace closest to the inflection point
Note t!Jat because this connection features a prequali.fied RBS moment connection supporting a concrete structural slab, according to ANSl/AfSC 358 Section 5.3.1(7) the slab pl~s
the typical lateral stability bracing provides sufficient stability so that additional bracing
adjacent to the plastic hinges is not required, provided that shear connectors are provided at
a minimum spacing of 12 in. (but omitted in the RBS protected zone).
Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the W-shape material properties are as follows:
\
ASTMA992
Fy= 50 ksi
Fu=65 ksi
From AJSC Manual Table 2-5, the plale material properties are as follows:
ASTM A572 Grade 50
Fy =50 ksi
F.,= 65 ksi
Comment:
av~ilable flexural strength is gre.ater than the required
flexural strength from code-specified load combinations at the center of the RBS, the maximum probable moment, Mpr. at the column face needs to be checked against I.be expected
moment strength of the unreduced beam section. This will be done in Example 4.3.4.
In addition to chec!Ong that the beam
A.MSRJCAN 1NS1TTVTE OF $11$1.. CONSTRUCllON
From AISC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
Colwnn
W14x176
A= 51.8 in.2
fJ= 1.31 in.
Zx= 320 io. 3
d= 15.2 in.
lfdet
=116 in.
t,. =0.830 in.

/ca,1= 2'h in.
b1= 15.7 in.

k1=l-%in.
. t1....
~:
4-58
MOMENT rR.AMES
The beam aJso sati~fies the ma.~imurn width-to-thickness ratios for the flange, mensurcd u1
the edge of the center two-thirds of the RBS. and the web specified by ANSl/AISC 358
Scc1ion .53.1(6). as ~howo in E.umple -i.3.3.
Table 4-A
RBS Design Procedure Per

ANSI/AISC 358
Beam latcml bmcing must be provided in conformance with the AlSC Seismic Provisions
This beam supports a concrete ~1ruc1ural sl.ab that is connected between the prorected zones
with welded shear connectors spaced at a maximum of 12 in. Consequently, according to the
faception in Set:tir.n 5 3 1(7) of ANSVAJSC 358, supplemental lateral bracing is not
required at the reduced )~lion . ~11mmum ~p3cing between rhe face of the column and the
first beam lateral suppon and minimum \pacing between lau~ral supports is shown 111
faample 4.3.3.
Check system limitations pe< Section 5.2.

Check prequaliflcalion linllts per ~ 5 3.
Step 1. Choose trial values for 1he RBS dimensions
a. band c. See also Example 4 3.3.
step 2. Compute plastic section modulus at tile center of RBS, z~ See Example 4 3.3.
Step 3. Com1lu'.e the pcobable maximum moment at !he cen!Er ol RSS.
The protected zone consi~ts of the portion of the beam between the fuce of tbe column :uiJ
the end of the redu..:etl beam se.;oon farthest from the face of the column. Figure 5.J of
ANSl/AlSC 358 ~hows lbc locauon of the prorwed zone. This information should be
clearly identified on the strucrurnl dct.ign drawings, on shop drawings. and on erection draw
Step 4 Compute lhe 6hear force at Ille center of lhe RBS at each end of beam
Step 5. Compute the probable nmimum moment at Ule race ot the column.
Step 6. Compute the plastic moment of Ule bfl3Jll based on e,pected yiekl Slre$S.
Step 7. Check tllat moment 81 Ille tau of Ille C-Olumn. /J~ does nol exceed availaDle strength,
-~
""
+r#,.
v,. ol beam and beam webtocolumn connection from
Step 9. Design lhe beam wet>-lc>-Clllumn connection per Section 5.6.

Step 10. Check continuity plate requirements per Chapler 2.
than a W36.
Step 11 Check cdumnbeam relotionship hrn1tations accortling to Section 5.4.
The column also ~a1isfics the m:i11;imum width 10-thickness r::llios for the flanges and the
web specified by Section 5.3.2(6), as shown in Eumple 4.3.2.
Beam
W24x76
A= 22.4 in. 2
ft= 0.680 io.
Column lateral bracmg musr conform to lhe requirements of the AISC Seismic Provisions.
Section E3.4c allows the use of a strong-column/weakbeam ratio (~SC Seismic Prorisions
Equation E3-l ) greater than 2.0 to show that a column remains elastic outside of the panel
zone at restrained beam-to-column connections. If ir can be demonstrated I.hat !he column
remains elastic outsiJe of the panel zone, Secllon E3.4c(l) requires !he column flanges tr>
be braced at the level of the beam top Oanges only. With a c-0lumn-be.am moment ratio of
I.72 in this c.xample (see calculations following). t~ column cannot be assumed to rem:.a.n
elastic and bracing as required at both the top and botcom flanges of the beam. Column
flange bracing at these locations may be provided by coatinuily pl:ites and a full-depth shelf
plate between the continuity plates al the connection of the girder framing into the weak axis
of the column.
=0.440 in.
d=23.9 in.
t,.
z.. =200 in.3
r1 =1.92 in.
br 8.99 in.
Prequalification limits per ANSllAJSC 358 Section 5.3
ANSI/AJSC 358 provides only nn LRFD design procedure for the RBS connection; there
Check beam requirements
The W24x76 beam satisfies the requirements of ANSUATSC 358 Sec1ion 5.3.J as a rolled
wide nangc member. wi1h depth less than 3 W36. weight less than j()() lb/ft, And n:mge
thickness less than I.75 in. The clear span-to-depth mtio of che beam is at least 7 as required
for an SMP system:
Clear span /dept h :::
(360 in.-15.2 in.)
23.9 in.
::: 14.4 ? 7
in gs.
Check column requirements
The W 14x176 column satisfies the requirements of Section 5.3.2 as a rolled wide Oangi>
member, with the frame beam connected to lhe column Oange and witb a column depth kss
Step 8. Determine the requll'ect Shear strength,

Equation 5.8-9.
System limitations per ANSI/A/SC 3?8 Section 5.2

The fr:une is a special moment frame and the RBS connection is prequalified for SMF and
IMF systems.
4.3 SPEClAL MOMENT fRJ\MCS 1\NO fNTERMl.!OIATE MOMENT f'RAME.S
o .k.
fore , the RBS connection must be designed using lRFD, even in the case where ASD
was used for Lhe remainder of 1he design. The following calculations illustrate the LRFD
procedure.
Trial Values for the RBS Dimensions a, b and c
(Step 1 in ANSI/A/SC 358 Section 5.8)
The dimensions of lhe RBS cut ~ill be determined so that the RBS has sufficient strengt1l
to resist the flexural loads pre1'Cnbed by the building code as ~ell as so that I.he probable
MOMENT F'RAMF.S
maximum moment in 1he beam at the face of the column does not exceed 1he expec1ed plastjc moment capacity of the be:im. The former check is perfom1e<l in E.,;in:iple 4.3.3, while
the latter check is pcrfonne<l in lhe following.
For the trial values of the RBS dimensions, use lhe values in Figure 4.9 and check per
ANSl/AlSC 358 Equations 5.8-J to 5.8-3.
a = 5.50 in.
0.5bt Sa S 0.15bJ
0.5bJ 0.5(8.99 in.)
4.50 in.
(ANSI/Al SC 358 Eq. 5.8 l )
=
=
(ANSJ/AISC 358 Eq. 5.8-2)
0.65d = 0.65(23.9 in.)

=15.5 in.
0.85d =0.85(23.9 in.)
=20.3 in.
15.5 in. S 18.0 in. S 20.3 in.
=8.670 kip-in.
The value of Mpr is intended to represent the m:iximum moment tha1 can occur at the center of the RBS cut when the reduced section has yielded and strain hardened.
i:
The gravity lo3d on the beam is computed from the load combination provided in ANSJ/
AlSC 358 Section 5.8, Step 4, as follows:
I~
+ 0.2(0 kip/ft)
o.k.
=1.31 kip/ft
(ANSI/AISC 358, Eq. 5.8-3)
0.1(8.99 in.)
= 0.899 in.
0.25bbf = 0.25(8.99 in.)
=2.25in.
0.899 in. S 2.00 in. S: 2.25 in.
The distance from the column face to the center of the RBS cut is determined from ANSI/
AlSC 358 Figure 5.2 as follows:
sh =a+(b/2)
=5.50 in.+{18.0 io./2)
=14.5 in.
o.k.
l..
The distance between centers of RBS culS is:
Plastic Section Modulus at the Center' of the Reduced Beam Section

The value of the plastic section modulus at the center of the RBS,
puted in Example 4.3.3.
ZRBS
=137 in.3, is com-
Probable maximum moment at the center of the reduced beam section

From Example 4.3.3, ZRJJs = 137 io.3 , therefore:
2F1
=1.15(1.1)(50 ksi)(I37 in. )

3
""J.2(0.840 kip/ft)+ 0.5(0.600 kip/ft)
O.lbbf Sc S 0.15b1
~1.2
(ANSl/AlSC 358 Eq. S.8-5)
Mpr =CprR>FyZRJJs
w., = 1.2D+0.5L+0.2S
c= 2.00 in.
Fy+F.
=1.1 from AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3.1
The shear force at the center of the RBS at each end of the beam is computed from a free
body diagram of the portion of the beam between the RBS centers. For this free body dfa
gram, assume the moment at the center of each RBS is equal to Mpr as compu1ed in Step 3.
o.k.
b 18.0 in.
0.65d s; b s 0.85d
Cpr =
R1
'Hll
Shear force at the center of the reduced beam sections at each end of the beam
. (Step 4 in ANSI/A/SC 358 Section 5.8)
0.15b1 = 0.75(8.99 in.)

=6.74 in.
4.50 in. S 5.50 in. S 6.74 in.
0.lbbf
4.3 SPECIAL MOM.ENT FRAMes i\Nl) lNTERMEDIA'l't! MUMl:.NT MtA.Mt!:S
(ANSI/AISC 358 Eq. 2.4.3-2)
50 ksi+65 ksi
2(50 ksi)
=l.15s;1.2
L1t =L-2(dcoi/2)-2S1i
=360 in.- 2{15.2 inJ2)- 2(14.5 in.)

=316 in.
Figure 4-11 shows the key beam dimensions. Figure 4-12 shows a free body diagram of the
portion of the beam between RBS cuts.
.t
As shown in Figure 4-12. V~BS and Vifusare lhe symbols used for the sbear at the center of
the RBS cuts. VRss is r.he larger of che two shear forces and VR.as is the smaller of tJ1e two.
By summing moments about the right end of this free body diagram, the shear forces can be
computed as follows:
.;.:;
l
l
l!
AMERICAN li<sTmm; OF Sn:a.. COl'STIU!Ctl0~
T
r .
MOMENT FRAMES
2Mpr Wulh
VRBs=--+--
Lh
If the gravity load on the beam is something olher than a uniform loau, the correct Shear
forces at lhe centers of I.he RBS cuts are still obtained from equilibrium of the portion of the
beam between the ccnLers of the RBS cutS {i.e., by sum.ming moments about e~~h end of lhe
free body di<1gram).
= 2(8,670 kip-in.)+ l.31 kip/ft{l ft,'12 in.)(316 in.)
316 in.
=72.l kips
If the gravity load on the beam s.s very large, lhere is a possibility tha1 the loca1jon of the
plastic hinge may shift a significant distance outside of the RBS. lf this is the case. the
design procedure in ANSI/AlSC 358 would require. some modification, sin,ce the design procedure assumes the plastic hinge forms within 1he RBS. The possibility of the plastic hinge
shifting outside of the RBS can be checked by drawing the moment diagram fQr tbc portion
Summing moments about the left end:
VfuJs
=2Mpr _ Wulh
l1t
.U SPECIAL MOMENT !'RAMES AND fl'fTERMEDlATE MO.MENT FRA."'IES
-of the beam between RBS cuts. If the point of maximum momenr is outside of the RBS and
exceeds Mp of the full beam cross section, the plastic hinge loc111fon will not fon11 in lhe
RBS, and the ANSUAISC 358 design procedure must be moclified. This is unlikely to occur
for typical spans and gravity loads, but may be a possjbility for cases of very long beam
spans and/or very large gr.Mey loads. Figure 4-13 shows the moment diagram for the portion of the beam between RBS cuts for this example. This moment diagram confinns that
the maximum moments occur at the RBS cuts, :ind therefore the plastic hinges will form in
the RBS cuts, as assumed in the ANSI/A.ISC 358 design procedure.
::::: 2(8,670 kip-in.) 1.31 kip/ft{I ft/12 in.)(316 in.)

316 in.
2
=37.6 kips
1
:J
Probable maximum moment at the face of the column

(Step 5 in ANSf/AISC 358 Section 5.8)
,,
The probable maximum moment at the face of the column, Mf. is compu1ed by taking a free
body diagram of the pon:ion of the beam between the center of the RBS cut and the face of
the column. Summing moments for the frt;e bQdy diagram results in Equation 5.8-6 in
ANSI/AlSC 358. The probable maximum moment at the face of each column is:
W24x76
L =~so
~
RBS
RBS
Fig. 4-JJ. Beam dimt!nsions.
1"r1
10,000
8,000
<lRBS
6,000
~RBS
.~
a.
:.s;:
c:
Cl)
0
~
Mpr = 8,670 kip-in.
",,,.'
L.,,= 316"
I
Fig. 412. Fret! body diagram ofporrio11 of /Jea11tbefll'cen RBS cuts.
4,000
2,000
0
-2,000
4,000
-6,000
-8,000
10,000
Distance along beam span, fl
Fig. 4-13. Probable

AMllRICAN lNSTITUT8 Of' S11lEL CONSTRUCTION
mome111 diagram
for portio11 of beam berween centers of RBS rntt.
AM1UCAN lNS'JTIVll! OP STEl?.l.. Co.HSTRUCTlON
MOMENT FRAJ\.1ES
Mf = Mpr + VRBSsh
(ANSVAISC 358 Eq. 5.8-6)
= 8.670 kip-in.+ 72. I k.ips(14.5 in.)
=9. 720 kip-in.
4.3 SPECIAi MOM!-;NT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIATE MOMEN'f FRAMES
Check that moment at the face of the column, Mt, does not exceed c;M,,.
From ANSUAISC 358 Section 2.4.J
M/ = M pr + VkssS1i
=1.00
cpd
=8,670 kip-in.+37.6 kips(14.5 in.)
QdMrt = I O{l l,000 kip-in.)
=9,220 kip-in.
The free body diagram corresponding to Equation 5.8-6 is shown in Figure 4-14 for rhe Jefl
side of the ~-
As noted in ANSI/AISC 358, this free body diagnro and Equation 5.8-6 neglect the gravity load on lhe beam between lhe center of the RBS and the face of the column. Neglecting
this gravity load introduces little error. For this e'l;ample. Jf Lhe gra\ity load of 1.31 kip/ft
was included m the free body dfagram in Figure 4-14, lhe value of M1 would mcrea~e by
11.5 kip-in.
=11,000 kip-in.
=9. 720 kip-in.
Mt
(ANSl/AISC 358 Eq. 5 8-8)
Mt$ ~J.\ff'<
9.720 kip-in.< 11,000 kip-in.
o.k.
Because &1uauon 5.8-8 is satisfied, the preliminary valu~ of a= 5.50 in .. b = 18.0 in .. and
c:: 2.00 in. are acctptable.

lx:t~een Mt and ~dMpe ir may be possible to
rwuce the depth of lhe RBS cut. Reducing the RBS cut (the c dimension) from 2.0 in. 10
1.5 in. will ~till satisfy Equation 5.8-8, and will result in a smaller increase in story drift
ratio due to the presence of the RBS cut On the other hand, increasing lhe RBS cut would
reduce the shea.r demand on the panel wne, :is discussed in Step 9 of tJ1is example. For the
purpose of this example. continue with the RBS dimensions of a= 5.50 in.. b
18.0 in.,
and c = 2.00 in.
Because there is a significant difference

Plastic moment of the beam based on the expected yield stress
(Step 6 in ANSllAJSC 358 Section 5.8)
(ANSI/AISC 358 Eq. 5.8-7)
Mi'< =R1 Fylx

= l.1(50 hi)(200
m.3)
=11,000 kip-in.
Alternatively. using AISC Seismic Manual Table 4-2 for Lhe
ldp-fc 11,000 kip-in.
W24x76 beam,
R>MP::: 917
Required shear strength, Vu, of the beam and beam web-to-column connection
(Step 8 in ANSl/AJSC 358 Section 5.8)
The required shear strength of lhe beam and the beam-to-column connection. V,., can be calculated by taking the previously compuled value of VRss and adding the shear due to lhe
gravity load on the portion of the beam between the center of the RBS nnd the face of the
column:
<t_RBS
72.1 kips
M, = 9,720 kip-in(
V., =
VRBS
=72 I
+ w.SA
kips+ l.31 kip/ft(l ft/12 in.)(14.5 in.)
= 73.7 kips
1)
Note that lhere is liule error in taking V" = VRBS.
Thedesi&n ~hear sucngth of the W24x76 beam, v," is 316 kips fromAISC Afanua/Thble 3-6.
)
M1 =9,720 kip-Jn.
72.1 kips
'===-_.,
Mpr = 8,670 kip.in.
VR8S
=72.1 kips
sh= 14.5 in.

Fig. 4-14. Fru body diagram <>/portion of beam between center of RBS
and face of ccl"mn.
o.k.
~
1~...
Design the beam web-to-column connection according to ANSI/A/SC 358

Section 5.6 (Step 9 In ANSI/A/SC 358 SectJon 5.8)
The required shear force at the column face is V., = 73.7 kips as detennined previously.
Select a single-plate connection with a plate al lea.st 1n. lhtclc lo suppon crecllon loads,
per ANSUAJSC 358 Section 5.6(2Xa). The same secuon requires that the beam web be ,
welded to the column fl:inge using a complete-joint-penetration (CJP) groove weld.
..Jj
J,
4-66
MOMENT FRAMES
Wilb lhe single plate as backing. use a CJP groove weld to connect the beam web to the col
of this e.umple. lhe column size will not be changed and '.\.in.-thick continuity plates are
required.
From the AlSC Specification Section G2. l, the required minimum remaining web depth
between weld access holes for the 73.7 kips shear force is:
Welds between lhe continuity plate and the column flanges are required to be CJP groove
welds according to AlSC Seismic Pro1isions Section E3.6f(3).
The AISC Seismic Provisions do not specify lhe width of the continuity plate. AlSC
Spcciftc01ion Section J 10.8 S3ys that the minimum width of each con1inuity pl:11e plus tcwfl
must be greater than bbJ/3. As shown below, however, this width does not appear to be sufficient 10 stiffen 1be column flanges due to the significant clip in the plate resulting from the
column fillet.
$0.6F1 t,.,C.
73.'7 lcips
1.00(0.6)(50 ksi)(0.440 in.)(1.0)
::: 5.58 in.
By inspection, sufficient web depth remains.
From AISC Specification Section J 10.8, the minimum continuity plate width is:
o.k.
Continuity plate requirements according to ANSI/A/SC 358 Chapter 2

ANSl/AlSC 358 requires conlinuity plates for the prequalified RBS connection unless the
e.xceptions of AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6f are met and both Equations E3-8 an<l
E3-9 are satisfied.
= 1.31 in.
lcJ
Ryb
=Ry.: =1. l from AJSC Seismic brwisions Table A3. l
111
~ 0.4 L8(8.99 in.)(0.680 in.) ( l.l )(50 ksi)

.
1.31 in. <l.33 in.

;~
'
~;
'ef
n.g.
~!!st..
6
n.g.
Use 'A-in.-thick ASTM A572 Grade 50 continuity plates on both sides of the web.
i:
Alternatively, lhe W14x176 column could be upsizcd to a W14:x211 to avoid the need
for a continuity pl:ite. The decision to upsii.c the column should also consider the need
to provide a doubler plate for the panel zone, as discussed in !he following. For !be purposes
f:
in.I "" 0.870 .
111.
4 08 in.
15.7 in. 0.830 in. _

.
--- 7.44 m.
Continuity plate
For this two-sided connection, the thickness of lhe continuity plates is required to be at least
equal to th~ thicker beam flange on either side of lhe column according to AISC Seismic
Pro11isions E3.6f(2). Therefore the minimum continuity plate thickness is 0.680 in..
).
,.... ) o.s3o
2.58 in.- f( 1~ .rn.+ 1am.
2
or it is as wide as the edge of the column flange:
Neither Equation E3-S nor Equation E3-9 is satisfied, S<? the minimum thickness requirements of Section E3.6f are not met. Therefore, continuity plates are required.
I!
While a 2Ys-in.-wide continuity plate is lhe minimum width penn.it1ed, lhis is too narrow
because the resulting conl3ct width is only 0.870 in. as shown in Figure 4-15, once the
impact of the fillet is considered. AISC Sei.mtic Provisions Section 12.4, which references
AWS D1.8 clause 4.1 , limits the corner clip to not rnore than 1,~ in. beyond the published kt
dimension. where k 1 for a W14x176 is 1Ys in. Thus, the lenglh of contact between each continuity plate and the column flange is:
8.99 in. 0.830 in.

- ---
1.31 < 1.50 in.
S.99 m. 0.830 in.

.
- -- = 2.)8 m.
3
2
The typical practice, therefore, is to set the continuity plate so !.hat it is at least as wide as
the edge of the frame beam flange:
(l .1)(50 ksi)
.,,,. 8.99 in.

lefc:c---
:..."
~
4-67
umn flange.
dmin _ 73.7 kips
:; l
4.3 SPECIAi. MOMENT FRAf..tES AND INTER.MEDlATE MOMENT FR.AMES
Fig. 4-15. Contact area between minimum-width ronti11ui1y plate and column flange.
AJ,tEJUCAN lNsTm.ml OF STEEi.. Co.~~
MOMF.NT FRAMES
4.3 SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES AND lNTE.RlvtEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES
For illustration in this example, use 6.00 in. as 1he pla1e wid1h, so that the contact \\;d1b is:
)
,, JO.+ i.<
nm.
6.00 .m.- l(l~'
~Rn
0.830 in.] = 4.29 .m.

2
(Spec. Eq. J 10-11)
")( . .)l
dbdcfw
= 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi 15.2 m.)(0.830 m.
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6f(3), the strength of the sum of the
welded joints of the continuity plates to the column web weld is the smallest of:
(a) Sum of design strengths in tension of continuity plate contact area with the column
flanges
(b) Design strength in shear of continuity plate contact area with the web
(c) Design s~ength in shear of the column panel zone
(d) Sum of expected yield strengths of the beam flanges transmitting force to the continuity plates
3befr~}
=0.60FrJ,tw ( l +
--
l+
3(15.7 in.)(I.31 in.)

)
. (
. )(O
23.9 m. 15.2 111. 830 111.
= 480 kips
Since this requirement applies
10
the entire panel zone, it will be divided by 2 when com
pared wilb requirements (a) and (b).

For continuity plate requirement (d):
T,. =2R1 Fybflf
=2(1.1)(50 ksi)(8.99 in.)(0.680 in.)

Note that (a) and (b) can be analyzed for each continuity plate to column web on either side
of the web, whereas (c) and (d) apply to the welds of both concinuity places.
Assuming a ~-in.-thick plate, for contin_uicy plate requirement (a), and using AISC
Specification Section J4. l (a), the design tensile strength is:
tP1Tn
=672 kips
Since this requirement applies to the entire panel zone, it will be divided by 2 when com
pared with requirements (a) and (b).
=~',Fy(co.nt.act area)
The concinuity plate to column web weld is based on the smallest of 290 kips, 156 kips,
.i&O kips/2 240 kips, or 672 kips/2 :::: 336 kips. Thus. the design should be based on
= 0.90(50 ksi)(2)(4.29 in.)(* in.)
156 kips.
=290 kips
To transfer 156 kips, a lh-in. double-sided fillet weld is required over the contact length.
From AISC Manual Equation 8-2a:
For continuity plate requirement (b):

AISC Seismic Provisions Section 12.4 states that continuity plates are to be detailed in accordance with AWS Dl.8 clause 4.1. The comer clip of the continuity plate along the column
web is equal to kder + 1.5 in.= 4.13 in. The contact width with the web is:
Contact width= 15.2 in. - 2(4.13 in.)
=6.94 in.
The design shear strength of !he continuity plate based on the contact area with the web,
from AISC Sp~cification Section J4.2(a), is:
l
I
.'.
156 kips
2(1.392 kip/in. per sixteenth)(6.94 in.)
= 8.07 sixteenths
Check column-beam relationships pej ANS//A/SC 358 Section 5.4

(Step 11 in ANSf/AfSC 358 Section 5.8)
AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.4a requires that SMF c-0nnections satisfy the following
strong-column-weak-beam criterion, assuming that the exceptions stated in Section E3.4a
are not met.
cj>..,V,. = v0.60Fy(contact area)
=1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(6.94 in.)(% in,)
=156 kips
For continuiW plate reqliirement (c) and assuming that P, :S 0.75Pn the design strengch of
the panel zone, $Rn, is (note that AISC Seismic Provisions Seccion E3.6e(l) revises tlie value
of 4> to 1.00):
LM:C
(Provisions Eq. E3 1)
- -..->LO
I.Mpb
The value of M;,c in th.is example is based on projecting Mpc to the beam centerline assuming
that the column shear, Ve;, is in equilibrium with the column moment, Mpc; This is consistent
with the definition of M;,c in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section E3.4a. Alternatively, the column shear could be computed to be in equilibrium with the beam moment, Mpr The latter
approach wilJ result in a smaller value of M;,c and, when applied to Equation E3-l, will produce a slightly more conservative resulL
AlllEJUCllN lNsnTvTI! OP STl?.l!L CONSTRVCTION
,. .
70
MOMENT FRMff:S
The axial load on the column must also be considered when determining the flexural
strength of lhe column at lhe beam centerline. (For simplicity, the same axiol lood will be
used abo\'e and below the joint although ch.is is not quite accurate.} Using P., = 249 kips as
given in ~ample 4.3.2, and the height of the column to its assumed points of inflection
above {h, (12.5 fl/2)(12 inJft) = 75.0 in.] and below [hb= (14 ft/2)( 12 inlft) = 84.0 in.] the
beam centerline. r..u~ is detennine-0 as follows:
4.3 SPECLAL MOMENT l'RMIF.'l ANO INTERMl'OIAT6 MOMENT FRA.\.fES
L.M:.:
34, 100 kip
4- 7 1
in.
!M~ =19.800 kip-in.
l.72
1.72 > 1.0
o.k.
Therefore, the strong-column-weak-beam check j, sati,.fied.
(Provisions Eq. E3-2a)
+ z.lb(Fy- P,,-:)[
,\,
= 310 in 3
hb
J
hb -db '2
be calculated by summing the moment' at the column faces as determined by projecting

the expected moments at the plasuc hinge points to the column faces; in this example, MJ
and Mf.
249
(so ksi - 51.8
kips)
in.
x {[ 75.0
in~~?2~~~ in./2)]+184.0 in~-~2~~~
in./2) ]}
~ 34, I00 kip-in.
The expected fle:(Ural demand of the beam at the column centerline is defined in ANSU
AISC 358 Section 5.4 as:
''here
....
rfV"as(a+~ +; )J
L\J,,,
LH,.,
=summation of the probable ma."timum moment at the center of e:ich RBS
I.
Panel Zone Check

AI.SC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6e spt:c1fies that the required panel zone shear Mrength
From statics, it can be seen that column panel-tone shear based on the summation of the
expected moments at the column faces should be reduced by the column shear, Vr The column shear, Ve. is not from the code-specified loads but is. instead, the column shear
developed from the plastic hinging of the RBS. Assuming points of inflection at the m1dheight of the columns above and below the panel rone and as previously detcmuncd in this
enmple, M1= 9,720 kip in. o n the lert side of the beam and Mf 9,220 kip-in. on the right
s.idc, the value of Ve, ig1wring the small effect of gr::ivily loads between the ex peered p la.s11c
hinge location and the face of the column, 1s:
. - .~If+ M/
\,. - h
h
..!!. + ..!.
_ 9, 720 k.ip-in. + 9, 220 lop-m.

-,(14.0ft+12.52ft)(l2 Ill
.!.!!2
dctemlined pre\'iously
;. l
"
The term r.M 11v is the sum of the moments produced at the column centerline by the shear
at the plastic !tinges. Recalling I.he values of VRas and Vfu computed in Step 4 of tbis c'l:ample and the values of the RBS cut confinned in Step 1, r.Mw is:
= 119 kips
where
lrb
=story height above the joint, in.
h, = story heighl below tbc joint. in.
i;
The required srrenglh of the panel zone is:

~;
=(72.l kips+ 37.6 kips)(5.50 in.+ 18 ~ in.+ 15 ~ in.)
!:...
= 2,420 kip-in.
I ;i.
.!,
ITherefore, the expected flexural demand of the beam at the column centerline is:
r.'tf;/>
=2 .\/pr + r.Jf
=2(8,670 k.ip-in.)+ 2.420 kip-in.
R.. = rMt -Ve

di.-r1
== 9,720 k.ipin.+9,220.kipin. _ 119 k.ips

23.9 10. - 0.680
10.
=697 kips
llV
=19,800 kip-in.
AlSC Seismic Provision.t Section E3.6c(l) requires that the design shear strength of the panel
zone be determined in accordance with the li.nUt stale of shear yielding in AISC Spurftcario11
Section J 10.6 with~" :::: 1.00. Specifically, AISC Speciftcorion Section JI0.6(b) is applkable
4 72
.t.3 SP.EClAJ.. MOM.ENT FRAMES AND lNTl.!RMEDlAiE MOMENT FRAMES
because frame stability, includjng plastic panel-zone deformation, is considered in the analysis. Detennine 1he applicable equation as follows:
to the initiation and propagation of fracture at welded beam-to-column connections. In such

cases, sharing of inelastic deformations between beams and panel zones is not encouraged.
See Hamburger et al. (2009) for additionnl infonnation.
P,, =243 kips from Example 4.3.2
It 11as already been pointed out in this exnmple that reducing the RBS cut (i.e., dimension c)
might be possible to bring Mt closer to ~tiftf~ and reduce I.he impact of the
on frame
stiffness. Also, increasing the RBS cut dimensions would reduce shear demand on the panel
i.one and, in some cases, eliminate the need to install doubler plates.
P, <0.75Pc
P,. < 0.75F1 A1
RBS
P, <0.75(50 ksi)(5J.8 in.2)

243 kips < J .940 kips
o.k.
Size Web Doubter Plate
Therefore, the shear strength of the panel zone is given by AISC Specificario11 Equation
Jl0-11:
Rn
= 0.60Fydctw l +3bctt1'j
-f dbd<lw
II+
3{15.7 in.)(1.31 inf
(23.9 in.)(15.2 in.)(0.830 in.)
Alternatively, using Table 4-2 of this Manual for the W14x176 column:
From Table +.2 of this Manual, for the W24x76 beam:
dt
90
Wz
90
t
0.75Py= 1,940 kips
Rv2
=0.250 in
From Table +.2 of this Manual, for the W14x176 column:
=480 kips
>Rv1
The minimum th.ickness of each component of the p311el zone, withour the aid of intennediatc plug welds between the column web and the doubler is:
(Spec. Eq. J 10- ll)
<flRn = 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(15.2 in.)(0.830 in.)
4-73
=378 kips
=2,420 kip-in.
=0.140 in.
0.250 in.+0.140 in. =0.390 in.
The column web satisfies this requirement:

t.., ""0.830 in.> 0.390 in.
4>Rv2
=<j>Rv i + - dl>
"" 378 kips+ 2,420 kip-in.
o.k.
If the doubler plate satisfies this minimurl;l thlckness, it is penniued to be applied directly to
the column web or spaced away from the web, without the use of plug welds.
23.9 in.
= 479 kips
Because Rw 697 kips> 9Rn. a column-web doubler plate is required. Note that if Ve had
not been subtracted, the required panel zone strength would have been approximately 816
kips, which is a 17% increase in demand.
The available shear strength of the panel zone is checked using AISC Specification Equation
JlQ..11 with the thickness, tw. taken as the combined thickness' of the eolumn web and doubler plate.
I.
(Spec. Eq. JI0-11)

Comments:
Tests and analyses have shown that the actual she~ strength of the panel i.one might be considerably larger than the shear force that causes global shear yielding, because of scrajn
hardening and the additional resistance provided by the column flanges bounding the panel
zone. Therefore, AISC Specification Section Jl0.6(b) pel1!lils utiliz.mion of this addi1ional
shear resistance in design when the flexibility of the panel zone js considered in analysis.
Designers should be aware, however, that significant inelastic deformntions might be associated with this increase in resistance. For connections in which beam flanges are directly
welded to column flanges, large inelastic shear distortion of 1he panel zone might contribute
Where fw used in two
plac~
is replaced by t.., + fp.
II
RCsmlnging to solve for tp:
.1
MOMENT FRAMES
4-74
<:::
.
!
697 kips
~r
0.60(50 kSi)[3(15.7 in.)(1.31 in.)2]]

(23.9 in.)
1
. 0.60(50 ksi)(IS.2 in.)
Ip
C!:: 0.476
l-0.830 in.
4.3 SPECl/\L MOMENT FRAMES AND INTERMEDIATE MOM.El\'T FRAMES
Column flnnge restraint al these locations can be provided by continuity plates and a fulldtpth shear plate between the continmty plates at the connection of the girder framing into
tlle weak ax.is of the column .
Specify Beam Flange-to-Column Ffange Connection
Per AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6c, the connection configuration must comply with
the requirements of the prequalified connection, or provisions of qualifying cyclic test
results in accordance with Section K2. ANSI/AISC 358 Section 5.5(1) requires a cqmplete-
Use a !l.!-in.-thick doubler plate.
joint-penetration groove weld,
Because the doubler plate meets the IDlmmum thickness re.quired by AISC Stismic
Provisions Equation E3-7 (0.390 in.), plug welds between the doubler and the column web
arc not required. Tiie length of the clip of the continuity plate at the doubler plate is not
required to meet AWS DLS clause 4.1. Use a 1 in. x 1 in. clip.
Use a complete-joint-p.-:netration groove weld to connect the beam flanges to the column
flange. The weld access hole geomerry is required to comply with AlSC Spt!cificarion
Section JI .6. The welds are also considered demand critical.
Tue final connection design and geometry is shown in Figure 4-16.
Extend the doubler plate 6 in. above and below the beams. Attach lhe doubler plate to the
column flanges using complete-joint-penetration groove welds, as stipulated in AISC
Seismic Provisions Section E3.6e(3)(2). A minimum-sized fillet weld may be used across
the top and bottom of the doubler plate to avoid free edges, bUt is not required.
PL '..0"x6"x12;\ wiih
corner clip per AWS
01 .8 (A572 Gr. 50)
Alrematively, two doubler plates spaced away from the colunm web can be used as shown
in AISC Seismic Provisions Commentary Figure C-E3.3(c).
Figure 4- l6 shows the final configuration of the panel zone.
Installing doubler plates can be costly, so selecting a larger column may also be considered.
Upsizing the column may potentially eliminate the need for continuity plates. The amount
that the column can be upsized without losing the savings associat~ wilh eliminating the
doubler plate varies significantly depending on the project and geographic region, but a general rule of thumb suggests that upsizing the column between 50 to 100 lb/ft might still be
more cost-effective than installing doubler plates and continuity plates. "The column would
have to be upsized to a W14x257 to eliminate both continuity plates and doubler platesa weight increase of 81 lb/ft from the W14x176 used in this example. This weight increase
is in the middle of the 50 to 100 lbtft range where upsizing might be costeffecti\'e and a discussion with a fabricator is rCGOmmended. Nevertheless, for the purposes of thi~ example,
the W14x176 column size will be retained tO illustrate the design of the doubler plate.
:.: doubler plate;

eXten<! s aboVe
and below beams
(A572 Gr. 50)
1----i--<
AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.4c allows the use of a strong-column/weak-beam ratio
(AISC Seismic Provisions Equation E3-l) greater than 2.0 to show that a column remains
elastic outside of the panel zone at restrained beam-to-column connections. If it can be
demonstrated that the column remafrls elastic outside of the panel zone, AJSC Seismic
Provisions Section E3.4<:(1) requires the column flanges to be braced at the level of the
beam top flanges only. With a ratio of l.72 in this example, the column cannot be assumed
to remain elastic and bracing is required at both the top anctbottom flanges of the beam.
CJP W24 web
%" ;Ingle-plate
connection
(A572 Gr. 50)
Column Bracing Requirements
"
4-15
W2AX/6 beam
1
" ' - Bolts as required
for erectlon
W14x176 column
Note: For weld backing requirements,
see ANSIJAISC 356 Chapter 3.
Fig. 4-16. Design Example 4.3.4 co1111ection geolrn!try.

AMEIUCAN
ltlsmvm OP STEE.. CoNSTRUCJlON
.l\MERJC/\tl .INS'ITTVTB OP STe:EI.. CoNSTRUCTlON
4-76
MOMB'IT FRAMES
4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUM N BASE DESIGN

EXAMPLES
The following design examples address the design of gravity column splices, SMF column
splices, SMF column bases, and SMF embedded column bases.
Example 4.4.1. Gravity Column Splice Design in a Moment

Frame Building
Given:
Refer to the floor plan shown in Figure 4-7 and the SMF elevation shown in Figure 4-8.
Design a splice using bolted flange plates between lhe third and fourth levels for the gravity column located at the incersection of grids 2 and B. Use ASTM A572 Grade 50 for aJI
splice material. The column sizes above and below the splice are AST.M A992 W12x40 and
W1 2x58, respectively.
If
~
-1
4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN' EXAMPLES
A!isume that the gravity column splices are at the same vertical elevation as the S.MF column splices shown in Figure 4-8. This location satisfie~ AlSC Seismic Provisions Section
D2.5a.
Required Shear Strength of Splice in Weak Axis of Column
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the beam and column material properties are as follows:
1-~~--AS-D
~_=_~~-~--LR_FD
_ _ _....J...l_v"_=
L-1 ..
_ _ _1 ;
In the weak a.xis of the column. the required shear strengLh of the splice is:
ASD
V: _ FyZy
V. _ FyZy
ay - I.SH
uy-H
50 k.si(16.8 in.3 )
ASTMA992
r;.= 50 ksi
50 ksi ( 16.8 in.3)
=1.5(12.5 ft)(l2 in.!ft)
:z
12.5 ft(12 inJft)
Fu=65 ksi
=3.73 kips
=S.60 kips
The shear force to be resisLed by each flange splice plate is half of MpclH. Therefore, for
one splice plate:
F,.=65 ksi
W12x58-Lower shaft
Z.. =86.4 in.3
=12 A in.
Zy =32.5 io. 3
ddct
=11.9 in.
dd"
=12 in.
Z, =16.8 in.3
Vuy
=5.60 k.ips/2
=2.80 kips
1f
=0.640 in.
i
r
Vey = 3.73 kips/2
=1.87 kips
br = lO.o in.
Note that the smaller column, the W12x40, controls the required shear strength, as is stip
ulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5c.
W12x40-Upper shaft
z.. =57.0 in.3
ASD
LRFD
From AlSC Manual Table 1-1, the column geometric properties are as follows:
d= 12.2 in.
From AISC Manual Table 2-5; the splice material properties are as follows:
ASTM A572 Grade 50
.Fy 50 ksi
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5c requires that, with respect to both orthogonal axes,
the column splice be able to develop a required shear st.rengtJ1 equal to:
LRFD
Solution:
~.:.
11= 0.515 in.
br= 8.01 in.
AISC Seismic Provisions Sections 02.1, D2.5a :lnd D2.5c have requirements for gravity column spikes. Note that these gravity column splice provisions are equaJly applicable to
gravity column splices in braced-frame buildings.
Check splice location
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5a requires that the splice be located a minimum of 4
ft from the beam-to-column connections. The three exceptions to this requirement do not
apply for this building.
AMERICAN lNsrnvrs OP STEEL CONSTRUCTION
Conservatively ignoring frictional resisLa.nce between the upper and lower shafts due to column dead load, this force will be resisted by the splice material.
fi
Required Compressive Strength of Splice
.)
With the upper shaft centered on the lower shaft, the dimensions of the upper shaft are sue
that it will achieve full contact bearing on the lower shaft. Therefore, the splice will not b ..
required to transfer any compressive loads iflhe upper shaft is finished to bear on the lower"'~
shaft. Because a note stating, "finish to bear," is provided on the detail, Case [-A applic
from AJSC Manual Part 14, Table 14-3.
4-78
MOJ\1ENT FRAMES
Splice Geometry
4.4 COLUMN SPLICE,\ND COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES
The polar inoment of inertia of the bolt group is:
Try the column splice detail from AISC Manual Parr 14, Table 14-3, Case I-A.
Iy
W12x40
~ u} = 4(2.75 iti.2-)2 (11in.2)

= 30.3 in.4 /in. 2
du=dtk1
= 12 in.
Ix"'
u-; =4(1.50 m.1)2 (ltin.2)
W12x58
=9.00 in.4 /in.2
di= d,u1
l p"" Ix+ ly
= 1214in.
d,, + IA in. 1214 in.

du+ Vs in. = 12% in,.
121,4 in. s 121A in: :::; 12% in.
o.k.
PL3/s in. x 8 in. x 1 ft 0 1h. in.
~;
gu = g1 == 51h in.
LRFD
z:
v.uySill. oo
~
n.
=1.87 kips(l.00)
4
=0.468 kips
From AISC Manual Equation 7-4a
LRFD
$:
M14
ASD
= V.,ye
=2.80 kips[1h(3in.)+1% in.]
.,
Ma= Vaye
~hat.the
eq~idistant
lrhe geometry of each bolt group is such

bolts are all
from the centroid of
their bolt group. Therefore, the moment will be shared equally between the bolts. The x-, Y
and radial distances from the center of gravity of the bolt group to the center of each bolt fol
~! rwing the procedure and definitions in AISC Manual Part 7, ate:

Cx
=rpu
COS
_ VuyCOS90"
= J.87 kips[1h(3 in.)+ PA in.]

= 6.08 kip-in.
=9.10 kip-in.
rpyu
n
=
rpasin 0
= VaySin 90
"" 2.80 kips(l.00)

4
""0.700 kips .
"
Manual and considering the eccentricity from the center of the bolt group to the column
'.:'.~ interface, this moment is:
Ir
lpxa :::::
I Be.c ~use the centroid of each ~olt group is eccentric to the column ends, there will be a
;: I moment on each bolt group. Usmg the geometry shown in Table 14-3, Case 1-A oftheAISC
ii
from AISC Mq,nual Equation 7-3b
rpxu = rpuSin 0
~l,.
lf
ASD
Splice Bolts
....,.
From AISC Manual Equation 7-2a, die direct shear force on each bolt due to the concentric
force, Vuy and Vay. applied at 90 with respect to the vertical is:
~d from Case 1-A of AISC Manual Table 14-3, use Type 2 flange pl_ates.
i:~
""30.3 in. /in.2 +9.00 in. /in.2 = 39.3 in. /in.
du + IA in. $ dt $ du + Vs in.
,.~~
4-79
FromAISC Manual Equation 74b
"
rpya ::::: rpa COS

\
= VayCOS 90
2.80 kips(O)
11
:::::
1.87 kips(O)
4
=0 kips
=0 kips
=2.75 in.
1
h(3-in.)
=1.50.in.
;:: Jc2.15 in.)2 + (1.50 in.)2

=3.13 in.
AMElllCAN
INS111111'E OF STF..EL CONSTRUCtfON
'
The additional shear force on each of the four bolts in the bolt group due to the moment
cau~cd by eccentricity is:
= 1h(5 1h in.)
Cy ;,.
AMERICAN INSTITUTE. OF
SlllEL CONSTRUCTION
4-80
MOMENT FRAMES
-[M,,c.,)
I
Bearing Strength of Splice Plate
Using AISC .\tfanual Table 7-5 with~= I 1A in., hole type = STD, F,, = 65 ksi:
_ 9.10 kip-in.(1.50 in.)
ASD
$rn =49.4 kip/in.(% in.)
(39.3 ;'.n:'!)
(39.3 ::: )
~
=0.232 kips
FromAISC Manual Equation 7-7a
From AISC Manual E.quation 7-7b
-[M.,cx)
rm)"' - - Ip
.'
_ 6.08 k:ip-in.(2.75 in.)
(39.3 ~
J
m.2
4
'
(39.3 m.2
~ )
=32.9 kip/in.(~ in.)

=12.3 kips
r,,
->ro
o.k.
o.k.
I
Bearing Strength of the Column Flanges

Since lhe column flanges are lhicker and wjder lhan lhc splice plates and their tensile strength
is equal to the splice material, the bearing strength of the column flanges is adequate.
Block Shear Rupture of the Splice Plates
A block sbear failure path is assumed as showo in Figure 4-17. The available strength for
I.be limit state of block shear rupture is given in AlSC Specification Section J4.3 as follows:
J::
1.
~
=0.425 kips
= 0.637 kips
<Prn > r,.
_ 9.10 kip-in.(2.75 in.)
rn
= 18.5 kips
_ 6.08 kip-in.(1.50 in.)
=0.347 kips
1~
From AlSC Manual E.quation 7-6b
rmw =(M;Pc,)
Ip
4-81
LRFD
riw:u- - -
4.A COLU~IN SPLICF. ANO COLUMN BASE DESTON E..XAMPLES
ASD
LRFD
(Spec. Eq. J4-5) :'
R,. = 0.60F.,Anv +UbsFuAnt ~ 0.60FyAgv + UbsFuAnt
Ubs =LO
The r~.quired strength per bolt is then:
A,,1
LRFD
r.,
=J(rP-"' + rmiu )2 + (rpyu + rmyu ) 2
=, +(O kips+ 0.637 kips)

=1.23 kips
1
( 0.468
kips+ 0.232 kips)
'+(O kips+0.425 k:ips)
o.k.
Use ~-in.-<liameter ASTM A325-N bolts in standard

, holes.
::!
ASD
nrn =11.9 kips.

rn
->r., . o.k.
n
=0.819 kips
LRFD
$rn > r.,
=2.53 in.2
2
2
r., = J(rp.xa +rmxa) +(rpya +rmya)
From AISC Ma11ual Table 7-1 for a ~in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolt (Group A):
$rn =17~9 kips
Agv =(5 1h in.+!~ in.)(% in.)
From AISC Manual E.quation 7-8b
(0.700 kips+0.347 kips)
l.5{13/J6in.+ 1/i6 in.)Ws in.)
= 1.20 in.2
ASD
FromAISC Manual Equation 7-8a
= (3 in.+l'h in.)(lh in.) -
.
M
I ;~- 1
8"
1~1
SW
I
I
I
I
~-----------~-
I.:
~:
'
Fig. 4-17. Bloclc shear fa.ilu~ path for splice plate.

AME!ue>.N lNsTmJTE OF STEL CONS'Tll.UCTlO/'I
...
.,
1::
Ill
To
4-82
MOMENT FRAMES
An1
4.4 COLUMN SPLJCe AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES
=2 53 in. 2 -(L5)("A6 in.+ V.6 in.)(~ in.)
Shear Yielding of the Column Flanges
=2.04 in. 2
f~A"'
Because the column flanges are thicker and wider than the splice places and their yield
strength is equal 10 the splice material, the shear yielding strength of the column llanges is
adequate.
=65ksi(1.20in. 2 )
=78.0 kips
0.60FuAnv =0.60(65 ksi)(2.04 in. 2 )
Shear Rupture of the Splice Plates
The net area of one splice plate is:
::::: 79.6 kips
An:::: [8.00 in.- 2( 13/Jdn. + IA6 in.)](% in.)
0.60F).A8 ,, =0.60(50 ksi)(2.53 in. 2 )
=2.34 in.2
=75.9 kips
R.,,
+-83
=0.60F.,Anv +Ub,F,,A,, S 0.60F).Agv +Ub,F.,A,,,
From AISC Specificaiion Equation 14-4, the av:iilable strength due to the Hmit state of shear
rupture for each splice plate is:
(Spec. Eq. 14-5)
= 79.6 kips+l .0(78.0 kips)!:> 75.9kips+1.0(78.0 kips)
= 158 kips> 154 kips

Use Rn= 1_54 kips.
Vn
Q
-=
cj>Vn = ~0.60FuAnv
The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is:
LRFD
$Rn::: 0.75(154
kips)
Rn 154 kips
-=
n
2.00
77.0 kips
77.0 k.ips ~ 1.87 kips
=116 kips
116 kips:?: 2.80 kips
o.k.
cj> V,.
=0.60F1 A1
-Vn
=L00(0.60)(50 ksi)(* in.)(s:oo in.) n
=90.0 kips > 2.80 kips
LRFD
I
I
ASD
0.60F,A1
0.60(50 ksi)(3,i in.)(8.00 in.)

1.50
o.k.
ASD
Mrxx
v.,,.=-H
II. _ Mpcx
""F1 Zx
FyZx
=--
cu
50 ksi{57.0
=60.0 kips> I.87 kips
o.k.
o.k.
AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5c requires that the column splice be able to develop
a required shear strength in the strong 3x.is of the column equaJ to:
From '.ls~ Specification Sec[ion J4.2, the available shear strength due to the limit state of
shear y1eldmg of one splice place is:
,
0.60(65 ksi)(2.34 in. 2 )
Required Shear Strength of the Splice in the Strong Axis of the Column
o.k.
ShP.ar Yielding of the Splice Plates
LRFD
2.00
= 45.6 kips> 1.87 kips
ASD
0.60F,,Anv
=0.75(0.60)(65 ksi){2.34 in. 2 )
= 68.4 kips> 2.80 kips
ASD
LRFD
I.
-1.5H
1.5H
in.3)
12.5 ft(12 inJft)

== 19.0 kips
..
50 ksi ( 57.0 in.3)
1.5(12.5 ft)(l2 inJft)

= 12.7 kips
.B-Ollcd splice plates could be provided on the column web, but it may be possible
the strong-axis shear through weak axis bending of the flange plates.
10
resis:
Since there are two flange splice plates, the applied force on each plate is one half of ll:
shear calculated for the strong axis of the column.
AllU!RJCAN lNSTI'JVT6 OF STEEi.. CONSTRUCTION
ASD
LRFD
-..
The required flexural ~trenglh of the plate, from AlSC Ma1111al Table 3-23 Case 23: is:
ASD
LRFD
V. _ 12.7 kips
.u2
=6.35 kips
Vux = 19.0 kips

2
=9.50 kips
4-S5
4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES
MOMENT FRAMES
Vaxl
2
6.35 kips(l.75 in.)
=
2
"" 5.56 kip-in.
VIL\'.L
M.=-2
Ma=--
9.SO kips(l.75 in.)

2
= 8.31 kip-in.
Weak-Axis Flexural Yielding of the Splice Plate
Assuming the column is rigid enough to force all defonnation into lhe splice plate, the relative movement between the columns will cause weak-axis plate bending. The bending
behavior in the plate is that of a beam fixed at one end, free to deflect Yertically but not rotate
at the other (Case 23 of Table 3-23 in the AJSC Manual).
d
I ...e splice plates are PL~/a in. x 8 in. x 1 ft 0 1'2 in. Using AISC
As detemune previous y, '!.'
.
.
S eci cation Section Fl I, detemtine Lhe available flexural y1eldin_g strength of the P.1:ue.
:ote~at the dimension I used in AISC Specification Section Fl 1_1s parall~l to. the axis lof
~
bendmg,
and t hereiore
/ -- g.00 m. 1''or weak-axis ~bending of the splice plate m this examp e.
The limit states checked are flexural yielding of the splice plate, shear yielding of the splice
plate, shear rupture of the splice plate, and prying action on the innermost bollS.
Check the limit on Lbdlt 2:
The length of bending is the distance between the bearing plane of the columns Md the
innermost bolt line, which is 1.75 in. according to Figure 4-18.
Lbd
- 2
r
<t Upper & lower
1.75 in.(~ in.)
(8.00 in.)
= 0.0103
0.08(29,000 ksi)
50 ksi
0.08
Fy
column shaft
:::46.4
Lbd O.OSE AlSC Speciification Equation Fll-1 applies. The nominal flexura'
Because - -2 < -F-,
W12x40 column
with std. holes
yielding strength of the plate from Equation Fl 1-1 is:

PL %"x8"x1'-0Y2" (A572
Gr. 50) centered on
column flange (typ.),
with std. holes
-1
M,. = FyZ
~ I.6M1
=SO ksi (8.00 in.){~ in.)2

4
I
(2) ~ dia.
A325-N bolts @
s~ gage (typ.)
I
I
I
::::: 14. l kip-in.
l.6M1 == 1.6F1Sx
= 1.6(50 ksi)l(8.00
in.~(~ in.)21
Finish to bear
::: 15.0 kip-in.

14.l kip-in.~ 15.0 k.ip-in., therefore: M,. = 14.l kip-in.
W12x58 column
with std. holes
1
Fig. 4-18. Connection as designl!d in Example 4.4. J.
I ..
AMlUCVI ll'ISTTIVT2 Of' STEI.. CoNSTR\JCTIOl'I
~l ~86
-.: ~
MOl\.fF.NT FRAMES'
'l~
~
I
ASD
:
,...,
'111>Mn
Mn
=4>bFyZ 5: l.6My
=0.90(14.l kip-in.)
FyZ
-=-nl> .Qb
= 8.44 kip-in. > 5.56 lcip-in.
o.k.
'i
. "~
= 14. I kipin.
l.67
= 12.7 kip-in.> 8.31 kip-in.
t~
.$-87
4.4 COLUMN SPLlCE :\ND COLUMN BASE DESIGN E..'CAMPLES
;j,':!
The available flexural yielding strength is:
~Jl
-'.:
LRFD
"
~--'fl
o.k.
ASD
LRFD
T
=9.50 kips
T= 6.35 kips
2
4.75 kips
=3.18 kips
Tue available tensile strength per

bolt before prying action effects arc
considered, B, is 19.9 kips from
AISC Manual Table 7-2.
The available tensile strength per

bolt before prying action effects arc
considered, B, is 29.8 kips from
AlSC Mamuzl Table 72.
The parameters required for checking prying action are defined in AISC Manual.Part 9 and
. Shear Yielding of the Splice Plate
given in Figure 4-19 for this example.
Using ATSC Specification Equation J4-3:
LRFD
$Rn
:::i
db =Y.. in.
ASD
=$0.60FyAgv
=l.00(0.60)(50 ksi)O~ in.)(8.00 in.)
Rn
d =13/i6 in.
=0.60FyAgv
n
(Manual Eq. 9-21)
=(0.60)(50 ksi)(* in.)(8.00 in.)
=11
l.50
=90.0 k.ips > 9.50 kips
=60.0 kips > 6.35 kips
o.k.
=1.75 in.
o.k.
b' =b-db/2
=1.75 in.-.i in.(!..
=1.38 in.
a =4.50 in.
(Manual Eq. 9-27)
Shear Rupture of the Splice Plate
An= 8.00 in.(% in.)-2(1o/l6 in.+ l/i6 in.)(% in.)
-j
1
5~
=2.34 in.2
Using AISC Specific01io11 Equation 14-4:
LRFD
'..
R,. = 0.60FuAnv
$R,. =0.60F,.A,.,
=0.75(0.60)(65 k.si)(2.34 in.2)
=0.60(65 ksi)(2.34 in.2)
114"
2.00
=68.4 kips> 9.50 kips
o.k.
"'45.6 kips> 6.35 kips
---+-- .
....
o2w \
II
ASD
o.k.
';iiII
.Q
\ .P =4 1
Prying Action on the Splice Plates
recause lhe inneonost bolts wiJl dominate the resistance tO the tension fore onJ the lWO
b~lts closest to I.he interface are considered. The required strength per bolt, T. ~ tak~n as half
f the shear force at each flange plate, therefore:
AMERICAN WS1'1Tl!re OF STEEi.. CONS'T1UJCTION
Fig. 4-19. Prying action terminology.
4-88
MOMENT FRAMES
4.4 COLUMN SPLICE Al'-1) COLUMN BASE DESIGN l::XAMl'l...t:.:>
j;
where
From AISC Manual Equation 9-25. ~is:
a+db/2 = 4.50 in.+~ in/2
=4.88 in.
LRFD
1J:
ASD
and
~=~[%-1)
1.25b+d~/2=1.25(1.75 in.)+* in./2
=2.56 in.
4.88 in. > 2.56 in.
I (29.8 kips
0.539 4.75 !Ops
Use a'= 2.56 in.
TI1is tiibutary width is limited by lhe ge-0metry of the plate. The tributary width cannot be
greater than the acrual edge distance lo the end of the plate on one side and half of the bolt
gage in the other direction. Therefore, use:
= /1.67(4)(19.9 kips){l.38 in.)
/4(29.S kips)(l.38 in.)
I.
(4.00 in.)(65 ksi)
0.90(4.00 in.)(65 ksi)
=0.840 in.
Because the fitting geometry is known, the available tensile strength of the bolt including
the effecis of prying action can be determined as:
I
T1n't'JI= BQ
=1.25 i.n. + 2.75 in.
(Manual Eq. 9-31)
where Q is based on a' determined from ATSC Manual Equation 9-35.
=4.00 in.
.ASD
LRFD
The remaining variables from AlSC Manual Part 9 are as follows:

0=1-d'/p
=I .38 in./2.56 in.

=0.539
pFu
Because the splice plate is thinner than tc. prying on the bolts will occur at the bOlt ultimate
strength.
=10.5 in.
p =b'/a'
-r24Bb'
'c -
=0.838 in.
. =4.)1.75 in.(3.94 in.)
(Manual Eq. 9-24)
[( r I
a'---1- !.s_ -1
- o(i+p) c
=
(Manual Eq. 9-26)
t.
ASD
~ F.
p"
p,. =4../bC
= J - 13116 in./4.00 in.

=0.797
=9.75
-J4Bb'
le -
=3.94 .in.
l!
i)
The required plate thickness to develop the available strength of the bolt. B, with no prying
action, is calculated from AlSC Manual Equation 9-20 as:
=2.19 in.+l.75 in.
I ( 19.9 kips
= 0.539 3.18 lcips
LRFD
=4.50 in. s; 1.25b = 2.19 in. (Use a= 2.19 in.)
c =a+b
-1
l)
=9.78
To .calculate the tributary length, p, 1he AISC Manual refers 10 DowsweJ1 (20 11) as one
method to calculate the length. According 10 this reference. the tributary length, p~. can be
taken as Pe= 4./bC (Dowswell, 2011, Equation 33) where bis as defined above and where
c =a+ b, and a is limited to 1.25b. For this calculation:
~=~(; - 1)
1
((0.838 in. r-1]
0.797(1+0.539)
'ti in.
:=3.26
a' - - 1-
- 0(1+p)
[( r
!. -1
/
_
1
[(0.840in.r-1J
- 0.797(1+0.539)
3h in.
=3.28
f'
f
..
4-90
MOMENT FRAMES
,.. .
1
LRFD
ASD
Because a.'> J, use AISCManual

Equation 9-34:
Q = ( ,:
=(
~in.
Q=[,:
+0.75L+0.75S
=109 kips
The required tensile strength of the column is:
LRFD
ASD
= 10.7 kips >.4.75 kips
From ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2

LRfD Load Combination 7
= 19.9 kips(0.358)
. =7. 12 kips> 3.18 kips
. o.k.
From ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2

A.SD Load Combination 8
o.k.
1~ =(0.9-0.2Svs)D+flvQE
The final COllJ.lCCtion design and geoi:fletry for the flange connection is shown in Figure
4-18.
.
'
.
T0 =(0.6-0.14Svs)D+0.70.,QE
=8.64 kips
=15.3 kips
The required shear strength of the column is:
Example .4.4.2. SMF Column Splice Design
ASD
LRFD
Design a splice for the SMF column located on grid 4 in Figure 4-8. The column material
The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for calculation of loads. The
required column strengths between the dJU:d and founh levels were determined by a secondorder analysis including the effects of P-o
P-ii with reduced stiffness as required by
the direct analysis me_lhod. The governing load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7, including
the overstrength factor (referred to as the amplified seismic load in the AISC Sei.smic
Provisions), follow.
and
..
...
={i.0+0.105Sns)D+0.525q,Q

in Section 12.4.3.2)
is ASTM A992.
:
;;
P.,
+ 0.5L+0.2S
Given:
..t..J
From ASCE/SEl 7 Section 12.4.3.2

ASD Load Combination 6
Tamil =BQ
= 29.8 kjps(0.360)
11
LRFD Load Combination 5
=140 kips
The available tensile strength of each

bolt is:
=BQ
4-91
ASD
P,. =(J.2+0.2Svs)D+'l,QE
(l+o)
=0.358
The available tensile strength of each

bolt is:
=(0.840
*in: r(l+0.797)
m.
(1+0.797)
=0.360
Taw1il
LRFD
Because a'> I, use AISC Manual

Equation 9-34:
(! +o)
0.838 in.
4.4 COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN 13ASE DESlON EXAMPLES
The required compressive strength of the column is:
~;

ASD Load Combination 6
From ASCEJSEI 7 Section J2.4.3.2

LRFD Load Combination 5
v.. =(L2+0.2Sos)D+'l,QE
+ 0.5L+0.2S
=47.2k:ips
'
v.. =(1.0+ O.lOSSns )D+0.525q,QE

=26.9 kips
from ASCFJSEI 7, use Seismic Design Category D, Oo
t
I
=3.0, p =~.O, and Sos::::: 1.0.
Assume that there is no transverse loading between the column supportS in the plane of
bending and that the connections into the column weak-axis produce negligible moments on
the column .
Solution:
ASTM A992
F1 =50 ksi
P., = 65 ksi
lNsnnrre OF STEE.. Co.><:SJ1\ucno~
I
I
+0.75L+0.75S
from AfSC Manual Tuble 2-4, the column material properties are as follows:
AMERICAN
MOMENT FRAMES
From AlSC Manual Table 1-1. 1hc column geometric properties are as follows:
W14x68-Upper Shaft
A = 20.0 in. 2
lw
d::::. 14.0 in.
= 0.415 in.
b1= JO.O in.
fJ= 0.720 in.
LRFD
Vu
=47.2 lcips
ASD
Va
=26.9 kips
Th~re. is no ~~t tensile load effect on the column; therefore, ihe requirements of AJSC
Se1sm1c Prov1srons Section D2.5b(l), (2) and (3) do not apply.
Splice Connection
According .to AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6g. welded splices in SMF columns shall
be made with comple1e-joim-penetra1ion (CJ'P) groo,e welds. The use of CJP groo,e welds
ensure~ that the required axial strength and the required flexural strength of the splice will
be achieved.
Use CJP groove welds 10 splice the column webs and flange.s directly :is shown in F1gure 4-20.
~
L\1pc
. d
. .
There.ore - - govems in eternunmg
H
lhe required shear strength of the splice.
~
"f..Mpc
. d
..
Th ere1ore - - governs m etemunmg
I.SH
the required shear strength of the splice.
Using AISC Specificmion Equation G2-l, I.he requfred web depth to develop this fore'
through shear yielding of the web is:
V,,
.. - ..0.6FytwC
..
d -
_
dw-
116 kips
1.00(0.6)(50 ksi){0.415 in.)(1.0)
Per AlSC Seisr:iic.Provisions Sections D2..5b, D2.5c and E3.6g, ihe required shear strength
of th~ we_b spl!cc is equ~l to lhe greater of lhe required strength determined using the load
comb1~auons m the applicable building code, including the amplified seismic load and lhe
followrng:
'
I~-~-=_LM_H_p_c~ L-R~~~~~~L.....~_=_-~
FD
~=5H~pc- ~-AS-D~~~~~~i
where LMpc ~s the sum of the nominal plastic flexural strengths of the columns above and
below the .splice. Be~ause lhis requirement is for web splices. r..Mpc in the strong a.~is of the
column will be collSldered.
LRFD
. . . . . . . __ _
=~------'--
=9.32 in.
Therefore, !he maximum lenglh of each weld access hole, th, permitied in the direc:tion
the web is:
LRFD
111
='h[d-2t1-dwJ
=1h[l4.0 in.- 2(0.720 in.)-9.32,' in,]
=1.62 in.
ASD
111
='h[d-2t1 -dwJ
=1h[l4.0 io.-2(0.720 in.)-9.35 in.]
=1.61 in.
=Fy ( Zxtop + Zxbot}

H
=(50ksi)(115 in.3 + 234 in.3 )

12.5 ft(12 in./ft)
=116 kips
I
j
Therefore, specify that lhe access holes for the flange splice welds may not extend more th
l 1h in. measured perpendicular to the inside flange surface as shown in Figure 4-20.
Location of Splice
TMpc
ASD
!Mpc
Vu = - -
D.vVa
0.6FylwCv
1.50(77.6 kjps)
(0.6)(50 ksi}{0.415 in.)(1.0)
=9.35 in.
=~-----...:-~--~
ASD
LRFD
Required Shear Strength of the Web Splice
~: .
I
!
I
Using the load combinations in ASCE/SEl 7 including the amplified seismic load, the
required shear strength is given as:
Z.. = 115in.3
W14x132-Lower Sh3fl
Z:r =234 in.
Vo=-l.5H
=F1 ( Zxiop + Z.rbo,)

l.5H
=(50 ksi)(11s in.3 +234 in.3)

J.5(12.5 ft)(12 inJft)
77.6 kips
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5a requires I.bat splices be located 4 ft away from .
be4lmto-column flange connection. The clear distance between the beam-to-column cc,,.,.:
nections is approximntely I0.8 ft. Because the webs and flanges nre joined by OP weklf.
AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5a(2) perm.its the splice to be located a minimum
the column depth (14.0 in.) from the beam-to-column flange connection.
. .
The column splice location shown in Figure 4-8 is acceptable.
---------<
4-94
Additional Weld Requirements

Per AIS~ Seismic Provisions Section A3.4b, the filler metal used 10 make the splice welds
must sansfy AWS Dl.8/Dl.8M clause 6.3. AdilitionaJly. AJSC Seismic Provisions Section
D2.5d requires that weld tabs be removed.
.
AlSC Specification Seccion JI .6 provides additional requiremen1s for weld access hole
geometry. The final connection design is shown in Figure 4-20.
r
)
Ex.am,ple 4.~.3. SMF Column Base Design
The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of loads; The
required column strengths st the b,ase level were determined by a second-order, analysis
including lhe effects of P-o and P-6 with reduced stiffness as required by che direct an~y
sis method. The governing load combinations in ASCE/SEl 7, including the overstrength
factor (referred to as the amplified seismic load in the AISC Seismic Pro\lisions), follow. In
this example, two of the controlling limit states are tensile yielding in the anchor rods and
bending in the base plate. For these limit states, the axial force needs .co be minimized as this
will increase the overtumi11g (bending) in the base plate and increase' the tensile force in the
anchor rods; therefore, the required axial compressive strength is detennined from:
Given:
...
L.,
'. _J
ASD
LRFD
A992
~~
4-95
MOMENT FRAMES
Refer to Column CL-1 in Figure 4-8. Design a fixed coiuffin' base plate for the ASTM
W-shape. The base and other miscellaneous plate material is ASTM A572 Grade 50. The
anchor rod material is A_STM Fl554 Grade' l 05: The 21.t.1~in.-diam.eter anchor rods have an
em.b edment length, h,,f> of ;u least 25 in.. The columq i$ centered on a reinforced concrece
foundation. The foundation concrete compressive strength, fJ, is 4 ksi with ASTM A615
Grade 60 reinforcement. The anchor rod concrete edge distances, c.,1 and c112 , are both
greater than 37.5 in.
LRFD Load. Combination 7 from
P,, =(0.9-0.2SDs)D+0uQE
=98.8 kips
Pa =(0.6-0.14SDs)D+0.70 0 QE
::::64.5 kips
The required flexural stTengtb is detemuned from:
ill
column shaft
... 4 .
ASD
LRFD
ct_ tJpper & lower


',;.
W14x68
Ma =(0.6-0.14S 0s)Mo+0.1~MQ.
M,,:::: (0.9-0.2SDs)M0 +0vMQc
=662 kip-ft
= 946 kipft
The required shear strength is derermin~d from:
\
ASD
LRFD
ASCE/S.EI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
1.z" max
typ.
Weld access hole

Specification
~---+-+-- per
Sectio~ .J1.6 (typ.)
W14x132
vu = (l.2+0.2SDs)D+nuQE
'

ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3. 2
'
'.
Va =(L0 +0.14Svs)D+0.70;Qe
= 67.2.kips
= 96.0 kips
..
Assume that che connection into the column weak-axis produces negligible moments on the
column.
From ASCE/SEI 7, use Seismic Design Category D,
no = 3.0, p = LO. and SM.= LO.
Use LRFD provisions for the concrete design.

Fig. 4-20. Connection as designed in Example 4.4.2
AMl!RJCAN INS11TU11! OF S"rEEl. CONSTRUCTION
...
..
J\Mllltl<:A:N WSTITTITE OP
STEEL CONSTRUCTION
4-96
MOMENT FRAMES
4.4 COI..UMN SPLICE AND COLLIMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES
4-97
Solution:
LRFD
ASD
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4, the column material properties are as follows:
T.Mpc
F1 =50 ksi,
F.,= 65 ksi
where r.Mpc is the sum of lhe nominnl plastic flexural strengths of lhe columns above and ;:
below the splice, or in this case, lhe base.
Therefore:
ASTM A572 Grade 50
=50 ksi
LRFD
Fu= 65 ksi
From AlSC Manual Table 2-6, the anchor rod material properties are as follows:
ASTM Fl554 Grade 105
From ASTM A615, the concrete reinforcement properties are as follows:
ASTM A615 Grade 60

F1 =60 ksi
From AISC Ma11Ual Table I- J, the column and beam geometric propenies are as follows:
W14xl76
A= 51.8 in.2
t,;. =0.830 in.
v. -
V. - IM re
II J-1
fM,x
I.SH
- 2(50 ks.i)(320 in. )

- {12 in./ft)(I4.0 ft)
- 2(50 ksi)(320 in.3 )
=190 kips > 96.0 kips

Use Vu =190 kips.
- 1.5(12 in/ fl)(l4.0 f1)
Use V4
=127 kips.
AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.6c(b) requires th3t the flexural strength equal or
exceed 1he lesser of lbe load combination of the applicable building code, including th ...
amplified seismic load, or lhe following:

d= 15.2 in.
k,us
=1.91 in.
b1= 15.7 in.
, ..!;,
t1= l.31.in.
Zx= 320 in. 3
W24x76
FromAlSC Manual Table 7-17, the 2\4-in.-diameter anchor rod has an area of A"" 3.98 in.2
Required Strengths at Column Base

AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.6a.(a) defines the required axial strength as the
~equir~ strength ~cuJated using the load combinations of the applicable building code,
ASD
lRFD
1 - - - - - - - - l.lR
+
- - - - i.
F Z.x
M.,
=23.9 in.
=1.lR1 FyZx
1 1
Ma=--<--<-1.5
l.1(1.1)(50 ksi)(320 in.3)
{J2in/ ft)
= 1.610 kip-ft> 946 kip-ft

Use M.,
=946 kip-ft.
1.1(1.1)(50 ksi)(320 in. 3 )
l.5(12in./ft)
::::; i.oso kip-ft> 662 kip-ft
Use MQ
I!
~
=662 kip-ft.
including the amplified seismic load.

By reference to AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5c, which references Section D2.5b
AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.6b indirectly stipulates that the required shear stren~
of the column base be the greater of the required shear strengd:t delennined from load combinations inclucling the amplified seismic load (Section D2.5b(b)) or the required column
strength as stipulated in t.he system chapters (Section D2.5b(a)). Herc, the provisions of
Section E3.6g apply, as follows:
AM.lllUCAN lNSTITVTE OP STl!D, CONSTJ<UCTION
f.
ASD
Fu.furQ = 125 ksi
11!
'---~~----~-~-----'-~~~~---~----~~
From AISC Manual Tuble 25, lhe base plate material properties are as follows:
F1
V. _ 'flvlpc
0
1.5H
v.u - -fl-
ASTMA992
::~a~~z:1::~::::::shall
four
be large enough for the instalfation of at least

anchc
rods, as required by the Occupalional Safety and Health Administration (OSHA, 2008).
Try a plate with: N 32 in., B 32 in., and anchor rod edge clistance
of four equ:illy space.cl rods, as shown in Figure 4-23.
=4 in. Try two row
t:
\::
MOMENT FRAMES
Using tl1e recomm.endations from AlSC Design Guide l. Base Plate and Anchor Rod Design
(Fisher and Kloiber, 2010), determine the required base place thjckness and anchor rod tension force.
32.0 in.
=--2
For the calculation of the base plate eccentriciry, e, from AISC Design Guide 1 Equation
3.3.6:
LRFD
'
M,,
P,,
Ma
Pa
e=.,
:~.
,'
:
::
r1
ASD
ecrit
Pa
=---2qwu
= (946 kip-ft)(12 in/ft)

98.8 kjps
= 115 in.
64.5 kips
=---2(94.1 kip/in.)
2
98.8 kips
2(141 kip/in.)
= 15.7 in.
\VitJ1 e > ecro. lhe eccentricity meets the AJSC Desigil Guide 1 criteria for a base plate with
a large moment (Figure 4-21).
Per AlSC Design Guide I Section 3.4, the following inequality must be satisfied:
64.5 kjps
=123 in.
'N
Pr
2qT11/JX
/ +
N')
~ 2P,(e+ j)
(AISC Design Guide 1 Eq. 3.4.4)
q,n(J)C
For the calculation off
For the calculation of the critical eccentricity, ecn1:
(AISC De.sign Guide I E.q. 3.3.7)
For the calculation of the maximum plate bearing stress, qm(J)C:
= N - edge distance
2
32.0 in.
.
4 00 m.
=----.
2
12.0 in.
(AISC Design Guide I Eq. 3.3.4)
For the calculation, assume the concrete bearing frustum area ratio equals 2.0 from ACl 318
Se-etion 10.14.l:
~.,,
J=2.0
The available bearing strength is determined from AISC Specification .Equation JS-2.
LRFD
f P<.,,_) =$(0.85J:)l-
At
0.65(0.85)(4 ksi)(2.0)
ASD
Iip{max)--- 0.85f: lQ
=
= 4.42 ksi
qtntU
'
32.0 in.
=15.6 in.
={662 kjp-ft)(l2 in/ ft)
eaiJ=----
~-~
-
e=-
i:::J
P.,
2qmo.r
=---2
Base Plate Eccentricity and Critical Eccentricity
ASD
LRFD
ecr11
4-9?
4.4 COLUMN SPLICE ANO COLUMN nASE OF..SJGN EXAMPLES
=f P<.max>B
=4.42 ksi (32.0 in.)
=141 kip/in.
Ai
=0.85(4 ksi)(2.0)
iT
qmaxY
2.31
qlNVC
= 2.94 ksi
=f P<.ftllU)B
=2.?4 ksi (32.0 i n.)
=94.l kip/in.
N
Fig. 4-21. Base plate with large momtnt (Fisher and Kloiber: 2010).
MOMENT FRA.\1ES
For the calculation of the assumed bending lines at lhe bearing interface, from AlSC Design
Therefore:
(!
N) :::::
+2
[12.O m.+
.
32.0
- -in.)
2 .
Guide I Section 3.1.2:

2
m=
:::::784 in.2
ASD
2P.(e+ f)
2(98.8kipsXl15in.+12.0 in.)
2P,,(e+ f)
qmox
141 kip/in.
q,,_
=178 in.
(1 + N)2 > 2P,(e+
N-0.95d
2
32.0 in.-0.95(15.2 in.)
LRFD
=8.78 in.
=2(64.5 kips)(l23in.+12.0 in.)

94. l kip/in.
= 185 in.2
With
4-101
/),the inequality is satisfied and a real solution is possible.
qmill
fl=
B-0.8b1
2
32.0 in. -0.8(15.7 in.)
2
I.
"
=9.72 in.
For the calculation of the base plate cantilever bending line distance at the tension interface:
x =f _!!._+ t I
Base Plate Bearing Length
From AlSC Design Guide 1 Equation 3.4.3, the base plate bearing length is:
LRFD
(AlSC Design Guide 1 Eq. 3.4.6)
in. 1.31 in.

=12.0 i n15.2
.---+-2
2
ASD
=5:06 in.
Y=(!+~)~ (!+~r
=-h84
2P.,(e+ f)
Qmax
in.2 -.J784 in.2-178 in.2
= 3.38 in.
Y=(!+~)
Nr
/+2
2Pa(e+f)
=.J7g4 in.2 -.J784 in.2 = 3.53 in.
qmilX
d
185 in.2
-1
@
,_
Required Rod Tensile Strength

From AlSC Design Guide I Equation 3.4.2, the required rod rensile strength for t:he anchor
group on one side of the base plate is:
LRFD
Nua,,, qmnxY - P11
= 141 kip/in.(3.38 in.)-98.8 kips
= 378 kips
__
I
I
.....
=268 kips
- -1- - - D --I
c::
1-
I
I
I
I
I
....
I
I
ASD
N"=qlnlllY-P.,
=94.~ kipfm.(3.53 in.)-64.S kips
'g
co
--- II - - - - - ---
co
c::i
c:
..t
0.95d
Base Plate Thickness
Check the base plate for flexural yielding at both the bearing and tension interfaces. At the
bearing interface, the beSnng pressures between the concrete and the plate wiU cause bending for the cantilever lengths m and n as shown in Figure 4-22. At the tension interface, the
anchor rods cause bending for the cantilever length, x, as shown in Figure 4-21.
Fig. 4-22 Asswned bending li11es (Fisher and Kloiber; 2010).
.r.
AM.eluCAN
1Nsmvrs Of Sm61.. Coi'JSTlttJCTION
4- 102
For flcxurol yielding at the bearing interface and Y < max(m. n), from AISC Design Guide I
Equation 3.3.15:
LRFD
f P<.rtt1>
=2.1
J'
f p<maxJY[ m~(m,11)-i)
I p(nq)
Fy
x(9.72 in.-
=2.11 1
r::
f p(mtUJY( max(m,n)- ~J
33
~ in.)
LR.FD
=2.11
ASD
N11aX
BFy
=2.1 I /378 kips(5.06 in.)

32.0 in.(50 ksi)
=2.31 in.
fp(req)
- JNaaX
=2 .:>8
--
BF,.
=2_58 /268 kips{S.06 in.)

32.0 in.(50 ksi)
R,, > V. = 190 Jdps
Use a PL3 h in. x 32 in. x 2 ft 8 in. ASTM A572 Grade 50 for the base pl3te.
Plate Washer Bearing Strength
According to AJSC Manual Table 14-2, use a }8 in. x S1A in. x 5\4 in. pl3te washer, welded
to the top of the base plate, to transfer the shear to the anchor rods. Also, interpolating from
Table 14-2, use a 3lh-in.-diameter bole for the 2~-in.-diameter ancbor rods.
Detennine the available bearing strength assuming deformation at the bolt hole is not a
design consideration.
The clear distance to the edge of lhe bearing plate, le. is Laken as:
Rn >Va= 127 kips
o.k.
Anchor Rod Combined Tension and Shear
Using the recommendations from AlSC Design Guide l and AISC Specification Sectior,
J3.7, the available tensile stress of the anchor rod subject to combined tensile and shear load~
is checked, including the effects of bending.
Based on testing performed by Gomez et al. (2010), this approach was detennined lo provide a reasonable and conservative strength estimate for earthquake des.ign. Therefore, given
the comprehensive testing and design approach, the general anchor strength requiremenr of
AC1 318 Section D4.3 for resistance to combined tensile and shear loads can be satisfied.
The anchor rod noro.inaJ tensile slress, from AISC Specification Table 13.2:
Fni =0.15Fu
= 0.75{t25 ksi)
=93.8 ksi
The anchor rod nominal shear stress with threads not excluded from the shear plane from
AlSC Specification Table 13.2:
F,.,,
=0.450Fu
=0.450(125 ksi)
..
=56.3 ksi
The anchor rod required shear slress.frv:
_ 5'A in. - 2 1..4 in.

1c- .
2
ASD
LRFD
f,rv --~
Va
f,.,=-llvAg
n.Ag
190 kips
2
8(3.98 in. )
=5.97 ksi
.I
o.k.
2.00
=510 kips
= 2.38in.
= 1.50 in.
=765 kips
=3.32 in.
For flexural yielding at the tension interface, from AISC Design Guide l Equation 3.4.7:
fp(rtq)
R,, 1,020 kips

-=
R11 = 0.75(1.020 kips)
;~::j
ASD
I
3.53
.
x [9.72 m.--in.
2
=2.58,
50 ksi
50 ksi
(Spec. Eq. J3-6b)
LRFD
Fy
2.94 ksi(3.53 in.)
=3.2? in.
_ ____,
=2.581
R,, =1.51,tFultv S 3.0dtF.,nv

= 1.5(1.50 in.)(* in.)(65 ksi)(8)
s 3.0(21A in.)(* in.)(65 ksi)(8)

= l,020 kips< 3.070 kips
ASD
4.42 ksi{3.38 in.)
?:
4-J(i,
4.4 COLUMN SPUCE AND COLUMN BASE DESIGN l:!XAMPLES
127 kips
= 8(3.98 inh
= 3.99 ksi
AMUtlCAN INSTlTVTE OI' S-n;a CoNSTR\iCTION
4-1()4
MOMENT FRAMPS
4-105
4.-1 COLlfMN SPLICF ..\NO COLUMN BASE Df.SJON EXAMPl.S
Therefore. the nominal tensile stress from AISC Specification Equation 13-3 is:
ASD
LRFD
LRFD
ASD
f/;J
F:U
= 1.3Fn1 -
F111 f,., < F,,,
F,:,
~Fnv
= 1.3(93.8 ksi)
93.8 ksi
- 0.75(56.3 k:si) (5.97 ksi)
= 109 ksi
=l.3Fn1 - QFll( /,.,, < Fn,

Fnv
=1.3(93.8 ksi)
_ 2.00(93.8 ksi) (
')
3 99
56.3 ksi
ksi
=109 ksi > 93.8 ksi
> 93.8 ksi
Therefore use F~ = 93.8 bi
Therefore u~e F:i
F;,
F;, = 0.75(93.8 ksi}
From AISC Design Guide 1 (Fisher and Kloiber. 2010) the anchor rod be d' o
lever arm, l, is taken as:

'
n m,, moment
- Ip t,. aJ~r
l-+--
Anchor rod bending stress
Anchor rod bending stre..~
\10 1
M lb
- VIII
-
M1b=flv
11,
= 190 k.ips(2.19 in.)
=52.0 kip-in.
/rb
=--+-2
2
127 kips(2. I 9 in.)
=34.8 kip-in.
M,,,
./,
=34.8 kip-in.
t...
1.90 in.'
=27.4 ksi
=18.3 ksi
Combined stress
Combined sness
=51.l ksi < 70.4 ksi
I.f
Mw
/ib = -
:::-
J,
=23.7 ksi + 27.4 kq
~in.
26$ kips
4(3.98 in. 2)
=l6.8 ksi
J, = /u+ fib
3 1h in.
= 52.0 kip-in.
1.90 in.3
+ frb
378 kips
93.8 ksi
2.00
=46.9 ksi
The anchor rod combined tensile and bending stresses,/,, is:
,,,A,
=4(3.98 in.2)
=23.7 ksi
=93.8 ksi
/,,..--_ Naa
n1 A1
-=---
= 70.4 ksi
J, = f.a
:-!!t.
=fta+ fzb
- 16.8ksi+18.3 ksi
o.k.
=35.l ksi < .t6.9 ksi
o.k.
=2.19 in.
The anchor rod plastic section modulus,
...
z. 1s:
Z::: db
6
= (2~ in.)3
=1.90 in.3
Determine
rod tensile s tres s, assunung
tha t only the rods on one side of the b3Se
the anchor
pJate are w tension at any time.
Concrete Anchorage Strengths

The available strengths of the column base concrete clements are checked in accordanc.
with ACI 318 Appendix D. Section D.3.3.3 requires the anchor design screogth associate
wilb concrete failure modes bereduce<l by a fac1or of 0.75 for structures assigned to Seismic
Design Category C, D, E or F. The same secuon requires that the concrete be :issume<'
cracked unless it can be demonstrated othcrwi~ Section D.3.3.6 penniis the u~ of 3 O. .
factor when not designing to fail either the anchor rod or the connection to the ~ochor r' .r
per Sections D.3.3.4 and 0.3.3.5, respectively. Although longer embedmeot depths are permitted, with respect to the basic strength equl.ltion, ACl 318 Section D .5.2.2 30d th
example Jim.it the minimum effective embedrnent depth, h4 of the anchor rods to 25 in.
....,,
I
I
Design Requirements for Tensile Loading

t:
Although checked previously in ~ccordance with AlSC provisions, the following illustrah ~
lhe :mchor tensile loading checlcs in accordance with ACl 318 Appendix D provisiom. .,
Per Section 03.3.4, to ensure anchor rod ductile behavior, the design steel tensile strength.
9N,,,. must be less than the concrete breakout, 0.15,Ncbi pullout. 0.75N, and side-fa
blowour, 0.15,N,b, strengths. By inspection, 1hc side-foce blowout limit ~tatc is n !
applicable.
"
4-106
4.4 COLUMN SPUCG ANO COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES
The steel tensile strength of the anchor rod group of four (on one side of the base plate):
~NS4
=n As~.Nf.10
for the calculauon of A,vc<>:

(AO 318 Eq. D-6)
ANco =9'1!1
where
:::: 9(25.0 in.)2
=0.75 from ACl 318 Sec6on D4.4(a)(i)
A,,,N
0.9743)
=41t ( do--n-,
-
n,
=4.5 threads/in. from AISC Manual Table 7-17
4-10?
=5,630 in.2
from ACJ 318 Section RD.5. J.2
Por the calculation 1.1f N,,:
N,,
=16A.J/:1i;p
Therefore:
(ACI 318 Eq. D-8)

513
1t(2" .
Au,N::: -
J6(1)J4,000 psi (25.0 in.)
0.9743
I 1 0
. - -)
1,000 lb/kip
4.50 in.
= 216 kips
= 3.25-in.2
Therefore:
2
$Nsa -= 0.75(4)(3.25 in. )(125 ksi )
= 1,220 kips > N a =378 kips

11
7 430 0
~ :)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(216 kips)
Nt:bg :(
o.k.
5,630 m.
~285
For the design tensile concrete breakout strength of the anchor group:
kips
0.4(0.75)Ncbg
(AO 318 Eq. D-5)
Per ACI 318 Section 0.4.2. l provide supplemental reinforcement to restrain the concrete
breakouL From ACI 318 Section D.5.2.9:
where the following values are assumed.

'Yec.N
= 1.0 fromACI 318 Section D.5.2.4
'Y~t1,N
= 1.0 from ACI 318 D.5.2.5
=0.4(0.75)(0.75)(285 kips)
=64. l kips< 378 kips n.g.
T,,
0.75$/y
As=---
'Yc,N = LO from ACI 3 J8 D .5.2.6

'l'cp.N
cp :::: 0.75
= 1.9 from ACI 318 Section D.5.2.7
378 kips
ANc :::: [(n- l)s + 2(1.5)/rq j2{1.5)1tef from ACI 318 Figure RD.5.2. l
A.-----"-0.75(0.75)(60 ksi)
:::: 11.2 in.2
=fB-2(EdgeDisunce)]/(n-l)
=132.0 in. -
Provide at least 11.2 in. 2 of vertical reinforcing stirrups spaced within O.Shefof each anchor
rod group per ACI 318 Section Rt>.5.2.9."
2( 4.00 in.)]!( 4- J)
= 8.00 in.
For tbe design pullout srrength of the anchor group, including the additional 0.75 factor stipulated in ACT 3 18 Section 0.5.2.9 nnd 0.4 factor sti pulated in D.3.3.6:
Therefore:
ANc
=[(4-1)8.00 in.+2(1.5)(25.0 in.)](2)(1.5)(25.0 in.)

=7,430in. 2
Ii I
A.t.tBUCAN
where
$
'l'c,P
"'
I ~!
0.4 (0.75)$Npn :::: 0.4 (0.75)$n'JI c,PN p
1NS'JTTUT6 OF STEEL CoNS11UJC110N
= 0.7 from ACJ 318 Section D.4.4(c)ii for Condition B
=1.0 from ACl 318 Section D.5.3.6
AMERICAN INS'TllVra 01' S1l?a CONSTROCTION
(from AO 3 18 'Eq. D-1 ..:
4-108
MOM.ENT f'RAMES
4-109
4.4 COLUMN SPLICE ANO COLUMN BASE DESIGN EXAMPLES
For 1he calculation of Np.

(ACI 318 Eq. D-15)
For calculation of tbe anchor head bearing area Ab try" J 10 x 1.<
1.<
h
'
rz
"
... n IO. X 4 n m. plate
was er with a double heavy hex nut head on the embedded end of the anchor rod.
For rhe c:Ucul:ition of the plate washer cantilever bending moment, the plate washer cantilever distance, l, is:
=(B,.as/Jt; - Bn11.1 h~od )

2
Aorg = Aplote - Au
=(4 12 in. - 3 h
Aorg ::::: ( 4 \fi in.)2 - 3.25 in. 2
=0 ..500 in.
in.)
::::: 17.0 ~. 2
where Bnut Juad is the heavy hex nut F dimension given in AISC Manual Table 7-l9.
Np =8(17.0 in. 2 )(4 ksi)
Therefore:
= 544 kips
ASD
LRFD
Therefore:
For the plate washer load, w0 ,
For the plate washer load, Wu,
0.4(0.75)C!>Npn
=0.4(0.75)(0.7)(4)(1.0)(544 kips)
= 457 k.ips > 378 kips
N,,,,
Naa
\ V a = --
Wu=--
o.k.
,<\i,rg
=17.0 in.2
The plastic section modulus per unit width, Z, of the plate washer is:
=22.2 ksi
bd2
4
wa/2
Ma=--
Mu=--
={22.2 kip/in.)(0.500 io.)2
=0.250 in.3
The nomin:il tlexural strength of the plate washer is:
= (1s.8
::::: 2.78 kip-in.< 450 kip-in.
M,. =FyZ
'
for_a l in. strip of place:
. Wul 2
= 1.00 in.(1.00 in.)2
o.k.
\
.
l..
kipf10.)(o.so9 in.)2
2
= 1.98 kip-in.< 2.99 kip-in.
o.k.
(Spec. Eq. Fll-1)
=50 ksi(0.250
in.3 )
Therefore, from AlSC Specification Section Pl 1.l and AC! 318 Secrt"on D 3 3 6 th
1
able flexural strengtb of the plate washer is:
, e av:u -
LRFD
=0.4(0.90)(12,.5 kip-in.)
= 4.50 kip-in.
~-
Design Requirements for Shear Loading
= l 2.5 kip-in.
0.4$Mn
=17.0 in.2
=15.8 ksi
for a lin. strip of plate:
Z:::::-
.:
t:
268 kips
378 kips
Anchor Rod Head Plate Washer Flexural Strength
Abrg
ASD
0.4Mn :::: 0.4(12.5 kip-in.)
J.67
= 2.99 l<lp-in.
Although checked previously in ae<;:ordance with Al~C; provisions, the following illustrates
the shear loading checks in accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D provisions. Frictional
shear resistance developed between the base plate and the concrete is neglected in consideration of earthquake loading. By inspection, the concrete breakout strength of .the anchor
group in shear is not applicable.
The design steel shear strength of the entire anchor group, including the grout pad factor of
0.80 (AC! 318 Section D.6.J.3) is:
$Vso =cl> 0.80n0.6Au.Vfu10
t'
->
(AC! 318 Eq. D-20)
where
q, =0.65 from ACI 318 Section D.4.4(a)ii
.....,
Ai.l.61UCAN INsTmTrS OF STES. CoN~Tiu.icnoN
4-110
MOMENT FRAMES
TI1creforc:
cj>V,.,
Vu
9v10
=0.65(0.8)(8)(0.6)(3.25 in. )(125 ksi)

2
= l,O !Ok.ips>l90kips
190k.ips
190 kips
1,060 kips
Because V., s 0.29Vsa. the full strength in 1ension is permitted according to ACl 318 Section
D.7.l. Therefore. V,. is controlled by a ductile steel element
Design of Column Web-to-Base Plate Weld
1,010 kips
V<a
= 0.179 < 0.20
o.k.
For the inter3ction of tensile and shear forces. from ACI 318 Se<:1fon D.7:
l=
4-l l t
4.4 COLUMN SPLICE Ai"ID COLUMN BASE OF..SrGN EXAMPLES
The effective Jengtl1 of weld available, I,. on both sides of web, holding welds back from the
=0. 188
"IC' region, is:
Nua
378 kips
--=--Ns11 1,220 kips
=0.310
le= d-2kdu
= 15.2 in.- 2(1.91 m.)
= 11.4 in.
Because Vu s 0.2<Wso. lhe full Strength in tension is pennitted according to AC! 318 Section
D.7.1.
For the design pryout strength of the anchor .group, ACI 318 Sec1ion D.3.3.5 requires that
the streng1h be greater than tl1e shear associated with a ductile failure of 1he attachment if
the requirements of ACT 318 Section D.3.3.4 are not met Because the shear strcngrh is
based on hinging in the column, the ductile failure requirement is met if the design streng1h
exceeds the column shear strength.
As indicated previously, the anchor rods on both. sides of the base plate are provided with
supplemental reinforcement. Io the region between each anchor group, lhe supplemental
reinforcement may overlap, contributing to either group. In consideration of the concrete
breakout strength for prying, a conservative estimate considers only 75% of the supplemental lotal for both groups. Also, the Ncbg term is no"\ determined based on lhe area of
supplemental reinforcement instead of ACT 318 Appendix D. Equation D-5. Therefore, lhc
revised design pryout strength is:
From AlSC Manual Equation 8-2, the weld size in sixteenths of.an inch is:
ASD
LRFD
Dnq
Vu
= 1.392(2/e)
rtq -
l90 kips
1.392kip/in.(2Xl1.4 in.)
Va
0.928(2/e)
127 kips
0.928 kip/in.(2)(11.4 in.)
=6.00 sixteenths
= 5.99 sixte.enths
Conservatively use Yi6-in. fillet welds (two-sided) for the column web-to-base plate weld.
Design of Washer Plate to Base Plate Weld
The effective length of weld available, I,~ on each of the eight plates (two sides), is:
I
0.75 V,.p8
:::::
0.75t> kcp N,.bg
(from ACI 318 Eq. D-31)
where
~
=0.70 fromACI 318 Section D.4.4(c)jj Condition B

=2.0 from AO 318 Section D.6.3. 1
Ncbg =0.75(2)(1 I .2 in.2)(60 ksi)
I,::: 2(5 1A in.)

=10.S in.
From AISC Manual Equation 82, the weld size in sixteenths of an inch is:
kcp
Therefore:
rtq -
0.15cWcpg = 0.75(0.70)(2.0)(1,010 kips)
=1,060 kips> 190 kips
o.k.
Recheck the intcrnction of tensile and shear forces, using ACI 318 Sec1ion D.7.!, wit11
$V:o 0.75 $V,.,,., as follows:
ASD'
LRFD
= 1,010 kips
Vu
1.392(81,)
190 kips
1.392 kip/in.(8)(l0.5 in.)
= 1.62 sixteeolhs
::::
Vu
rtq -
0.928(8/e)
127 kips
0.928 kip/in.(8)(10.5 in.)
1.63 sixteenths
The minimum weld size based on the thinner part joined from AISC Specification Tabl<'
12.4 controls. Bnsed on the 0.830-in. web, use 111-in. filJet welds (two sides) for the washt f
plate-to-base piste weld.
~fERJCAl'I .lNSTmtlll OF STEEL CoNSTRllCllON
4-112
4A COLUMN SPLICE AND COLUMN BASE OESfGN E.'<A.MPLF-'>
n,ie final connection design and geometry for the moment frame column base is shown
Figure 4-23.
in
1
L
~113
'
Example 4.4.4. SMF Embedded Column Base Design
Given :
Refer to Column CL-l in Figure 4-8. Design an embedded column base plate for the ASTM
A992 W-shape. The column is centered on a 72-in.-wjde reinforced concrete foundation.
The foundation concrete compressive strength,//, is 4 ksi with ASTM A6 I 5 Grade 60
rcinforcemen1. Use ASTM A572 Gr:ide 50 plate material.
N= 2'-8"
The applicable building code specifies che use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of loads. The
required column strengths al 1he base level were decerrnined by a second-order analysis
including the effects of P-o and P-t:. with reduced stiffness as required by lhe direct analysis method. The goveming load combinations in ASCFJSEI 7. including the overstrenglh
factor (referred to as the amplified seismic load in the AISC Seismic Pro1isilms), follow.
PL 3~ (A572 Gr. 50)
with (8) 2J4" dia. F1554
Gr. 105 bolts
In th.is example, !he concrolling limir state is yielding of the face plates. For this limit state,
the axial force needs to be ma:<imized as this will increase the bearing force :md subsequent
bending (yielding) in the p13te~. Therefore, the required axial strength is determined from:
LRFD
4
typ.,
_J
.-----W14x176 column
ASD


Po= (LO+ 0.105SDs )D + 0.52Sn.,QE
P,. =(1.2+0.2Sos)D+O.,QE
Leveling nut
and washer
or shim olack
3 nonshrink grout
+0.5L+0.2S
=250 kips
+ 0.75L+0.75S
= 215 kips

l
\
The required flexural strength is detenn.ine,d from:
LRFD
c:
....
E
(.'.,

M,. =(0.9-0.2Sos)D+~Qs
=946 kip-ft
ASD
Ma =(0.6-0.14S.os)D+0.70.,Qe
= 662 kip-ft
''
PL 1"x4W'X4}2" (A572 Gt. 50)
washer with a double nut
Fig. 4-23. OJnnection cross section as designed in Example 4.4.3.
.. .
AMF.IUCAN lNST!TVtl! 01' STEl!J.. CONSTRUCTIOl'J
', ..
.....
\
~l
MOMENT FRA.MP.S
The required shear ~tre11g1h is detcrm.iped from:
LRFD
LRFD Load Combina1ion 5 from
v.,:: (l.2+ 0.2SDs )D+ OoQe

=96.0 kips
Required Strengths at the Column Base
,_
ASD
....

ASCEISEI 7 Sec1ion 12.4.3.2
Vo =(l.0+0. 14Sos)D+0.70.,Qe
67.2.kips
Consider tha111te connection int.o the column weak-axis produces negligible moments on lhe
column. With rcspecc 10 lhe fo_undation, consider that the ACI 318 reinforcemenc requirements arc adequa1e for all apphcable concrete limit states including punching shear.
AlSC Seismic Pro-.ision.~ Section 02 6a requires that rhe :Wal strength equals or exceeds lhe
required strength calculated using the load combinarions of the apphcoble building code,
including lhc amplified ~J\mic load.
By reference to AISC SeiJmic Pm~isions Section D2.5c, which references Section D2.5b,
AISC Seismic Pro\'isions Section 02 6b indirectly ~tipulates that the required shear strength
of the column base be the greater of lhe required sheM strength determined frorn load combinations including the amplified seismic load (Section 02 5b(b)) or the required column
strength as stipulated in the systC'm chapters lSecuon D2.5b(~)). Here, the pro\.is1oru. of
Section E3.6g apply. as follows:
LRFD
ASD
From ASCE/SEI 7, use Seismic Design C.ategory D. n.., = 3.0. p =1.0 and Sos= 1.0.
v.,, =r.~tpc
-I.SH
Use LRFD provisions for the concrete design. The final connection design and geometry for
the embedded column base i~ shown in Figure 4-24.
Solution:
where l.M~ is the sum d the nomin.U plastic

below the splice, or in this case, the base.
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4, die column material properties 3fe as follows:
For the c."\lculation of .Hpc:
ASTMA992
= (50 ks1){ 320 in.3)(1 ft/12 in.)
From AISC Manual Table 2-5, I.be plate material properties arc as follows:
LRFD
From ASThf A615, lhe concrete reinforcement properties are as follows:
ASTM A615 Grnde 60
From AlSC Manual Table I-1, the geometric propenies arc as follows:
~: ..
.i;
Column
W14x176
A= 51.8 in.?
TJ= l.31 in.
Beam
W24X76
d 23.9 in.
IJI tx
V11=-H
2(1,330 kip-ft)
F,. = 60 ksi
ASD
I
i--
::
= l,330 kip-ft
Therefore:
ASTM A572 Grade 50

F1 == 50 bi
Fu= 65 ksi
.:~.
s1.rengths of L'1e columns above and
M pc =FyZx
F1 =50 k.si
Fu= 65 ksi
)j
11e.~ural
= 14.0 ft
=190 kips > 96.0 kips
Use 11,,
d= 15.2 in.
Zx =320 in. 3
br= 15.7 in.
1..,
=0.830 in.
=190 kips.
v. =r..upc
-I.SH
0
2(1,330 kip-ft)
1.5(14.0 ft)
=127 kips> 67.2 JUps

Use V11
:::
127 kips.
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section D2.6c(b) requires tha.t the fle.xural s~ngr.h equals or
exceeds the lesser of the load combination of the applicable building code, including I.he
amplified ~ismic lood, or I.IR> F, .t.
LRFD
M,,
o:
ASD
Mo= l.IR1 F1 Z.
1.5
J.IR,F,Z.
= J.J (1.J}(50 ksi)(320 in.3)
..
190 kips
60 ksi
1.5(12 in, ft)
'
=1,610 kip-ft> 946 .lcip-ft
Required Column Embedment Depth
Co~sider the base condition similar 10 s structuraJ steel coupling beam embedded in a coms
posne speci 3 J shear w:ill, per AISC Seismic Provisions Section H5 5c Therefi
ll~.5b(l )(3) ~ill
be used co de1ennine the embedment length. For.
embedment length, ~:
=J.54,fjj ( [>,. )
Vn
th~ calcul:~~n :~t~n

e
0.66
P1b1L, 0.58-0.22P1
0.88+-L
bi
(Pro~isio11.s
=3.17 io.2
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section H4 .5b{l)(4) requires two-thirds of this reinforcement in
the top layer. It is pennitled to use reinforcement placed for other purposes as pan of the
required longitudinal reinforcement.
=1,080 kip-ft> 662 kip-ft

UseM =662 kip-fl
Use M,, = 946 kip-ft
F,
= 1.1(1.1)(50 ksi)(320 in.3 )
(12 in./ft)
V.,
As=-
Eq.
H4~2)
2~
AISC Seismic Prrn:isions Section H5.5c requires that Ibis reinforcement be confined by
transverse reinforcement that meets the requirements for boundary members of ACI 318
Section 21.9.6. For this ex:imple, as st:itcd above, the foundation reinforeiog requirements
are considered adequate per ACI 318.
Minimum Face Bearing Plate Thickness
AISC Seismic Pro\lision.t Scc1ioo H5.5c requires face bearing plates on both sides of the column at !he foce of the foundntion and near the end of the embedded reg.ion. At a minimum.
the stiffener thickness should meet the detailing requiremcnis of AJSC Seismic Provisions
Section F3.5b(4) "here,
fmfn
where
= 0.75t.., >~ in.

=0.75(0.830 in.}
0.623 in. > Ya in.
lh = 0.85 from ACI 318 Se.ction I0.2.7.3
g = 11
= 140ft(12 in./ft)
Yielding in the Face Bearing Plates
=168 in.
The column axial force
is distributed from the column to the face bearing plates and then to
Try an embedment length, L,, of 22 in.
the fotll'ldation io direct bearing. As outl.med in AJSC Manual P:irt 14, lhe critical face plate
cantile.,.er dimension, 1, is determined 3$ the IMger of m. n or Ni' (as depicted in Figure
Therefore:
4-22). where:
V,.
~(
=l.54v'l.V
k.s1
0 66
720-.-
in ) (0.85)(l
-
15.7
IIl.
5.7 in.)( 22.0 in.) 0.58-0.22(0.85)

168 in
0.88+
.
2(22.0 in.)
m:::
'
N-0.95d
. (Manual Eq. 14-2)
2
B-0.8b1
2
(Manuol Eq. l_W)
As indicated io AJSC Seismic Provi.sions Section H4.5b(l)(3) th

L--'
.
t be 'd
e emv=ment lS consu:lered
o gm ms1 e I.he first layer of co~g reinforcement io the foundation.
. i A.f<ibi
N
=--
(from ManWJl Eq. 14-4)
Longitudinal Foundation Reinforcement

S. ecti on H4.,)V\l
~~ )(4) requu:e.s
that longitudinal foundation rein
~AISC Seismic
Provisions
.
1
olrcedment w1ht l nominal u1a1 strength equal to I.he expected shear strength of the column l>e
P ace over 1 e t'mbcdmcnt lenglh.
N=d
= 207 k:ips > 190 kips
o.k.
~-
n=
B=bt
A. = I.0 (conservative per AJSC Manual PaJt 14)
'
I
l
MUMhN I' H{A.Mm;
In
Therefore:
Therefore:
Ath ... 0.03(4 ksi)(22.0 in.)(15.7 in.)/60 ksi
15.2 in.-0.95(15.2 in.)
= 0.691 in.2
, b
be f 11 de\ cto~ \\-here they engage the embedThe pro"icion requU'CS th.it all tran.'iCT ars
u y
. r-w
.l
r AC! 318.
ded flange. For this e."tample. consider a bar length of 36 tn. fully de\.e opcc..I pe
=0.380 in.
15.7 in.-0.8(15.7 in.)
'
Use (2) 1A in. x 36 in. bar~ in cilch region.
2
=I.57 in.
(2)7t(+~ in.)2
Arb=
'An'= 1.0J15.2 in (15.7 in.)

4
=3.86 in.
=0.884 in.., > 0.69 I .in..,
o.k.
For the yielding limit state, the required minimum rh.ickness is dctermjncd from AlSC Manual
Equauons 14-7a and 14-7b:
LRFD
fmiJt
2Pu
=l - - 09FyBN
= 3.86 in.
2(250 kips)
x
0.9(50 ksi)(l5.7 in.)( 15.2 in.)
=0.833 in.
ASD
t,,,;,, =I
=3.86 in.
Section A-A
3.33(215 kips}
50 ksi(I5'.7 in.)(15.2 in.)
=0.946 in.
Due to the different load combinations used for LRFD versus ASD, lhere is a. slight d iscrepancy between the LRFD and ASD rcsulis for the required shear strength. Typically. one
.merhod should be chosen and used consistemly throughout an entire design. For the purposes of this example, the LRFD result will be used.
co<:crete foundation" '
.J
Because flexural yielding at the beruing interface controls the face plate design, the fillet
.,
.:;
:"
,,
,,
.... .
~'
weld connection provisions of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4) are not applicable
and the lh.ickness )hould be fully developed. Therefore, the face plates are welded to the
columns with complete-joint-penctrotion groove welds.
<>
Use }i-in.-thick ASTM A572 Grade 50 face bearing plates.
...
Required Transfer Reinforcement

AlSC Seismic Provisions Section HS.SC requires two regions of transfer reinforcement
:macbcd to both lhe embedded flanges. The area of rransfer reinforcemen t is:
..
if
, .I
...
\i
(21"" d;a. x 36"

deformed bar an
typ.
:-=~--=+-~ - L'
\
\..
~1
I
I
!
. c
e
>
=LJ_
.I
f\
reinforcement bey
"1
I'-
....
I..
PL Ye" face bearing ~,

plate. typ.
\.
-<;
""'
Note: The deformed
r:\
A.b
~ 0.03//l,,bf / F7sr
P,sr =60 k.si (dcformeJ bar anchor)
(Provisions E.q. H5- l)
bar anchor-to-column nange

connection should match the strength or the bar.
Fig. 4-24. C(Jnnection cross sl!ction as designed in mmple 4.4A.
\A
l''IVIVJt.J'I !
M<AMl'.S
The weld of the defom1ed bar to the column flange should be a flux filled ni:itcrial using an
electric :trc welding process, that develops the strength of lhe rebar according to AWS DJ. J
clause 7.
to 0.1SPc. then the vnlues of cl>Rvi and ~Rvz or Rvilfl and R.z/fl can be used to calculate the
a\-ailable panel zone shear strength. Considering st.rcngth of a column without doubler plates:
A ISC Seismic Provisions Seclion HS.Sc also requires that the not-to-exceed transfer reinforcement area is:
(Spec. Eq. JI 0-l l )
I:.A,b < 0.08~b,., - As
(Pro'l'isio11s Eq. H5-2)
< 0.08 (22.0 m.)(72.0 in.}- As

< I 27 in.2 - A,,
In AJSC Seismic Pro\ isions E.quation H5-2. As is the longirudioal area of reinforccmcnl
pro,ided over the embedment length. As noted in the Given statement, the foundation reinforcing requirements src considered ade<juate per ACI 318 Therefore. tJus check 1s pro' ided
for 1Uustrali\'e purposes only.
where
F-, = spcclfied minimum yield ~lJ'Css of the column web, ksi
bcf width of column Oangc, in.
d 11 :: depr.h of beam, in.
~
depth of column. in.
lcf = thickness of column nange, Ill.
cw =thickness of column web, in
=
=
Expanding /.JSC Specification Equnticm J10-11 yields:
The final connection de~ign and. geometry for the embedded column base is shown in
figure 4-24.
Rv1 and R,'2 are defined as:

Table 4-1. Comparison of Requirements for SMF,
IMF and OMF
Several categories of connection and design crileria are listed in Table 4-1. The Seismic
ProiiJion.r requirements for each category are given for OMP. IMF and SMF.
Rv1 =0.60Fld,t...,
Rv2 = 0.60Fyd,t-. (
3::c?)
Substituting into the expth~ded version of AISC Specification E.quation Jl().. l l, the available
panel zone shear streng 1s:
Table 4-2. SMF Design Tables
Various values useful in the design of SMF are tabulared. Values are given for W-shapes that
meet the width-to-thickness requirements for SMF beams and colwnns with F. = SO ksi
1
(ASTM A992).
.
For cases where the limiting web ~idth-to-thickness r.itio is a function of lhe member's
required a."tial streng1h, P., or Pa. according to AlSC Seismic Provisions Table Dl.J, the
me~11ber will sausfy the width-to-thickness requirements for highly ductile members if P., or
Pa is less than or equal to the value tabulated for Pu max or Pa max respec1ivcly. The nominal
axial yield su-ength of a member, P;. is calculated as FyA1 Note that it is assumed that
Ca"" Pul9cP, > 0.125 Ol' C,, = ~Pa1P1 > 0.125. Where a dash is shown, there is no Jimiration on the values of P,, or Pa.
The value 1 JRyMp is given to aid in several calculations, including rhe derermination of the
required shear strength of SMF connections and the SlvfF column-beam moment ratio.
Several values are tabul:ttcd lo enable quick determination of coluroo panel zone shear
strength. To determine if AISC Specification Equations Jl(). J J or JJ0-12 are :ippHcable
0.75Pc is given for comparison with the required axial sr.rength, P,. If P, is less thnn or equ~
LRFD
..
ASD
Rv =
~~i
R~1 +--
di.
I.
'
R.
R,1
R..2
fldb
-=-+--
To aid in the detcnnination of the minimum pruiel-wne element thicknesses, W:/90 or dl/90
arc also tabula1ed. Therefore, the rum of the corresponding wif 90 or di/90 values for the
SMF beam anti column will detennfoe the minimum panel-zone element thicknesses per
AISC S~ismic Provisions Equation E3-7:
Values are also tabulated to aid in the determination of lateral bl':\Cing requirements. The \
value given for l-b lllAK is the maximwn distance between lateraJ. brace--; specified in AISC ~
Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2b. The required brace strength al beam-to-column c~nnec., j
tions stipulated in AISC Seismic Pro"ision.s Section E3.4c(I), equal to 0.02FybJ'J is also
given. All lateral bracing is also required 10 have a minimum stiffness based on a moment
equal to RyMp = R1 F1 Z. The value of t.h.is moment is tabulated.
,
~
AMElllCAI' l>lsmun! OP ST661. Coi;STJUJCTION
....
MOMENT FRAMES ~
4-123
DESIGN TABLES
'.':
Table 4-1
Comparison of Requirements for SMF.

'
IMF and OMF
.Comparison of Req~irements for SMF,

IMF and OMF
Special Moment
Frame {SMF)
Intermediate Moment
Ftame (IMF)
Ordinary Moment
Ftame (OMF)
0.04 rad
0.02 rad
tlo specifted minimum
Story Drift Angle

Connection Rexurat
Strength
Connection Shear
Strength
Panel Zone Shear

Strength
Performance confirmed by Performance conlinned by

testing per A/SC Seismic
testing per AlSC Seismie
Provisions Chapter K;
Provisions Chapter K;
connectioo achieves
connectioo achieves
minimum 80% of nominal minimum 80% of nominal
plastic moment of the
plastic moment of the
beam at story drift ~le
beam at story drift angle
of 0.04 rad
of 0.02 rad
fR: Develop 1.1RyMp of

beam, maximum moment
developed by system or
satisfy requirements in
NSC Seismle Provisions
Section El .6b, E2.6 and
E3.6
Special Moment
Frame (SMF)
Continuity Plates
-or -
-or-
-or-
Lesser Vpermitted if
Justified by analysis. See
also tile exception
provided Jn AISC Seismic
Provisions Section E3.6d
Lesser Vpermilted if
justified by analysis. See
alSo Ille exception
provided in AlSC Sefsmfc
ProviSfons Section E2.6d
Lesser Vpermitted if
justified by analysis
For P, s 0.7SP.,, compute

strength per AISC
Specification Eq. :.110-11
using 9;"' 1.oo (UlFDror
1.50 (ASD) .
No additional
requirements beyond
AISC~tkln
No additional
Stability Bracing
of Be;;ms
requirements beyond
AlSC Specification
'
Panel Zone Thickness
f ~ (d1 + W1 )/90
Protected Zone
..
No additional
requirements beyond
AlSC Specificauon
No additional
requirements beyond
NSC Spectncation
No additional
requirements beyond
A!SC Specification
Beams and columns

to satisfy the AISC
Seismic Provisions
Section 01.1 for hlgt\ty
ductile members
Beams and columns

to satisfy the AISC
Seismic 'Pfovisions
Section 01.1 tor
moderately ductile
members
No additional
requlrements beyond
PJSC Specification
eeam bracing required

tO ~atisfy AISC .
Seismic ProvisfDflS
Section 01 .2b for highly
ductile members
Beam bracing required

to satisfy AISC
Seismic Provisions
Section 01.2a tor
moderately ductile
members
No additional
requirements beyona
AiSC Specification
Splices shall satisfy

AISC Seismic Provisions
Section 02.5 and
E3.6g; bolts
CJP groove welds '
Splices shall satisfy

AISC Seismic Prov'.sions
Sections 02.5 and
E2.6g; bolts or
CJP groove wetds
No additional
requirements beyond
14$(; Specification
P$. established by
ANSVAISC 358 for each
prequalified connection;
generally, one-half be.am
depth beyona'centertine
of plastic,hinge
k> established by
ANSVAISC 358Jor each
prequalifled connection;
generally, one-half beam
depth beyond centerline
of plastic hinge
'
Of \
Q,"'
Provide continuity plates

as required by
AlSC Seismic Provisions
Section El.Sb
No additional
requirements beyoncl
. AISC Specification
Column Splice
. ,.
.,
Ordinary Moment
Frame (OMF)
l:M~>1 .0
l:Mp0
Witith-to-Thickness
Vfor load combination

Vtor load combination
Vtor load combination
including overstrength plus including overstrenglh plus
Including overstrength plus
shear from application 111 shear from application of
shear from appllcatJon of
Emh"' 2[1.1RyMpyLh
Em11= 2[T.1RyMpJ!lh
Em11= 2[1.TR1 MpJ/Lcr
For P,> 0.75Pc. compute

strength per A!SC
Specification Eq. J10-12 .
using 9= 1.00 (!.RFD)
0,=T.50(ASO)
To match tested
To match tested
condition 0< ANSVAISC 358 coodition or ANSVAJSC 358
Section 2.4.4
Section 2.4.4
Seam-Column
Proportion
Limi~ticms
Intermediate Moment
Frame ~MF)
..
None
,
.,
NJUMtlN J t'K.l\M_c:)
DESlGN TN:!Lt:.::.
Table 4-2
Ry= 1.1
SMf Design varues
Table 4-2
Fy =50 ksi
SMF Design Values
Fy = 50 ksi
W-Shapes
W-Shapes
Panel Zone
Panef Zone
Pu mar
,.
~Rr1
kip$
W44x335
x290
x262
x230
3900
1930
887
234
kip-ft
kips
8170
7110
6400
1360
1130
1020
914
2310
1950
1660
1500
1410
1360
1210
1110
989
3710
2600
1560
S87
333
W40x392
x331
x327
x294
x278
x264
x235
x211
x183
x167
x149
Lateral 8r.1cing
LRFO (~"' 1.00)
(I.RFD)
Shape
761
1no
1490
tO
1280
1240
1150
989
887
761
753
722
2200
1320
280
259
169
9R,.z
kfp-in.
4480
0.75Pc
kips
369()
3200
2900
2540
15700
11200
8120
7010
6090
5820
4690
3870
3550
2870
2120
6530
5550
4760
4390
4130
3980
3570
.3270
2760
2380
7090
4980
4940
4020
3540
3210
2670
2140
1530
1130
732
4350
3660
3600
3230
3090
2900
2590
2330
3550
2870
2120
Shape
90
Lmu
ho
kips
kip-ft
W44x335
x290
x262
x230
0.450
0.449
0.450
0.450
14.5
14.5
14.4
14.3
28.1
25.0
22.4
19.3
42.2
30.9
33.3
29.0
7430
6460
5820
5040
W40x593
x503
x431
x397
15.8
15.5
15.2
15.1
15.0
15.0
14.9
14)
14.9
14.8 .
14.7
53.9
45.3
38.2
35.4
33.0
32.2
28.8
26.1
25.0
22.4
19.3
76.3
64.9
55.4
' 51,0
47.9
46.7
41.8
38.3
36.1
32.4
28.1
12700
10600
8980
8250
x249
x215
Q.406
0.406
0.406
0.407
0.406
0.406
G.406
0.406
0.406
0.406
o.406
W40x392
x331
x327
x294
x278
x264
x235
x211
x183
x167
x149
0.406
0.406
0.406
0.406
0.406
0.406
0.406
0.406
0.407
0.406
0.406
11.0
10.7
10.7
10.6
10.s
10.5
10.6 :
10:4
10.4 .
9.98'
9.52
31.2
26.0
25.8
23.2
21.7
'\ 20.6
18.8
16.8
14.2
12.2
9.79
48.1 .
40.6
40.1
36.3
34.1
32.5
29.2
26.2
22.5
20.3
17.6
noo
7520
6690
6100
5730 .
5130
4420
I l:;
7840
1,.
I ;
6550
6460
5820
545o
. 5180
4630
4150
3550
3180
2740
l:
}l
I.....
.r:
.J
, :~ ....
~-
R1 Mp
0.02M,C,
ldps
x2n
1640
!lO
UIFO
fl
x362
x324
x297
2000
1850
dz
In.
x3n
306()
Wz
-or-
I
:h.;.\ .
,..
Ry= 1.1
,J
1'
11;
J
:(.
1.1
t.
.. :~l
AMEJUC;\N 1Nsmuni OF SrEa Co;-isnucno.'I
AMl!Rlo.N lNsnrtm! OF Sn!a. CONS1'RUCTIOH
rl
MVMcJ'l l r.!<.AMJ:..S
lJ~l\.Jl'f
U\,01,.. ~
,-~
Ry= 1.1
,.. .,
,,.
...
'
.,..
.
l
~~
!:-:j
,~
:!;~
>:
flI
r:~
k"
!~
.~-
~~.
:j:
~1:
Fy
=50 ksi
SM F Design Values
Shape
W36x652
x529
x487
X441
x395
x361
x330
x302
x282
x262
x247
x231
P,,W:U
(U!FD)
i'l36x256
x232
x210
x194
x182
x170
x160
xJSO
2810
2290
1650
1240
805
506
262
1'133x387
x354
x318
x291
x263
x241
x221
x201
W33x169
x152
x141
x130
Panel Zone
LRFD (t == UlO)
~pe
3650
3020
2500
2010
1160
777
477
245
Ry= 1.1
w-~ha pes
kips
,,.
..f~
=50 ksi
Panel Zone
(:"
Fy
W-Shapes
'
SMF Design Values
14700
11700
10700
9630
8620
7810
7110
6450
6000
5550
5190
4860
Rvi
'Ryz
0.75Pc
kips
kip-in.
kips
Wz
dz
-or-
90
90
Lateral Bracing
UIFD
OJYlM1 C4
Lt llJU
0.02F,b1t1
R1 Mp
ho
in.
ft
kips
0.378
0.378
0.377
0.378
0.378
0.378
0.378
0.377
0.377
0.378
0.378
0.378
17.0
16.6
16.5
16.3
16.1
16.0
15.9
15.9
15.8 .
15.6
15.5
15.4.
62.3
50.1
45.8
41.5
37.0
33.6
30.7
28.1
26.1
23.9
22.3
20.8
69.5
64.0
57.6
52.0
47.4
43.2
39.6
36.9
. 34.1
32.0
'
kips
klpft
85.1
13300
10700
9760
8750
7840
2430
1920
1770
1590
1410
1280
1150
1060
985
930
881
832
19900
7200
13100
5850
11100
5360
9110
4880
7320
4350
6070
3980
5110
3630
4240
3340
3680
3110
3100 . 2900
2710
2720
2360
2560
W36>t652
.x529
x487
5240
\ 4720
4200
3870
3620
3370
3150
2930
1080
2820
2550
2320
. 2140
2010
1880
1760
1660
W36x256
x232
x210
x194
.x182
x170
x160
x150
0.377
11.0
21.1
32.0
0.377
10.9 .
19.0
29.0
673
3290
2680
2030
1730
1520
1310
1120
954
0.378
0.378
0.377
0.378
0.377
0.378
10.7
10.6
10.6 . 10.5 - .
10.4
10.3
16.6
15.2
14.3
13.2
12.2
11.3
26.0
24.0
22.5
20.9
19.6
18.3
7870
7160
6400
5850
5240
4740
4320
3900
1360
1240
1100
1000
900
852
788
723
7580
6330
5140
4280
3510
2800
2330
1870
4280
3900
3510
3210
2900
2670
2450
2220
W33x387
:<35-4
5<318
x291
x263
'x241
'5221
x201
0.349
0.349
0.349
0.348
0.348
0.349
0.348 .
0.349
15.7
'15.5
15.4
15.3
15.2
15.0
14.9
14.8
36.9
33.6
30.2
27.5
24.8
22.3
20.2
18.1
50.9
46.6
42.0
38.5
34.8
31.5
28.9
26.1
7150
6510
5820
5320
4770
4310
3930
3540
3170
2820
2590
2350
679
638
604
576
1540
1170
954
757
1860
1680
1560
1440
W33x169
x152
x141
x130
0.348
0.349
0.349
0.349
10.4
10.3
10.1
9.93
14.0
12.3
11.0
9.83
21.2
19.0
17.5
16.0
2880
2560
2360
2140
.,
968
914
838
790
738
702
x~I
x395
x361
x330
x302
; x282
x262
x247
x231
"
r
f:
:.
::
AMERlCAN lNsmtml OF STF..Ei:CONSTRlJCTJON
A.MSRJCAJll lNSTITUTE! OF STE!!L CONSTllU(,"llON
30.1
7foo
6460
' 5870
' 5450
5040
4720
4410
4770
4290
3820
3520
3290
3060
2s60
2660
4
vtU' 1 t".K.t\1'-U:~
DESIGN TABLES
SM F Design Values
Ry= 1.1
Fy
=50 ksi
W-Shap es
Panel Zone
p-
(l.RF1l)
Shape
kips
WJ(b(391
x357
x326
x292
x261
x235
x21 1
x191
xl73
W30x14S
x132
x 124
x116
xi OB
2260
t1tii,.l'
1670
~89t
~1~5f~
.4~
36\ <.;
242"
1350
982
720
5"2
364
x368
x336
x307
x281
x258
x235
I
1..J-
)(194
x178
x161
x146
W27x129
x114
x102
x94
klpf1
W30x391
x357
x326
x292
x261
x235
x.211
x.191
x173
0.315
0.315
0.314
0.314
0.314
0.314
0.314
0.315
0.314
153
151
15.0
149
14.7
14.6
14.5
14.4
1'6 2
38.1
34.7
31.6
28.3
25.1
22.7
19.9
17.9
16.1
51.8
47.5
43.1
38.6
34.6
31.3
27.9
25.2
22.8
6650
6050
0315
031 4
0.315
0314
031 4
9.48
9.35
9.27
910
8.9"
12.4
105
18.6
16.4
15.3
142
13.1
2290
W30x148
x132
xt24
}(116
1<108
546
497
3310
2860
2260
1800
1470
1200
5960
4090
3720
3380
3120
2850
2600
2400
2140
1970
1790
1620
W27>'539
x368
><336
x307
x281
x258
x235
x217
x194
x178
x161
x146
0282
0.283
0283
0.282
0.283
0.283
0.283
0.282
0.282
0.282
0.283
0.283
15.2
14.5
14.3
14.2
14.1
14.0
13.8
13.8
13.7
13.5
13.4
13.3
71 .7
48.9
4<19
412
37.6
34.S
31 .3
291
25.9
23.6
21 .4
19.3
8660
5680
5180
4720
4290
3910
3540
3260
2890
2610
505
467
419
395
1090
786
620
500
1420
1260
1130
1()40
W2.7X129
x114
x102
0.282
0.283
0.283
0.282
16.4
14.3
128
11 7
1810
1570
1400
1270
kips
7310
1350
1220
1110
979
882
2110
1570
2600
1340
965
527
1990
1730
1540
32'6
1400
597
599
559
530
509
"87
1320
945
817
683
546
n9
654
3580
3180
2870
2340
8360
7000
5820
4710
3720
3060
2370
1910
1550
718
3890
x217
kips
kip-in.
9530
6250
5700
5190
'720
4300
W27.x539
kips
kJps
1910
1740
ft
kip-ft
2060
R1M,
In.
0.75Pc
2520
2200
WO
O.CYlM1 C.
h.
Ltaw
Rrt
. sfT,
6~
545
. 4(5
d,
-90 or-90
R~
5340
4750
4270
3790
3400
3060
w,
Lateral Bractng
Panel Zone
LRFD I+ UlO)
1.1R1M,
6660
6000
1513.
Ry= 1. 1 .
SMF. Design Values
Fy::: 50 k si
W-Shapes
1920
1260
1130
1030
932
853
784
707
632
605
17300
8140
6830
5660
4830
4030
4310
3940
3600
3230
2890
2600
2340
2100
1910
1640
1460
1370
1280
1190
Shape
x9'6
9.19
9.06
8.9"
8.81
9,n
8.93
7.98
54.2
36.5
33.3
301
Z78
25.3
22.9
212
18.8
168
15.1
13.7
11.0
9.39
8.30
7 45
5450
4860
4320
3880
3440
3090
2780
2000
1870
17~
1590
~\
2360
2130
\
'
:.._
Af.fEIUCAN lllmT\ITI! OF STEL CONSTIUICT'ION
...
..:.......
AMl:JuCAN L"IS'TT(UTE OF Sttl!L CONSTRUC110N
MOMENT FRAMES
4-130
i:'
SMF Design Values
Ry= 1.1
Fy
=50 ksi1
"":,
W-Shapes
i:'
Shape
kips
r.
"
.::.
~:
.,
.
:~d
~:
...::.:>:~
..
:j;I J
;:
'r~
"'1
1ij
!~'.
...:..
1;:
:$,
...
~~:
~;:
l'
~:
t.
W24x370
x335
x306
x279
x250
x229
x207
x192
x176
.,x162
x146
x131
0.75Pc
kips
kip-in.
kips
x8_4
x76
1110 .
836
506
290
1410
1280
1130
1010
404
375
340
315
W24x62
x55
187
58.5
x94
Shape
$R112
1280
1140
1020
929
821
749
671
620
567
529
482
445
d,
-or90 90
L11mu
in.
ft
W:
4090
3690
3360
3070
2760
2520
2280
2120
1940
1790
1610
1450
W24x370
x335
x306
x279
x250
x229
x207
x192
x176
x162
.x146
x131
0.251
0.250
0_250
0250
0.250
0250
0.251
0.251
0.250
0.251
0.250
0251
13.6
13.4
13.3
13.2
13.1
12.9
12.8 .
12.8.
12.6
12.7
12.5
12.3
ns -
1140
W24x103
8,27
625
481
374
1040
926
840
x94
x84
x76
0.250
0.251
0.251
0.250
221
161
683
608
\'/24x62
x55
0.250
0.251
9120
7470
6270
5230
4240
3530
2880
2490
2080
1740
1380
1070
-~
. --
LRFD
-r
":t~-rH -~ASO.~. ....: ;-~~
1)1Rv1
5700
5140
4650
4210
3750
. 3400
3060
. 2820
2580
2360
2110
1870
W24x103
._
LRFO ( =1.00)
(LRFD)
Lateral Bracing
Panel Zone
Panel Zone
Pu mu
Ry= 1.1
SMF Design Values
Fy =50 ksi
W-Shapes
4 - 131
DESIGN TABLES
Table .4-2 (continued)
~:
9:azF,1iftr - .::o.02M;cd
\.M
.,;. 1.5,'11-h-:
~~'1'/r.~
~:
D.02Fyb1tt
0.02M,Cd
R1 M,
h,
kips
kips
kipft
37.3
33.5
30.6
27.8
24.9
22.7
20.4
19.0
17.3
15.9
14.1
12.4
49.1
44.9
40.9
37.3
33 5
30.6
5180
4680
4230
3830
3410
3090
2780
2560
2340
2150
1920
27.7
25.6
23.5
21.6
19.5
17.3
1700
8.82
13.1
8.23
8.11
7.98
7.94
6.95
6.11
11.9
10.6
9.48
1280
1160
1030
917
5.74
s.~z:
4.15
3.54
7.29
6.38
701
614
20.5
18.5
16.9
14.4
12.9
11.9
10.8
27.2
24.7
22.5
f9.5
17.6
16.3
14.9
2430
2180
1980
1710
1530
1410
1280
H.7
676
306
280
W21x201
x182
x166
x147
x132
x122
x1 11
2670
2400
2180
1880
1680
1550
1410
628
565
506
4n
425
391
355
3010
2460
2060
1490
1210
1030
848
2220
2010
1830
1620
1460
1350
1220
W21x201
x182
x166
x147
x132
x122
x111
0.219
0.219
0.220
0.220
0219
0.220
0.219
W2lx93
x83
x73
1110
655
525
409
349
280
1020
915
806
750
686
W21x93
x83
x73
. x68
x62
0.219
0.219
0.219
0.219
0.220
7.65
7.61
7.52
7.48
7.36
7.83
6.98
6.14
5.66
5.07
10.5 ,
9.23
8.63
7.76
1010
898
788
733
660
n6
376
331
289
272
252
650
555
481
256
237
217
249
626
551
488
\Y21x57
x50
x44
0220
0.219
0.220
5.61
5.40
5.24
4.26
3.-19
2.93
6.99
5.99
5.17
591
504
437
x68
x62
W21x57
x50
x44
988
1060
685
521
330
867
807
326
176
57.6
168
118
12.6
12:5'
12.4
12.3
12.2
12.l
12.1
!:'
:.:.
:~ '
.~
I:I
,\1'!EIUCAN lNSTl'TVTE OF STEEL CoNsnuJ<:TlOl'i

AME!uCN' INStmm; OF STEa. CONSTllUCOON
MOMENT FRAMES
oESlGN TABLES
4-1
Table 4-2 (c ontinued)

Ry~
1.1
Tab le 4-2 (c ontinued)
SM F Design Values
Fy= 50 k si
SMF Design Values
Fy= 50 ksi
W-Shapes
Shape
W-Shapes
Panel Zone
Pu max
(!..RFD)
!..RFD (~ "' 1.<IO)

~Rrt
kips
- --
W18x311
x283
x258
x234
x211
x192
X17S
x158
x143
x130
x119
X106
x.97
3800
3410
3080
2no
2470
2230
2010
1790
1620
1460
1320
1160
1060
938
5<$6
W18x71
x65
x60
x55
x50
W18x40
'x40
.x35
1020
920
826
734
658
588
534
479
427
388
373
331
299
195
169
159
60.6
(16~
5620
4690
3810
3170
2590
2110
1760
1450
1140
891
756
451
384
329
269
219
. 200
149
97.5
457
395
335
427
224
8110
275
319
98.3
46.5
604
kip-in.
592
227
212
192
998
882
756
~R112
265
668
520
326
x 77
W16x31
kips
736
671
620
565
509
W16x100
x89
W16x57
xso
x45
x40
kip-ft
Ry= 1.1
248
298
265
225
529
46-4
415
368
212
186
167
272
131
146
0.75P,
kips
34!
3120
2850
2570
2340
2110
1930
1740
1580
1440
1320
1170
1070
949
W18x311
x283
x258
x234
x211
x192
x175
x158
x143
x130
i<110
x106
x97
784
716
660
608
551
Wl8x71
x65
506
443
386
Wl8x4~
908
717
535
1100
328
253
202
161
630
551
96.4
Shape
983
a.ca
499
443
342
x86
x60
'555
xSO
x40
x35
Wz
dz
90
90
-or-
}:..
LRFD
o.02M;c,
Lbowt
R1 Mp
ho
In.
ft
kips
kips
kipft
0.187
0.188
0.188
0.188
0.188
0.188
0.187
0.187
0.187
0.188
0.188
0.187
0.187
0.187
12.3
12.1 .
12.0
11.8
11.7
11.6
11.5.
11.4.
11.3
11 .2 '
11.2
11.1
11.0
10.9 .
32.9
29.8
27.1
24.7
22.2
20.1
18.1
16.3
14.8
13.4
12.0
10.5
9.66
8.55
42.3
38.3
35.0
31.8
28.7
26.0
23.8
: 21 .4
19.5
17.6
16.1
14.2
13.1
11 .6
3460
3100
2800
2520
2250
2030
1820
1630
1480
1330
1200
1050
967
853
0.188
0.188
0.187
0.187
0.187
7.07
7.02
6.98
6.94
6.86-
6.19
5.69
5.25
4.74
4.28
9.07
8.27
7.73
7.04
6.39
669
610
564
513
'453
0.188
0.187
0.187
s.36
5.28
5.07
3.67
3.16
2.55
5.70
4.96
4.23
416
359
305
0.167
0.167
0.166
W16x57
x50
x40
0.166
0.167
0.166
0.167
6.65
6.61
6.53
6.53
5.09
4.45
3.98
3.54
7.36
6.45
5.84
5.18
481
422
377
335
W16x31
0.167
4.86
2.43
3.83
248
x45
Lateral Bracing
W16x100
x89
xn
)"
10.4
10.4
10.3
10.2
9.10
7.83
13.6
12.1
10.5
908
802
688
I
I ~:.;
II.
\..
I ~:
,,,..
, ...
'.:
ht~
l.:
I.
"-'~
AMillucv. lNST!TIJTE OF STEEL CONSTJtUCTION

AMEluCAN
ll-tSTmTTl! OP STEEL CONSTIU.JCllON

lb~
.l
MOMENT FRAMES
4-134
''.~$1
i.f.-
4-IJS
DESIGN TABLES
i~
Table .4-2 (continued)
.~/
SMF- Design Values
Ry= 1.1
Fy= 50 ksi
Table 4#2 (continued)

W#Shapes
W~Shapes
Shape
LRFO (Ci> = 1.00)
(lRFO)
kips
8370
7460
6660
..:~
\)t
:m11
:: )
::
,,
0.75Pc
kips
kip In.
kips
x159
xl45
3040
2730
2460
2200
1970
1790
1610
1450
1310
W14x132
1180
284
1400
1460
701
635
665
. 560
5~0
219
192
174
467
' 900
818
750
W14x53
x48
439
395
154
141
316
. 256
585
. 529
W14x38
400
310
131
162
420
W14x26
116 .
203
106
5290
4720
4380
4040
3710
x426
x398
x370
x342
X311
x283
x257
x233
x211
x193
W14x82
x74
. x68
iil
:
~Rt?
38800
32500
27100
22600
18700
15600
13900
12100
10500
9000
7450
6210
5140
4230
3460
2930
2420
1990
1660
~90
x11s
l~
41R,1
2060
1830
1630
1440
1290
1150
1050
972
891
809
723
646
581
514
462
414
378
335
302
i:::i
Shape
-8060
7350
6680
6080
5510
5030
4690
4390
4090
3790
3430
3120
2840
2570
59$0
:
Lateral Bracing
Panel Zone
Panel Zone
Puma
79.9
ma
2130
1940
1750
1600
288
Ry= 1.1
SMF Desigr- Values
Fy = 50 ksi
dz
-or90 90
W:
In. ..
Lb ,_
ft
LRFO
0.02MrCd
0.02F1bttt
87.9
80.0
72.4
65.7
59.5
53.9
50.8
47.3
43.9
40.5
36.6
33.3
30.2
27.3
24.6
22.6
20.6
18.6
16.9
104
95.2
86.9
79.l
71.7
65.2
60.9
56.8
53.3
49.3
44.8
40.8
. 36.9
33.S
3M
27.7
25.3
22.9
20.9
7610
6780
6050
5410
4810
4290
3980
3670
3370
3080
2760
2480
2230
2000 .
1790
1630
1470
1320
1190
15.1
18.8
1070
W14x730
x665
x605
x550
x500
x455
x426
x398
x370
><342
x311
x283
x257
x233
x211
xl93
x1?6
x159
x145
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
\ 0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.140
0.1,40
0.140
0.140
0.140.
0.140~
1S.5
19.2
18.9'"
18.7
:18.4
18.2
18.0
l7.9
17.7
17.6
17.5
17.3
17.2
17.0
16.9
15.B"
16.7
16.6
16.5
W14x132
0.140
15.6
W14><82
x74
>C68
0.140
0.140
0.140
10.3 .
10.3
10.2 .
8.64
7.93
7.20
11.4
10.3
9.51
637
578
527
W14x53
x48
0.140
0.140
7.98
7.94
5.32
4.78
7.26
6.53
399
359
0.145
6.44
3.4~
4.97
282
W14x38
0.145
4.49
2.11
3.28
184
W14x26
~~
'
,,...
.,''
{
1
I
kip-ft
kips
AMEJtfCAN
AMEJUCAN l.NSTTTUTR 01' Sre:a CO.NSTRUCTlON
ho
kips
II
Ry Mp
INS'J1TVJ1! ~ STEEL CONSTRJC'l10N
. .,,
MOMENT FRAMES
_....JV
4-137
.-
1:
l'
Table 4-2 {continued)
Table 4-2 (continued}
SMF Design Values
Ry= 1.1
l:.
pESIGN TABLES
Fy =50 ksi
Fy = 50 ksi
.c.
:. sMF Design Values
Ry= 1.1
W-Shapes
W-Shapes
r
.,.
Panel Zone
Ponwt
Shape
kips
W12x336
x305
x279
><252
x230
x210
x190
x170
x1 52
x136
x120
x106
x96
W12x50
x45
Shape
~Rn
~R-2
kip-ft
kips
kip-in.
kips
3040
2710
2430
2160
1950
1750
1570
1390
1230
1080
938
827
741
897
797
730
647
10600
8720
7190
5920
4970
4160
3460
2760
2210
1740
1360
1080
889
584
520
458
403
358
318
279
236
210
3710
3360
3070
2780
2540
2320
2100
1880
1680
1500
1320
1170
1060
90
90
0.02M,C,
RyMp
-or-
hmu
In.
ft
kips
kiP.S._
kip-ft
o.12r
0.121
0.122
0.121
0.122
0.121
0.121
0.121
0.121
0.121
0.121
0.121
0.121
14.4
14.2
14.0
13.9
. 13.8
13.6
13.5
13.4
13.3
13.1
13
12.9
12.8
39.7
48.1
43.4
39.5
35.7
3.2.7
29.9
26.9
24.4
21.7
19.3
17.1
15.2
13.7
2760
2460
2200
. 1960
ho
~5.8
32.4
29.3
26.7
24.3
22.1
19.7
17.5
15.5
13.7
12.1
11 .0
\:
1no
1600
1430
1260
1110
981
853
752
674
6.82
6.14
330
294
135
122
298
240
548
491
W12x50
x45
0.121
0.122
8.15
8.11
160
386
W12x35
0.127
6AO
3.41
4.69
235
113
243
209
W12X22
x19
0.127
0.128
3.52
3.42
1.71
1.40
2.71
2.28
134
113
W10x112
x100
x88
11.1
11.0
10.9
10.8
10.8
13.0
11.5
10.2
8.87
7.78
15.9
14.3
12.7
11.0
9.74
674
596
518
447
391
x68
0.0989
0.09S4
0.098
0.0984
0.0984
0.0984
8.35
4.97
6.37
252
WlOx45
W10x30
x26
0.105
0.105
5.69
5.65
2.96
2.54
4.03
3-49
168
143
W10x19
x17
0.105
0.105
3.63
3.51
1.59
1.32
2.42
2.11
W12x22
x19
197
110
148
125
95.9
86.0
65.5
44.2
xS8
741
655
570
492
430
258
226
196
169
147
1460
1160
909
695
539
1230
1100
975
851
746
W10x45
2n
106
2n
499
W10x30
185
x26
158
94.S
$).3
136
101
332
285
109
94.3
76.5
72.7
211
dt
362
324
258
W10x19
x1 7
W12x336
x305
x279
x252
x230
x210
x190
x170
x152
x136
x120
x106
x96
Wt
5.17
4.63
453
xn
i~
l.RFO
0.75P,
W1 2x35
W1 0x112
X100
x88
Panel Zone
LRFO (~"' 1.00)
(UIFD)
Lateral Bracing
56.4
39.3
211
187
I'
'-
xn
'1
99
85.7
'1
I;
\
II
\"
\
I:
11
r:
-:_,,
AMERICAN 1.Nsnnrm OJ' STJ;EL. CONSTROCTION
AMaucAN INsTmrr OF STEEL C0NSTR1.ICUON
..
5-1
MOMENT FRAMES
4-13&
PART 4 REFERENCES
PARTS
~'Swell.
...
B. (2011), "A Yield Line Component Method for Bolted A3llge Connec1ions;
Engineering Journal, American Institute of Steel Consll"Uction, Vol. 48, No. 2, 2nd Quarter,
pp. 93-116.
Fisher. J.M. and Kloiber. L.A. (2010), Base Plate and Anchor Rod Design, Design Guide I.
2nd Ed., AJSC, Chicago, IL
.
Gomez, I.. Smilh, C.; Deierlein, G. and Kaminde, A. (2010). "Shear Transfer in faposed
Column Base Pint~; http://nees.or~resources/837.
BRACED FRAMES
5.1 SCOPE . . . . . . .
.... .. .. .
5-3
- 2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES (OCBF) : . . . . 5-3
).
OCBF De~ign Example Plan and Ele\Jtion .............. . ....... 5--4
Hamburger. R, Ktawinkler. H., Malley, J. and Adan, S. (2009), Seismic Design of Steel
Special Moment Frames: A Guide for Practicing Engineers, NEHRP Seismic Design
Technical Brief No. 2. National Institute of Standards and Technology.
Example 5.2.1 OCBF Diagonal Brace Design ......... . . . ..... . 5-6
Murray, T.M. and Sumner, E.A. (2003), Extended End-Plate Momeni Ccnnecrions-Seismic
and lVind Applications, Design Guide 4, 2nd Ed., AlSC, Chicago, IL.
Example 5 l.3 OCBF Beam Design

F.xample 5.2.4 OCDF Brace-10-Beam/Column Connection Design .. ..... .... 5-25
Example 5.2.2 OCBF Column Design . . ....
....... . ............... 5-15

. ..... . .. 5-lS
Example 5.2.5 OCBF Ten.~ion-Only Diagonal Brace Design . . . . ....... . 5-75
OSHA (2008), Occupational Safety and Health Regulation.~. Title 29. Code of Federal
Regulations, U.S. Government Priming Office, Washington. DC.
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES (SCBF) . . ...... 5-82
West, M.A. and Fisher, J.M. (2003), Serviceability Desig11 Considerations for Steel Buildings,
Design Guide 3, 2nd Ed, AISC. Chicago, IL.
SCBF Design Example Plan and Elev3tioo . ..... .. . . 5-86

. . . . ......... - ... .. ...... .. ...... 5-8'7
fa:unple 5.3. l SCBF Brace Design
5-91
E:<:unple 5.3.2 SCBF An aJ ys1s
............... .
Example 5.3.3 SCBF Column Design ......... . .. .... 5-98
111
faample 5.3.4 SCBF Beam Design ......... . .. 5-104

.
E.'<ample 5.3.5 SCBF Beam Design . .
'.ii
~1
11
. ... ....
. 5-119
Example 5.3.6 SCBF Column Splice Design . ................ . 5-129
,.
Example 5.3.7 SCBF Ma.-Umuro Force Limited by Foundation Uplift ....... 5-136
Example 5.3.8 SCBP Brace-to-Beam Connection Design ............... . 5-140

Example 5.3.9 SCBPBrace-to-Beam Connection Design ................. 5-178
Example 5.3.10 SCBF Brneto-Bcam/Column Connection Design ........ 5-2(
Example 5.3.11 SCBF Brace-10-Beam/Column Connection Design
with Elliptical Clearance and Fixed Beam-lo-Column Connection .... . 5-269
Eitample 5.3.12 SCBF Brace-to-Beam/Column Connection DesignIn Plane Brace Buckling ....................... .... 5-299
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAM6S (EBF) .............. . . 5-334
EBF Design &ample Plan and Elevation ................... .
5-33~.
Example 5.4.l EBF Story Drift Check ..... .... .. . ....... .. .

5-3~'
.
5-3~(
Example 5.4.2 EBF Link Des1gn ........ ... . . .
Ex.ample 5.4.3 EBF Be:im Outside of the Link Design .... .. . . 5-3'=
E:<ample 5.4.4 EBF Brace Design ....... .. 5-3
II
4-138
5-1
MOMP.NT ?RAMES
PART 4 REFERENCES
PARTS
D~-swcll, B. (2011). "A Yield Line Component Method for Bolted fl~ge Connections."
Eitginuring Joumal. Americ.ln Institute of Steel Cons!J"Ucooo, Vol. 48, No. 2, 2nd Quarter,
BRACED FRAMES
pp. 93 116.
t"
Fisher, J.M. and Kloiber, L.A. (2010), Base Plate and Anchor Rod Design, Design Guide 1.
2nd Ed , AlSC. Chicago, IL.
5.1 SCOPE
Gomez, I. Smith, C.. Deierlein, G. and Kaminde, A. (2010). "Shear Transfer in Exposed
Column Base Plates," h ttp://n ees.org/resources/837.
Hamburger, R., Krawinkler, H., Malley, J. aod Adan, S. (2009), Seismic Design of Steel
.. . .. . - .
. . . .. .
................ 5-3
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES (OCBF) - .. 5-3

OCBP Design Example Plan and Elevation ......... ..... .... : 5-4
Special MomenJ Frames: A Guide for Practicing Engineers. NEHRP Seismic Design
Technical Brief No. 2. National Institute of Standards and Technology.
Example 5.2.1 OCBF Diagonal Brace Design .. - .. . . . 5-6
Murray, T.M. and Sumner, E.A. (2003), Extended Encl-Plate Moment Connecrio11s-Seismic
and 1Vi11d Applications, Design Guide 4. 2nd Ed , AISC, Chicago, IL.
Example 5.2.3 OCBF Beam Design ....................... . ... . 5-18
OSHA (2008), Occupauonal Safety and Health Regulations, Tille 29, Code of Federal
Rcgulauons, U.S. Govenunent Printing Office, Washington, DC.
Example 5.2.5 OCBFTensionOnly Diagonal Brace De$itn .... - .. 5-75
West, M.A. and Fisher, J.M. (2003), Serviceability Design Considerations for Steel B11ildings,
Design Guide 3, 2nd Ed., AISC, Chicago, IL.
Example 5.2.2 OCBF Column Design ............ ...... . . - - 5-15
EJtample 5.2.4 OCBF Brace to-Bc:im/Column Connection Design . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES (SCBF) 5-82
SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation ..... - ..... . . 5-86
fa:imple 5.3.1 SCBF Brace Design ........ .. ....... - 5-87
fa:unple 5.3.2 SCBF Analysis ...... . . . - 5-93
.
Example 5.3.3 SCBF Column D es1gn
...... - . 5-98
. .............. .. . 5-104
E:tample 5.3.4 SCBF Beam Des1gn
Example 5.3.5 SCBFBeam Design ................. . . 5-119
0es1gn .... 5-129

Example 5.3.6 SCBF Column S p tice
Example 5.3.7 SCBF Ma;<imum Fore~ Limiled by Foundation Uplift ..... 5-136
fj
faample 5.3.8 SCBF Brace-lo-Beam Connection Design .. . - 5-140
Example 5.3.9 SCBP Brace-to-Beam Connection Design .... .... .. 5-178

Example 5.3.10 SCBF Brace-to-Beam/Column Connection Design ... . ... . 5-202
Example 5.3.11 SCBF Brace-lo-Beam/Column Connection Design
with Elliptical Clearance and Fixed Beam-lo-Column Connection ..... - 5-269
Example 5.3.12 SCBF Braceto-Beam/Column Connection Design--
In Plane Brace Buckling ......... 5-299

5.4 ECCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAM~ (EBF) .............. 5-334
EBF Design Example Plan and Elevation ........................ .. 5-338.

Example 5.4.l EBF Story Drift Check ............. ...... ........ 5-339
'EJtample 5.4.2 EBF Link Design ....... ... . .
~~
Example 5.4.3 EBF Beam OulSide of the Link Design .......... . 5-3~
Example 5.4.4 EBF Brace Design ..... . ... - - 5-3
Example 5.4.5 EBP Column Design ..... ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 .J67

Example 5.4.6 EBF Br3ce-to-Lin.k Connection Design ........... ......... _
5 372
Example 5.4.7 EBF Brace-10-Be&n/Column Connectio" D
.... cs1gn ... ...... . .. 5-379
5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMEs (BRBF) ................ 5-413
BRBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-418
5.2 ORDL'lARY CONCENTRICALJ..Y DRACFD J=RA.'l\,ff'..S
5.1 SCOPE
\,
The AlSC Seismic Provisions requirements and other design considerations summarized in
Ibis Part apply to the design of the members and connections in braced frames thnt require
seismic detailing according to the AJSC Seismic ProvisWn.r.
'<
~..
Example 5.5.J BRBF Brnce Design .......... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-419
Example 5.5.2 BRBF Column Design ........... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . 5-425
Example 5.5.3 BRBF Beam De.sign ................................... 5-4JO
5.6 NONBUlLDING STRUCTURES: A SPECIAL CASE ........... .... .... 5-443
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES

(OCBF)
concentric~y br.lceJ frame (OCBF) systems. like other concentrically braced
frame systems, resist lateral fon:es and displacements primanly through the ~ial strength
and stiffness of lhe brace members. TI1e design of OCBF systems is :iddressed in AISC
Seismic Provisio11s Section Fl. Concentrically braced frames are arranged such that the centerlines of the framing members (braces. columns nnd beams) coincide or nearly coincide,
thus minimizing flexural behavior. While special concentrically braced frame (SCBP) sys
terns have numerous detailing requircmenis to ensure greater ductility, OCBF systems
n.nticipate linle inelastic deformation and are designed usmg a higher seismic force level
to account for their limited system ductility. OCBF systems, with their relativdy simple
design and construction procedures, can be an attractive choice for sm:illcr buildings and
nonbuilding structures. OCBF systems may be lc<.s desirable in larger buildings an<l buildings with a higher seismic performance objective.
Concentrically braced frnme systems tend to be more economical than moment resisting
frames and cccentrica!Jy braced frames in terms of material, fabrication :md erection cosL
They do. however, often have reduced flexibility in floor-plnn layout, space planning, an.
electrical and mechanical routing as a result of lhe presence of br:ices. ln certain circumS!Jlnces, however, braced frames are exposed and fc3rured in the architecture of the building.
Several configurations of br:iced frrunes may be considered, including those shown in AJSC
Seismic Provisions Commentary Figutcs C-F2. l and C-F2.2.
Br:iced frames typically nre Jocated 1jn walls lhat stack vertically between floor levels. In
the typical office building, these w:ills generally occur in the core area around stair and elevator shafts, central resrrooms, and mechanical and electric:il rooms. This generally allows .
for greater :1rchitectur3.I fie.'\ibility in placement and configuration of e:tlerior windows and
cladding. Depending on the plan location and lhe size of the core are.1 of the building, t})(
torsional resistance offered by the braced frames may become a controlling design parame
tcr. Differential drift between stories at the exterior perimeter must be considered with this
type of layout, as roUltional displacements of the floor diaphragms mny impose forces on
the cladding system and other nonstructural elements of the building.
In designing and detailing OCBF systems, there are few special considerations. The
design of OCBF members is mostly based upon typical steel design procedures, as outlined
in the AISC Specification. The requ1remenis for OCBF systems in !he AISC Seismic \
Provisums include the following:
j
Ordinary
l:
I
f
Braces are moderately ductile members as given in Sccoon Fl .Sa

The required strength of bracing connections is given in Section Fl .6a
The brace slenderness limit of Kl Ir S 4JE I F1 for V or invencd-V configurations i~
given in Section Fl.Sb
The requirement.s for beruns in V or inverted-V frames nre given in Section Fl .4a
..
BRACB> FRAMES
The conne<:lion streoglh requirement of AlSC Sthmic Provisions Section Fl .6a is

intended to en.~ure that lhe brace member acts as the ductile link (brace yielding) in the
frame prior 10 the connections failing. lhus providing more relfabiHty to the system. The
limit on the sJendemess in V-type and inverted V-type braced frames is intended to limit the
unbalanced force that develops on the braced frame beam when the compression brace buckles and its strenglh degrades while the tension brace yields. The buckliJl8 of lhe compression .
brace results in a significant reduc1ioo in the frame shear resistance. This slenderness limit
does not apply to braces in two-story X-braced frames. because that configuration pre\'Cllts
or reduces the magnitude of unbalanced forces on the beam.
K-braced frames, as defined by the AISC Seismic Provisions Glossary, where a brace
frames to a column at a location where there is no out-of-pbne ~upport. are not permjtted in
OCBF systems. The definition of K-braced frames precludes the use of braces framing 10
columns between diaphrngm levels or locations of out-of-plnne lateral support for lhe
columns This Jefinition als0- precludes multi-tiered concentric braced frames ~here there
are two or mere levels of bracing between diaphragm levels or locations of ouc-of-pl:ine ln.teral support for the columns.
' '"r
I
I
OCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation

The following e>..:unples illustrate the design of an OCBP system based on the AISC Seismic
Provisions Section Fl. TI1e pl311 3lld elevation are shown in Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2.
o+i+~-
40'.0"
40'-0"
+---"-'-'--I----'-.;.....:;_
..
.~
~Open ~1teel joists
lters
H----- M
._ ____" ' . . F=
at 6'-8"
II
If
111
111
f \
'
:-.;
::
\;,,,,
1X. . . . - - - - - D - - - - c-
---0---- D
=30 psf
. rtical load of the exterior wall is supported at grade. The seismic weight of the wall
Th e \e
f h b 'tdi
. t The
th t s trihutary to the roof level is 140 lb/ft on all four sides o t e w ng penme er.
Ja~e~I eanhquake force,, acting at the roof level along grid I is 65.8 kips as calculated per
ASCEISEI 7 Section I2.8.

.
The applicable building code specifies I.he use of A~~SEI 7_ for calculauon of ~oa~:
From ASCEJSEI 7, lhe following parameters apply. Setsnuc Design ~ategory D. R - 3~.
ilo = 2, le= 1.0, SDs = 0.528, and p = J.0. ASCEISEl 7 does not permit an ~ = 3. s~stem 10
Seismic Design Cat\!gory D; therefore, an OCBF system is used for ~1s. bu1ldmg and
designed according 10 the AlSC Seismic Pnwision.~. ~e structural ~r~ng is regular and
bas two bays of seismic force resisting perimeter framing on each side lll each orthogonal
. Th e'"
ASCfJSEI 7 Section 12 .3.4 .2b perrru'ts the redundancy factor. p, to be
direcuon. er 1ore.
taken as 1.0.
ASCEJSt:J "1
The vertical seismic load effect, E,,, based on LRFD load combinauons m
.....
Section 12.4.2.3. is:
(ASCEISEI 7 Eq. 12.4-4)
0.2SosD - 0.2(0.528)D
0.14Sosf) =O.l4(0.528)D
= 0.0739D
A
N-~~-1 B
D
111
111
,1,
111
111
111
,.
%- - 1 - - - l
I
I
I
I
I
c----:-1 -
t---->.-L_ _._,. ____ ____ ____ ____
'
l =Opsf
JT-1
Roof
:r.----c----c----c----c
I~
ts psf
for ASD load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3, E, is:
II
11
D ..
(typ.)
Ix
TI1e gravity ((lading is as follows:
= 0.1060
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRIC \LLY BRACED lR. \.\.fES
,.
"'
,.
-+--{ O
~~
Base
OCBF investigated in design examples.
For elevation, see Flgure 5-2.

Fit. 5-1. OCBF roof plan.
Fig. 5-2. OCBF el~otiott.
=.
O.lOSo~D
= 0.10(0.528)D
=0.0528D
Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, tbe'~aterial properties
Note that according to ASCE/SEI 7 Table 12.2-1, buildings with OCBF frames in Seismic
Design Categories D and E are only permitted up to a structural height of 35 ft. An cxccpuon applies for Seismic Design Categories 0, E and P that allows the maximum structural
height to be increased to 60 ft for single-story buildings where the dead load of 1he roof does
not exceed 20 psf, which is the case here.
~ume that the ends of the diagonal braces are pinned and braced against translation for
both th.e x-x and y-y axes. The loads giYen for each example are from a first-order analysis.
Assume that the elTecth'e length method of AISC Specijicarion Appendjx 7 is used for
stability design. AJSC Specification Appendix 8 will be applied 10 approximate a .secoodorder analysis.
F1 =50 ksi
F11 =65 ksi
Required Strength
Determine the required strength
Tue load combinations that include seismic effects are:
ASD
LRFD
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 (including
the 05 factor on L permitted in
ASCfJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3)
Given:
Refer to the roof plan shown in Figure 5-1 and che Brace BR-I shown in Figure 5-2. Select
an ASTM A 992 \V-<;bape for the diagonal braces to resist the loads gi"en.
(1.2 + 0.2Sos)D + pQe + 0.5L + 0.2S
The axial loads and moments on the brace due to a first-order analysis are:
=5.54 kips
Ps= 6.70 ldps
The dead load bending moment indicated above is due lo the self-weight of the brace assuming a member chat weighs 33 lb/ft. Sometimes this self-weight lo3ding is ignored in the
design of venical diagonal braces where judgment would indicate that the loading is minimal and only uses a small percentage of the member strength. Howc,er, in this example,
consjdering the relatively IOtlg length of the diagonal brace and that the self-weight moment
is resisted by the wc:ik axis flexural strength of the brace, the dc:ld load moment is included
in this design check. There arc no bending moments due to tiYe loads or snow loads.
(1.2+ 0 2Sos)D + pQe+0.5L + 0.2S
=l, 130 kips
(0.6 - 0.14SDS)D + 0.1pQe +II
I~
l
f
force in the diagonal brace is:
L.....~~~~-=LRFD.:..:_~~~~'~~~-t-~~~~~-A-S_D~-:-~~~~I
LRFD Lood Combination 5 from
P. =[1.2+0.2(0.528))(5.54 lcips)
+ 1.0(22.3 kips)+0.5(0 kips)
ASCE/SEJ 7 Section 12.4.2.3 (including

the 0.5 factor on L permitted in Section
12.4.2.3)
(1.0 + 0.14Sos)D + H + F + 0.1pQ
Considering the load combinations given in ASCEISEI 7, the maximum compressive ax.iai
Psrery is the total vertical load on the story calculated using the foUowing governing load
combination. From the analysis:
ASD Load Combinations 5 and 8 from

ASCE/SEl 7 Section 12.4.2.3
(0.9 - 0.2Sos) D + pQ + l .6H
MD = 2.34 kip-ft
LR.FD
arc:
ASTMA992
Example 5.2. 1. OCBF Diagonal Brace Design
P, 14ry
tory shear from the analysis is 136 kips. The first order intcrstory drift due to thls shear
Th es
00941
force without the Cd factor applied from the analylils model 1s 1'1.H
m.
and
PD
5-
5.2 ORDINARY CONC5NTRICAllY BRACfD FRAMl"'.S
BRACED FRAMES
ASD Lood Combination 5 from

I"
Pa =[1.0+0.14(0.528))(5.54 kips)
+ O kips+O kips
~.::..::..+=0~.2=(6~7~0 -ki-p-s)~~~~~.L-~-+-0_.7_(_1.0-)-(2-2._3_k1-p-s)~~~~j:
.
=21.6
ASD
-30.9 kips
kips
.
(LO+ 0.14Sos)D + H + F + 0.1pQe
Psrory :: 740 kips
..
AMIUcAH J.NsmVn! Of STO!L CONSTIUJCTION
BRACED
FRAM~
The mrutimum bending moment in the brace concurrent wilh the above load combination is:
52 ORDlNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACD FRAMES
5-9
Brace Slenderness
~ .,
ASD
LRfD
Mu =l l.2+0.2(0.528))(2.34 kip-ft)
+ 1.0(0 lcip-ft)+0.5{0 kip-fl)
+ 0.2{0 kip-ft)
Check brace element width-to-thickness ratios
+ 0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Sections Pl.5a. braces are required to satisfy lhe
n.-quirement.S for moderately ducllle members. Elements in the brace members must not
exceed AmJ width-to-thickness requirements given in Section DI.I.
+0.7(1.0)(0 kip-fl)
From Table Dl.I oft.heAISC Seismic Provisions:
M 0 =ll.0+0.14(0.528)](2.34 kip-ft)
=2.51 kip-ft
=3.06 kip-ft
'A.""'=0.38ff,
The ASCEJSEI 7 load combination that results in the maximum axial tensile force in the
diagonal brace is:
,.
I
ASD
LRFD


ASCFJSEI 7 Sectfon 12.4.2.3
:::J
Pu = [0.9 - 0.2(0.528)](5.54 kips)
+ l.0{-22.3kips)+1 .6(0 kips)

=-17.9 lcips
~I l
i.
.
~~
!~
P0 = [0.6-0.14(0.528))(5.54 kips)
Mw
LRFD
=(0.9-0.2(0.528))(2.34 kip-ft)
+ 1.0(0 kip-ft)+ 1.6{0 kip-ft)
ASD
M0 =[0.6-0.14(0.528)](2.34 kip-ft)
+ 0.7(1.0)(0 kip-ft}
= l .86 kip-ft
=1.23 kip-ft
Try a W1 Ox33 with its flanges oriented parallel 10 the plane of the braced frame.
From AlSC Ma1111al Table 2-4, the material propenies are as follows:
ASTh1A992
:.i:.
!":
From AISC Manual Table l I, the geomerric properties for lhe W10X33 are ns follows:
"=
0.435 in.
rx = 4.19 in.
from Table Dl. l of the AISC Seismic Provisiori.r for webs of rolled I-shaped sections used
as diagonal braces:
ff,
= 1.49
29,000 ksi
50 ksi
=35.9
Because /J/r,,,::;;
A...!. the web meets the requirements for moderately ductile members.
Altematively, Table l-3 can be used to "erify that the member satisfies the loc.11 width.-tothickne~s requirements for OCBF diagonal braces.
Additionally, the W10X33 does not contain slender compression elements according to
AJSC Specification Table B4. la.
Determine K
As stated in the OCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation section, the cffecrive length
Fy =50ksi
Fw = 65 ksi
A =9.7 1 in.1
Because btlZIJ ~ /....,,J, the flanges meet the requiremenll> for moderately ducole members.
/..,,..d=l.49
The maximum bending moment in the brace concurrent with the above load combination is:
50 ksi
:: 9.15
+0.7(1.0)(-22.3 kips)+O kips

=-12.7 kips
29,000 ksi
= 0 38
b1=7.%in.
k.ks = 0.935 in.
ly = 36.6 in.'
d =9.73 in.
b1121r9.15
ry =1.94 in.
t..,:: 0.290 in.

hltw:: 27. I
method in AISC Specification Appendix 7 is used for stability design. According to AISC
Specification Appendix 7, Section 7.2.3(a). for braced frame systems, the effective lengt!:
factor, K, for members subject to compression is Ull:eo as 1.0. llllless a rational analysis ind:catcs that a lower value is appropriate.
The length of the bnce diagonal in ench bay. based on the geometry in Figure 5-2, is:
L-:: J(40.0 ft}2 +(40.0 ft) 2

::;56.6 ft
S-10
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICAlJ..Y ORACl~ FRAMES
BRACl:D F'RAMLS
This length has been determined by calculating the distance between the work points based
on the intersection of the centerlines of the brace, column and beams. Shorter unbraced
lengths of the brace may be used if justified by the engine~ of record. By inspection, the
laterally unbraced length of the diagonal brace in the in-plane (about the y-y aJtis) direction
is half of the overall length. For buckling out-of-plane (about the x-x axis), if both of me
diagonals :u-e continuous for their full Jenglh and are connected at the inte~cction poini.
t~n the effective length factor, K, is 0.5 (EI-Tayem and Goel. 1986; Picard and Beaulieu,
I987). Th.is requires a connection betwe.en tbe diagonal members :it their intersection that is
rigid in flexure out-of-plane. The available axial compressive strength of diagonals in Xbracing where one of the diagonal braces is not continuous through the intersection can be
detcnnined by an energy method (Nair, 1997).
L-~~~~~-LR~ro~~~~~~-1-~~~~~~A_s_o~~~~~- ' 1
Assume that the colUlection of the half brace sections at che X-brace intersection is rigid omof-plane. The braces are oriented such tha1 buckling :ibout the y-y a.xis of the brace occurs
in the plane of the frame.
followrng.
~cFcr =7.38
Fer
91 k SJ.
-=4.
ksi
Oc
~c~ =$c~rAg
!i_=(Fcr)A,
0.,
Uc
=7.38 ksi(9.71 in. 2 )

= 71.7 kjps
=4.9 1 k~i(9.71 in.2 )

= 47.7 kips
Secon~-order effects :ind interaction between axial force and fleiture are checked in I.hr
From AISC Manual Table 3-4, the available strength in the weak axis is:
=0.5(56.6 ft)
\.
L. -~-bM~n1_=_5_2_._s_k-ip--f-L~~~~~~--'~~-:_1_=_3_4_.9_~__p-f-i~~~~~~~~I t
Kx = 0.5
K1 = LO
Kxl, 0.5(56.6 ft)(l2 in.lft)
-=
rz
4.19 in.
--"---~---=-
Second-Order Effects
Second-order effects are addressed using the procedure in AISC Specification Appendix 8
as follows:
= 81.l
K1 L, = 1.0(28.3 ft)(12 in./ft)
M, = BtMni + JhM1J
P, = P,., + B2P11
1.94 in.
=175
ASD
LRFO
= 28.3 ft
I~
Because there is no bending moment in the strong axis. Ma= 0.
Lx =56.6 fl
L, =0.5L
r1
(governs)
'
(Sptc. Eq. A-8-1

(Spec. Eq. A-8-2
\.
Calculate 81
The slenderness, KL/r, ~ less lhan 200 and therefore meets the recommendation of the Usa
Note in Section E2 of 1be AISC Specification.
Cm
=1.0 ns moment is due to self-weight applied between supports
a = 1.00 (LRFD); a = 1.60 (ASD)
Using AISC Specification Equation E3-l and AISC MOJtual Table 4-22 wilh KL/r 175, the
available compressive strength is detennined as follows:
The elastic critical buckling strcnglh, Pt1. is calculated in the plane of bending. For this calculation, the plane of bending will be in the plane of me frame, about the brace's y-y ax.is.
K1Ly =J.0(28.3 ft)
=28.3 ft
1
'
; I
...
l
5- 12
BRACED FRAMES
(Spec. Eq. A85)
The required flexural scrength of lhe brace including second-order e1fects, using AlSC
Specification Equation A-8-1, is:
~.
_ n E1;
-(K1L)2
_ n2 (29,000 ksi)(36,6 in. 4 )
I ,,...
From AISC Specification Equation A-8-3:
M11
LRFD
~1
Cm
l-aPrffe1
B1
= 1-(1.00(30.9LO
kips)/ 90.8 kips]
=1.52:<!:1 o.k.
Cm
;;;:: 1
1-aP,/ Pd
1.0 .
=1-(1.60(21.6 kips)/ 90.8 kips]

=1.61 ~ l o.k.
'.
=2.5 I kip-ft
=0 kip-ft
M11
Psraryis given as l,i30 kips (LRFD) and 74-0 kips (ASD) and His given as 136 kips.
HL
Pt J/OYj ;; RM -
(Spec. E'J. A-8-7)
/:iH
= l.52(3.06 kipft)+J.00(0 kip-ft)
= t.61(2.s 1kip-ft)+1.oo(b kip-ft)
=4.65 kip-ft
::::: 4.04 kip-ft
Because 82 = l.00, the required axial compressive strength of the brace including secondorder effectS, based on AISC Specification Equation A-8-2, is:
. ASD
136 kips (40.0 ft)

. (0.0941 in.)(l ft/12 in.)
= 694,000 kips
(l.2+ 0.2Sos )D+ B1 (PQE )+0.5L+0.2S , .(L 0+0.14Sos )D+ ij +.f + B, (0.7pQE)
B2 =
1
1- aP11~
~1
,.J;
= 1.00
- + 0 kips+O kips
+ l.00(0-7)(1.0)(22.3. kips)
= 21.6 kips
'
Bi=
...
Pe:no17
l
~ _ LOO(l,130 kips)
1
694,000 kips
Pa =(1.0+0.14(0'.528))(5.54 kips)
=30.9 !dps
Ui>ing AISC Specification Equation A-8-6:
Combined Loading (Compression and Ff~xure)

'
1
l- a.Ps1ory
~l
"'\.
+ 0.2(6.70 kips)
ASD
ASCEIS.El 7 Section 12.4.2.3
+ 1.00(1.0)(22.3 kips)+0.5{0 kips
LRFD
ASD Load Combin-ation 5 f~om

Pu =[l.2+0.2(0.528)](5.54 kips)
=l.OO
Mr = B1M111 + BzM11
LRFD
Calculate 8 2
I, I
Mnr =Mo
=3.06 kip-ft
=0 kip-ft
M, ::: B1Mn1 + BzM1,
ASD
,.
ASD
,\Int= Mu
=90.8 kips
Bi=
'I
I...Rffi
[28.3 ft(J 2 in./fc)J 2
5-13
Check combined loading of the
W10x3~brace
(::
Determine the applicable equation, using AIS,C Specification Section Hl:
...
Pu1ory
'
I
=I- 1.60(740 kips)

694,000 kips
=LOO
Because 82 ~ 1.5, !he effective lengl.b method is a valid way to check stability according to
AISC Spccific01io11 Appendix 7.
-
ASD
LRFD
P, :::: 30.9 kips.
71.7 kips
= 0.431
Pc
. P, = 21.6 kips
...,.
.
..
. Pc
47.7 kips
=0.453
Because P,fPc~ 0.2. the brace design is controlled by the equation:
8(Mrx
P,.+ - - + -Mry)
$LO
Pc
9 Ma
Mey
. .
'
.
(Spec. Eq. Hl-!..ij
BRACED FRA.1',ffiS
S....14
.LRFD
30.9 kjps !(o - 4.65 kip-ft)-o 5
+
+.5 .
- . 10
71. 7 kips ~ .. 2.5 kip-fl
21.6 kips +!(o+ 4.04 kip-f')=o. 556

47.7 kips 9
34.9 kip-ft
o.k.
0.510<1.0
ASD
ASD
LRFD
P, = 12.7 kips
P, = 17.9 kips
Pc 437 kips
291 kips
Pc
=0.0436
=0.0410
o.k.
0.556<1.0
5-15
5.2 ORDrNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
Because P,IPc < 0.2. lhe brace design is controlled by lhe equation:
Note that the weak axis bendjng moment from tbe self-weight of the diagonal br:ice utilizes
about 8% of the member available strength.
Available Tf!n$[1e Strength

From AISC Manual Table 5-1 . the available strength of the W1 Ox33 brace in axial tension
for yielding on the gross_section is:
'
LRFO
'
$1Pn = 437 kips >P.9 kips
--
o.k.
Mey
(Spec. Eq. Hl-lb)
<1.0
Check combin~ldading of the W10x33

,As previously ~et~rmined:
".
'~
Mry=Mu
+(O+ l.86
kip ft)= 0 _0559

52.5 kip-ft
12.7 kips +(o+ 1.23 kip-ft)=o.o 571

2(291 kips)
34.9 kip-ft
o.k.
< 1.0
o.k.
Mry=Mo
=17.9kips
=437 kips
The loads on Column CL-1 due to a ~l-<mler analysis are:
= 1.23 kip-ft
=T,,
Pc =cj>,P,,
Given:
.
'
Refer to Column CL-1 in Figure 5-2. Select a 40-ft-long ASTM A992 W-shape to .resist the
loads given for the column.
ASD
= 1.86 kip--ft
..,
t.
Po= 16.4 !Ops
Pr =Ta
= 12.7 kips
P,.
'Pc =n,
'
=291 kips
Consider second-order effects per Appencfu 8 of the AISC Specification. As previously ~al
culnted, 82 1.0. According to Appendix 8, Section 8.2 of the AISC Specification, B 1 shouEd
be taken as 1.0 for members not subject to compression. Given that both 8 1 and 8 2 are equal
to I, there is no amplification required for second-order effects for the loads on the member
when I.be diagonal brace is ~n tension..
Example 5.2.2.,.0CBF Column Design
I,JU"D
. >
"
ASD
i.RFD
The W1 Ox33 is adequate for lhe OCBF diagonal brace BR-I. The brace is oriented with Lhe
flanges parallel to the plane of the braced frame.
combined L~ading (fehsion and A~xure)
P,
Mex
...
r,.
2Pc
17.9 kips
2(437 kips)
ASD
~", =291kips>12.7 k'ips
- o.k.
~+(Mrx + Mry)sl.O
~s =)9.9
kips
Pae= 15.8 kips
Assume that the ends of the'columns are pinned and braced against translation for both the
x-:c and y-y axes. The loading in the columns is from a first-order.analysis. Appendix 8 of
the AlSC Specification can be appHed to approximate a second--0rder analysis.
Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are:
ASTMA992
L
"
]
l
...
.. :~{:
Fy =50 ksi
Fa== 65 ksi
Required Strength
AISC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.4a requires lllat the axial compressive and tensile \
strength be detennined using the ampl.ied seismic load; Lhat is, the seismic load multiplied
by the overstrenglh factor, n.,.
:'
....:;
BRACED FRAMES
:.-I()
The governing load combinations, including the overs1rength factor, for the required axiaJ
compressive strength are:
LRFD
ASD

ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including
the 0.5 fac1or on L pennjtted in Section
12.4.3.2)
P., =(l.2+0.2SDs)fb +n.,P(U

+0.5Pi + 0.2Ps
={1.2+ 0.2(0.528)j(l 6.4 kips)
+ 2(15.8 kips)+0.5(0 kips)

+ 0.2(1~.9 kips)
P., =(1.0+0.14SDs)PD+ PH
+Pp +0.70.,Pa.c
= [0.9- 0.2(0.528)j(l6.4 kips)

+2(-15.8 kips)+l.6(0 kips)
=-18.6 kips
Determine K
According to AlSC Specification Appendix 7, Section 7.2.3(a), for braced frame systems,
the effective length factor for members subject to compression shall be taken as I .0.

K1 =1.0
L.. =40.0 ft
Ly =40.0 ft
KxLx
--=
1.0(40.0 ft)(l2 in./ft)

-US in.
=110
Pa =[0.6-0.14(0.528))(16.4 kips)
+ 0.7(2)(-15.8 kips)+O kips
K Ly
-1- =
r1
1.0(40.0 ft )(12 in./ft)

2.54 in.
= 189 (governs)
,..
Use the procedure of AJSC Specification Appendix 8 to detennine the second-order effects
on the required strengths, where the required flexural strength and required axial strength
are given as:
~;
Kx= 1.0
+ 0.7U 0 PQ +PH
Therefore:
Pa= (0.6-0.14SDs)Po
=-13.5 kips
..,,
Column Slenderness
There are no specific requirements for member ductility for columns in OC.BF systems
in Section Fl of the AISC Seismic Provisions. Therefore, check width-to-thickness ratios for
element slenderness according to Table 84.la of the AJSC Specification. As indicated in
AISC Manual Table 1-1, the W1 Ox49 section is not slender for compression.
+ 0.7(2)(15.8 kips)
ASD
P., = (0.9-0,2Svs)Po+O oP~ +l.6PH
b1= 10.0 in.
ry=2.54 in.
LRFD
Jl
CJ= 0.560 in.
I,..= 0.340 in.
d= 10.0 in.
rt=4.35 in.
+ 0 kips +O kips
The governing load combinations, including lhe overstrength factor, for the required axial
tensile strength is:

From AlSC Manual Table 1-l, the geometric properties afc as follows:
=I L0+0.14(0.528)](16.4 kips)
= 39.7 kips
=57.0 kips
Try a W1 Ox49.
A= 14.4 in. 2

5-1.,
From AISC Manual Table .+-22 with KL/r = L89 and using AlSC Specification Equation
E3-l, the available compressive strenglh is:
M,= B1M111 + ih.M11
(Spec. Eq. A-8-1)
9cFcr =6.32 ksi
Pr= Pn1 + B?/'11
(Spec. Eq. A-8-2)
~cPn =~cFc,Ai
There is nG bending moment in the column due to either vertical loading or lateral translation. Consequently there is no requirement 10 detennine multipliers for the required flexural
strength due to second-order effects. The lateral drift is min1maJ. As calculated in Example
5.2.1, B2 = 1.0. Therefore there is no amplification of the axiaJ load in the column due to
P-6. }Ji summary. no adjustments to the member forces calculated by a first-order anaJysis
are required due to second-<:>rdcr effects.
~JCAN lJ-<STmJTE OP STEEi.. CONSTRUCTION
ASD
LRFD
=6.32 ksi(l4.4
Fcr =4.21 ksi
.
in.2)
=9 l.O kips> 57 .0 kips
o.k.
!le
Pn -(Fer )A
- '
!le - f2c
'
=4.21 ksi(l4.4 in. 2 )

=60.6.kips>39.7 ldps
I
o.k.
5-18
BRACED FRAMES
I.
;,~
~
Available Tensile Strength

From AISC Manual Table 5 I, the available strength of the W1 Ox49 column in axial tension for yielding on the gross seccjon is:
ASD
LRFD
~,P,.
=648 kips >I 8.6 kips
o.k.
Pn = 431 kips> 13.5 kips
n,
o.k.
The W1 Ox49 for OCBF Column CL-I is adequate.
Example 5.2.3. OCBF Beam Design
S...19
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALJX BRACED rRAMES
The required axial compressive strength of the beam; with axial tension shown as negative,
is:
ASD
LR.FD
ASD Load Combinatio~ 5 from


lhe 0.5 factor on L permiued in Section
12.4.3.2)
P., =(1.2+0.2Sos)Po +OoPQ6
Pa =(l.0+0.14SDS)Po
+?,,+PF +0.1!laPi
+ 0.5P.L + 0.2Ps
=(l.2 + 0.2(0.528))(-3.92 kips)
=[LO+ 0.14(0.528)](-3.92 kips)
+ 0 kips+ 0 ldps
+ 2(16.5 kips)+0.5(0 kips)
Given:
Refer to Beam BM-I in Figure 5-2. Select a 40-ft-Iong ASTivi A992 W-shape to resist the
loads shown below.
+ 0.7(2)(16.5 kips)
+ 0.2(-4.74 kips)
=18.9 kips
=26.9 kips
The loads on the beam due 10 a first-order analysis are:

Pv
=3.92 kips (tens.)
Mo= 72.0 kip-ft

Vo= 7.20 kips
h::: 0 kips
Ms= 120 kip-ft
Vs= 12.0 kips
The required axial tensile strength of tbe beam is:
Ps = 4.74 kips (tens.)
Assume that che ends of the beam are pinned and braced against translation for boch the
x-x and y-y axes.
Solution:
ASTMA992
F1 50 ksi
F.,=65 ksi
The beam is a collector element transferring diaphragm shear to che OCBF braces.
According to Section 12.10.2.l of ASCE/SEI 7, the forces in the collector are calculated
using the seismic load effects including the overstrength factor. The axial force in the beam
from dead and snow load is in tension.
The governing load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7 used for determining the required flexural
strength of the beam are used to de1emrine the required axial strengths.
ASD
,
Pa =[1.0+0.14(0.5:8)j(-3.92 kips)
P11 =[l.2+0.2(0.528))(-3.92 kips)
+0 kips+Okips
+ 0.7(2)(-16.5 kips)
=-27.3 kips
+2(-16.5 kips)+0.5(0 kips)'
+ 0.2(-4.74 kips}
= -39.l kips
..
.
I
..
The required shear strength of the beam is:
Required Strength
..
LRFD
I.RFD
v~ = [1.2 + 0.2(0.528)](7.20 kips)
+ 2(0 kips)+0.5(0 kips)
+ 0,2(12.0 kips)
=11.8 kips
ASD
~ =[l.O.f0.14(0.528)](7.20 kips)
+ o'kip~+ o kips
'
-.
0.7(2)(0 kips)
=7.73 ldps ..
---..
II
BRACED fRAM'.ES
;)-10
The governing load combinations, including the ovcrMrcngth factor, for the required a>;ia]
comprc~sive
strength are:

12.4.32)
Pu = (I 2+0.2Sos)Po +0 0 PQ&
+0.SPt + 0.2Ps
=(1.2 + 0.2(0.528)](16.4 kips)

+ 2(15.8 kips}+0.5(0 kips)
+ 0 .2( 19.9 kips)
ASD
.
'
A== 14.4 in.2

ASCE/SEI 7 Section J2.4.3.2
Po =(1.0+0.I4Sos)Po+PH
+Pp +0.7Q 0 Pa.
+ 0 kips+ 0 kips
+ 0.7(2)(15.8 kips)
!::J
The go\'eming load combinations, incJuding the overstrength factor, for the required axial
tensile Strengch is:
LRFD
ASCEJSEJ 7 Section 12.4.3.2
= !0.9- 0.2(0.528)]{16.4 kips)

+ 2(- 15.8kips)+1.6(0 kips)
=- 18.6kips
r:
i.
.
. l
t,..
r1
=0.340 in.
Pa= (0.6- 0.14Sos )Po
=2.54 in.

Determine K
According to AlSC Specification Appcndiit 7. Section 7 2.3(a), for braced frame ~ystems,
the effective length faccor for mem~rs subjecl to compression i.hall be taken as 1.0.
Therefore:
Ks = 1.0
K1 =1.0
Lx = .m.o r1
L:- = 40.0 ft
KxLx 1.0(40.0 ft)(l2 in./ft)

--=
4 .35 io.
= 110
+0.7!1 0 P0z +PH

P0 =I0.6-0.14(0.528)](16.4 kips)
+ 0.7(2)(-15.8 ldps}+O kips
K1 Ly _ l.0(40.0 fc)(l2 in.In)

-;;- 2.54 in.
=189 (governs)
From AISC Manua l Table 4-22 with KL/r = 189 and using ATSC Specificatio11 Equation
E3-l, lhe available compressive strength is:
Second~Order Effects
Use the procedure of AISC Specification Appendix 8 to determine the second-order effects
on the requited strengths, where the required flexural strength and required axial strength
are given as;
ASD
LRFD
Fer =4.21.ksi
M, = B1Mn1 + B2M1t
(Spec. Eq. A -8-1)
~cFcr = 6.32 ksi
nc
=P,.1 + 8')}'11
(Spec. Eq. A-8-2)
9,_.P,,
~ =(~)A,
There is n~ bending moment in the column due to eiLher venkal loading or lateral translation. Consequently there is no requirement to determine multipliers for the required flexural
strength due to second-order effects. The lateral drift is minimal. As calculated in Example
5.2. l. 82 1.0. Therefore there is no amplification of the axial load in the column due to
P-t:... In summary. no adjtl$tmcnl.S to the membu forces calculated by a first-order ruW.ys.is
are required due to second-order effecL~.
bt= 100 in.
Column Slenderness
There are no ~pecific reqwrcincnts for member ductility for columns in OCBP systems
in Section Fl of lhc A1SC Seismic J>m1 is1on.s. Therefore. check width-to-thickness ra1ios for
element slenderness according to Table B4. la of the AISC Specification. As indicated iu
t\ISC Manual Table 1-1, the W1 Ox49 section is not sJender for compression.
=- 13.5 kips
P,
1
ASD
Pu =(0.9- 0.2Sos )Po + n oPa. + 1.6PH
lJ = 0.560 in.
d= 10.0 in.
rx=4.35 in.
=[J.0+0.14(0.528)J(l6.4 kips)
=39.7 kips
=57.0 kips
Try a W1 Ox49.
From AJSC Ma1111al Table 1- 1, the geometric propenies are as follows:
LRfD
S-17
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES
:~cFcrA1
=6.32 ksi (14.4 in.2 )

=9 1.0 kips > 57 .0 kips
o.k.
i
I
= 4 .2 J lcsi(14.4 in. 2 )
= 60.6 kips > 39.7 kips
o.k.
I'
DR.ACED FR.AMES
5-18

From AISC Manual Table 5-1, the available strenglh of the W1 Ox49 column in axial tension for yielding on the gross section is:
S-19
5.2 ORDCNARY CONCENTRICALLY ORACED rR.AMES
The required axial compressive strength oft.he beam, with axial tension shown as negative,
is:
ASD
LRFD
LRFD
~1Pn
ASD
=648 kips >18.6 kips
o.k.
Pn =431kips>13.5 kips
n,
o.k.
The W1 Ox49 for OCBF Column CL-I is adequate.

ASCEJSEl 7 Section 12.4.3.2

12.4.3.2)
P., =(l.2+0.2Sos)fb +noPQ6
Pa =(l.0+0.14Sos)Po
+PH+ 'PF+ 0.70 0 P~
+ O.SPr. + 0.2Ps
=[1.2+ 0.2(0.528)](-3.92 kips)
Example 5.2.3. OCBF Beam Design
=[l.0+0.14(0.528)1(-3.92 kips)
+ 0 kips+O kips
+ 2 (16.5 kips)+0.5(0 kips)

Given:
Refer to Beam BM-1 in Figure 5-2. Select a 40-ft-long ASTM A992 W-shape to resist the
loads shown below.
The loads on the beam due to a first~order analysis a,re:

Po= 3.92 kips (tens.)
Mo= 72.0 kip-ft
Vo= 7.20 kips
PL= 0 kips
The required axial tensile strength of the beam is:
P.. =[1.2 + 0.2(0.528))(-3.92 kips)
The beam is a collector element transferring diaphragm shear to the OCBF braces.
According to Section 12.10.2.1 of ASCE/SEI 7, the forces in the collector are calculated!
using the seismic load effects including the overstrength factor. The axial force in the beam
from dead and snow load is in tension.
The governing load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7 used for detenninjng the required flexural
strength of the beam are used to determine the required axial strengths.
Pa ={l.0+0.14(0.5~8)](-3.92 kips)
+Okips+Okips
...
+ 0.7(2)(-16.5 kips)
+ 0.2(-4.74 kips)
=-27.3 kips
=-39.l kips
The required shear strength of the beam is:
ASTMA992
F1 =50ksi
Required Strength
ASD
,.
'
+2(-16.5 kips)+0.5(0 kip;)'
Solution:
Fu= 65 ksi
..
LRFD
Assume that the ends of the beam ace pinned and braced against translation for both the
x-x and y-y axes.
= 18.9 kips.
=26.9 kips
Ps = 4.74 kips (tens.)
Ms== 120 kip-ft

Vs= 12.0 kips
+ 0.7(2)(16.5 kips)
+ 0.2(-4.74 lcips)
.
V11
'
LRFD
=(1.2 + 0.2(0.528)](7 .20 kips)

+ 2(0 .kips)+0.5(0 kips)
+ 0.2(12.0 kips)
=11.8 kips
..
ASD
V,, =(1.0+0.14(0.528))(7.20 kips)

:. +o'kips_+o kips
~ 0.7(2)(0 kip_s)_
= 7.73 kips , ,
,
i
-..
.I
I
'"'~-
11
BRACED FRAMES
S.2 ORDINARY CONCF..NTRICALLY BRACED FRA.VIES
K1 J.,,.
The required flexural strength of the beam is:
1.0(20.0 fl)(l2 in.lft)
-;:;- =
LRFD
M.
ASD
={J.2 + 0.2(0.528)j(72.0 kip-ft)

+ 2(0 kip-fl)+ o:s{o .kip-r1)
+ 0.2(120 kip-fl)
+ 0.7(2)(0 kip-ft)
0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-fl
=77 .3 kip- ft
=118 kip-fl
M,, =(l.0+0. 14(0.528))(72.0 kip-ft)
Try a W18x50.
From AlSC Manual Table J-L the geometric properties are as follows:
A::: 14.7 in. 2
d= 18.0 in.
=0.355 in.
ry= 1.65 in.
kdu"' 0.972 in.
lw
Ir= 800 in.'
b1 = 7.50 in.
hftw= 45.2
Sx = 88.9
in. 3
If = 0.570 in.
rx = 7.38 in.
Zx = 101 in.3
Beam Slenderness
There are no specific requirements for member ductility for beams in OCBF systems in
Section Fl of the AISC Seismic Provisions. Therefore, check widt.h~to-Lhic.kness ratios for
element slenderness according to Table B4. la and Table B4. lb of lhe AISC Specification.
ll
As indicated in AISC Manuaj Tuble 1-1, the W18x50 is slender for co.m pression and com,
pact for flexure.
':
1.65 in.
=145 (governs)
The combination of the top flange bracing and the bottom flange bracing from the open web
si.cel joist at midspan creates a torsional brace. This example uses a simplified calculation of
lhe available compressive strength according to AISC Specification Section E7 that considers I.he limit sltlte of flexural buck.ling using the minor axis unbraced length of the member
thilt is bl!:Sed on the bottom flange unbraced lenglh. A grearer compressive strength may be
available due to the additional minor a.'tis coos1raint at the top flange. See Section 8.3 oft.hi ~
Manual for a method to deternUne 1he available torsional buckling strength considering constraint at the top flange.
B~ause the web is considered a slender element for axial compres&ion ( h/1,.. > l.49JE/ Fy
=l .49~29,000 ksi/50 ksi = 35.9) a reduction for slenderness is required for calculating
Lbe available compressive strength per Section E7.2 of lbe AlSC Specification.
This reduction is included in AJSC Manual Table 6- l; therefore, use AlSC Mamwl Table
6-1 to determine the available compressive strength of the W18x50. From Table 6-1. for
K1 ly=20 ft:
LRFD
3
px10 = 6.37(kipsr
ASD
P x 103 = 9.ss(kipsr'
I
Pn /Dc =-
Determine K
6.37x10-3 (kipsr 1
According to AISC Specification Appendlx 7, Section 7.2.3(a), fo~ braced frame systems,
the effective length factor for memberS subject to compression shctll be taken as l.0.
Consider the open web steel joists at ~ top flange of the beam to provide the strength and
stiffness required by AISC Specification Appendix 6 to stabilize 1he top flange of the beam
in the y-y axis at 6 ft 8 in. centers. Consider that the bottom flange 9f !he beam is stabilized
in the y-y axis at midspan by a bottom chord extension from the open web steel joisL
Consider the effective length of I.be beam in compression about Lhe y-y axis to be based on
the unsupported length of the bottom flange.
Therefore:
K..= LO
lx=40.0 fl
K1
=1.0
Ly =20.0 ft
7.38in.
=65 .0
= 157 kips
9.58x10-3 (ltipsf 1
::: 104 kips

Because the beam is bending abour its major axis, and has both compact flanges and a compact web in iJexure, the available flexural strength is determined in accordance with AISC
Specification Section F2.
The open web steel joisis provide lateral f;Upport of the compression flange ac 6 ft 8 in.
centers.
KJClx l.0(40.0 ft)(l 2 in./ft)

--=
rx
4=6.67 ft
According lo AISC ;Hmiu<1I Table 3-2:

Lp=5.83 ft
L,. =16.9 ft
AMERICAN iNSTITIJTli OF STEEL. C0l'ISTRIJCTION
5-'.lJ
BRACED FRAMES
5-22
Therefore Lp < La S 4 and the limit state of lateral-torSiooal buckling applies. Consenativety.
use c,,= 1.0.
Calculate 82
,.- ' LRFD
. <PbM:n =}68 kipft

: ~.; .j
nz.
'
LRFD
Following rhe procedure of AISC Specification Appendix 8:
(Spec. Eq. A-8-1)
Calculate B1
(Spec. Eq. A-8-2)
Pu= (1.2 + 0.2SDs)PD + .BiOoPQe

+ 0.5PL + 0.2}\-
ex.:::: 1.00 (LRFD); ~ := 1.60 (ASD)
= [l.2+'0.2(0.528)J(-3.92
. K1Lx = 1.0(40.0 ft)

= 40.0 ft
I'
' '
[40.0 ft(l2 in./ft)]
1.0
1.00(26.9 kips)
1
994 kips
= 1.03
..
=18.9 kips
l
I
,..,
LRFD
ASD
\
\
Mrx = B1M111 + 8zM1t
BI:;
. Cm
1-o.Pr/ P, 1
=122 kip-ft
.'
'= 1.03(77.'3kip-fi)71.00(0 kip-ft)
,.
= 79.6 kip-ft
..
. ..
'
1.0
1.60(18.9 kips)
1994 kips
Mrx =B1Mn1 +.BiM11
= 1.03(118kii>-fi}+1.00(0 kip-ft)
ASD
'
+ 1.00(0.75{2)(16.5 kips)
r ,
'
B1= . Cm
1-o.Pr/ Pei
.~
..
From AISC Specification Equation A-8-1, the required flexural strength is:
LRFD
'
=[LO+ 0.14(0.528)j(-3.92 kips)

+ 0 kips+ 0 kips
(Spec. Eq. A-8-5)
(49.000 ksi)(800 in. 4 )
=994 kips
Jdps)
=26.9 kips
:::: (K1L)2
' '
+ l1I +Pp+ Bi ( 0.74,P~)
'
+ 0.2(-4.74 !tips)
n Elx
:=:
Pa =(l.0 +0. 14Sos)PD
+ 1.00(2)(16.5 kips)+0.5(0 kips)

ASCEISEl 7 Section 12A.3.2
ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including

the 0.5 factor oo L pemutted in Section
12.4.3.2)
.. ..
'.
..
C,,, = 1.0 as the beam is subject to transverse loading between supports
1t
ASD
..
From AISC Specification Equation ;\-8-2 and the applicable ASCF/SEI 7 load combination,
the required axial compressive strength is:
..
Mn1
'
=0 kips
Fi1 = Pu or Pa as determined previously

=Mu or M0 as determfoed previously
M11 =0 kip-ft because there is oo monient due to seismic loading
' .
'
Mn :;245 kip-fl
Pru
..
ASD
Th = 1.00 as calculated in Example 5.2. 1
From AISC Manual Table 3-10. the available flexural streoglh o f the beam is:
l~
Combined Loading (Flexure 'and Compression)

Determine tbe applicable equation in AlSC Specificarion Section Hl.1:
LRFD
=1.03
'ASD
26.9 kips
-=
Pc 157 kips
P, 18.9 kjps
-=
Pc 104 kips
=0.171
=0.182
P,.
..J
,,
..
""' i
...1
: .I
:l
BRACED FRAMES
Because P,!Pc < 0.2, the b~m design is controlled by 1be equation:
LRFD
(Spec. Eq. Ht-lb)
: l;
ASD
LRFD
26.9 kips +(122 kip-ft +o)=0.4l 7

2(157 kips) 368 kip-re
'
o.k.
0.417<1.0
0.416<1.0
Mrx= Mo
=118 k:ip-ft
=77.3 kip-fl
P, =Tu
39.1 kips
P, = Ta
Pc = 4>1Pn
Pc = Pn 10 1
440 kips
18.9 kips +(79.6 kip-fr +o):::: 0.4l 6
2(104 kips)
ASD
Mn=M,.
.,
5-25
S.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRJC,\LLY BRACED FRAMES
245 kip-ft
=27.3 kips
= 662 kips
o.k.
Detennine the applicable equation in AISC Specification Section Hl.l:
LRFD
From AISC Manual Table 3-6, the available shear strength of the W18x50 beam is:
;
..'
!: --,
LRFD
<PvVn
=192kips>11.8 kips
...
Ill
l .
~ = 128 kips> 7.73 kips
o.k.
n.
P,
39. l kips
Pc
662 ki ps
=0.0591
-=
ASD
ASD
P,
- =
Pc
27.3 kips
440 kips
=0.0620
o.k.
Since P,IPc < 0.2. the beam tle.~ign is controlled by tbe equation:
, ...
(Spec. Eq. Hl-Jb)
From AISC Mam~al Table 5-1, the available strengtb of the W18x50. beam in a."<ial tension
for yielding on the gross section is:
LRFD
'.
LRFD
ASD
ASD
._
cp 1P,. = 662 kips > 39. l kips
Pn = 440 kips> 27 .3 kips

Q,
o.k.
2(440 kips)
245 kip-ft
'
+o)=o. 347
..
0.350<1.0
Consider ~econd-order effects (tension loading)
Consider second order effects according to Appendix 8 of the AJSC SpecificaJiQn. As previously calculated, Bi= 1.0. According to NSC Specification Appendix 8, Section 8.2, B1
is taken as 1.0 for members not subject to compression. Given that both B 1 and 82 are equal
to 1.0, there is no amplification required for second-order effects for the loads on the mem
ber when the diagonal brace is in tension,
27.3 kips +(77.3 kip-ft
39.1 kips + ( l I8 kip-ft + O) = 0.:3SO

2(662 kips)
368 kip-ft
o.k.
''
0.347 < 1.0
o.k.
Note that the available flexural strength was conservatively based on Cb = 1.0. Derennining
Cb and applying it would have resulted in a higher available flexural strength.
The W18x50 is adequate for use as the OCBF Beam BM-~-
Example 5.2.4. OCBF Brace-to-Beam/Column

Connection Design
Combi[Jed Loading (Flexure and Tension)

Because the axial tensile force is greater than the :L"\ial compressive force, intet3ction will
be checked. As previou~ly determined:
.....
ii'
A.MER.lCAN !NSTTTUTE OP Sn:a CONSTIUJCl10N
Given:
Refer lo Joint JT-1 in Figure 5-2. Design the connection between the brace, beam and co'
umo. Use a bolted connection for the brace-10-gusset connection. Use a single-pl:i
connection lo connect the beam and gusset to the column and a welded connection bctwce'l
the beam and gusset plate. Use ASTM A36 for all plate and angle material. Assume tl.
AMERICAN hlsmvra OF
SlllEl. CoNS1'R\JCTION
BRACED FR.AMES
1 '
5.Z ORDrNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
--~~~~~~~~~~~~~-r-~~~~~~~~~~~~~---.
member siz.es are as determined in the previous OCBF examples. Use 3A-in.-diame1er ASTM
A325-N bolts and 70-ksi weld electrodes.
From Example 5.2. I, the loads on the connection from the brace based on a firs! order analysis are:
Ps = 6.70 kips
PD = 5.54 kips
Poe= 22.3 kips
From Example 5.2.3, the loads on the connection from the beam (collector elemcnr), base~
on a first-order analysis are:
PD= 3.92 kips (tens.)
Pl= 0 kips
Ps =4.74 kips (tens.)
MD= 72.0 kip-ft
ML= 0 kip-fl
VD=7.20 kips
VL
Ms= 120 kip-ft

Vs= 12.0 kips
=0 kips
PQr.
=16.5 kips
Moe = 0 kip-ft
~~~~~-L_RFD
~~~~~~-1-~~~~~-A-SD~~~~~- 'i .:
ASCE/SEI 7 Section J2.4.3.2 (including
(1.2 + 0.2SDs)Po + fl 0 PQ1 +0.5P1.,

+ 0.2Ps
l.
.
(1.0 + 0.14SDs)P.o +PH+ PF

+0.1fl 0 Pa1
I\
The required :axial compressive strength of !he collector at the beam-to-column connection
is, from the loads given in Example ?.2.3:
LRFD
ASD
Pu= II.2+ 0.2(0.528)j(Okips)
' 1:
P0 =(l.0+0.14(0.528)]{0kips}
+2(16.5 kips) +0.5{0k.ips)
ASTMA36
Fy =36 ksi
F,,=58 ksi
+0 kips+O kips+0.7(2)(16.5 kips)

= 23.1 kips
+ 0.2(0 kips)
=33.0 !Ops
FromAISC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric propenies are as follows:
Beam
d= 18.0 in.
T= 15~ in.
b1=7.50 in.
'I= 0.570 in.
k.us = 0.972 in.
rx= 7.38 in.
Z;r =10 L in.3
Ix =z:800 in.'
ry = 1.65 io.
Note: The above load results from tbe 1ransfer of tbe collector force from the beam in t.
adjacenr bay. The axial components from snow and gravity axial loads used in Exampl
5.2.3 are transferred from the brace ~usset directly into the braced frame beam.
According to AISC Seismic PrQVisions Section Fl.6a, the required strength of diagonal
brace connections is the load effect based upon the amplified seismic load. Based on lh /,
loads given for me brace trom Example 5.2.1. the maximum a-ua1 tensile force in the rua 8
onal brace based upon the amplified seismic load, is:
LRFD
if= 0.560 in.
fw
= 0.340 in.
d= 9.73 in.
'I = 0.435 in.
Required Strength
The govei:ning load combinations for the colleccor force are:
ASD
kw = 1.06 in.

Broce
W10x33
A=9.71 in.1
bi.=1.96 in.
i'
VQE = O kips
From AISC _Manual Table 2-5, the material properties are as follows:
Column
W10x49
d= 10.0 in.

the 0.5 fact0r on L penniued in Section

12.4.3.2)
Solution:
W18x50
A= 14.7 in. 2
t..., = 0.355 in.
Sx = 88.9 in. 3
l.<

ASCF./SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
(0.9 - 0.2SDS)PD + floPa. + l.6Pn
(~.6- 0.14SDs)Pq + .PH +P/i-:p'.1il.iPQ1
Pu = I0.9- 0.2(0.528)j(5.54 kips)

+ 2{~22.3 kips)+ 1.6(0 kips)
Pa =I0.6-0.14(0.528)J{5.54 kips)
=-40.2 kips
I!
l
\i
+ 0 kips+O kips
+ 0.7(2)(-22.3 kips)
=-28.3 kips
~,
\:
"
BRACED FRAMES
5-28
, ..
' i\
According to the exception in AISC Seismic Pro~isions Section FI.6a, Lbe required ax.ial
tension strength need not ex'ceed the expected yield strength muhiplied by 1.00 (LRFD) or
divided by 1.50 (ASP):-. ,,
5.2 ORDINARY CONCEN'TlUCALLY BRACED FRAMES
,.
AccordinJ; to 1he Excep1jon in AISC Seismic Provisions Section Fl.6a, the required axial
strength of the brnce connection in compression need not exceed the lesser of the expected
yield strength and l.14Fcl\' A8 , where Fcre is based on the expected yield siress. RyFy .
.'
~
LRFD
"\
T,,, exp
=1.00(.R1F>'Ag) .
=1.00(1.1)(50 ksi)(9.71 in.2 )
=534 ~dps
As determined in Example 5.2. 1, the available compressive strength of the brace is:
ASD
LRFD
Ta, txp = RyFyA8 /l.50
=u(5o ksi)(9.7t fo. 2 )/uo

= 356 kips
Therefore, the required s~ngth of the brace connection in tension is Pu

Pa :::;< 28.3 kips.
=40.2 kips and
The required shear strengch of the beam concurrent with axial tension in the brace is:
LRFD
ASD

ASCFJSEJ 7 Section 12.4.3.2
(0.6-0. 14Sns)Vo + VH+ VF+ 0.7~VQ
(0.9-:0.2Sos)Vo + Q,,VQE+ 1.6VH
11
ASD
V,, =[0.9-0.2(0.528)}(7.20 kips)
Va = [0.6 - 0.14{0.528)j(7.20 kjps)
+ o kips+'o kips+o.7(2)(0 kips)
+ 2(0kips)+1.6(0 'kips)
= 5.72 kips
=3.79 kips
The available compressive strenglh is greater lhan the maximum compressive axial force
calculated using the amplified seismfo load. Therefore, the exception limiting the required
rodal compressive strength to the.expected yield strength and l.14Fm Ag will not govern.
The required strength of the brace connection in compression is Pu = 53.2 kips and Pa
37.2 kips.
The required shear strength of the beam that is concurrent with maximum ax fol compression
in the brace is, as calculated in R""<arnple 5.2.3:
LRFD
I v.
ASD
Va = 7.73 kips
11.8 "'
Brace-to-Gusset Connection
Using AlSC Manual Table 7-1 for '!4-in.-diameter A325-N bolts (Group A) in double shear:
'
LRFD
The above shear force is concurrent with the maximum tension for<:e in the diagonal brace.
r1~
:
;:;:: -I
"...
Considering the lond combinations given in ASCPJSEl 7, the maximum compressive axial
force in the diagonal brace based upon the amplified seismic load is:
LRFD
ASD
LRFD !,.pad Combination 5 from

ASCF.iSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 (including
the 0.5 factor on L from Section 12.4.3.2)
(1.0 + 0.14SD$)Po +PH +Pp
+0.2Ps
+0.7~ PQe
Pa =[l.0+0.14(0.528)J(5.54 lcips)
~ps+O kips
+ 2(22.3 kips)+0.5(0 kips)
+0
+ 0.2(6.70 kips)
+ 0.7(2)(22.3 kips)
=53.2 kips
=37.2 kips
AMEJUC\N L>IS't1l\1l'E OP STEEL CoNsnu.1cnoN
=239 "'"'
For the limit Stale Of bolt shear, the minimum number Of bolts required in the brace-togusset connection is:
ASD Load Combination from

(l.2 + 0.2Sos)Po + iloPQe + 0.5Pi
Pu= [l.2+0.2(0.528)](5.54 kips)
j .,. =35.8 kips
ASD
LRFD
ASD
Pu
n=$rn
Pa
n=-r11ln
= 53.2 kips
35.8 kips
_ 37.2 kips
- 23.9 kips
= 1.49 bolts
=J.56 bolts
To facilitate erect.ion, use oversized holes in one ply of the connection as permitted in AI!::C
Seismic Provisions Section 02.2(3).
AMERICAN lmTrTVT1l 01'
STEEi.. CONSTltUCTION
S.2 OIUJJNA.KY L:Ul\LI~ ll(IL'.ALLV ORACHO >-KAMJ:.!)
When oversized holes arc used in the diagonal brace connection, the required sttcnglh for
the limit Slate of bolt slip need oot CJtceed the load effect calculated using the load combinations not including the amplified seismic load, according to AlSC Seismic Provuions
Section Fl .6a(3). These correspond to the required strengths calculated for the member
design in faample 5.2.1.
Therefore, the required strength for I.he limit state of bolt slip need not exceed:
I'"" =
3-0.9 kl"' LRFD
For short claw angle connections, eccentricity mny be an issue. For angles with the ratio
Llg ~ 4, the eccenuicity effect of connections 10 opposite angle legs can safely be ignored
(Thornton, 1996). l 1~ the distance between the centers of bolt groups on opposite legs of
the angle, and g is the bolt gage in lhe angle leg. Se.e Figure 5-3.
Consider a 2.00-in. edge distance on the brace and che gusset, 11.?-in. space between the eod
of the brace and the end of the gusset. and 4-in. spacing between bolts.
I
ASD
4.00 in.
0.500 in.)
.
L = 2 (---+ 2.00 m. + - - 2
2
=8.50 in.
P0 = 21.6kips
From AISC Manual Table 7-3 for '.l4-in.-diamcter A325-SC bolts (Group A) in double shear.
Class A faying su1faccs, oversized holes in the diagonal brace web and standard holes in the
gusset and angles:
g =2.00 in.
L
g
8.50 in.
2.00 in.
= 4.25 > 4
LRFD
Check tensile yielding of the angles
=J0.8 kips
A1 = groi;s area of four :ingles
For the limit srnte of bolt slip, che minimum number of bolts required in the brace-to-gusset
connection is:
LRFD
\.
=4A
=4(2. 10 in. 2 )
=8.40 in.2
I l. 1
Pa
= 30.9 kips
. .. ,,
:
'
=1.92 bol15
Use four claw angles 10 connect the brace to the gusset as shown in Figure 5-5. Try (4)
L3 1hx3 1hx)/1e claw angles each connected to the gusset with (2) 'A-in.-diameter ASTM
A325 bolls in double shear and to the brace web with (2) ~-in.-di:uneter ASTM A325 bolts
in double shear. Therefore, the tot.al number of bolts at lhc brace-to-angle connection and at
the angle-to-gusset connection, N,, = 4, is greater than che minimum number of bolts, n, calculated above.
..
FromAJSCMnnualTables 1-7 and l-7a:
Claw Angles
L3 1hx3 1/2xs1ia
A= 2.10 in.2
'
= 21.6 ldps
10.8 kips
= 2.00 bolLS
16. l kips
1
ASD
n=-r,./Q
~r,.
o.k.
ASD
P.,
n=-
IJ =0.435 in.
x=0.979 in.
g = 2 in.
Fig. 5-3. Single claw angle dimt11Sion.r for check of eccentric effect.
- - - --<
::
r-1
i
S'-32
BRACED FRAMES
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRJ'CALLY BRACED FRAMES
S.-3..l
'
For tensile yielding of connecting elements, the nominal strength is:
- -
R,. =Fy,Ag _ .
..
(Spec.,Eg. J4-I)
Rn 320 kips
- =
~Rn = 0.75(320 kips)
= 36 ksi(8.40 in.2 )
=302.kips
r--~~~~~L_R_FD
~~~~~~-+-~~~~~~A_S~
D ~~~~~I
=240 kips > 40.2 kips
.. '
".
o.k.
= 160 kips> 28.3 kips
The available tensile strength (yielding) of the four angles is:
2.00
o.k.
Check block shear rupture of the angles
LRFD
ASD
~ = (302 kips) 11.67

=181 kips >.28.3 kips
$Rn= 0.90(302 kips)
o.k.
= 272 kips > 40.2 kips

"
.
;~
f~~
o.k.
The horiwmal edge distance along the tension plane, Leh, is calculated as the angle leg less
the gage:
Check tensile rupture of the angl~s

From AISC Specification Table D3.l, the shear lag factor is:
Leh
U=l-l
Use an edge distance, Lev. of I .SO in. at the ends of the ang_(es.
0.979.in.
4.00 in.
The nominal strength for the limit state of b1ock shear ruprure is:
=0.755
,.
.'~
l~
~:
Rn = UbsFuA'!r + mirl(0.60FyA8 v.0.60FuAnv)
Use standard holes in the angles. For calculation of net area, AISC Specification Section
B4.3b defines the width of the bolt hole as Y\6 in. greater than the nominal dimension of the
hole: where tlle nominal hole dimension is giv_e~_ i? Thble J~.3 ~ __ .
Ai,
=Ag - 4tdh
=8.40 in.2 -4(Sfi6 in.)( li6 in.+
=7.31 ln.2
13
.. 1
.......
,,.
'
,,
3 'h in. - 2.00 in.

' =1.SOin.
AISC Manual Tables 9-3a, 9-3b a.nd 9-3c for block shear may be used here for accurately
calculating the rension rupture componenc. For the shear components, the values in the
ta.hies are based on a bolt spacing of 3.00 in., whereas this conneetion uses 4.00-in. bolt
spacing. For this reason, the tables are not used here for calculating shear components (but
could haYe been used as a conservative check).
(from Spe9: Eq. J4-5)
Tension rupture comeo!1~nt _for one ang_(e:

From AISC Manual Table 9-3a with Fu= 58' ksi, Len= 1.50 in., and Ubs
LRFD
Yi6
in)
~f;,Ant 46.2 kipm.

Ii
-,-=
-..
=7.31 in.2 (0.755)
FvA.tr = 30.8 kip/m.

10.
.
FuAruUbs = 30.8 Idp/fu.(S!i6 in.)(1.0)
= 14.4 kips
= S.52 in.2
Shear yielding componenl for one angle:
For tensile rupture of connecting elements, the nominal strength is:
R,, = F,,A,,
= 58 ksi(5.S2 in.
(Spec.
2
Eq. 14-2)
o.66F1 Agv =0.60(36 ksl)(4.00 in.+ 1..50 io.)(-Yi~ in.)

::::: 37.l kips
= 320 kips
AMERICAN INsnruu; OF Sn;a CoNsnu;crroN
ASD
\
(Spec. Eq. D3-l)
A,,z::AnU
=1.0:
=9.63 kips
.;:
"BRACED FRAMES
S-34
Effective net area:
ASD
LRFD
' .
$0.60FyAgv = 0.75(37. l kips) ..
u =1.0
0.60FyAgv = 37.1 kips
= 27.8.kips
5.2 ORDINARY CONC.ENTR.lCALLY BRACED FRAMES
2.00
= 18.6 lcips
. .
. I.
An= (d-2d,,)t...,
=[9.73 in.- 2(1.00 in.)j(0.290 in.)
..
'
l...~.
'
=2.24 in. 2
Shear ruprure component for one angle:
.~==AnU
0.60FuAnv:::: 0.60(58 ksi)[4.00in.+1.50 in:-'-1.5( 1 ~6 in.+ lt\6 in.)j(~6 in.)
(Spec. Eq. D3-
., . 2 .
= 2.24 m. (1.0)
== 45.5 kips
'.
= 2.24in.2
ASD
LRFD
0.60F.,AMv
$0.60F.,A;,v =Q.75(45.5 kips)
=34.1 kips
"
For tensile rupture of the brace web, the nominal stre.ngrh is:
45.5 kips
2.00
= 22.8 kips
Rn= FuAe
= 65 ksi(2.24
(Spec. Eq. J4-2_
I:.
in.2)
t:
=146 kips
Shear yieldfog. governs over shear rupture. The available strength for the limit state of block
shear rupture for the four angle~ is:
ASD
LRFD
$R,, :::4(i4A .kips+27.81cips)

= 169 kips> 40.2 kips
Rn =4(9.63kips+l8.6kips)
o.k.
= 113 kips> 28.3 kips
o.k.
Check tension rupture of the brace

The claw angles are .connected only to the web of lhe W1 Ox33 brace and not lO the flanges.
Therefore shear Jag may reduce tl)e effective area. The bolt holes in the web of the brace are
oversized for erection tolerance.
Because the tension load is transferred only at rbe web of the wide flange brace, Case 2 of
AISC Specification Table D3.1 is applicable. However to simplify calculation of the net section, consider the tensile rupture capacity of the web element only. This is similar to Case 3
of Table D3. l, which applies to members with transverse welds to some but not an of the
cross-sectional elements.
From AISC Specification Table J3.3, the diameter of an ove~ized hole for a '.!4-in.-diameter
bolt is U/i6 in. From. AISC Specificarlon Section B4.3b, when computing the net area the
width of the bolt bole is taken as Vi6 in. greater than the nominal dimension of the hole.
d11
=15Ji6 in.+ 'li6 in.
The available tensile rupture str~ngth of the brace web is:
= 110 kips> 40.2 kips
o.k.
= 73.0 kips:> 28.3 kips
mem~~.
For this lightly loaded

this conservative and simplified
the available tensile rupture strength iS a_d~ua.te._
c~uld
calci1~ted
indicates th..
I
f;:
Alternatively, the effective net area

be
for the entire section as follow
Calculate U, the shear lag factor, in accordance With Table D3.l, Case 2, of the AJS,
Specification. AISC Specification Commentary Fi~e C-D3.l recommends treating half o.t
the flange and a portion of rhe web as an angle. This is shown in Figure 5-4.
~-
First, calculate ,'t of the angle, where xis measured from the centerline of the web (this ca, ,
cuJarion ignores che fillets):
A= bJ (t1)+(%-t1)(';
=7.9~ in.(0.435 in.)+(9.7~ in. _ 0 _435 in.)f0.29; in.}

=2.37 in. 2
=l.00 in.
AMERICAN lNSTrruTE OP STEa CONS'l'RUCl10f'I
$\.
cal~ulation
o.k.
l;::
:;:
.......
S-36
BRACED FRAMES
_ t.X,Ai
x=--
=(A-2dhtw )U
(0.2~in.)(0.2~in.)(9.7~in. _ 0 .4 3 Sin.)
=[9.71 in.2 -2(1.00 in.)(0.290 in.)j(0.669)

= 6.11 in.2
- 2.37 in.2 +(3.9! in. )(3.98 io.)(0.435 in.)
,,,
(Spec. Eq. 03-1)
~ = AnU
1\
5-37
5.2 ORDlNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
For tensile rupture of the beam web, the nominJ1l strength is:
=1.47 in.
AJSC Specification Commentary Section 03 states that 'i is the perpeodjcular distance from
lhe connection plane to the centroid of the member section. Therefore, the used in the tension rupture calculation is the calculated i of l .47 in. minus half the web thickness. From
AJSC Specification Table 03.l:
Rn =Fu~
(Spec. Eq. 14-2)
= 65 ksi(6.1 l io. 2 )
=397 kips
The avajlable tensile rupture strength of the brace web is:
U=l-l
LRFD
=I 1.47 in. - ~(0.290 in.)

4.00 in.
Rn =0.75(397 kips)
=0.669
= 298 kips > 40.2 kips
ASD
o.k.
R11 397 kips

- =
n
2.00
= 199 kips > 28.3 kips
o.k.
For a W10x33 brace, with A

9.7J in. and using oversized boles in the brace web
(dh:::: 1.00 in.), the effective net area is:
ll
W1 Ox33 brace
-r
As shown, ttie available strength of the W-shape brace for the limit state of tensile rupture
as calculated per the simplified caJ~lation (with only the brace web considered effective) is
adequate for the applied loads. However, if additional capacity were required, lhe avaiiable
strength as calculated per AlSC Specificario11 Table D3. l, Case 2, is much greater.
Check block shear rupture of the brace web

The portion of the brace web between the bolt lines is checked for block shear. Assume a
gusset plate thickness, lg, of'A in.
ubs =1.0 for unifonu tensile stress

A111 =(2g +r8 -d11)c..,
=[2(2.00 in.)+% in.-1.00 in.J(0.290 in.)
= 0.979 in. 2
' - =2.00 in.

s
= 4.00 in.
A8 =2(.l.n. +s)tw
=2(2.00 in.+ 4.00 in.)(0.290 in.)
=3.48 in.2
Fig. 5-4. Tension rupnire on brace
A,,, =2( ~ +s-1.5d11)t,.,
=2[2.00 in.+ 4.00 in. = 2.61 in .2

AMERICAN lNST11V!1! OF
STEEl. CONSTRUCTION
1.5(1.00 in.)j{0.290 in.)
BRACED FRAMES
S-38
5-39
5.2 ORntNARY CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES
L
i
TI1e 11om.inal scrength for the limit state of block shear .rupnire is given by:
R,.
=0.60F Anv + UbsFuA.u S 0.60F,.Ap + Ub,F11Au
A.v = 2(Lev +s- l.5dh)c8

(Spec. Eq. J4-5)
11
AISC Specification F.quatio.o J4-5 can be expressed as follows to determine lhe available
strength of the brace web for the limit state of block shear rupture:
+min(0.60F1 At", $0.60F.,A,.v)
=0.75(1.0)(65 ksi)
2.00
0.60FyAgv
2.00
=0.75(0.60)(50 ksi)
x(3.48 in.2)
. 0.60F,,Anv
= 0.75(0.60)(65 k,si)
2
x(2.61 in.
AlSC Specificatio11 Equation 14-5 can be expressed as follows to determine the available
strength of the gusset plate for the limit sl:ite of block shear rupture:
2.00
LRFD
9R,, =$UbsFuA..1
2.00
=(0.60)(65ksi)(2.61 in.
2.00
+min( ~0.60F1 Asv. ~0.60FuAnv)

2
2.00
~ =3l.8kips+50.9kips
o.k.
= 82.7 kips > 28.3 kips
2.00
x(I.28m.2)
~0.60FyA8 = 0.75(0.60)(36 ksi)

\
x(4.SO m.2)
With an assumed gusset thickness,

d,,
* in., and standard .holes in tbegusset:
t, =
= ~6 in.+!li6 in.
x( 3.52 in.
2.00
2.00
=48.6 kips
0.60F11 A,..
2.00
= 0.75(0.60)(58 ksi)
2
(0.60)(36 ksi)(4.50 in. 2 )
'
=(0.60)(58 ksi)(3.52 in.2 )
$R,. = 55.7 kips+ n9 kips

=129 kips > 40.2 kips
ub, =i.o
Rn = 37.1 kips+ 48.6 kips

o.k.
=85.7 kips > 28.3 kips
o.k.
=(2g+t.,-d,,)r8
=[2(2.00 in.)+0.290 in. -0.875 in.J(~ in.)

=1.28 in.2
Check the gusset plate for buckling on the Wh;tmore section
Lev
=2.00 in.
and Llni (2011 ), and is shown for this example in Figure 5-5.
=4.00 in.
AMERJCAN
.t
~.00
= 61.2kips
= 91.9 kips
= 0.875 in.
Ant
~0.60FuAnv
2.00
0.60FyA.!"
I
= 72.9 kips
Check block shear rupture of the gusset plate
= 37.l kips
=55.7 kips
o.k.
2.00
Ub:Fu!int = (1.0)(58 ksi)(L28 in.
~Ub,F.,Ani = 0.75(1.0)(58 ksi)
47.7 kips+ 76.3 kips
. (0.60FyAzv , 0.60FuAnv)
+mm
2.00
. -= 50.9 kips
ASD
(0.60)(50 ksi)( 3.48 m.2)
=76.3 kips
(Spec. Eq. J4-5)
=52.2 kips
=78.3 kips
~Rn=
in.)
The nominal strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is g.ivcn by:
= 31.8 kips
=47.7 kips
~0.60F.,A,.,.
in.)(~
=4.50 in. 2
Ub,Fu.Ani
-=
n
2.00
. (0.60FyAgv 0.60FuAnv)
+nun
'
2.00
2.00
u,,,FuA..i -= (L0)(65ksi)(0.979 in.2 )
x(0.?79 in.2 )
~0.60F,Agv
Rn
$R,. = $Ub,F11An1
$Ub,FuAnt
l..:
Aiv=2(L.,.+s)t1
= 2(2.00 in.+4.00
ASD
LRFD
=2f2.00 in.+4.00 in.-1.5(0.875 in.)](~ in.)

=3.52 in.2
The "Whhmore section" is discussed in AlSC Man:ual Part 9 (Figure 9-J) and in 'Thornton
INmwra Ol' STUl.. CoNsnu;cno.H
".
BRACED FRAMES
5-41
52 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
On the gusset plate, the space between the bolt lines of the angles is:
~column
2g+c.., = 2(2.00 in.)+0.290 in.

= 4.29 in.
W18x50 beam
The Whitmore width is:

W.P.
I..,= 2/tan30+ s
- - - -~----- <t
=2(4.00 in.)tau30+4.29 in.
beam
=8.91 in.
r _..!J_
- Jli
~: :
...
*in.
=-:m
~.
<Xl
'
=0.108 in.
>
- - -- -1
L:J
W10x33 brace
Use rhe effective length factor, K, of 0.50 as established by full scale rests on bracing connections (Gross, 1990) and as referenced in theAfSC Design Examples VJ4.0. Note that this
K value requires the gusset 10 be supported on both edges. Alternatively, the effective length
factor for gusset buckling could be detennined according to DowsweIJ (2006).
From Figure 5-5, the unbraced length of the gusset plate along the axis of the brace is
L
W10x49
!;
,.'/
,.v
L = 8.70 in. (Exam.pie 5.3.10 provides an equation for calculating che length of buckling;
(6) ;i dia. A325-N
bolts in std. holes
here it is derennined graphically.)
KL
column
0.50(8.70 in.)
= -------'0.108 in.
=40.3
W10x33 brace
From AISC MarnJal Table 4-22 with F1\= 36 ksi and Kl
LRFD
1
4 - L3~3Yzxo/16
\;
:;
...
~~19
=40.3:
ASD
...
Therefore, from AISC Specificaticn Equation E3-l, the available compressive strength
based on flexural buckliog is:
~~'
Fig. 5-5. As5wned initial geometry for xample5 5.2.l through 5.2.4.
...,,
:;,
'r
AMERJ(".A}I
lNSTITUT!! OF STtD.. CONmuc:noN
=29.8 ksi(8.9 1 in.)(* in.)

=99.6 kips> 53.2 kips
~=(~)Ag
cpP" =IJ>cFcrAg
Section A-A
ASD
LRFO
o.k.
= 19.8 ksi (8.91 in.)(3,ii in.)
= 66.2 JOps > 37 .2 kips
o.k.
BRACED FRA,\ffiS
5-42
Note: An altema1ive is to use a reduced unbraced buck.ling length fo.r the gusset calculated
from the ave.rage values from the end and center of the Whitmore section. See AISC Design
Examples Vl4.0, Example II.C-2 (AISC, 2011).
Because the absolute value of the required strength of the connection in tension is less than
the required strength of the connection in compression, tension yielding on the Whitmore
section will not control.
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRlCAf..LY 8.RACED FRAMES
ASD
LRFD
r,.
fn
= 0.75(23.8 kips)
23.8 kips
2.00
= 11.9 kips
-=
= 17.9kips
t.:..
!
Considering four angles, each with one end bolt and one interior boll:
Check bolt bearing on the angles
Standard holes are used in the angles. From AISC Specification Table J3.3, for a
iliameter bolt, dh = 1Vi6 in.
~-in.
The bearing strength requirements per boll are given by AISC Specificarion Section 13. l 0.
For the imerior bolt with a bolt spacing of 4.00 in., the bearing strength per bolt is:
r11
=l.21,tF,, ~ 2AdtF.,
Therefore, no.ininal bearing strength for the interior bolt is rn =32.6 kips. The availabie bearing strength of the interior bolt is:
ASD
LRFD
=170 kips > 53.2 kips
o.k.
[lbolt(l6.3 kips)
+1
l
o.k.
Note that AlSC Manual Table 7-4 could also have been used; however, it is based on smaller
bolt spacing than 4.00 in.
For the end bolt, with Lt= 1.50 in., the nominal bearing strength per bolt for each angle is:
(Spec. Eq. J3-6a)
~ 2.4d1F11
in.)](16 in.)(58 ksi)
=23.8 kips .S 32.6 kips
AMlllUCAN
ASD
LRFD
$rn = 0.75(33.9 kips)

= 25.4 kips
rn
33.9 kips
2.00
= 17.0 lcips
-=
Note that AISC Manual Table 7-4 could !lave been usCd, but the table is based on smaller
bolt spacing than the 4.00 in. used in this example.
in.)(Vt6 in.)(58 ksi)
The nominal bearing strength for the end bolt is rn

strength of the end bolt is:
"
=1.2(4.00 in.- 1Vt6 in.)(0.290 in.)(65 ksi)

=69.3 kips
Therefore, the nominal bearing strength of. the interior bolts is 33.9 kips. The available bear'i
ing strength of the interior bolts is:
= 16.3 kips
in. -1h(1i6
1.2.LctF.,
= ~3.8
=33.9 kips
=24.5 kips
(Spec. Eq. J3-6a)
rn = I .2LctFu < 2.4dtFu
2.4dtF., = 2.4{'A in.)(0.290 in.)(65 ksi)
rn = 32.6 kips
2.00
=0.75(32.6 kips)
$ 2.4(
R11
n= bolt(ll.9 kips)
=113 kips > 37.2 kips
For the interior bolt with a bolt spacing of 4.00 in., the bearing strength per bolt is:
= 32.6 kips
3,4
Oversized holes are used in the brace. From AISC Specification Table 13.3, for a '.!A-in.diameter bolt, dh = 1Sft6 in.
2.4dtF,, =2.4(% in.)(Vt6 in.)(58 ksi)
::: l.2[1.50
bolt(2-t5 kips)
+ 1 bolt{l7.9 kips)
Check bolt bearing on brace web
=69.3 kips
rn ::: l.2lctF11
ASD
(Spec. Eq. J3-6a)
1.2/ctF,, =1.2(4.00 in. - 1Vl6 in.)(o/16 in.)(58 ksi)
~rn
R,. = 4
LRFD
kips. The available bearing
!J.IS1TIVJ"B OP SmEl. CONSTRUCTION
;(
BRACED FRAM.ES
'
Use AISC Manual Taqle 7-5 for lhe end bolts. For L~
bolt is:
=2.00 in., the bearing strength per end
LRFD
~
Note that AISC Manual Table 7-4 could also have been used. However, it is based on smaller
boll spacing than 4.00 in.
Use AISC Manual Table 7-5 for end bolls. For Le = 2.00 in., the bearing strength per end
bolt is:
ASD
G>rn = 87.8 kip/in.
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENT'RlC;\LLY BRACED FRAMES
=58.5 kip/in.
ASD
r,.
?
..
n
: : : 5-.2
kip/m.
The :wailable strength of the end bolt is:
LRFD
ASD
Tue available strength of the end bolt is:
~ = 58.5 kip/in.(0.290 in.)
$r,, = 87.8 kip/in.(0.290 in.)

= 25.5 kips
= 17.0 kips
LRFD
ASD
>rn : : : 78.3 kip/in.(* in.)
~ :::::: 52.2 kip/in.(% in.)
:::::: 29.4 kips
= 19.6 kips
Considering two interior bolts and two end bolts on the brace:
LRFD
$Rn=
'
ASD
[2 bolts(2S.4 kips)
R,.
n=
+ 2 bolts(25.5 kips)
. '
LRFD
f2bolts(17.0kips)
+2bolts(17.0kips)
=68.0 kips >-37.2 kips
o.k.
Considering two end bolts and two imerior bolts:
ASD
..
o.k.
Rn::::::
[2 bolts{29.4 kips) ]
+ 2 bolts(29.4 kips)
R11
=78.4 kips> 37.2 kips
o.k.
Check bolt bearing on the gusset

Standard holes are used in the gusset. From AISC Specification Table J3.3, for a %-ill.diameter bolt, dh = 13/i6 in.
For the interior bolt with a bolt spacing of 4.00 in., the bearing strength per bolt is:
r,. ::::. I.2LctFu < 2.4dtFu

1.2LctF,. =1.2(4.00 in. =83.2 kips
(Spec. Eq. J3-6a)

13/J6
2.4dtFu = 2.4(% in.)(% in.)(58 k:si)
=39.2 kips
Therefore, !he nominal bearing strength of the interior bolt is 39.2 kips. The available bearing strength of the interior bolt is:
L.RFD
$rn = 0.75(39.2 kips)
=29.4 kips
ASD
r,, = 39.2 kips

Q
2.00
= 19.6 kips
..
i
o.k.
Use (4) ASTM A325-SC bolts in double shear to connect (4) L3 1hx3 1hx 5/1s lo the brace
web. Use standard boles in the angles and gusset; and oversized holes in the brace web. Use
(4) ASTM A325-N bolts in double shear to connect the (4) L31/2x3 1hx 5h6 to the gusset.
'
The forces the gusset-to-_beam aI!d gusseHo~cqj~~ interfac~s are detenni~ed using
Uoifonn Force Method. The planes of unifo~ forces will be set at the column bolt line and
!he gusset/berun interface. The assumption of a plane of uniform force at the column bolt
line allows the bolts at the column connection to be designed for shear and wal load only
(no eccentricity) and therefore simplifies the design.
the
at
in.)(* in.)(58 ksi)
[2 bol1$(l9.(i ~ips)
"' + 2 bolts(19.6 kips)
It should be noted that this assumption is different lh~ that made for the typical cases of th-!
Unifonn Force Method discussed in the AISC Manual where the unifonn force at the colum.ri
is at the face of the column t1ange. Appropriate work point.s and uniform force planes er,:,
often be selected conveniently to balance enginee.ring, fabcication and erection economy.
As previously determined, the ma,mnum brace force according to ASCEtSEI 7 load corr:
nations is 53.2 kips (LRFD) or 37.2 kips (ASD) acting in coropre~sion. The maximum tm,(.,,
force iu tension is 40.2 kips (LRFD)
28.3 kips (ASD). Consider !he larger compress, .
force to act in both directions in order to simplify calculations.
or
AMJ<lCAN
JJ-ISTJTUTE OP STEEL CoNS"rR\JCnON
BRACED FRAMES
Assume an initfaJ connection geometry as shown in Figure 5-5. Using the analysis found in
AISC Manual Part 13:
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY UM<.:a.D tAAMl:!S

5-4 1
the method described as "Analysis of Existing Djagonal Bracing C9nnections" in Part J3

of the A1SC Manual.
I,.
;.
db
tb = -
18.0 in.
=- - 2
=9.00 in.
tc
r = J(a+ec )2 +(J3+eb)
+2.50 in.
10.0 in.
.
= - - - + 2.50 10.
2
=7.50 in.
(Manual Eq. 13-6)
~ J(7.00 in.+ 7.50 in.)2 +(5.50 in.+9.00 in.)2

=20.5 in.
Set as the distance from the bottom of the beam to the center of the two bolts connecting
the single plate lo the gussec.
The required shear force at the gusset-to-column connection is determined as:
(Ma11ual Eq. 13-2)
P=5.50 in.
Use a shared single-plate connection to connect the beam and gusset 10 the column.
Therefore, the bottom flange of the beam must be either coped or blocked flush 10 clear the
.single-plate shear connection. Consider no weld between the gusset and the beam for 5 in.
to allow for a 4 1h-in.-wide si.Ugle plate with a 1h-in. clearance between the plate and the start
of the blocked beam flange. Assume a 17.0-in.-long gusset with a ~-in. clearance 10 the column flange. Consider the gusset-to-beam weld length as 12.5 in. Because the bolt line is
used as the plan~ of uniform force, the distance to the center of the gusset-to-beam weld,
Ci., must be set from the bolt line. .
12.5 in.
.
- + 4.50 in.+ 0.500 in. - 2.50 in.
2
=8.75 in.
LRFD
. 13
Vac--Pa
r
= 5 5 ~ ~- (53.2 kips)
20.) 10.
-
=S.SO in.(37.2 kips)
20.5 in.
=9.98 kips
=14.3 lcips
\
I
LRFD
ASD
ec
Hae =-Pa
r
J3 =~. 1he value of ex required for the uniform forces is:
(from Manual Eq. 13-1)
=9.00 in.(tan45~)-7.50 iil:+5.50 in.(tan45)

=7.00 in.
_p
V.,c =-Pu
Note: Alternatively, where the beam flange is blocked flush to lap the shear tab, the gusset
could be welded to the beam with a one-sided fillet weld on the far side of the gusset, and a
flush partial-joint-penetration groove weld on the near side. This would allow the full length
of the gusse1 along the beam.to be included in the _design at this interface.
ex= eb tan9-ec +Ptan9
ASD
The required axial force at the gusset-to-column connection is determined as:
ct= -
Setting
Because the a required for unifon'n forces does not equal ii based on this initial geometry,
unifoon forces at the interfaces are not possible with the current configuration. The connection geometry can be adjusted by an iterative process to achieve the unifo~
distribution. Alternatively, th~ connection can be analyzed with an additional moment per
75
~ ~-(53.2 kips)
20..) ID.
= 19.5 kips
-.
=750 41(37.2 kips)

. 20.5 in.
.
=13.6 kip~
:_)
The required shear force at lbe gusset-to-Qeain connection is determined a~:
)
t
BRACED FRAMES
r--1
!
~
~
;
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTR.lCALLY BRACED FRAMES
'
LRFD
I'"'
ASD
'I I
t<
..:
ct_
column
Hub =-P.,
Hob =- Po
r
7 00 0
~ '(37.2 kips)
=20.5
J.n,
=7.00
- -in.
-{53.2 k'lpS )
20.5 in.
18.2 kips
=12.7 kips
The required axial force at the gusset-to-beam connoctioo is determined as:

(Manual Eq. 13-4)
LRFD
<:
'
)
- - -....
":~-:J
..,');~
,
'<
ASD
tb
eb
Vab =-Pa
r
9
= 00 in. {37.2 kips)
.20.5 in.
Vwb =-P,.
~ 900 in.(53.2 kips)

20.5 in.
=16.3 k.ips
=23.4 kips
- .
ec
= 2de + ""2
'>V
The moment at the gusset-to-beam interface is:

(Manual Eq. 13-17)
LRFD
Mub = Vubla-aj
ASD
Mob= V.wla-Cij
= 23.4 kipsl7.00 in.-8.75 in~
=16.3 kipsl7.00 in.-8.75 in~
= 41.0 kii}-in.
=28.5 !Op-in.
WP~
\
I
These forces are illustrated symbolically in Figure 5-6.
Gusset-to-Beam Connection
Design gusset-to-beam weld

The gusset-to-beam weld will be determined by applying the Elastic Method discussed in
AISC Manual Pa.rt 8.

To accommodate the bottom flange block, which extends ~ in. past lbe single plate, the
ma.'timum length of weld a.long the gusset-to-beam interface is:
l,..b = 17.0 in.+0.500 in. - 4.50 in.-0.500 in.
= 12.5 in.
Fig. 5-6. Free-body diagrams for Example S.2.4.
AMSUCNI L"ITTJtVl"B OF STW. CoNSTRUCTION
5-50
BRACED FRAMES
5.2 UlUJINA.K'( l:UNLJ::.N I KlLl\U.Y
Treating the weld as a line:
Sw
LRFD
=(12.5 in.)2
fu, ~
=26.0 in.
LRFD
ASD
Hub
/av::: Hab
lwb
l...i,
!lllJ = "'"'
lwb
= 23.4 kips
12.5 in.
= 1.87 kip/in.
f,uJ>--_ Mub
Sw
= 41.0 kipin.
26.0 in. 3 /in.
=1.58 kip/in.
+ (1.46)
-lh
lwb
= 16.3 kips
12.5 in.
=1.30 kip/in.
+J(l.87+1.58)
'
l
l
,,
+fa~
+JU,,, +lab )2 + fa~
JUoo - lab )
Jc1.30-1.10> 2 + c1 .02)2
=1.82 kip/in.
!a.peak = 2.61 kip/in.
fa, avg
1:
L82kip/in.
""f.43
O= ta:ri-1 ( fua + fub)
= 28.5 kip-in.
+(1.02)2
+J(l .30 + 1.10)2 + (1.02) 2
=1.43
=tan
rm.
=)h
= 2.62 kip{m.
-1 ( 1.87
Sw
fa.avg =1h
+ (1.46)2
J.I\.
Mab
fab=. - '
=J(I.30+ L.'10)
+ (1.46) 2
fu.ptaJc = 3.75 kip/in.

2.62 kip/in.
fu,11'1!
aa -
~(Joa+ fob) +fa~
= 2.61 kip/in.
+~(fua + fub )2 + f.,;

[,/(L87 - 1.58)
,,.,
},,
~(fua - J.b)2 + fu';
='h
/u,avg
12.5 in.
=1.02 kip/in.
26.0 in.3
fa.peak=
= 3.75 kip/in.
=12.7 kips
/. _ Vab
ASD
+ fu;
=J(l .87+1.58)
The shear force, axial force, aod force due to flexure per linear illch of weld are:
. = 18.2 kips
12.5 in.
= 1.46 kip/in.
= Ju.,,, +/kb )
/in.
fw=--
UKA\....l!U r~
kip/in.+ 1.58 kip/in.)

1.46 kip/in.
S=
tan-I( faafov+fob)
=tan-I ( 1.30 kip/in.+ l.lO kip/in.)

1.02 kip/in.
=67.0
=67.1
=1.10 kip/in.
The force on the weld due to bending is determine.d using elastic section properties as per
the Elastic Method indicated in Part 8 of the AlSC Manual. Generally this method is considered conservative. The Instantaneous. Center of Rotation Method, also found in Part 8,
often results in smaller requi.re4 weld sizes for welds subject to eccentricity. In the examples in this Manual employing special concentrically braced frame connections, a plastic
stress distribution is used to determine the forces at the beam-to-gusset interface. This example will use the oiore conservative elastic method.
Use a vector sum (square root of the sum of the' squares) to combine the shear, axial and
bending stresses on the gusset-to-beam interface. Because the bending stress acts in opposite directions over each half of the length, tIs creates both a maximum (peak) and a
minimum stress. The average stress is detenniued based on the maximum (peak) stress and
the minimum stress. AU stress un~ts below are in kip/in.
According to the AISC Manual Part 13, because the gusset is directly welded to the beam,
the weld is designed for the larger of '11e peak stress and 1.25 times the average stress;
Becausef~aklfavg > 1.25, the w~ld ductil,ity factor need not be applied . .For a discussion of
the weld ductility factor of 1.25, see AISC Manual Part 13.
t
:'.
Therefore.fr= f f'lk = 3.75 kip/in. (LRFD),:md 2-<51 kip/in. (ASD).
The strength of fillet welds defined in AISC Specification Section J2. can be simplified, as
explained .in Part 8 of the AISC Manual, to AISC Manual Equations 8.-2a and 8-:?,b:
LRFD
ASD
$R11 =(1.392 kiplin.)Dl
. Rn =(0.928 Jdptin.)Dl
''
l.".
...
:~
BRACl:!D FRAMES
2{1.392 kip/in.){ I + 0.50sinl.5 0)

3.75 kip/in.
2(1.392 kipfm.)[1+0.50sin1.S (67 .1)j
=0.934 sixteenths
D~
2(0.928 ldp/in.)(1+0.50sin 15
a)
2.61 kipfm.
2(0.928 kipfm.)h + 0.50sin 1J (67.0)J
=0.975 sixteenths
Use two-sided Yi6-in. fillet welds to connect the gusset plare
R. =V...
(M.)
""
1
r:r')
(Mob)
1
=Ve1b+4 -
=16.3 kips+4( 28J_.S

~ ki~in.)
JO,
=25.4 kips
=23.4 kips+-t( 41.0 kip-in.)

12.5 in.
=36.5 kips
ro 1he beam_
The beam is checked for the limit state of \\eb loc!\I yielding due
Wl'lded to the beam flange.
10 the force
from the pl:t!.:
A conservati\'C method to determine the minimum gusset plate thickness required to lrallsfcr t11e sbear and tension forces is to set the shear rupture strength of the weld (based on the
resultant force) equal to the shear ruprure strength of the gusset plate. Using AJSC Manual
The force is applied a distance a from the beam end. Because l'l <db= 18.0 in, AlSC
'ipecificatio" Equation J 10-3 is applicable.
Equation 9-3:
For a force applied :it a distance less than the depth of the member:
LRFD
in. > 0.0077 in.
=(50 ks1){0355 in.)12.5(0.972sn.)+12.5 m.)

=265 kips
F,,
58 ksi
=0.0997 in.
(Spec. Eq. J 10-3)
R,, = Fy,.t,.(2.5k+lb)
lmv. = - -
=6.19 kiplin.(0.934)
I
ASD
6.L9D
6.19D
f'"m=-F11
.,:i.,
Mw,
R,.~v,.+ (~f
=Vub+4
Check gusset plate rupture at beam weld
;, 1
ASD
LRFD
!11.~(lk
From AlSC Specijicatkm Table 12.4, the minimum sii.e fillet weld allowed for the parts
being connected is 16 in.
.,
rKAMI.:.'>
ASD
LR.FD
D~
UKJ\l.l!U
portion of this stress distribution that acts JD the reverse direction, aoc.J considering the total
force to be applied at the center of the bearing length, the resultant compre~ive force is:
The required weld size at the gusset-to-beam interface is:
fu, P,aJ:
520RDJNARV C.'ONCJ::.l'l'HUl...Al.l..t
=6.19 ldp/in.(0.975)
ASD
LRFD
58 ksi
=0.104 in.
o.k..
*in.> 0.104 in.
Rn
o.k.
Use a ~-io.-thick gusset plate to connect the brace lo the beam aod column.
Alternatively, the required thickness of the gusset plate could be determined by cbeckiog ilie
strength of gusset plate directly.
=1.00(265 kips)
=265 kips > 36.5 kips
o.k.
R,. 265 kips

-=
'
1.50
o.k.
'
Alternatively, the available strength for web yielding can be determined from AlSC Manllal
Table 9-4.
'

Check gusset plate yielding at beam weld
It can be shown that si~ce the gusset plate satisfies the minimum lbick.ncss criteria for rupture based on weld size, ii also satisfies the tension yielding criteria.
Check beam web local yielding

The maxi.mum stress per unit lenglh on the gusse1-10-bealn interuce along the weld due to
moment Mb is M~/2/4) assuming a plastic stress distribution. Conservati.,ely neglecting the
A portion of the force is applied within d!l of the member cod; therefore, use AISC
Specification Section J10.3(b). Check the length of beating relative to the beam depth:
lb 12.5 in.
-=--d
18.0 in.
=0.694 >0.2
tlKALtU t'KAMt:)
Therefore, use AJSC Specificarion Equation J 10-5b to determine the available strength,
through use of AISC Manual Table 9-4.
From AISC Manual Table 9-4 for the W18x50:
LRFD
ASD
R,,=JV~+HJc
LRFD
= Jo4.3 kips) +(J9.5 k.ips)
ASD
Rs
=52.0 kips
~ =34.7 kips
>Rt;
=6.30 kipfm.
~ = 4.20 kipfm.
Ra =Jv1.:+ H~
2
=J(9.98 kips)2 + (13.6 Jcips)2
= 24.2 kips
ASD
~
Rs
~
-=-+lb-
= 52.0kips+12.5 in.(6.30 kip/in.) .
=131kips>36.5 k.ips
o.k.
f:.
l.:
Try two bolts connecting the gusset to a single plate. The required shear strength per bolt is:
LRFD
$Rn =<!>Rs +lb ( <f>i?Q)
= 16.9 kips
ASD
LRFD
Ra
V.u- R...,
2
24.2.kips
= 2
=12. l kips/bolt
\..
Va=2
= 16.9 kips
2
=8.45 kipstbolt
;
;
:::: 34.7 kips+ 12.5 in.( 4.20 kip/in.)
=87.2 kips> 25.4 kips
o.k.
Beam and Gusset-to-Column Connection

Use a single-plate connection lbat combines the connections of the beam and gusset to the
column. Design the bolted connections of the iusset to the single pl:11e and of the beam to
the single plate individually. Design the weld of the single plate to the column considering
the combined plate length. The forces used to design the single-plate will be those derived
per the Unifonn Force Method. Additional forces beyond those calculated by this method
may occur in the connection of the beam/gusset connection to the column due 10 the rotation of the beam relative to the column._While forces in the connections due to rotation from
seismic drift are opposite the forces determined by the Uniform Force Method, the beam and
gusset connection to the column will be .designed following the single plate design philosophy in Part IO of tbeAISC Manual to provide additional rotational ductili1y to address both
rotation from seismic drift and simple-beam end rotation. The eccentricity on the single
plate due to the braced frame shear is addressed by the Uniform Poree Method which app}jes
n couple based on the He a.xial forces applied at the center of the beam and the center of the
.gusset-to-column connection.
~ =U.9 kips> 8.45 kips
.1. ,
'----------------~---------------
rn
=17.9 kips> 12.1 kips
o.k.
o.k.
From AISC Manual Table 7-4 with 3 in. bolt spacing, the bearing strength per inch of singleplate thickness is:
LRFD
Qrn =78.3 kipfm.
ASD
"
~.
~ =52.2 kipfm.
I
Assume a Sfi6in.-thick single plate.
For the interior bolt, lhe available bearing strength of the single plate is:
Design gusset-to-column bolted connection
The result~nt force
o~'tbe bolts in the gusset plate is:
LRFD
ASD
1 i1
!----------------+--------------___,
q>r,. = 78.3 kip/in.(!& in.)
=24.5 kips/bolt
~ :::52.2 kipfm.{Vi6 in.)
=16.3 kips/bolt
I ~i
L--~~~~-L-~~~~--'
~
)
.,,3.
1n
BRACED FRAMES
5-56
The edge distances in Lhe single plate are l 1h in. vertically and 2 in. horizontally.
Conscrv:itively, use the lesser of Lhese edge distances. A more refined cbeck would calculate the edge disrnnce in tbe direction of the force. For the end bolt, with L,, = 1'h in., the
nominal bearing strength per bolt is:
,....
Yn
!!
J.2/"F,'
The nominal strength for the limit state of block shear rupture relative to the normal force
on the single plate is:

(Spec. Eq. 14-5)
where
=1.21,.Fu S 2.4dF,,
t
(from Spec. Eq. J3-6a)
d 11
=13/16 in. + 1/16 in.

=0.875 in.
=1.2[1.50 in. - 1h(1i6 in.)](58 ksi}

= 76.1 kip/in.
A.iv= 2(~h -0.5dh)lp
2.4dF,, ::::: 2.4(~ in.)(58 ksi)
:::: 2[2.00 in. -0.5(0.875 in.)j(Vi6 in.)
=104 kip/in.
=0.977 in.
Therefore, the nomina.1 bearing sirenglh of the end bolt is rn

bearing strength of the end bolt is:
=76. l kip/in. The available
LRFD
rn
::; 57.1 kip/in.
A1 v =24Mp
:::: 2(2.00 in.)(Vi6 in.)
=1.25 in. 2
ASD
rn:::: 0.75(76.1 kip/in.)
UI
5-57
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED f'RA1\.!ES
An1 =(s - dh)lp
76.l ldp/in.
2.00
= 38.1 kip/in.
= (3.00 in. - 0.875 in.)(~6 in.)
:::: 0.664 in.2

o.60FuA.-.v + ub~Fu,4..t = 0.60(58 ksi)(0.977in.2)+1.0(58 ksiX0.664 in.2)
For the end bolt, the available bearing strength of the single plate is:
=72-.5kips
LRFD
rn
f~-.
-1
...~
ASD
=57.1 k.iplin.(~6 in.)
~ = 38.l kip{m.(16 in.)
= l7.8 kips/bolt
> 12.1 kips/bolt
0.60F1 A"" + UbsFuA.u
o.k.
= 11.9 kips/bolt
> 8.45 kips/bolt
o.k.
Therefore, tbe nominal strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is Rn= 65.5 kips.
The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture on the single plate is:
Block shear rupture in the gusset-to-column single-plate connection

Check block shear relative to nonnal force on the single plate.
According to A ISC Specification Section B4.3b. in compuling ne1 area for tension and shear,
the width of a bolt hole is taken as 1/16 in. larger than the nominal dimension of the hole. The
nominal diameter of the hole from Table 13.3 is 126 in.
,I
I
ASD
LRFD
The available bolt shear strength and the bearing strength for the end and interior bolts
exceeds the required shear strength per bolt
The gusset is tlin.-thick and wiil have greater bearing strength than the o/16-in. single plate;
therefore, the gusset plate is not checked for bearing strength.
=0.60(36 ksi)(l.25in.2)+1.0(58 ksiX0.664 in.2)

'
=65.5 kips
~n
Rn
=0.75(65.5 kips)
-=
Q
=49.l kips>19.5kips
o.k.
65.5 k,ips
2.00
=32.8 kips> 13.6 kips
o.k.
Check block shear relative to shear force on the single plate.
In thjs case, the AISC Manual tables will be used to dctennine the available strength for the
limit state of block shear rupture, because the parameters fall within the limits of lhe table:;.
provided. For the single plate at the gusset-to-eolumn connection:
A.'lEIOCAN {NSTTTUTP. OP STEEi, CONSTRUCTION
5- 58
BR.ACED FRAMES
=2
= 11h in.
411 =2.00in.
Vbr = 1.0
n
5-59
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENT1UCALLY BRACED FRAMES
Combined shear and normal block shear design check

using an elliptical equation
For the single plate at !he gusset-to-column connection. the interaction of shear and normal
bloc.k sbe~r is considered as follows:
L~
From AISC Specification Equation J4-5, the svailable strength for the limit state of block
shear rupture can be written as:
LRFD
$R,, =$UbsF11An1
+min($0.60FyAgv. $0.60F11 A,,,,)
+IIll l
. (0.60f).A8 ,
Tension ruprure component from AISC

Manual Table 9-3a:
<?UbsF.,Ant =l.0(68.0 kip/in.)(5/16 in.)
$0.60F1 Agv =72.9 kip/in(SA6 in.)
Ub,F.,A.,,:::: 1.0(45.3 kip/in.)('lt6 in.}
in.)
0.60FyAg.
(
.
)(
)
= 48.6 kip/in. 16 in.

Manual Table 9-3c:
0.60F.,Anv _ 55 5 Jdp/i {! . )
Q
.
ID.
16 Jn.
=17.3 kips
The av:tilable strength for the limit state

of block sbc:ir rupture relative to the
shear force on the single plate is:
$R,, = 21 .3 ldps
+ min(22.8 kips, 26.0 kips)
o.k.
(~f +(~f $1.0
( 14.3 kips
44.lkips
( 9.98 lcips)
29.4 kips
19.5 kips
49.lkips
=0.263 $LO
=0.287 $ l.O
o.k.
,:::
..
o.k.
-~
'
Tensile rupture in the gusset-to-column single plate
(Spec; ~q. 14-2)

where
d,,
= 0.875 in.
=1.0
+min(l5.2 kips, 17.3 kips)

o.k.
)~
. :
A,, = (l-2d1t )tp
'.
=(6.00 in.- 2(0.875 in.)J('~6 in.)
j:
= 1.33 in.2
(Spec. Eq. D3-l)
=1.33 in.2 (1.0)

= 1.33 in. 2
\i
t;
..
Therefore:
=14.2 kips
= 29.4 kips> 9.98 kips
Block shear rupture in the t1-in.-thick gusset plate is also adequate as tJ1e gusset is thicker
than the single plate.
~=AnU
The available strength for the limit state

of block shear rupture relative to the
shear force on the single plate is:
R,,
+(32.8
13.6 kips)
kips
Conservatively consider only a 6.00.in. length of single plate under axial tension from the
gusset. The nominal tensile rupture strength is:
=15.2 kips

Manual Table 9-3c:
(~f +(~f $1.0

Manual Table 9-3b:
:::: 22.8 kips
=44.1 kips> 14.3 ldps
= 14.2 lOps

Manual Table 93b:
$0.60F.,A,,.:::: 83.2
::::26.0 kips
0.60F11 A11 , )

Manual Table 9-3a:
=21.3 kips
k:ipfm.( 5/16
ASD
LRFD
r+( r
ASD
l:..
t
....;-
R,, :::-58 ksi(i.33 in.2 )
=77.1 kips
\:.:
t"
,.!
The available tensile rupture strength is:
S--60
BRACED FRAMES
LRFD
'
$Rn = 0."75(J7.1 kips)
=57.8 kips> 19.5 kips
R,.
77.1 kips
2.00
-=
Rn
ASD
'
=0.60FuAnv
=0.60(58 ksi)(l.33 in.2 )
(Spec. Eq. J4-4)
= 46.3 kips
LRFD
Tensile rupture in the Vs-in.-thick gusset is also okay because of its greater thickness.
Tensile yielding in the gusset-to-column single plate
S-61
5.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRJCALLY .BRACED FRAMES
ASD
<PRn =0.75(46.3 kips)

-= 34.7 k.ips > 14.3 kips
o.k.
:
..
Rn 46.3 kips
-=
Q
2.00
= 23.2 kips> 9.98 kips
o.k,
Again, conservatively consider only a .6.00-in. length of single plate under ax.ial tension
from lhe gusset. The nominal tensile yielding strength is:
Shear rupture in the %-in.-tbick gusset is also okay because of its greater thickness.
Rn=FyAg
(Spec: Eq. J4-1)
where
Shear yielding in the gusset-to-column single plate

Check the available shear yielding strength at the net section through_the bolt line.
Ag= ltp
Agv =ltp
= 6.00 in.(16 in.)
=6.00 in.(16 in.)
=1.88 in.2
=1.88 in.2
Therefore:
.(Spec. Eq. J4-3)
Rn = 0.60FyAgv
. R,, = ~6 ksi (J .88 in. 2 )
::: 0.60(36 ksi)( l.88
= 67.7 kips
in.2)
=40.6 kips
The available tensile yielding strength is:
,.
LRFD
LRFD
fl
ASD
ASD
Rn
$Rn= 0.90(67.7 kips)

= 60.9 kips> 19.5 kips
-=
o.k.
1.67
= 40.5 kips> 13.6 kips
..
$R,. =1.00(40.6 kips)
67.7 kips
=40.6kjps>14.3 kips
o.k. \
40.6 kips
Q
l.50
= 27.l kips> 9.98 kips
!
. ...
Rn
-=
o.k.
o.k.
Shear yielding in the s-in.-tbick gusset _is also ?k.a!' becau~e of it~ greater thickness.
Tensile yielding in the Vs-in.-thick gusset is also okay because of its greater thickness.
Shear rupture in the gusset-to-column single plate

Check the avail.able shear rupture strength at the net section through the bolt line. Conservatively,
consider only a 6.00-in. length of single plate.
Anv
=(l-2(fh)tp
= 16.00 in.-2(0.875 in.)](16 in.)
=l.33 in.2
"
Use a iirin.-tJlick single plate with (2)-'.}~-in.-diarneter ASTM A325-N bolts-in standard
holes to connect the -%-in.-thick gusset to the column.
Design the beam-to-column single plate connection

The beam-to-colU!lUI joint transfers both vertical shear and horizontal force. The horizontal
forces acting at the beam-to-column interface are lhe uniform force component, H - fib
He, and I.he collector force, Ab For tbjs particular connection at this location ~n the structure.
when the diagonal brace is in tension, lhe resultant horizontal force between the beam ant
the column is a compression force with a magnitude of He. However, when the diagon'2
brace is in compression, the collector force between the beam and the column will be in tension. Therefore the collector and He forces act in opposite directions. Conservatively, U
the greater of ~c and the collector force, Ab, for the design of the single piate.
~:
..,,?:
i\MEIUCAN lNS11T\1TS OF STEeJ:. CONSTRUCTION
S..-62
S.2 ORDINARY CONU.NTRICAl t Y BRACi;;D I RAMES
BRAC.li!) FRAMES
L.RFD
P., =max
rl-Hu1> =ll.. ,}
A..i.
:::max {19.5
=max {H
P0
kips}
The maxbnum shear at the beam-to-column interface will occu.r when I.he diagonal brace 1
in tension based on ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.J.2 Load Combination 5 (LRFD and ASD).
The beam rcacuon, V" or Va. is the concurrent force.
flob =Hd<"}
Aob
=max {13.6 kips}

23. I kips
=23.J kips
33.0 kips
= 33.0 k.ips
LRFD
(1.2+0.2Sos)To+OoTa. +0.5ft
The vertical force on the beam web-to-column c~nnection is, as sho" n in Figure 5-6:
Rab = 7.73 k.ips
vub = 23.4 lops
vab
V"
=Rui, + V..b
=24.0 kips
LRFO
r.. v.
V,,= R.,+-Mb
~
='"' + T.. vab

D
~ps)(-23.4 kips)
=7.73 kips+(-25 3 ~ps)(-16.3 kips)
36 0
53.2 kips
37.2 lcips
= 27.6 lcips
= 18.8 kips
Combine the mwmum vertical force wilh the horizontal force at the beam-to-columo inter- J.
face as follows:
...:
ASD
'
R.,
=1.i3 kips+{-16.3 Jcips)
=-8.57 kips
I:.
Therefore.. the maximum vertical force in lhe beam-to-column connection is Vu= 27.6 kips ::I
(LRFD) or V0 = 18.8 kips (ASD).
Va =Ra+ Vab
Ra =7.73 kips
=11.8 kips+ (-23.4 ldps)

=-11.6 kips
V.a
= 11.8 k.ips+(-
ASD
Vab = -16.3 kips
.:i
1-------L_.RFD
_ _ _ _ _ _--l----~~A_S_D~-~----:-' J
For the case where lhe brace is in compression:
v..
=-25.3 kips
Calculate v11 concurrent with tension in the brace by prorating therensile force in the brace
calculated abo\'e to the m:i..'tilnum compressive force in the hr.Ice calculated at the beginning
of this example.
Note tlm the vertical shear fon:e calculated above is conservame as lbe analysis has been
simplified by considering the maximum brace force as equal in magnitude in either tension
or compression. A more e.'tact analysis would include the actual tension and compression
forces combmcd with the ~pective beam reaction.~ with considerntion of the dire(;tion of
loading of each force component.. For this srrucrure, the larger diagonal brace force which
acts in compression, and its resultant Vb component which acts upwards, would be counteracted by the beam reaction acting downwards. So to remedy the shortfall of this
simplificatioo, the vertical force, V., (LRFD) and V0 (ASD). could be calculated for bolb the
maximum force due to compression in the brace with its concurrent reaction and the maxjmum reaction resulting from tenSion force in the brace with the \'CrUcaJ beam reacuon.
-= -23.4 kips
=Ru+V.,11
+ 0 kips+O kips
+ 0.7(2)(-22.3 kips)
=-36.0 kips
:::: 7.73 kips t-16.3 kips
VMb
T0 =[1.0+0.14(0.528)j(5.54 kips)
Va =Rab+ Vob
= 11.8 kips+ 23.4 kips
=11.8 kips
(1.0+0.l4Sru)To+1iJ +TF
+ 2(-22.3 kips)+ 0.5(0 kips)

+ 0.2(6.70 kips)
=35.2 kips
Ru
+0.10 0 To,
Tu= [1.2+ 0.2(0.528)j(5.54 kips)
= 16.3 kips
'

+ 0.2Ts
ASD
R~b = I l.8 kips
ASD

tbc 0.5 factor on L pcmtitted by Sectton
12.4.3.2)
Note that the detennination of the relative directions of the collector force and II, forces at
the column face may not alwa)s be as apparent as in this 5ingle-story structure. A conservative approach is to add the absolute values of the two components.
LRFD
For the case where the brace is in lcnsion:
ASD
..
=Jv..,2 + Pu1
R.,
...~
= Jvl +Pal
= Jc216 kips}2 +(33.o kips) 2
=J(18.8 kips) +{23.l kips)
= 43.0 kips
=29.8 kips
.}
BRACED FRAMES
Try (4) ~-in.-diamcter A325-N bolts in the single plate connecting the beam and the
52 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
A., =[Js-(no. boll hole~)d11]tp
column.
= {3(3.00 m.)-(2 + 'h + l/i)(0.875 in )l(Vi6 in.)
=1.99 in.2
Available shear strength of the bolt group
From the check of lhe gusset-to-column single plate design, the available strength of tbc
~-in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolt in the 'l'i6-in.-thick pfatc is 17.9 kips (LRFD) and J1. 9
kips (ASD) for bolt shear and 17.8 !0ps (LRFD) and 11.9 kips (ASD) for bolt bearing. The
0.60FuAnv + UbsFuAnt - 0.60(5$ ksi)(0.977 in.2) + l.0(58 ksiXl.99 in.
required number of bolts is:
0.60F1 A1 v + Ub,FuA..i
LRFD
Ru
n,,,.,.=::::
r,.
43.0 kips
17.8 kips
=2.42
ASD
=0.60(36 ksi)(l.25 in.2 ) t

=142 kips
1.0(58 ksiXl.99 in.
n-=-(r,.10)
"'.29.8 kips
11.9 kips
ASD
LRFD
=2.50
~R~
=107 k.ips > 33.0 kips
o.k.
2.00
=7l.O kips> 23. l kips
=4
4 = l11l in.
411 =2.00 in.
Ubs =1.0
I
From AJSC Specification Equation J4-5. the available sLrength for the limit state of block
shear rupture can be written as:
ASD
LRFD
(Sp~c.
Eq. J4-5)
R..:::: ~UbsFuA,.i
+min(~0.60F1 A 1., 0.60FuA,,.,)
R., U,.,F,,A.u
-=
..
= 2 (2.00 in.)(Y.4 in.)

= 1.25 io. 2
. (0.60F.!'.A1,,
U0s =LO
Ap"' 241.tp
o.k.
Use lhe AJSC Manual tables to detennine the 3\'ailable scrength of the single plate for the
limit !>Ute of block shear ruprure relative to the shear force on the single plate. For the single plate at the gussetto-.:olumn connection:
Check block shear relative to the noanal force io Lbe single plate.
According to AlSC Specification Section B4.3b, in computing net area for tension and she.'lr,
the width of a boh hole is taken as 1/16 in. larger than the nominal dimension of the bole. The
nominal diameleT of the hole from Table J3.3 is 116 in.
142 kips
R,,
-::----
=0.75(142 kips)
Block shear rupture in the beam-to-column single-plate connection
=2(2.00 in . ..: 0.5(0.875 in.)J(~6 in.)

=0.977 in.2
A,.v =2(~h -0.5d11)tp
Therefore. the nominaJ strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is R,. 142 kips.
The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture on the "ingle rlate i:-.:
R,,
The beam web thickness is 0.355 in., which is slightly thicker than the single plate.
Additionally. the beam specified minimum tensile strength, Fu. of 65 k.si is greater.man I.he
F,, of the single rlate. Therefore, thc bolt available bearing strength on the beam web is greater
than that of the ~ingle plate, and the bQlt be-ariog strength of lhe beam web is adequate.
where
- 149 kips
Use four bolts so thm the connection is at least haJf the depth of the beam.
1\
+mm

Manual T:sble 9-3a:
9u,,1 FuA.u
. 0.60~wAnv)

Manual Table 9-3n:
Ub,FuA..1
=1.0(68.0 hipfm.){o/16 in.)
=21 3 kips
1.0(45.3 kip/in.)(Yi4 in.)

:::: 14.2 kips
BRACED FRAMES
LRFD
5-67
A1 =ftp
ASD
= (12.0 in.)('li6 in.)
She:ir yielding component from AISC

Manual Table 9-3b:

Manual Table 9-3b:
0.60F. A
.
r{ " = (113 kip/in.)(~6
in.)
0.60FyA,.. =(170 ldp/in.)(~6 in.)

= 53.1 IJps
=3.75 in.2
R,.
=35.3 kjps
The nominal strength clue to tensile yielding is:

(S~c.
=F1A1
Eq. 02-1) "
=(36 ksi)(3.75 in.1)
She:ir rupmre component from AlSC

Manual Table 9-3c:
~0.60F11 Anv
Shear nipture component from AJSC

Manual Table 9-3c:
0.60FuA""
.
)( 11& .In. )
. n - {l 29 k1p/in.
=(194 kip/in.)(~~ in.)

=60.6 lops
=135 kips
The available strength due to tensile yielding in the beam-to-column single plate is:
The 101al av:ulable block shear rupture

strength of the single plate at the beamtOcolumn connection is:
The total available block shear rupture
strength of the single plate at the beamto-column connection is:
Rn
.
n-14.2 kjps
Mn =2 1.3 kips
+ m1n(53. l kips, 60.6 kips)
=74.4 IOps > 27.6 kips
+min(35.3 kips, 40.3 kips)
o.k.
= 49.5 kips> 18.8 kips
o.k.
Bl<x:k shear rupture in the beam web is also okay, based on the greater thlckness and the
hig~cr Fy and Fu values.
$Rn =0.90(135 kips)
=122 kips > 33.0 ldps
is also adequ:ue.
Tensile rupture in the beam-to-column single plate
Consider 12.0 in. of the plate to be effective.
r~r +(~rs l.O

( 27.6
~ps
74.4 kips
r+( r
0.233s1.0
33.0 kips
107 kips
o.k.
,
= 0.233
(~ +(~r $1.0
23. l kips
71.0 k.ips
0.250s1.0
o.k.
=112.0 in.-4(0.875 in.)J('/16 in.)
=0.250
'
..
= 2.66 io. 2
.
(Sptc. Eq. 03-1)
~=AnV
r+( r
( 18.8 kips
49.5 kips
Tensile yielding in the beam-to-column single plate

Consider 12.0 in. of the plnte to be effective.
= 0.875 in.
u =l.0
ASD
o.k.
A,, =(l-4d1i)tp
For the single--plate at the beam-to-column connection. the interaction of shear and normal
block ~hear rupture is considered as foll~ws:
LRFD
o.k.
R,. - 135 kips

n
l.67
= 80.8 kips> 23.1 kjps
The beam web bas a greater lhick.ness (0355 in.) and a higher specified minimum yield
stress of F - 50 ksi; therefore, the av:.Ulable ten.qlc s1rength clue to yielding in the ~:im web
dh
Combined shear and normal block shear design check
using an elliptical equation
l
ASD
LRFD
=40.3 kips
=(2.66 in.2 )(1.0)
.J
=2.66 in.2
.~
Tue nominal strength clue to tensile rupture is:
(Sptc. Eq. J4-2)
Rn =F.,Ae
=(58 lsi)(2.66 in.

= 154 kips
5-68
BRACED FRAMES
The available strength due to tensile rupture in the beam-to-column single plate is:
LRFD
= llp
Agv
= 12.0 in.(o/i6 in.)
ASD
<!>Rn= 0.75(154 kips)
R,.
154 kips
2.00
-=
=11 6 kips> 33.0 kips
o.k.
S--6!t
5.2 ORDlNARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
=3.75 in.
The nominal strength due to shear yielding is:
= 77.0 kips> 23.l kips
o.k.
The beam web has a greater thickness (0.355 in.) and a higher specified minimum rcnsile
strength than the single plate, therefore, the available strength due to tensile rupture in I.he
beam web is also adequate.
R,,
=0.6'0F,..A,..
(Spec. Eq. J4-3}
=0.60(36 ksi)(3.75 in.

=81.0 kips
The available strength due to shear yielding is:
Shear rupture in the beam-to-column single plate
t:
-----~;-,
..
t-:11
~11
... \
.ii:':-,,.
$Rn = 1.00(81.0 kips)

=81.0 kips> 27.6 kips
A,,v = (1-4dn) tp
=2.66 in.2
The nominal streogrh due to shear rupture is:
R,, = 0.60FuA...
(Spec. Eq. J4-4)
=0.60(58 k..~i)(2.66 in.
:~
;:
~;
:i
.....
"
..
..
:~
f>
=54.0 kips> 18.8 kips
Use a minimum t6in.-thick single plate with (4) 3.4-in.-dfameter ASTM. A325-N bolts in
standard boles to connect the beam to the column.
ASD
.R,.
92.6 kips
2.00
46.3 IOps > 18.8 kips
-=
o.Jc.
o.k.
When the collector force acts in tension on the column face, the He force on tbe gusset-tocolumn interface is also in tension. The collector force in the beam, Ab, acts 5.75 in. above
the neutral a.us of the single plate, and the He force at the gusset-to-column interface acts
8.75 in. below the neutral a."<is of the single plate, as determined in the following.
Eccentricity of Ab on tbe single plate:
e14 = (23.5 in./ 2)- 1.5 in. - 3.0 in -1.5 in.

I
o.k.
Design the weld of the combined single plate to the column face
The weld of the single plate could be determined assuming two individual single plates.
However this neglects the increased bending capacity of a 22-in.-long plate relative to the
summation of bending capacities of a b.O-in.-long single plate and a 6.00-in.-1ong single
plate. Therefore, design the weld based on a 23.5-in.-long single plate.
The available strength due to shear rupture is:
The beam web is lhicker (0.355 in.) and has a higher specified minimum tensile strength
(65 ksi) than the single plate; therefore, the available strength of the beam web due to shear
rupture is also adequate.
'~:
= 92.6 kips
4>Rn =0.75(92.6 kips)

::: 69.5 kips> 27.6 kips
....,
o.k.
81.0 kips
1.50
The beam web is thicker (0.355 in.) with a higher specified minimum tensile strength (65
ksi) than the single plate; therefore, rhe available strength of .the beam web due . to shear
yielding is also adequate.
LRFD
~:
R,.
--=
=[12.0 in.-4(0.875 in.)](16 in.)
'
ASD
LRFD
Check the available shear rupture strength at the net section through the bolt line. Conservatively
consider only a 12.0 in. length of .single plate.
=5.75 in.
Shear yielding in the beam-to-column single plate
I Check the available stiear yielding strength at the
section through I.he bolt line.

Conservatively consider only a 12.0 in. length of single plate.
gTOSS
Eccentricity of He on the single plate:

eH,
=(23.5 in./ 2)- J .5 in. - 1.5 in.

=8.75 in.
Eccentricity of vettical shear on the column foce: e1:

AMEIUCIJ'I
=2.50 in.
IN'STTTVn! OP STEEi.. Co!-ISTRUCTION
5.2 OR.DlNARY CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES
5-70
.-~~~~~~~~~~~-r-:---:-~--:~~~-'-~~~~,
The total nonnal force at the column face is:
LRFD
H,,=Aub+H.,,
ASD
.I
Ha= Aab +Hae
=23.1kips+13.6 kips
=33.0kips+19.5 kips
.=52.5 kips
= 36.7 kips
Vu
=Rub + Vub + Vue

=I 1.8 kips+ 23.4kips+14.3 kips
= 49.5 kips
.
ASD
Y11 =Rab+ Vob +Vile

=7.J3kips+16.3 kips+9.98 kips
='.34.0 kips
For moment on a weld group, sum moments about the mid-height centerline of the single
plate at the face of the column:
LRFD
M,. = V,.e, + AubeAa -HuceHc
=49.5 kips(2.50 in.)
=Vaec + AcbeA. - Hoc.eH,

=34.0 kips(2.$0 in.)
+ 33.0 kips{5.75 in.)
+ 23.l kips{5.75 in.)
-19.5 kips(8.75 in.)
-13.6 kips(8.75 in.)
=143 kip-in.
=98.8 kipin.
The stresses at the single plate-to-column interface are determined as follows:

l
=23.5 in.
Ja - -, -
=36.7 kips
_ 52.5 kips
23.5 in.
=2.23 ldpfm.
23.5 in.
= 1.56 kip/in.
M;,a
fab =-Z..,
98.8 kip-in.
138 in.2
/ub=Z,.,
143 kip-in.
138 in.2
= 1.04 kip/in.
fur =
= 0.716 k.ipfm.
for= ~ja; +(/ca+ fab) 2
JJ,;; +(/ua + fub)2
_ / (2.11 kip/in/
~ + (2.23 kip/in.+ l.04 kip/in.)2
=(23.5 in.)2
Using the conservative solution (adding ;

the flexural sLress), the angle of the 1
resultant load with respect to I.he weld. is:
e= un-1 (!uo + hb)
- \ +(1.56 kip/in.+0.716 kip/in.}2
Using !he conservative solution (adding

the flexu..U stress), the angle of the
resultant load -with respect to the weld is:
9 =tan-I
- 1 (2.23kipfm.+1.04
=57.2
(1.45 k.ip/in.)
=~.70 kip/in.
= 3.89 kip/in.
=tan
,1
, _Hna
H,,
11
=1.45 kip/in.
Mu
l'
23.5 in.
f,.,,
lz
Zw=4
ASD
=34.0I kips
/ua=1
ASD
Ma
/., =VOLi_
= 2.11 kip/in.
The total shear force at the column face is:
LRFD
LRFD
Vu
1
49.5 kips
= 23.5 in.
f,,,,=-
2.11 kipfm.
kip/in.)
(faa +fa~)
!av
-i(l.56kip/in.+ 0.716
tan
..
1.45 kip/m.
=57.5
=138 in.2
AME.RJC/\N ~Of STEEi.. CoJ-ISTRUCTION
kipfm.)
l:
f !
5-73
BRACED FR.AMES
5-72
S 2 ORDINARY CONCF.NTR.lCALLY BRACED FRAMES
~~:. . l
The weld size is determined from A1SC Mat111fll Equation 8-2a (LRFD) and 8-2b (ASD):
Check the plate for \he limit state of buckling using the doubJe--coped beam procedure given
in AISC Ma1111.(ll Part 9.
LRFD
hr
D=
2{1.392 kip/in.)(1.0 +O.SOsin1.5 0)

3.89 kip/in.
2(1.392 kip/in.)
(Marlual Eq. 9-14)
ASD
D=
=
[t.O + 0.50sinl.S (57.2)]
=J.01 sixteenths
Fer"' QFy
far
2(0.928 k:ipfm.)(1.0+0.50sin1.5 9)
ho.JP,
2.70 k:ipfm.
2 ( 0.928 kip/in.)
Calculate Q for the single plate:

(Manual Eq. 9-18)
A.=----.=======::"
1
[t .0+0.50sinl.S (57.5)]
10,p
475+28o(~Y
(23.5 in.)J36 ksi
:::~~..l:..:-7=~=======:;"
"" I .05 si:<teenths
10(16 in.) 475+280(

Considering the C?lumn flange thickness and the single-plate lhickness, the minimum fillet
weld size from AISC Specification Table J2.4 is Yi6 in. However, according to the AISC
Manual Pa.rt 10 discussion of single-plate connections. the weld between a single plate and
the support should be sized as:
%rp
=0.284
Because A.~ 0.7,
(Manual Eq. 9-15)
Q= l
=%(16 in.)
Fer= Fy; therefore, plate buckling does not control.
:::: 0.195 in.

The use of the above minimum weld size combined with the single plate requirement for
connection plate thicknesses to be less than db-l/i6 in. according to AlSC Manual Table 109 facilitates ductile behavior in the connection.
<
23.5 in.)
in.
250
Use a o/16-in.lhick single plate 23.5 in. long.
Use two-sided IA-in. fillet welds at the single plate to column connection.
Check column web local yielding

The peak unit bending force./b. is less than the axial w1it bending force.fa Therefore, ~~
bendin" forces do not affect the overall concentrated force on the gusset nor do ~ey aff'.
the len~th of force applied on the interface. A portion of the concentrated force 1s applied
Check single-plate shear rupture at weld to column
within a dist.ance less
One method to detei:mine the IJUnimum single-plate thickness required to transfer the shear
and :ension forces is to scl the weld strength (based on the resultant force) equal to the shear
rupture strength of the .single plate. From AISC Manual Part 9, the minimum required single-plate thickness is:
For a force applied at a distance less ~an the depth of the member:
(Manual Eq. 9-3)
Eq. J 103)
6.19 kipfm.(1.0 1)
58 ksi
"" 0.108 in. < -'/16 in.
=445 kips
o.k.
6.19 kiplin.{l.05)
r,,,;,, =
58 ksi
0. 112 in.< 16 in.
ASD
LRFD
ASD
LRFD
lmin""
(Spec.
Rn= F)wlw(2.5k+lb)
= (50 ksi)(0.340 in.)!2.5(1.06 in.)+ 23.5 in.J
6. l 9D
Fu
(milt=--
r"::
than the depth of the column.
~R,, = 1.00(445
Rn
445 kips
1.50
= 297 kips > 23.J kips
-::::
kips)
o.k..
o.k.
o.k.
AJtematively, the available strength for web yielding can be determined per Part 9 of t!le
..:
::,
I:
Check compression on the single plate

When the brace force is in compression. the beam-to--column axial force is in compression.
The unil force on the single plate in compression results from !l.."<ial and beodjng forces
. combined.
AMER~~ OP STEEL CoNSTIWCnON
AlSC Mamial, and Table 9-4.
AMEJUC!J'I [}'lSTITUTE OP STEEL CONSTRUcnON
5- 14
BRJ\CF.D FRAMES
S.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BR>\CEO FRAMES
Check column web local cnppling
Cf. column
A portion of the concentrated force is applied at a disrnnce less thlln d12 from the end of the
column; therefore, useAJSC Specificatwn Section JJ0.3(b). C~ck the length of bearing tel
ntive to the column depth:
lb 23.5 in.
-==d 10.0 in.
S-75
W18x50
beam
W.P.-
=2.35 > 0.2
--- -
---~-c:;_--
<t_ beam
Therefore, use AISC Specification Equation J10-5b to determine the available scrength,
through use of AJSC Manual Table 9-4.

From ATSC Manual Table 9-4 for the W1 Ox49:
LRFD
Rs =48.5 kips
$~
~ .
ASD
co
(4) l3~>'nco/ll with (4)

~ dla. A325-N bolts to
gusset in std. holes
Rs
.
n=J2.3 kips
=I0.1 kip/in.
~ =6.76 kip/in.
%"Pl (A36) - ll- -+---'
From AISC Manual Equations 9-48a and 9-48b:
(4) ~ dia. A325-SC

bolls, std. holes in
LRFD
R,, =R, +lb (~Ro)
=48.S kips+23.5 in (10.1 kipfm.)

== 186 kips > 33.0 kips
o.k.
ASO
R,,
Rs
n
-= -
Ro
W10x49
column
Hb-
=32.3 k:ips+23.5 in.(6.76 kipfm.)

=191kips>23.1 kips o.k.
angles. ovs. holes
W10x33
brace
(6) ~dis. A325-N

bolts in std. holes
I
'The final connection design and geome~ is shown in Figure 5-7.
in web of~
Fig 57. Connection desigMd in
Nole: 8Qlts indicated as Ntype are to be pretensioned

with Class A Of' bettor raying
surfaces.
E:campl~
5.2.4.
Example 5.2.5. OCBF Tension-Only Diagonal Brace Design

Given:
Unlike special systems, tension-only bracing is permitted in OCBP systems; therefore
this example demonstrates a tensiononly brace design for the same configuration a,
Example 5.2.4. Refer to Brace BR-1 sbown in Pigure 5-2. Select an ASTM A36 singleangle section for the dfogonal brace to resist the_ loads sbown below as a tension-on!)
br:icing contigurs.tion.
The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of loads. From
n first-order analysis, the loads on the brace arc:
Po=O !Ops
PH= Okips
Ps= 0 kips
Pt=O kips
PQ=51.1 kips
Mo= 1.13 kip-ft
J
J
5-76
:'
BRACED F1V\MES
DESIGN OF PARTI.J\LLY-RESTRAlNE.D MOMENT CONNECTIONS
The dead load bending moment indicated above is due to the self-weight of the brace
assuming a member r.hnt weighs l6 Jblft. Sometimes this self-weight loading is ignored in
the desigo of vertical diagonal braces where judgment would indicate that the loading is
minimal and only uses a small percentage of the available member strength. However, in
this example, considering the relatively long length of the diagonal brace, the dead load
moment is included jn this design check. There are no bending moments due to live loads
or snow loads.
From AJSC Manual Table 1-7, the geometric properties :u-e as follo\.\s:
The story shear, H, from the first-order analysis 1s 136 kips and the first-<>rder intcrstory drift
due to that load without the CJ factor applied from the analysis model is:
Check brace element width-to-thickness ratios
tlH=0.761 in.
Solution:
5- 77
L5x5x1/2
A= 4.79 in.2
='1 =L53 LO.

S.r =S1 =3.15 in.3
, :t
=5.()() in.
I"' 0.500
in.
d = 5.00 in.
'i
=0.980 in.
The braces must sntisfy I.he requuements for moderately ductile members. as slipulateJ in
Sections F l .5n and 01.l of the AISC Seismic Provisions. Elements of the brnce members
must not C:\ceed ~width-to-thickness ratios.
From Table 1-4 o f this Manual, the L5x5x1/z satisfies width-to-thickness ratios for OCBF
diagonal braces (moderately ducnle members).
From AJSC Ma11ual Tilble 2-5. the material properties lire:

ASTMA36
Determine the effective slenderness ratio
F1 =36 ksi
Fu= 58 ksi
Determine the required strength of the diagonal brace
Considering the load combinauons given in ASCE/SEI 7, the governing load combination
and resultant maximum axial tension and bending moment in the diagonal brace are:
LRFD
tl
LR.FD Load Combination 5 from
ASCEJSEJ 7 Section 12.4.2.3 (including

the 0.5 factor on L penniued in Set.:tion
ASCE/SEI 7 Section l 2.4.2.3
l~.4.2.3)
(1.2+ 0.2Sos }D+pQ +0.5l+0.2S
(1.0+0.14Sos)D+H + F+0.7pQs
Pu = [ 1.2 + 0.2(0.528)j(O kips)
Pa
.. i.o(-51.1 kips)+0.5(0 kips)
+ 0.2{0 kips)
,.r:
,.,
'I .
=-51.1 kips
Mk =(l.2+0.2(0.528)j(l.13 k.ip-ft)
. I
+ 0 kips+ 0 kips
t- 0.7(1.0)(-51.J kips)
= -35.8 lcips
Ma= jt.0+0.14(0.52S)J(1.13 kip-ft)
+ 0 kip-ft+O kipft
+ 0.2{0 kip-ft)
+ 0.7(1.0)(0 kip-ft)
Try an l5x5x1'2 for the brace member.
..'
=[l.0+0.14(0.528))(0 kips)
+ 1.0{0 kip-ft)+0.5(0 kip-ft)
= 1.48 kip-fl
ASD
= l.21 iip-ft
The available compressive strength of a tension-<>nly brace is ignored in the design of the
bracing. Therefore in order to ensure the brace will buckle in compression under relatively
minor loading, use a tension-only brace with a slendem~s ratio greater than the recommended maximum effective slenderness ratio, KL/r, of 200 as indicated in the User Note in
Section E2 of the AISC Specification. According to the User Note in AlSC S1>ecijicario11
Section D l. K.L!r of members designed on the ba:;is of tension should preferably not excc!ed
300. Therefore the effecli\e slenderness ratio, KL/r, is selected to be greater than 200, but
less than
300.
Determine K
According to AISC SpecificalWTI Appendix 7, Section 7 .2.3(a), for braced frame systems the
effective length factor for members subject to compression shall be taken as 1.0, w1less a
rational analysis indicates that a lower value is appropriate.
The overall length of the brace diagonal in each bay is:
L = J(4-0.0 ft)2 +(40.0 ft) 2

=56.6 ft
This length lw been determined by calculating the distanee between the work points based
on the intersection of the centcrHnes of the diagonal braces, columns and beam. Shorter
lengths m;iy be used if justified by the enginur of record.
Single angles in Xbracing are normally continuous for the full diagonal length of the bay
,1.;1h the orientation of each brace rcver~cd as s.hown in Figure 5-8, pcnnitting the brae~
to be coonecred to each other by bolling at mid-length. The effective length in 1his arrangement is 0.85 times the half diagonal length cons1dcring the radius of gyration in the z-a.."<is,
'r. (El-Tayem and Goel, 1986).
S-78
BRACED FRAl-1F.S
S.2 ORDINARY CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES
L: =0.5L
=0 .5(56.6 ft)
LRFD
ASD
= 28.3 fl
$1Pn
K%= 0.85
Ktlt
Pn
=0.90(17~ kips)
= J 55 kips> 51.l ltips
, n, =
o.k.
=I03 kips > 35'.8 kips
= 0.85(28.3 ft){I2 in./ft)
r~
0.980 in.
o.k.
The limit state of tension rupture on the effective area should also be checked; however, by
inspection, it would not control.
=295
The slenderness,
172 kips
1.61
X:-, is greater than 200, but Jess than 300, and therefore meets the desired
range based on I.he User Notes in Sections DJ and E2 of the AISC Specification.
Note that ~e suggested slenderness limit of 300 does not apply to rod bracing, nor does the
0.85 effecuve length factor.
Determine the available tensile strength

For tensile Y.ielding on tpe gross se.ction, the ~omJnaJ tensile strength is:
Pn = FyAg
(Spec. Eq. D2-J)
=36 ksi ( 4.79 in.2)
Determine the available flexural strength

During the governing seismic lond conditions, the bracing is subject to significant axial
tension with some minor flexure due to self-weight. The large axial tension loading provides'a stabilizing effect to the brace and negates the effect of lateral-torsional buckling due
to flexure. Therefore, even though the member is not laterally restrained along the length,
when consideration is given to the significant axial tension load in the member, flexural
suenglh can be based on the limit state of yielding only. This assumes that the single-anglt
has continuous lateral restraint along the length; therefore, the lateral-torsional buckling
limit state does not apply. Additionally, because the section is compact, the limit state of
leg local buckling does not apply.
The nominal tle."tural strenglh due to yielding is:
=172 kips
(Spec. Eq. FI0-1)
Mn= 1.5M1
I:.
t
Mn= l.5SxF1
The available tensile strength is:
<>
= 1.5(3.15 in. 3 )(36 ksi)(l ft/12 in.)

= 14.2 kip-ft
The available flexural strength is:
LRFD
High~strength
bolt
with spacer plate
~11Mn
=0.90(14.2 kip-ft)
ASD
'
= 12.8 kip-ft:> 1.48 kip-ft
Mn
14.2 ltip-ft
1.67
=8.50 kip-ft> 1.21 kip-ft
-=
o.k.
Qb
o.k.
Consider second-order effects

Follow I.he calculation procedure of AlSC Specification Appendix 8.
Fig. 5-&. Connt!ction of single-angle diagonol braces at mid-point.
M,=B1Mm+B21r
(Sptc. Eq. A-8-1
P, = Pn1 + /hP11
(Sptc. Eq. A-8-21
Calculate 81
8 1 l.00 according to Section 8.2 of AlSC Sptcificarion Appendix 8, as the member is or ,

subject 10 compression.
.; :
.,
BRACED FRJ\.C\1E8
...
S l ORDINARY C01'CLNTRJCALLY B~\CEO l'R,,\!>IES
Calculate B2
~:
a= LOO {I.RFD): a = 1.60 (ASD)
I,,.~
P"""' is lhe Lota! vertical load on the story calculated using the applicable load case. As cal
Af,
culated in &ample 5.2. 1:
I ...
~ps
P_, = l,130
=1.00(1.48kip-ft)+1.01(0 kip-ft)
=81M"' + /hM11
= l.OO(J.21kip-ft)+1.01(0 kip-fl)
=1.48 kip-ft
=1.21 kip-ft
= B1M,., + IhMtz
l~
!.
LRFD
Ill
=R.11 D.H
=l.O 136 kips(40.0 fl)
(Spec. Eq. A-8-7)
1
t- cx.Psrorz
~l
ASD
Ih =
~ 110'1
l
l- oPJtcry
~l
Pi, = J5.8 kips
=1.01
Mtr.,. 0 kip-ft
=Piil +lhPiz
= 0 kips+ 1.01(35.8 kips)
=36.2 kips
=51.6 kips
P, _ 51.6 kips
Pc 155 ldps
ASD
LRFD
'
36.2 ltips
-:::
Pc 103 kips
0.351
P,
=0.333
Because P,IPc <? 0.2, lhc brace design is controlled by the equal.ion:
I.RFD
=1.48 kip-ft
P,
Check combined loading of the L5x5x'/z brace:
~JCst-ord~ be?<'ing moments with the strncture rcslr.\ined against !:Heral lr.lnslation (grav-
Mni =M,,
ASD
Pr =Pnr + B2Piz
= 0 kips+ 1.01(51.l kips)
_ 1.60(740 kips)
1
85,800 kips
ity loads Ill this case), and due Lo lateral translation of the story are, respectively:
!i
Piil =O kips
=51.1 kips
P. ""'7
I_ l.00(1,130 kips)
85,800 lcips
= 1.01
'
=0 kips
LRFD
LRFD
")'
P,,,
fl,
Using AlSC Specification Equatjon A-8-6:
,..~
fh -
ASD
The required -;trength oftbe brace including secondordcr effects is, from AISC Specification
Equation A-8-2:
= 85,800 kips
'
first-order ruual force:. wilh the strucrurc restrained ag:uaq lateral trani;lation <gravity loads in
this ca..<.e), and due to lateral translation of Lhe story from seismic loading are, l'C$pechvely:
LRfD
(0.761 in.)(l fl/J 2 in.)
- - - ;:-:;:J
M,
ASD
RM= 1.0 (braced frame)
P, nory
..
ASO
LRFD
ASD
Mm =Ma
= 1.21 kip-ft
M11 = 0 kip-ft
The required fle.'(ural screnglh of the brace including second-<:>rder effects is, from AJSC
Specification Equation A-8-1:
(Spec. Eq. Hl-1 :i)
LRFD
!(o+
51.6 kips ..
155 kips 9
0.436< 1.0
ASD
J.48 kip-ft)= 0.436

12.8 kip-ft
oi.
!(o +
36.2 k.ips +
103 kips 9
0.478< 1.0
kip-ft)== 0.478
1.21
8.50 kip-ft
o.k.
Note that I.he y-y _axis bending moment from the self-weight of the diagonal br.lce utih
about 11 % of the member capacity.
;U1ERJCAl'I lNs'rm1r6 OF STEJlL O:lHs'nucnON
BRACED FRAMES
Use an L5x5x1h in the tension--only configuratfon for OCBF diagonal Brace BR- I
BraC:es must be continuous through and bolled to each other at the intersecung JOint as
shown in Figure 5-8.
5.3. SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED

F~AMES (SCBF)
Special concentrically braced frame (SCBF) systems, like other concentrically braced
frai:nes, resist lateral forces and displacements primarily through the axial strength and stiffness of the brace members. In concentrically braced frames. the centerlines of the framing
m~bers (bra~, columns, and beams) coincide or nearly coincide, eliminating or mini
mwng flexure m tbe system, The design of SCBF S}'stems is addressed in AJSC Seismic;
Provisic11$ Section F2. Whlle the general layout of an SCBF is \'ety similar to that of an
orilinary concentrically braced frame (OCBF), there are additional detailing requircmcntS to
focus ductile behavior of the frames into the braces. These detailing requirements provide
for greater energy dissipation anil duciility, allowing SCBF systems to be designed using a
lower force level in comparison to that of OCBF systems.
Concentrically braced frame systems tend to be more economical than moment resisting
frames aitd eccentrically broced frames in te1ms of matcrfal, fabrication and erecrion costs.
They .do, however, often have reduced flexibility in floor-plan layout, space planning, and
clectncal and mechanical routing as a result of 1he presence of braces. In certain circum
stances, howe,er, braced frames are exposed and fe:llurcd in the architeciure of the building.
Braced frames typically are localed in walls lha! stack vcrticaJly between floor levels. In
the typical office building. these walls generally occur in the core area around suiir and elc
vator shafts, cen1ral resirooms, and mechanical and electrical rooms. This generally allows
for greater architectural flexibility in placement and configuration of exterior windows and
cladding.
. ~ considering the configuration of a braced fr:imc system, both in plan and elevation, it
is unportant to note the requirements for redundancy in the system. The AISC Sei$tniC
Provisions require that a braced frame system balance the compression and tension braces.
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.4a requires that along any line of bracing, the braces
are oriented to resist a t least 30% but not more than 70% of the 1otal horiz.onts.l force in tension unless the exception in Section P2.4a is met
. The Al~C Seismic. Pro_visio~. limit member slenderness, compressive strength, and
WJdth-t~ckness rauos, m addiuoo to requiring special detailing for gusset plates. The
cwnula1J,e ~eA of these ~uiremcnts is inleoded to result in braces that maintain a high
level of ducuhty and bysterebc damping when subjected to severe seismic forces.
Brsc.e slenderness is limited to ensure adequate compressive strength and resistance to the
eyeUc degradation of the brace. The post-buckling performance of the brace is dependent on
the compactness of Ille members used. Members with a higher width-to-thickness rntio are
more susceptible to local buckling, which may lead to tearing of the brace material in the
buckled areas prior to the dissipatfon of a significant amount of energy. This behavior results
in a system with signHicantJy lower energy dissip:uion cap:ibility.
. The la_st of the predominant issues relating to the bracing members is the spacing of
mtenned1ate connecrors of double angle, double channel or similar built-up braces. AJSC
Seismic Prtn:isicn.r Section P2.5b ootes that connectors should be placed such th:it the air,
5.:l SPECIAi.
CON('UNTRJCAU~Y
BAAl'W
tKA1v11.:J
value for the individual components of the brace is less than 40% of the governing slcu
demess of the built-up member. Addiuonally, 11 is required that the connectors have a ~bt
strength that develops the tensile strength of individual components of the brace. The
two provisions are intended to ensure that the brace buckles as a unit, thus allowing more
reliable behavior. The connector requirements are reduced wben it can-be shO\\ n that 1'"~1
brace assembly can buckle as a single element without inducing shear forces in the co
nectors between the individual members. In any case, no fewer than two connectors a.
allowed with uniform spacing, and bolted connectors are not permitted in the middle ooefourth of the clear brace length. The limitation on the Jocati~n of bolted ~ttn~hme~ts
included to gu:ud against premature fracture due to the formauon of a plasuc htnge in LI
l.
buckled brace.
In order to increase ductility and energy dissipation of. the system the connection( l
must be detailed to accommodate the effects of br.:ice bucklmg. Curren~y. there ar~ l\
approaches used in the design of these coonecuons; lh~e :ire smted m AlSC Se1sm. ~
Provisions Sections F2.6c(3)(a) anJ F2.6c(3)(b}. The first approach creates enough strengt'
and rigidity in the connections to force the brnce to form plastic hinges at the ends and mi \
die of the brace under compressive forces. The second appro:icb utilizes out-of-pla1
buckling of the gusset plate such that plastic hinges occur in the gusset plate a l the brae'
ends with a hinge stlll occurring at the midpoint of the brace. This usually is accommodDIW
in one o f two ways. As one opt.ion, the connection can. be detailed such 1hnt the end ~f ti
brace is located a distance of at least two times the thickness of the gusset from the intc
section of the gusset and the beam or column. This configuration is shov. n in Al SC Seismic
Provisions Commentary Figure C-F2.9. The value.of two rim~ the thickn.es~ of th.e gus~ I
bas been developed through research and analysis. Ahemauvely, an cllipucal yield b. !
approach can be u~d (Lehman et al., 2008). AISC Seismic PM is1ons Section F2.t.c
addresses beam-to-column connection issues related to the accommodation of large seismic
drifts associated with the yielding and buclcling of the braces. Tb.is provision is iliscussed
gre:iter detail in the following.
.
The design requirements for most btiSic frnme configuratjons are covered hy Lhe conditions listed earlier in thls section. V-~yPe and in~ert~ V-ty~ frames,_ however, ~re requir1"' \
to meet additional criteria, as noted in AISC Se1sm1c Prov1sio1is Secuon F2.4b.
The.~ requfrements are intended to reduce the effect of a loss in strength of tl1c comprc... .,
sion brace relati"ve 10 the tension brace in the post-buckling f3Jlgc. as shown in Figure 5-9. A
the compression brace buckles under !~ad, its capab~lity to re~ist the \ertical load i~ climi
ished relative to the strength of the tenStOn br.l<:e. This results ID an unblllanced verucal Jo;
between the two members. which exens additional ,ert.ical force on the beam. Braced framtconfigu:rotions utilizing zipper columns and two-story X configurations. as shown in Figures
5-9(b) and 5-9(c), distribute this unbalanced vertical load to other levels that are not expt
encing b.igh seismic demands, providing for better overall frame performance.
Another check covered in the AJSC Seismic Provisions relates to columns that are part or
the SCBF system. Columns are required to meet the highly ductile width-to-thickness cri1
ria according to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5a. and have special considerations r
their splices. According to AISC St!ismic Provisions Se.ction P2.6d, column splices mus:,
develop :i required shear strength equal LO W pclHc for LRFD and rJ.1pcl(l.5llc) for ASD.
This requirement is intended to accOODt for the possibility of the columns sbanng some
the lateral force demand through frame action as the brace elements defoon inclastical
deflecting the frnmes beyond what elastic calcul.uions might predict. Additionally.
l
i
;I
5-84
BRACED FRAMEs
h.. ~ .
r I
f I
noted I.bat the column splices m~st be located at least 4 ft from the beam-to-column flange
connections in AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5a.
,
<i.
;
Design of Gusseted Beam-to-Column Connections

to Accommodate Large Drifts
l
~ I
1::
AISC qeismic Provisions Section F2.6b requires that gusseted beam-to-column connections .!>e designed to accoffiinodate demands corresponding to large drifts. In the contex;
of this provision, the connectiqi;i consjsts of the gusset plate, the affected parts of the beam
a.nd c.otumn, and any other connectj1;m .ma~erial, such as angles and plates, interconnect-
L.\
I
.:!:
!.H
..
ing these elements.
Two methods of accommodating demands corresponding to large. drifts are provided.

First, as described in AISC S,eismfc ProvisiQns Seccion F2.6b(a), the connection may be
detailed to pro~idc sufficient rotation capacity .such that the bean1 and column are not constrained to rorate together ~ the. frame defonns. The provision defines this ~quired relative
rotation as 0.025 rad. Connections similar to the simple connections prese~ted in Part 10 of
sJ
...
~-
':J; ,
tl
..,
.~.
Yielding
brace
Yielding
brace
;~
~;
(a) Inverted V.braced

(chevron) fra{lle
t: l
~~
(b) Inverted Vbrocedfram~

with zipper column
,,"... .
g
:~
:~
.....
'
~
:;,
~;
~:
Yielding
brace
I.
Buckled
brace ~
,.;;.
(
the AISC Manual and meeting the rotational ductility checks described in Part 9 of the AISC
Manual can be assumed to provide a minimum. of 0.03 rad and satisfy the intent of the AISC
Specification Section B3.6a for simple connections. TI1e Part 9 rotational if~ctility che~ks
are intended for use with connections between 6 in. and 36 in. deep and with gcometnes
similar to those shown in che AISC Mo.nu.al. 'J;'he use of deeper connectio~, smaller.ser.:off
distances ~tween the supported and supporting members, or smaller edge distances can
affect the ability of connections to accommodate large rotations in a ductile manner.
It is important to nore that these bounds apply to the connection as a whole. For example,
if the colUlection at the column face consists of a dollble-angle connection from column
flani>e-co-gusset and a double-angle connection from column flange-to-beam web, the two
dou~le-angle comiections should not be considered as separate; they should be considered
as rotating about a single point and the entire depth of the assembly should not exceed 36
in. in order for the roration requiremeocs to be deemed satisfied in the absence of further
demonstration. Physical testS can also be used to demonstrate adequate rotation capacity.
The second method of accommodating demands cotTesponding to large drifts is described
inAJSC Seismic Provisions Secrion F2.6b(b). Rather than aUempting to detef11Une the actual
d~mand placed on gusseted connections by seismic drifts, this method establishes an upper
bound demand based on flexural yielding of either the beam or the column. It .is assumed
that these members have sufficient rotationarductility to maintain their function aS bracedframe members when subjected to 'inelastic rotation. The connection is designed to re'.sist a
moment corresponding to the lesser of 1.1 times the expected beam flexural strength and l. l
times the sum of the expected column flexural strength above and below the connection.
This moment is considered in conjunction with the brace forces corresponding to the brace
expected strength. Connection assemblies may be designed to resist this moment i~ one of
two ways. The enpre assembly may be analyzed wic~ the required moment and axial force
applied and all connection elements designed for the correspon~ing forces. Conn~ct~g the
beam itself to the column by a fully restrained moment connection capabl~ of resisting the
expected flexural strength of the beam is.another option. Wirh this option the gusset plate
and related connection elements may be designed for forces derived considering ~e brace
\
.
connection required strength.
Thus, there are three methods of complying with AJSC Seismic Provisions SectJon F2.6b
presented in this Manual. :gach of these m.etbods is presented in a different connectio~ example-Examples 5.3.10, 5.3.11 and 5.3.12. These examples also illustrate three d1fferent
methods of accommodadng the rotation associated with brace buckling as required by
Section F2.6c(3). There is no correlation between the inethod of accommodating frame drift
and the method of accommodating brace rotation due to buckling, i.e., any method of com
plying with Section F2.6b may be used in conjunction witb. any method of complying with
Section F2.6c(3). Examples 5.3.10, 5.3.11 ~nd 5.3.12 are configured as follows:
Example
5.3.!0
5.3.ll
(c) 1ko story X-bracedfrorne
5.3.12
Fig.'5-9. Assumed inel.astic defomiation. of various bracedfrwne co11jiguration.s.
AM.ERICAN
lNsTrnrrn 01' Sn;a CONmucno.'i
S-85
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
Method of complying with AISC

Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b
Method of complying with AISC

Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3)
Detailed to provide rotation per

Section F2.6b(a)
Detailed as FR connection
per Section F2.6b(b)(i)
Designed to resist moments per
Section F2.6b(b)
Linear hinge zone

Elliptical hinge zone
Hinge plate for in-plane brace
buckling
BRACED FRA\.fF.S
E:<amples 5.3.J through 5.3.6 address analysis and SCBF rncmber design issues. Example
5.3.7 dcmons1rates how to determme the maximum force on the sys1cm wbcn limited by
foundation uplift. Examples 5.3.8 and 5.3.9 address b.race--to-beam connection de.~ign.
I'
Example 5.3.1. SCBF Brace Design

Given:
Refer to Brace BR l in Figure 5-11. Select an ASThl A500 Grade B round HSS to resist the
following ;Wal lo3d~
SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation

The following examples illustrate lhe design of SCBF systems based on AlSC St.ismic
Provisions Section F2. The plan and elevation are shown in Figure 5-10 and Figure 5-11.
The lateral forces shown in Figure 5-1 l are the seismic forces from the equivalent lMeraJ
force procedure of ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.8 and apply to the entire frame.
=85 psf
Drocf =68 psf
Dflcor
Po
=18.0 kips
The applicable building code specifies lhe use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of lo:ids. The
a..rjaJ force due to the snow load is negligible.
Relevant seismic design parameters were given in the SCBF Design Example Pl:in and
Elevation section.
from an elastic analysis, the first-order inten.tory drift between the base and the second level
is !J.H =0.200 in.
L/roor =80 psf (50 psf reduced)

S
:::: 20 psf
Curtain w<\ll =175 lblft along building perimeter at every le..-el
~
1-----=~-----'-t.
From ASCFJSEI 7, the Seismic Design Category is D, 0 0 2.0, R =6, p =J .3, and Sos=
LO. Assume that the effective length method of AlSC Specific01ion Appendix 7 is u~ed for
subitity design.
25'-0"
~oof
~~
Pa1: =197 kips
Pt= 9.50 kips
30'-o
t-H
~l+l
N'
-----1!1
~Ourth
I--~!!:.:.:.:=-~~~~~--!
Level
m: l
----"'-"------------~~----~
-~- - - - --l ~~;~:estlgated
l~
..............
......
in Part 4.
SCBF investigated in Part 5
For elevation, see Figure 4-8.
Fig. 5-10. SCBF plan for SCBF membtr uamplu.

AMEIUCAN lNSTTIVTt! Of! S11!a COl'IS'lllUCTION
Third
Level
Fx,= 84 kips
Column splice 48"
above finished
floor (typ.)
CD
c-,
.....
l-'------:l
= 91 kips
CD
30-0
30'-0"
l
l
.':?
N
Second
Level
5'
.....
""'
.....J
(.)
Base
Fig. 5-11. SCBF tfei:aricnfor SCBF mtmber aomplts.
,.,.
S-88
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED ffiA.ME.S
Assume that the ends of the brace are pinned and braced against translation for boib the
x-x and y-y axes.
~
f(
BRACED FRAMES
The required axial tensile strength of the brace is:
C::;
ii...
LRFD
Solution:
ASD
LRPD Load Combinntion 6 from

ASTM A500 Grade B
Fy =42 ksi
Fu= 58 ksi
Pu= [0.9-0.2(1.0)j(18.0 kips)
P0 =[0.6-0.14(1.0)](18.0 kips)
+ 1.3(-197kips)+1.6(0 kips)
+ 0.7(1.3)(-197 k.ips)+O kips
= -244 kips
:::::-171 kips
Required Strength
The unbraced length of the brace from work point-to-work point is:
Determine the required strength
The governing load combinations that include seismic effects are:
LRFD
...
:
r},

= 18.8 ft
ASD
This length has been determined by calculating the distance between che work points base<l
on the intersection of the centerlines of the brace, column and beams. Shorter unbraced
lengths of the brace may be used if justified by the engineer of record.

ASCEISEl 7 Section 12.4.2.3
'.
:--:-:
~11
(1.2 + 0.2Sos)D + pQE.+ 0.5L + 0.2S
(1.0 + 0.l4Svs)D
(0.9 - 0.2Sos)D + PQE + l.6H
(0.6 - 0.14Svs)D + 0.7pQE + H
~;
l= ~(14.0 ft)2 +(12.5 ft)2
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.4a requires that between 30% and 70% of the tots! hor
izontal force is resfated by brace~ in tension. From analysis, the.total horizontal force in the
+ H + F + O)pQE
line of the braced frame is 91 kips + 84 kips + 57 kips + 30 kips =262 kips. The horizontal
component of the axial force due to earthquake force in Brace BR-1, when it is in tension is:
12 5
ft )(l97 k.ips) =131 kips
( 18.8
ft
.
The required axial compressive strength of the hrace is:
LRFD .
Pu= [l.2+ 0.2(1.0)j(lS.O kips)
- "..
ASD

+O kips+O kips
+ 0.5(9.50 kips)+0.2(0 kips)
+ 0.7(1.3)(197 kips)
Try a round HSS8.625x0.500 for the brace.
P,, =[l.0+0.14(1.0))(18.0 kips)
+ 1.3(197 kips)
=286 kips
which is 50% of the total horizontal force in the line of the braced frame. Therefore, it meets
the lateral force distribution requiremepts in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.4a.
D= 8.625 in.
[-:::: 100 in.~
0.500 in.
r= 2.89 in.
lncm =
tdes
=0.465 in.
A :::: 11.9.in..-,
:::200 kips
Width-to-Thickness Umitations
.I
According to AISC Seismic Pro'Visions Section F2.5a, braces must sa~sfy the requirements
for highly ductile members. Elements .in the brace members must not ~xceed AmJ width
to-thickness ratios in AISC Seismic Provisions Table D 1.1.
From Table Dl.l:
,,
ASD
8.625 in.
=0.465
- - in.
Ide$
[l.2+0.2(1.0)]
+ 0.2(20 psf)
=0. 038 (29,000 ksi)

42 ksi
X(l kip/1,000 lb)
p .2+0.2(1.0)J
~26:2
Ides
=9,000 ft 2
l[L0+0.14(1.9)]
x[68 psf+3(85 psf)]
x(l kip/1,000 lb)
[t.o+o.14ci.o)]
:S A.1i4 , tbe HSS8.625x0.500 satisfies the width-to-thickness limitation for highly
ductile members.
x[175 lb/ft(4)(. 390 ft)]
J:
I l!
x(l kip/l,000.Jb)
= 3,630 kips
x(l k:ip/1,000 lb)
+ 0 psf + 0 psf + 0 psf
+ xll75 lb/ft(4)(390 ft)]
Smee -
P.riory
+ 0 psf + 0.5(3)(50 psf)
A.ht! = 0.038.. F,
x(68 psf + 3(85 psf)]
= 18.5
1 ,,
= 5,160 kips
. _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _......__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ . , j
Alternatively, using Table 1-6, it can be seen that the HSS8.625x0.500 will satisfy the
width-to-thickness requirements for an SCBF brace.
Brace Slenderness
Use K= I .0 for both. the x-x and y-y axes. According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section
F2.5b(l ), braces must have a slenderness ratio KL $ 200.
The total story shear, H, with t':VO bays of bracing in che direction under consideration.
where each bra~ed.frame is designed to resist the seismic loads shown in Figure 5-11, i s
determined as follows. From an elastic analysis, the first-order interstory drift is D.H ;,
0.200 in.
, ,.
l
h
H =2(91 kips+84.k:ips+57,k:ips+30 kips).

=524 kips
'
L =14.0 ft
KL _ 1.0(18.8 ft)(i2 i~.fft)
RM =1. 0 for a braced frame
2.89 in.
=78. l < 200
o.k.
HL
(Spec: Eq. A-8-7)
Pe.r1ory=R1t1-
6.H
the
Follow
procedure of AISC Specification Ap~n<Jb: 8.
only the following equation need be checked.
Becaus~ there are no momen~,

(Spec. Eq. A-8-2)
....
= l.O - 52.4 kips(l 4.0 fl)

(0.200 in.)(l ft/12 in.) \
=~40,000 kips
Using AISC Specification Equation A-8-6:
Calculaie 82
To detennine P~llJry use an area of 9,000 ft2 on each floor and the gravity loads !riven in the
SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation section. Use load combinations that ;elude seismic effects; in this case, Load Combination 5 from ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 for LR.FD
and ASD governs.
LRFD
lh=---->1
l_
a.P11ory -
ASD
Bi=
1
l- aPstory
Pe s10ry
1
= _ 1.00(5,160 kips)
1
440,000 kips
~1
Pestory
=-
-1. 6-0-(3-,6-30~ki-ps-)
1
,
== 1.01 ~ l
1:
440,000 kips
=1.01~1
Because B2 S 1.5, 1he effective length method is a valid way 10 check stability according 10
AISC Specification Appendix 7.
yield strength oflhe brace in tension, a 13% decrease in brace area would reduce th~ require.
connec1ion strength.
The required axial compressive Sl.J'Cllgth of the brace including second order effects is, from
AISC Specification Equation A-8-2:
Example 5.3.2. SCBF Analysis
(Spec. Eq. A8-2)
LRFD
ASD
Pu =(1.2 + 0.2Sos) Po + B2PQe
Pa =IL0+0.14(1.0)]Po
+ Pn +PF+ 0.7pBzPa,;
+0.5L+0.2S
=IJ.2 + 0.2(1.0)](18.0 ldps)

+ 1.01(1.3)(197 kips)
+ 0.5{9.~0 kips)+ 0.2(0 kips)

= 289 kips
..
Give'n :
Refer to the braced frame elevation and sizes shown in Figure 5-12. All braces' are ASTM
A500 Grade B round HSS. Perform an analysis to determine the expected strengths in 1ension and compression of tl1e braces according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3.
Some engineers may choose not to change the brace size at every level, but they are different a1 every level in these design examples to fully illustrate 1he AJSC Seismic Provisions
=!l.0+0.14(1.0)J(l8.0 kips)
+ 0 kips+O kips
requirements.
+ 0.7(1.3)(1.01)(197 kips)
= 202 kips
Solution:
From AJSC Manual Table 2-4, 1he material properties are as follows:
As stated previously, use L = 18.8 ft for the unbraced length of the brace.
From AISC Manual Table 4-5 for !he HSS8.625x0.500 brace with KL= 18.8 ft (using
interpolation), the available compressive strength is:
LRFD
Roof
o.k.
~ =206 kips > 202 lcips
<'?
N
,-
o.k.
Fourth
Level
~c
'9
Prom AISC Manual Table 5-6 for the HSS8.625x0.500 brace, the available tensile yielding strength is:
LRFD
....
Third
Level
ASD
cp,P,, == 450 kips> 244 kips
25'-0"
ASD
G>cPn =309 kips > 289 kips
"
o.k.
P.
nn, = 299 kips > 171 ldps
<.OI
N
,-
o.k.
Second
i::
~~.
Level
Tensile rupture on the. net section must also be checked at the connection; see Examples.
5.3.8 and 5.3.10 for mustrntion of this check.

Use an HSS8.625x0.500 for SCBF Brace BR-1.
"'Base
Comments:
f
,,
...::.
'
The engineer of record may be able to justify a shorter unbraced length for the brace. In this
ex.ample, if an unbraced length of 14 ft could be justified, an HSS7.500x0.500 could have
been used for !he brace. Because the end connections may be designed to resist the expected
Fi8 5 -12. SCBF elevatio11for Example 5.3.2.
J\Jl1E1UCA11 lNSTmm! OP STEa CONSTXOCTION
AMERICAN 1NS1Tl'Vl"I! OF Sn:a. CO~STR'UCTION
..
5.3 SPECIAL CONCF..NTRJCAllY BRACED FRAMES
F2 6c(3)(b)] by allowing 3 2 1 clearance between the end of the brace and the line of
res.tr:iint. ll is likely that the actu3.l length from brnce end-to-brace_ end .between the con.
11 be ifi ti less than the work point-to-work point distance calcul:Hed
necnons w1
sign can y
.
t I 12
reviously. Example 5.3.8 verifies that the actual lengtl' of the brace 1s appro~una e Y
~o 13 ft; therefore, use a length of 12 ft for determining the expected strength U1 compres-
ASTM A500 Grade B
0 =42 ksi
Fu= 58 ksi
Prom AISC Manual Table 1- 13, the geometric properties of the br:ices are:
. '
sion for all braces.
r=2.02 in.
HSS6.875x0.500
A= 9.36 in.2
r = 2.2,7 in..
The following Tubles 5-1 and 5-2 show the expected strengths in tension a~d ~e e~pected
and post-buckling strengths in compression of all braces. A s~ple calculauon is given for
the HSS6x0.312, and a similar procedure is used to detemune the strengths of the other
braces. From AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l:
r= 2.49 in.
f .h b
. t
Ry= 1.
From AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, the expected strength o l c race m en-
HSS7.500x0.500
A= 10.3 in. 2
HSS8.625x0.500
A= 11.9 in. 2
\:
sion is:
r= 2.89 in.
Pr~n.sion =
According to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, the required strenglhs of columns,
beams and connections are based on the load combinations in the applicable building code.
where the amplified seismic load, Emh. is based on the larger force determined from the following two analyses:
(i) An analysis in which all braces arc assumed to resist forces corresponding to their
expected strength in compression or in tension

(ii) An analysis in which all braces in tension are assumed to resist forces corresponding
to their expected strength and all br:ices in compression are assumed to resist their
expected post-buckling strength
In order to study the effects of analyses (i) and (ii) on the rest of the frame, the expected
compres~ion
the post-buckling strength in compression must be
strengths in tension
determined for all of the braces.
and
-1
\:
HSS6x0.312
A =5.22 in. 2
and
RyFyAg
=l.4(42 ksi)(5.22 in.2)
,
..,i:
=307 kips
R .F, is used in lieu of Fy for the determination of Fcre according to ATSC

In compresSion, y y
AISC s ifi Chapter
Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, where Fcre is determined from
peci canon
E, using the equations for Fer
KL l.0(12.0 ft)(l 2 in.lft)

-=
2.02 in..
r
=71.3
4.7 1~ RyFy
E =4.7 1
29,000 ksi
1.4(42 ksj)
I
\
For detennining the expected strength in compression, AJSC Seismic Provisions Section
F2.3 requires that the brace length used shall not exceed the distance from brace end-to-brace
end. The work poinHo-work point length of the typical brace above the base level is:
L=Jo2.5 ft)
= 105
Because 71.3 < 105, AISC Specification Equation .E3~2 applies,
an~
Fcre is determined as
follows:
..l
+ (12.5 ft)2
(Spec. .Eq. E3-4) .;;
= 17.7 ft
The work point-to-work point length of the brace al the base level is:
L
1t2 (29,000 ksi)

2
=J(l4.0 ft) 2 +(12.S ft) 2
: 18.8 ft
= 56.3 ksi
(71.3)
The brace length will be less than lhis distance because of the column and beam depth and
because I.he gusset will accommodate brace buckling [AISC Seismic Provisions Section
...
5.3 SPE.Cll\L CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
S-96
Fett= 0.658
In Examples 5.3.3 through 5.3.6, the forces generated in this :inalysis wiU be considered in
the dc~ign of the beam. column and colulTUI splice connection. The diagram in Figure 5-13
shows the forces imposed on the frame from buckJing and yielding of U1e braces. For the
analysis provisions of AISC Seismic Provisions F2.3(ii), che expected strengths of the braces
in compression shown in Figure 5-l3a nre multiplied by 0.3 (expected post-buckling brace
!!Li
(from Spec. Eq. E3-2)
RyF1
F.
1.4(42 ksi)
= 0.658 <563 .ksi)

=38.0 ksi
...
(1.4)(42 ksi)
strength) and shown in Figure 5-13b.
From AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, U1e expected strength of che brace in compression is:
..
;.:
=1.14(38.0 ksi)(5.22 in.2)
~:
Roof
=226 kips
3~
Fourth
Level
R1 F1 A9
kips
HSS6x0.312
5.22
307
Third
HSS6.875l<0.500
9.36
550
Level
HSS7.500x0.500
10.3
606
HSS8.625x0.500
11.9
700
Expected Strength
~..
: .
:>
In Compression
Brace
Member
A=A1
'
Length
in.i
In.
ft
Kl.Jr
F.,..
ksl
HSS6l<0.312
5.22
2.02
12.0
71.3
38.0
63.4
41.6
1.14F-4,
kl)ls
226
Expected PostBuck/irig
Strength in Compression
0.3(1.14F.,..Ag)
kips
67.8
2.27
12.0
444
133
HSS7.500x0.500
10.3
2.49
12.0
57.8
44.1
518
155
HSS8.625x0.500
11.9
2.89
12.0
49.8
47.5
644
193
HSS6.875x0.500
9.36
.
0
Expected Brace Strength and Post.. Buckling

Brace Strength in Compression
!~
.
I
~
,....
Base
444 kips
"' ""'/
518 kips
Table 5-2
307 kips
<9
1..
550 kips
Second
Level
/""
t:>
A
ln.2
Brace
Member
l ~I
226 kips
Table 5-1
Expected Brace Strength in Tension
;'. 1
"' ""'/
<9
"
- - -- y:;
25'-0"
I
\
/"" .
700 kips
""'/
606 kips
644 kips
""
Fig. 5-13a. Forces imposed on frame from brace b11cklinglyielding

according co AJSC Seismic Provisions Sec1ion F2.3(i).
..
---
BRACED FRA..~fES
.r ~v
~
.
'.
Roof
(Cl
N'
Fourth
Level
~
N
25'-0"
""'
550 kips
Third
Level
Second
l evel
Base
2(a) in Section F2.3 will also be considered. There are two additional Exceptions: 2(b)
forces corresponding 10th~ resistance of the foundation to overturning uplift, and 2(c) force!
determined from nonlinear anaJysis. Exception 2(b) will be considered in Example 5.3.6.
I;
Assume that the ends of the column are pi110ed and braced against translation for both the
x-x and y-y axes.

1.
Solutio n:
From AJSC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties a.re as follows:
ASTMA992
F_..,
=50 ksi
'
Fu= 65 ksi
133 kips
"'/
606 kips
/""
700 kips
307 kips
""' "'/
155 kips
~
..-
"'/
/""
67.8 kips
s-9
5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTIUCALLY BRACED FRAMES
Required Strength
i:
Determine the required strength of the column from A/SC Seismic Provisions
Section F2.3 (Mechanism Analysis)
According to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, the required strengths of columns are I
based on the load combinations in the applicable building code, where the amplified seis- f':
mic load, Emh, is based on an analysis in which all braces are assumed to resist force~
corresponding to their expected strengths in compression or in tension. The analysis in
which the compression braces are at their post-buckling strength does not govern here.
\
193 kips
"'
"
Fig. 5-13b. Forces imposed on frame from brace bucJtling!yirlding

according to AJSC Seismic Pruvisions Section F2.3(ii).
Figure 5- 14 shows the forces from the expected strengths of the braces :is detemuned ir. '.
Example 5.3.2. These forces can be considered as applied loads acting on the columns and
as applied loads on the beam, which :ire :shown here as beam shears acting on rhe column. b
Because seismic forces must be considered in both directions, both columns in the frame
must be designed both for the maximum tension, shown for the column on gridline B, and
for the maximum compression, shown for i.he column on gridline C.
The axial compression force in the col'iunn frQm this analysis is, with forces that produce
compression in the column sh own as positive:
Example 5.3.3. SCBF Column Design
PE-.A
Given :
Refer to Column CL- l in Figure 5-1 l. Select an ASTM A992 W-shape with the available
strength required by the AISC Seismic Provisions.
Relevant seismic parameters were given in the SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
section. The column forces from gravity and snow loads are the following:
Po= 147. kips
Pi= 60.0 kips
Ps = 7 .00 kips
The seismic force in Column CL-1 from tbe seismic forces stipulated by the app.licable
building code using an equivalent lateral force analysis, n9t including lbe Q,, amplification,
was determined from analysis to be PQr 248 kips.
The forces resulting from the expected strengths of the braces defined in AlSC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.3 and calculated in Eltample 5.3.2 must be considered. The Exception
'.;:
= (307 kips+444 kips+606 k:ips)sin45+(8.84 kips- 1,1.3 kips)

= 957 kips (compression)
The axial tension forc.e in the' column from this analysis is, with forces that produce tension
in the column shown as negative:
Ts.,. :::: (-226 kips-550 kips-518 kips)sin45+ (8.84 kips-11.3 kips)

::::-917 kips (tension)
Note tlult since the expected strength from the brace at the lowest level is not included, the
forces in tension and compression are not exactly equal.
Using the lo:ul combinations in ASCE/SEI 7 including the overstrcngth factor as requirec
by AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3 where the amplified seismic load is substituttr
BRACED FRAMES
with the. anaJysis described in Section F2.3, the required uial compres~ive ~rrength of lhe
column 1s.
L,
LRFD
ASCf/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
(including lhe 0.5 facror on l permitted
in Se.ction 12.4.3.2)

+ 0 kips+ 0.7(957 kips)
..
.;.
._
- - -.... ~'.:":1
..
l9
N
.....
level
-fl
<
...
I""' --,,
226 kips
18~-~~
Fourth
<O
-
..-
550 kips
Third
level
t
"----~518 kips
N
..-
"
, 11.3 kip;'
,,/'
..,.
-
Base
700 kips
-----.-- --
307 kips
/
-~84 Id~_!
'
444 kips
-----~
/
606 kips
:'.!ldpsl
Pa =(0.6-0.14Svs)Po +O.?P1-:..,, +PH
=10.6-o.14{Lo)J(t47 kips)
+ 0.7(-917 k:ips)+O kips

=-574 kjps
Determine the required strength of the column from A/SC Seismic Provisions
Section F2.3 Exception (2)(a)
AISC Stismic Provisions Section F2.3 Exception l2)(a) sl.1tcs that the required strength of
columns need not exceed t~ forces determined using load combinations stipularcd by the
applicable building code including the amplified seismic load, applied to a building frame
model in which all compression braces have been removed. For exterior columns (columns
at lhe cods of a br:iced frame or at the ends of sevtra.I bays 0 1 bracing), forces determined
using this exception may be lower lhan rho:.e required by AISC Seismic Provisions Sc:<:tion
Dl.4a(2), in which case it might not be prudent to use this ex.ctption. In this example wit.h
a 2-srory X configuration, the required st.reng<h of the column detemunei.l from a model m
which compression braces have been removed resulcs in required strengths in tension that
are significantly lt:ss than forces detennined from the 11nalysis provisions of ATSC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.3.
For tlus example and for other rypical frrunes, a model that includes all brae.es can be used
with the load combinations including lhe code-based amplified seismic load to determine
the appropriate required strength of exterior columns. However. it mould be noted that for
interior c-0lumns in muJti-bay braces, a building frame model in which all compression
braces have been removed should be used.
Figure 5-11 shows the forces from an equivalent lateral force analysis, before the overstrength factor is applied. The seisllUc force in Column CL-1 from the seislll.lc forces
stipulated by rhe applicable building code using an equivalent lateral force analysis, not
including the 0 0 amplification, was determined from Malysis to be Par =248 !Ops.
Pa6
=248 ltips (compression)
Par= 248 kips (tension)
644 kips
""'
Fig. 5-14. SCBF opplied column forces for Example 5.3.3.

A.MEllCA/'l lHs"tmml
+(-917 kips)
=- 814 kips

ASCe/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
=IJ.0+0.14(1.0)](147 kips)+O kips

=837 kips
Pa =(!0+0.14Sos)Po +PH+ Pr
+ 0.7Pr;.,.
= l,190l5ps
::
='0.9-0.2(1.0)](147 kips)
+ 0.5(60.0 kips)+0.2(7.00 kips)
0-8-oof
ASD
LRFD
Pu =(0.9-0.2Sos)Po +~
=ll.2+0.2(1.0)](147 lcips)+957 kips
5-10!
The rJuircd a:<1aJ tensile strength of the column 1s:
ASD
P,. =(1.2 +0.2Svs)Po +PE,,. + 0.5PL

+0.2Ps
tll
.53 SPECIAl CONCEN11UCALLY BRAC.FO fRAMr.S
" Srm.. ~
Using these forces in the full model which includes the compression braces as an approximation of Exception (2)(a) of AISC Seismic Prrwisions Section F23, the load combinations
in ASCEISEl 7 give a requircJ axial compressive scrcngth for the coJumn as follows:
~.
LRFD
f--~~~~~-LRFO~~~~~~~-f-~~~~~~A-S_D~~~~~~ 'r
ASD

P., =(l.2+0.2SDs)PD + [hh 0 Po1

ASCFJSEl 7 Section J2.4.3.2
Pu= (l.2+0.2Sos )JD+ iloJ>G!t'+ 0.5PL
+ J.01(2.0)(248 kips)
+ 0.1Q 0 PQr
=fl.2+0.2(1.0)}(147 kips)
. +B2(0.?)!laPQ1
=[L2+0.2(1.0)j(l47 kips)
Pa =(l.0+0.14SDS )Po+ P11 +PF
+0.2Ps
Pa =(J.0+0.14Sos)Po +PH +PF
+0.5Pt+0.2Ps
+ 0kips+O1dps
+ 0.2(7.00 kips)
+ 0.7(2.0)(248 kips)
+ 0.2(7 .00 kips)

= 738 JOps
\.
+ 0 k.ips + 0 kips
+ l.Ol(0.7){2.0)(Z48 kips)
+ 0.5(60.0 kips)
=!L0+0.14(1.0)](147 kips)
+ 2.0(248 kips)+ 0.5(60.0 kips)
=IJ.0+0.14(1.~)](147 kips)
= 518 kips
'\
1
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
= 733 kips
= 515 kips
For comparison, Table 5-3 provides a summary of the required :ix.ial strengths of the colum
based on the cwo different analyses considered.
The required axial tensile strength of the column is:
Try a W12x96.
LRFD
LRFD lp;id Combination 7 from
AS_CFJsw.7 Section U.4.3.2
ASD
P., =(0.9-0)Sos )Po+ Q.,PQr + l.6f'H
P0
=[0.9-0.2(1.0))(147 k.ips)
+ 2.0(-248ldps)+1.6(0 kips)
=- 393 kips
Use K = 1.0 for both the x-x and y-y axes. From AISC Manual Table 4- l, the avail.ab!
strength in nial compression for a W12><96 with KL= 14 ft:
=(0.6-0.14SDS )Po +0.1QaPQt +PH

=[0.6-0.14(1.0)](147 kips)
+ 0.7(2.0)(-248 kips)+ 0 kips
=- 280 kips
Because these required strengths are less than those determined from the mechanism analysis of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section P2.3, they will be used for lhe design of the col umil.
:.
Because the column is designed for code-based forces rather than lhe mechanism analysis
requirements of AISC Seismic Pn:wisions Section F2.3, second~rder effects should be considered. From Example 5.3. l for the brace nt this level. B2 = 1.01. Because the columD does
not have.moments, I.here is no need to calculateB1 factors.
Therefore, the h:quired axial Compressive strength of the column including second-order
effects is, from AISC Specification Equation A-8-2:
Pr= P"' + Bi.f'tr
ASD Load CombinatioJl S from

AScEtSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
(Spec. Eq. A-8-2)
. ,...

From AISC Marn1al Table 5- l, the avaijable strength of the W12><96 column in axial tension for yielding on lhe groi:s section i~;
$ 1 Pn
=1,270 kips> 393 kips
l'
ASD
LRFD
o.k.
Pn = 844 bps > 280 kips
n,
o.k.
Width-to- Thickness Umitations
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5a, the stiffened and unstiffened elements
of columns musl satisfy the requirement<; for highly ductile membCrs in Section D 1.1.
From 1'able 1-3 of this Manual. it can be se.,~ thats W12X96 will satisfy lhe width-to-thickness limits for an SCBF column (note lhac any villue of Pu mat and Pa- is pennissible, as
shown in Table 1-3).
Use a W12x96
f9~
SCBF Column CJ....1.
BRACFD FRAMES
r:
r,.:
~.,.
Required Axial Strength of Column CL-1

According to the Requirements of AISC
Seismic Provisions Section F2.3 and 01 .4a
Anal)'sis with codespecl11ed amplified

setsmlc loads
[AISC Sl!lsmic Pro'lisions Secllcn 0Ua(2))
\"
Compre~n
Tension
S.. llb
'lllese forces arc shown in Tables 5-1 and 5 2, and the forces acting on bearu BM-2 are
sbown in Figure 5-15.
Table 5-3
Analysls with braces al expected strengths

In tenslon and compression
[AISC ~Jsmic PrOYis/OllS Section F2.3(1))
.5.3 SPECIAi. CONCENTRICALLY BRJ\CF.D FR.\MES
Required Strength
Determine the required axial strength of the beam based on A/SC Seismic
Provisions Section F2..3(i)

From AISC Seismic Provisions Section P2.3(i), lhe requfred axial strength of the beam is
based on the braces at their e.~pected strengths in tension and compression. The "unbafanced.,
\crtica.l force is determined from the atical component C'f all four brace fo~.
Temion
Corr.press!on
P1 = {307 kips - 226 kips+ 444 kips - 550 kips )sin 45

UIFD
ASD
LRFO
ASD
LRFD
ASD
UIFO
ASO
1,190
837
-a14
-574
738
518
-393
280
~~:
~~
Given:
Refer to Be3m BM-2in Figure 5-11. Select an ASTM A992 W-shape with a maximum depth
of 36 in. D~ign the bc:un as a noncomposite beam for slreogth, although the composite
deck can be considered to brace the beam as discusse-0 later in this example. The applicable
building code specifics the use of ASCEISEI 7 for calculation of loads.
Assume the brace sizes are as shown in Figure 5- 12. Rclev31lt seismic paramerers w~re
given in the SCBF Qe.-;ign Example Plan and Elevation section. The gravity i:hears and
moments on the beam. assuming a simple span from column line B to C, :ire:
Vo= 11.2 kips
V1., =8.50 lcips
,\.to= I20lcip-rt
This unbalanced ve111c:U force can be considered as a load acting at the midpoint of the
beam, and produces the following shear and moment:
Py
=__._
Example 5.3.4. SCBF Beam Design
.7;....,,"11
=-17.7 kips
M1.,
=100 kip-fl
2
_ 17.7 kips
2
8.85 kips
PvL
Me,.,.=-4
= 17.7 kips(25.0 ft)

4
= 111 kip-ft
Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4. the matei-ial properties arc BS follows:
ASTMA992
F1
..,,
'
,,i:
=50 ksi
Fu= 65 ksi
As required by AJSC Sti.rmic Provisio11.s Section F2.3, lhe required strength of the beams
shnll be based on the load combinations in the applicable builcling code, including the amplified seismic load. The runpl}fied seismic load is determined from the lt1rger of:
(i) An analysis in which all br.ices a.re assumed 10 resist forces corresponding to their
(ii) An analysis in which all braces in tension 3.re as:.umed to resist forces co~~ponding
to lhe1r expected strengt.h anti all braces in compression arc assumed to resist 1hcir
expected post-buckling strength
CJl>.!..O!l.-- -
~
~
25'-0"
r:;--------------;1
I '
I
'
!226~ps
I
I
3oi~psi
00,..~1!.u!.!.--l- l BM-~ /
l
/ ""'
:
~ l: ss91<1ps
444'k-!_ps l
..- T,'
', r
~~-.L ~~--- -- ------ -~ ~
'
-./'
/1
(a) Forcts from AISC Seismic P10\isioru
Stcrion F2.J(i)
25'-0"
Roof
r:;------------ --:,1
~
I '
I
'~
l 67.8_klps
~;
I
I
30i-Kips:
~'-"-=.;'-'--1- ! BM-~/
/""'
:
~ l: s501<ips
133'1<!ps l
T///
', T
"""".LUJ'1.J<l-~-L..~~-------------~~
(b) ForctsfromAISC ~ismic Pro~ision.t

Stion F2.3(ii)
Fig. 5-J5. Forrts acting on Otam BM-2 from a mtcha11ism analysis of AJSC Stismic
Provisii>ns Stction F1.J as carntd out in E.tamp/1! 5.J.2.
AMEIUCAJ" bls'1Tnm! <:# Snn. Cossr!wcnoN
$'RACED FR.AMES
5-106
Note thaL the unbalanced vertical force from the braces is considered to act at a single point
for the purpose of evaluating member limit sl.'.ltcs in the beam. In the connection design presented iu Example 5.3.8, beam local limit states arc evaluated using intemal forces
detcnnined in the brace connection design.
To deteonine the required axial force of the beam, the horizontal component of the difference between the sum of the expected strengths of the braces below the beam aod the sum
of the expected strengths of the braces above the beam can be thought of as a "~tory force"
which the beam must deliver to the braces. Since the braced frame is in I.be middle bay of a
three-bay building, half of this story force can be considered to enter the br.iccs from each
side, and is carried by Beam BM-2 to the braces connected to the beam midspan. This force
could act in either direction and is shown as positive.
P:i =cos4 50
=cos45 0
[.t(Braccs below be:un)- l(Braces above beam)]

2
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTIUCAl.LY BRACED FRAMES
. J
ASD
LRFD


ASCFJSEl 7 Section 12.4.3.2
V,, =(l.2+0.2SDS)Vo +Ve.,.
Va= (1.0+0.l4Sos)Vo + VH
+ 0.5Vl + 0.2Vs
+VF+0.7VE..t,
::: (1.2+ 0.2(1.0)j(ll 2 kips)
+ S.85 kips+ 0.5(8.50 kips)

+ 0.2(0 kips)
=(l.0+0.14(1.0))(11.2 kips)
+ 0 kips+ 0 kips+ 0.7(8.85 k.ips
= 19.0 kips
=28.8 kips
The required Oexur:il strength of Berun BM-2 according to the analysjs rcquiremencs
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) is:
1(550 kips+ 444 kips)-(226 kips+ 307 kips)!

2
LRFD
ASD
= 163 kips

Using the load combinations in ASCFJSEI 7, the required axial strength of Beam BM-2
according to the analysis requirementS of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) is:
LRFD
ASCFJSEl 7 Seccion 12.4.3.2
(including the 0.5 factor on l pemritted
in Section 124.3.2)
P,, =(1.2+0.2SDS )PD + %,,..
+ 0.5Pz. + 0.2Ps
=[l.2+ 0.2(J.O)J(O k:ips)+163 kips
+ 0.5(0 .kips)+0.2(0 kips)
= 163 kips
ASD
ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4.J.2
Mu =(1.2+0.2Sos)Mo t-Me,,.,,
+0.5Ml +0.2Ms
=ll.2+0.2(1.0)]{120 kip-ft)
+ 1 LJ kip-ft+0.5(100 kip-ft)
+ 0.2(0 kjp-ft)
=329 kip-ft

M~ =(1.0+0.14Sos)Mo+MH
+MF+0.1ME,...
=[l.0+0.14(1.0))(120 kip-ft)
+ 0.7(111 kip-ft)
= 215 lcip-ft
Pa = (l.0+0.14Sos )Po+ Pn
+ PF+0.7Pe,..
=(1.0+0.14(10))(0 ltips)+O kips
+ 0 kips+ 0.7(163 kips)
=114 ltips
The required shear strength of Beam BM-2 according to the analysis requirements of AISC
Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) is:
Determine the required axial strength of the beam based on

AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3Q1J
From AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii), the required axial strength of the beam
based on the braces at their expccced strength in tension and post-buckling strengths in Ct I
pression. For this analysis, the expected s1rengths of the braces in compression must
multipUed by 0.3 to approximate their post-bockling strength as shown in Table 5-2.
The "unbalanced" vertical force is determined from the vertical component of all four br
forces.
~
P1 = (307 kips - 67.8kips+133 kips-550 k.ips)sin45
=-126 klps
....
AMUlcAl'I lNS'ITIVl"B Of' STEEi.. CONS'TllUC'llON
"t
l
5-108
This unbalanced vertical force can be considered as a load acting on the beam, and produces
the following shear and moment:
BRACED FRAMES
5- 1(>'
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY .BRACED FRAMES
L
t
Py
=-
LRFD
2
= 126 kips
2
~ I
!'
=IL2+ 0.2(1.0)](l l.2 kips)
'<
!
...
l :.
The required flexural strength of Beam BM-2 according to 1he analysis requirements of
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii) is:
LRFD
ASD

ASD Load Combi.nation 5 from

ASCfJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2
Mo. =(1.0 +0.J4SDs).Mo +M11
+Mp+0.7Me,..1
Mu= (1.2+0.2Sos)Mo +Me,..

+ 0.5Mt +0.2Ms
=[LO+ 0.14(1.0))(120 kip-ft)

+ 0 k.ip-ft+O kip-ft
+ 788 kip-ft+ 0.5(100 kip-ft)
Using the load combinations in ASCFJSEI 7, the required axial strength ofBM-2 according
to the analysis requirements of AISC Seismic Pro\i.sio11s Section F2.3(ii) is:
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)
=1.010 kip-ft
+ 0.7(788 kip-ft)
=688 kip-ft
ASD

P., =(1.2+0.2SDs)Po +Pe...

+ 0.5Pr. + 0.2Ps
[1.2 + 0.2(1.0)}(0kips)+109 !Ops
+ 0.5(0 kips)+0.2(0 kips)

= 109 kips
=11.2 + 0.2(1 .0)}{120 kip-ft)
LRFD
I:
=56.9 kips
=82.9 kips
=109 ldps
~::
1'0 kips+O kips+0.7(63.0 kips)
+ 0.2 (0 kips)
=(cos 450)[ (550kips + 133 kips)~(67 .8 kips+ 307 kips) 1
=11.o+o.14(LO)J(1i.2 kips)
+ 63.0 kips+0.5(8.50 kips)
p" = (cos 450 )l L(Braces below beam); L(Braces above beam) l
..-
r VF+0.1Ve..,..
+ 0.5Vt + 0.2Vs
P1 L
ME=
..,. - 4
To determine the required axial force of the beam, the horizontal component of the difference between the sum of the expected strengths of the braces below the beam and the
sum of the expected strengths of the braces above the beam can be thought of as a "story
force" which the beam must deliver to the braces. Since the braced frame is in the middle
bay of a three-bay building, half of this story force can be considered to enter the braces
from each side.
Va ={l.0+0.14Sos)Vo + V11
V11 = (1.2+0.2SDs)VD +VE..,
=788 k,ip--ft
~:

_ 126 kips(25.0 ft)

4
illlll
ASD
=63.0 kips
The required shear strength of BM-2 according to the analysis requirements of AlSC
Seismic Proi:isions Section P'2.3(iJ) is:

Pa =(1.0+0.14SDs)Po +Pu
+PF +0.7Pe.,,,
=[l.0+0.140.0)J(O k.ips)+O kips
Note that the analysis of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii), \Vith the braces acpostbuckling strength in compression, gives significantly higher required shear and moment for
the beam, and a moderately lower required axial force. The shear and moment resulting
from the analysis of Section F2.3(ii) do not act simultaneously with the axial force resulting
from Section F2.3(i).
In summary, the required strength of Beam BM-2 determined by the analysis provisions of
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) is:
+ 0 kips+0.7(109 kips)
=76.3 kips
LRFD
ASD
1.
,.
'
1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - --i'
P., ::: 163 kips
Pt) = 114 kips
V., = 28.8 kips
Va
M., = 329 kip-fl
M0 =2 15 kip-ft
=19.0 kips
'i:
I
I
AM.EIUCAN 1Nsnnrra oP STl:EL CONST11ocnoN
S-JIO
BRACED FRAMES
The required strength of Beam BM-2 determined by the analysis provisions of AISC Stismic
Provisions Section F2.3(ii) is:
LRFD
Pu = 109 kips
v. = 82.9 lcips
JI.= 1,010 kip-ft
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES
S-1
Determine lateral bracing requirements

Beam bracing requirements are given in AlSC Specificazion Appendb: 6. The required s1rcng1 l
of lateral nodal bracing is:
~
ASD
..
Po == 76.3 kips
Vo = 56.9 kips
Mo = 688 kip-fl
(Spec. Eq. A-6-71

where
From AlSC Seismic Provisions Equation D l l, the required flexural strength is:
Beam Size Selection

The beam is subject 10 axial and flexural forces. The discussion in Part 8 and Table 8-1 of
this Manual regarding the design of collector beams is applicable to the design of beams
within a braced frame.
Try a W27x114.
LR.FD
ASD
M,= R1 F1 Z
M, :::: R1 F1 Z I l.5
=1.1(50 ksi)(343 in.3)
___
. = 18,900 kip-in.
.___
::::: 1.1(50 ksi)( 343 in.3) 11.5
_ __ _
_...__ ::::: 12,600 kip-in.
From AISC Specificarion Equation A-6-7, the required strenglh of lateral nodal bracing is:
. W27x114
A= 33.6 in. 2
d= 27.3 in.
If= 0.930 in.
kdu = 1.5'.3 in.
Sx =299 in. 3
r,.=2.18 in.
rx = 11.0 in.
h0 =26.4 in.
lw = 0.570 in.
hftw = 42.5
z.. =343 in.
J = 7.33 in.4
hr== 10.1 in.

Ix.= 4,080 in. 4
11 =159 in.~
Cw= 27,600 in. 6
In order to determine which limit states apply, the beam bracing requirements must be investigated.
Bracing Requirements
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.4b(2), beams in SCBF using V- and
inverted-V configurations must satisfy the bracing requirements for moderately ductile
members. This beam is considere,d part.of such a configuration because it is intersected by
braces at its midspan. AISC Seismic Provisions Section DL2a requires that beam bracjng in
moderately ductile members have !i maximum spacing of:
Li,= 0.17r1 EIF1
(Provisions Eq. DI-2)
=0.17(2.18 in.)(l ft/12 in:)(29,000 ksi) I (50 ksi)

=17.9 ft
The beam .span is 25 ft; therefore it is economical to provide bracing at midspan of the bea.m
(lb= 12.5 ft).,
AISC Stismic Provisioiis Section Dl.2a(a)(I) requires L!iat both flanges of lhe beam be laterally braced or the cross section be rorsionilly braced. Assume the beam shown in Figure
5-10, spanning between column lines 1 and 2, at midspan of lhe SCBF frame will be used
to provide lateral bracing.
Prb
=0.02(RyFyZ)Cd I ho
= 0.02(18,900 kip-in.)(1.0)/26.4 in.
=14.3 kips
Prb = 0.02(R1 F1Z)Cd I h0
= 0.02(12,600 kip-in.)(1.0)/26.4 in.

= 9.55 kips
'
The r~uired stiffness of l:lte!al nodal bracing is, according to AISC Specific,qtion_Equatio
A-6-8:
1--A---'~'-.!.-(-IO_M_,_c_dL)_RFD
_____'_, _
Q
t'br
lbho
1
10(18,900 kip-in.)(1.0)
0.75 (12.5 ft)(l2 m./ft)(26.4 in.)
=63.6 kip/in.
_.__A_=_
n_(.._l_O~-,-c-d_A)_so_ _;__- - - ,'.!.
t'br
L11ho
=2 _00 [
.
ki~-in.)(1.0)
10(12,600
(12.5 ft)(12 in./ftX26.4 in.)
l i
.i;
:::: 63.6 kipfm.
l..
...
The axial stiffness of lhe member providing bracing to the beam is:
..
AE
k=L
The required area of lhc brace is:
k ~ ~br = 63.6 kip/in.
AMti:klcAN lNsrmm! OF STEEi.. CONSTRUCTION
- - - --
5-112
BRACED FRAMES
,. e"
Determine the critical buckling strength for flexural buckling

about the x-x axis, assuming Q = 1
~~br(i.)
> 63 _6 k.i
/in.[30.0 ft(l2 in./ft)J

. P
29,000 ksi
:m
=0.790 in.2
Provide beam lateral bracing of both flanges at midspan of the beam ( 12.5 ft) with :i
minimum
of 0.790 in.2 and with an available axial co.mpressive strength of 14.3 kips
(LRFD) and 9.55 kips (ASD).
area
Note: The gravicy beam shown (but not sized) in Figure 5-10 should be able to provide this
lateral bracing, depending on the depth of the beam and the connection type.
Kx
= 1.0
l..x
=25.0 ft
K:rL:r J.0(25.0 ft)(12 in./ft)

--=
r:r
11.0 fo.
=27.3
The elastic buck.ling stress is:
(Spec. Eq. E3-4)
,,".,
tt--1
f:~

Beam lateral bracing will be provided at 12.5 ft. However, the composite slab can be considered to continuously brace the beam, and therefore the limit state of la~eraHorsional
buckling does not apply and the available flexural strength is based on the plastic moment
of the beam. From AISC Manual Table 3-6, che available flexural strength of the beam is:
LRFD
.
'lJ1>Mp = l,29p1kip-ft
...,,,
-;';.
.~.
(.
ASD
M
_]!_ =
856 kip-ft
Qb
_ ' 1t
2 {29,000
ksi)
(27.3)2
=384 ksi
Tbe va)ue of Fer before local buckling effects are considered is determined as follows:
Fy
50 ksi
F.
384 ksi
-=--:::: 0.130

In compr~si~n:ihe beam is considered continuously braced by the slab so mi.Uor-axis flexural buckling about the y-y axis does not apply. For major-axis flexural buckling about the
X X axis; the beam is assumed unbraced (KL= 25 ft). As explained in Part 8 for collectors,
torsioni.il buckling is considered because the torsional unbraced length is not the same as the
minor-axis flexural buckling unbraced length. Because the top flange is constrqined by the
composite slab, the applicable to~sionai limit state is constrained.-.ax.is flexural-torsional
buckling, as discussed in Part 8 of this Manual.
.. .
For torsional buckling, the beam is considered unbraced between torsional brace points. In
this exam.pie; the lateral braces of both flanges at midspan are assumea to .provide a torsional
braced point. Therefore the unbraUd length for torsional buckling is taken as 12.5 ft. Tu
summari.Ze:
4. =25.0 ft (flexural buckUng about x-x axis)

Ly= 0 (t (flexural buckling about y-y axis does not apply)
Lt= 12.5 ft (constra+ned-axis flexural-torsional buck.ling)
From AJSC Manual Table l -1 and AJSC Specificazion Table B4.l, the web is slender for
compression. Therefore the reduction factor for slender stiffened elements, Q0 , roust be
determined.
Because 0.130 < 2.25, use AlSC Specification Equation E3-2 ro detennine the critical buckling stress.
I
F"+658t ]F,
(Spec. Eq. E3-2)
"[o.658'':. '::;;]so k~ ..
... '
=47.3 ksi
Determine the critical buckling strength for constrain~d-axis

flexuraHorsiona~ buckling, assuming Q
1
For the limit state of constrained-ax.is flexural~torsiooal buck.ling, the unbraced leugt.1? ls
12.5 ft and the top flange of the beam is considered continuously braced by the slab as
described in Part 8 of this Manual.
AMEJUCAN lNSTmTrE 0'1 S11ln. CONSTRUcnON
(8-3)
b, = l.921
IIf
0 34
1-
fj
@j s. b
(bit) ~/ .
(Spec. Eq. E7-r )
= 1.92(0.570 in.) 1_2_9.:.....,0_00_ks_i [l- 0.34 29,000 ksi $ 24 .2 in.

38.l ksi
42.5
38.1 ksi
:::: 23.5
in.~ 24.2
in.
Q.,"' ~
.
Ag
= Ag-tw(li-b,)
1
---------------!
21
4
4
4,080 in. + 159 in. +( ~ in.r (33.6 in.2)
Ag
.33.6 in.2 - 0.570 in.(24.2 in.-23.5 in.)
The value of Fer before local buckling effects are considered is determined as follows:
50 ksi
77.2 ksi
=
=0.988
Q, =1.0
Q
Because 0.648 < 2.25, use Equation E3-2 to determine the critical buckling S!l'ess.
(Spec. Eq. E3-2)
1i
=77.2 ksi
-1=
(Spec. Eq. E7-ll'\)l
50ksi 1
= 0.65877 2 ksi 50 ksi
33.6 in.
= Q,Q,,
=1.0(0.988)
1.
= 0.988
For the governing Jim.it state of constrained-a.xis flexural-torsional b~ckling, accounting fc.
slender elements, the available strength is determined as follows from AISC Specificatio
Section E7:
QFy 0.988(50 ksi)

=
F.
(77.2 ~i)
')
k
!
l
' }
=0.640
= 38.1 ksi
Because 0.640 < 2.25, use AISC Specif;cation Equa~on F:J-2.
Because Fer is lower for constrained-axis flexural-torsional buckling, this limit state governs
over major ax.is flexural buckling.
Fa-= Q 0.658 F. F1
Determine the reduction factor, Q, for slender elements
To determine the reduction factor, Q, useAJSC Specification Section E7.2, with/= Fer, and
the minimum Fer from !he two preceding limit states. The reduced effective width of the
slender web is detennined as foll.ows:
._ I .
I
Eq. E7-:
I;
(Spec. Eq. E7- 1
(Spec.
...
0.988(50 k!i)
=0.988 0.658 . n.2 ks!
(50 ksi),
= 37.8 ksi
b=h
;;, d-2kdcs
Pn = FcrAg
2
=27.3 in.-2(1.53' ill.)
=37.8 ksi(33.6in.
=24.2 in.
= 1,270 kips
J=F'cr
= 38.1 ksi
S.3 SPEClr\L CONCENTR.ICALLY BRACED FRAMES
5-116
r:
LRFD
ASD
LRFD
P,.
<Pc-Pn =0.90(1,270 kips)

=l.140 kips
l,270 kips
1.67
= 760 kips
I~.....,,
.,
brace strengths in compression and tension; instead, they may be thought of as contributing
to the system reaching that state. P-8 effects do apply, however. The effective length method!
+ 111 kip-ft+ l.Ol(0.5)(100 kip-ft}
+ 0 lcip-ft+O kip-fl
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)
+ 0.7(111 kip-ft)
=216 kip-ft
The required flexural strength of Beam BM-2 according to I.he analysis requirements of
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii) and including second-order effects is:
LRFD
is used.
Mu= B1 (1.2+0.2Sos)Mo+ ME..o
C,,,
<'! l
1-o.P,/Pti
(Spec.
rtl /.
(Spec.
(K1L)
Eq. A-8-3)
ASD
+B10.5ML +0.2Ms
ksj)(4,080 in.
Eq. A-8-5}
= l.Oljl.0+0.14(1.0)](120 kip-ft)
+ 788!tip-ft+1.01(0.5)(100 kjp-ft)
+ 0 kip-ft+O kip-ft
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)
+ 0.7(788 kip-ft)
: 1,010 kip-ft
Ma= B1(1.0+0.14Sos)Mo +MH

+MF+0.1ME..i.
=LOl(l.2+ 0.2(1.0)!(120 kip-ft)
P.1--2
2
rt (29.000
=LOJ!L0+0.14(1.0))(1~0 kip-ft)
=331 kip-ft
Because the seismic component of the beam required strength comes from the mechanism
analysis of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3 and is based on the expected strengths of
the braces, P-6 effects need not be considered and B2 from AISC Specificario11 Appendix S
need oot be applied. P-6 effects do no1 increase the forces corresponding to the expectedi
< -
+MF+0.7ME.,,.
=1.01(1.2+0.2(1.0)](129 ki!>""ft)
Bi =
Ma =B1(1.0+0.14SDS)Mv +MH
+B10.5ML +0.2Ms
ASD
M .. = Bi(1.2+0.2SDs)Mo+ME.,.
-=
nc
5-11 7
=690 kip-ft
jl.0(25.0 ft)(12 inJft)]
In summary, including second-order effects, the required strength of Beam BM-2 determined by lhe analysis provisions of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) is:
= 13,000 kips
C,,. = LO, because lherc is transverse loading between supports
LRFD
LRFD
LO
Bi
c-
l-[J.00(163 kips)/13,000 kips)

=l.01
ASD
B _
1
1.0
l-[1.60(114 kips)/13,000 ldps]
c.
~-"
=163 kips
v,,
= 28.8 kips
Mu =331kip-ft
Po =114 kips
Va ::::: 19.0 kips
Ma= 216 kip-ft
1.
::::: 1.01
Pu
ASD
The B1 factor (P-<l effect) need only be applied to the firsHttder moment with the sll'Ucture
restrained against translation. The required flexural strength of Beam BM-2 according 10
the analysis reqo.irements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) and including second-order effects is determined from ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Load Combination 5
for LRFD and ASD:
Including second-order effects, the required strength of Beam BM-2 determined by the
analysis provisions of AISC SeiSmic Provisio11S Section F2.3(ii) is:
LRFD
Pu
=109 kips
Vu = 82.9 kips
M., =1,010 kip-ft
ASD
P,, =76.3 kips
Va = 56.9 kips
Ma = 690 ki!>""ft
Combined Loading
Check shear strength of the W27)(114

From AlSC Manual Table 3-2:
for the analysis provisions of AlSC Seismic Pro"Visions Section P2.3(i):
LRFD
Pr
-=
Pc
ASD
P,
163 kips
1, 140 kips
-=
Pc
= 0.143
LRFD
114 kips
760 kips
LRFD
o.k.
0.150 + 216 klpf[ +0=0.327

2
856 kip-ft
0.327<1.0
o.k.
For the analysis provisions of AlSC Seismic Pro"Visions Section F2.3(ii):
LRFD
ASD
109 kips
1,140 kips
=0.0956
P,
-=
o.k.
Pc
=76.3 kips
760 kips
=0.100
LRFD
o.k.
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5a, beams in SCBF must satisfy lhe
requirements for moderate! y ductile members. From Table 1-3 of this Manual, the W27x 114
satisfies the limiting width-to-thickness ratios and Pu and P0 are less than the maximum
permitted.
ASD
=0.831
0.100 + 690kip-ft +0=0.856

2
856 kip-ft
0.856< 1.0
Example 5.3.5. SCBF Beam Design
J.
Given:
Refer to Beam BM-1 in Figure 5-11. Select_an ASTM A992 W-shape with a maximum depth
of 36 in. Design the beam as a noncomposite beam for strength, although the composite
deck can be considered to brace the beam. The applicable building code specifies the use of
ASCFJSEI 7 for calculation of loads.
1.~
VD= 11.2 kips

MD= 120 kip-ft
(Spec. Eq. Hl- lb)
0.0956 + 1,010 kip-ft+ 0

2
1, 290 kip-ft
Check width-to-thickness limits of the W27x114
o.k.
J~:
Assume the brace sizes are llS shown in Figure 5-12. Relevant seismic design parameters
were given in the SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation section. The gravity shears and
moments on the beam are:
Because P,IPc < 0.2, the beam-column design is controlled by the equation:
0.831<1,0
n"v = 311 kips> 56.9 kips
ASD
0.143 + 33lk.ip-ft +0=0.328

2
1,.290, kip-ft
Pc
v.
o.k.
=0.150
(Spec. Eq. Hl-lb)
P,
ASD
QvVn = 467 ldps > 82.9 kips
Because P,fPc< 0.2, t.he beam-column design is controlled by t.he equation:
0.328<1.0
5-119
VL
=8.50 kips
ML= 100 lqp-fc

\
Note I.hat in Example 5.3.10, tbe bracing connections at the third level use a splice in the
beam away from the gusset plate. Based on the connection configuration, a shorter length
could have been used for the beam design, here. In lhis example, the full 25-ft bay width is
used as the length of the beam.
Solution:
From AISC Manual Table 24, the material properties are as follows:
ASTMA992
Fy = 50 ksi
F., = 65 ksi
1;
Seismic Provisions Section F2.3, the requfre.d strength of the beams

are based on the load combinations in the applicable building code, including the amplified
seismic loads. The amplified sejsmic loads are determ.ined from the larger of:
As required by AJSC
(i) An analysis in which all braces are assumed to resist forces corresponding to thei r
f.;
t .. ~1
5-120
BRACED PRAMES
.,
(ii) An analysis in which alJ braces in tension are assumed Lo resist forces corresponding
to their expected strength and all braces in compression :ire assumed to resist their
expected post-buck.ling strength
These forces are shown in Tables 5-1 and 5-2, and the forces ac1ing on Beam BM-1 are
shown in Figure 5-16.
i.
h
:.
Unlike Beam BM-2 designed in Example 5.3.4, these forces do not cause shears and
moments oo the beam; the only shears arid moments are from gravity loads.
::
Required Strength
.,,s:

A/SC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i)
'\"
,.,
:~
;: ::1
~ :
~:
,.
v
~ ~
ftl
};
~
~
i:.l
!'-.
>::
From AJSC Seismic Provisions Section P2.3(i), the required axial strength of the beam is
based on the braces a1 their expected strengths in tension and compression. To determine the
required axial force on the beam, the horizontal component of the difference berween the
sum of the expected strengths of the braces below the beam and lhe sum of the expected
strengths of the braces above lhe beam can be thought of as a "story force." The story for.cc
for the analysis in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i) with tension and compressio.n
braces at their expected strengths is:
Px =(cos45)[!(Braces below beam)-:E(Braces above beam)]
=(cos45)[(518 kips+606 kips) - (550 kips+ 444 kips)J

= 91.9 kips
~~
25'-0"
.,
5-121
S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCAl..LY BRACED PR.AMES
Because the brace<l frame is in 1hc middle bay of a three-bay building, half of this story
force. or 46.0 kips. can be considered to enter the braced bay from each side. From equilibrium of the joints at each end of lhe beam, this rcsultS in an ax.ial force in the beam of
Em1i =68.6 kips, as shown in Figure 5- 17.
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii)
For lhis analysis, the expected strength of the braces in compression must be multiplied by
0.3 co approximate Lheir post-buckling strenglb, as shown in Table 5-2.
Figure 5-16(b) shows the forces corresponding to the tension braces at their expeccec
strengths ::md che compression braces at their post-buckling strength. Similar to Beam BM2 in Example 5.3.4, an equivalent "!>tory force"' can be determined as:
P.t::: (cos45)[I(Braces below beam)-r(Braces above beam)]
=(cos45")[(155 kips+606 k.ips) - (550kips+133 kips)]
=55.2 ldps
Since the braced frame is in the middle bay of a three-bay building, half of this story foro.
or 27.6 kips, can be considered to enter the braced bay from each side. From equilibriun
the joints at each end of the beam, this resulu in a axial force in the beam of E>(lh = 307 kips.
as shown in Figure 5-18.
The analysis of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii) governs, in which tension braces
are at their expected strengths and compres~ion braces are at their post-buckling strengths.
~
~
~=
I
I
I
I
,.
~~;
46.0 klps
i:
:..
....
~~
t:
:;:.
~~
:~.
:; ~
!
/'
'
'
r------~-~------,
~'
<:.
~;
',
!As.a
!""
lT
j.
(a) Forces from A/SC Seismic Provisions
Section F2.3(i)
(b) Forces from A/SC Seismic Provisions

Section F2.J(ii)
Fig. 5-16. Forces on Beam BM-1 from a mechanism m1alysis ofA/SC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.3 as carried out in Example 5.3.2.
559..t<1ps
'
'
444~ps
kips 68.6
51 S-kips
',
'
,'
I
I
I
I
ki~i 46.0 kips
/il
606,Klps
//
',
~ ------~-~--- -- -1
Fig. 5-17. Axial force in Beam BM-1 from the rr.i!chanism analysis of
A/SC Seismic Proiisions Section F2.3(i).
5- 122
BRACED FRAMES
The required shear and flexural strenglh of the beam comes from gravity loads only, and
Ulerefore are the same for both analysis cases.
Using the load comb.inations in ASCE/SEI 7, the requfred $hear strength of Beam BM-I
according to the analysis requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section Fi.3(ii) is:
LRFD
ASD

(including the 0.5 load factor on L
permitted by Section 12.4.3.2)


(including the 0.5 load factor on L
permitted by Section 12.4.3.2)
Ma=(l.O+O.I4Sos)Mv+Mu
+ 0.5A'h + 02.Ms
+Mp+0.7ME.,.
Va:::: (l.0+0.14SDS)\'D + VH
+ Vp + O.?VeiM
=ll.2+0.2(1.0)](1 1.2 kips)+O kips
= [1.0+ 0.14(1.0)](120 kip-ft)
+ 0 kip-ft+0.5{100 kip-ft)
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)
= 12.8 kips
The r~qp.ire~ flexural strength of Beam BM-1 according to the analysis requirements of
AISC Seisnuc Provisions Sectfon F2.3(ii) is:
LRFD Load Combinati~n 5 from

ASCE/SEI 7 Seetion 12.4.3.2 .

P,. =(l.2+0.2Sos)Po+PE...,,
Pa= (1.0 +0.14Sos)Pv +PH
+'PF+ 0.7P:e>M
=ll.2+0.2(1.0)J(O .kips~+307 kips
=[L0+0.14(1.0)J(O kips)+,0 kips
+ 0.5(0 kips)+ 0.2'co kips)
~------~-~------i
I
1
27.6 kips.,
'//
.<
550-Kips
.r
16"1
:,
lT
kips
155'-kips
'\
'
'>+
13., -i..;ps
~
307
.r/
'
//
',
--'l
IL-- ----~-~---.r ,
Fig. 518. Axial force in Beam BM-1 from the mechanism analysis of
A/SC Seismic Provisions F2.3(ii).
~ea.ms
frame.
I ..f~
I I':,:
~-
within a braced
In flexure, the beam is coosider.ed continuously braced by the slab and Jateral-torsiona;. :,
buckling does not apply.
::
Jn compression, the beam is considered continuously braced by the slab in the y-y directio1 J.
so minor-axis flexural buckling does not apply. For major-axis flexural buckling, the bean. ,'.?
is assumed unbraced. As expl~ed in Part 8 for collectors, torsional buckling is considered "'
because the torsional unbraced length is not equal to the minor-axis flexural bucklini
unbraced length. For torsional buckling, the beam is considered braced by the gravity bean
and its connection at midspan. Since the top flange is constrained by the composite slab, the ,
applicable torsional limit state is constrained-axis flexural-torsional buckling, as discussed
in Part 8 of lhis Manual
]: :
Try a W24x68.
AMERICAN lN~-rrrvn; OF STa CONSTJ\UCT'ION
fi:
~j
lT
I
::
..
::::: 215 kips
for a discussion of collector beams, whlch also generally applies to
ki~f 27.6 kips
606A<lps
j;i
1::
.,
'-Th-e-bea-m-is-su-b-1ec. -t-to_a_)(_ia_l_a_n_d_fl_e_x_u-ra_l_fo_r,_c-es_._S_e_e_P_art_8_an_d_T:_a_b_le-8--1-o_f_th_i_s_M_an_u_a.
I
I
/!
+ 0 ldps+0.7(307 kips)
=307 kips
b.
k:
ASD
LRFD
+ 0.5PL +o.iPs
//
,.
+O kip-ft.+O kip-ft+0.7(0 kip-ft)
The require-d axial strength of Beam BM-1 according to the analysis.requirements of AISC
Seismic Provisions Section F23(ii) is:
"
= 137 kip-ft
= 21s kip-ft
+ 0 kips+0.7{0 kips)
',
= ll.0+0.14(1.0)](11.2 kips)+O kips
+ 0.5(8.50 kips)+0.2(0 kips)

= 19.9 kips
I
I;:
= jl.2 + 0.2(1.0)]{120 kip-ft)
Vu = (I.2+ 0.2Svs) Vo + Vi::....,

+ 0.5VL + 0.2Vs
ASD
LRFD
Mu= (1.2+ 0.2Svs )Mo+ Me,.io

5-1 .'
.;.,.:
AMl;RJCAfl lNSTnUT:e OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION
5-124
BRACED FRAMES
5-1 2.5
5.3 SPECLo\L CONCENTRJC.'\LLY BRACED FRA..'1.1ES
Beam Size Selection
(Spec. Eq. E3-4)
W24x68
A= 20.l in.1
'1 =0.585 in.

3
Sx = 154 10.
r 1 =1.87 in.
{1=23.7 in.
.
lw
=0.415 in.
b1 = 8.97 io.
kdu =1.09 in.
hltw= 52.0
Ix = 1,830 in.~
rx
=9.55 in.
Z.= 177 in.3
1, = 70.4 in.4
h0 = 23.1 in.
J = 1.87 in.4
Cw = 9,430 in. 6
Lateral Bracing Requirements

Because this beam ~ not part of a V- or inverted-V-braced frame (there is no brace connection at the midspan of t11e ~m), there are no lateral bracing requirem~nts in the AlSC
Seismic Provisioru, other than what may be required for strength. However, there is a gravity beam framiDg into the beam at midspan. The gravity beam at midspan and its connection
will be conside~ed to provide a torsional brace.poi~t for the liiil.it.state of constrained-axis
flexurru-torsion~ buckling.
2 (29,000
?i
(3 1.4)
ksi)
=290 ksi
The value of Fer before local buckling effects are considered is determined as follows:
F
50 ksi
1
-=--F, 290 ksi
=0.172
Because 0.172 < 2.25, AISC Specijicario11 Equation E3-2 applies.
(Spec. Eq. E3-2)

The composite slab can be considered to co~tinuously brace the
and therefore the
limit state offateral-torsi~nal buckling doe~ not apply a'n d.the av~~l~~I.e flexuqt stre.ngVI, is
based on the plastic moment.. From AISC Manual Table 3-6, th~ avaHable flexural strengtli
of the beam is:
beam,
..
LRFD
<?bMp = 664 kip-ft
Mp
n.b
'
ASD
'
'' '
Determine the critical buckling strength for constrained-axis

flexural-torsional buckling, assuming 0 1
.
.
For the limit state of constrained-axis flexural~torsional buckling, I.be unbrac~d length is
12.5 ft and the lop flange of the beam is considered continuously braced by the slab as
described. in Part 8 of this Manual.
\
L, =0 ft _Oateral movement is braced _by the slab)
it
F,=
4 =25.0ft
Lr. = 12.5 ft (torsio~ with top flange restrained by the slab)

From AISC Manual T<!ble l ~.l and AISC Specification Table B4.l, the web is slender for
~9mprcssion. Theref~re the reduction factor for slender elements, Q, ~ust. ~ determined.'
. ' Kx
Li
=I.O
= 25.0 ft
ftX12 inJft)
- - = _1.0(25.0
...;.__--'-'---KiLi
9.55 in.
rx
=31.4
AMERJCAN INS1TllJT OP S'Y:EEL COl'ISTR\JCTION
(50 ksi)
=46.5 ksi
The unbraced lengths for flexural buckling were ?iscussed previously. To summarize:
Determine the criticai buckling strength for flexural buckling

about the x-x axis, assuming Q 1
-=442 kip-ft
;
50ksi
= 0.658290 k s
]I l:~+I,+(d/2)2Agl.
E[Cw+.ly (d/2)
(K4 L)2
+GJ
1t2 (29,000
6
ksi) 9,430 in. + 70.4 .m. (23.7
- -- in.) ]
ILO( l2.5 ft)(l2 inJft)j
I
x
4
. .2)
1,830 in.4 + 70.4 in. + (23.7
- - in.) (20 1 m
2
=56.5 ksi
(8-3)
1-
, .
.
4
+ 11,200 ksi(l.87 in. )
'
BRACED FRAMES
The val~e of Fer before JocaJ buck.Jing effects are considered, wilh F.,
F,
Determine the available compressive strength for the governing limit state of
constrained-axis flexural- torsional buckling, accounting for slender elements
s 2.25, is:
!z.
Fer= 0.658'' F.,
~w
= 0.65856.5
bi
(Spec. Eq. E3-2)
I .
'.,
QF1
0.942(50 bi)
-=
F,
(56.5 m)
=0.834
Because 0.834 < 2.25. use AISC Specific01ion Equation E?-2.
50 ksi
= 34.5 ksi
Fa
=.+.6589f.']F, .
To detennine the reduction factor Q. use AISC Specification Section E7.2, wilh f Fen using
the minimum Fe, from the two precedi11g limit states. Determine the effectjve width, be,
M~~~
b=h
(Sp.c.
Eq. E72
(Sp<e.
Eq. E7- I . '
...".,,,.,I
Because Fa is lower for constraioed-aJtis flexural-torsional buckling, this limit slate governs
over major axis flexural buckling.
,..
,
',
=33.2 ksi
P" =F;,,A1
=33.2 ksi(20.l
in.2)
'
=667 kips
=d-2kdes
The available compressive strength is:.
= 23.7 i:n.- 2(1.09 in.)

= 21.5 in.
fil1. fj
b., = t.921
LRFD
ASD
Pn 661 kips
-=-----
9cP,. = 0.90(667 kips)

0 34
(b I
=1.92(0.415 in.)
IIj-;;, b
1)"-/t
(Spec. Eq. E7- 17)
nc .
=600 !tips'
1.67
=399 kips
'I
29,000 ksi [1- 0.34 29,000 ksi < 21 5 in

34.5 ksi
(~2.0)'
34.5 ksi .
.
=18.7 in.'5,21.5 in.
Q,,=Ae
(Spec. Eq. E7-16)
A,
=A, -tw(h-b~)
A,
_ 20. l in. 2 -0.4 15 in.(21.5 in.-18.7 in.)
20.1 in. 2
= 0.942
as= i.o
Q =QiQa
=1.0(0.942)
=0.942
'
I~
(Spec. Eq. A-8-3)
IJ
5-128
BRACED FRAMES
-"
5-1 2
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED !'RAMES
ti .
rt 2 EJ
2
LRFO
(Spec. Eq. A-8-5)
Pei "'"(K1L)2
4
1t (29.000ksi)(1,830 in. )
.,
o.s12+!( 231 ltip-ft +o)=o.s21
o.539+~( 145 kip-ft + o)"' o.831
0.821 < 1.0
0.831<1.0
9 664 kip-ft
[1.0{25.0 ft)(J2 inJfl)j
ASD
o.k.
9 442kip-ft
o.k.
=5,820 kips
Cm = 1.0 because 1here is transverse loading
LRFD
B1 -
1.0
t -[1.00(307 kips)/5,820 kips]
From AISC Manual Tuble
ASD
B1 -
=l.06
vV11
The B1 factor (P-5 effecc) need only be applied to the first-order momen1 with the structure
restrained against translation. The required fle.xural strength of Beam BM-1 according to the
analysis requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii) and including secondorder effeets is determined from ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12..4.3.2 Load Combination 5 for
LRFD and ASD:
LRFD
M,, = B1 (1.2+0.2Svs)Mo +Me,.
ASD
LRFD
1.0
I -[J.60(215 kips)/ 5.820 kipsJ
= 1.06
3-2, the available shear strength is:
=295kips>19.9 kips
o.k.
.!!!_ = 197 kips> 12.8 kips
nv
o.k
Width-to Thickness Umitations

According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section P2.5a, beams in SCBF shall satisfy the
of this Manunl, the W24x68
requirements for moderately ductile members. From Table
satisfies the limiting width-to-thickness ratios and P,, and Pa are less chan the maximuiy1
permitted.
1-3
ASD
Mo= B1(1.0+0.I4Svs)Mo +MH
+ B1 0.5M l + 0.2.l'ds
+JfF+0.1Me.,,.
=1.06(1.0+ 0. 14(1.0)l(l20 kip-ft}
= 1.06[!.2+ 0.2(l.O)j(l20: ~p-fl)
+ 0kip-ft+1.06(0.5)(100 kip-ft)
+O kip-ft+O kip-fi+0.7(0 kip-ft)
=145 kip-ft
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)
= 23 I kip-ft
Example 5.3.6. SCBF Column Splice Design

Given:
Design a fully welded splice between the third and fourth levels for the SCBF columr:
located on grid C in Figure 5-11. The column material is ASTM A992, the upper shaft is a
W12x45 and the lower shaft is a W12x96. The applicable building code specifies the use
of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of loads'.
The relevant seismic parameters were given in the SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
section.
Combined Loading
;I
1'~.
LRFD
307 kips
P,
=215 kips
Pc
600 kips
Pc
399 kips
= 0.512
The required axial strengths of the columns due to dead (including curtain wall), live and
snow loads at the splice location are:
ASD
P,
Pv
=66.3 kips
Pi= 18.8 kips
Ps =7.00 kips
The seismic component of Lhe required axial strength of the column due to code-specified
seismic loads from the applicable .building code is:
=0.539
Because P,fPc~ 0.2., th~ beam-column design is C-Ontrolle:I by the equation:
Pal!.= 45.S kips
Assume that the ends of 1he C-Olumn are pinned and braced against translation for bolh l'-...
(Spec. Eq. Hl- Ja)
x-x and y-y axes and the column moment produced by the gravity framing connection., '
negHg.ible.
BRACFD FRAMP.S
5--130
Solution:
From AJSC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
PE..J.
ASTh'f A992
=307 kips(sin 45 ') + 8.84 kips

=226 kips (compression)
PE..= 226 kips(sin45 )-8.84 kips
F1 =50ksi
F,, =65 ksi
= 151 kips (tension)
From AlSC Manual Table ll, the geometric properties are as follows:
W12x45
A= 13.1 in. 2
lw
s. 131
.S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY DRACED FRAMF.S
d= 12.1 in.
= 0.335 in.
br= S.05 in.
If= 0.575 in.
Zr - 64.2 in.3
At this level, Exception 2(:1) for the column in AISC Seismic Provisio'ns Section F2.3 can be
shown not to result in reduced forces; therefore the exception is not used.
For comparison, the seismic component of the required axial strength of the column due to
code-specified seismic loads from the applicable building code is given as:
PQr.
W12x96
=45.5 kips
Z;r= 147 in. 3
l
..
Required Strength
AlSC Seismic Proi;i.sions Section F2.6d requires that SCBF column splices comply with
S~tion 02.5, which states that the required strength of column splices is the greater of (a)
the required strength of tbe colunms, including that determined from Chapters E, F, G and
H, and Section Dl.4a, or (b) the required strength determined using t.he load combinations
stipulated in the applicable building code, including the amplified seismic load, but need not
e:xceed the W:Ltimum loads I.hat can be transferred to the splice by the system. Also, for
columns with net tension, three other specific conditions muse be satisfied, as stipulated jn
\
Roof
&,
'
N
Section D2.5b.
The required axial strength of columns in SCBF frames is based on the expected strength of
the braces, as defined in AJSC Seismic Pro~iswn.s Section F2.3. Example 5.3.2 provides a
desqipcion of this analysis. For the column at the lowest story, Example 5.3.3 illustrates the
determit)ation of the column force. For the splice location, only the braces at the top two sto
ries need to be considered.
From Example 5.3.2, with brace forces shown in Figure S-13 and Tables 5-1 nnd 5-2, the
expected tensile strength of the HSS6x0.312 brace between level 4 and the roof is:
P1ouion = 307
Fourth
Level
226 kips
.,
l8'~-~P.5;
,,
550 kips
Third
Level
'/._______
307 kips
/
~~~ ki~~
"
444 kips
""'
kips
From Example 5.3.2, in Tuble 5-2, the expected compressive scrength of the HSS6x0.312
brace berw~ level 4 and the roof is given as:

Pcampf~-MiDn = 226
kips
The vertical components of these brace expected strengths are transferred to the column. J\l
the fourth level, the brace forces at the beam midpoint connection arc carried across in beam
shear. The forces acting on the columns due 10 Lhe expec1cd s11Cngths of the braces arc ns
shown in Fig\Jre 5-19.
Base
Fig. 5-19. SCBF column forcu for splice duign from E.xomple 5.3.3.
The axial force in the column u the splice location due to sei~mic load effeclS (including the
nmplified seismic load) is:
.:
I J
t
I
-;:'):'
Using amplified seismic forces, this becomes:
Required Flexural Strength
AISC Seismic Proviswns Section F2.6d requires the column splice to develop 50% of lhe
lesser available Oexural strength of the connected members. For simplicity, use the plastic
flexural strength, $1>.Mp (LRFD) or Mp/Qb (ASD).
PE..,,= n 0 PQ1
=2.0{45.5 kips)
=91.0 kips
For the smaller column, W12x45, detennine the available flexural strength from AISC
Ma11ual Table 3-6:
The seismic component of the required strength of the column using the analysis requirements of AJSC Seismic Proi:isic11S Sec~on F2.3 (226 kips compre.ssion and 151 !tips
tension) is greater than that detennined from the code-specified loads (91.0 kips tension or
compression). Therefore, use the analysis requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
F2.3 for design of the splice.
LRFD
LRFD
Pu =(l.2+0.2SDs)Pv +Ps,..
ASD
nb
The required flexural strength of the splice is:
ASD
LRFD

ASD
Ma=
Mu= 0.50(<?bMp)
0.50(241 kip-ft)
= 121 kip-ft
+PF +0.1?,,,..
= [I.2+ 0.2(1.0)](66.3 Jtips)
=0.50(160 kip-ft)
= 80.0 kip-ft
Assuming that the entire moment is taken through the flange splices, the required strength
of each flange splice is:
=[l.0+0.14(1.0)](66.3 kips)
+ 226 kips+ 0.5(18.8 kips)
+ 0 kips+ 9_kips+0.7(226 kips)
..
LRFD
=234 kips
+ 0.2(7.00 kips)
= 330 kips
ASD
R., = Mu
d-t1
The required axial tensile strength of the column is:
Ra=~
d-11
= 121 kip-ft(l2 in./ft)
80.0 kip-ft(l2 in./fl)

12.l in. - 0.575 in.
12.1 in.-0.575 in.
LRFD
Pu = (0.9-0.2SDs)Pz> +PE..i. +1.6Py
=[0.9-0.2(1.0))(66.3 kips)
+(-151kips)+1.6(0 kips)
= - 105 kips
i, .
..
.,
o.so(M
nov) .
P0 =(l.O+O. l4Svs)fi>+ PH
+ 0.5Pi +0.2Ps

Mp =160 kip-ft
<l>bM P :::; 241 kip-ft
Using the load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7, the required axial compressive strength of the
column is:

(including the 0.5 factor on L pem1itted
5-133
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACl:.D FR.AMES
BRACED FRAMES
ASD
=126 kips

= [0.6-0.14(1.0)j(66.3 kips)
+ 0.7(- 151 k.ips)+O kips
Use CJP groove welds to splice the colwun flanges and web.
ASD
LRFD
As stated above, this splice is 10 be a welded splice. AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6d
requires that groove welds must be complete-joint-penetration (OP) groove welds.
The available strength of each CJP groove welded flange splice is controlled by the base
metal strength according to AISC Specification Table J2.5. Thus, based on tension yielding
of the flange from AI.SC Specification Section D2(a), the available strength of the CJP
groove weld is:
Pa =(0.6-0.14SDs)PD +0.1Pe,,.. +P1:1
=-75.2 kips
=83.3 kips
Rn= 0.90F>bflf
= 0.90(50 ksi)(S.05 in.)(0.575 in.)
=208 kips> 126 kips
o.k.
Rn
n=
FybJIJ
/1.67
=(50 ksi)(8.05 in.)(0.575 in.)/l .67

A.\fERJCAN .!NS1TIV1ll OF Srm. CON$Tl\l1CTTON
o.k.
BRACED FRAMES
5-134
Required Shear Strength

AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6d defines lhe required shear strength of the splice as
at least f.MpclHc (LRFD) or !Mpel( l.5Hc) (ASD), where !.Mpc is the sum of the nominal
plastic Oexural strengths of the columns above and below the splice, and He is the clear
height of.the column between beam connections. A CJP groove weld will be used.
Assume that the 12.5-ft story height is from top of steel to top of steel. The beam at the story
above the splice is a W27. Therefore, the approximate value for Ile is:
=12.5 ft ~ (27 in.)(l ft/12 in.)

=l0.3 ft
He
(1) The available strength of partial-joint-pcnec.rntion (PJP) groove welded joints, if used,
shall be at least equal to 200% of the required strength.
(2) The avaiJnble strength for each flange splice shall be . at le!15t equal t_p 0-.5RyFybf'f
(LRFD) or (0.5/1.5) R1 Fybf'J (ASD).
(3) Where butt joints in column splices are made with CJP groove welds, when the tension
stress at any location in the smaJler flange exceeds 0.30F1 (LRFD) or 0.20Fy (ASD),
. tapered mmsitions are required between flanges of unequal thickness or width.
.
j
{
Since there is net tension, the additional requirements must be met.
=50 .ksi(l47 in. 3 +64.2 in.3 )(1 ft/12
in.)
(1) AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5b{l) does not apply bec~use partial-joint-pene-
=880 kip-ft .
tration (PJP) welds are not used.

(2) AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5b(2) requires that the available strength of each
flange splice be at least 0.5RyFybJ1f (LRFD) or (0.5!1.5)RyF1 b1t1 (ASD). With a CJP
groove weld, the available strength of the smaller flange can be developed, so this
The required shear strength of the splice is:
LRFD
l..Mpc
He
using the load combinations stipuJaccd in the applicable building code. includi~g 11ic a?'lplified seismic load. These additional requirements are:
As detennined previously, the column is subjected to a net tensile load effect.
'ZMJX::::: Fy (Zx ~, .+ Zx rop)
--=
5-135
5.3 SPECL<\.L CONCF.NTRICALLY BRACED FR.AfJIES
ASD
r.lv/pc
l.5Hc
880 kip-ft
10.3 ft
--=
=85.4 kips
requirement will be met.

(3) AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.5b(3) requires tapered transitions when the tension
stress in the smaller flange exceeds 0.30F1 (LRFD) and 0.20Fy (ASD) for butt joints
with CJP groove welds. The tension stress over the cross section is:
880 kip-ft
l.5(10.3 ft)
\
...:
1:
=57.0 kips
ASD
LRFD
For the limit suite of shear yielding according to AISC Specification Section G2. the available shear strength of the W12x45 colwnn is:
T.,
Ag
LRFD
ASD
cj>R,. = $0.6F1 AwCv
R,.
0.6FyA,,.Cv
1.50
-=
= 1.00(0.6)(50 ksi)
x(l2.l in.)(0.335 in.)(1.0)
= 122 kips> 85.4 kips
o.k.
. Ta
Ag
13.l in.2
::::: 8.02 ksi
0.3F1 =0.3(50 ksi)
' - 75.2
kips
=
.
13.l in.2
=5.74 ksi
'
0.2F1 = 0.2(50 ksi)
=15.0 ksi
= (1/l.50)0.60(50 ksi)
x(l 2.1 in.)(0.335 in.)(1.0)
= 81.l kips> 57.0 kips
=-105 kips
o.k.
,.
For the shear in the weak axis of the column, the column flanges of the smaller member
will easily be able to meet the required shear strength, since the Mp values for the columns
are smaller in this direction and the flange o.rea is sign.ificantJy larger than the web area jn
this case.
8.02ksj<15.0 ksi
=10.0 ksi
5.74 ksi < 10.0 ksi
Therefore, the requirements in AJSC Seismic ProvisioJ'!S Section D2.5b(3) need not be met.
Check Splice Location

The splice location satisfies the requirement in AJSC Seismic Provisions Section 02.Sa that
the splice be located 4 ft or more away from the beam-to-column Oange connection.
The final connection design is shown in Figure 5-20.
Additional Requirements for Columns Subject to a

Net Tensile Load Effect
AISC Seismic Provisions Section 02.Sb has additional requirements for welded column
splices in which any portion of the column is subjected to a net tensile load effect dccem:tlned
AMERICAN INSTmm! OP Snia CONS'raVCTIOH
;~
t~
5-136
BRACED FRAMES
5.3 Sl'F.ClAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES
=4.00 ft(6.50 fl){35.0 ft)
ti
Example 5.3.7. SCBF Maximum Force Limited by

Foundation Uplift
YnUll
= 910
' .
.,
r
'
-A =(.!.
ft)(6.50 fl)(35.0 ft)
12
=152 ft3
Given:
,
VioI oa
"-
Some of the sections in the AISC Seismic Pro~isions allow the required strength of certain
members or components to be limited by the forces corresponding to a maximum force that
can be delivered by the system. One example is AISC Seismic Provisions Section P'2.3,
Exception (2)(b), which states that the required strength of the column need not exceed the
forces corresponding to lhe resistance of the foundation to overturning uplift. The max.imum
force that can be delivered is the force required to overturn the foundation. The use of
Section P2.3 Exception (2)(b) will be illustrated in this example.
V,tob ow ltUll
the SCBF eleva1ion shown in Figure 5-21. Determine the maximum force Lh:u cam
be delivered to (:olumn CL-1 based on the foundation uplift resistance of the system. The
seismic loads at each floor are given in Figure 5-21. Assume a concrete density equal to
150 lb/ft3 and a soil density equal to 100 lb/ft. 3 As given in Example 5.3.3 for !he SCBF
column design, the column fore~ at the base from gravity and snow loads are: PD= 147
kips, PL= 60.0 kips, Ps 7.00 kips. The relevant seismic parameters were given in the
SCBF Design Example Plan and Elevation section.
rt3
=(~ n)(6.SO ft){35.0 ft)

=75.8 fl3
Usipg the densities given, the weights of the mat, soil and slab are:
Refer to
W,,.a,
=910 ft 3
(1so lb/ft3)1(1,000 lb/kip)
= 137 ltips
~~~
~
.
....:..----i~
25'-0"
Solution:
Roof
Dead Load Resistance to Overturning
91 kips
The volumes of the mat, soil and slab are:
ct_ Upper and lower

column shaft
f,.1
W12x45
Fourth
Level
57 kips
Third
Level -
30 kips
"I,;
~..
l
.
{
(~ 1
Weld access hole per

AJSC Specification
Section J1 .6 (typ.)
W12x96
25'-0"
Note: Erection aids not shown for clarity.
Fig. 5-20. SCBF coltu11n splice designed in Example 5.3.6.
fig. 5 .21. SCBF elevation and foundation.

AMEJUC/\N ~STl"IVTS OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION
BRACED FRAMES
.5-138
Wsoll over 11111 1 = l 52 ft (100 lb/ft ) I (1,000 lb/kip)
S-139
..:
S.3 SPECl.AL CONCP.NTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
"
The overturning momenl caused by the seismic loads given in Figure 5-21, and including
ovcrstrength, is:
=15.2 kips
Me,.,.
3
3
Wslab over""''= 75.8 ft ( 150 lb/ft ) I (1,000 lb/kip)
:dloL;./ih;
_
l30.0 kips(l 4.0 ft)+ 57 .0 kips(26.5 ft)+ 84.0 kips(39.0 ft)l
20
- + 91.0 kips(5 l.5 ft)
=11.4 kips
Summing moments at the extreme lower right comer of the mat allows estimation of the
maximum moment required to overturn the foundation.
= 19.800 kip-fl
For convenience, use the concept of an effective oversirength factor, n~. determined as
follows:
Dead
Load
kips
Element
Cone. Mat
Soil over Mat
Slab over Mat

Column Cl-2
Column CLl
};
live
Load
Moment
kips
Snow
load
kips
137
15.2
11.4
147
147
60.0
60.0
7.00
7.00
Ann
Resisting
Moment (0)
Moment (L)
ft
kip-ft
kip-ft
17.5
30.0
2,400
266
200
735
4,410
300
1,800
35.0
210
8,010
2,100
245
17.5
17.5
5.00
Resisting
Resisting
Moment (S)
kip-ft
ASD
LRFD
n;=
Me Q
no, =--0
Me_.
Me n o
Me.,.
=20.200 kip-ft (2.0)
= 12,300 kip-ft (2.0)

19,800 k.ip-ft
19,800 kip-ft
=2.04
=1.24
From Ex.ample 5.3.3. the seismic component of the required column streo~th .based. on the
seismic loads is Pa 248 kips in tension or compression. Rather than amplifying this force
by n = 2.0 as sh~\vo in Exnmple 5.3.3, it could instead be amplified by. 1.24 (LRFD)
0
or 2.04 (ASD) as allowed by AISC Seismic Provisions Section P2.3 Excepuon (2)(b). For
determining the required ax.ial compressive strength, the controlling load combinations that
include seismic load are ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Load Combination 5 for LRFD and
The (;Ont.rolling load combinations (for compression in the column) that include seismic load
axe ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Load Combination 5 for LR.FD and Load Combination 6
. for ASD. Setting the ovenurn.ing moment, ME, equal to the resisting moment in these load
combinations, the overturning moment required t0 cause uplift of the foundation is:
Load Combination S for ASD.
LRFD
ASD
LRFD
(l.2+0.2Sos)Mo +Me +0.5ML
(1.0+ 0.105Sos )Mo +0.525M E
+ 0.2Ms =0
Me =1-[i.2+0.2(1.o)]MD- o.5MLI
-0.2Ms
-(1.2+0.2(1.0))(8,010 kip-ft)
=
- 0.5(2,100 kip-ft)
- 0.2(245 kip-ft)
= 12,300 Jc.ip-ft
The required axial compressive strength
+0.75ML +0.75Ms =0
i'.fe=
1{-[L0+0.105(1.0)]Mv
- 0.15ML -0.75Ms }/0.525

{-1.105(8,010 k.ipft)
::: - 0.75(2,100 kipft)
I -
0.75(245 kip-fi)}/0.525
= 20,200 kip-ft
The overturning moment required to cause uplift of the foundation, Me. should be compared
~o the overturning moment caused by the seismic loads including overstrength, ME.,.. If ME
is less than Me_.. then the seismic component of the required column force in Example 5.3.3
could be reduced by the ratio of those moments.
ASD
of the column is:
Pu =(l.2+0.2Sos)PD + n~PQe
_ + 0.5P,. +0.2P,
=(1.2+0.2(1.0)](147 kips)
P0
=(1.0 + 0.105Sos)Po +0.5250~Pa.+ 0.75PL +0.75P,
"
= (1.0 + 0.105(1.0))(i 47 kips)
+ 1.24(248 kips)+ 0.5(60.0 kips)
+ 0.525 (2.04)(248 kips)
+ 0.2(7 .00 kips)
+ 0.75(60.0 kips)+ 0.75(7 .00 kips)
= 545 kips
The required axial compressive strength

of the column is:
=478 kips
For determining the required axial t.ensile strength of the column, ASCEJSEl 7 S~~on
12.4.3.2 Load Combination 7 for LRFD and Load Combination 8 for ASD apply. A suru.lar
approach is used to calculate the maximum tension force in the column ~ue to foundauon
uplift. Re-calcufating Me for the governing load combination for tension m the column:
.J
"-'
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACl!t> FR.AM-e5
BRACED FRAMES
...
Relevant seismic design parameters were given in lhe SCBF Design E."<ample Plan and
LR.FD
(0.9-0.2Sos) Mo +Mc= 0
I
I.
Mc =l-I0.9-0.2(1.0)]Mol
ASD
Elevation section.
The complete connection design is shown in Figure 5-22.
(0.6-0.14Sos)M 0 +0.1Me -0
ME =l-[0.6-0. 14(1.0)]Mo/0.71
=l-[0.9-0.2(1.0)j(S,010 kip-ft)!
=l-0.46(8,010 kip-ft)/0.71
= 5,610 kip-ft
=5,260 kip-fl
Solution:
From AlSC Manual Tables 2-4 ansl 2-5. the material prop<!rties are es follows:
ASTh1A36
F1 =36 ksi
F., - 58 ksi
Use an effective over:.trength factor, similar to I.be compression case, calculated as:
LR.FD
n~Mc fl 0
0 -
Ms
0 0,.._
ME,..
ME.,. .
= 5,610 k.ip-fi (2.0)

19,800 kip-fl
=0.567
. .
11
~.
ASD
Q
0
= 5,260 kip-fl (2.0)
HSS6x0.312 brace
19,800 kip-fl
=0.531
LRFD
ASD
The required axial tensile strength
The required .Wal tensile strength
of the column is:
of the column is:
P., =(0.9-0.2So.))P.o + n; P<a

=[0.9-0.2(L0}j(147 kips)
+ 0.567(- 248 kips)
=-37.7 kips
'
Pa= (0.6-D.14Sos)P.o +o.1n;PQ

= [0.6-0.14(1 0)}(147 kips)
+ 0.7(0.531)(-248 kips)
=-24.6 kips
As Stated in the Exception to AJSC SeiSmic Provisions Section F2.3, the required strength
of the columns does not need to exceed the forces corresponding to the resistance of the
foundation to overturning uplifl These forces are smaUer than. the required strengths of the
column as determined in Ex:imple 5.3.3, and could have been used as the required strengths
for tbe design of the column.
I:
t
..
Flat Bar 1!7"lt1~

(A572 Gt. 50)
(1-NS. 1-FS)
Example 5.3.8. SCBF Brace-to-Beam Connection Design
~-:
Given:
Refer to Joint IT- I in_Figure 5-11. Design the connection between the braces and the beam
Use :m ASTM A36 welded gussel plate concentric to the .braces Md 70.ksi electrode:. to
connect the bmces to the beam. Use ASTM A572 Grade '50 material for braec reinforcement.
All bmces m ASTM A500 Grade B round HSS ao<l the beam is an ASTM A.992 W27x114.
The appUcable buildjng code specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculatiOJl of loads.
Fig. 5.zz. Futal conru:ction tksignfor Example 5.3.8.
AJ.tEIUC~ 11'1~ OP Sn:J!l.. COH5lllUCTION
5-142
ASTM A500 Grade B
Therefore:
Fy =42 ksi
F.., =58 ksi
P,,,.Jton
ASTMA992
Fy =50ksi
.)
- ; ,p.:
Fu= 65 ksi
From AISC Manual Tables 1-1 and 1-13, the geometric properties are as follows:
=0.312 in.
HSS6.875x0.500
0.500 in.
"'
For the braces above the beam, the required strength of the bracing
brace is in tension is:
tc1es
=0.291 in.
A= 5.22 in.2
r=2.02 in.
Ide:
=0.465 in.
A= 9.36 in.2
r = 2.27 in.
Ptmnon
=0.570 ln.
=RyFyAg
= 1.4(42 ksi)(9.36 in. )
k.ks =. 1.53 in.
""550 kips
For the braces below the beam, the required strength of th~ ~m1ci.ng c~nnecti?ll wh~u the
. ; ".
' .
.
factor (relative to the requirements of Section F2.3) applied to the required strength of Uie
connection.
For these SCBF connection examples, the .requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions
Sections B2 and F2.3 will: be used for both LRFD and ASD, except for the limit state of
compression .buc~ing on the Whitmore section, "which will use the 1.1 factor specified in
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(2}.
lbe required strength of the bracing connection due to seismic loading is based on ASCFJ
SEI 7 ~ection 12.43.2 Load Combination 5 (LRFD and ASD) with 0 0 0 = Em11, as discussed m AISC Seismic Prpvisions- Section P2.3.
Determine the expected tensile strength of the braces

The brace connections must be designed to develop the larger force.s determined from the
two analyses specified in .AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3. The required tensile
strength of the connection ill based on the expected strength.
For the HSS6x0.312 brace above the beam:

From AISC Sei~mic Provisio(IS Table A3. l:
Pa= 0.7Emh
=0.7(307 kips)
=215 kips
fJ = 0.930 in.
AISC Seismic Provisions Sections F2.3(i) and F2.3(ii) define the two mechanism analyses:
that must be considered in determining the required stren8th of beams, columns and connections. AISC Seismic Pr.ovisions Section F2.6c specifies the required strength of bracing
connections. for the required compressive strength, Section F2.6c(2) has an additional 1.1
Ry= 1.4
when the
For the HSS6.875x0.500 b r ace below the beam:
W27x114
lw
c~nnection
ASD
P., =l.OE,,,Jt
=LO (307 kips)
=307 !Ops
Beam
d = 27.3 in.
LRFD
Brace (below the beam)

fnom
=RyFyAg
=1.4(42 ksi)(s.22 in.1)
=307 kips
Brace (above the beam)

HSS6x0.312
fncm
5-143
ASD
LRFD
Pw =l.OEmh
=LO (550 kips)
= 550 kips
Pa= 0.7,,,h
= 0.7(550 kips)
'~' r
=385 kips
...
'
Determine the expected strength in compression of the braces

for detennining the expected strength of.the brace in coripr~~s~.on, RyFY. is ~s~d)n liyu of
Fy-for the dete~tion o{ Fcre a~cording, t~ AJ;~C Seismic Provisi~tp .Sect_J.on F2.3. The
brace length usep for the.detennination. ~f Fcremust notexcee? .tbe distance from brace end
to brace end. Estimate that the length of the connections will reduce the brace length to
approximately 12 ft. This will be verified once th.e connection is ~mplete. Th_erefore, a
length- of 12 ft. will be used to detennine the brace expected strength m compressJon.
1
.
. .. J
For the HSS6x0.312 br3ce above the beam:
Use AlSC Specifica!Wn Chapter.E with F., = RyFy to determine Pere. as follows:
KL
-=
r :=
1.0(12.0 ft)(12 in./ft)

2.02 in.
71.3
...
5-144
.... 1
BRACF-D FRAMES
4.71JR EF =4.71
29,000 ksi
If
1.4{42 ksi)
1 1
For the braces above the beam, the required st.renglh of the bracing connection when I.be
brace is in compression at its post-buckling strength is:
=105
:I
_ 7t
(Spec. Eq. E3-4)

For the HSSG.875x0.500 brace below the beam:
(29,000 ksi)
(71.3)2
KL
:
:
F.n"[0.658
. jn,F,
1.1l
i))
As caJculatcd previously, 4.7lJ E

RyFy
=105.
KL
~
When -~4.71
--:
T
R)Fy
= 0.658 sm,; (1.4)( 42 ksi )
=38.0 ksi
The e~pected compressive strength of the braces above the beam is:
Pco.,,,pns.rion =
1.0(J 2.0 ft){l 2 in.lft)

2.27 in .
::::63.4
-=
= 56.3 ksi
........
=
=47.5 kips
=67.8 kips
1t2E
(~Lr
t
..::.
P,,=0.7Emh
0.7(67.8 kips)
Pu ==-1.0ErnJi
=1.0 (67 .8 kips)
1 1
f't=--
ASD
LR.FD
.7JJR EF :
When: KL $; 4
s-1.;s
5.3 SPECTAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRi\MES
1. 14 Fcr~Ag
rr.2E
(Spec.
F.---
e-(~Lr
Eq. E3-4)
n 2 (29,000 ksi)
(63 .4)2
= 1.14(38.0 ksi)(5.22 in. 2 )
= 226 kips
=71.2 ksi
And the expected post-buckling strength is:
0.3?.:omprmion
=0.3(226 kips)
=67.8 kips
...{d ... ,
th:
For
_braces abov~ th.e beam, the required strength of the bracing connection when the
brace ism compression is based on Em1t equal to the lesser of R F. A and 1 l 4F: A
d
ing to AISC s p . .
Y 1 g
ere 1 accor
.
.
e!S.m1c rovis1ons Section P2.3; therefore, use,,,,.= 226 kips.
f..
= 0.658~ 1(1.4)(42 ksi)

[
=41.6 ksi
The expected compressive strength of the braces below the beam is:
The required strength is:
Pcompr~sslon
LRFD
P,, - I.OE,,.,,
=LO (226 kips)

=226 kips
>!
...
., I
l:,, '
('
ASD
Pa= 0.7...J,
=0.7(226 kjps)
= 158 kips
= I. l4Fc,.Ag
2
= 1.14(41.6 ksi)(9.36 in.
=444 kips
0.3Pto11iprmi<>1t::: 0.3(444 ldps)
=133 lcips
5- 146
BRACED FRAMES.
Por ihe braces below the be~, the required strength of the bracing connection when the
brace is in compression is based on Ent11 equal to the lesser of R1 FyA1 and 1.14FcreA accord!
1
ing to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3; therefore. use E,,.,, 444 kips.
LRFD
ASD
I',, = I .OEmJo
= 1.0 (444 kips)
= 0.7(444 kips)
=311 kips
For the br~s below the beam, the required strength of the bracing connectfon when the
brace is in compression at its post-buckling strength is:
LRFD
ASD
Pu= l.OEmh
=1.0 (133 kips)
= 133 kjps
Pa =0.1Emn
= 0.7(133 kips)
= 93. 1 kips
Top Brace-to-Beam Connection

Tue required tensile strength of the connection is based upon RyFyAg of the braces as stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(l). All limit states applicable to tension or
compression in lhe brace must be checked.
The limit state of shear J\Jpwre in the brace wall is used to deternUne the minimum bracegusset lap length. Note that lhe expected brace rupture strength, R,F"' may be used in the
determination of lhc available strength according to AISC Seimtic Provisions Section A3.2.
Using AJSC Specification Section 14.2, including R1 from AISC Seismic Provisions Table
A3.1:
R,= l.3
(from Spec. Eq. J4-4)
In this equation, Anv is taken as the cross-sectional area of the four walls of the brace,
Anv 4lt.us. Therefore:
Rn= 0.60R,Fu(41t,us)
.....
The lwo sets of forces are shown in Figures 5-23 and 5-24.
226 kips (LRFD)

58Jcips(ASO)
compression)
Determine the minimum length, I, required for the brace-gusset lap
Pa -:::.0.7EmA
=444 kips
'
5- 147
307 kips (LRFD)

215kips (ASD) ' /
(tension) /
67.8 kips (LRFO)

"""
~ 7.5 kips (ASO)
"~)
307 kips (LRFrO)
215 kips (ASO)

(tension)
..
/.650
ki~s (l.RFD)
385 kips (ASD)

(tomion)
....,,,
444 klps (l.RFO""
311 kips (ASO)
(compression)
Fig. 5-23. Required strength of bracing connections according to

A/SC Seismic Provisions Sectioa F2.3(i).
kips (IBFO)
/ ~50
iss
kips (ASO)
(tension)
133 kips
(LRFO~
93.1 kips (ASOl
(compresslon)
"""'
Fig. 5-24. Requirtd st~ngth of bracing con11eclicns according to

A/SC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii).
.... 5-148
~=
BRACED FRAMES
S-149
5.3 SPECIAL coi-:cENTRJw\l.1.Y BRACED FRAMES
.
Setting Lhe aV".i.ilable shear rupture strenglh equal to the required censile strenglh and sotv:
ing for the minimum lap length, /:
. l.
.,.
t.
LRFD
l~
:.
Pu
l~
.
:.
OPa
0.60RrF..(41deJ)
2.00(2 15 kips)
0.60(1.3)(58 ksi)(4)(0.291 in.)
~ 8.17
~7.77 in.
:.I
..
ASD
$(0.60)R,F;, (4tJu)
307 kjps
0.75(0.60)(1J)(58 ksi)(4)(0.291 in.)
Since the gross sheru- area, Agv. and the net sbenr area, A,,.,, are equal in this case, the shear
yielding component, 0.60F_,A1,,, is smaller than the shear rupture component, 0.60FuAm.. and
the right side of the ~untion controls.
0.60F1 Agv =0.60F1 (2)1tp
= 0.60(36 ksi){2)(15.0 in.)(tp)

I
= 648/p
in.
=1.0F,.Dbraulp
UbsFuAnt
=l.0(58 ksi)(6.00 in.)(tp)

=348/p
Note that this length is the minimum required for !he limit state of shear rupture in the
brace wall. A longer length may be used when designing the fillec welds between the brace
and the gusset plate, if desired, to allow a smaller fillet weld siz.e as is implemented in the
following.
Size the weld between the brace and the gusset plate
The s~en~th of fillet welds defined in AlSC Specijicarion Section J2 can be simplified, as
explained in Pan 8 of the AISC Manual, to AISC 1\-lanual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:
LRFD
I
307 kips
0.75(648 kip/in.+348 kip/in.)
~0.411
Rn
=0.60FyAgv +UbsFuAnt <:::Pa

n
2.00(215 kips)
Ip~ (648 kip/in.+348 kip/in.)

~ 0.432 in.
in.
0.928DI
Try A-in. fillet welds for the four lines of weld, which can be made in a single pass:
LRFD
4(1.392)Dl <::: P,,
$R11 =0.75(0.60f'.vAgY+Ub,F.,,f\,i,) ~Pu

tp ~
ASD
ASD
LRFD
ASD
4(0.928)D/ <::: P0
Check required gusset width and thickness based on the limit state
of tensile yielding
Tensile yielding is checked on a section of the gusset plate commonly ~ferred to as tJ~e
Whitmore section. This section is explained in AISC Manual Part 9 (Figure 9-1) and m
Thornton and Lini (2011). Because the'. widtb and thickness of the gusscl plate have not yet
been chosen, the minimum area will be-. determined for this limit stale. The nominal tensile
yielding strength is:
l~
307 kips
4(1.392 kjp/in.)(4 sixteenths)
<:::13.8 in.
215 kips
l <:::
4(0.928 kip/in.)(4 sjxteenths)
~
14.5 in.
-Rn.Q
~P,.
QFy

The available strength for the limh state of block shear rupture is:
R,, = 0.60F11 A11 v +UbsFuAn.1~0.60F,,A1v +UbsFuAni
307 kips
0.90(36 ksi)
<?: 9.48 in.
<?:Pa
OPa
P,.
Use (4) 15-in. long. \4-in. fillet welds to connect the brace above the beam to the gusset plate.
i:.
I
~:
;::
I..
QR.
fp\Vp~-
j;
ASD
LRFD
The designs in lRFD and ASD give slightly differenl required lengths of ~eld. For convenience, the more conservative result will be used in subsequent calcula1ions and in I.he
final design. ln practi~, designers should consistently use one Jllethod or the other.
~-
(Spec. Eq. J4-l)
tpWp ~-F.,
~ 1.67(215 kips)
36 ksi
;::. 9.97 in. 2
(Spec. Eq. 14-5)

AMf.RlCJIH b-ISTllVTl! OP S'Jlll!l. CONSTRUCTION
I
I
_J
5-150
A gmset plate IA-ill be chosen that has a width on the Whitmore section, wp. of 12 in. and a
thickness, tp. of~ in. This meets the minimum required gusset plate thickness for the Ii niit
state of block shear rupture calculated previously.

Check that the bracing connection can accommodate brace buckling
according to A/SC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3)
The requirements of AISC Stismic Provisions Section P2.6c(3) 3re met through the use
of option (b): rotation capacity. As e.'tpl3ined in the U~r Note of that se~tion and in the
Commentary Figure CF2.9, accommodation of inelastic rotation is accomplished with the
bnice tenninating before the line of restraint. Figure 5-22 shows the 2r clearance beyond the
end of the brace.
The choice of a relatively small Whitmore ~ction resuJts m a tapered gu~~et, which i'I beneficial because it allows the brace to be located closer to the beam while stilJ accommodating
brace rotation by providing a 2t clearance per AfSC Sejsmic Provisions Section F2.6c(3) and
Commentary.
Check the maximum Whitmore section
As explained in AISC Manual Part 9, the maximum width of the Whitmore section that can
be considered effective is defined by a 30" spread to each side, but not exceeding the nctual
width of the gusset plate. To make sure tbat the 12.0 in. width chosen previously can be cnnsidercd effective in tension, check the maximum Whitmore section.
Wp
S Dbraa + 2L tan30.
S 6.00 io.+2(15.0 in.)tan30 = 23.3 in.
12.0 in.
23 .3 in.
o.k.
Therefore, tbe 12 in. width and

acceptable.
* in. tluckness for the gusset plate chosen previously is
The actual angle of the gusset edge, measured relntive to the centerline of !he brace, is:
,,. - tan -l[~(ll'p-Dbrace)]
,.. _
=ran-i['h02.0 in.-6.00 in.)]

15.0 in.
=11.3
Note: I.his angle I.hat is smaller than the Whitmore section angle of 30" provides a more compnct gusseL
Using 3 gap of 1,1'6 in. on each side of the brace slot to alJ~v clearance for erection:
A,, = 5.22 in.2 -2[* in.+2(Yi6 in.)j(0.291 in.)
=- 4 .64 in.2
From A tSC Specification Table 03.1, Case 5. because I> l.3D, U
= 1.0, and the effective
net area is:
~ =1.0(4.64 in.2 )
=4.64 in.2
race reinforcement is required. The approxilllate area of reinforcement
Because A < A g b
red
u
d A th area remoYe<l but the position of the reinforcement w1I1 uce to
requm: ' ,,., lS e
'
._,.
be b . d
less than 1.0 be.cause of its position. The required area of reuuorcement can
o ta1ne
from: (An +Am) U ~ Ag
Assuming a value of U = 0.80:
A,
Am =Q.80-A.,
=5.22 in.2 _ 4.6-i in.1

0.80
=l.89 in.2
x 1 1n nat bMS with 3 total area of 2.00 in.1 AlSC Seismic Provisions Section
be t
F2.5b(J)(i) re~ that the specified .mini.mum yield strength of the reinforcement
a
lhat 1of the brace; f.herefore, use ASTM A572 Grade 50 material for the Oat bar. The
cross-sectional geometry is shown in Figure 5-25.
Try two 1 10.
ie:st
Dbroc
lui
r1 =-2-- l
6.00 in. 0.291 in.

=~2
=2.85 in.
Dbrac
1.00 in.
r2=--+~
6.00 in. 1.00 in.

=-i-+~
=3.50 in.
The distance to tho centroid of a pnrtial circle is given by:
.:<
Check brace effective net area
From AISC Sti.rmic Provisions Section F2.5b(3), the br.ice effective net llJ"Ca, A., shall not
be less than the brace gross area, A1 .
.... ,
BRACED FRAMES
where the total arc of the partial circle is 20 and 0 is meas ed

d.
I
l"gh
I I
'
ur m ra 1ans. A though th~
1
ce is s
I Y ess th~ a ~I half-circle because of the slot :is shown io Figure 5-25, use
: angle, 0, of rt/2 for s1mphc1ry. This is slightly unconservative for calculating the value of
e shear lag factor, U. A more precise calculation could be perfonned using the exact angle,
bra
= l.81 in.
=4.64 in.2 + 2(1.00 in.)(1.00 in.)
xfor the composi1e cross section.
'
1?
=6.64 in. 2
xA
Part
in.
111.
in.
Half of brace
One flat bar
1.81
2.32
3.50
1.00
4.20
3.50
.E
3.32
7.70
Ae =UAn
=0.845(6.64 in. 2 )
=5.61 in.2 > 5.22 in.2
o.k.
Design welds connecting (fat bars to brace

According to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5b(3)(ii), the flat b:ir must be connected
to the pipe brace to develop the exp~ted strength of the flat bar on each side of the reduced
section (the expected yield strength, RyFy. is used here). The reduced section is the length
of the HSS from the extent of the slot (dimension x of Figure 5-22) to the start of the HSSto-gusset weld. The required strength of the weld is based on the expected flat bar yield
strength, using R7 from AISCSeismic ProvisionsTab1eA3.1 for ASTM A572 Grade SO bars.
For ASD, use 1.0/1.5 of the expected strength of the flat bar reinforcement.
- I.xA
x=-LA
An = An(broce) +Arn
=3.50 in.
From AJSC Specification Table 03.1, Ci:ise 2, which applies to round JJSS with reinforce-
.mot added:
{rc/2) rad
Detennine
.
~..
U=l-1
_ 2.32 in.
1
15.0 in.
=0.845
=2. 85 ID.
sin(tt/2} rad)
. ( _......_.;.....,,'----
Xbrace
7.70 in. 3
3.32 io. 2
=-2.32 in.
ASD
LRFD
I
RyFyAfl, =d.l(SO ksi)(t.oo in.2 )
.-
R1 FyAJb I 1.5 =1.1 (50 ksi )(1.00 in. 2 ) 11.5
=36.7 !Gps
= 55.0 kips
There is a small gap of approximately 0.041 in. between the face of the pipe brace ~d the
edge of the Ont bar, as indicated in Figure 5-25. Since this is less than 1116 in., it can be neglected according to AWS Dl.l clause 5.22.1. A single-pass 16in. fillet weld can be used.
;:.
With two welds, the length of Y.6-in. fillet welds connecting the flat bar to the brace is determined from AJSC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b as follows:
LR.FD
55.0 kips
1 _
"' - 2(1.392 kipfm.}(5 sixteenths)
Fig. 5-25. Cross section of brace abo1e ben.
at ne1 sec11on.
~11
AMEIUCAN 1NSTITUT8 OF STEEL CONSTRUCTJON
ASD
lw =
36.7 kips
2(0.928 kipfm.)(5 sixteenths)
J'
..__=_3_._9S_i_n._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.__=_3_.9_s_m.
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
.O~l\\.J;:)J
!KAM.SS
Use a l in. x l in. flat bar with 16-in. fillet welds; the derail extends past both sides of lli~
reduced section of the brace.
The flat bar fillet weld develops the expected strength of the bar on each side of lhe end of
the brace slot. The brace slot may be longer than the slot length by a maximum erection
clear.ince of x inches (see Figure 5-22), as detenni.ned by the fabricator. The length of the
flat bar wilJ be 4.00 in. + 4.00 in. + x in. 8.00 in. + x in.
From Figure 5-22, the buckling length, which is taken along the brace centerline {Dows well.
2006), is lb 8.00 in. (Example 5.3.10 provides an equation for calculating the length of
~ck.ling; h:re it is detem1ined graphically.) AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(2) spec1~es a required compressive strengrh for buckling limit states that is at least equal to J.1
times the expected brace strength in compression for LRFD. The stress over the \Vbitmore
section, using the 'Whltmore width of 12.0 in., is:
= 23.7 ksi
=307 kips(cos45)
=215 kips(cos45)
I'
= 152 kips
=217 ldps
The nonnal (tension) force is:

LRFD
ASD
Nu= 307 kips(sin45)
Na= 215 kips(sin45)
=152 kips
!s:
LRFD
r=iii
t
M,, =Nu(l.5 in.)
:.i in.
=m
=0.253 in.
Recommended values for the effective length factor, K, are given in DowsweU (2006).
However, that paper doea not address t!1e case Of a single gusset plate with the 2t clearance
to accommodate brace buckling [called anextended" gusset plate io DowsweU (2006)].
Therefore, in this case, use K = 1.2 from AISC Specification Commentary Table C-A-7.1
assuming that the gusset plate is fixed at one end and free to translate but not rotate at ilbe
other. With 1,, = L:
KL
Va
l.2(8.00 in.)
-=------',
0.253 in.
ASD
Ma-= Na (1.5 in,)
= 217 kips(l .5 in.)
= 152 k.ips(l.5 in.)
=326 kip-in.
= 228 kip-in.
Check the gusset and design the weld at the gusset-to-beam flange interface
The forces are:
LRFD
ASD
Shear Vu
=217 kips
=152 kips
Normal Nu
=217 kips
=326 kip-in.
Moment M.,
Normal Na
=152 kips
MomentMa=228 kip-.i_n.
=37.9
Interpolating from AlSC Manual Table 4-22:
LRFD
$cFcr =30.0 ksi > 23.7 ksi
ASD
o.k.
Fer =20.0 ksi > 16.6 ksi

nc
}i
12.0 in.(* in.)
= 16.6 ksi
The radius of gyration of the gusset plate
1--~~~-LRFD
~~~~--t~~~~-AS_D~~~~,. t
i
The contact length between the gusset plate and the beam top flange, as shown in Figure
5-22, is 21.0 in. and the brace line of action tnisses the centroid of the contact length by 1.5
in. due to the incre<ising width of the gusset plate. Therefore, the moment on the contact sur- .
face is:
f; _ 1.l (158 kips)

aa -
Based on I.be required tensile strength of the bracing connection (which is larger than the
required compressive strength), the shear force at tbe interface of lhe gussec with the beam
flange is:
=217 kips
ASD
f; _ I. 1(226 kips)
0
" - 12.0 iu.('Vs in.)
Determine the forces at the gusset-to-beam interface
Vu
Check the gusset plate for buckling on the Whitmore section
LRFD
5.3 SPl:.L:lAL. l.UN(...J::.N 1Ki\..ALI...'X U.KA\..tlJ rK.AMi::.=>
o.k.
The momenl, Mu or Ma, and the nonnal force, N., or Na, can be combined to give an equivalent normal force, Nu,q11 tv or Na#qufv This equivalent tension assumes a plastic stres~
distribution for the moment, Mu or M0 , which is similar to the stress distribution in the welt!
assumed in the inelastic method of the AlSC Manual Part 8 eccentrically loaded weld group
tables. On one half of the contact length, the srress due to the normal force, N., or Na. anc'
the srress due to the moment are additive. On the other half, !he stresses are in oppositt
5-156
BR.ACED FRAMES
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCAU.Y BRACED FRAMES
directions. For convenience of calculations, one of the forces in lhe force couple (du t the
moment, M~ or Ma) is i~agined reversed so the enti.re cont<1c1 surface is in uniform ~e~ion
or compression. The equ1valent normal force is:
..
LRFD
N,,,l/ldv
=N,, + 4M,,
=217 kips+ 4(326 kip-in.)
~~
=279 kips
.,
=21.6 ksi > 11.s ksi
'"
= 152 kips+ 4(228 kip-in.)

21.0 in .
= 195 Jcips
21.0 in.
~~
~-
LRFD
o~
o.k.
9=
_ Na;qui
aa---tplb
(~
195 kips
in.)(2 1.0 in.)
=10.6ksi
The design tcn~ile yielding stress from

AISC Specification Section J4.1 is:
The allowable tensile yielding stress from

AISC Specification Section 14.1 is:
F..,
q,Fy= 0.90(36 ksi)
__
36 ksi
1.67
= 2 l.6 ksi > J0.6 ksi
-..:..::;:
o.k.
ASD
~:""')
S=tao
t:in - ( N..
-J(Natqui\)
--Va
/.
279.kips
in.)(21.0 in.)
= 32.4 ksi > 15.2 k si
o.k.
LRFD
In cension
=15.2 ksi
0.60(36 ksi)
1.50
= 14.4 ksi > 8.27 ksi
Size gusset-to-beam weld
ASD
In tension
. tplb
0.601-~
--=
The angle of the resultant force can be calculated and used in the directional strength
increase of fil1e1 welds according to AISC Specification Equation J2-5 as follows:
f: The gusset stresses are:
f ua z:: NH9ui
The allowable shear yielding stress from

AlSC Specification Section 14.2 is:
0.60Fy= 1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)
Natquiv = N a +
4Mo
--
.."..
~!
The design shear yielding stress from

AlSC Specification Section J4.2 is:
ASD
ASD
lb
,
LRFD
o.k.
= tan _ 1 ( 279 kips)

217 kips
=Ian -I ( 195 kips)

152 kips
= 52.1
=52.1
AISC Specification Section J2.4 :illows an increase in lhe available strength of fillet welds
when lhe angle of loading is not along the weld longitudinal axis, which is used in lhe following calculation.
The weld ductility factor, equal to 1.25, which is explained in AlSC Mw1ual Part 13. is
applied here. Using AlSC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, the m1mber of sixteenths of fillet weld required is:
\
LRFD
LRFD
In shear
JllY = v..
tplb
~-
"
:i.
:~;
.'(:...
..."
:~
217 kips
=(~ in.)(21.0
in.)
=11.8 ksi
ASD
ASD
D,~qJ
Drtq'd 2:
In shear
l.25~N;,9.,,.., +VJ
2(1.392kip/in.)(l + 0,5sin 1s 9)(lb)
fav = Va
t plb
L25~(279 kips)2 +(217 kips)2
152 kips
Oi i.n.)(21.0 in.)
2(1.392 kip/in.)(l.35)(21.0 in.)

= 5.60 sixtcenlhs
=8.27 ksi
2:
1.25~N';,quiv +
v;
2(0.928 kip/ in.)(1+0.5sinl.S 0)(lb)

2
;: l.25J(195 ldps) +{152 ldps)

2(0.928 kip/in.)(1.35)(2 l .O in.)
=5.87 sixteenths
'
An alternative fully plastic approach to Uie gusset-to-beam stresses is shown in the following cnJculations and presented in lhe !BC Sm1cturoVSeismic Design Manual (SEAOC'
2006), where lhe normal and bending stresses are assumed to act over separate portions of
AMERICAN lNSTlTVT!l OF STEa. CONSTRUCTION
tlKACCD f"RAMEs ~
.w;
/...,
tl~e ~on~ct length, lb, an.d are set equal to eacb other in order to result in a unifo
-~ "'-!
distnbuuon as shown in Figure 5.26.
rm strcs1 ~
From Figure 5-26,
th~ mom,enl about the center of th~ contacr length,
lb, is:
=F'[ ;'+)(2)
l~ '~
p
I
M0
N., =217 kips
N 0 =152.kips
kip-in-r +(10.5 in.)2

= (326
217 kips
so,
= ( 228 kipinl+ (10.5 in.)2
152 kips
-( 326 kip-in.)
217 kips
F' =.!:!._
a+e
..I.;
= 228 kip-in.
Mu= 326 kip-in.
= F' (a+. e) -
ASD
LRFD
-( 228 kip-in.)
152 lcips
::::: 9.11 in.
= 9.10 in.
and
Therefore:
F'
lb=--(a-e)tp
M
00
-
=13.6 ksi
fub-
2etp
!c10.s in.)2- (9.10 infl(%in.)
J. ob -
e~~(~r +a2 -(~)
....
t
.'
-:-;
.-::;
228 kip-41.
[c10.s in.)2-(9.11 m.)2 J(1i i~.)
l
:
=13.6 ksi
Setting/a =lb and solvlng for e:
...
152 kips
2(9.11 in.)(% in.)
= 9.53 ksi
326 kip-in.
la=-..
f. _
J. _ 217 kips
" - 2 (9.10 in.)(* in.)
Likewise, from Figure 5-26:

.
ASD
LRFD
. :~}
= 9.56 ksi
As required, fa= fb = 13.6 ksi (LRFD) and approximately 9.53 (ASD).
Compare this to 15.2 ksi (LRFD) and ici.6 ksi (ASD) using the simpler. method. The sim-
pier method is about 12% (LRFD) or :\1% (ASD) conservative.
For this _example:
Using !he plastic method to check

(normal) force as:
a -21.0
- - 'i11.
2
=IO.Sin.
th~ requ~red weld size, define an equivalent tensile
,,;
i\:
I
ASD
LRFD
'l
1--~~~~~~~~--~~~.,..+-~~~~~~..,--~~~~~~-=-1
N~u;uiv = (13.6 ksi)(21.0 in.)(Ys
in.)
N~equiv =(9.53 ksi)(21.0 in.)(Ys in.)

= 175 kips
= 250 kips
0
Gusset-to-beam
interface
tan-1(Nu~~uw)
=tan- l (250 kips)
Lit
=tlll-J (175 kips)
'''~
":\
152 kips
=49.0
Fig. 5-26. Fully pl.astic stress distribuiion on gusser-10-bea.m interface.

AME!u.CAN
lNsnnm; OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION
l
l
l.
=tan-l ( N~~=uiv)
217 kips
=49.0
1'.)
AMERICAN JNS'ITJ'\lTtl OP S'T'Elll.. CONS'l'l!UCTION
'!'.~)
5-160
LRFD
= L25J(250 k:ips)2 +(217 kips)
f,;.. l
2(21.0 in.)(L392 kip/in.)
'
ASD
2
Dreq'd
5- 161
5.3 SPECIAi.. CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAl\iES
(1.0 + 0.Ssinl.5 49.0)

= 5.33 sixteenths
Dru/d
= l.25J(175 kips) 2 +(152 kips)2

2(21.0 in.)(0.928 kip/in.)
II.
080~ 1+3(~ J(:; r]t:."'

= 0.80(0.570
in.)2 lJ +3(
(i.o + 0.5sin1.s 49.0)
=5.60 sixteenths
(Spec. Eq. 110-4)
0 570 0
2
1.0
'. )1.5
27.3 m. 0.930 in.
~)(
29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.930 in.)

0.570 in.
f ~~~~"--~-'-!..~~--'-
=842 kips
This result is within 5% of lhe simpler method and both will require a * -in. fillet weld.
The plastic method is slightly less conservative than rhe more co~runon simple method lt
can always be used for these calculations but will not be pursued further in tl1is Manual..
Use a "1bs-in. fillet weld on each side of tlle gusset at the gusset-10-beam connection for
brace a ove 1he beam..
lb~
ASD
LRFD
Rn
Rn = 0.75(842 kips)
= 632 kips
> Nu t.qlliv = 279 kips
842 kips
2.00
= 421 K:ips
-=
o.k.
'
>Na equiv= 195
ldps
o.k.
For a force applied at a distance from !he end that is greater than the depth of the member:
Rn= Fy..-tw (5k+ lb)

1
11
!{::
.. (Spec. Eq. Jl0-2)"
=5.0 ~si(0;570 in.)[5(1.53 in.)+ 21.0 in.]

=817.kips
LRFD
> Nuequw = 279 kips
l,,
"
For rhe HSS6.875x0.500 below ilie beam, the required strength of the bracing connections
was determined at the beginning of this example.
ASD
=817.kips
o.k.
Bottom.Brace-to-Beam Connection
The required tensile strength of !he connection is base_d on RyFyAg of the braces as stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(l). All limit states applicable lO tension or
compression in the brace must be checked.
<PR,, _;:_l .00 (817 kips)
This completes the design of the top brace to the beam. Figure 5-22 shows the configuration.
Rn = 817 kips
Q
1.50
= 545 kips
> Naquiv =195 kips
Determine the minimum length, /, required for the brace-gusset lap

The limit state of sh~ ~pture in the b\-ace wall is used to detennine thte mini.mum prace-
o.k.
Web. local yieldina

applt"es t_o both tension
and compression loads. Web local
.. cri lino
.
o _
0
applies only to the compression loads, but the lan?er tension Load 15 used h ,,
pp
If d
""
ere 1or convenience. _es~red, the compressive strength of the brace could be used for web local crippling_
gusset lap length. Note that the expe~ted brace rupture strength, R1Fu, may be used
according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.2.
Using AISC Specification Section J4.2, including R1 from .A.lSC Seismi~ Provisions Table
A3.l:
.
:
'
.
. .
R, =1.3
(from Spec..Eq. J4-4)
For a force applied greater than a distance of d/2 from the beam end:
Jn this equation, Am, is taken as the cross-sectional area of the four walls of the brace,
A,.,,= 4ltdes Therefore:
R,,
=0.60R,Fu(4ltd~s)
Setting the available shear rupture strength equal to U1e.required tensile strength and solv ing for the minimum lap Jeogth, l:
.,
:~
..%
AMERICAN .INS1TIVTE OP Sfi!EL CONSTIUJCJtON
AMElUCA.~ lJ'ISITJ1JTI) OF STEEL CONSTRIJC110N
LRFD
1'2:.
~
~
ca A are equal in this case. the- shear

Since the gross shear area, AH"' and the nets h ear ar ""'
yielding component, 0.60f).Ar is smaller than the she:\t rupture component. 0.60F.,Anv,
ASD
P.,
I '2:.
t(0.60)R, F., (4ldcz)

550 kips
'2:.
0.75(0.60)(1.3)(58 ksi)(4)(0.465 in.)
8.71 in.
and the right side of the equation controls.
uPa
0.60R,Fu (4rdts)
Ubs
=LO
2.00(385 bps)
0.60F1 Ar 0.60F1 (2)1tp
0.60(1.3)(58 ksi){4)(0.465 in.)

9.15 in.
Note chat this length is lhe minimum required foe 1he limit stare of shear rupture in the
brace wall. A longer length may be used when designing the fillet welds between the brace
and the gusset plate. if desired, to allow a smaller fillet weld size as is implemented in lbc
following.
U~F11 An1
=0.60(36 Jc.siX2X25.0 in.)tp

=1,0&0rp
=l.OFNDbructlp
= 1.0(58 ksiX6.875 in.)tp
=399/p
Size the weld between the brace and the gusset plate
The strength of fillet welds defined in AISC SpeciJiration Section J2 can be simplified, as
explained in Part 8 of the AISC Manual, to Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:
LRFD
tR.. =139201
Ip
-0.928Dl
LRFD
/~
~
550 kips
4(0.928)D/ ~ Ta
[ ';?.
24.7 in.
385 kips
4(0.928 kip/in.)( 4 sixteenths)
Rn
Ip ~
0.6F1Ar +UbsF.,A111 '<?:Po
2.00(385 kips)
(1,080 kip/in.+ 399 kip/in )
~ 0.521
in.
in.
the limit state of tensile yielding

I
I eferred to as the
Tensile yielding is checked on n section of the gusset p ate common Y r
.
Whltmore section. This section is e.'\plnined in AISC Manual Part 9 (Figure 9-1) and in
(201 l) B..ause the width and thickness of the gusi;et plate have not yet
"""
al
ii
Thornton an d Liru
been chosen, the minimum area will be ~etcrmined for this limit s~te. The nomm tens e
yielding strength is:
(Spec. Eq. 14-1)
~R,.'<?:P.,
Ai
R,. =0.60F.A11v + UbsF.,A.u ~ 0.60F1 Ap t- U1>1 F.,A,.,
'2: P,.
$F,
550 k.ips
'2: 0.90(36 ksi)
The available strength for the limit state of block sh~ rupture is:
(Spec. Eq. J4-5)
ASD
LRFD
Use (4) 25-in. long, 'A-in. fillet weld! to connect the brace below the beam to the gussei
plate.
Check bloclc shear rupture of the gusset plate
Check required gusset width and thickness based on
";?.25.9 in.
The designs in LRFD and ASD give slightly different required lengths of weld. Use the
LRFD result in this example. In practice, designers should consistently use one method or
the other.
550 kips
0.75(l,0&0 kip/in.+ 399 kip/in.)
~ 0.496
ASD
4(1.392 kipfm.)(4 sixleenlhs)
~R,, =0.15(0.60F1Agv + UbsF,.A,.,) ~ P,.
ASD
Using 1A-io. fillet welds for the four lines of weld so that they can be m:\de in a single pass:
4(1.392)DI '2:. T.,
ASD
LRFD
'2: 17.0 in.2
R,. '2:P.,
..
' .
UPo
A,'2:T
1
l 67(385 lcips)
'2:
36 ksi
'2: 17.9 in.
}:.
BRACED FRAMES~
Choose a reduced Whitmore width, w1 , of approximately twice the brace width. This doe3
not exceed the ma.umum Whitmore width descn'bed in AISC Manual Part 9. Therefore,
wp = 14.0 in. and the gusset plate thick:uess is:
LRFD
loJl1
5.3 SPECIAJ... CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
5 - 165
. a tota1 are.'\ o f 4.50 inl AJSC Seismic Pro1isio11s
11L flat bars wuh

Try lWO Jlh m. x.) n in.. that the
. mum y1etd strength of the reinforcement

spe
..-"'ed
-u i
n:uru
(
Section F2.5b(3) l requires
. ASTM A572 Grade 50 material for the flnt bar.
be at least that of the brace; therefore, use
Tue geomecry is shown in Figure 5-27.
ASD
Dbraet
Ag
tp~-
ldu
r1::-2--2
>Ag
fp--
Wp
' wp
2
l 7.0 in.
= 14.0 in.
=l.21 in.
17.9 in.
6.875 in.
0.465 in.
=3.21 in.
14.0 in.
= 1.28 in.
Db>oce
1lh in.
6.875 in.
11h in.
+-2-
r2=~+-2-
The minimum required gusset thickness for this limit state is higher than 1he minimum
required for rb~ limit stste of block shear as calculated previously.
.,
Using the LRFD solution, a l ~-in.-1hick plate is selected for the gusset plate. below lhe
-----i~:
beam.
The distance 10 the centroid of a partial circle is given by:
Check brace effective
net area
From AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5b(3), the brace effective net area, At, should noi
be less than the brace gross are:i, Ag. Tims:
~11
. '!;"
Using a gap of Yi6 in. on each side of the slot to allow clearance for erecrlon:
2
= 8.08 in.2
_ ri sin 0
x=--0
.
.
. 20 and 0 is measured in radians. Although the
f the slot as ~hown in Figure 5-27, use
where the total arc of the partial c1rc~c is be'
. li h I less than a full balf-ctrCle cause o
.
brace
1s s g t Y
. . 'ghll
servntive A more prtCi~e calculal!on
an angle, e, ofrc./2 for simplicity. This is sli
y uncon
..
could be perfonned using the ex:ict angle.
A,, = 9.36 in. - 2(1'.4 in.+ 2('1t6 in.) ](0.465 in.)
X/m1co
From AISC Specificarum Table 03. l, because l > l.3D, U =1.0, and 1he effective nee area i s:
~
= 2
=4.19 in.
. ( sin(it/2}rad)
""3.21 m.
"'2.04 in.
(1t/2)rad
=UA,,
=J,0(8.08 in.2 )
=8.08 io.2
Becaure A., <Ag. brace reinforcement is required. The approximate area of reinforcement
required, A,,., is lhe area removed, but reinforcement will reduce U 10 less than 1.0 because
of its position. The requjred area of reinforcement can be obtained from (A,.+ Am)U ~ Ag.
Assuming a value of U = 0.80:
Am = ~- A..
0.80
'
;"
.;
I~
9.36 in. 2 -8.08 in.2

0.80
=3.62 in.2
, OJ'the braet: below rite beam at rhe net sectitm.

Fig. 5-27. Cross section
AMEJUCAN }NS"JTttfTI! OF Stt.1!1. CONSTRUCTJO~
BRACED FRAMES .
Xrt
=r2
=4.19in.
Derennine
:-d
)
A
in. 2
Part
in.
Half of brace
One flat bar
4.19
4.04
2.25
6.29
2.04
R1 F1 Afb
LRFD
ASO
=1.1(50 ks1)(2.25 in.2 )

=124 kips
R1 F1AJ1>11.5= 1.1(50 ksi)(2.25 in. 2 )11.s
?,
x for the composite cross section.
5-1611
::: 82.S kips
XA
in. 3
8.24
9.43
17.7
There is a smnll gap of approitimately 0.081 in. between the face of the brace nod the edge
of the flat bar as shown in Figure 5-27. Since chis is more than 1/16 in., the fillet weld of the
Oat bar to the brace would be increased by the fabricator by 'li6 in. (see AWS D 1.1 clause
5.22.1). Thus, to keep the weld as a single pass weld, '/.-in. fillet welds can be used and the
Oat bar length on each side of the reduced section of the brace, x, is determined using AlSC
Manual Equations 8-2a or 8-2b as follows:
:ExA
x=--
LRFD
rA
17.7 in.3
I _
=6.29 in.2
=2.81 in.
w-
124 kips
2(1.392 k.ip/in.)(4 sixteenths)
=l l.l in.
From AISC Specification Table D3. I, Case 2, which applies to round HSS with reinforcement added:
U=l--
=1_ 2.81 in.

26.0 in.
I _
82.5 kips
w-
2(0.928 kip/in.)(4 sixteenths)
=11.lin.
Use a 1lh in. x l 'h in. flat bar with 1A:in. fillet welds; the detail extends 11 \.1 in. past both
sides of the reduced section of the brace. Figure 5-22 shows a 1A-in: fillet weld for the flat \
bar to HSS weld. Note that fabricators typically assume the weld given on detail dr.lwings ~
to be the weld required for strength. Therefore, the gap between the edge of the flat bar and
the curved brace, which is greater than 1/i6 in., will cause the shop to increase the fillet weld
size to '116 in.
The flat bar fillet weld develops the expected yield s~ength of the bar on each side of the
reduced section of the !)race. The brace slot may be longer than the slot length by an erection clearance of x ~ches (see Figure s,22).as determined by the fabricat!'.>T. The length of
the flat bar will be a minimum of 11 'h iii. + l l 1h in. + x iJ1. = 23.0 in. + x in.
=0.892
A,, =An(brpa) +Am
=8.08 in.2 + 2(2.25 in.2)
=12.6 io.2
~
ASD
Check the gusset plate for buckling on the Whitmore section .
=UA,,
=0.892(12.6 in. )
=11.2 in.2 >A,= 9.36 in.2
2
o.k.
Design welds connecting fist bars to brace

According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5b(3)(ii), the flat bar must be connecLed
to the brace co develop the expected strength of the flat bar on each side of the reduced
section (the expected yield strength, RyFy, is used here). The reduced section is the Jenglh
of the HSS from the extent of the slot (dimension x of Figure 5-22) to the strut of the HSSto-gusset weld. The required strength of the weld is based on the expected flat bar yield
strength, using Ry from AJSC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l for ASTM A572 Grade 50 bars.
For ASD, use 1.0/l.5 of the expected strength of the flat bar reinforcement.
From Figure 5-22, the buckling length, which is taken along the brace centerline (Dowswell,
2006), is lb = 10.0 in. (Example 5.3. JO provides an equation for calculating the length
of buckling; here it is determined graphica!Jy.) AJSC Seismic Pro1:isions Section F2.6c(2)
specifies a required compressive strength for buckling limit states that is at least equal to
l.l times the expecte<i brace strength in compression. The stress over .t he Whitmore section,
using the Whltmore width of 14.0 in., is:
LRFD
J
..:
J. _
1.1(311 kips)
"" - 14.0 in.(l ~ in.)
= 14.0 in.(l v.. in.)
=27.9 ksi
..
~~
ASD
l.1(444 kips)
f,,o
J.
=19.5 ksi
l:i
5-16ll
BRACED FRAMES
The radius of gyration of the gusset plate is:

r-
5.3 SPECIAL CONCBNTRICAI l..Y URACPD T1lAMES
5-16<1
by I in. due to 1he increasing width of the gusset plate. Therefore, the moment on the contact surface is:
Ip
-Ji?_
.f
LRFD
Ii
=m
,,;:.....
M., = N.. (1.0 in.)
=0.361 in.
Recommended vaJues for the effective length factor, K. Ille given in Dowswell (2006).
HoweYer, that p3per does not 3ddress the c3se of a single gusset plate with lhe 2J dear.me~
to accommodate brace budding {called an "extended" gusset in Dowswell (2006)].
Therefore, in !his case, use K = 1.2 from AISC Specification Commc:nlJ.r}' Table C-A-7.1
assuming that the gusset plate is fixed at one end, and free to translate but not rotate at the
other. With 10 = l:
_____..
KL
r
-=
.:,
-
ASD
N.,(l.O in.)
=389 kJps(J .0 in.)
= 272 kips(LO in.)
=389 kip-in.
= 272 kip-in.
Combining the moment. M 11 or M.,, and the normal force, N,, or N,,, into an equivalent normal force as explained for the dei.ign of the brace above the beam:
LRFD
Nuft/ldv =
l.2(10_0 1n.)
0.361 in.
Jfa =
N,,
ASD
4M
+-11
No<'qu;.,
lb
=389 kips+ 4(389 kjp-in.)
=33.2
= 272 kips+ 4(272 kip-in.)

24.0 in.
317 kips
24.0 in.
ln1erpol:11ing from AISC Manual Table 4-22:
9, 1''c, =30.6 ksi > 27 .9 ~i
~1 1
.1
~
f
'
ASD
o.k.
~ = 20.41.:si > 19.5 k~i
....
~;
~,.
~:
The gusset stresses are:

o.k.
Determine th~ forces at the gusset-to-beam interface
Based on the required ten!>tlc strength of the bmcing connection (which is larger tlun lhc
re-imrcd compressive strength) for the brace below the beam, the shear force at the interface
of the gusset with the beam bottom flange is:
V.,
ASD
=550 kips(cos 45)

=389 kips
Va= 385 kips(cos45)

= 272 kips
ASD
J. -
NII !'f'I
"" -
1plb
=550 !Ops(sin45)
=389 kips
ASD
No = 385 k:ips(sin 45)
=272 ltips
The contoct length bctwceo the gusset plate and the beam bottom na.oge. as shown io
Figure 5-22, is 24 .0 m. and the brace line of action misses the cenlroid of the contact length
.hoo-- N.~
lplb
454 kips
(l 1A in.)(24.0 io.)
317 ldps
(1 ~ in.X24.0 in.)
= 10.6 ksi
=15.L ksi
The design tensile yielding stress from

AISC Specification Section J4. l is:
=32.4 ksj > 15. l ksi
LRFD
N,,
ln tension
The allowable tensile yjelding stre~s from

AISC Sp~cification Secrion J4. l is:
36 ksi
1.67
= 2 l.6 ksi > 10.6 ksi
1
=-Q
~F1 = 0.90 ( 36 ksi)
The normal (tension) force is:
=::
I -
LRFD
In tension
LRFD
~:
=454 kips
LRFD
4Ma
=N.,+-lb
o.k.
o.k.
5-170
BRACED FR.Al\<f.E.$
LRFD
In shear
J.w-..:. v..
=13.0 ksi
2(1.392
272 kips
(1 lA in.)(24.0 in.)
1,
0.60Fy
$0.60F1 = 1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)

= 21.6 ksi > 13.0 ksi
The allowable shear yielding stress from

AISC Specification Section 14.2 is:
o.k.
0.60(36 ksi)
1.50
= 14.4 ksi > 9.07 ksi
I'
o.k.
v:
i.25JN0 , 911 +
k.ip/in.)(1+0.5sin15 0)
1,
=9.07 ksi
The design shear yielding stress from

AISC Specification Section J4.2 is:
Duqd ~
l.25JNutqul~ +
lplb
389 kips
(l IA in.)(24.0 in.)
ASD
D,~q'd ~
Va
/av=-
tplb
5-171
LRFD
ASD
In shear
5.3 SPEC.IAL CONCENTRICAl.LY BRACED FRAMES
v;
2(0.928 kip/ in.)(J + 0.5sin15 0) (111 )
(lb)
= 1.2sJ(454 kips ) + (389 kips )2

2(1.392 kip/io.)(1.33)(24.0 in.)
=l.25J(317 kips}2 +(272 kips)2
= 8.41 sixteenths
=8.81 sixteenths
2(0.928 kip/in.)(1.33)(24.0 in.)
Use a o/16in. fillet weld on each side of the gusset at the gusset-to-beam connection for the
brace below the beam.
For a force applied at :i distance from the end that is greater than the depth of the member:
The angle of the resultant force can be calculated and used in the directional screngtb
increase of fillet welds according to AISC Specification Equation 12-5.
LRFD
..
. 0 =tan-I ( Nu~:uiY)
'
0=
tan-1 [Na~:11iv)
= tan- 1 (3 17kips)
272kips
=49.4
=49.4
AISC Specijica1ion Section J2.4 allows 3.n mcrease in the available strength of fillet welds
when the angle of loading js not along the weld longitudinal axis, which is used in the fol-
=50 ksi{0.570 in.)!5(1.53 in.)+24.0 in.J

=902 kips
ASD
=tan- (454 kips)

389 kips
(Spec. Eq. Jl0-2)
Rn =Fywt.,..(Sk+lb)
Size gusset-to-beam weld
LRFD
1.
ASD
Rn
q>R,, = 1.00(902 kips)
= 902 .kips
> Nueq11iY =454 ldps
o.k.
902 kips
1.50
= 601 kips
>No equiv= 317 kips
I..
,,
o.k
lowing calculation.
Web local yielding applies to both tension and compression loads. Web local crippling applies
only to the compression loads, but the larger tension load i's used here for.cqnvenience. If
desired, the compressive strength of the brace could be used
web local crippllng: .
The weld ductility factor, equal to l.25, which is explained in AISC Manual Part 13, is
applied here. Using AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, the number of sb\te~nths of fillet weld required is:
For a fo.rce applied greater than a distance of d/2 from lhe beam end:
for
R,, =0.80t! 1+3(; )( :; JE~:'I

= o.soco.s10 in.)211+3(24.o
xJ29,000 ksi (50 ksi)(0.930 in.)

=906 kips
(Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)
~)(o.510 ~-)I.SJ
27.3 10. 0.930 ID.
0.570 in.
I\
I~
,,,
..
~1
S-172
BRACED FRAMES
~R,.
= 0.75(906 kips)
= 680 ldps
> N,,,'I",. =454 kips
Cf. bay
ASD
LRFD
R,,
906.ldps
2.00
= 453 kips
-=
o.k.
~upper gusset
l(f lowergusset
'
5-1 73
S.3 SPEClAJ. CONCENTRlCN..LY BRACED FRAMES
,,
:!
'
> Na <qui = 317 kips
o.k.
Figure 5-22 shows lhe final configuration.

Beam Web Available Shear Strength
,,
Figure 5-28 shows the shear distribution in the beru.n web due to the gusset vertical cornpo-ncnts. The design of the top gusset shown earlier in this example was based on the expected.
strength in tens!on, but this force is not simultaneous with tension in the bottom bra<:e (as
shown in Figure 5-23). Therefore, for checking the beam web, I.he br:ice below the beam will
be considered to be in tension and the brace above the beam will be considered to be in com:
pression. For the brace. in tension below the beam, the forces .at the gusset-beam interface
have already been calculated. For the brace in compression above the beam, the forces at the
gusset-beam intefface are:
I 7.62 kip/in.
I
: 2.18 kip/in.
W.P. '
I 2'Y.2"
---===:i=~'=-==---
16.,2 kip/in.
2.70 kip/in.
ASD
LRFD
NonnalN,,
Shear V.,
=226 k.ips(sin45)
=~60 kips
=226 kips(cos~5)
=160 kips
MomentM., =Nu(l.50 in.)
=160 kips(l.50 in.)
=240 kip-in.
11
... . Normal Na "" 158 kips(sin 45)
~pg kip-in ...... ...._-'-L._
=112 kips
::
Shear Va
= 158 k.ips(cos45)
=112 kips
Moment Ma= N 0 (l.50 in.)
=112 k.ips(l.50 in.)
ASD
Vu = (226 kjps+5SO kips)(siu45)
=549kips
Vo =(158 kips+ 385 k.ips)(sin45)
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
1
I I
11
11
11
The braces to the left of the beam centerline, where the brace below the beam is in tension
as shown in Figure S-23, result in the hjgbest shear force. The total vertical shear at the beam
centerline is:
' l~:
1 I
11
= 168 kip-in.
LRFD
389 kips
11
1I
1I
11
11
11
11
I
1
11
11
1 I 343 ki~
1I
0 kips
Shear
diagram
542 kips
Fig. 5-28a. Beam shear due lo gusset forces (LRFD).
=384 kips
AMSIUCAN .INsrmJTS OP Sn;a CoNSTRVCTION
5-174
BRACED FRAMES
~ bay
~ upper gusset
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACT.l> FR.AMES
S-l i
From AISC Manual Table 3-6, the available shea:r strength of the W27x114 is:
, ~lower gusset
LRFD
~.vn
I 5:33 kip/in.
: 1.52 kip/in.
v.u (x') =34 3 kips +
11.3 kip/in.
ASD
10.5 in.
(for 0 :S x' $10.5 in.)
l
I
I
I
'!~
I
:::: 240 kips+(13.2 kip/in.)x'
I :::
(for 0 $ x' $ 10.5 in.)
}'.:
-----11
,.....------LRFD
____
. - -. - -- ---A-S-D-.
I I
I I
I I
x =
Ii
Va (x') ::: 311 kips
V., (x')::::: 467 kips
I
I
I
467 kips - 343 kips

19.0 kip/in.
--~-----~
311 kips - 240 kips

13.2 kip/in.
=--~------
I>
= 6.53 in.
'.
:::: 5.38 in.
..___
______
......__
_ _ _ _ ____,I }:!
I I
1x l
l"l
"'.
{379 kips - 240 kips) I .
x Va ( x ') :::: 24 0 NPS
+
.
x' )
10.5 m.
;;
Setting this shear equal to the available shear strength of the beam and solving for x' to find
om where the beam available strength is adequate resUltS in:
I
I
l::
(542 kips - 343.kips) ,
=343 kips+(I9.0 lcip/in.)x'
1.89 kip/in.
I
I
I
I
I
I
n.g.
< 384
kips
I
LRFD
I 2~"
~72 kip-in.
n..,
n.g. .
BecbauFse the beam avaifable shear strength is not adequate, a doubler plate is required on th{ 1..
we . com Figure 3-28a and 3-28b, measuring x' as shown, the equation for the shear, V, in
the region of inter~st is:
11 .
-Vn= J 11 k.ips
= 467 kips
< 549 Jqps
,.........~,.......~~:!;::#::!;::!;::!;:~ 1
ASD
okips
v
Shear
diagram
384 kips
Fig. 5-28b. Beam shear due to gusset forces (ASD ).
AMERJCAN INsmvre OP STEa CONSTRIJCnON
The distance from the beam centerline to this point is:
-12-.5-in-.-_-6-.5-3-in-.-~-5-.97-in-.
Ii-
A_?~-~2-in-.----1
1
------111-12-.5-in-.-_-5.3-8-in-.___
Use a 14 in. x 14 in. doubler plate centered on the web as shown in Figure 5-22.
5-176
Based on shear yielding and AJSC Specificarion Section J4.2, lhe plate ihickness required i~
determined as follows:
LRFD
D
LRFD
ASD
=(LOOX0.60X36 ksi)(l4.0 in.}(rd)

=302td kips
1.50
= 0.60(36 ksi)(l4.0 in.)(td)
The required doubler plllte shear
\ .
~6
549 kips - ~67 kips= 82.0 kips

Setting lbe available strength equal to 1he
required strength and solving for ftf:
~
~I I
.,
i}
The re-quired doubler plate shear

strength is:
384 kips - 311 kips= 73.0 kips
Setting the available strength equal to the
required strength and solving for rd:
~
2! 82.0 kips
Id
302 ]ti pl.in.

=0.272 in.
Id
73.0 kips
202 kipfm.
= 0,3,61 in.
U sing the instantaneous center of rotation melhod of AlSC Manual Part 8, use Table 8-8
with 0 ::: 0 to determine the strength of welds on the doubler plate. For a channel-shaped
weld on half of the doubler plate, the geometric variables are:
i.
=7.00 in./14.0 in.

:::::0.500
=0.125(14.0 in.)= l.75 in.
:::5.25 in .
a =0.375
By interpolation, AlSC Manuol Thble 8-8 with 0 = 0 gives:

C= 3.35
1:
..<:
=3.11
Use a Pl 3/e in. x 14 in. x 1 ft 2 in.. with IA-in. fillet welds.

Comment:
The length of the brace used to de1ennine the c~pectecl strength of bolh brdces was 12 ft.
This length shouJd be verified once !he connection design is complete. For bo1h braces, the
length of tbe brace with a 12.5-fl s1ory height :ind a 25-ft bay as shown in Figure 5-1 l is:
2
l = J(12.5 ft) + (25.0 ft 12)
= 17.7 ft
From Figure 5-22. with a pull-off dimension of 27 1h lit. at both ends of the 1op brace. the
actual unbraced length of the hr.tee is:
L= 17.7 ft -2(27 1h in.)(l ft/12 in.)
=13. l ft
end :is required by AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3,
=7.00 in. - 1.75 in.
From AISC Manual Table 8-3. C1
=2.33
2.00(73.0 kips)
=(3.35)(1.00)(14.0 in.)
Therefore, the length of 12 ft used for 1he determination of the expected compressive strength
of I.be brace is adequate because it does not exceed the actual length from brace end-to-brace
~=
82.0 lcips
0.75(3.35)( l.00)(14.0 in.)
L ""' J7.7 ft- 2(30.0 io.)(I ftll 2 in.)

=12.7 ft
e:r=of
..'..
CC1/
unbraced length of the brace is:
kl= 7.00 in.

~l
~cc,1
Por the bottom brnce, with a pull-off dimension of 30 in. at both ends of the brace, the actual
l =14.0 in.
'
nvdoMbla
0,,,J,,=
1.50
= 202td kips
strength is:
ASD
_ Vdc>ubter
n1111-
i
~
~ _ 0.60F,Ar
~Rn= 1.00(0.60FyA,rv)
iI
5-I TI
S.3 SPEClAL CONCFNTRJCAU.Y f\RACEO FRAM ES
= 1.00. The fillet weld size required is:
The reduced Wh.iunore section used in this ex.ample greatly reduced I.be size of I.be gusset
plates, at the e.x.pense of the gusset thickness. l1ris is usually B good trade-off, bm if a
lighter beam were used it is possibJe that the beam web local yielding or local crippling
checks would have failed. A beam web doubler plate would then be necessary for one or
both of these limit states. This doubler requirement can usually be avoided by increasing
the .gusset-U>-beam interface lcnglh by focreasfog I.he Whi1more section (the maximum
width that can be considered effective.. as explained in AJSC Manual Pan 9, is limited to
the width on a 30 spread).
The rc3der should keep in mind that there is not just one way 10 design these connections.
Any method that s:uisfies equilibrium and the applicable limit states is an acceptable
method.
BRACED FRAMES
Example 5.3.9. SCBF Brace~to~Beam Connection Design

Given:
An alternative design for Example 5.3.8 at Joint JT-1 of Figure 5-11 is presented here.
Example 5.3.8 used separa\e gusset plates for eacb brace, while this example uses continuous "chevron type" gusset plates for !he top and bouom braces as shown in Figure 5-29. This
is a common arrangement for this sin1ation, and the example provides an admissible internal force distribution that differs from the distribution used for the four separate gusset
plates. All braces are ASTM A500 Grade B round HSS and lhe beam is an ASTM A992
W27x114. For the connection, ASTM A36 plate material and 70-ksi electrodes are used.
Solution:
ldtz
=0.291 in.
fdn
Beam
W27x114
d= 27.3 in.
11=0.930 in.
t,. = 0.570 in.
r = 2.27 in.
= 0.465 in.
kiUz = 1.53 in.
From A1SC Manual Table 2-4 and 2-5, the material properties are:
ASTMA36
F1 =36 ksi
F., =58 ksi
j.
I;
F1 =42ksi
,. . , =58 ksi
r= 2.02 in.
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi
F., = 65 ksi
46"
For brace-t<>i)usset
information
not shown, see
HSS6.875x0.500 (brace below the beam)

A =9.36 in.2
IM>n = 0.500 in.
ASTM A500 Grade B
From AISC Manual Table 1-1 and 1-13, the geometric properties are:
HSS6x0.312 (brace above the beam)
A= 5.22 in.2
lncm 0.312 in.
5-179
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY 'BRACED FRAMES
The complete connection design is shown in Figure 5-29.
~symmeby
AlSC Seismic Provisio11s Seciions F2.3(i) and F2.3(ii) define the two mechanism analy-
Figure 5-22
HSS6x0.312
HSS6x0.312
W27x114
beam
- ~beam
ses lbat must be considered in determining the required strength of beams, columns and
l.
connections. For this example. only the mechanism analysis of Section F2.3(i) will be
considered. AISC Seismic Provisions Sections F2.6c specifies the required strength of
bracing connections. For the required compressive strength, Section F2.6c(2) has an addjtional 1.1 factor (relative to the requirements of Section F2:3) applied to the required
strength of 1he connection.
I
'.
For these SCBF conne<:tion e.'<.amples~ tbe requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions
Sections B2 and F2.3 will be used for bo~h LRFD and ASD.
Determine the expected strengths of the braces
HSS6.875x0.500
brace
The calculations for brace expecte9 strengths w~re shown in Example 5.3.8 and are not
repeated bere. The required strengths are g.i\en in the following and shown in Figure 5-30.
For the HSS6>.-0.312 brace above the beam:
For the braces above the beam, the required strength of Lhe bracing connection when the
LRFD
51"
Fig. 5-29. Connection with chevron gusset plates designed in Exaample 5.3.9.
P., = 1.0Em11
=307 kips
ASD'
Pa =0.1Em1t
=0 .7(307 kips)
=215 kips
I
...
5-180
BRACED FRAMES
307 kips
(tension)
226 kips
(compression)
..
For lhe braces above che beam, the required strength of the bracing connection when the
brace is in compression is:
LRFD
Pu =l.OEmA
=226 kips
...
550 kips
(tension)
'.~
11
.,.
I~
444 kips
(compression)
Fig. 5-30a. Required strength of bracing connecrians according to

AI.SC Seismic Provisions SeCJion F2.3(i) for LRFD design.
158 kips
(compression)
215 kips
(tension)
~.:
!: .
"
:~
Pa=0.1,,,h
= 0.7(550 kips)
=550 kips
=385 kips
'
For the braces below the beam, the required strength of the bracing connection when the
brace is in compression is:
LRFD
ASD
P., =l.OEm11
P0 =0.7Emh
= 0.7(444 kips)
'
..
Pu= l.OEmh
=311 kips
Brace-to-gusset design
~;
!:.
!i
"!~
ASD
=444 kips
J
.
~I
LRFD
'
!~
For the braces below the beam ~ the required strength of the bracing connection when the
brace is io tension is:
Pa= 0.1EmJt
=0.7(226 kips)
= 158 kips
For the HSS6.875x0.500 brace below the beani:
..
.'
ASD
S-181
385 kips
(tension)
311 kips
(compression)
Fig. 5-30b. Required strength of bracing connections according ro

AJSC Seismic Provisions Secrion F2.3(i) for ASD design.
The brace-to-gusset design is exactly the same as for the design shown .in fjgure 5-22 and
is n-01 repeated here. The gusset checks involving the Whitmore sections in Example 5.3.8
are conservative for the geometry in this example, as shown in Figure 5-29, because the gusset plates in this condition have a wider Whitmore width with the same plate thickness .
Therefore, the gusset thicknesses previously chosen, ~-in.thick plate for the top gusset and
l 'A-in.thick plate for the bottom gusset, are satisfactory. For the case of chevron gusset
plates in this e.-<ample, an effective length factor K of 0.65 (Dowswell, 2012) can be used in
lieu of the vnJue of 1.2 used in Example 5.3.8. If these gusset buckling limit states control
the gusset thickness, the reduced K may allow thinner gussets to be used. For sirnpliciry, the
thickness of the gusset plates will be kept the same as in E..-<ample 5.3.8, although :1 thinner
gusset may be acceptable here and may be more economical.
The usual controlling interface for this :irraogcment is Section aa of Figure 5-31 a. Figur~
5-3la gives the general geometry and the sign convention. F;gure 5-3lb shows I.he interface
5-182
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAM.ES
forces on section a-a. Subsequcn'ily, the gusset is cut :it its centerline at se.ction b-b. as shown
in Figure 5-3lc, which also shows the forces on this interface. Horizontal and vertical force
components and moments without a prime symbol act on section a-a. Components and
moments with a prime symbol act on section b-b.
Because there are four braces with four different loads and two gussets with different
geometry, Figure 5-31 in11oduces a sign convention as a means. of keeping track of all the
quantities. All of the force qu3ntities are shown in the positive directions in these figures. If
a quantity calculates as negative, it acts in a dfrection opposite to chat shown. Alternatively,
the designer can work with basic problem-specific free body diagrams. For lhe moments
M1 and Mi, which act on section a-a, M1 is considered positive when it acts in a clockwise
dir~tion, whereas M2 is considered P.<>Sitive when it acts in a counter-cloc~ise direction.
Consequently, the total moment on seecfon a-a is the difference between those two moments
rather lhan the sum, where
<f2_ _ _ _
Plate thickness = t
Fig. 5-3Ja. Chevron brace gllSsetforcts.
Mi =H1e+Vi6
M1 = H2e-Vz6
D.
= h( L2 - L1)(Note: 6
1
is negative if L 2 < L1)
The moments M1. and M2 are due to the brace forces P1 and P2. respectively, and are taken
abouc the midpoint of section a-a, with brace forces resolved at the common work point. The
moments Ml and M2. also due to the brace forces P1 and P2, are taken at the midpoint of
section b-b, as illustrated in Figure 5-3lc, where
Forces on section a-a

Normal: N
=Vi + V2
Shear: V =Hi - H2
Moment: M
=M1 - M2
Ml= 1hLV.- 1!4hH1 - 1hM1

M2 = 1hLV2 - Y..hH2 - 1hM2
Fig. 5-3/b. Forces on section a-a (positive direction shown).
The derivation of M{ and M2 can be illustrated by considering half of the gusset plate, as
shown .in Figure 5-3lc. Internal forces from both brace forces are considered evenly distributed across section a-a.
The sign convention used in this example is as follows:
Pi and P2 are positive for tension and_negative for compression

If P1 is positive, V1 and H1 are positive also
If Pi is negative, V1 and Hi are negative also
If P2 is positive, V2 and H2 are positive also
If P2 is negative, V2 and H2 are negative also
Forces on section b-b

Normal: N' = 'h(Ht + H2)
= h(Vt -V2)-~M.
L
Moment: M' =M{ + M2.
Shear: V'
Fig. S-3/c. Forces on section b-b (positive directions s/U>wn).
~ lo'/
5-184
BRACED FRAM.ES
From Figure 5-31c, the forces on section b-b can be derived (note 1hat the brace force P2
and its components do not act direcOy on the half-gusset shown as the }'1 force does, but is
shown for completeness). For horizontal equilibrium:
5.3 SPECIAL CONCF.NTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES
S-IS5
M' =-Hi(e+ !:)-Vit.+~ Vh+.!.NL+.!..M

2
=-Hie- H1 (~)-Vit.+.!.h(H1 -H2)+.!.L(V1 + V2)+!(M1 -M2)

2
4
.
8
2
l
I
1
1
l
=-L(Vi + V2)--hH1 +-hH1 --hH2 +-(M1 -M2)- H1e - V1.6

8
2
4
4
2
Therefore:
. v
=.!_L(Vi + V2)-_!_hH1 _.!._hH2 +.!.Mi _.!_M2 -(Hie+ V1.Ll)
N'=--+H1
2
=--(H1 -If2)+H1
2 .
8
. 4
4
2
2
l .
l
l
1
=-L(Vi + V2)--h(H1 +H2)+-M1 --M2 -M1
8
4
2
2
=Ml+Mi
For vertical equilibrium:

V' + 2M + N _ Vj :::: O
L
2
1
Design of gusset above the beam
Therefore:
TI1e required strengths shown in Figure 5-30 represent external loads acting in a left-to-right
motion. With external Jqads reversed, the brace expected strengrhs in compression and tension will b.e .rever$e.d but the effect on the gusse.t plate will be equivalent. _ _
V'=- 2M _ N +Vi
L .
2M
= - - - -(Vj +V2)+V1
L
2
2M l
l
=-- --Vi--V2+Vi
L
2
2
l
2M
='2(Vi-V2)-T
For the geometry shown in Figure 5"29 for the gusset plate above the beam
for general terminology:
l1 =Li
=23.0 in.
For moment equilioriurn, with moments taken abou't tbe midpoint of section b-b and brace
forces acting at the work point:
\. .
L =Lt+Ui
=46.0 in.
e =d/2
=27.3 in.ti
Therefore:
=13..7 in.
h =20.0 in.
AMERICAN lNSlTIVTE OF STEEL CONSTIUICTJON
,\.\tEUCAN L~STm.m! OP STI'.EL CoNSTRlJCTION
and Figure 5-30
S-186
URACEOFRAMES
!'!.'!
For 1he forces given in Figures 5-30a and 5-30b:
LRFD
LRFD
Pi =-226 kips
ASD
'
M2 =..!.Lvz _}_hH2 _.!_Mi

8
Pi =-158 kips
ASD
M2 =.!_LV2-.!_hH2-_!..M2
,.
=!(46.0 in.)(217 kips)
Iii =(-226 kips)(cos45)
v.
_ .!.(20.0 in.)(217 kips)

4
=-112 kips
= (-226 kips )(sin 45)
Vi
=(-158 kips)(sin45)
=-160 kips
=-H2 kips
P2 = +307 kips
P2 = +215 kips
Hz= (307 kips)(cos45)
H2 = (215 kips)(cos45)
= 217 kips
Vi
= 217 kips
::o (215
=.!.(46.0
in:)(l52 kips)
8
-.!.(20.0 in.)(152 kips)

4
.
_.!.(2,970 kip-in.)
2
= - 1,320 kip-in.
_.!.(2,080 kip-iri.)
2
= - 926 kip-in.
For the gusset above the beam, the forces on section a-a are:
=IS2kips
V2 =(307 kips)(sin45)
Hi =(- 158 kips)(cos45)
=-I 60 kips
5- 187
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTR.ICJ\l.LY BRACED FRAMES
ASD
LRFD
kips)(sin 45)
Normal Na :::V1+V2
Nonna! Nu =Vi+ V2
= -160 kips+217 kips
= 152 kips
= 57.0 kips
=-112 kips+152 kips

:::40.0 kips
The moments :lre:
. i..RFo
M1
= Hie+ViLl
'
ASD
.~
=[-112 kips(l 3. 7 in.)]+
(-160 kips(O fo.)j
(-112 L.;ps(O in.)]
=-1,530 kip-in.
Mi
=[152 kips(l3.7 in.)J
-{217 kips(O in.)J
-[152 kips(O in.)J
Ml= ..!.LVi-!_hH1 -.!..M1

8
4
2
= ..!.(46.0
in.)(-160 kips)
8
.
_.:!_(20.0 in.)(-160 kips)
4
-~(-2,190 ki~-in.)
= + 975 kip-in.
Shear V.,
=H1-H2
=H1-H2
=-160 kips-217 kips
=-112 kips-152 kips
=-377 kips
=-264 kips
Moment Ma= Mi - Mi
=-1,530 lip-in.
-2,080 kip-in.
Moment Mu= Mi -M2

= - 2, 190 kip-in.
-2,970 kip-in.
=- 5, 160 kip-in.
=H2e-V2D.
= [217 kips(13.7 in.)J

= 2,970 kip-in.
Sliear VH
---
M1 =Hie+ \'iil
=[-160 kips(J3.7 in.)]+
=- 2,190 kip-in.
"12 =Hie - V2Ll
= 2,080 kip-in.
M( =.!_LVi-..!.hH1 _ _!..M1
8
4
2
= ~( 46.0 in.)(-112 kips)
_.!_(20.0 in .)(-112 kips)
4
-l(-1,530 kip-in.)
2
+ 681 kip-in.
=- 3,610 kip-in.
-
Check available strength of the gusset plate above the beam on section a-a
Tue available shear strength of the gusset plate on sectio~ a-a is:
Vn =0.60FyAgv
(Spec. Eq. J4-3)

'
1--~~~~~L_R_F_D~~--~~--i~~~~~~A_S_D~--~--~~i
~ = 0~60{36 ksi)(Ys
Fn = l.00(0.60)(36 ksi)
x(% in.)( 46.0 in.)
=869 kips> 377 kips
o.k.
in.)
x(46.0in.)/l.50
t
l(
t.
o.k.
.. -.
1
l---~--~------------------1~~~--------------------~
The normal force favolves both N and M. It is convenient to introduce an equivalent nonn:u 1
force as:
;l
i \
b'
BRACED FRAMES
S-188
;1
Nequiv
=INl+j
The equivalenc normal force is:
. -157 0 k.
------ii....~
lpS
1
46 0
0.90(36 ksi)(* in/ in.)
46.0 in.
::: 15,000 kip-in.
ASD
I+14(5.160 kip-in.)1
M,.
Mn=QFyZ
= F1 Z
n
36 ksi (* in.) ( 460 in.)

4
1.67
=
=9, 980 kip-in.
Therefore, the interaction equation from plasticity lheory is:
LRFD
utqu1v -
ASD
LRFD
2
This is determined as follows. Over half I.he gusset. the normal force is N + M and over
. . N 2M
.
. . .
2
L
2
the other half 1t JS - - . For s1mpliciry m calculations one of the moment fiorces M
.
2. L
.
'
'L'
1s i:v~rsed so that a. ~mfonn eqmvalent normal force exists over the entire gusset section a-a.
~1s JS also convenient for use in the beam web local yielding and web local crippling equauons of the AISC Specification that assume a uniform compression over the contact area.
5-189
S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
LRFD
N atq111v
. --1 40.0 ki psI+ 14(3.610 kip-in.)I
46.0 in.
= 506 kips
=354 kips
.The available strength of the gusset plate to resist this force js determined for the fanit state
of tensile yielding:
( 5,160 kip-in. ) ( 57.0 kips

15.000 kip-in. + 1,300 kips
+(377 kips
869 kips
:::: 0.381 S l.O
r.
ASD
+(264 kips
580 kips
=0.407~1.0
o.k.
(3,610 kip-in.)+( 40.0 kips

9,980 kip-in.
868 kips
o.k.
(Spec. Eq. J4-l)
LRFD
~N,.
Design the weld at the gusset-to-beam flange interface
ASD
Nn
FytpL
-=--
=$FytpL
= 0.90(36 ksi)(% in.)(46.0 in.)

=1,300 kips> 506 kips
o.k.
= 36 ksi ("~ in.)(46.0 in.)

1.67
=868 kips> 354 kips
o.k.
Th~ gusset sh~ and nonnal forces and streng~ calculated previously do not consider interaction. Interaction seldom controls at this location because the gusset thickness is usually
controlled by the limit states associated with tbe brace-to-gusset connection. If interaction
is to be considered here, the following interaction equation from plasticity theory is rccomniended (Astaneh, 1998):
The use of a plastic distribution for the moment is converuent for calculation as mentioned
previously. but requires sufficient ductility. The gusset and the beam can be assumed to be
sufficiently ductile, but the fillet welds or PIP groove welds generally used to connect the
gusset to the beam are well-known to have less ductility when loaded at angles significantly
different from the longitudinal ax.is, which often is the case with the moment forces,
Therefore, it is prudent to use the weld ductility factor originally derived from Richard
(i986) as a value of 1.4, and modified by Hewitt and Thornton (2004) to a 90% confidence
litnit and the value of l.25. This value, which is explained in AJSC Manual Part 13, is used
in these calculations. The original 1.4 factor is from Richard's work on corner gussets.
Nevertheless, it is reasonable to use some "ductility factor" here because the weld is
assumed to be uniformly loaded over each half width, even lhough the actual distribution
can vary. The use of a CJP groove weld avoids this issue, but likely at greater cost.
The resultant force on the weld is:
ASD
LRFD
u +
u + Vu
(M)(Nf(
$M,.
$N,.
V,.
Sl
r r
(n::a J+(~a +( OV~a
Sl
ASD
LRFD
~ =JN:,quiv + Va2
R,, =JN;~quiv + V}.

= J(506 ltipsf +(377 kips)
=J(354 kips)2 +(264 kips)2
=631 kips
=442 kips
For the present problem, the required strengths have been ~alculated in the preceding text,
as have tbe ~vailable streng~s in sh ear ~d ten~ion. The available flexural strength of the
gusset plate 1s calculated using the plasuc section modulus of the gusset plate :it section
a-a:
.
I
BRACED FRAMES
5- 190
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRJCALLY SRACED
The angle of the result.ant force can be calculated and used in the directional strength increa.c:e
for fillet welds as follows:
LRFD
9=
tan:- 1 (
N,,~:,,;)
= 1.00(1,530 kips)
= 1,530 kips> 506 kips
Rn
-=
o.k.
S = tan-i(Na~:vi)
kips)
= tan -1 ( 506
377 kips
= tan -1(354 kips)

264 kips
=53.3
=53.3
Using AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and &-2b, the number of sixteemhs of fillet weld required
is:
.=aso.;!13[~)[:;
x
1.25(631 kips)
1.25(442 kips)
2(0.928 kip/in.)(1.36)(46.0 in.)
= 2(1 :392 kip/in.)(1.36)(46.l) in.)
=4.53 sixteenths
= 4.76 sixteenths
=1,370 kips
ASD
R,.
-Q
G>Rn = 0.75(1,370 kips)
=1,030 kips> 506 kips
o.k.
I-
=
=
o.k.
ASD
LRFD
1
Norma l N~ =-(Hi +Hz)
2-
1 .
Nomia! N~ =-(Hi +H2)
2
=.!.(.: ll2kips+ 152 kips)
=.!.(- 160 kips+217 kips}

2
= 28.5 kips

For a force applied at a distance from the beam end that is greater 1han the depth of the
member:
(Spec. Eq. H0-2)
1;370 kips
2.00
685 kips> 354 kips
This completes cbe design of the top gusset for the forces on section a-a.
Tl}e forces on gusset section b-b are:
Use double-sided !Y16in. filJet welds to connect the top gusset plate to the beam.
=(50 ksi)(0.570 in.)[5(1.53 in.)+46.0 in.J

=1,530 kips
I:
29,000 ksi(SO ksi)(0.930 in.)

.
0.570 JO,
Based on the thickness of the thinner c9nnected part, the minimum fillet weld size required
by AlSC Specification Table J2.4 is 16 in.
R,. =F-ywrw(5k+lb)
1 - - - - _ _ . . . . : . . - - - + - - - - - 41
1.25R,,
2(0.928 kip/in.)(1.36)/
o.k.
(Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)
LRFD
Duqd ~
l.25Ru
2(1 .392 kip/in.)(l .36)1
rr::''
0 570
0
=(0.80)(0.570 io.)211 +3( 46
'.n)(
~")LS
27.3 m; 0.930 m.
ASD
' Dr~q'd ~

For a force applied greater than a dist<l;11ce of ~12 from the beam ~nd:
1.0 + 0.50sinl.S53.3 = l.36
1,530 kips
1.50
1,020 kips >)54 kips
l.
AISC Specification Section 12.4 allows an i11crease in the available strength of fillet welds
when the angle of loading is not along the weld longitudinal a~is. The directional strength
increase is determined from the following portion of AISC Specification Equation 12-5:
LRFD
ASD
LRFD
R,,
ASD
5-J
FRAMES
Shear V,~
1
2
= 2(Vi -Vz)-L(M.)
=.!.(-160.kips-217 kips)
2
2(-5,160 kip-in.)
46.0 in.
= ~5:8 kips
2
=20.0 kips
Shear V~
l
2
=-(Vi -Vz)--(Mo)
2 .
L
;lt1
=.!..(-112
kips-152 kips)
2
2(-3,6 10 kip-in.)
46.0 in.
=25.0 kips
.J
"'
AM.ERJCAN lNSTITVl'S OP ST!!EL CONSTRUCTION
1:: !
LRFD
.MomentM~
Moment M~ = Mi+ M2
'l
'
=681 kip-in.
+(-1,320 lcip-in.)
!...
Design of gusset below the beam

For the geometry shown in Figure 5-29 for the gusset plate above the beam and using Figure
5-3 l for the general lerminology:
ASD
= Mf +M2
=975 kip-in.
6. =0
+(-926 kip-in.)
=-245 kip-in.
= -345 kip-in.
Lt =L2
= 25.5 in.
'
L =L1 +L2
Check gusset available strength on section b-b

The available shear strength of the gusset pla1e on section bb is:
V11
5-1 93
S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BR.ACED FRAMES
BRACED FRAMES
5-192
=51.0 in.
=0.60.F).Agv
(Spec. Eq. J4-3)
e =dl2
=27.3 in./2
<>V,,
>fl
!r1
'"
tl
~~
v.
=1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)
h = 29.0 in.
~ = 0.60(36 ksi)(J1 in.)
x( ~ in.)(20.0 in.)
= 378 lcips > 35.8 kip
=13.7 in.
ASD
-LRFD
For the forces given in Figures 5-30a and 5-30b:
x(20.0 in.)/ l .50
o.k.
o.k.
= 252 kips> 25.0 kips
The nonnal force involves both N and M. It is convenient to inttoduce an equivalent normal
force, as before, using the governing condition where N and the component of M are additive. This can be written as:
ASD
LRFD
...
A =550 kips
f\ =385 kips
H 1 = (550 kips )(~os45")
H 1 = (385 kips)(cos45)
=272 kjps
= 389 kips
Vi = (385 kips )(sin 45)
Vi =(550 kips)(sin45)
=389 kips
LRFD
ASD
Pz.
N'urq1m. -128
- ki psI+14(-345 kip-in.)l
.)
.
20.0 in. . .
N'a equiv
. -120
ok.tps I+14(-245Okip-in.)'
.
.
20. in.
=97.5 ki_PS
(Spec. Eq. J4-l)
LRFD
..
~:..
:
=~
..
~
i.
~.
$N,,=$FylpL
= 0.90(36 ksi)(Ji in.)(20.0 in.)

o.k.
=567 kips> 97 .5 kips
f)tpl
H2
=(-311 kips)(cos45)
=-220 kips
=-314 kips
The moments are:
Mi
= 36 ksi(* in.)(20.0 in.)

I.67
o.k.
V2 =(-311 kips)(sin45)
ASD
LRFD
-=~
= 377 kips> 69.0 kjps
Pi =-311 kips
=-220 kips
V2 =(-444 k.ips)(sin45")
ASO
Nn
=-314 kips
The avilable slrength of Lhe gusset plate to resist this force is determined for the limit state
::
= -444 kips
H2 = (-444 kips)(cos45)
=69.0 kips
Nn=F.,,Ag
=272.kips
=H1e+Vi6
M1 =Hie+ Vi.6.
=(389 kips(l 3.7 in.)j
=(272 kips(l3.7 in.)]
+{389 k.ips(O in.)]
+1272 kips(O in.)]
=5,330 kip-in.
:::: 3, 730 kip-in.
S--194
S...1 9.
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED fRAi\fES
LRFD
ASD
M2 = H it- V2D.
Mi
=H it -
V2D.
=l-3 14 lcips(13.7 in.)J
= l-220 kips(13.7 in.)}
-l-3 14 kips(O in.)J
-l-220 kips(O in.)]
=- 4.300 kip-in.
= - 3,010 kip-in.
M'I =l LVi --hH,

1
1
--M,
8
4
2
Ml =.!_L\'i-1_hH1 _.!_Mt
ics .o in.)
=i(51.0 in.)(272 kips)
_.!_(29.0 in.)(389 kips)

4
_ .!.(29.0 in.)(272 kips)

4
_..!.(5,330 kip-in.)
2
=- 3,010 kip-in.
_.!_(3, 730 kip-in.)

2
= - 2, I 00 kip-in.
,
l
l'
l
M2 =-LV2- - hH2 - - M2
8
4
2
M'2 =-LV2i
1M 2
-I J1H2 - -
=~(51.0 in.)(-220 kips)
=..!.(51.0 i.ri.) (-314 kips)
-~(29.0 in.)(-220 kips)
_.!,(29.0 in.)(-314 kips)

4
-.!.(-4,300 kip-in.)
_.!.(-3,010 kip-in.)
2
= 1, 700 kip-in.
= 2,420 lcip-in.
(Spec. Eq. 14-3)
ASD
LRFD
V,,
V,, = 1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)
(389 kips)
Check available strength of bottom gusset below the beam on section a-a
The available shear st.cength of the gusset plate on section a-a is:
x(l 1A in.)(51.0 in.)
=l ,380 kips> 703 kips
=0.60(36ksi)(l 1.4 in.)

x(5 l .O in.)/1 .50
o.k.
=918 kips> 492 kips
o.k.
The nonnal force involves both Nu or N0 and Mu or Ma. Tt is convenient to introduce ar
equivalent normal force, as before, as:

ASD
LRFD
Nu equiv
.
14(9,630 .kjp-in.)l
=17.).Q k1psl +
0
51. in.
Na equiv
=j52.0 kipsj+
l{
14(6,740 kip-in.)1 1 i
=581 kips
= 830 kips
O.
51
.
Jll .
'
I
Tue availab.Je strength of the ~sset plate- to resist this force is determiiJed for the limit state
(Spec. Eq. 14-1) ..
N,..= F1 A8
LRFD
1.;.
ASD
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i--_N~,,-=--F.-~
tp~L
~~~~~~~~~--,,
For the bottom gusset, the forces on section a-a are:
Nn = FytpL
LRFD
NormalN., = V1+V2
ASD
Normal N 0 = Vi + v,,
=389 kips-314 kips

= 75.0 kips
Shear Vu
=H1- H2
= 0.90(36 ksi)(l 'A io.)(51.0 in.)

o.k .
=2,070 kips> 830 kips
1Q
=36 ksi(l 'A in.)(S l.O in.)
.:
1.67
=1,370 kips> 581 kips
o.k.
=272 kjps+(-220 kips}
Shear Va
=52.0 kips
Interaction as calculated for I.be top gusset above the beam, is not repeated here.
= H1 -H2
272 kips - (-220 kips)
= 492 kips
Design the weld at the gusset-to-beam flange interface

for the gusset below the beam
As discus~ed for the gusset above lhe beam, the 1.25 ductility factor is used here.
= 389 kips-(-314 kips)

= 703 kips
Moment Mu = Mi - M2
= 5,330 kip-in.
-(- 4,300 kip-in.)
= 9,630 kiP-in.
Moment Ma
M, - M2
= 3, 730 kip in.
-(-3,0 10 kip-in.)
= 6. 740 kip-in.
1.
:...
.....
S-196
i ..l
The resultant force on the weld is:
"
.~..
R" = ~NJcquiv + V,,2
(Spec. Eq. 110-2)
R,. =Fywt..,(5k+lb)
LRFD
~~
,.i
5-197
5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTR1CALLY BR.ACEO FRAMES
ASD
=(50 ksi)(0.570 in.)[5(1.53 in.)+ 51.0 in.J

= 1,670 kips
Ra= ~N1equiv + V}
= J(830 kips)2 +(703 kips)2
= )(581 kips) +(492 kips)2
= 1, 090 kips
= 761 kips
LRFD
ASD
Rn
$R,. = l.OO(l,670 kips)

= 1,670 kips> 830 kips
l,670 kips
1.50
= 1,110 kips> 581 kips
-=
o.k.
o.k.
The angle of the result.ant force can be calculated and used in the dirnctional strength increase
for fillet welds as follows:
LRFD
equiv
0 =tan -1 (Nu
- -.
Vu .
ASD
0 = tan
-tVa;:uiv)
For a force applied greater than a distance of d/2 from the beam end:
R,. =O. 8Ot,.,21+.>~(/b)(1"')l.5

- d
=tan -
kips)
703 kips
l ( 830
.
. -i(5811cips)
=tan
492 kips
=49.7
=(0.80)(0.570
= 49.7
lf
(Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)

EF>wtf
lw
in.)2 11+3(~~:~ :::)(~:!~~~:JS]
29,000 ksi(5_0 ksi)(0.930 in.)
AISC Specificg.tion Section J2.4 allows an increase in the available strength of fillet ,welds
when rhe angle of loading is not along the weld longitudinal axis. The directional strength
increase is determined from the following ponion of AISC Specification F,quation 12-5:
XI--'---'----'-"-'--~--~
0.570 in.
= l,470 kips
1.0 + 0.50sin1s49.7 = 1.33
LRFD
Using AISC Man~al. Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, the number of ~ixteenths of fillet weld required
is:
Dreq'd~
..
l.25Ru
2(1.392 kip/in.)(l.33)l
kips)
- 2(1.3921.25(1,090
k.ip/in.)(1.33)(51.0 in.)
"
= 7.22 sixteenths
j;
1,470 kips
2.00
0.
:::: 735 kips> 581 kips
Rn
-=
<!>Rn =0.75(1,470 kips)
= l,100 kips> 830 kips

L~
ASD
o.ki
o.k.
ASD
This completes the des.ign of the bottom gusset for the forces on section a-a
Dreq'd~
1.25.R.t
2(0.928 lcip/in.)(1.33)/
kips)
- 2(0.928 1.25(761
kip/in.)(1.33)(5 LO in.)
-=7.56 sixteenths
Use double-sidhd Yl-io. fillet welds to connect the bottom gusset plate to the beam.
The forces on gusset section b-b are:
},
NormalN~ =-(H1 +H2)
..!.[389 kips+(-314 kips)]

2
=37.5 kips
~:

For a force applied at a djstance from lhe beam end that is greater than lhe depth of the
member:
AMF-lUCAN lNSTITVre OF Sn:a CoNSTlllJCnON
ASD
LRFD
1
2
NormalN~ = - (H1
+Hi)
-=.!.1212 kips+(-220 kips)]

2
= 26.0 kips
I
i
5-198
LRFD
1
Shear V~
Shear V~
=-(Vi-Vz)--(Mu)
2
L
ASD
LRFD
ASD
2
N~
~Nn = 9F>tPL
=2:(V.- V2)-L(Ma )
::: 0.90(36 ksi)(l 'A in.)(29.0 in.)
. = .!.[389 kips -(-314 kips)]
=1.[272 kips-(-220 kips)]
: 1.170 ~ips > 119 kips
kip-in.)
- 2(9,630
51.0 in.
F tpL
1
=-
36 ksi(l 'A in.)(29.0 in.)

=
1.67
o.k.
=781kips>81.2 kips
740 .Jcip-in.)
- 2(6, 51.0
in.
=-26.1 kips
t9 :J
o.k.
=-18.3 kips
Check beam web shear at the centerline of the connection
MomentM~
MomentM~
= M( +M2
= -3,010 kip-in.
=Ml +Mi
From Figure 5-32:
t:
=-2,100 kip-in.
+2,420 kip-in.
+l,700 kip-in.
=- 590 kip-in.
~gusset
=-400 kip-in.
~Ltop
Check gusset available strength on section b-b
=0.60F,A8v
(Spec. Eq. J4-3)
LRFD
ASD
4>Vn = 1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)

x(l 1.1.i in.)(29.0 in.)
=783 kips> 26. l kips
~ =0.60(36 ksi)(l 1.1.i in.)
o.k.
force~
as before, as:
I;.
(2M/L)top
l
I
(N/2)top
-;
j VMm
The normal force invo(ves bothN and M. It is convenient to introduce an equivalent normal
.. II
l
J
x(29.0 in.)11.so
o.k.
'.The available shear strength of the gusset plate on section b-b is:
V11
t
t
lI
(N/2}oo1
(2MIL}ooi
LRFD
N,'utqutv. -137
5 k.JPS I+14(-590 kip-in.)'
.
29.0 10.
=119 kips
ASD
,
NHquiv
14(-400 kip-in.)'
=126.0 kips!+
_ in.
29 0
.
=S J .2 kips
~Lbot
.. 1
>:
[(N)
- + (2M)
- [(N)
+ (2M)
2 t>ot
L bot
2 top
L
Vi18am =
The available strength of the gusset plate to resist this force is detellllioed for the limit state
(Spec. Eq. 14-1)
tcp
ca/cu/ate beam shear; V~.

(forces are shown in 0$Swned positive direction).
Fig. 5-32. Free body diagram
r
\'
I()
.. ,,
AM:EluCAN ~STITIJTE Ol' SlTilll. CONST1UlCllON
l:
5-200
BRACED FRAMES
S- 20!
i,,..l
-----ln:J
LRFD
v,
-[ 75.0 kips
b~a>n -
Startjng at rhe beam centerline, the shear per inch js:
ASD
+ 2(9,630 kip-in.)1
LRFD
v.beam --[ 52.0 kips + 2(6, 740 kip-in.)J
5l.O in.
-f
-[57.0 kips+ 2(:-5,160 kip-in.)J

2
46.0 in.
..=611 kips
5 1.0 in.
v(x )= 611 kips
40.0 kips+ 2(-3,610 kip-in.))

2
.46.0 in.
v(x)= 427 kips

-(5 .95kip/in.+1L4 kip/in.)x
- (8.52 kip/in.+ 16.3 kip/in.)x
=611 kips-(24.8 kip/in.)x
= 427 kips
From AISC Manual Table 3-6, the available shear strength of the W27x11 4 is:
ASD
=427 kips - (17.4
kip/in.)~
where x is measured from the beam centerline.

Seing v(x) equal to tbe available strength of the beam and solving for x:
LRFD
ASD
(l>vVn = 467 kip~< 611 kips
LRFD
v.
n.g.
Qn
= 311 kips< 427 kips
n .g.
"
:Oe av:ulab!e s?ear strength is less than the require.d shear strength. Thus, a web doubler plate
is require.d, as m Example 5.3.8.
The normal force per inch for the bottom gusset is:
LR.FD
2MJ ll(L/2)
Poo1 =[(N)
+(
2 bot
L bot
=f(75.0 kips )+('2(9,630 ~p-in.) )]

2
=f(52.0 kips)+(2(6,740 k_Jp-in.))J

51.0 Jll.
2
/(51.012)
51.0 m.
/(51 .0/2)
=16.3 kip/in.
M)top Jt(l/2)
=[(57:02kips)+ (2(-5~:.~ ~~-in.))}

= -8.52 kip/in.
x=5.81 in.
x"'6.67 in.
Try a 14 in.xl4 in. doubler plate. Using the available shear strength of the beam and AISC
Specification Equarion J4-3 and solving for t,u,ublu:
- . ASD
LRFD
$Vn (btom) +$Vn (doub/u) ~Vu
Vn (b..am) '/ n + V,,
467 kips+ l.OO(tdoubler )(14.0 in)
31 1 kips+ { 0.60(tdoubltr )(14.0, in)
x(0.60)(36 ksi)
~
(doubter)
I 0 :;:: V~
x(36 ksi)/1.50}
611 kips
~427
'~' 2 0.476 ill.
kips
r.,,.b,., 2!0.575 in.
1\'Pically, one method should be chosen and used consistently throughout an entire design.
In d~sign _by LRFD, a Y2-in. _doubler plate would be adequate. For this example, the ASD
result will be used.
LRFD
/(46.0/2)
427 kips-(17.4 kip/in.)x= 311 kips
=11.4 kip/in.
The normal force per inch for the top gusset is:
Prop=[( ~Jtop +(
611 kips-(24.8 kip/in.)x=467 kips
ASD
Pbo1 =[(NJ
+( LM)bor )1(L!2)
2 bor
ASD
ASD
(~J +(~) l'(L/2)
Ptop=f
top
top
=[(40.0 kips)+(2(-3.610 ~p~fo.)Jj

2
46.0 m.
/(46.0/2)
::: -5.95 lcip/in.
Use a doubler plate~ ~~-X l4 in.xi '-2", near si_de onlfThe required shear strengih of the doubler plate is:
LRFD
Vb<am - <PVn (b<-)
ASD
=611 kips - 467 kips
Vb<!am - Vn (~e(llll) IQ = 427 kips - 311 kiP,S j
=116l<lps
= 144 kips
'------~~-~~-~~-,.-L-----~-~~~~~~~-'
,. '
AMEIUCAl'l l.NS'ITll.n"B OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION
... .
BRACED FRAMES
5-202
Using the instantaneous cen1er of rotation method of AJSC Manual Part 8, use Table 8-8
with 0 =0 to determine the strength of welds on the doubler plate. For a channel-shaped
weld on half of the doubler plate, the geometric variables are:
l = 14.0 in.
.S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRJCAU..Y BRACED FRAMES
Example 5.3.5. this connect.ion uses ASTM A572 Grade 50 splices in the beam away from
the connection. ASTM A992 W24x146 beam stubs are used at the beam ends to meet the
high shear demand from the braces over the connection. Use ASTM A325-X bolts and
70..ksi weld electrodes. The applicable building code specifies 1he use of ASCEISEI 7 for
calculation of loads. The gravity shears and moments on the beam are:
Vv
k = 7.00 in, /14.0 in.
=11.2 kips
Mv
Vt= 8.50 kips
=120.kip-ft
section.
xi= 0.125(14.0 in.)= 1.75 in.
Solution:
This connection design uses splices in the beam to provide a simple beam-to-column con
nection satisfying AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b(a).
ei =al
=7.00 in. - 1.75 in.
From AISC Manual Tables 2-4 and 2-5, lhe material properties are as follows:
=5.25 in.
ASThiA36
a =0.315
F1 =36 ksi
Fu= 58 ksi
By interpolation,AJSC Man(lal Table 8-8 withe= 9 gives:

C=3.35
ASTMA572 Grade 50
From ~lSC Mam~al Table 8-3, C 1
=l .00. Tue fillet weld size reA)uired is:
LRFD
D . _ Vb.,am
$CC1l
144 kips
0. 75(3.35)(1.00)(14.0 in.)
= 4.09
ML = 100 kip-fl
.kl= 7.00 in.
fl
The relevant seismic parameters are given in the SCBF Design ~ample Plan and Eleva~ion
= 0.500
lllm -
ASD
om. m
- nvb,_,,,,
---CC1l
2.00(116 kips)
(3.35)(1.00)(14.0 in.)
=4.95
Fy =50 ksi
Fu= 65 ksi
.I
ASTM A500 Grade B

F1 :::42 ksi
Fu::: 58 ksi
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi
F,, = 65 ksi
From AlSC Manual Tables 1-1 and 1-13, the geornetric properties are as follows:
Use a 16-in. all around fillet weld, as shown in Figure 5-29. All delAi.ls are shown in Figure
5-29.
Example 5.3.10. SCBF Brace-to-Beam/Column

Connection Design
Given:
Refer to Joint IT-2 at level 3 in Figure 5-11. Design the connection between braces, beam
nnd column using splices in the beam away ftom the gusset plates. The brace is designed to
buckle out-of-plane. Use-ASTM A36 welded gusset plates concentric to the braces and 70ksi electrodes to connect the braces co the gusset plates and the gusset plates to the beam and
column. As designed in Examples 5.3.1, 5.3.3 and 5.3.5, the braces are ASTM A500 Grade
B round HSS sections, the column is an ASTM A992 W12x96, and the beam is an ASTM
A992 W24x68. The brace reinforcing bars are ASTM A572 Grade 50 material. As noted io
HSS6.875x0.500
t,,_ =0.500 in.
t", =0.465 in.
=9.36 in.2
r=2.27 in.
A = 10.'.3 in.2
r= 2.49 in.
.A
HSS7 .500x0.500
1110,,.
=0.500 in.
Beam
W24x68
d :::23.7 in.
Beam stub
W24x146
ldu =
0.465 in.
r.
l:
.
lw=0.415 in.
=0.585 in.
kdu
= J .09 in.
,,._..
5-205
BRACED FRAMES
5-204
A =43.0 in. 2
: kdu
1:.
I
u .
= 1.59 in.
d= 24.7 in.
T=20* in.
r.., =0.650 in.

ry
IJ= 1.09 in.
= 3.01 in.
...
Column
S.3 SPEClAL CONCENTRICAilY BRACED FRAMES
The required strength of the bracing connection due to seismic lo~ding is i:ased o~
ASCE/SEl 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Load Combination 5 (LRFD and ASD) with 0.00: - Emh_
discussed in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3.
The required strength of the bracing connection when the brace is in tension is:
W12x96
d= 12.7 in.
t,.,
=0.550 in.
11
=0.900 in.
kdu
= I.50 in.
The comp,lete connection design is shown iu Figure 5-33. 'The connection geometry and
member forces are as shown in Figures 5-34 and S-35. These were originally determined in
E.xample 5.3.5. The calculations will be shown again here.
See the discussion under "Solution" in Example 5.3.8 for a discussion of the analysis forces
required by the AISC Seismic Provisio1ts and of the LRFD and ASD approaches.
Erection bolt -+---..
the
In Example 5.3.8, there were two braces above the beam and two braces below, so
direction of loading d1d not affect the connection design. In this comer connection, since the
braces above and below the beam are not the same size, the direction of loading affects the
amount of force that must be considered in the connection design. Two design cases will be
considered.
AISC Seismic Provisions Sections F2.3(i) and F2.3(ii) define the two mechanism analyses
that must be considered in detem1ining the required strengch of beams, columns. and connections. AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c specifies the required strength of bracing
c.onnections. For the required compressive strength based on buckling limit states, Section
F2.6c(2) has an additional 1.1 factor (relative 10 the requirements of Section F2.3) applied
to lhe required strength of the connection.
,rW24i<68
beam
For this SCBF connection example, the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section
F2.3 will be used for both LRFD and ASD, except for the limit state of compression buckling on the Whitmore section, which will use the 1.1 factor specified in AlSC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.6c(2).
Design Case I
Design Case I shows brace strengths whiCb correspond to lateral forces applied in the positive x..<firection. The brace above the beam is at itS expected strength in tension, and the
brace below the beam is at its expected strength (or its post-buckling strength) in compression. These forces above and below must be considered simultaneously.
\:
'
brace
Determine the expected tensile strength of the HSS6.875x0.500 brace
above the beam for Design Case I
From AtSC Seismic Provisions Table A3.l:
P,""""" =RyFyA8
~:
1 ..
=1.4(42 ksi)(9.36 in.2)
i:
=550 kips
i;
HSS 7.500i<0.500
Note: A325-X bOIUI are to be pretensioned with slip-critical faying surfaces.
Fig. 5-3~. Geomerry and complmd design for Exampl115.3.JO.
BRACED FRAMES
5-203
LRFD
P.
=l.OEm1i
=1.0(518 kips)
'
ASD
F.
:t
=0.7(518 kips)
=
=363 lcips
= 518 kips
And the expec ted post-buclding brace strength from AISC Seismic Proi:isioltS Section
F,,,
_ _ __,
(Spec. Eq. E3-4)
--
(~Lr
n2 (29,000 ksi)
2
(63.4)
= 0.658
The required strength due to seismic loading of the bradng connection when the brace is in
compression, based on poM-buckling !>trenglh, is:
=71.2 ksi
F2.3 is:
0.3Pron.prtwon = 0.3(518 kips)

== 155 kips
n2E
Po= 0.1Em11
S-209
5.3 SPFU/\L CO~(.b.'l"rRICAl.l.Y BRACED f'RA.\.IES
f!i_FL
F, R1 Fy
1 4(4Zksi)
= 0.658 ?~ (1.4)(42 ksi)

=41.6 ksi
The eitpcctcd compressive strength of the brace nbove the beam, based on AlSC Seismic
Pro~isions Section F2.3, is taken as the lesser of R>F1..\1 or l.14FmA::
!.
~":.;?
ASD
LRFD
Pu = l.OEh...,
=1.0(155 kips)
=155 kipli
Pa= 0.7Em>r
=0.7(155 kips)
= 109 kips
The two sets of forc~s 10 be considered in Design Case I are shown in Figures 5-34 and
5-35. Detcnnination of the collec1or force from outside the frame and the axial forces in the
beam are shown for lhe beam design in Example 5.3.5 (see Figures 5-17 and 5-18).
Pcvmprmion
=min{l.14FmAg, RyFyAg}
=min{ll.14(41.6 ksi)(9.36 in.1)]. !1.4(42 lcsi)(9.36 in.2)1}
=otin {444 kips, 550 kips)
=444 kips
The required strength due to seismic loading of the bracing connection v. hco the brace is in
compression is:
ASD
LRFD
Design Case II
Design Case H shows brace strengths corresponding to lateral forces applied in the negative
x-<lirection. The brace above the beam is at its expected strength (or post-buckling strength)
in compression. and the brace below the beam is at its expected strength in tension. These
forces must be considered simultaneously..
P,. = LOE.,.,,
=1.0(444 k.Jps)
P0 =0.7,,,,,
=0.7(444 kips)
=3 11 kips
,,. 444 lcips
Determine the expected compressive strength of the HSS6.875x0.500

brace above the beam for Design Case II
:: I
!i
....
?..,.
KL
r
=J.0(12.0 ft)(l 2 inlft)

2.27 in.
0.3Prompr.s.sfon = 0.3 (444 kips)
=133 kips
The required strength due to seismic loading of.the bracing conncclion when the brace is in
=63.4
compression, based on post-bucl<liog dtrength, tS:
29,000 ksi
4.71J E =4.7 1
1.4(42 lcsi)
R1 F1
=105
I1 Witti -Kl ~4.11 ~

--:
r
R1 F1
ASD
LRFD
Pu= 1.0E,,111
"" 1.0(133 kips)
=133 kips
P,. =0.7Em>i
=0.7(133 !0ps)
=93. l lcips
BRACED FRAMES
5-210
Determine the expected tensile strength of the HSS7.500x0.500 brace

below the beam for Design Case II
PR.AMES
For Design Case Il, this shear is:
From AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l:
ASD
LRFD
(444 kips+606 kips)sin45 =742 kips
R1 =1.4
I'tcnsiolt
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED
(31lkips+424 kips)sin45 = 520 kips
=R1 F1 A1
=1.4(42 ksi)(l0.3 in.2 )
311 kips
444 kips
(compression)
=606 kips
(compression)
The required strength of the bracing connection due to seismic loading when the brace is in
tension is:
I
:
r:.
ASD
LRFD
32.2.kips
46.0 kips
P,, =0.1Em11
P" = 1.0E,,,11
= 1.0(606 kips)
=0.7(606 kips)
=606 kips
=424 kips

Vu =(1.2+0.2Sns)VD +Q0 V01:
v., =(1.0+ 0.14SDs )Vo+ VH
=1.4(11.2 kips)+ 2.0(0 kips)
=l.14(11.2kips)+O kips+O kips
+ 0.7(2.0)(0 kips)
=12.8 kips
+ 0.5(8.50 kips)+ 0.2(0 kips)
=19.9 kips
19.3 kips
27.6 kips
.'"
Considering Design Cases I and II, the total maximwn vertical shear is lhe sum of the vertic::1I components of the expected strength of the braces above and below the beam.
For Design Case I, thls shear is:
(550 kips+518 kips)sin45=755 kips
.,
(compression
(compression)
+Vp +0.7Q0 Vca
+ 0.5VL + 0.2Vs
93.1 kips
133 kips
t
~l
ASD

ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3 ..Z -
LRFD
(b)ASD
Fig. 5-36. Required strength of bracing connections according to

AJSC Seismic Pro,ision.s Section F2.3(i)for Design. Case JI.
LRFD
":-'faln Member Design Considerations .
(tension)
(a) .RFD
There is no shear in the beam due to seismic loads. The required shear'strength of the beam
due to gravity loads is:
424 kips
606 kips
(tension)
The two sets of forces to be considered in Design Case II are shown in Figures 5-36 and
5-37 (also see Figures 5-17 and 5-18 ofExample5.3.5).
(a) lRFD
ASD
(385 kips+363 kips)sin45
=529 kips
424 kips
(tension)
606 kips
(tension)
(b)ASD
Fig. 5-37. Requind strength of bracing connections according to

AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(ii) for Design Case If.
.',
.
:.
S-212
BRACED FRAMES
L
,,
...... I
,,
:~
"
Design Case I controls. In the usual computer or manual analysis of this design problem
where all members intersect at a common gravity axis work point, the beam does not participate in the carrying of this shear, and is designed for gravity loads and the axial load due
to the mechanism analysis required by AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3. Jn reality.
however, the beam pruticipates with lhe gusset plates as the principal carrier of the shear due
lo the brace force vertical components. The total vertical shear in this case is 155 kips
(LRFD) nnd 529 kips (ASD). As a 'rule of lhumb," lbe beam should be able to carry one
half or more of this shear, plus the specified gravity shear. to ayoid the need for doubler
plates. The chosen W24x68 beam, with an available shear strength of 295 kips (tRFD) and
197 kips (ASD) from AJSC Manual Table 3-6, \Vill require doubler plates.
To avoid the use of doubler plates, use a W24x146. This is an increase in weight of (I 4<5 lb/f1
- 68 lb/ft)(25 fl) =1,950 lb.
Alternatively, the beam stubs shown in Figure 5-33 can use the heavier W24x146 section
and the original W24x68 can be used betWe.en the splices. As yel another possibility, a continuous pl are can be used in lieu of 1he W24x146 stub, and the W24x68 can be connected
to this plate. This option is shown in Figure 5-43 as an illustration, withoul calculations. The
option using the W24x146 and the W24x68 in.till piece will be used here.
Brace-to~Gusset Connection Design
The design approach used here will follow that of Example 5.3.8, with single pass, 'A-in.
field welds between the brace and the gusset. The weld length required is determined using
AISC.Manual Equacfons 8-2a and 8-2b. For the top gusset, the ma:umum force is 550 kips
(LRFD) and 385 kips (ASD), thus:
LRFD
Rn =0.928Dl
4 welds(l.392 kip/in.)D/ > P,,
4 welds(0.928 k:ip/'10.)Dl > P0
l=
P..
606 kips
4 welds(l.392)D/ >
4 welds(0.928)Dl > P.,
l=
4 welds(l.392 k:ip(m.)(4 sixteenths}
= 27.2 in.
Use (4) 29-in.-long lfiin. fillet welds to connect the brace below the beam to the gusset
plate.
Determine the minimum length, I, required for the brace-to-gusset lap
The limjt state of shear rupture in the brace wall is used to determine the minimum braceto-gusset lap length. Note that 1he expected brace rupture strength, R,Fu, n:iay be used i'.1 tl'.e
detennination of the available strength according to the User Note m AISC Seismic
Provisio11S Section A3.2.
Using AJSC Specification Section J4.2, including R1 from AISC Seismic

A3.l:
=24.7 in.

In this equation, Anv is taken as the cross-sectional area of the four walls of the brace,
Anv = 4lltJu. Therefore:
l 2!.
385 kips
4 welds(0.928 kipfrn.)(4 sixteenths)
..
Use (4) 26-in.-long A-in. fillet welds to conoecc the brace above the beam to the gussel
plate.
For the bottom gusset, the maxjmum force is 606 kips (LRFD) and 424 kips (ASD) and the
required weld length is:
"~
Pu
(0.60)R,F,. (4tw)
550 kips
2! 0.75(0.60)(1.3)(58 ksi)(4)(0.465 in.)
= 25.9 in.
Table
Solving for the minimum lap length, /, for che brace above the beam:
~:
1
Provi:~i<Jns
R1 =1.3
LRFD
I=
424 kips
=4 welds(0.928 kip/in.)(4 si.xcccn1hs)

=28.6 in.
n .
550 kips
4 welds(l.392 kii>fio.)(4 sixteenths)
ASD
LRFD
Rn = 0.60R,F,. (4/td~s)
ASD
Rn =l.392Dl
5-213
S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICAU.Y BRACF..D FRAMES
2! 8.71 in.
ASD
l~
ilPa
0.60R1 Fu (4tc1u)
2.00(385 l;ips)
0.60(1.3)(58 ksi)(4){0.465 in.)
9.15 in.
The 26 in. required for the Y..-in. fillet weld controls.

Solving for the minimum lap length, l, for the brace below the beam:
.BRACED FRAMF.S
5.J Sl'J::,UAI. l...Vl~\..l!N I KJl...Al.l..l
LRFD
ASD
l~ 606.k.ips(S.71 in.)
550 kips
~9.60
in.
'
~IO. J in.
DP.
The 29 in. length required for the 1,4-io. fillet welds controls.
Check tflst the bracing connection can accommodate brace buckling
according to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3)

The requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3) are met through the use of
option (b}-rotation capacity. As explained in the User Note of tlut section and in tbe
Commentary Figure C-F2.9, accommodation of inelastic ro1alion is ~mplished "'ith the
brace terminating before the line of restraioL Figures 5-37 and 5-38 show the 21 cJearance
beyond lhe end of the brace.
F1 wp
I~--
t~-
385 kip~
ASD
LRFD
P.,
I~ 424 kips(9 15 in)
.tSKJ\l...~U l'IV~JVIJ.;J
550 kips
0.90(36 ksi)(25.8 in.)
F1 w 1
= 1.67(385 kips)
36 ksi(25.8 in.)
=0.692 in.
= 0.658 in.
Use a ~-in.-thjck gusset plate for !he brace above the beam.
For the brace below the beam, the width of the gusset on the Wbiunore section is:
w p = Di,_.~ + 21 tan Q
=7.50 IO.+- 2(29.0 in.)(tan 20)

=28.6 in.
The choice of a rela1ively small Whitmore sec1ioo resuhs in a tapered gusset, which is ben
cficial because it allows 1he brace to be located closer 10 the beam while still accommodating
brace rotation by providing a 2t clearance according to AlSC S~ismic Provisions S~tion
F2.6c(3) and Commentary.
<t.. column
Face of
column flange
Determine gusset plate thickness for the limit state of tensile yielding on the
Whitmore section
fo keep the gussets compact, choose an angle!), as shown in Figure 5-38, of 20. Ex:implc
5.3.8 used$::: 10, but in this example ::i smaller angle will result in shorter gusset interfaces
nnd larger welds and may resuh in concentrated forces th:ll cause yielding or crippling in the
beam and column.
With cj> =20, the gusset thickness can be estimated.

For lhe top brnce, the width of the gusset. at the \Vbitmore section is:
Wp
Dbraa
Face of beam flange
+ 21 tan c>
W.P.
=6.875 in.+ 2(26.0 in.)(tan 20}

=25.8 in.
~beam
Find the minimum gusset plate thickness based on the limit state of tensile yielding.
R,. =F.,.A1
tor determining
Whitmore section is 30.
Note: Maximum
(Spec. Eq. 14-- l )
= FylpWp
Fi&. 5-38. Geometry of gusset to accommodate bending ume.
5-2l6
BRACEP FRAMES
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTIUCALLY .BRACED FRAMES
Find tlie minimum gusset plate thickness based on t11e limit state of tensile yieldfog.
Rn =F1 A8
(Spec. Eq. J4-l)
= FytpWp
"(f :
.~:
,j,
~R,, =$(0.60F1 Agv ~ V1>:F11An1)
ASD
Pu
. Ip~--
tp >
__
0Pa
_
<j>Fywp
Fywp
606 kips
0.90(36 ksi)(28.6 in.)
,,.
,_.,
ASD
LRFD
R11 ~ 0.60FyA8v + VbsFuA~,
'
= 0.75(842 kips+299 kips)
LRFD
<\:.
5-217
=
=0.654 in.
=856 kips> 550 kips
~:~
o.k.
o.k.
-
For the gusset plate below the beam:
:::: 1.67(424 kips)

36 ksi(28.6 in.)
=0.6S8 in.
842 kips+ 299 kips

. 2.00
57 l kips > 385 kips.
Ani = 7.50 i.n.(v.i in.)

Use a ~-in. -thick.gusset place for the brace below the beam.
:::: 5.63 in.2
A811 = An1
:::: 2(29.0 in. ) (~ in.)
Rn= 0.60F;,Anv +U1>sFuAn1
0.60FyAgv +UbsFuAru
=43.~ in. 2
(Spec. Eq. 14-5)
For the gusset plate above the beam:
0.60Fy,<\.gv
=0.~0(36 ksi)(43..5 in:~)

=940 kips
! .;
An1
= 6.875 in.(3,4 in.)
UbsF11.An1 , = l.0(58 ksi}(5.63 .in.
=327 klps
=:5.16in. 2
..
LRFD
Agv= Anv
=2(26.0 in.)(JA in.)

=39.0 in. 2
R,.
~Rn=$( 0.60FyAgv + Ub,FuAm)
.,
'
=0.75(940 kips+327 kips)
area,
Since the gross shear

A811 , and the qet shear area, Anv, are equal in I.his case, the shear
yielding component, 0.60F1 Agv, is smaller tlJan the shear rupture component, 0.60F.,Anv:.'.
:::: 950 kips > 606 kips
-=
=842 kips
=L0(58ksi)(5.16 in.2 )
. = 299 kips
ASD
0.60FyAgv + Ub$FuA111
o.k.
0.60F1 A8 v= 0.60(36 ksi)(39.0 in.2 )
U1>~F;;A"'
940 kips+ 327 kips

2.00
= 634 kips > 424 kips
. .. - -..
o.k.
'
Determine .gusse.t geometry
From Figure 5-38, the gusset geometry can be determined as foll~ws:

L
=Jceb tan6+asin0tan0)1 +(eb +asin0)2
a =
2 + (lw + 2t) tanQ
a
L6 = - - + t'b tan 0 - ~
cose
L8
=(L+l..., +2c)ws0+%sin0-eb -l(L+l,.. +2t)sin0-%cos0-ec jtan(90- 0Allle!UCAN
INSTIT\ITI! OP STEEL. CoNSTRUCTI.ON
<!i)
5-218
BRACED FRAMES
For the gusset above the beam:
5.3 SPEClALCONCENTJUCAUY BRACED FRAM~
Ls= (L+l., +2r)cos0+%sin0-eb -l(L+lw
The width of the gusset edge, d, is 2.00 in. wider than the brace diameter to allow clearance
the gusset comer, i.e., 1.00 in. on each side of the HSS.
between the HSS
and
8 88 in. ( . 45'
=(32.1in.+26.0 in.+ 2.00 in.Xcos450\,+---i-sin r
d:: 6.875 in.+ 2.00 in.
-[(32.l in.+26.0 in.+2.00 in.)(sin45)-
=8.88 in.
88
~ in. (cos45j-6.35 in.]
= 17 .8 in. Use Ls = 1 ft ili in.
2
= 12.4 in.
=atan0+2t
lb
= 14.6 in.(tan45)+ 2.00 in.
12.7 in.
ec=-2
=16.6 in.
= 6.35 in.
For the bottom gusset:
0=45
= 7.50 in.+ 2.00 in.
= 9.50 in.
<!>=20
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3) requires that the brace connection accommodate
the flexural forces or rotation imposed by bmce buckJing. This can be achieved either by
option (a) designing the connection to have an available flexural strength of the expected
brace flexural strength, R1 Mpo multiplied by 1.1 (LR.FD) or by 1.1/1.5 (ASD) or option (b)
providing rotation capacity to accommodate the required rouirion. This brace configuration
satisfies option (b) as it pro,ides rotation capacity by providing the minimum 2t offset distance recommended in AISC Seismic Provisions CommenlaJ')' Section F2.6c(3). Using a
%-in.-thick gusset plate, 2t = 2(3A in.)= 1.50 in., but use 2.00 in. to allow for a possible gusset thickness increase as the calculations proceed. With !..., 26.0 in.:
I..,= 29.0 in.
=2+(lw +2t)tan$
l,
=~+(lw+2t)tan$
2
= 9.SO in.+ (29.0 in.+ 2.00 in.)(tan 20)

2
=16.0 in.
L =
d
2t = 2.00 in.
Jce0 tan0+ asin0tan0)2 +(eb + asin0)2
= [12.4io.(1an45)+16.0 _in. (si!l,45)(tau45)j2 +[12.4 io.:i-!_6.0 in.(sin45)j2
8 88 in.+ (26.0 io. + 2.00 in.)( tan 20)
12 4 .
. in.
x tan(90 - 45 - 20)
24.7 in.
eb=-- -
+2t)sin0-~cos0-e,:jian(90-0-$)
:: 33.5 in. Use L = 2 ft 9'h in.
=14.6 in.
a
9
LA=--+eb
tan -ec
l"..:.
cos9
=J<eb can0+asin9tan0)2 +(~b +asin0)2
=~12.4 in.(tan 45)+ 14.6 in.(sin45~)(tan 45)]2 +112.4in.+14.6 in.(sin45)J

= 32.l in. Use L
= 2 ft 8 h in.
1
a
Ltt=- +ebtan0-ec
cose
14.6 io.
=-+I 2 .4 .ui. ( tan 450) - 6 .35 .m.
cos45
=26.7 .in. Use L,.. =2 ft 2~ in.
0
=160 in.+12.4 in.(tan45)-6.35 in.

cos45
=28.7 in. Use LA =2 ft 43.4 in.
Ls= (L+l,.. +
2t)cos9+~sin0-eb -l(L+l,.. + 2t)sin0-%cos0-ec }tan(90-9- ~)
=(33.5 io.+ 29.0 in.+ 2.00'in:J(cos45)+ 9 5~ in. (sin45)-12.4 in.
I .
. . . "'
9.50
.
- (33.5 m.+29.0 m.+2.00 m.)(sm45 r --in. (cos 45'1- 6 35 m.
2
Xtan(90-45-20)
= 19.8 in. Use La =l ftlliin.
AMEJUCAN lNSTO"IJTS 01' Sn;a CONSTIWCTJON
~:
BRACED FRAMES
5--220
The required compressive slreJtgth of the gussec plate is:
10 = atan0+2t
= 16.0 in.( tan45")+2.00 in.
= 18.0 in.
t
ASD
LR.FD
This completes the gusset geometry, and the basic gusset geometry of Figure 5-33 can be
generated.
P,,
=488 kips
56 l kips > 488 kips
Pa = 1.1(311 kips)
= 342 kips
= 1.1(444 kips)
o.k
373 kips > 342 kips
o.k.
Top Brace-to-Gusset Connection

i
.,,f
The design of the top brace-to-gusset connection in Example 5.3.8 is very similar. The gusset plate there is 11.4 in. thick wltlle it is ~ in. thick here due to the wider gusset plate used
in this example. For the limit state of tensile rupture of the brace, the check in Example 5.3.S
is adequnte and need not be repeated here. Because the gusset plate is thinner in this example, less :u-ea is removed from lhe brace to accommodate the gusset plate.
Check the top. gusset plate for buckling on the Whitmore section
Because the gusset geometry is different from the gusset in Example 5.3.8, gusset plate
buckling must be investigated. Determine the available compressive strength using an effective length factor, K = 0.6, for the extended comer gusset, from Dowswell (2006). As noted
in the beginning of Example 5.3.8, the additional 1.1 factor specified in AlSC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.6c(2) is applied to the expected brace strength for determining the
required compressive strength based on buckling limit staces.
Klb
A11 =Ag-2[tp+2(gap)]tt1u
Using a gap of l/i6 in. on each side of the brace slot to allow clearance for erection:
An = 10.3 in.2 - 2[.t in.+ 2(1/16 in.)](0.465 in.)
=9.49 in.2
> 1.3(7.50 in.)
= 9.75 in.,
U = 1.0, thus:
=46.0
A.,= UA.,.
From AISC Manual Table 4-22, wich KL/r
->.
Check the brace effective net area

From AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5b(3). the brace effective net area, An(bra"J'
should not be less than the brace gross area, Ag. Thus the net area is:
from AISC Specification Table 03.l, Case 5, if I= 29.0 in.
0.6(16.6 in.)
7 = :IA in./..Jfi
gl
~:-
Bottom Brace-to-Gusset Connection
=46.0, the available critkal stress is:
LRFD
ASD
~: =19.3 ksi
$cFcr = 29.0 ksi
=9.49 in.
Since A~< A.r, reinforcement is requir~d. The approximate area. of reinforcement required,
Am. is the area removed, but the position of the reinforcement \\.111 reduce U to less than 1.0.
(A,. + A,.,.)U ~ A8
Try U = 0.80, then:
ASD
A,,,=
4>cP11 =$cl'CrAg
=4>cFcrtpWp
Pn
=FcrAg
--
nc
nc
FcrlpWp
.O.c
=29.0 ksi(~ in.)(25.8 in.)
=561 kips
= 19.3 ksi{~ in.)(25.8 in.)
=373 kips
The required area of reinforcement can be obtained from:
From AISC Specification Equation E3-l . using the width at the Whitmore section, the available compressive strength of the top gusset plate is:
LRFD
= 1.0(9.49 in. )
10.3 in.l
0.80
9 49 . 2
. 1.ll.
= 3.39 in.2
Try two flat bars of ASTM A572 Grade 50 steel 1 112 in. x l 'h in., with. a tot~l area _of
2(1 'h in.)2 4.50 in.1 With Fy.,, 50 ksi, ASTM A572 Grade 50 matcnal sausfies 11.
requirement in AISC Seismic Provisions Section P2.5b(3), that the yield strength ot ti.~
reinforcement be at least the specified minimum yield strength of the member.

The arrangement is shown in Figure 5-39.
AMmoCAN INSTTrvTI! oP STEEL CoNSTRocnoN
BRACED FRAMEs
From Figure 5-39:

Dbraa
Determine
xfor the composite cross section.
tu
2
r i = - - - -1
7.50 in.
:::---
i
2
in.
A
in. 2
in. 3
Half of brace
One Flat Bar
2.24
4.50
4.75
2.25
10.1
7.00
20.7
Dbrac~ 1'l!i in.

r?.::::--+--
7.50 in.
I~
in.
=---+-2
2
= 4.50 in.
xA
Part
0.465 io.
2
==3.52 in.
5-223
~-
10.6
.I:XA
=-IA
20.7 in.3
7.00 in.2
The distance to the centroid of a panial circle is given by:
=2.96 in.
_ r1sin0
x=--
FromAISC Specification Table D3.1, Case 2, which applies to HSS with reinforcement added:
where_ the_ total arc of the partial circle is 29, and 9 is measured in radians. Although the
brace is slightly less than a full half-circle because of the slot as shown in Figure 5-39 use
an angle, e, of 1tl2 for simplicity.
'
U =I-. I
t;..
'
= 1_ 2.96 in.
29.0 in.
=0.898
. --'--""sin(it/2) radJ
-xbroc~ -_ 3 . 52 10.
-
{n/2) rad
I~
A,, = An(bn>e~) +Am
= 2.24 in.
=9.49 in. +4.50 in.
~-
= 14.0 in.2
=4.50 in.
Ae =UA.,
=0.898(14.0 in.
= 12.6 io.2
~gusset
pla_
te
> 10.3 in.
o.k.
Design welds connecting flat bars ~o brace

According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.5b(3)(ii), the flat bar is connected to the
HSS brace to develop the eitpected strength of the flat bai on each side of the reduced section (the eitpected yield strength, RyF.,. is used here). The reduced section is the length of
the HSS from the extent of the slot (dimension x of Figure 5-33) to the start of the HSSto-gusset weld. The required strength of the weld is based on the expected flat bar yield
strength using Ry from AlSC Seismic Provisions Table A3.1 for ASTM A572 Grade 50 bars.
For ASD, use 1.011 .5 of the expected su-ength of the flat bar reinforcement.
ASD
LRFD
R1 F1 AJb = 1.1(50 ksi)(2.25

Fig. 5-39. Cross section of brace below the beam at net secticn.-
=124 kips
in.2)
R 1 FyAJbll.5
=l.1(50 ksi)(2.25 in.2 )11.5

=82.5 kips
S-224
BRACED FRM1ES
Usmg two ~ingle pass V...-in. fillet welds, from AJSC Manual
weld lenglh required is:
Equarion~
8-23 and 8-2b, the
The requireJ compressive strength of the gusset plate is:
ASD
l.392D/ > P.,
1.
124 kips
2 welds{l.392 kipfm.){4 sixteenths)
I _
82.5 kips
,..- 2 welds(0.928 k.ip/in.)(4 sixreenlhs)
=11. l in.
Use (2) J l 1h-in.-long
v...in. fillet welds on each side of the reduced section of lhe brace.
Since !he gap between !he edge of the l ~ in. x 1~ in. flat bar and the brace is 0.037 in., as
shown in Figure 5-39. and is less than V.6 in. (see AWS 01.l clause 5.22.J), lhe Y..-in. fillet
welds are adcquaie. Note !hat the flac bar reinforcement need:. co e.."tend I 1'h in. on each side
of the end of the actual slot, ~hich includes the dimension x that may be requjred for erection.
'..
..
Check the bottom gusset plate for buckling on the Whitmore section
:1'1
m
..
111
.,
Detennine the available compressive strength using an effective length factor, K =0.6, for
1he c:(tended corner gus~et, from DowswelJ (2006). As noted in !he beginning of Example
5.3 S, the additional l. l factor specified in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(2) is
applied to compression buclc.ling limit slates.
K/11
P,,
= J.1(518 kips)
0.6(18.0 in.)
= 3A in./ Jf.2
609 kips> 570 kips
=1.1(363 kips)
= 399 kips
=570 kips
0.928Dl >Pu
=11.1 in.
!
P.,
ASD
LRFD
LRFD
S-225
5.3 SPEOAL CONCENTRICALLY RR.ACED fRA.MES
o.k.
405 kips > 399 kips
'
o.k.

Tue Unifonn force Method (UFM) requires that a consinunt on the locations of the inter(ace centroid~ be satisfied in order to eliminate moments on che gusset to-beam and
gusset-to-column interfaces, M11 and Mc. respectively. When this constraint is not satisfied,
moments will be introduced on the connection interfaces. This is diS<:USsed in Part 13 of the
AISC ,\-fa1111al, and the tenninology used there is repc:sted here. Let (i and ~ represent 1he
distance from the column flange 10 the actual centroids of 1hc gusset-to-beam and gus~t-to
column connections, respectively. When the calculated a > & or the calculated ~ > ~. the
additional shear mduced in the beam or column due to the moment may add to the shear,
Vb. in the beam and He in the column. Thus, for the beam:
When a>a:
When a< Ci:
=49.9
From AISC Manual Table 4-22, with KUr
LRFD
=49.9, rhe available critical stress is:
ASD
I,_ .
where
Rb =beam end reaction

s =snip siz.c in the gusset where the top flange of the be:im connects to the column O:mge
18 . J<.i
For the column:
From AlSC Specification Equation E3-l, using the width at the Whitmore section, lbe available compre..~sive strength of the bottom gusset pl:11e is:
(,
i3:
Total column
l.
J
When !l >
LRFD
.
~,P,.
=~cFcrA1
=9cFcrtpWp
=28.4 ksi(JA in.)(28.6 in.)
=609 kips
ASD
I
.!i_= F,.,A,
n ,.
ilc
~hear= mu {I~ +Ii~sl .IHcl}
When~<~:
= FcrlpWp
n ,.
= 18.9 ksi (~ in.)(28.6 in.)

a:405 kips
In oonseismlc nnd low-seismic design, this is not ao issue because the brace forces are
more closely matched to the beam and column sius and calculated loads are used. In some
"
S- 226
BRACED FR.AMES
structures detailed for seismic. resistance, the connections are not designed for calculaled
loads but rather must be designed for the expec!ed tens~le .strength of the brace, RyFyAg ~
This is normally larger than the actual design load from the applicable building code. For;
instance, the HSS6.875x0.500 brace would normally be designed for poinr-to-point buckling with a length of ~(12.5
+ (12.5 ft) 2 = 17.7 fr. The available compr~sive strength.
of this brace is 207 kips (LRFD) and 137 kips (ASD) from AISC Manucil Table 4-5, and
lhe actual brace load will ,be less th<I? this. But, we are designing the connections of this
member for 550 kips (LR.FD) and 385 kips (ASD). which is at least 550 kips/207 kips =
2.7 times the maximum possible required strength. This puts a great demand on the gusset,
beam and column which must be accommodated. So, it is important to distribute this high
demand in the_most optimal manner.
.

ftf
26% in. -1.00 in.
"'
e=
6 35
== in.(550 kips)
28.6 in.
=6.35 in. (385 kips)
""122 kips
= 85.5 kips
28.6 in.
e=
~given by AISC Manual Equatjon

.
:::: 9.45in.(tan45)+12.4 io.(tan.~5) - 6.35 in.
=13.9 in. (550 kips)
r
13
::::: 9 in.(385 kips)
=267 kips
=187 kips
28.6 in.
Vac =-Pa
7.85
,,,, _
_inT
_ .)50 ki
'PS)
""'7.85 in. (385 ki s)

28.6 in.
. p
= 151 kips
=H!6kips
28.6 in.
= Vb(a..:. a) may add to the beam shear. Choose ex= Ci=
e" tan0-ec
(Manual Eq. 13-1)
=~(a+~ )2 +(~+eh )1
=~(13.9 in.+ 6.35 in.)2 +(7.85 in.+ 12.4 in.)2

=28.6 in:
AMEIUCAN lNST11V11! OF SJ'Ea CoNS11UJCT10N
....
because
p S j3.
(Manual Eq. 13-6)
I!
=122 kips(9.45 in. -
=195 kip-in. .
et>
::::
12
.4 ~- (385 kips)
28.6m.
.
' .
From AlSC Manual Equation 13-19:
Mac=Hac(~-P)
Mvc=Huc(~-~)
- j3)
'
Vab=-Pa
r
=167 kips
=238 kips
From AISC Ma11ual Equation 13-19:
~ =. 7.85 in.< i3 = 9.45 in.
a=
28.6 in.
13.9 in. - ~(tan45) =12.4 in.(tan45)- 6.35 in.
The c-0lumn shear will not be increased by the momeot Mc = He ('13

Therefore; u~e Ct:::::
13.9 in. and~= 7.85 in. Then:
= 12 .4 in. (550 kips)
''

\
eb
Vu1>=-P.,
,;
Hab :z-Pa
H111>=-Pu
r
=15.5 in.
Since a> ii, the moment M1>
13.9 in., then:
V.,c:::: -~ Pu
a= ~tan0+ eb tan9-ec
...
Hoc =-Pa
r
Choosing P= 'j3; 9.45 in., the constraint between a and

eb tan
ec, gives:
13-1, a - p tan
ec
ec P.
Hue==-,.
r
l OO .
+ . m.
::::: 9.45 in.
a-~tane::::
from AISC Manual Equation 13-3:
28.6 in.
+.LOO in.
= 13.9 in.
A =17% in. - 1.00 in.
1.
ASD
LRFD
From the geometry shown in Figure 5-33 and the Uniform Force Method variables inAISC
Manual Part 13:
ex="
Tue controlling brace forces for the top gusset interface forces are:
From AJSC Manual Equation 13-5:
Top Gusset-Des,ign Case I
S-227
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMF.S
7 .85 in.)
=85.5 k.ips(9.45 in.-7.85 in.)
=137 kip-in.
I
I;
.
al
Note lhat the sum of the horizontal gusset forces must equaJhb
t e race honzont compo- .. ...
nenl The sum of the vertical gusset forces must equal the brace vertical component.
5-228
BRACED FRAMES
5-229
\.!t:
Gusset-Design Case I
Bottom
LRFD
From the geometry shown in Figure 5-33;
a--
From AISC Manual .Equation 13-2:
28.8 in. -1.00 in.

2 . "
+ I .00.lll.
=152 kips
a= 14.9 in., then:

(Manual Eq. 13-1)
14.9in.-J3(tan45)=12.4 in.(tan45)-6.35 in.
J3 = 8.85 in.<~= l 0.5 in.

Use a= a= 14.9 in. and J3
LRFD
=12.4 in.(518 kips)
(Manual Eq. 13-6)
Muc
+ (8.85,in.+ 12.4 in.) 2
=~ 363kips
. m.
gusset-pesign Case II
.(
The geometry is the same as Design Case I, only the loads have changed in magnitude and
direction as shown in Figures ~-?6 and5-37.._
..
Hub=-P,,
'
Hab=-Pa
14.9 i.n. (
)
= 30.l'in. 518 kips
=256 kips
-l!fc
I
13 -
,.,., ;
Top
=76.6 kips
'.
'
6.35 in.(
=76.6 kips(l0.5 jn. - 8.8,5 in.)

=126. kip-in.
In this example, the column. shear, He, is greater than the combined sh~ar; I~
2
Therefore, Figures 5-~0,a and 5-40b show pnly the He forces.
.
.
.
.
.
Hac =-Pa
ec
= 109 kips
Mac::::: Hae (~-13)
Figures 5-40a and 5-40b show thi; force distribution for Design Case I. The total column shear when J3 < ~ is discussed in the previous Connection Interface Forces section.
=3Q.'ii; 518 kips)
""Hu~(~-13)
::
ASD
6.35 in.(
.4 in. {363 kips)

30.l in.
=109 kips(I0.5 in.-8.85 in.)

=180 kip-in.
' .t
12
=150 kips
=213 kips
=8.85 in.
Vab=-Pa
r
30.1 in.
From AISC Manual Equation i3-3:
"'
eb
Vub= - Pu
r
=30.l in.
.
eb
o.l<.
r = ~(a+ec )2 +(P.+eb)2
=~(14.9 in.+ 6.35 in.)2
= 107 kips
Froni AISC Manual Equation 13-4:
a-J3~n6= eb ta.n0-ec
ec
uc=-Pu
= 8.85 in. (% 3 kips)

30.l in.
30.l m.
=10.5 in.
=885 ~0 '{518 kips)
. + 1.00 ill.
Vac=~Pa
A_ 19.9 in. -1.00 in.
Choose a=
. From AISC Manual Equation 13-2:
V..c ::::~Pu
=14.9 in.
"' -
ASD
14.9 in. (
= JO. l in. 363 kips

I
= 180 .kips
, .
LRID
From AISC Manual _Equation 13-3:
from AISC Ma11~al Equation 13-3:
)
Hue= ec Pu
r
= 6.35 in. ( 444 kips)
28.6 in.
= 98.6 kips
AMEIUCAN lNSTflUtt OF STEEi.. CONS'l'RUCTION
ASD
.,
ec
ac=-Pa
r
= 6.35 in. (311 ki~s)

28.6 in.
= 69.1 kips
S-230
BRACED FRAMES
LRFD
a
Hub=-P.
Cl
Hab= - Pa
r
r
39 0
= -8.6m.
'. ( 444 ldps)
=216 kips
,,
f3
28.6 in.
28.6 in.
=122 kips
= H.c(~-13)
Moc =H ac (j}- f3)
=69.1 kips(9.45 in.- 7.85 in.)

=1l l kip-in.
=98.6 k.ips{9.45 in. - 7.85 in.)

=158 kip-in.
85
=~-8.610.
~-(31 J kips)
ps
28.6 in.
=135 kips
From AISC Manual Equation 13- I9:

M.,,
= 12.4 in. (311 ~ps)
. )
kips
=193 kips
Vnc=~Po
Vuc=-Pu
eb
Vob=-Pa
r
=12.4 in. (444
I:
eb
V.,b =-P.
= 13.9 in.( 31Ikips)

28.6 in.
= 151 kips
.ASD
LRFD
ASD .
= 7.85 in. ( 444 k.i
=85.4 kips
13.9'
137 kip-in,
195 kip-in.
!'"'~
kips
r~ps
238 kips
238 kips
238 k i i s . .
19.9 kips
.
238 k"tps
267 kips
122 kips 122 kips
t
46.0 kips
46.0klp~
109 kips
167 kips
1~.9 kips ___ .-------'-
46.0 kips
~ips
j 213 kips
180 kip-in. 180 kip-in.
F2klps )
213 kips
109 kips
32.2 kips
'
, 167 kips
85.5 kips 85~5 kips
32.2 kip~ 32.2ki'Ps" .
I
t
t150 kips
~ 256 kips
152. kips
1so kips
1~.8 kips____ _.y__
F7klps \
kips)
_,__
1=~===1=ao=ki=.p=s~
76.~~s____J
.:__t__ 180 kips
"'
It)
- - ! - -- - . \ - -- - - "
c::i
1;-;J
6 .35.
Fig. 5-40a. Design Case I gusset interface forces (LRFD).
50l<ips
126 kip-in. 126 kip-in.
. ,,.J
187 kips
1so kips I
- - - 1 - -- - - - ' -
167 kips
167 kij__s
12.8 kips
76.6 kips 76.6 kips
213 kips 1=-.===2=56=ki=.p=s~
f213 kips
kips
kips)
J
. J
Fig 5-40b. Design Case l gusset interface forces (ASD).

AMERICAN
lNS'JTlVTI! OP STESL CONSTRUcnON
..
-Ii~
~232
BRACED FRAMES
Gusset Below the Beam-Design Case If
LRFD
ec
= 6.35 in. ( 606 kips)
= 6.35 in.(424 kips)
=128 kips
=89.4 kips
30.1 in.
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b and Commentary require that connections that
involve a beam, a column and a brace satisfy option (a) or (b) h~ that section. This example
wiU use option (a)-a simple beam-to-column connection.
30.l in.
FromAISC Manual Equation 13-5:
0.
To satisfy option (a), a splice can be provided in the beam just outside of the connection
region as is done in this example. If che beam splice were a perfect pin, then (1.1 R1 Mp)splice
= 0. As long as the splice can accommodate 0.025 rad of rotation without binding (i.e., no
fouling of parts), AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b(a) will be satisfied. The simple
connections presented in Parts 9 and IO of the AlSC Manual are deemed to comply with
Section F2.6b(a).
a
HiJJ=-Pu
r
Hab=-Pa
49
= ~,,Q.1
'."
(606 kips)
m.
14.9
=
- in.(
- 424 ki ps)
30.l in.
=210 kips
= 300 kips
Fro!11 AISC ManualEquation 13-2:
Jll
Ductility Requirements
H ac =-Pa
r
.-
ec
Huc= -Pu

Yoe --
13
-Pa
r
8 85
= in. ( 424 kips)
30.l in.
=125 kips
=8 85 in. (606 kips)

30.1 in.
:= 178
kips
--
,.
Vilb =-Pa
= 12.4 in. (606 kips)
30.1 in.
= 250 kips
68.6 kips~
~
19.9 kips ~
30.1 in.
=175kips
From A.ISC Manual Equation 13-19:
Muc = Huc(~-13)
./:
=12.4 in.(424 kips)
, .
.
46.0 kips
eb
t,, '
~233
Each of the Design Cases l aod II has a subsidiary case in which the compression brace postbuckJing strength is considered. This affects the design of the main members but not, in this
case, the gusset connection.
ASD
FromAISC Manual Equation 13-3:
;; ,
From AISC Manual Equ~tion 13-19:

Mac
~:)
=Hac(P-13)
=128 kips(I0.5 in. -8.85 in.)
= 89.4 kips(I0.5 in.-8.85 in.)
::::: 2 ll kip-in.
=148 kip-in.
211 kip-in.
Figures 5-41 a and 5-4 lb show the force distribution for Design Case II. The total column shear when f3 <~is discussed in che previous Connection Interface Forces section.
He:. is greater than the combined shear, I~ _,_Mc

2
Therefore, Figures 5-4la and 5-4lb show only the He forces.
fl-s
In this example, the column shear,
AMERICAN lNSTTIVre Of STEEi.. CONSTRIJCnON
( ,~:.~::.1 ----_,,___. . ~
211 kip-in.
I 6.35.
Fig. 5-4/a. Design Case II gusset inrerface forces (LRFD).
A.\IERICAN l?>!STmntl OP STEl!L CONSTRucnoN
5-234
BRACED FRAMES
Design of Splice
5-23
LRFD
Since the beam splice is in a mairi member, the design of the member needs to be considered. 1n normal design practice, the beam will be considered to be continuous from
column-to-column. in this example, a splice is inserted 2 ft 6~ in. from the face of the column. This splice must carry the loads thac would exist a1 this point in the continuous beam.
There.fori:. the.splice must carry the beam shear, beam axial force, and a moment equal to
the beam shear tii;nes 2 ft _6~ in. This moment is the moment that would exist in the beam
as designed, withom the splice.
Shear: V.,
ASD
=19.9 kips (gravity)
Shear: V,, = 12.8 kips (gravity)
Axial: Pu= 307 kips (compression)
Axial: Pa= 215 kips (compression)
Figure 5-42 shows the beam splice (one plate on rhe near face and one on the far face). In
order to prevent binding at a 0.025 rad story drift, the clearance between the .bea.~ and the
beam stub at the splice must be at least 12.4 in.(0.025 rad) = 0.310 in., where 12.4 in. is half
of the W24x146 beam stub depth. Use a 1.00 in. clearance as shown in Figure 5-33.
Tiie extended shear t;ib presented in Part 10 of the AISC Manual will be used for che splice
d~sign, The splice must be de~i~ed b~fore it can be checked for ductility.
The splice is on the beam cen terline~ Use ~-in.-diameter ASTM A325-X bolts.
From Ex~ple 5.3:5 the required strength of the beam, and therefore the splice connection,
is as fol~ows. The~e forces are also shown in Figures 5-35 and 5-37.
For gravity load alone- the connection to the W24x68 is designed as follows:
The gravity shear force needs to be delivered from the centroid of the W24x68 bolt group
to the face of the column. Therefore:
ex =30.5 in.+(1/2 in.+2 in. +l~ in.)
:::::34.5 in.
Interpolating from ATSC Manual Table 7-7 for angle::::: 0 withs= 3 in., ex= 34.5 in., and
n=6:
Us:;~:
=i-I 151 kips

I135 kips
13s kips
. 12.8 kips
~ips
32.2 kips
135
kips
t __l_151
69.1 kips
1_7;;:-
89.4 kips
~75 kips
fF======~
-r---
148 kip-in.
12~_st
89~
12.8
kips- ~!
Fill plate~..
each side
210 kips '
~ 175 kips
~~kips)
47.8 kips _&
175 kips
~s
ASTM A325-X (Group A) bolts in dou-
kips
32.2 l<ips .
32.2 kips
89.4 kips
7-1 for
Manual Table
%-in.-diameter
ble shear, the available shear strength is:
--L210ki s
4"
19.9 kips (LRFD)
12.8 kips (ASD)
c-.i
Bolts ?'$" dia.

A32S.:x in
std. holes
("')
c.,
II)
307 ~ips LRFD

215 kips (ASD)
---+----'<---' d
.....
148 kip-in.
'
Gravity ~
plus
seismic
13.9"
Fig. .5-41b. Design Case If gusset interface forces (ASD).
2'-6~"
J
~
,J.
c.,
Gravity
only
19.9 kips (LRFD)
12.8 kips (ASD)
'-~
PL%x15x19
(A572 Gr. 50) (1-NS, 1FS)
End of
W24x68 beam
Fig. .5-42. Beam splice.
S.3 SPP.CtAL CONCENTRICAI
LRFD
ASD
R.. =JP.} + v,}
~R~= C~r,.
=1.56(61.3 kips)
= 95.6 kips> 19.9 kips
o.k.
~ =c(~)
= 63.8 kips> 12.8 kips
o.k.
The gravity shear force needs to be deliYered from the centroid of the W24x146 bolt group
to the face of the column. Therefore:
e, =30.5 in.-4.00 in.

Intcrpolacing from AISC Manual Table 7.7 for angle= 0 witJ1 s
=3 in., t!t = 26.5 in.. and
n=6:
C=2.02
LRFD
..
=215kips
y =tan
=Un
r~: l
(19.9 kips)
_1
~07
=tan(;:)
=Ian - 1( 12.8 k.ips)
215 !Ops
kips
=3.71
=3.41"
ex= 30.5 in. -13.9 in. -4.00 in.

=12.6 in.
C= 8.06
~ =C(~)
o.k.
.
,
= 308 kips
ASD
~R,.=C~rn
?-
=J(215 kips)~ +(12.S kips)2
Use AISC Manual Tnble 7-7 with the angle from the Yerticil equal to 90" - 3.71 = 86.3'
(LRFD) and 90 - 3.41 =86.6 <ASD). lnterpolating from AlSC Manual Table 7-7 for :m
angle e.qual to 75 withs = 3 in., ex= 12.6 in., and 11 6:
The available shear strength of the W24x146 bolts is:
:-l
=r;;r;vJ
The distance from the gravity plus seismic resultant force to the centroid of the W24x146
boltS is:
=26.5 in.
=2.02(61.3 kips)
=114 kip~> 19.9 kips
Ra
= J(307 lcips)2+(19.9 kips)z
=I .56(40.9 kips}
For gravity load aJone-the coWlection to lhe W24x146 is designed as follows:
'
ASD
lRFO
r,.
- =40.9 lvps
=61 .J kip'
~rn
__,
S ~
r." BR;\CFD FRAMES
=2.02(40.9 kips)
=82.6kips>12.8 kips o.k.
For gravity plus seismic forces:

The majority of the horiz.ontal seismic force is resotved into lhe gussets and does not reach
the column face. The average gusset-to-beam connection length, from the geometry of
Figure 5-33 and subtracting l io. for the snip, is:
(25 3.4 in. + 27~ in.)n =26.8 in.

Assume for calculation purposes n point (26.8 in.+ 1.00 in.)/2 = 13.9.in. from the column
face, as shown in Figure .S-42, can be used as a reference point to check the splice under
gravity plus seismk loading.
The resultant of the beam shear aod aiti:1l forces and the load ;ingle from the horizontal :t.""<is
of the beam, y, are fouod as follows:
LRFD
ASD
..
Rn =Crn
= 8.06(61.3 kips)
=..t94 kips> 308 kips
o.k.
6=C(~)
= 8.06(..t0.9 kips)
= 330 kips> 215 kips o.k.
For the W24x68 bolts:
ex= 30.5 in.-13.9 in.+4.00 in .

=20.6 in.
Interpolating from AISC ,\-fanua/ Tub le 7.7 for au angle equal to 75 withs= 3 in., ex= 20.!
in., and n =6:
C=6.54
.:'
I
5-238
BRAC."ED FRAMES
LRFD
LRFD
ASD
Tearout: Gravity
$rn = <!> 1.21,rFu
=6.54(40.9 kips)
o.k.
ASD
Tcarout: Gravity
~=c(~)
$R,, = C$rn
=6.54 (61.3 kips)

=401kips>308 kips
5..3 SPECIAi.. CONCENTRICALLY tlKAl .cu 1-KAMl:.:S
rn
1.21,rF,,
-=---
= 0.75(1.2)(2.00 in.- 1h( 15!t6 in.)]
o.k.
x(0.650 in.)(65 ksi)
=58.2 kips/bolt
Check bolt bearing on the W24x 146 and W24x68

Because the force is eccentric and the AISC Manual eccentrically loaded bolt group tables
are used, the lowest tearout strength of the bolt group should be used; in this case, the edge
bolt controls.
The bearing and tearouc strength limit states are separated for clarity in the following. For
. SCBF systems, where lsrge deformations are anticipated. it is appropriate to assume that
defonnation at the bolt hole is not a design consideration for the seismic loading, and the
tearollt strength is checked at the end bolt with the 2.00 in. edge distance using AISC
,Specification Equation J3-6b. AJSC Seismic Provisions Section D2.2(1) limits the nominal
bearing strength at bolt holes to 2.4dtF,,; therefore the available bearing and tearout strengths
for the W24x146 web are:
LRFD
=2.02(38.8 kips/bolt)
=78.4 kips > 12.8 kips
o.k.
r,. = 38.8 kips/bolt(l.5 / 1.2)
=48.5 kips/bolt
~ =c(~)
..: 8.06(48.5 kips/bolt)
o.k.
= 391kips:>215 kips
2.4dtFu
o.k.
.J
-=---
:::: 0.75(2.4)0~ in.){0.650 in.)
= 2.4(11 in.)(0.650 in.)(65 ksi)
x(65 ksi)
For the W24x68:
2.00
= 44.4 kips/bolt
=66.5 kips/bolt
q>Rn =C$r11
=2.02(66.5 kips/bolt)
=134 kips> 19,.9 kips
Rn=
f
LRFD
'.
'
Bearing: Gravity
c( nrn J
= 2.02(44.4 kips/bolt)
= 89.7kips>12.8 kips
o.k.
r"
o.k.
Bearing: Gravity plus seismic
ASD
Bearing: Gravity
rn
=$2.4dtFu
2.4dtF,,
-=---
= 0.75(2.4)(* in.){0.415 in.)
2.4(* in.){0.415 in.)(65 ksi)

2.00
28.3 kips/bolt
x(65 ksi)
$rn
o.k.
Tearout: Gravity plus seismic
=58.2 kips/bolt(l.5 /1.2)

=72.8 kips/bole
= 587 kips > 308 kips
rn
~ =c(~)
=C$r,,
=2.02{58.2 kips/bolt)
= 8.06(72.8 ki~/bolt)
Bearing: G;Jvity
$r11 :::: $2.4dtFu
=38.8 kips/bolt
Te;u-our: Gravity plus seismic

<j>r,.
Y.!(116 in.)]
x(0.650 in.)(65 ksi)/2.00
R11 ::::Cq>r,,
ASD
Bearing: Gravity
4>R11
=1.2[2.00 in. -
= 42.5 kips/bolt
.
=66.5 kips/bolt
rn
o.k.
= l.56(42.5 kips/bolt)
= 66.3 kips> 19.9 kips
=8.06(44.4 kips/bolt)
AMOUCAI' J.Nsnnrre OF Sn;a CONSTRUCTION
~ =c(~ )
4JR11 = C$rn
~ =C(~)
$R11 =C$rn
=8.06(66.5 kips/bolt)
=536 kips > 308 kips
=44.4 kips/bolt
o.k..
=
=
1.56(28.3 kips/bolt)
44. l kips > 12.8 kips
o.k.
o.k.
AMERICAN
INS1'1TUTI? OF STEl!l. CONSTRUCTION
..
--"11\J
BRACED FRA..\llES
LRFD
LRFD
ASD
=37.2 k.ips/b-Olt(l.5/J.2)
=46.5 kips/bolt
$f<n =C$rn
=9.76(46.5 kips/bolt)
=454 kips > 308 kjps
...
~R,.
~ =c(~)
=C$rn
= 6.54( 42.5 kips/boll)
= 278 kips < 308 kips
1~
I;,
..
<'.
-----.
;:;:---'
"'
""6.54(28.3 kips/bolt}
n.g.
=185 kips< 215 kips
n.g.
A web doubler can be used to increase the W24x68 web Lhickness. or a less approximate
an:tlysis of 1he bolt group can be used. Entering Table 7-7 of lhe ATSC Manual at B = 75
when the rrue angle is 86..3 (LRFD) and 86.6 (ASD) is very conservative. A computer program based on the i.nstanl3neous center of ro1a1ion method of Part 7 of the AISC Manual
y1el<is a C value equal 10 9.76. Th.is value of C, rarher than lhe value of 6.54 from AlSC
Manual Table 7-7 at 75, will be used in subsequent calculations. Thus, the available bearing and 1earou1 strenglhs are:
LRFD
Bearing: Gr.ivity plus seismic
=9.76{42.5 kips/bolt)
=415 kips> 308kips
Tel!out: Gravity
"" 276 kips > 215 kips
From AlSC Manual Table 4-22 for F1
o.k.
r,.
1.2lctFu
-=--Q
=0.75(1.2)
x(0.415 in.)(65 ksi)/2.00
x(0.415 ht.)(65 ksi)
=24.8 kips/bolt
= 37.2 kips/bolt
,-
LRFD
Rn =C$r11
= 1.56(37.2 kips/bolr)
=58.0kips>19.9 kips
o.k.
~ =C(~)
= 38.7 kips> 12.8 kips
The design compressive strength of the
two pl:nes is:
= 513 kips> 307 k.ips
o.k.
Fer
Oc
=23.9 ksi
.
Tue allowable compress1ve strength of

lhe rwo plates is:
R,.
Pc,A1
-= - -
=36.0 ksi(% in.)(19.0 in.)(2)
=1.56(24.8 kips/bolt)
ASD
cllcR.. =cFcrA.r
'
o.k.
=50 ksi, the available critical stress is:
<PcFcr =36.0 ksi
=1.212.00 in. - 1h(IS/i6 in.)j
x[2.00 in.-1h{o/i6 in.)}
=303 kips> 215 kips
:; 55.4
Tearout: Gravity
=~l.2lctFu
~ =9.76(31.0 kips/bolt)
oJ<.
s in/Jfj_
9r,.
= 31 .o lcips/boh
1.2(5.00 in.)
7=
= 9. 76(28.3 kips/bolt)
o.k.
= 24.8 kips/ool!(t.5/1.2)
Size splice plates

Choose plates of ASTM A572 Grade 50 steel and a total thickness that exceeds the web
thickness of the lighter beam. Try (2) %-in.-lh.ick plates. The length, /, is the horizoncal distance between t.he last boh on the W24x68 beam and the first bolt on the W24x146 beam
stub, which is 5.00 in.
Kl
~ =C(~)
lf!R,. = C<!>rn
r,,
Gravity plus seismic
Check axial compression of splice plates

As the axial force in the beam due to seismic load:. is always in compression, nee tension is
not a limit state. With K =l.2 from AISC Specification Commentary Table C-A-7.1:
ASD
Beru:ing: Gravity plus seismic
T~ut:
~r.
~ ::::: 28.3 kips/bolt
$rn "'42.5 kips/bolt
ASD
Tcarout: Gravity plus seis!Tllc
Bearing: Gravity plu" seismic
,J..
5.3 SPEOAL CONCENTRlCAU..Y BRACFD FRAME.5
o.k.
nc
n.,
=23.9 ksi(* in.)(19.0 in.)(2)

=341kips>215 kips o..k.
S-242
BRACEP FRAMES
Check splice gross section foi shear and flexural yielding for gravity-only forces
LRFD
ASD
The required shear strength due to gravity load only is:

(
ASD
$Rn= $0.60FuA""
=0.75(0.60)(65 k.si) '
Rn
'
n
I-'
x(% in.)(2)
Moment at critical sectjon:
= 285 kips> 19.9 kips
The critical section is at the first line of bolts in the W24x68 side of the splice; 33.0 in. from
the column face. The required moment is:
ASD
LRFD
Mu splice
Mo Splice=
12.8 kips(33.0 in.)
.-
R,r
q>R,. .,; $0.60FyA8 v

x(l9.0 in.)(2)
::::: 47.4
0.60FyAgv
From AISC Specification Section J4.5 and Section Fll, the available flexural strength is:
=0.90(50 ksi)(2) (% in.}_{~.O in:)~

:::: 3,050 kip-in.> 657 kip-in.
o.k.
ASD
Mn
Mn "FyZ
nb nb
= 2,310 kip-in.> 657 kip-in.
=65ksi(41.4in.3 )
o.k.
.. ;. ~ )
. ..... ; ". :'
! ~
o.k.
Check splice for shear and flexural yielding for gravity and seismic for_ces
ASD
o.k.
$Rn =428 kips> 19.9 kips
o.k.
~ = 285 kips > 12.8 kip~:-
o.k.
I..
,_____ ___,___ ___,___ !

Moment at critical section:
Check splice net section for shear and flexural rupture for gravity~only forces
From AISC Specification Equation 14-4, the available shear strength is:
I.
2.00
= 1,540 kip-in.> 422 kip-in.
l..RFD
=SO ksi(2) (% in.)(19.0

in.)2 (-1-)
4
1.67
= 2,030 kip-in.> 422 kip-in.
nb
0.15( 65 ksi)( 47.4 m.3)
FuZner
=-2.00
There is no shear in the splice due to sdisrnic loads. From previous calculations, for gravity
loading, the available shear strength is as follows:
ASD
cl>bMn =cl>bFyZ
in.3
QbM'n ::::: $bFuZnet
LRFD
o.k.
..."
LRFD
= 0.60(50 ksi)(% in.)(19.0 in.)(2)

1.50
= 285 kips> 12.8 kips
o.k.
o.k.
:::o 190
ASD
-=
Q
~ 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(% in.)
x(% in.)(2) I 2.00

kjps > 12.8 kips
o..k.
x(l.5 io.+4.5 in.+7.5 in.)(2)
From AISC Specification Equation J4-3, the available shear strength of bolh splice plates is:
..
in.+ Yi6 in.)]
- 2(% io.)(1.0 in.)
LRFD
1!6
z - 2(% in.)(19.0 inf
= 422 kip-in.
. = 657. kip-ill.
xi 19.0 in. - 6(
From AlSC Manual Equatio~ 9-4, the available flexural strengih is deiennined ;as follows:
n#-
=19.9 kips(-33.0 in.)
'
::::: 0.60(65 ksi)
x( l9.0 in. - 6(1S!i6 in.+ \1\6 in.)J
Shear: Va= 12.8 kips
=0.60FuAnv
The critical section is at the first line of bolts in the W24x68 side of the sp"ifoe; 19 .1 in. from
the gravity plus seismic resultant force. The required moment at the critical section is:
l=
r.
h.
I
LRFD
M.
<plu
..
;;
From AlSC Manual Table 7-7 for angle= 0 with s
ASD
'
9Mn
LRFD
o.k.
M....u
=6:
=~(A,,c')
(Manual Eq I 0-4)
0.90
= 68 ki.i [0.601 in.2(54.2 in.)j

0.90
n= 2,O''O kip-m.. > 244 k:ip-m..

,\-fn
and n
The nominal flexural strength of the boll group is:
ASD
= 3,050 kip-m. > 380 kip-in.
=3 in
C' =54 ...:! in.
Ma 1pUu =12.S kips(19. l in.)

=244 kip 10.
= 19.9 kJp~(l9.I in.)

= 380 kjp-in.
From previous calculations, lhc available flexural strenglh is:
_it'.
5-245
5.3 SPFCb\L CONC'ENl'RICALLY BRACED FRAMES
.>
= 2.460 kip-in.
o.k.
6Mmo.,
1:
j:
Check splice net section for shear and flexural rupture for gravity
and seismic forces
_____, <
L ...,
LRFD
..
~
'PRn
:ii
Jll
'
~u
.;
M,. =2,3 10 kip-in.> 380 kip-in.
The
~plice
6(2,460 kip-in.)
=50 ksi(19.0 in.)2

=0.818 in.
ASD
~ =190 kips> 12.8 kips
o.k.
o.k.
Since 21=2(~ in.)= 0.750 in.< t;111u
o.k.
~" =l,540 kip-in.> 244 kip-in.
o.k.
plate thickness perntined is:
:r
.;.
6Mflt4)1,
tmdX = - - F, d2
l:
.
I'
Nounal:
Nonna!:
N,, =1109 kips-46.0 kips-122 kip~
Na =176.6 kips-32.2 kips-85.5 kips!
=59.0 kips (compression)
= 41 . 1 kips (compression)
(Manual Eq. 10-3)
= 431 kips
Shear:
Va =167 k.ips+l50 kips-12.8 kips
= 304 kips
where
,I
t
,.
ASD
Shear:
V,, =238 kips 1-213 kips-19.9 lcips
~l
0.818 in., the splice satisfies the ductility requirement.
LRFD
be used to check the ductility of the splice. From AISC Manual Part J0, the maximum splice
:1
Beam-to-Column Interface-Design Gase I

The forces at the beam-to-rolumn mterface., shown in Figures 5-40a and S-40b, arc:
is satisfactory for the requirCil strengths.
,, I Check the ductility of the splice

ii~ The procedure used for the extended single-plate connection in AISC Manual Part 10 can
:i
F\d 2
(Manual Eq. 10-4)
Check beam stub gross section for shear and tension yielding
From AISC Manual Table 3-6, the availilble shear strength of the W24x146 beam ~tub is:
LRFD
For the splice plate snd bolts, the nominal shear stress of ASTh1 A325-X bolts from AJSC
Specification Table 13.2 is:
F""= F\.= 68 ksi
The area of a 3ii-in.-di:uneter bolt, from AISC Manual Table 1-1, is:
Ab= 0.601 in. 2
41 V.,
=482 kips > 431 lcips
ASD
o.k.
~ =321 kips > 304 kips
o.k.
Check 1hc available compressive strength of lhe beam stub. Treating the beam stub ns a connecting clement, determine whether the available compressive strength can be detcml.ined
using AISC Specificarion Section J4.4:
KL l.0(30 in.)
-=
r
3.01 in.
The directional strength increase is calculated as follows:

ASD
LRFD
Pn =F1 A1
=50 ksi(43.0 in.
8~2b:
~~~~~-L-RFD~~~~~~,.-~~~~~A-SD~~~~~-1
=2,150 kips
435 kips
The available compressive strength is:
Dreq'J =
LRFD
Pn
-=
= 0.90(2,150 kips)
=1,940 kips> 59.0 kips
o.k.
The nom1al force of 59.0 kips (LRFD) or 41. l kips (ASD) on the column indicates that wel
local crippling and local yielding checks should be made on we.column as follows.
The resultant force to be resisted by the weld is:
From AJSC Specification Equation J l 0-2, because the load is applied greater than d from the
ASD
Ra =JV}+Nt
= J(304 .kips)2 +(41.l kips)2
=307 kips
=435 ltips
ASD
LRFD
tan- 1 (~:)
9Rn
LRFD
ASD
=$F,,.,t,..(5k,u, +lb)
Rn F>wlw(5kw +111)
-=
0= tan-I(~:)
kips)
=13II- I ( 59.0
431 kips
= tan -t ( 41.l kips)

304 ldps
=7.79
= 7.70
= 1.00(50 ksi)(0.550 in.)
x(S(l.50 in.)+20~ in.]
The angle of the resultant force can be calculated and used in the directional strength
increase of fillet welds according to AISC Specification Equation 12-5. The angle of the
resultant with respect to the vertical along the column is:
9=
I:
J,.::
end of the column, the available web local yielding s(!cngth of the column is:
LRFD
=Jv,,2 + N:
=J< 431 kips )2 + (59.o kips)2
=7.82 sixteenths
Design of beam stub web-to-column weld
R,,
'h-in. double-sided fillet welds are required for Design Case I on rhe beam T-discance of
203A in.
2,150 kips
1.67
=1, 290 kips > 41.1 kips
o.k.
307 kips
Dm/'d = 2(0.928 ldp/in.)(20* in.)(1.02)
=7.38 sixteenths
ASD
$Pn = Q>FyA8
2(1.392 kip/in.)(203/.i in.)(1.02)
~-
The required weld size is calculated as follows from AlSC Manual Equations 8-2a and
(Spec. Eq. 14-6)

2
l.0+0.5sinu7.70= 1.02
L0+0.5sinu7.79= l.02
=9.97 < 25; therefore, AJSCSpeciftcarion Section 14.4 is applicable
5-1.
5.3 SPECIALCONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES
= 777 kips> 59.0 kips
n
=5~ ksi(0.550 in.)
x[5(1.50 in.)+203/.i in.]

o.k.
x(l/l.50)
=518k.ips>4Llkips
o.k.
Check column web local crippling

I.
FromAISC Specification Equation] 10-4, because the load is applied greater than d/2 frorr }"
the end of the column, the available web local crippling strength of the colunm is:
AMERlcAN lNnTruTE OP STEEL CONSTIUICIJON
-- -
e.
;
~ ..
S- 248
BRACED FRAMES
LRFD
~. =~oso1a['[~ l( :;
!...
~"
"
IJ;
Rn =0.80r.,2
I,.,
'
= 0.75(0.80)(0.550 in.)2
x[ I + 3( 20*
in.)( 0.550 in.
12.7 in. 0.900 in.
.4~
't'
:::: 934 kips> 59.0 kips
~~
The available compressive strength detennined previously for Design Case I is:
o.k.
LRFD
x[ I+ 3( 2012.71" !n.)( 0.900

0.550 ~n. r~ 1
10.
The Jim.it state of column web compression buckling is not checked here because only I.be
beam stub web is attached ro the column flange. Therefore, pinching of the column web
would not occur, as it would if the beam stub flanges were also connecred.
Beam-to-Column Interface-Design Case II
-l
The forces ar the beam-to-column interface, shown in Figures 5-4 la and 5-4 lb, are:
S:
L"lFD
Nom1al:
"
i'
Nu =198.6 kips-128 kips - 46.0 kips!

=75.4 kips (compression)
Na= 169.1kips-32.2 k.ips-89.4 kips!
Shear:
Shear:
~
~
i:
Vu =193 kips+250 kips+19.9 kips
Va
=135kips+175kips+12.8 kips
=323kips
Check beam stub for shear and tension yielding

t
The avail:iblo shear yielding strength determined previously for Design Case I is:
j,;
..
LRFD
:-.,
~;
~Vn
=482 kips> 463 kips
ASD
o.k.
V,
(; = 321 kips < 323 kips
n.g,
=JvJ+N;
2
= J(323 kips)2 +(52.5 kips)
= 327 kips
=469 kips
The beam stub web-10-column weld size is determined from AJSC Manual Equations 8-2a
and 8-2b, including the directional strength increase of AISC Speclfication Equation J2-5,
:lS follows:
9=
~;
''
J(463 k.ips)2 + (75.4 kips )
Load angle
= 52.5 kips (compression)
=463 kips
Ra
LRFD
NonnaI:
,,...
ASD
=~VJ +N~
ASD
:::
LRFD
Ru
o.k.
Design of beam stub web-to-column weld
o.k.
~~~
=1. 290 kips> 52.5 kips
Pn
The resultant force at the beam-10-column interface is:
x(2.~)
a
~
;l I
o.k.
0.550 in.

'~
Pn = 1,940kips >15.4 kips
tn .
x /29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.900 in.)
~~~
'h
ASD
=0.80(0.550 in.)2
ksi)(0.900 in.)
x/29,000 ksi(50
0.550 in.
{'
"
1+3(~ )( :;
Due 10 the different load combinations used for LRFD versus ASD, there is a slight discrepancy between the LRFD and ASD results for the required shear strength. Typically. one
method should be chosen and used consistently throughout an entire design. For the purposes of this example, U1e LRFD result will be used here.
xJE~~IJ (~)
xJEF_w.IJ
'"
r.
ASD
5.3 SPECIAL CONC.ENTRJCALLY DRACEO fRAMES
ASD
Load angle
0=Ian-t(Na)
Vo.
~-1(~:)
kips)
-tS2.5
kips)
323 kips
= tan- 1 (75.4
463 kips
= tan
=9.25
=9,23
Directional strength increase
l.0+0.Ssinl.5 9.25= l.03
1.0+ 0.5sinJ.S 9.23=1.03
I
:
II
I
I
I
. BRACED FRAMf:S
5-250
LRFD
Dreq'd
5-
Although it seldom controls, interaction can be checked here using the interaction formu
of Example 5.3.8.
ASD
Number of sixteenths inch of weld

required
5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTRICALLY BR.ACED FRAMES
J'
Number of si.ueenths inch of weld
required
469 kips
D
req'd
2(1.392 kip/in.)(20~ in.)(1.03)
Design of beam flange-to-fop gusset weld
327 kips
2(0.928 kip/jn.)(20~ in.)(1.03)
=8.24 sixlCC!lths
=7.88 sixteenths
The beam Oange-10-top gusset plate weld is detennincd as follows using the direction
strength increase of AJSC Specification Equation 12-5, the I .25 ductili1y fac1or discussed
AISC Manual Pan 13, and AlSC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:
ASD
lRFD
Note that this Case controls (Desjgn Case In requiring double-sided o/i6-in. fillet welds.
The c-0lumn must also be checked for web local crippling and web local yielcling. These
limit states will not control here for Design Case IT. The calcul:ltions were shown for Design
Case I.
R., =
Top GusseHo-Beam Interface-Design Case I
The forces at the top gusset-to-beam interface, shown in Figures 5-40'a and 5-40b, are:
LRFD
Normal: N,. =238 kips
Shear: V.,
..
Nonnal: Na::::: 167 kips
-
=267 kips
Jv., +N;
2
R0 =
=358 kips
=251 kips
Load angle
=~-(~~)
The available shear yielding strength of the gusset plate is determined from AISC
Specification Equation J4-3, and the available tensile yielding strength is determined
from AJSC Specificat_ion Equation 14-1 as follows:
LRFD
9Vn
ASD
=1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)('A in,)
=417 lcips > 267 kips
x('A
o.k.
in.)(26~ in.-1.00
=tPF1 A8
in.)
Use double-sided ~in. fillet welds.
FyA
o.k.
8
-=--
::::: 0.90(36 k.si)('Ain.}

x(26'.4 in.-1.00 in.)
P,.
o.k.
in. - LOO in.)(1.27)
=4.92 sixieenths
x(l/1.50)

<PP,.
(26~
= 0.60(36 ksi)
x(26'A in.-1.00 in.)
. _ 1.25(358 kips)
req d - 2{1.392 kipfm.)
x~~~~~--,~~
= 36 lcsi(1.4 in.)(26'.4 in.-1.00 in.)

1.67
o.k.
1.0 + 0.50sinl.5 41.8=1.27
1.0 + 0.50sinl.S 41.7::: l.27
V,. 0.60F1 Agv

-=
=0.60F1 Agy
=tan-(167 kips)
-i(No)
Vo
=tan
=41.8
=41.7
.};
187 kips
267 kips
Check top gusset for shear yielding and tension yielding along the beam flange
=Jc187 kips)2 +{16; kips)2
=tan-I (238 kips)
Shear: Y11 ::::: 187 kips
Jva +N;
::::: J(267 kips)2 +{238 ldps)2
Load angle
ASD
Resultant force
Resultant force
D . _ 1.25(251 kips)
rtq d -
2(0.928 kipfm.)
1
x~~-~---(26~ in.- LOO in.)(1.27)
=5.17 sixteenths
f::
l.
The 1.25 factor in the numerator is a ductility factor from the work of Richard (1986) ...
modjfied by Hewitt nnd Thornton (2004). Richard found that lbe ratio of the maximum
streSs to the average stress on corner gussets was 1.4, wb.ich was reduced to a 90% con
den~e limit by Hewiu and Thornton resulting in the 1.25 factor. The UFM nssumes
uniform distribution of stress on the gusset edge, but the actual distribution is not likely t
be uniform; the 1.25 factor accounts for this.
S-252
'' l
t;
j'
~:
'
BRACED FRAMES
Beam stub strength.
Top Gusset-to-Beam Interface-Design Case II

The forces at the top gusset-to-beam interface, shown in Figures 5-41a and 5-41 b, are:
Check web local yielding
From AISC Specification Equation Jl0-3, because lhe load is applied less than er equal to
the beam.stub depth, d, from the end of the beam stub, the available web local yielding
srrength of thy beam stub is:
ASD
LRFD
Q~1
=$Fywtw(2.5kdes +lb)
=1.00(50 ksi)(0.650 in.)
[2.5{1.59 in.)
Rn
F)'.,.,1,., (2.5kde$ + 11>)
-=
ASD
LRFD
=135 kips
Normal: Nu= 19'.3 kips
Normal: N0
Shear: Yu= 216 kips
Shear: V0 = 151 kips
Check top gusset gross section for shear and tension yielding
From Design Case I:
= 50 ksi (0.650 in.)
x[2.5(l .59 in.)+ (263.-~ in. -1.00 in.)]
x +(26~.in. -1.00 in.)
5.3 SPECIAi... CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
LRFD
ASD
)((I/ l .50)
o.k.
=644 kips> 167 kips
o.k.
~V,.::: 417
kips> 216 kips
Vn
o.k.
,
Check web local crippling
=0.60(36 ksi)
t
x(J,4 in.)(26% in.-!.00 in.)
..
x(l/l.50)
Because tl1e compressive force is applied. at the centroid of the beam stub-to-gusset interface, which is a distance from the beam stub end that is greater than d/2, the nominal web
local crippling strength i~.:
=278kips>151 kips
..
~Pn
Pn FyA8
-=-n Q
=q>FyAg
x(26% in. - 1.00 in.)
= 626 kips > 193 kips
,,
=36 ksi(~ in.)(26% in.-1.00 in.)
"'0.90(36 ksi)('.IA in.)

(Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)
o.k.
l.67
o.k.
=4i6 ldps > 135 kips
o.k.
The available web local crippling strength is:

LRFD
ASD
Rn =0.80(0.650 in/
$Rn= 0.75(0.80)(0.650 in.)2

I
I
x
1+ 3 (2631~ in.-1.00
24.7 in.
inl
x(0.650
1.09 in.
in.)
1+3(26~ in.-1.00 in.)

24.7 in.
Resultant force
>< /29,000 ksi{50 ksi)(l.09 in.)
"
Resultant force
R,, =~VJ+ N~
=~(216 kips)
=290 kips
x(2.~o)
R,, :-::~Vi +N'!

2
0.650 in.
=643 kips> 167 kips
A$D
LRFD
1---~~~~~~~~~-t-~~~~~~~~~- ,1
x(0.650 in-r..s
1.09 in.
xJ29,000 ksi{SO ksi)(l.09 in.)

0.650 in.
o.k.
Beam flange-to-top gusset weld ,

The beam flange-to-top gusset plate weld is determined as follows using the directional
strength increase of AISC Specification Equation )2-5. the 1.25 duclility factor discussei;i in
AlSC Ma11ual Prut 13. and AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:
+(193 kips)
=~(151 k.ips)2 +{135 ki~s)

=203 kips
!'
I,
L____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ . __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.... :
o.k.
AMllRICAN INSTITU'ra Or STEEL CONSTRUCTION
5-254
BRACED FRAMES
LRFD
=tan- I
(193 kips J
Va
=41.8"
J.0+0.50sinJ. 5 41.8::::
-.
Directional strenglb increase

1.0+ 0.50sin 1.s 41.8=1.27
l.27
1.15(290 kips)
2(1.392 kip/in.)
(26% in. -1.00 in.)(1.27)
=3.98 sixteenths
1.25(203 kips)
2(0.928 kip/in.)
Dreq'd=
(26~
1
in. -1.00 io.)(1.27)
Nonnal: Na = 85.5 kips
Shear: Vu = 151 kips
Shear: Va= 106 kips
Combine the axial force and the moment by converting the moment into an equivalent axial
force derived from !.he moment equation for a simply supported member with a concentrate. !
load at midspan (s is lhe snip dimension of lhe gusset and ~ is I.he distance to the centroi l::
'.'
of the column-to-gusset connection, detei;nined previously):
..
1-------I:.RFD-
--------+------A_S_D
_ _ __ _ _
4Muc
Nu t quiv
= 4.18 si-xteenths
'
Nonnal: Nu = 122 kips
l.-.M._o_m_.e_n_t:_M~uc-=~1-95~ki-p-_i_n_.~~~~~'--M-o_m~en_t_:_M_a'__-_i_37~ki-p-~in_.~~~~~ I~
151 kip_s
= 41.8
_ -i(Na)
-
-tan
=tan - 1(135 kips)
_ 216 kips
Dreq'd
The forces at the top gusset-to-column interface, shown in Figures 5-40a and 5-4-0b, are:
Load angle
e =tan_,(~:)
-
Top Gusset-to-Column Interface-Design Case I
ASD
Load angle
5.3 SPECIAL CONCE.NTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
This requires double-sided -'l'\6-in. fillet welds. Note that Design Case I controls, however,
requiring a %-in. fillet weld.
= N,. + - ( -)
2 ~ -s
=122 kips+
Na equiv= Na+-(-)
2 ~-s
.
2(195 kip-in.)
.
.
9.45 m. - 1.00 in.
=_16_8_ki
_P_s_ _~
;:.._.:..._ ...:.'-'_
L __ _
Beam stub strength
4Mac '
= 85.5 kips+
2(137 kip-in.)
_.
.
9.4) m.-1.00 m.
.I..
I.
I:~:t:
=_1_1_s_ki.:..p_s- -- -- - -
_:__:..i__ _ _
This i~ not a realJoad_but res.ult$ in. the, same demand on the gusset.and ,weld as working :;
wi~ N and M; se~aiately and. all<fWS ,the ~rect US(!.of AI~C Specifica1ion Section Ji 0.
Check beam stub web local yielding
Fro!n Design Case I calculation:

Design of column flange-to-top gusset weld
LRFD
.......
ASD
..
<l>R11 = 966 kips> 193 kips
o.k.
~
n
= 644 kip.s > 135 kips
o.k.
1
l
.:
The colu~ flange-to-top guss~t pl~te\weld i~ qetermined as (ollo"".s. using the ~irection~'
strength mcrease of AlSC Speciji'ca11011Equatton 12-5, the l.25 ductility factor discussed J
AlSC Manual Part 13, and AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:
LRFD
Check beam stub
web local crippling
Resultant force
From Design Case I calculati,on:
~ = JvJ + NJ(.q"w
LRFD
<l>Rn
= 965' kips> 193 kips
ASD
o.k.
R,. = 643 kips > 135 kips
o.k.
Resultant force
Jv; + N} equiv
Ra =
= J(151 kips)2 +(168 lcips)2
=J(106 kips)2 + (118 kip&)2
=226 kips
= 159 kips
j:.
,,
..;.:~
: I
l
BRACED FRAMES
S-256
LRFD
..
Load angle
=tan-I( Nw~:Mil')

From AISC Sptcification Equation J 10-2, bec3U'.te the lo3d is applied greater lh:in the col
umn depth, d, from the end of the column, the available \\eb local yielding strength of the
column is:
ASD
Load angle
0 =tan
S-2.!51
S.3 SPEClAl. CONCE.NTRICA l LY SRACEn r'RAMES
(Na~;rv)
LRFO
=tan-1(I68kips)
=tan
=48. l"
=48.1
151 kips
=__2_..{l_.3_9_2_k.i-.pli-1-n.-)-x
D,,~;1
=1.00(50 ksi}(0.550 in.)

x!S(l.50 m.)+(17J.S in. - J.00 in.)]
=670 kips> 168 kips
(17:.i in. - LOO in.)(1.32)
fywlw(5kJu +Ji,)
-50 ksi(0.550 in.)
o.k.
x[5(1.50 in.)+(17:~ in.-1.00 in.)]
x(l / l .50)
l.25(159 kips)
=----"----'--'----2{0.928 ki~m.)
=4.56 sixteenths
Rn
-=
Rn= ~F>,.t,.,(5kdf.r +lb)
l.0+0.50sin 1.S48.l 0 = 1.32
l._25(226 kips)
Dteq"d
kips)
106 kips
Directio113l strength incre<ISC
1.0 + 050sinl.S 48.1" = 1.32
ASD
1 (118
o.k.
=4.81 sixteenlhs
ASD
Check top gusset for sJiear yielding and tension yielding along
the column flange
The available shear yielding strength of the gusset plate al the column flange interface is
determined from AISC Specification Equation J4-3, and the available tensile yielding
s1.rcngth at the column flange interface is determineJ from AISC Specification Equation
J+ l as follows:
$R,,
=$0.SOr! l + 3( ~)( :; )
xJEFy-.. IJ
lw
= 0. 75(0.80)(0.550
,.
,.
.;
..
Vn
=~0.60,r:.,.A,.
=1.00(0.fi0)(36 ksi)(* in.}
0.60F>A!v
Pn
o.k.
= 0.90(36 ksi}(3A in.)
36 ksi(% in.)(17~ in. - 1.00 in.)
x(l7* in.- l.00 in.)

o.k.
=
1.67
=273 kips> 118 kips
- 0.80(0.550 in.)2
12.7 in.
x(0.550
x(0.550 ~)t.s
0.900 UL
in.)..s
0.900 in.
x
/29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.900 in.)

.
0.550 m.
= 812 Jdps > 168 kips
FA
1 1
-=-n n
9Pn =F>'A1
=410kips>168 kips
1.50
o.k.
in.)2
(j_)
(t'ffi in.-1.00 in.)
1+ 3
=o.60(36 1csi)('A m.xm~ in.- Loo in.}
x(l7* in.-1.00 in.)

~ 08001+3[~ tJ]
1.S
xj
ASD
v,.
Because the load is applied greater than d/2 from the tnd of the column, the a\'ailable web
local crippling sirength of the column is determined from AISC Specifica1io11 Equation
J10-4 as follows:
LRFD
LRFD
( 17* in.-J.00 in.)(1.32)
Use a double-sided 16-in. fillet weld.
x /29,000 ksi{50 ksi)(0.900 in.)

0.550 in.
o.k.
=541kips>118 kips
o.k. /
o.k.
Check column web shear strength
From AlSC Man11al Table 36, for a W12x96, the available shear strength i&:
5-258
BRACED FRAMES
LRFD
~Vn
r'
>
'
t
5.3 SPECJAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACC!D FRAMES
LRFD
ASD
=210 kips> 122 kips
o.k.
~ =140 kips > 85.5 kips
oJc.
ASD
P,,
=0.90(36 ksi)()A in.)

x(28~
Top Gusset-to-Column Interface - Design Case JI

The forces at the top gusset-to-column interface, shown in Figures 5-41a and 5-4lb, are:
LRFD
NonnaJ: Nu =98.6 kips
ASD
].
Shear: Va= 85.4 kips
Moment: Muc =158 kip-iu.
Momem: Mat= 111 kip-in.

Resultant force
un
ASD
= 150 kips
LRFD
x(283A in.-1.00.in.)
=tan
Load angle
-r(Nu)
v..
:::: Lan-I
(213 kips)
=39.8
J.0+0.50sin1.S39.8= 1.26
Dreq'd
1.25(333 kips)
=--2-(1-.3..:..92-k.i-.p-'/i......n.""")- -
ASD
Q
=0.60(36 .ksi)
x(l/f.50)
"'300 kips> 180 kips
1
(
~=)
= tan- 1 (150 kips)
180 kips
I
=39.8
l.0+0.50sin1.539.8= 1.26
Drtq'd
1.25(234 kips)
=___
__,__.....:~--
2(0.928 kipfm.)
o.k.
I
!::
(283.4 in.-1.00 in.)(1.26)
=4.51 sixteentbs
Use a double-sided Yi6in. fillet weld. Design Case ll must also be investigated.
x(3A in.)(283A in. - 1.00 in.)
o.k.
= tan-
x
\283A in. -1.00 in.)(1.26)
= 4.28 sixteenths
Vn 0.60FyAgv
-=
Q
256kips
Shear: Va= 180 kips
=cp0.60F1 A8 ,,
=1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)(3A in.)
=234 kips
Load angle
Check bottom gus;.et for shear and tension yielding along the beam flange
The available shear yielding strength of the gusset plate is detennined from AISC
Specification Equation 14-3, and the available rensile yielding srrength is determined
from AISC Specification Equation 14-1 as follows:
41Vn
~ ~(180 kips )2 + (150 kips )2
~(256 kips)2 +(213 kips)2
=333 kips
The forces at the bottom gusset-to-beam interface, shown in Figures 540a and 5-4-0b, are:
.
l,
Ra=~V}+N;
R,, =~Vu +NJ
Bottom Gusset-to-Beam Interface-Design Case I
Shear: Vu =256 kips
1.
Resultant load
Normal: N0
o.k.
ASD
LRFD
This completes the top gusset design.
LRFD
1.67
The beam flange-to-bouom gusset plate weld is determined as follows using the directional
strength increase of AJSC Specifi.cation Equation 12-5, Lhe 1.25 ductility factor discussed in
AlSC Manual Part 13, and AJSC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:
Comparing these loads with those of Design Case 1, it can be seen that Design Case [
controls.
Nonna!: Nu= 213 kips
o.k.
Design of beam flange-to-bottom gusset weld
NonnaJ: Na= 69.l kips
36 ksi(~ in.)(283A in. -1.00 in.)
in.-1.00 in.)
=674 kips> 213 kips
F1 A8
n--=-n
Pn =FyA8
l.
,,l:
5-260
BRACED FRAMES
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICAU.Y BRACCO FRAMES
5-261
Beam stub strength
Bottom Gusset-to-Beam Interface-Design Case fl
Check beam stub web local yielding
The forces at the bottom gusset-to-beam interface, shown in Figures 5-4la and 5-4lb, are:
Because the normal force acts at the centroid of the bottom gusset-Lo-beam interface, wb.ich
is less than the depth of the beam stub, d, 1be available web local yielding strength of the
beam stub is detennined from AISC Specification Equation J 10-3 as follows:
LR.FD
Rn
-=
=1.00(50 ksi)(0.650 in.)
LRFD
x(l/1.50)
o.k.
The norm~! force acts at the centroid of the bottom gusset-to-beam interface, which is
greater than d/2 from the. end of the beam. The available web local crippling strength of the
.beam stub is detem1ined from AISC Specification Equaiion Jl0-4:
LR.FD
ASD
Rn= 0.80r~.
tw
1+ 3 (28314 in.-l.00
24.7 in.
in.)
in.r
x(0.650
1.09 in.
x( 0.650 iti.
. 1.09 in.
x~29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(l.09 in.)

0.650 in.
...
tr
"!:
,.
=1,0.10 kips> 213 kips
o..k.
o.k.
P,.
=449 kips> 175 kips
o.k.
$Vn:::: 450 kips> 300 kips
o.k.
V,,
o.k.
ASD
in.)
r.s
o.k.
=J(210 kips)2 ;(175 kips)2
2
'.
=391.kips
:d 273 kips
Load angle
e :::::tan- 1 (~:)
=tan -
x(2.~)
Ra=~V}+NJ
= ~(300 kips)2 +(250 kips)
Load angle
/29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(l.09 in.)

x
~
0.650 in.
Resultant force
Ru= Jv}+NJ
= 673bps>150 kips
Beam flange-to-bottom gusset weld
Resultant force
1+3(283-4 in.-1.00
24.7 in.
674 kips> 250 kips
~P11 ::::
LRFD
= 0.80(0.650 in.)2
= 0.75(0.80)(0.650 in.)2
Ii I
xE~wtf
- - (-
1+3(~ )(~;
ASD
The beam flange-to-bottom gusset plate weld is detennined as follows using the directional
strength increase of AISC Specification Equation 12-5, !,he 1.25 ductility facto.t; discussed i1~
AISC Manual Part 13, ~d AlSCManual_ ~quations 8-2a and 8-2b:
l)
Shear. Va= 210 kips
x[2.5(1.59 in-)+(28~ in.-J.00 in.)]
o.k.
f5
Normal: Na= 175 kips
Check bottom gusset for shear and tension yielding along the beam f~ange
Check beam stub web local crippling
='1>0.80t;_ 1+3(~J(:;
.'
From previous calculatiou.s for Design Case I:
$R11
=250 kips
+lb)
=50 k:si(0.650 in.)
x[2.5(1.59 in.)+(28.t in. -1.00 in.)}
=1,030 kips> 213 kips
Fywt,.,(2.5kd~s
Normal: Nu
ASD
ASD
$Rn::::: 'PF)wtw(2.5kdes +lb)
LRFD
I (
=39.8
250
e =ran- 1 (~:)
kips)
300 kips
= t:an- 1(175 kips)

210 kips
= 39.8'o
LRFD
ASD
Dire.ctional sirength increase
q5(391 kips)
D,.q'd
2(1.392 kip/in.)
"
1.0+ 0.50sin ..s 39.8= 1.26
l
(28* in. -1.00 in.)(1.26)
=109 kips+
Norqui=Ta+ 2(J3-s)
2(180 ki~in.!
10.5
= 16.6 kips+ 2(1~6 kipin.~
10.5 10. - 1.00 tn.
in. -1.00 lfl.
The column flange-to-bottom gusset plate weld is determined as follows using the direc
tional strength increase of AISC Sptcification Equation 12-5, !.he 1.25 ductility facto1
discussed in AISC Manual Part 13, and AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b:
._~_sn______----;; I;
Check beam stub web focal yielding
1--------L_RFD
_______________
The available web local yielding strength of rhe beam is (from previous calculations):
Re.~ultant
ASD
o.k.
$Rn:::: 1,030 kips> 250 kips
Rn :::::687kips>175 kips
Ru= ~V11 + NJ,qui

o.k.
$R,. = 1,010 kips> 250 kips
=21lkips
=149 kips
o.k.
Rn
=673kips>175 kips
Load angle
Load angle
=tan-1(N"~:u1v)
o.k.
- -kips)
152 kips
=tan-I (103 kips)

107 kips
:::::44.0
=43.9
1.0 +
Dreq'd
ASD
Normal: N11. = 109 kips
Normal: N" =76.6 kips
Shear: Y,.._= 152 kips
Shear: V0 = 107 kips
Moment: Muc = 180 kip in.
Moment: Moc= 126 kip-in.
=tan-1 ( Na;:im.)
!' lfl
I.
I
I.
l
,
!
_ 1 (147
Bottom Gusset-to-Column Interface-Design Case I

The forces at the bottom gusset-to-column interlace, shown in Figures 5-4-0a and 5-4-0b, are:
LRFD
=~Vo2 +NJ equi

= J(107 kips)2 +(103 kips) 2
=tan
~;
Ra
""~(152 kips)2 +(147 kips)2
ASD
'
Resultam force
force
2
Check beam stub web focal crippling

The available web local crippling strength o(the beam is (from previous calculations):
LRFD
1 '
Column flange-to-bottom gusset plate weld
Use a double-sided ti-in. fillet weld. Design Case ll controls.
LRFD
t.\
'--~~=~l4_7_k_iv_s~~~~~~~--'~~~=~I0_3_ki_.P_S~~~~~~~- j:
I
(283,4 in. -1.()() in.)(1.26)
=5.26 sixteenths
;, 5.02 sixteenths
4Moc
Nutqu;.=Tu+ 2{P-s)
l.25(273 .ldps)
2(0.928 kip/in.)
=
I
ASD
4Muc
l.0+0.50sin ..s39.8= l.26

Dreq'd
LRFD
5--26
5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
BRACED FRAMES
5-262
0.50sin1..S 44.0 =
1.29
1.25(211 kips)
=----"----''--"-2(1.392 kip/in.)
--1.~-in-.
x -(1_9_*_in-.
)(-1-.2-9)
l.0+0.50sin1..s 43.9=1.29
1.25(149 kips)
2(0.928 k:ipfm.)
Dr~fJ=-----.;.--~--
1
x -(1_9_71s_in-.---t_oo_i-n.-)(-J.-29-)
.:
IJ
I
'=
=3.89 sixteenlhs
= 4.J 2 sixteenths
....____ __......__--=-------' }
Use a double-sided Yit.-in. fillet weld. Design Case Il must also be investigated.
Combine the axial force and the moment by converting the moment into an equivalent axi:tl
force derived from lhe moment equation for a simply suppo'!_Ni member with a concentrated
load at midspan (sis the snip dimension of the gusset and P is lite distance to the centroid
of the column-to-gusset connection, detennined previously):
...
l.
~ ..
(
..
'' 1
:;
"~
BRACED FR.A1\.fES
5-264
Check bottom gusset plate for shear and tensile yielding

along the column flange
The available shear yieldjng strength of the gusset plate :it the column flange interface is
determined from AISC Specification Equation J4-3, and the available tensile yielding
strength at the column flange interface is determined from AISC Specijicarion Equation J4I as follows:

Because the nonnal force is applied at a distance from the column end that is greater than
or equal to d/2, the available web local crippling strength of the column from AlSC
Specification Equation J10-4 is:
ASD
Shear:
<!> Y11
V,,
=$0.60FyAgv
-=
x(l9*jn.=-l.OO in.)
306 kips> 152 kips
x(~
o.k..
~
?~
.,_'
..
~ll
Normal:
$Pn
in.)(19311 in.-1.00 in.)
Pn
:;;; 36 ksi(~ in.)(19* in.- l.00 in.)

1.67
x (l 9J.t in. -1.00 in.)
=459 kips> 147 kips
o.k.
LR.FD
R,,
$Rn= Fywfw(5kdu +11>)
-=
= 1.00{50 ksi){0.550 in.)

x[5{1.50 in.)+(19}i in.-1.00
=725 kips> 147 kips

l
):
'
o.k.
in.)("
l + 3 (19}i in. - LOO in.)

12.7 in.
:::: 875 kips > 147 kips
n
x[5(1.50 i.n.)+(19}i in.-1.00 in.)]
i:
in.)
/29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.900 in.)

0.550 in.
x(i.~o)
o.k..
o.k.
Check column web shear.strength

From AISC 1\.fanual Table 3-6, the available shear strength of the W12x96 column is:
I
'
LR.FD
210 kips> 109 kips
o.k.
ASD
~ = 140 kips> 76.6 lOps
o.k.
Bottom Gusset to Column Interface-Design Case II

The forces at the bouom gusset-to-column interface, shown in Figures 5-4 la and 5-41 b, are:
x(l / t.50)
LRFD
o.k.
in.r
=583 kips> 103 kips
~v,, =
= 50 ksi(0.550 in.)
I + ( 19* in.-l.00
3
12.7 in. ,
x(0.550
0.900 in.
/29,000 ksi(50 ksi}(0.900 in.)

0.550 in.
ASD
Normal: Nu= 128 kips

Shear: V,.
inl5
Fywt,..(54s +11>)
=484 kips> 103 kips
=0.80(0.550 in.)2
o.k.
ASD
l+3(~)(:;r
x)E;:'J (ii)
x( 0.550
0.900 in.
FyAg

Because the normal force is applied at a distance from the column end that is greater than
or equal to the column depth, d, the available web local yielding strength of the column from
AJSC Specification Equation 110-2 is:
;
.,
o.k.
-n=n-
=0.90(36 ksi)(% in.)
=0.75(0.80)(0.550 in.)2
Nonna!:
=q>FyAg
Rn= 0.801;.
lw
=204 kips> 107 kips
:'
il:;r
x ---
x(l/l.50)
- - - -...... !!::J
,+3[~
1
EF>"''J
0.60FyAgv
.,n
n
' =0.60(36 ksi)
=l.00(0.60)(36ksi)(3A in.)
!"
911. =so.;
Shear:
ASD
LR.FD
~.
LRFD
S- 26.S
= 178 kips
Moment: M uc =21 l kip-in.
Normal: Na: 89.4 kips

I
Shear: Va = J25 kips
Moment: Mtic =148 kip-in.
'
5-266
BRACED FRAMES
Similar to previous calculations, the axial force and moment are combined by converting 1he
moment into an equivalent axial force:
LRFD
4Moc
Na,'l"iv=Na+n
2 ~-s
= N,. + (- }
2 ~-s
lei
= l 28 ps+
=172 kips
Check bottom gusset shear and tensile yielding along the column flange
Prom previous calculations for Design Case I, the available shear yielding and available ten
sile yielding strengths of the boom gusset are:
ASD
4Muc
N1uqwv
5-267
2(211 kip-in.)
.
.
10..) m.-1.00 m.
89
.4
kl
2(148 lcip-in.)
'J'S+
.
.
10.5 In. - l.00 m.
= 121 kips
Shear:
Shear:
$V,, = 306 bps> 178 bps
Vn = 204 bps> 125 ldps
o.k.
Normal:
The column flange-co-bot tom gusset plate weld is determined as follows using the directional strength increase of AISC Specification Equation J2-5, the 1.25 ductility factor
discussed in AISC Manual Pan 13, and AISC Manual Equations S-2a and 8-2b:
ASD
o.k.
Nonnal:
N,, = 459kips>172 kips
Design of column flange-to-bottom gusset weld
LRFD
ASD
LRFD
N,,
o.k.
=305kips>121 kips
o.k.

From previous calcuJations for Design Case I, the available column web local yielding
streng1h is:
Resultant force
Jv} +NJ tquiv

=J(11s kips)2 +(172 kips)2
Ru=
Ra = Jva2 +NJ tqiciv
Niuqun.
Vu
-1(172
kips)
178 kips
=44.0"
=484 kips> 121 kips
o.k.

From previous calculations for Design Case I, 1be available column web local crippling
strength is:
= latl-1
(Na~:ui\>)
=tan-I ( 121
kips)
125 kips
=44.1
1.0+ 0.50sinl.S 44.0=1.29

1.25 (248 kips)
2(1.392 kip/in.)
Rn
o.k.
= J(125 kips) +(121 kips)2
Load angle
_
- 1(
-tan
- - -J
Dri'd-
kips
= 174 kips
Load angle
=tan
~Rn= 725kips>172
= 248 kips
ASD
LRFD
Resultant force
(l9* in.-1.00 in.)(1.29)

= 4.57 sixteenths
Use a double-sided 51i6-io. fillet weld.
LRFD
$Rn= 875 kips> 172 kips
ASD
o.k.
R,.
=583 kips> 121 kips

.
o.k.
l.0 + 0.50sin1.5 44.1 = 1.29

1.25(174 kips)
2(0.928 kipfm.)
Dreq'd=
1
(19}i in. -1.00 in.)(1.29)
~ 4.81
sixteenths
Check column web shear strength

From previous calculations for Design Case I, the available shear strength of the W12x96
column is:
$Vn = 210 kips> 128 kips
ASD
LRFD
o.J<.
Vn
o.k.
I
I
5-268
BRACED FRAMES
5.3 SJ>ECI '1. CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
5-26?
The complete <ksign is shown in Figure 5-33.
Alternate Detail Using a Continuous Gusset Piste
An aJLemate detail using a continuous gusset plate instead of a beam stub is shown in
Figure 5-43. This aJLemate uses :.i v...in.-thick gusset plate with plate reinforcement in lieu
of the W24x146 beam stub and diminares many welds. Nore that the horizontal dimension 2a is used to set 1he gusset horizontal dimension.
~.
It.
HSS 6.875>t0.500
Example 5.3.11. SCBF Brace-to-Beam/Column

Connection Design with Elliptical Clearance and Fixed
Beam-to-Column Connection
Given:
Refer to Joint JT-1 at the thlfd level in Figure 5-44 (the pJan 1s given jn Fig~ 5-10). Design
the connection between brace, beam and column. Use an ASTM A36 welded gusset plate
concentric to the braces and 70-ksi electrodes 10 connect the brace to lhe gu$SCl plate and
the gusset plate to lhe beam and column. Use ASTM A572 Grade 50 contim111y plates. The
bl3Ce is An ASTM A500 Grade B round HSS, the beam is an \STM A992 W24x68, and the
column 1s a W12x96. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of loads. The gravity shear forces at the end of the beam are:
brace
Vo= 4.50 kips
.,
;:
W12xS6 ...._
VL
column
;~
-~-~
Pl~x4>t2'-4" (typ.) (A36)
!:.
W2 x68
4
(1-NS, 1-FS)
...jI
=3.00 kips
W.P.
r ~m
2s-0
0-Roo_
f
Fills as roqvired
Third
j;
Second
HSS 7.SOO>t0.500
brace
Noe ad dimer\$ION .,.

shown. See Flgure S.33 fof
addibOnal connection details.
Note:
'..
Fig. 5-43. Alternate design using collJilwous gusset plate.
Fig. S-44. Frame
ef~arion.
5--270
BRACED FRAMES
This ex.ample illustrates an alternative method for gusset plate design to that provided jn
the AlSC Seismic Provisioru CommentMy Figure C-F2.9, proposed by Lehman et .al.
(2008), acco~odate brace buck.ling as required byAlSC Seismic Provisions Section
F2.6c(3). In lieu of the 2tp linear brace offset. an Srp ellipticaJ offset may be used. In p::u::
ticular, for rectangular gusset plates, the 8tp elliptical offset offers a more compact gusset
plate with equivalent defonnation capacity to accommodate the out--0f-plane brace movement. However, for gusset plates that have significant taper, as is the case in Example
5.3.10, the 8tp elliptical offset and the 2rp linear offset offer similar results. This example,
as shown in Figure 5-45, illustrates a connection design using the elliptical offset method
applied to a rectangular gusset plate.
to
In addition to illustrating the application of the elliptical clearance methodology, this example uses a fixed beam-to-column connection to satisfy the requirements of item (b) of AISC
Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b. ln the design, the beam web and flanges are welded to the
column flange with CJP groove welds. The flange weld requires a substantfal comer clip in
the gusset plate for access. This clip, is detailed as 1.5 in. In this example, the clip is considered for ruprure limit states, but it )s ignored for yielding limit states.
Some features of this example, including the ellipt.ical clearance, I.he fixed beam-to-column
connection, and the sizing of welds at the gusset plate interfaces are provided as an alternative to Example 5.3.10. Tbe brace-to-gusset calculations are not shown in this exampJc
because they are similar t? Example 5.3.10.
5--27 l
Solution:
From AISC Manual Tables 2-4 and 2-5 and AlSC Seismic Provisions Table A3.l, the material propenies are as follows:
ASTMA36
Fy =36 ksi
Fu= 58 ksi
ASTM A572 Grade 50
Fy = 50 ksi
Fu= 65 ksi
ASThl A500 Grade B
Fy::: 42 ksi
F., =58 ksi
Ry = 1.4
R, = 1.3
AST.MA992
F> =50 ksi
FM= 65 ksi
./
f.

HSS 6.875x0.500
tnom
=0.500 in.
fdts
A= 9.36 in.z
r= 2.27 in.
A= 10.3 in.2
r= 2.49
in.
b1= 8.97 in.
1l =0.585 in.
0.550 in.
b1= 12.2 in.
1f =0.900 in.
=0.465 in.

HSS 7.50x0.500
1~x1 ~ dip in
t,,_ = 0.500 jn.
gusset plate
fcfs
=0.465 in. \
in.
Beam
PL )4" x 4~ (A572 Gr. 50)

Both sides of web at beam
flanges
W24x68beam
W24x68
d= 23.7 in. .
kdes
t,., = 0.415
=1.09 in.
Column
W12x96
=12.7 in.
lw =
kdts ::::: 1.50 in.

W12x96 column
Notes:
Welds of web and doubler/shear plate
to column fiange are demand critical.
Fig. 5-45. Rectangular gusstt plaJe with 8tp elliptical brace offset addressed in
Example 5.3.J J.
Required Strength
For the HSS6.875x 0.500 brace above the beam
According to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.3(i), lhe amplified seismic load is determined from !he expected strengths of the brace in compression and in tension. The expected
tensile strength of the brace is detennined as follows.
AMER.SCAN JHS111Vl1l 01' S1'El!I.. CONSTRUCTION
5-272
~ l
L
BRACED FRAMES
From AISC Seismic Provisions Section Pl.3 and Table A3. I:
5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES
The exp.!cted compressive strength of the brace is:
R1 =1.4
Pcomprtt.<ion
P1t1uton = R1 FyAg
=I .14FmAg
=l.14(41.6 ksi)(9.36 in.2)
=444 kips
=1.4(42 ksi)(9.36 in. 2)

=550 kips
The rcquued compressive strength due to seismic looding is:
The required tensile strength due to seismic loading is:
LR.FD
P0
=550 kips
{
=0.1Em11
=0.7(550 k.ips)
=385 kips
0.3 P~omprtSJuin
I
!
Pa=0.7Emh
=0.7(444 kips)
The expected strenglh of the brace in compression (using L

strength is:
The expected strength of the brace in compression (using L = 12 ft as the actual length of
the brace) is detennined as follows:
= 12 ft) at its post-buckling
=0.3 ( 444 kips)

=133 kips
KL 1.0(12.0 ft)(12 in./ft)

-=
2.27 in.
ASD
=311 kips
~::::J
..
Pu= 1.0Emh
=444 kips
ASD
Pu= 1.0,.,,i,
_ ____. t:
LRFD
The required compressive strength based on pose-buckling ~trength is:
=63.4
4.71~
.,ih'
"
= 133 kips
~4.71J
RyF1
Fe
For the HSS7.500x0.500 brace below, the beam.
(Spec. Eq. E3-4)
From AlSC Seismic Prov~ions Table A3. l:
(63.4)2
=71.2 k:si
R1
Fera = [0.658 r. R1 F1
IA(42bi)
=[ 0.658 ll..llcu
=41.6 ksi
,.
i:.
=~
The connection of the brace below the beam is not designed as part of this example for Joint
JT-1, but the brace member size is important when considering the analysis provisions of
AISC Seismic Provisions Section Fl.3.
The e.tpected strength of the brace in tension is determined as follows.
- n 2 (29,000 ksi)
!!i!r.J
=0.7(133 kips)
=(K:r
-
Pa =0.7Emh
=93.l kips
rt 2 E
(:
>.
Pu= l.OEm1i
=105
With KL
ASD
LRFD
29,000 ksi
E = 4.71
RyF),
1.4(42 ksi)
{1.4)( 42 ksi)
:::
1.4
PUn.11011
= R1 FyA1
=1.4(42 ksi){I0.3 in.2)
=606 kips
5-274
SR.ACED FRAMES
5.3 SPECW. CONCENTRJCALI..Y J3RACED FRAMES
The required tensile srrength due to seismic loading is:
LRFD
LRFD
Pu= 1.0Em1i
606 kips
ASD
Pu= l.OEmn
=424 kips
The expected strength of the brace in compression (using L
=12 fl) is detennined as follows:
0.3P1;omprtssio11
Kl= 1.0(12.0 ft)(l2 in./ft)

r
2.49 in.
=57.8
=0.3(518 kips)
=155 kips
Pu= 1.0m1r
= 155 kips
[Rf
Po =0.1Emh
(Spec. Eq. E3-4)
=85.7 ksi
Gusset Plate Design
Ferr= 0.658 F. R1 F1
1.4(42 Jtsi)
= [ 0.658 SS.7kSJ (1.4)(42 ksi)
=44.1.ksi
The expected compressive strength of the brace below I.be beam is:
P1;()mprrssio11
The brace-to-gusset connection and brace reinforcement wil~ not be addressed in this example. As in Example 5.3.10, lhe brace-to-gus.sec weld will be !A-in. fillet welds I.bat are 26 in
long.
For reference. the final design using these methodol_ogies is shown in Figure 5-45. The symbols used are shown in Figure 5-46.
(29,000 ksi)
(57.8)2
[ !Li..j
=0.7(155 kips)
= 109 kips
1t2E
1.
ASD
With-s;4,71
--:
KL
r
.
R1 F1
_ 7t
=12 ft) at its post-buckling
LRfD
=105
F~ =(~f
The required compressive strength based on post-buck.ling strength is:
29,000 ksi
1.4(42 ksi)
=4.71
4.7 lJ E
R.,Fy
The expected strength of the brace in compression (using L

strength is:
I
l
Pa =0.1E""'
=0.7(518 kips)
=363 kips
=518 kips
Po =0.?E""'
=0.7(606 kips)
ASD
= 1.14FcrcAg
=1.14(44.1 ksi)(l0.3 in. 2 )
=518kips
The required compressive strength is:
The geometry of the gusset place and t~tion of the end of the brace are established using
the approach described in Lehman et al. (2008). The calculations for the brace connectio
are shown in the following. The horizontal gusset dimension, a, has been chosen. as 40 in .;
and the vertical dimension is calculated. These values result in an ~onomical gusset plate
thickness and weld sizes. The value of a is based on iterations using the method outlined i
Lehman et al. and allows for a brace--to-gusset weld length of 26 in.
From the geometry in Figure 5-46 and based on the choice of a
along lhe column flange is:
=40 in., the gussec length
"
I.
b =(a+ ec) tan r-e,,
= [40 in.+ 1A(12.7 in.)]tan45- 1A(23.7 in.)

=>34.5 in.
Where b is the vertical gusset dimension, r= 45 is the angle between the brace and the horizontal as shown in Figure 5-46 and determined from the elevation geometry in Figure 5-4and ec and e,, are the eccentricities of the gusset edges from the column and beam cente
lines, respectively (that is, half the member depth).
5-276
"BRACED FRAMCiS
s. 2?/
Half of tbe lengths of the major and minor axis of the ellipse are 1hen calculated using 3 gusset plate thickness of 7l in. based on yielding on lhe Whitmore s~tion.
LRFD
ASD
Setting this equal to the required tensile

strength of the brace connection, and with
Ag =cpwp. the gusset plate thickness is:
Seuing this equal to the required tensile

srrength of the brace connection, and with
Ag= tpwp, the gusset plare thickness is:
".
Check required gusset plate thickness based on the limit state
of tensile yielding
Tension yielding is checked on a section of the gusset plate commonly referred to as the
Whitmore section. This section is explained in AISC Ma11ual Part 9 (Figure 9-1) and in
Thornton and Lini (2011). The width of the Whitmore section is determined based on a 30
spread.
p~
QPa
lp=--
Ip=--
Wp
~FyWp
=2/..,tan30 + DbraCt
= 2(26 in.)(tan30h 6.875 in.
=36.9 in.
'.j
"
= 0.460 in.
A
. 1
r.~
'"
... I
,~
!~
...
:~
l.67(385 kips)
=(36 ksiX36.9 in.)

=0.484 in.
T1y a %-in.-thick gusset plate.
! ec
(
550 kips
=---------0.90(36 ksi)(36.9 in.)
From AISC Specification Equation 14-1, the available tensile yielding strength is:
~11
FyWp
a'
This calculation does not include any reduction considering that the Whitmore width
e,"{teuds into the web of the column or beam. lf the Whitmore width enters into a beam or
column web that is subst3ntially thinner than the gusset, there is a potential for ~vcb local
yielding.
In ihe configuration selected. the Whitmore width does not intrude into the beam or column
I
I
web. This can be demonstrated by a geometric evaluation.
Determine geometry of the gusset plate
!~
The determination of the location_ of the end of the br:ice, as determfoed in the following, is
based on the methodology described in Leh!Jlan et al. (2008); the equations in the following
are updated from the reference. The location may also be determined from Kotulka (2007).
Note that the determination of the finlil dimensions of the gusset plate based on either
method is iterative.
I
l
.
:
:'
b'=b-Stp
..
=34.5 in.-8(* in.)

=29.5 in.
a'= a-Srp
= 40.0 in.-8(~ in.)

35.0 in.
Fig. 5-46. Illustration of symbols used for lengths and angles.
AMERICAN 11-lsmvtll Of' STEU. CONSTJUJCl10N
AMl!IUCAN l.!'isTITUTI? Ol' STE.El. CoNSTRUcnoN
.tlML'.l::.JJ JKAMl:S
The aspect ratio of the ellipse is:
In the preceding equation. Dbrace12 is expressed as c in Lehman et al. (2008), and is

defined as the d1i.u1nce from the brace ccntroidal
(D/2 in this case).
3.'(iS 10
the extreme fiber of the brace
The maximum Jist~e from the theoretical gus.~t comer 10 the end of the brace is/':
35.0 in.
=--29.5in.
=1.19
t'
=Jc l''f + (y')
2
-
co"
The dimension )1 defines the )~coordinate of 1he intersection of the brace axis wirh the
= Jc22.6 in.)2 +(22.5 in.)2 -0.588 in.
ellipse:
= 31.3 in.
The brace length overlapping the gusset plate must then be checked to nsufe lhat there is
adequate length for the required weld:
l f
=35.0 in. I--=---'--~
2
2
cot 45+(l.l9)
=22.5 in.
The x-coordinace of the clljpsc is lheo found from:
x' a)1-(:T
l:V=
I'-( Db;aa
+s)coty
875
-- 31 . 3.m. - ( 6
in. + I .00.m. ) cot 45
2
=26.9 in.
wheres is the
"~houlder"
= 35.0 in. 1-(
225
29.5
iin.)
n.
=22.6 in.
is shifted from the x nnd y' coordinates using the correction factor, Corr, calculated in che
following:
22.6in.
(225 in.)(1.19}2
=35.3
Dbro.,
Corr"" - -ian(90 -
fied for the lillllt states of block shear ruprore and compression buckling.
Check compression buckling on the Whitmore section
The limit state of compression buckling is checked using AlSC Specificatio11 Se~tion J4.4.
First detcnnine Kllr :is follows.
'
~=tan-I(_..::__)
y'pl
-[
This is greater than the 26 in. required for the 1A-in. fillet welds (determined in fa.:imple
5.3.10). Therefore, the geometry of the gusset pl:11e is now set. lf /~.were Jess than 26 in.,
I.hen the gusset plate height and width would have to be increased.
The rhick.ncss of the gusset plate was tentatively assumed 10 be ~ in. and needs to be veri-
!<> e~sure that the entire brace cross section remains clear of the elliptical zone, rhc brace
: tan
of the gusset at !he brace as shown in Figures 5-45 and 5-46.
The length of the brace ~terline from the theoretical gusset comer to the inte~tion with
lhe bcnm flange is cruculated :i.s:
b
L=siny
3.t.5 in.
~ -r)
2
6.875 in.
= 2 tan(90 - 35.3- 45.0)
=--sin450
=48.8 in.
The centerline lcng1h of buck.ling, l1, is:
= 0.588
l1=l-l'
=.t8.8in. 31.3in.
= 17.5 in.
S-280
BRACED FRAMES
:. .,,.
The r:idius of gyration of the gusset plate is:

r
4. ..
.. ,
S-281

(Spec Eq. J4-5)
=.!..e._
Jl2
Because the gross shear area, Agv, and the net shear area, Anv, are equal in this ca~e. the shear
yielding component, 0.60F1 A1v. governs over the shear n1ptu.re component, 0.60F.An1
5i-lin.
=7i2
=0.180 in.
R,, = 0.60F1 (2)l...,tp +U,,,FuDbroulp

= 0.60(36 ksi)(2)(26.0in.)tP+1.0(58 ksi)(6.875 in.)tp
The elliptical clearance provided in this example results in an extended corner gusset plate,
therefore, from Dowswell (2006), use K =0.6.
= 1,520 kip/in.(rp)
:.
..
~
.
~=
;
_ _____, "~;:J
KL 0.6(17.5 in.)
-=
r
t >
P
From AISC Manual Table..A-Z2 with Fy
<i'
=36 ksi and
KL = 58.3:
LRFD
Fer = 18.0 ksi
QC
Therefore, the required compressive st!ength of the bracing connection is based on the
expected compressive strength of the brace due to seisrnk loading as detennined previously,
with the 1.1 factor applied. From AISC Specification Equation E3-l, I.be available compressive strength at the Whitmore section, based on flexural buckling, is:
...!;
Pn =(Fer )A
= 27.1 ksi(36.9 in.)(% in.)
=615 kips
625 Jcips > J.1 ( 444 )9ps)
=488 kips
nc '
= 18.0 k.si(36.9 in.)(o/a in.)
o.k.
550 kips
0.75(1.520 kip/in.)
OP0
1,520 kip/in.
2.00(385 kips)
1,520 kip/in.
=0.507 in.
=415 kips
415kips>1.1 (311kips)=342 kips
Gusset Analysis
In order to perfonn the gusset plate checks at vertical and horizontal sections at the interfaces with the beam and e<>lumn and to perform checks of local limit states within the beam
and column. it is necessary to obtain design forces by performing an analysis or"the gusset.
For the desig.n method illustrated in this example, the checks of the gusset plate at these vertical and horizontal sections will necessarily be satisfied as a consequence of satisfying the
check of yielding of the Whitmore section and of designing the fillet welds at the gussetbeam and gusset-column interfaces to b~ stronger thnn the gusset plate. Nevertheless, il is
necessary to derive the forces on these interfaces in order to obtain forces for the web local
yielding and web local crippling checks on the beam and column.
In this example, the Parallel Force Method (also known as the Ricker method) will be used
for simplicity (Thornton, 1991).
Note: AJternatively, the Uniform Force Method is also applicable to this connection.
Because of the proportioning of the gusset plate in this example, the Uniform Force Method
will ~ult in moments being assigned to the vertical and horizontal interfaces. The forces
used tO evaluate the limit slates of web local yielding and web local crippling would then be
adjusted to include these moments as illustrated in Example 5.3.10.
ASD
$Pn = 4'cFcrAg
fp ~
Use a ?S-io.-thick gusset plate.
AISC Seismic Prm isio11s Sections F2.3(i) and F2.3(ii) define the rwo mechanism analyses
that must be considered in determining the required strength of connections. AISC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.6c specifies the required strength of bracing connections, in p:micular. For the required compressive strength, Seetion F2.6c(2) has an additional 1.1 factor
(relative to the requirements of Section F2.3) applied to the required suength of the connection. The requirements of AlSC Sei~mic Provisions Section F2.3 will be used for both
LRFD and ASD, except for the limit state of comp.ression buckling on the \Vhitmore section, which will use the 1.1 factor specified in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(2).
LRFD
Pu
(1,520 kip/in.)
= 0.482 in.
ASD
cFcr =27. l ksi
~
i
ASD
LRFD
0.180 in .
=58.3
o.k.
The Par.lllel Force Method has a disadvantage relative to the Uniform Poree Method in that
minor momenrs result at lhe column face. However, the use of a rigid beam-to-column connection is generally sufficient to resist such moments and they may be disregarded under
these conditions.
Therefore, the ~-in.-lhick gusset plate is acceptable.

J\.l.!EJUCAN INs1TIVTll OF S-n;a CoNSTRVCnoN
1n the Parallel Force Method, eccentridties are calculated from the brace centerline to the
centroids of the gusset plate welds at the .beam and column faces. The gusset-to-beam connection is designed for the tequired shear force, H1>, and the required .normal force, Vb. The
gusset-to-column connection .i,s designed for the required shear force, VC> and the required
normal force, He. As shown in Figure 5-47, a line perpendicular ro lhe brace axjs which
passes through the centroid of the gusset-to-column-flange interface may be used to find
eccentricity. (This is also done for the gusset-to-beam fl;uige interface.) As discussed previously, total gusset lengths are used for evaluating yielding limit states; local effects due 10
the corner clip are considered only for rupture limit states.
Xec
( tany)yc +Xe
tan2')'+1
(tan 45)(29.1 in.)+ 6.35 in.
(tan45)2 + l
the
At the column flange, ihe gusset-to-column flange centroid is located at this point, relative
to the working point:
:;::: 17.7 in.
.~
' '
Ytc = ( tanr )xu

=(tan45)17.7 in.
:::: 17.7 in.
The eccentricity between the centroid of the gusset-to-column interlace and the brace cen-
terline is therefore:
= (12.7 in. 23.7

2 2
in.; 34.5 in.)

2
=(6.35 in., 29.l in.)

The point on the brace centerline that is the intersect.ion of a line through this point perpendicular to the brace centerline is given by these e.quations (as shown in Figure 5~7), with
the working point taken as the origin:
ec
=~(Xec - Xe )2 +(Yee - Ye ) 2
::::)(17.7 in. -
6.35 in.)2+(17.7 in.-29.1 in.)2
=16.l in.
At the beam flange, the gusset-to-beam flange centroid is located at this point, relative to the
working point:
(xb,Jb) "' (
d; +~, d;)
=(12.7 in.+ 40.0 in.

2
23.7 in.)
'
=(26.4 in., 11.9 in.)

The point on the brace centerline that is the intersection of a line through this point perpendicular to the brace centerline is given
working point:
these equations (see Figure 5-47), relalive.to the
' .
{tawy )yb + Xb
Xeb""
tly
t
l
f :
can1 y+1
(tan45)1 l.9 in.+26.4 in.
==
(tan45)2 +1
= 19.2 in.
Yeb
=(tanr)x<1>
=(!an45)19.2 in.
""19.2 in.
The eccentricity between the centroid of the gusset-to-beam interface and the centerline of
the brace is therefore:
,,,
Fig. S-47. Geometric method of esrabUshing eccentriciry from brace cemerline.
AMElllCAN It;srmrra OP STl$L CONSTRUCTION
BRACED FRAMf.S
t'I>
J< X~b - .fb ) 2 + (.Vtb -
)b )
S.3 Sl'EClAl, CONCF.Ni"RJCALLY BR,\CI D FRAMJ~S
ASD
LRFD
~
JCt9.2 in.-26.4 in.)2 +(l9.2 in.-1 l.9
in.}2
!', _ P,.ec
w1>-(tc+t1>)
=10.3 in.
Tak.ing moments about point (Xb, Yb). the di:lgonal force, parallel to the brace force, at 'the
column flange correspond~g to !he expecled strength of 1he brace in tension is:
LRFD
P. _
"" -
ASD
P,..eb
(ee +eb)
P,
(550 kips)(l0.3 in.)
f:I
II
til
(385 kips}(l0.3 in.)

(16.1 in.+10.3 in.)
The corresponding shear on the beam face is:
LRFD
ASD
=335 kips(cos45)
=237 kips
Hab = P""cosy
= 235 kips(cos45)
= 166 kips
The corresponding shear on the column face is:
The corresponding normal force on the beam foce. is:
ASD
LRFD
V.i,
=P,.,.siny
=335 kips(~n45)
v"" = P..,.qnf
= 235 kips(sin45)
=166 kips
=237 kips
LRFD
ASD
=215 k.ips(sin45)
=Pacsin1
=150 kips(sin45)
. =106 kips
Vac
= 152 kips
H..i. = P.bcos"(
- 150 kips
Note lhat sumnUng moments as described will result in a Pc force in the opposite clirection
to the column flange force as shown in Figure 5-47. Because Figure 5-47 is not ac1ually a
free-body diagram of the gusse1. forces Pc and Pb are shown as they act on lhe beam and column. When resolving 1hese forces in10 components, forces denoted I/ :ic1 in the horizontal
direction and forces \.'act in the 'enical direction. Depending on whether th<: interface is a
beam or a column, Hor V might be either a shear or a normal force.
v.,., =P..., sin"(
.t1
(16.1in.+10.3 in.)
=335 kips
-~
(tc +e,.)
{385 kips)(l6.l in.)
:::
(16.1 in.+10.3 in.)
= 235 kips
= (550 k.ips)(l6.l in.)
ac - (ee+t1>)
= (16.l in.+ 10.3 in.)

=215 kips
The beam-to column connection is designed for a moment based on the nonn:il nnd shear
forces at the gusset-to-beam interface. Taking momenlS about the work point. the resulting
moment at the beam-to-column connection due to the brace force is:
LRfl)
ASD
}'
The corresponding nonnal force on I.be column face is:
",,~
..,,
Mu =!Hub (d; )- vub(%)1
LRFD
ASD
H..c =PwCOSY
= 215 kips(cos45)
= l52 lcips
Hoc= Poerosr
=150 kips{cos45)
=106 kips
Taking moments about point (x,, Ye), the diagonal force at the berun flange corresponcling to
the expected strength of the brace in tension is:
I~
P0 tr:
Pab=
Ma
=IHab(d; )-vob(%)l
. (23.7 in.)
237kips
-237
166 kips(
kips(40.~ in.)
= 1,930 kip-in.
23
~ in.)
-166 lcips( 40.~
in.)
=1,350 kip-in.
The horizontnl force at the connection of the beam to the column _i~ affected by bo~ tt:e
force entering the frame (defined by the mech:ullsm analysis prov1Stons of AJSC Sewmc
Provisions Section F2.3) and the horiz.ontal force transferred from lhe gusset to th~ column
(He or Hae). The to1aJ force entering the frame can be computed based on lhe dif'1:e~~
between Lhe total expected frame shear strength above and below the be:\n1, ns explained m
Example 5.3.5. These l>hear strengths are calculated based oo the horiiontal components of
the brace expected strengths. The total force entering the frame is the difference between 1he
expected srrengths of the braces above the th.iro level :md the braces belO\\ the tlurd IC\el:
Hu.rol/tor
-IL(Bracc expected strengths below beam) cosy I

Px-
P,, =cos45
1(606 k.ips+5l8 kips)
ASD
P =cos45
-(550 kips+444 kips)
'
= 91.9 kips
Hu. c()Mtio11
Since the braced frame is in the middle bay of a three-bay building, the collector force (half
of this story force) can be considered to ent<'r the braced frame from each side. These forces
are shown in Figures 5-48a and 5-48b.
= 32.2 kips
ASD
=Hw, collatt>r + ffw:
Ho. -N.:Do~ = Ho. C'c>lkdar + H ac
=46.0 kips+ 152 kips
=32.2kips+106 IJps
=198 kips
= 138 kips
Thi~ force may be resii.ted in the beam Oange-10-colunm welds. the beam web-to colun~
weld or shared between the two. In this example the available strength of the flanges will
be c~culated, and nny excess demand wiU be assigned to the web. For this comparison the
re{juired strength of each beam flange is taken as:
vi,'
'
I
I
'
'' '
'
'
~'-------,+,-------'1
I
I
I
46.0 kip$
//
s59-t0ps
fI //435
! ..
'
/ I '
360 kips '
"'
1
/
'
I //
L'----- -
I
I
I
I
I
518-~ps
:
I
-+------'J
/I'
I
// I ',
/
I
,
/
',
I 46.0 kips
I
I
I
'
"'
't,.
I
I
I
I
I
44~s
'
- - - -'i
',
"'*
/ .. :'\: .. :---'---
IOps
60.tlps
LRFD
1(424 kips+363 kips)

-(385 kips+ 3 I I kips)
Similar 10 what was illustrated in Example 5.3.5, the mechruusm analysis with the compression braces at their post-bud.ling strengths will not result in a higher force entering the
frame in this case.
I
/
I' /
I /
= h(64.3 kips)
Ha, ""f:.td.,r
Tue force at the beam-to-column connection within the frame must also include Hue (LRFD)
and Hae (ASD):
= 64.3 kips
=1h(91.9 kips)
=46.0 kips
-I(Bracc expected screngths above beam)cos y
LRFD
ASD
I RFD
1
T
32-2 kips
:- ;-:
421' l{ips
/
I / /
i
363-"!ps
1
1
II
'
L'-------+---I
,/1',
I
I
,
,/
I
I
32.2 kips
'
',
1
I
', I
--~
I
I
I
'/'----'_,.___ _.I_
Fig. 54&. Collecror and frame forces for the rh1rd ln.el (U?F'D ).
Fig. 5-48b. Co"'lecror andframefiorcts for the third level (ASD ).
Ai-IERICA.,. l.NsTnVrB Of' STEEL CoNSlllucno.,.
5-288
BRACED FRAMES
LRFD
d-t1
'sj
Ra =--+
Ml)
Hl) C~
.
1,930 kip-in.
= 23.7 in. - 0.585 in. + 1982kips
= 182 kips
. ..
d-r1
2
1,350 kip-in.
138 kips
=
+
23.7 in. ":' 0.585 in.
2
=127 kips
..
LRFD
~F1
ASD
Fy
=0. 90(36 ksi)

= 32.4 ksi > 14.l ksi
The available strength of each beam flange for ~he limit state of tensile yielding is calculated as:
R,. = F1 Ag
'[
Hue
' cp(b-clip)
rlI
ASD
o.k.
1.67
Gusset Plate at Column Flange
The combined effects of shear and tension at the gusset-to-column interface may be calculated using von Mises interaction (as shown in tcnn.s of stresses in AISC Manual
Equation 9-1):
Hue
,,
,,!:
~:
'
'
r (r
+
tpb
152 kips
(_% io.)(34.5 in.)
' +3[
152 kips
{~
152 kips
in.)(34.5 in. -
I~
(1'!! in.)(34:5 in.)
r
r
'!
H ac
\ lp(b-clip)
in.)
+ 3[
l
~
+3
'I
=
~:
AMERICAN
I 1h in.)
I
I
I'
The stress from the voo Mises interaction is compared to the strength of the gusset plate,
which is taken as ~Fw (LRFD) and Fu!Q (ASD) for the limit state of tensile rupture, from
AISC Specification Equation J4-2.
LR.FD
F,,
ASD
Fu
=0.75(58 ksi)
o.k.
58 ksi
-=-n 2.00
=29.0 ksi > 10.3 ksi
o.k.
tpb
106 kips
($h in.)(34.5 in.)
I +3{
106 kips
r
r
Gusset Plate at Beam Flange
Similar to lhe gusset at the column face, the combined effects of shear and tension on tl'gussct at the beam flange may be calculated using von Mises interaction:
(* in.)(34.5 ill.)
''
I'
106 kips
(% in.)(34.5 in. -
Hoer + 3[Vocf
tpb
106 kips
(~ in.)(34.5 in. -1 ~in.)
=9.83 ksi
= 14.J ksi
Vee
tp(b -clip)
=10.3 ksi
""43.5 ksi > l4.7 ksi
Vue
fpb
Vue
tp(b -clip)
=14.7 ksi
ASD
+ 31
1 +31
o.k.
Thus, the entire force can be assigned to che beam flanges, and none need be assigned to the
beam web in this case.
LRFD
('
o.k.
ASD
152 kips
r(3h in.)(34.5 in.. - l 1h in.) .
=262 kips
Rn
=21.6 ksi > 9.83 ksi
LRFD
= 50 ksi(8.97 in.)(0.585 in.)
<;>R,, = 0.90(262 kips)

= 236kips>1 82 kips
o.k.
A similar check for rupture oo this plane is made, considering the l 1h-in. comer clip:
(Spec. Eq. 14-1)
= 262 kips
36 ksi
-=-n l.67
= F1 b1r1.
LRFD
5 -289
The stress from the ,on Mises interaction is compared to the strength of the gusset plate,
whi.:h is taken as ~Fy (LRFD) and Fyl0. (ASD) for the limit state of tensile yielding from
AISC Specificatio11 Equ3tion J4-l.
'
ASD
Ru
_ -Mu
+ H.,,Ct.'nnu-non
--
5.3 SPECIAi.- CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
1NsTrJvre 01' S'rEa CONSTRl.IC110N
AM6RJCAN
WSTl'\'\ITS OF STEEL CONS1"RUC'OON
5-290
BRACED 'FRAMES
ASD
LRFD
'
Vub
tpa
r H~r
+ 3(
tpa
237 kips
r(* in.)(40.0
. in.)
=
1+3!
3 Hab
tpa) + (-;;;
I Vab 2
r
r
1+31
237 kips
(-* in.){40.0 in.)
=19.0 ksi < q>Fy =32.4 ksi
9Rn
166 kips
166 kips
(* in.)(40.0 in.)
'1r1b
\ 1tp(a-clip)
i
=
o.k.
ASD
llub
r
r
237 kips
{* in.)(40.0in.-l'h in.)
1 +3[
1tp(a-clip) '
237 kips
(~ in.)(40.0 in. -1 'h in.)
= 19.7 ksi <<!>Fu= 43.5 ksi
r( r
r
+3
Vab
' tp(a-clip)
Hob
166 kips
o.k.
1 +3(
166 kips
l.50
o.k.
= 773 kips> Hae= 106 kips
l 3(~ )(:;
R" =0.80ra +
r)
r
(Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)
EF:::rI
5
2
:::: (0.80)(0.550 .LO.) {l + 3(34.5
- - .in.)(0.550
9()() in.)._
.
12.7 Jn. 0.
tn.
=1,820 kips
This value is not compared to the value of Hue or Hae calculated previously, which is based
on tension in the brace, as crippling is a compression limit state. Because the Hue and Hae
forces calculated previously are directly proportional to the broce force, they can be scaled
down based on the ratio of the brace force in compression to the brace force in tension. The
maximum compression force at the gusset-to-column interface is:
= 13.8 ksi < F,,IO. = 29.0 ksi
ASD
LRFD
o.k.
444
{144
H (
kips)= 152 ki
kips)
"" 550 kips
P 550 kips
At the gusset-to-column interface and guf!set-to-beam interface, the column and beam webs,
respectively, must be checked for the limit states of web local yielding aod web local crippling. The length of bearing, lb, is taken as the height of the gusset plate, b.
\.
H (311 kips)= 106 ki

cc
385 kips
=123 kips
'
Therefore:
(Spec. Eq. 110-2)
kips)
.,
ASD
Rn
l,820 kips
2.00
= 910 ~ps > 85.6 ltips
-=
~Rn= 0.75(1,820
kips)
= 1,370 kips> 123 kips
8 (311
P 385 kips
=85.6 kips
LRFD
For a force applied at a disunce less than the depth of the member from the member end,
the available web local yielcling strength is determined as follows:
o.k.
o.k.
Beam Web at Gusset-to-Beam Interface
t"..
Check beam web focal yielding

Consider th:it the jnterface force, Vb, acts at the centroid of Lhe gusset-to-beam interface, a
distance of a/2 40.0 io.12 = 20.0 in. from the face of the column.
./,,
=(50 ksi)(0.550 io,)[5(1.50 in.)+ 34.5 in.J

= 1,160 kips
I:
(* in.)(40.0 in. -1 'h in.) .
Column Web at Gusset-to-Column Interlace
Rn = Fywtw(Skdes +lb )
o.k.
1,160 kips
(29,000 ksi)(50 ksi)(0.900 in.)

x
0.550 in.
tp(a-clip)
{-% fn.)(40.0 in.-l'h in.)
-=
For a fon:e applied greater than a distance of d/2 from the member end:
A similar check for rupture on this plane is made, considering the l 'h-in. comer clip:
LRFD
Rn
=1.00(1, 160 kips)

=1,160 kips> H.,,, =152 kips
=13.3 ksi < p;.10. =21.6 ksi
o.k.
ASD
LR.FD
(* in.)(40.0 in.)
S-291
.,
BRACED FllAMES
For a f~rce applied at a distance greater than the depth of the member from the member end,
the ava1lable strength is determined as follows:
~..
Rn= Fy..,t..,(2.Skdu +lb)
(Spec.
J
LRFD
4>Rn
"
~. I
ASD
=1.0(887 kips)
=887 kips> vl<b ::: 237 kips
Rn 887 kips
-=
o.k.
1.50
=591 kips>
v.,b =166 kips
o.k.
~-
The resultant force al the centroid of lhe gusset-10-beam interface is greater than d/2 from
the member end. 11JUs, AlSC Specification Equacion J 10-4 is :ipplicable.
R. 080'!11
II
=887 kips
LRFD
Eq. JJ0-3)' '
=(50 .ksi)(0.415 in.)[2.5(l.C'9 in.)+ 40.0 in.J
+3[ ~ lf:;
6Rn = 0.75(793 kips)

ASD
Rn
-=
...."~~,.
o.k.
2.00
== 397 kips> 134 kips
o.k.
2(1.5)~(0.60)Fexx(0.707)w ~ RyFytp
where ~ = Q.75. fn order to comply with the AISC Specification., use$:;= 0.75 instead of
~ =0.75.
rir::'J
(Spec. Eq. Jl0-4)
=(0.80)(0.415in.)2f1+3( 40~ ~nJ( 0~ 1 5 in:JJ.SJ

23.1 m. 0.)85 m.
This expression, which is based on AISC Specificarion Equations 12-4 and J2-5, may be
rearranged to solve for the fillet weld size, w, for the given material strengths (the required
strength for ASD is taken to be RyFyll.5). From AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l, for
ASTM A36 plate material. R1 = 1.3.
x (29,000 ksi)(SO ksi)(0.585 in.)
LRFD
=793 kips
\ "
793 kips
Interface Welds
B3$ed on experiments and simulations, Roeder et al. (2011) recommend designing che welds
at the gusset-to-beam and gusset-co-column interfaces for the expected tensile strength of
the gusset plnte in order to increase che deformation and ductility capacity of the system and
limit che weld damage. The recommended expression for the size of a pair of fillet welds,
where w is the weld size and the 1.5 represents the directional strength increase for transversely loaded fillet welds, is:
0.415 in.
il
5-293
S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY 'BRACED FRAMES
This v~ue ~s not compared to the value of V.,b or V.,b calculated previously, which is based
on tension in the brace, as crippling is a compression limit state. Compression in the beam
web occurs when the brace is in compression, not when it is in tension, so new Vub and vob
f~rces need co ~ determined. Because the Vub and Vab forces calculated previously are
directly pro~rtional to .the brace force, they can be scaled down based on the r:itio of the
brace force in compression to tl-,e bcace force in tension. The maximum compression force
at the gusset-to-beam interface is calculated as;
LRFD
550 kips
ps
=191 kips
Therefore:
Y -
RyFy
2{1.5)~(0.60) Fexx {0.707)
w-
QR.,Fy
- 2(1.5)(1.5)(0.60).fE:u (0.707)
II
= 2(1.5)(0.75)(0.60)(70 ksi)(0.707) Ip
[
(2.00)(1.3)(36 ksi)
= 2(1.5)(1.5)(0.60)(70 ksi)(0.7?7)
=0.100lp
=0.700tp
{1.3)(36 ksi)
Ip
For the *-in.-thick gussec plate, the weld size required is:
w= 0.100(5h in.)
ASD
kips)-- 237. kips

. [444 Jdps)
.
550
V.ub [ 444 ki
l - [
ASD
=0.438 io.
Va11[ 311 kips)= 166 kips( 3 11 kips}
385 kips .
385 kips
:: 134 kips
Use a Ys6in. fillel weld on both sides of the gusset pl:ite to connect the gusset to the beam
and column.
BeanHo-Column Connection
Tue beam-to-column connection must comply with tbe requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.6b. For I.his example, Section F2.6b(b), the moment-resisting beani
end connection option, is chosen. Titis example utilizes a moment connection with OF
BRACED FRAMt;S
groo"e welds of the beam nanges and web to the column flange, wluch will be adequate to,
re~1st a moment corresponding to the expected beam flexural strength multiplied by I.I
(LRFD) or 1.1/1.5 (ASD). lhcreby meetiog AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b(bXi).
An altcmath"e method of providing a moment connection at lhe beanHo-column connection
and meeting AISC Seismic Prcwisions Section .F2.6b(b), which explicitly considers fTam~
rotational forces, is prtsentcd in Example 5.3.12. A connection with a simple beam-to-colunm connection meeting AISC Seismic Proiisions Section F2.6b(a) was presented in
farunple 5.3.10. Any of these approaches is ~atisfoctory.
u~ CJP groo,:e welds at
lhe beam flanges-t<>-eolUITUl and beam web-to-column connection~.
S.3 SPECIAL CONCE.NTRlCAl l.Y BRACED FRAMES
Check web local crippling of the column
For a force applied greater than a distance of d/2 from the member end, the avail3blc web
local crippling ~trengtb of the column is determined 3S follow~. where the length of bearing,
lb, is taken as the beam nangc thickness:
osoi![ 3( ~ J[ '.;
.,I
= (0.80)(0.550 in.)" I+ 3
To de1cnn.ine whether continuity plates are required, check whether lhe limit states of web
local yielding, web local crippling, ruid flange loc:il bending of the column are adequate for
the required strength. The required strength mu!;t be detennined. AISC Seismic Provi..sions
Scc1ion F2.6b(b) requires that lhe conneaion be designed to resist a moment equal to the
expected beam flexural strength multiplied b) I. I (LRFD) or I l/ 1.5 (ASD). Tn this case,
the beam web has a CJP groove weld to the column flange and therefore can develop the
full expected flexural ~trength of the beam web. Therefore, for the local column limit states
of web local yielding and web local crippling, the demand at the column face will be taken
as 1hc expected, st:ramhardened strength of the beam flange using a strain-hardening fac
tor of I.I:
r\t;.'
Ruftmitt = 1.1R1 F1 Aft>1igt
R,,fl011gt
=1.1(1.1)(50 ksi)
x(8.97 in.)(0.585 in.)
=(1.J I 1.5)Ryf',Ajlong<
=(I.J / 1.5)(1.1)(50 ksi)
in.)uj
l0.585 in.)(0.550
_ in. 0.900 io.
12 7
(29,000 ksi)(50 ksi)(0.900 in.)

0.550 in
=397 kips
ASD
LRFD
Rn
-=
~Rn= 0.75(397 kips)
=298 kips < 317 kips
n.g.
397 kips
2.00
=199 kips< 212 kips
n.g.
Check flange local bending of the column
The available strength of the column due to flange local bending is determined as follows:
::
(Spec. Eq. 110-1)
R,, = 6.25F,ttJ
x(8.97 in.)(0.585 in.)
=317 kips
=6.25(50 ksiX0.900 in.)2
""212 kips
=253 kips
For a force applied at n distance greater than the depth of the member from the member end,
the av:ulnble web Joc.'ll yielding strength of the column )s detennined as follows, where the
length of bearing, Ip, is taken as lhe beaID flange thickness.
(Spec. Eq. 110-2)
R,. = F,...t..,(5/c.us +lb)

=222 kips
LRFD
ASD
R,.
-=
ASD
!pR,. =0.90(253 ki~)

= 228 kips< 317 kips
Rn
n.g.
n=
I ..
253 kips
i.61
=151 kips< 212 kips
l,
n.g.
L-~~~~~~~~~~~~..l.._...~~~~~~~~~~~~-''
Ba.se.d 00 the chec.ks of web Jocol yielding, web local crippling, and flange local bending
the column requires continuity plates. The continuity plates mus~"be desifgnthcd to resisl thb( ..
difference between the flange force, Ru~tor Rofi=ic and the 1esser o e co1umn we
local yielding, web local crippling, and Oange local bending strengths:
=(50 ksi)(0.550 in.)[5(1.50 in.)+0.585 in.J
n.g.
\
LRFD
Check web local yielding of the column
=1.00(222 !tips)
=222 kips< 317 kips
(Spec. Eq. JI 0-4) }:
ASD
LRFD
$R,.
222 kips
1.50
=148 lcips<212 kips
~R,,
.. 317 kips- 222 kips
R.. = R., Jltmtt ll.&-
l
Il
.--~~~~-LRF~-D~~~~~.-~-=-~~~AS
-:-;::D:--~~~~~1
=95.0 lops
Ro= R,,Jbnl~ -R.1n
=212 kips-148 kips

=64.o kips
I~
L--~~~~-'-~~~~~l
AMU1CV4 lNsTrnrn! "' STED... Cot'IS'TlltlC'TlON
BR.ACED FRAMES
5-296
5-297
5.3 SPECIAL CONCEN1 RICALl.Y BRACED FRAMES
For the A-in.-thick continuity plate, the required weld size is:
Using a continuity plate width that closely matches the beam flange width:
'
2
2
.
8.97 in. 0.550 in.
4 2 lm.
---=.
2
2
Select 4.50 in. as the plate width.
= 0.674( .4 an.)
::: 0_169 in
1
sure that this plate width fits within the column
flange:
Use y16.jn. fillet welds between the continuity plate and the column flange (both sides of the
12.2 in. 0.550 in.

- -- 2
2
.
.
=5.83 in.>
4.50 111.
o.k.
The required thickness for the two continuity plates, based on the limit state of tensile yielding from AJSC Specification Equation 14-1, is:
LRFb
(2 plates)Fybr/.Q >Ra
t>~
t>--
1.67 (64.0 kips)

>
(2)(50 ksiX4.50 in.)
> 0.235 in.
ASD
60.60F1
wt
- 2<l>{0.60)Fax (0.707)
(2)F>b
95.0 kips
>
0.9-0(2)(50 ksiX4.50 in.)
this connection is not required to comply with SMF requirements.
LRFD
ORa
cp(2)Fyb
plate),
For the welds between the continuity plate and the column web, a weld size will be chosen
chat is stronger than the available shear strength of the continuity plate contact area with the
web. This design approach meets AISC Seismic Provisions Section E3.6f(3)(b), although
Deriving the weld size as was done previously for the gusset plate in tension:
ASD
<Jl(2 plares)Fybz > R,,
> 0.238 in.
1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)
2(0.75)(0.60)(70 ksi){0.707) t
1:herefore ~-in.-thick continuity plates wiU be used.
Design the welds between the continuity plates and column
0.90(50 icsj)
2(1.5)(0.75)(0.60)(70 ksi)(0.707)
= 0.674t
::
'
]1
2.00(0.60)(50 ksi)
= [2(1.50)(0.60)(70 ksi){0.707) t
I
I
I
-l
1
t
.QF.
2(1.59)0 (0.6)FEXX {0.707)
2.00(50 ksi)
2(1.50)(1 .67)(0.60)(70 ksi)(0.707)
=0.612t
=0.674( A in.)
1
= 0.169 in.
Use 16-in. fillet welds between the continuity plate and the column web (both sides of the
plate)_
Check beam web~to-cotumn connection

The beam web is subject to gravity forces from beam shear in addition to forces from th~
brace.
The required shear strength of the beam for the case of tension in the brace is calculated a~
follows. The gravity shears from the beam act in the opposite direction-as ~e brace fore<
ASD
LRFD
w=
For the 'A-in.-thick continuity plate, the weld size required is:
There are several design considerations that could be used to detemline the required weld
size. For the welds between the continuity plates and column, lhe welds will be designed to
be at least as strong as the available strength of the contact area of the continuity plate with
the flange. This design approach meets the exception in AISC Seismic Provisions Section
El.6b(c)(4); although this connection is ~ot required to comply with OMF requirements.
Using the expression for the required weld size to develop a plate in tension discussed previously for the gusset plate, the fillet welds at the continuity plate to column flange are sized
as follows:
w=j 2(1.5)(0.60)
<l>Fy
j,
Fexx {0.707)
.Q0.60F1
w= 2n(0.60)FEXX(0.707)]c
=0.674t
:::: 0.674t
=[
'
w=0.612t
= 0.672(1.4 in.)
=0. 168 in.
w = 0.674!
M~e
ASD
LRFD
with.Sos= 1.0:
l,
S-298
BRACED FRAMES
LRFD
LRFD

v# =(0.9-0.2SDs}VD +V,E,M
Vo =(0.6-0.14SDS }vo +O.?VEmh
Vu =0.7(-4.50 kips)+237 kips
Vo= 0.46(-4.50kips)+166 kips
vVn
ASD
V,,
=1.00(249 kips)
249 kips
1.50
=166 kips> 164 ldps
-=
= 249 kips > 234 kips
nv
o.k.
The required shear strength of the beam for the case of compression in the brace is based on
a brace expected strength of 444 kips (LRFD) and 31 l kips (ASD). As calculated previously
for Vub (LR.FD) and V;,b (ASD):
LRFD
=237 ki
ASD
s( 444 kips)
p 550 kips
Vab('311 kips) :::!66 kips(311 kips)

385 kips
385 kips
=134 kips
= 191 kips
LRFD
.
LRFD Loud Combipation 5 from
ASCFJSEl 7 Section 12.4.3.2
ASD
v., = (l.2+ 0.2SDs }Vo+ VEmlr +0.5VL
Va =(l.0+0.14Sos )VD +0.?VEmh
Vu= 1.4(4.50kips)+191 kips
Va= 1.14(4.50 kips)+ 134 kips
= 139 kips
+ 0.5(3.00 kips)
The final design is sho"'n in Figure 5-45.
Example 5.3.12. SCBF Brace-to-Beam/ Column Connection

Design-ln Plane Brace Buckling
Given:
Refer to Figure 5-49. Design the brnce..to-beam connection at Joint JT-1 shown schematically in Figure 5-49. The brace orientation, connection type, transfer force, and beam shear
_due to gravity loads are shown in Figure 5-50. The conneetion con.figuration shown in
Figure 5-51, which makes use of a "hinge plate," allows large inelastic rotations for in-plane
brace buckling with small flexural demand on the connection and supporting members. In
this configuration, large inelastic rotations are accommodated with the advantage of having
a compact connection (Thornton and Fortney, 2012). This is different from t.he approach
shown in Examples 5.3.10 and 5.3.ll, where the brace is expected to buckle out of the plane
of the frame. The round HSS brace is ASTM A500 Grade B and the beam and column are
ASTM A992. Use ASTh1 A572 Grade 50 plate material. The bolts are AST!v1 A490-X.
The completed design shown in Figure 5-51 will be verified in this example.
P~rtnwn
=444 kips
=295 kips> 234 kips
ASD
o.k.
nv
l
'
The strength of the beam in shear is, from AlSC Mamwl Table 3-6:
v.
_ n = 197 kips> 164 kips
= 550 kips
F2.3ii)
LRFD
I.
From Example 5.3. l l, the e.xpected strengths of the HSS6.875x0.500 brace are:
0.3P""PIUSitm = 133 kips (post-buckling strength from AISC Seismic Provisions Section
= 199 kips
<l>v Vn
o.k.
= 164 kips
=234 kips
ub 550 kips
ASD

V: ( 444 kips)
''
W12x96 column
o.k.
At the column face, the available shear strength is reduced by the material re.moved for lhe
weld access holes. From Table 1-1 and Table 1-3, weld access bole type B applies to the
W24x68 and the (3) and (4) dimensions are ~ in. sud ~ in., respectively. The available
shear strength is determined from AISC Specification Section G2.
W12J<96 column
W24x68 beam
V,, ={(0.6X50 ksi)[23.7 in.-2(0.585 in.+~ in.+'h in.)J}(0.415 in.)
= 249 kips
Fig. 549. Beam-columnjoin1for Example 5.3.12.
The required strength of the connection froan ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2 Load
Combination 5 (LRFD) and Load Combination 5 (ASD) is based on the horizontal seismiJ
effect including the over)trcogth factor, E,,,h = Uo'2E (ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.1). Jn thi;
case, Emh is the expected strength given previously for the brace as stipulated in AIS~
Seismic Provisio11s Section F2.3. The required strength of the connection when the brace is
in tension is:
LRFD
Pu= l.OEmh
i!
ASD
LRFD
'
Pa= 0.1E,...n
P,. = l.OEm1i
=0.7(133 kips)
=93.1 kips
Pa =0.1Em1i
=l.0{550 kips)
~... I
The required strength of the bracing connection when the brace is in compression at ils postbuckling strength is:
=1.0(133 kips)
=133 kips
ASD
S-301
S3 SPECIAL CONCc"NTRICALLY BRACED FAAl->1ES
BRACED FRAMES
S-300
=0.7(550 kips)
=385 kips
=550 kips
.-
Solution:
From AISC Manual Tables 2-4 and 2-5, the material properties are as follows:
{,
The required strellgth of the bracing connection when the brace is in compression is:
;:
LRFD
::-,
.
...
P,,
ASD
=l.OEmh
PL114'x7Wx2'-3"
(A572 Gr. 50)
with 1" dia.
Po =0.1Emh
=1.0(444 kips)
= .444 lips
=0.7(444 kips)
A400.X bOlts
in std. holes
=311 kips
HSS6.875x0.50-')
brace
W12x96"-.
cclumn
Pu = 550 kips (T)
:IilllI
444 kips (C)
P. z 385 kips (T)

311 kips (C)
Hinge PLrnx11x4~s
;i,
(A572 Gr. 50) slotted onto gusset
!.
v. 19.9 kips (LRFD)

V, 12.8 kllls CASO)
Hinge reglon
Pll4" (A572 Gr. 50) dovbler

plate, one side of web
PL~"x7~"x1'-9"
W24x68
beam
(A572 Gr. 50) with
1" dia. A490-X bolts in std. holes
....
Note: M90-X bolts are to be pretensioned with slip-critical faying surfaces.
'
~~
Fig. 5-50. Bmce coiu1ection
10
be designed for Example 5.3.12.
Fig. 5-51. Completed connecrion desigt1for Example 5.3.12.
J - .JVI,,
BRACED FRAMES
"t
Hinge Plate
Assume the width of the hinge plntc is limited by the column Oangc width of 12.2 in. Th
liJ:njt is an orchitecturcll consideration to ensure that the connection does not affect lhe fa~J1
or in~I partition width. It is not an engineering requirement.
ASTM A500 Grade B
F1 =42 ksi
F,, =58 ksi
ASThf A572 Grade 50
Choose a hinge plate width, bp, of 11.0 in. This protrudes beyond the beam flange widt1
but is less than the column flange width and is sufficient to accommodate the 6.875 in dian
ctcr HSS brace.
F1 =50 ksi
Fu =65 ksi
ASTMA992
r'., =65 ksi
Brace
HSS 6 .875x0.500
r,_. = 0.500 in.
A= 9.36 in. 2
(Spec. Eq. J-t-1 ' J::
From AISC Manual Tables 1-1 and 1-13, the geometric properties are as follows:
D =6.875 in.
r= 2.21 in.
l~
To size the hinge plate for the lirrut state of tension yielding, where tp is the thickness of th
hinge plate:
F1 =50 ksi
The 11.0-in.-wide hinge plnte is well within the maximum allowable Whitmore sectioi.
according 10 AlSC Manual Pan 9, and therefore the entire hinge plate width can be consh
ere.d effective in this limit state.
Beam
W24x68
=23.7 in.
=1.09 in.
=0.415 in.
A ::: 20.1 in. 2
t1= 0.585 in.
kdu
z.. =
d= 12.7 in.
I,.. = 0.550 in.
b1= 12.2 in.
k.Jr1 = 1.50 in.
k4,,
lw
1>1= 8.97 in.
177 in. 3
,, >OPa
-- F>bP
Column
W12x96
1.67(385 k.ips)
= I 1~o in.
Z:r =
147
in.'
tr= 0.900 m.
A ISC Seismic Provisions Sections F2.3(i) and F2.3(ii) define the two mechanism anal:)'ses
that must be considered in determining the required strength of beams, columns and connections. AISC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c specifies the required strength of bracing
connections. For the required compressi~e sirength based on buckling limit states, Section
F2 6c(2) has an additional 1.1 factor (relative to the requirements of Section F2 3) applied
to the required strength of the connection.
For lhese SCBF connection examples, the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
F2.3 will be used for both LRFD and ASD, e~ccpt for the limit state of compression buckling on the Whitmore section, which will use the l.l factor specified in AISC Seismic
Provisions Section F2.6c(2).
Brace-to-Hinge Plate Connection Design

Example 5.3.10 showed.the full brace.to-gusset connection design for the same size brnce
as used in this exrunple. The calculations for the brace side of the brnce-to-gusset connection arc not repeated here.
AMu!cAN INsTrnm; OF STEEL CotUTRl!CT!Ot<
2: 0.90(50ksi}(l1.0 in.)
2: (50 ksiXI 1.0 io.)
2: 1.11 in.
2: 1.17 in.
Use a 1\4-in.-thick hinge plate.
Check hinge plate net section for tensile rupture strength

Assume the gusset plate thickness is I IA io. and verify this assumption later. The_lunge plat
is slotted over the gusset plate with an additional 1/16 in. increase in slot width on either sid
of the gusset plate. For the hinge plate:
An= [11.0 in. - PA in. - 2('t16 in.)J(I !A in.)
.l.
= 12.0 in.2
According to AISC Specification Table 03. l Case I, U LO because the teosfon load i .\
transmitted directly 10 the cross-section elemcnL From AISC Specification Equation J4- , ,_
5 3 SPFCIAL CONCENTRICAU.Y liRACED FRAMES
LRFD
R,. =~F..~
R,. = F,,~
- 0.75(65 ksi)(12.o in. 2 )

== 585 kips > 550 kips
Because KUr < 25, buckling is not 1:cns1dere<l accorJing to AISC Sptcificano11Section14.4.
However, the use <f AISC Ma111111l Table 4-22 will be demonstrated here because the buck.
ling strength of Uic tungc plate is required to check the requirements of Seismic Prol'isio11s
Section F2.6c(2).
ASD
n
65 ksi(l2.0 in. 2 )
o.k.
From AlSC Ma1111al Table 4-22
2.00
=390 kips> 385 ldps

Hinge Plate-to-HSS Brace Connection Design
....
~
!,
I;::,
'
1
i
111
Check hinr;e plate for compression buckling

The minimum recommended lunge leng!h for this connection configuration measured
berw~cn th~ end of the brace and the gusset, is 3tp. Refer to Thornton and Fortney (2012)
for d1scuss1on on the recommended 3tp hinge length.
=3.75 in.
Use 4.00 in. for the hinge length.
.
...
..
~:
..'
~lodeling the binge plate as foed at one end and free to route a1 the other end, the cffecuve length facLOr from AISC Specification Commentary Table C-A-7.1 is 1.2. The effective
length of the hinge plate is:
KL= l 2(4.00 in.)

=4.80 io.
The radius of gyration of the hinge pl:11e is:
t
r==t.i
~r -= 29.6 kJ.i
.,
The limit sime of shear rupture in the brace wall was used in Example 5.3. LO to determine
the length of tbc brae~ lo-gusset plate connection. Because the brace i;ize in this example is
the same as that us~ in &ample 5.3.10, determination of the weld size and length between
tbe brace and tb.e hinge plate are not repe~ted here. Similarly, the 11:11 bar reinforcement on
the brace is kept the ~me as Example 5.3. IO. For the limit :.late of block shear rupture on
the. hinge plate. the lunge plate io this example is thicker ( l'A in.} than the gusset plate
(~ in.) m Example 5.3. l 0 and is also a material with n higher yield sLrcngth. Therefore, from
Example 5.3.10, block shear on the hinge plate wiU be adequa1e and need not be checked.
3tp =3(1'.4 in.)
ASD
LR.FD
o.k.
H e
TI1e available comprei;sive strength of the hinge plate is:
LRFD
ASD
P" F.::rAi
= -Q n
Per = 6Fc,1\1
= 44.4 ksi(l l.O in.)(l 1A in.)
=29.6 ksi (l J.0 in.)(!~ in.)

=407 kips
= 611 kips
611 kips> 1.1(444 kips)= 4$8 kips o.k.
..tO? kips> 1.1(31Ikips)=342 kips o.k.
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6c(3) requires 1hat the brace connection accommodate
the t1exural forces or rotation imposet1 by brace budding. This can be achieved either by
option (a) design.mg the connecuon to have an av:iilable flexural ~aength of the expected
brace flexural strength. RyM,,. multiplied by J.I (LRFD) or by 1.1/1.5 (ASD) or option (b)
providing rotation capacity to accC>mmodate the required rotation. Eumplcs 5.3.8 through
5.3.11 used option (b) 10 sab:;fy lhis requiremenr. This brace configuration also satisfies
option (b) becau~e the 31,, length of the hinge plate provides rotation c:ipacity (Thornton and
Fortney, 2012).
The hinge ph11e allows the brace 10 buckle in the plane of the gusset plate by means of
introducing a perpendicular hinge plate. The connection thus accommodates brace rotation
according to AISC Seismic Provi.sions Section F2.6c(3)(b); lbe rcquiremeo1 10 withstand flexural forces im(Xl-~ by brace buckling according to Section P2.6c{3Xa) is not applicable. Note
that the commentary to this section implies that budiling in the pl;uie of the gusset is fixed-end
buckling (thus requmng applic:ition of Section F2.6c(3)(a)): in IM cooteXt of this connection,
the hinge plate rakes the place of lhc gusset for purposes of determining end fi:<iry.
l ~in.
To ensure that rotation of the hmge plate can occur without damage to olher parts of the
assembly, m this example the expec1ed tlexur.U 5trength of the hinge plate is u~ed to determine maximum forces on the hinge-pl3te welds. This ensures that the hinge pl:ue-to-gus~ct
:: 0.361in.
welds are sufficient to allow Lhe hinge plate 10 achieve its e.'tpectcd flexural strength mul tiplied by I. I.
'"=-:Ji2.
KL
r
4.80 in.
0361 in.
=13.3
Determine the c.'tpected flexural strcnglh of t.bc binge plate (mulriplkd by I I ):

Mh111~
=l.1R1 FyZh
AM~ 11.ICA>I
INSTTl'UT1! OP Sn.a CONSTRIX..'TION
S-306
BRACED FRAMES
~
~.
The width of the maximum Whitmore section on lhe gusset plate at 30 is:
where
Ry =1.1 from AJSC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l

Zh =plastic section modulus of the hinge plate about the weak axis
I,.. =2(26.0in.)(tan30)+PA in.

=31.3 in.
bpr;
=--
Part of this Whitmore section lies outside of the gusset plate. Approximately 12.0 in. of this
width remains in the gusset at the gusset-to-column interface. In order to avoid accounting
for Whitmore width within the bolted joint, a 12.0 in. width will be used on the column side
and 15.0 in. on the beam side. On the beam side, approximately 5.00 in. are in the gusset
and 10.0 in. are in !he beam web (I.be 10.0 in. within the beam web is included in the
Whitm0re section area). Try a l !.4-in.-thick gusset. The Whiunore area is:
=11.0 in.(!IA in.)2

4
=4.30 in.3
M11;,,ge
= 1.1(1.1)(50 ksi)(4.30 in.3)
A,..= (12.0 in.+ 5.00 in.)(l'A in.)+ (10.0 in.)(0.415 in.)
= 260 kip-in.
=25.4 in. 2
This moment can be replaced by two equal and opposite forces, F, acting on the welds
between the hinge plate and the brace.
From ATSC Specification Equation J4-l, the available tensile strength is:
ASD
LRFD
F= Mhinge
Ip
= 260 kip-in.
)I;.\
1!>P11
in.
P" FyAw
-::::-Q
n
=<PF1 Aw
=0.90(50 ksi)(25.4 in.2)
=208 kips
"'1,140 kips> 550 kips
50 ksi(25.4
().k.
The weld required to carry the force, F, from AISC Manual Equ:uions 8-2a and 8-2b is:
LRFD
D-
1.67
= 760 kips > 385 kips
o.k.
ASD
D=
2(1.392 kip/in.)/
208 kips
2(1 .392 kipfm.)(26.0 in.)
=
=2.87 sixteenths < 4 si~teenths
'
in.2 )
o.k:
Check shear yielding on the gusset plate

From AISC Specification Equation 14-3, the available shear strength due to yielding on th<
F 11.5
2(0.928 kipfm.)J
gusset plate is:
(208 kips/ 1.5)

2{0.928 kipfm.)(26.0 in.)
= 2.87 sixteenths < 4 sixteenths
o.k.
l-----LRFD
_ _ _ _ _+----~A_s_n_ _ _ _
R.,.::;; 0.60Fyltp(2)
R,. =<P0.60Fyltp (2)

Hinge ~late-to-Gussel Connection Design .
As shown in Figure 5-50, the hinge plate is slotted over the gusset plate. The hinge plateto-gusset contact length is the same as the binge plate-to-brace contact length (26.0 in.);
therefore, the 1A-in. fillet welds would be appropriate. However, accordfog to AISC
Specification Table 12.4, the minimum required weld size is 16 in. based on the l \4 in. thickness of the ~inge plate and gusset plate.
Use (4) 26-ln.-long, 'li6in. fillet welds at the hinge plate-to-gusset connection.
Check tensile yielding of the gusset plate on the Whitmore section

Tension yielding is checked on a section of the gusset plate commonly referred to ns the
Whitmore section." This section is explained in AISC Manual Part 9 (Figure 91) and in
Thornton and Lini (2011).
= 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi}(26.0 in.)

x(l1A in.)(2)
= 1,950 kips> 550 kips
=0.60(50 ksi)(26.0in.)(l1A in.)(2)

1.50
o.k.
o.k.
Therefore, a l 1A-in.-lhiek: gusset plate is adequate.
ll.
r
...
Check buckling of the gusset plate

The gusset buckling length is 5.00 in., and by inspection buckling will not control.
5-308
BRACED FRAMES
.,,,
r,;;
s..::::
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRJCALLY 'BRACED FRAMES
Gusset Interface Forces
f I
(
Use the Uniform Force Method presented in AJSC Manual Part 13. From the geometry of
FJgurc 5-51:
de
,..
ec
Hoc=-Po
Hue =-Pu
12.7 in.
:i:--2
=6.35 in.
'"
From AlSC Manual Equatio n 13-3.
ec
ec=2
ASD
LRFD
db
eb =2
23.7 in.
=--2
11.9 in.
"'6.35 in. (550 kips)

38.1 in.
=6.35 in.(385 kips)
=91.7 kips
"'64.2 kips
38. l in.
From AISC Maiwal Equation 13-5:
,.
Hub=-P.,
Hob
24.0 in.
m.+--2
OQ .
" =3.
=15.0 in.
=20.6 in. ( 385 kips)
= 297 kips
=208 kips
Vue
For the force distribution to remain free of moments on the connection interfaces. choose a
value of a to satisfy the following expression.
(Ma111~al Eq.
13-1)
= (15.0in.+ 11.9 in.Xl)-6.35 in.

= 20.6 in.
r"' J(a+ec )2 +(P+eb)
=Jc20.6 in. +6.35 in.)2 +(1s.o in.+ 11.9 in.)1

=38.1 in.
\\
~
r
15 0
in.(550 kips)
=15.0
- -in.
- (38-=> ki ps)
38.1 in.
= 152 kips
38. l in.
=217 kips
Vab =-Pa
r
=l I.9 in. (550 kips)

38.l in.
=172 .kips
eb
V""= -Pu
(Manual Eq. 13-6)
=11.9
- -in.
- (38=>_ ki ps)
II
. 38.l in.
=120 kips
These forces are shown in Figures 5-52a and 5-52b.
.:.
The beam-to-column con!le(;tion will be designed to satisfy the requirements of AJSC

Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b(b). The following exemplifies the detcnnination of the
required moment and forces on the connection.
I ~.
Vac --~
-Pa
r
=~Pu
el>
The required axial and shear forces on the connection due to lbe tensile load on !he brace
are derennined from AISC Manual Equations 13-2 through 13-5. where:
From AISC Manual E.quation 13-4:
a= (P +et-)( tan 45)- ec
"
..
38. 1 in.
e =45
20.6 in. ( _ ki )
= - - - 5 =>0 ps
38.1 in.
=- Po
In this cxnmple, lhe required flexural strength is resisted through the entire connection
including the gusset plate. The moment resistance is noc confined co lhe beam-to-coluir
portion of the connection. Alternatively, as shown in Example 5.3.l l, AlSC Seisir '
Provisions Section F2.6b(b) could also be satisfied by provicling a fixed beam-to-colun~
connection.
AMEJOCAN ~STmJT 01' STEEL CONSTRUCTION
:>-,)lV
BRACED FRAMF.S
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALl Y BRACED FRAMES
The required flexural strength is based on r.he lesser of the expected flexural strengths of tl"
column and beam multiplied by 1.1 (LRFD) or 1.1/l.5 (ASD) as required by AISC Seism.
Provisions Section F2.6b(b):
389 kips
2.75"
tti
....
;.,
..
@
co
(7k'"'jl~~...
...
_.
<O
't::::;L-_ _ ___J
97 kips
/
Mb~am
I .L::
r - - ~. .---. .389 kips -46.0 kips
172 kips :: :
'
= (1.1/1.5)(1.1)(50 ksi)(l77
= 10,700 kip-in.
...
J :: :
Mbeom = (l.1/l.5)RyFyZx
=l.l(l.1)(50ksi)(177 in.
2972_
46.0 kips 91 .7 kips
= J .1R1F1Z.,
3
1172 kips
389 kips.
20.6"
<O
= l:(L l/l.5)R~F1 Zx
=2(1.J/ l.5)(1.1)(50 ksi)(l47 in.3 ) I

=11,900 kip-in.
= 17,800 kip-in.
172 kips
@) W.P.
M eo/
= 2(1.1)(1.l)(SO ksi)(l47 in.3 )
."'
ASD
M" 1 = I:t.lRyFyZ.t
II)
LRFD
j.
in.3)
= 7,140 kip-in .
I.
The lesser of these expected fle,xuraJ strengths is MR= Mbeam = 10,700 kip-in. (LRFD) an
7,140 kip-in. (ASD). The subscript R is used to denote "rotational" forces and momenu;
because this moment is due to fram.e action.Refer to Thornton and Muir (2009) for more
discussion.
I
I;
From Figures 5-53a and 5-53b:

Fig. 5-52a. Gusset interface forces due ro brace expected strength (I.RFD).
LRFD
ASD
MR
HR=--
MR
HR = - -
P+eb
272 kips
2.75"
385 kips
10, 700 kip-in.

15.0in.+11.9 in.
= 398 kips
272 kips
VR
=HR~
20.6 in.
=290 kips
r.n
...
1120 klps
272 kips
~L
::
.:2~8~
I
--- --- :..:
32.2 kips 64.2 kips
120 kips
,___.-
1: :.
'.
__ ---
...............
272 kips 32.2 kips
Fig. 5-52b. Gusset inrtrfaceforr:es due to brace e.:rpected strength (ASD).
..
7,140 kip-in.
15.0 in.+ 11.9 in.
1.
= 265 kips
1"
\.
0.
=398 kips(l5.0 in.)

W.P.
~+eo
HR~
VR = - -
0.
=265 ldps(l5.0.in.)
20.6 in.
=193 kips
..
These rotational forces due to frame action are shown in Figures 5-54a and 5-5Application of moment in the figure is consistent with the angle between the beam and Cl
umn closing as the brace goes into tension. In addition to the admissible force distributk
due to the brace expected strength shown in Figures 5-52a and 5-52b, and the adro.is~il
force distribution due to frame action shown in Figures 5-54n and 5-54b, an admissible gr...
ity force distribution must also be detennined.
Note that the gravity forces always exist :ind therefore, must be added lO the brace ex pee
strength shown in Figures 5-52a and 5-52b and the rotational forces shown in Figures 5-5
and 5-54b.
....
AMEIUCAN INSlTtunl OP STEL. CorlsTR\JenON

AMl!IUCAN lNSTllUll! OP STEJ!L CONSTRUCTION
5-312
BRACED FRAMES
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b requires that the rotational forces c:ilculated from
tbe., Jesserof the column moment so:ength or the beam moment sirengtb be "considered in
combination with the required strength of the brace connection and beam connection,
~!!duding amplified_dfophragm <;~Hector forces."
~,350
kip-in.
6.35"
2.75"
-~-SMR
I'
'
398 kips
. - 1
q 290 kips :.
II
(.)
<O
2.75"
.....
I:..
,,
6.35"
5-3 13
I,/)
(!)
~!==--------'
398 kip-;---1
290 kips
Co W.P.
~
II
c.,
20.6"
@)
-I
(!)
290 kips
&,[
I
I
398 kips
290 kips Ii
10,700 kip-in.
~ 39'8i<lPSI !~ ~ -------~>-)
\......:_../
5,350 kip-ii).
~=
i.
~!
;;;
11
.,
'-'
Fig. 5-54a. Rotational force distribwion due to frame action (lRFD).
o.sM}-J
~.570 kip-in.
Fig. 5-53a. Rotational forces due to frame action, MR.
6.35'
., 2.15
tn
..
I:..
,,
~
n
265 kips
{-
h
<O
' .
1.::.
I
't::::::::::..-...,.....===----'
&>
..... W.P.
265 kips
20.6"
@)
IO
193 l<ips
~
Face
of column _)"-- -a
- ---i
'-J
3,570 kip-in.
Fig. 5-53b. Gusset plate free body diagram due to rotational forces.
m[
::
1193 kips.
26Skips
193 kips ,.
7, 140 kip-in.
2~11~~~-----~~)
'.
Fig. 5-54b. RotaJionalforce distribution due to frame action (ASD).

AMERICAN lNSTTIVre OI' STEEL CONSTRUCTION
5-314
5.3 SPECJAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED f'RAM.l:S
Figures 5-55a and 5-55b show the combined brace, rotational, and gravity interface forces
as required by AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F2.6b.
Use l-in.-diame1er bolts.
5-31
From AISC Manrwl Table 7-1 I.be available shear strength of l-in.-diameter ASTM A490->
(Group B) bolts in standard holes is:
Gusset-to-Column Single-Plate Connection Design
Figures 5-55a and 5-55b show the interface forces for this connection. Note that shear forces
from the brace expected strength are additive with shears from the rotational forces, but normal forces from the brace e:<pected strength are counteracted by rotational forces. This
figure also shows the total axial load on the column, including the axial load above the colunm, P,, and P0 .
Qrn
=49.5 kips/boll
LRFD
N0 = 201 kips
R,, =JV]+N:
R,, =~V} +N;
=J(507 kips)2 + (306 kips)
e= tan- I (306 kips)
=345 kips
Nu =306 kips
B= ian- 1(201 kips)
_.__~--3-4_
=30.2 5_ki_p_s~---~~-~' tl~
_
=__
31.l 0_s_0_7_ki_p_s_ _ _ _ _ _ _
L
=J(345 kips) +(201 kips)
=592 kips
ASD
LRFD
ASD
V0
rn = 33.0 kips/bolt
The angle from the vertical is:
From Figures 5-55a and 5-S5b, the total required s1rengths are:
V,, = 507 kips
ASD
LRFD
The eccentricity from the centerline of the two rows of bolts to the column face is:
3.00 in.
.
2.75 m.+---= 4.25 in.
2
=399 kips
Pa
Pu
r:
~,570 kip-in.
~,350 kip-in.
6.3s
s.3s
272 kips
389 kips
2.75"
306 kips
-Cl
t,()
......
118 kips
t===ll=:i:::::::Jl!!...!:l--19.9 kips
iJ-i
5,350
(gravity)
kip-in.~
389 kips
507 kips
)4,"''
..
I::: /
-
.,l... /./ .
' ..
2.75"
;sokips
...,'... /~kips
I:...'... / /
l.
' .
201 kips
/r ~ !"~
:=?'--=----__J
I
9
< ~ i;;
I
19.9 kips
73 kips
/
'.i===li=:j=l\l!-!:I 12.8 kips
--
12.8kips1
10.100 kip-in.
kl~~
___
46.0
46.0 kips 306 kips l
118 kips ... - - - - - - - - - - 1 1 9 . 9 kips
P., +19.9 kips
Pig. 5-55a. Combined brace, rotational and gravity forces (LRFD).
20.6"
73.0 kips
(gravity)
695 kips
272 kips
345 kips
118klps l
t.
3,570 kip-in.~
272 kips
(gravity)
I
I
73.0 kips
473 kips
7,140kip-ln.
- - :
I: :
I
--
32.2 kips 272 k'
32.2 kips 201 kips
73.0 kips ...- - - - - - - - - ' 1 2 . 8 kips
Pe +12.8 kips
Fig. 5-55b. Combined brace, rotational and gravity forces (ASD ).
5-316
BRAcr;o FRAMES
Using AlSC Manual Table 7-7 for an angle of 30" wilh e.t = 4.25 in., n =9, ands = 3 in.:
c - 14.9
The available shear strength of the bolt group is:
)
LRFD
=23.6 in. 2
~ =c(~)
=14.9(49.5 kips/bolt)
A,,,,= j29.0 in. -9(P/:6 in.+~& in.)j{l'.l.i in.)
ASD
R,. =C$r,.
From AlSC Specification Equation 144, the

plate is:
14.9(33.0 kips/bolt}
o.k.
av:iil~1ble
shear rupture strength of the gusset
o.k.
Check gusset gross section for she<ir yielding strength
=0.75(0.60)(65 ksi)( 23.6 in. 2)

=690 kips> 507 kips o.k.
=29.0 in.(1 \4 in.)
Rn
0.60FwA..v
-=
6>R,, = $0.60F.,:\~,
From th!.! geometry 3Jld edge distances shown in Figure 551:

A1
Check gusset net section for shear rupture strength
Based on the required hole size for a l-in.-di3.meter boll in )ca.ndard h<lle~ frum AISC
Specification Tuble 13.3 and the 1/i6 in. increase required from AISC Specification Section
B4.3b, the net area is:
>.'
5-3! 7
S.3 SPl:Cll\L CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
""36.3 in. 2
0.60(65 ks1)(2J.6
in_2)
2.00
=460 kips> 345 kips
From AJSC Specifica1io11 Equation J4-3, the available shear yielding strength of the gusset
plate IS:
LRFD
R~
0.60F1 A1
.n
-:::
=1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(36.3 in.2 )

= 1,090 kips> 507 kips
o.k.
0.60(50 ksi)(36.3
Check gusset net section for tensile rupture strength
The net tension area is:
ASD
R,, = $0.60F1A1
from AISC Specificazion F.quatfon 14-2, \vitb A,.= A..,, the available tensile rupture strength
is:
in. 2 )
1.50
::: 726 kips> 345 kips
LRFD
Check gusset gross section for tensile yielding strength
From ATSC SpecijicclJion Equ:uion 14-1, the available tensile yielding strength of the gusser
pJate lS"
Rnr F..~
-=-n
n
=0.75(65 ksi)(23.6 in.2)

=l,150 kips> 306 kips
65 ksi(23.6
o..k.
in.2)
= 2.00
=767 kips> 201 kips
o.k.
ASD
Rn
'>R,. >= <>F1 A,
=0.90(50ksi){36.3 in. 2 )
= 1,630 kips> 306 kips
ASD
o.k.
cl>Rm =4>F11Ac
LRFD
o.k.
o.k.
;i
Check net tension and sheur rupture interaction
F1 A1
n
=so i.:s;_(36.J 10.2 )
1.67
= 1,090 lcips > 201 kips
LRFD
2
o.k.
ASD
k.ips) +(345 kips)
306 lcips ) (507 !cips)

( 1,150 kips + 690 kips
=0.611 <LO
201
( 767 kips
o.k.
400 kips
= 0.631 < J.0
o.k.
5- 318
BR/ICED FRAMES
5.3 SPECIAL CONCENTIUCAl.LY ORACED FRAMES
Check block shear rupture on gusset at gusset-to column interface

The failure path shown in figure 5-56 controls lhe block shear .rupture Slrength on !he
gusset pl:ue relative to the shear force. BCC<luse 1he tension stress is nonuniform, similar
to A1SC Specification Conunentary Figure C-J4.2(b), Ubs 0.5. From AISC Speciftca1io11
Section J4.3:
ubs =o.s
A,,, =[4.75 in. -1.5(l1/i6 in.+ 11\6 in.)j(l ~ in.}
=3.83 in.2
Agv =26.0 in.(1 /.t in.}
LRFD
~R,,
ASD
Rn
=0.75(924 kips)
-=
= 693 kips > 507 kips
o.k..
924 k.ips
2.00
=462 k.ips > 345 kips
Check block shear relative to Lhe normal force on the gussel plale using the failure path
shown in Figure 5-56:
Ubs =1.0
=32.5 in. 2
A,,.,= !26.0 in. - 8.5(1V.6in.+1Ji6 in.)](I ~in.)
= 20.5 in.
S-3"
An1
=!26.0 in. -8.5(!1116 in.+ Yi6 in.)](1 \ii in.)

=20.5 in.2
Ap
=4.75 in.(11.4 in.)
=5.94 in.2
The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture relarive lO the shear force on
A,,.= [4.75 in.-1.5(!1116 in.+ 1/i6 .in.)l(l1A in.)
the gusset plate is:
=3.83 in.2
(Spec. Eq. J4-5)
0.60FuA..v +UbsFuAni =0.60(65 ksi)(20.5 in.2)+0.5(65 ksi)(3.83 in.2)
(Spec. Eq. J4-5)
R,. = 0.60F,,A,,y + UbsFwA111 !:: 0.60FyAgv +Ub,FuA.11
l.
0.60FuAnv + Ui...FuA.u =0.60(65 ksi)( 3.83fo.2 )+1.0(65 ksi)(20.5 in.2 }
=924 kips
0.60FyA8., +UbsFuA.u =0.60(50 ksi)(32.5 in.2 )+ 0.5(65 ksi)(3.83 in. 2)
=1,100 kips
=1,480 kips
0.60FyAp +UbsF..A.u =0.60(50 ksi)( 5.94 in.2 )+ 1.0(65 ksi)(20.5 in. 2 )
=l,510 kips
Therefore, the nominal strength for the limit state of block shear rupture is R,. 924 kips.
The available strength for the limit state of block shear rupture on the gusset plate is:
Therefore, the nominal strength for tbelimit state of block shear rupture is R,. = 1.4_8~ kip~
The available strength for the limit state of bl~k shear rupture on the gusset plate 1s.
LRFD
ASD
L - - - = - = - - - - - t - - - - - - ~~
Rn l,480 kips
f
"'R,. =0.75(1,480 kips)
-=
n
2.OO
=1,110 kips> 306 kips o.k.
o.k.
'f
Check shear and tension interaction due to block shear
ASD
LRFD
(
Fig. 5-56. Controlling block shear failure pa1h in gusset plate.
l~J 10 ~s
06 ki
kips)
= 0.611<1.0
kips)
201 kips) +(345

( 740 kips
462 kips
(507
+ 693 kips
o.k.
=0.631<1.0
o.k.
'
IJRAC.:EO HlA.MliS
Check bolt bearing and tearout on the gusset plate

The gusset vertical edge distance to the end boll is 2 00 m. at the top nnd 3.00 in. at the bot
tom. The gusset horiz.ontal edge dimension is 1.75 in. The resultant force per bolt., ba~ed on
the C value taken from AJSC Manual Table 7-7 previously, is:
LRFD
ru =
ASD
592 ldps
ra
14.9 bolts
= 39.7 kips/bolt
399 kips
=14.9
bolts
Check bolt bearing and tearout on the single plate

Assume the single plate is I 'A m. thick- the same as the gusset plate.
The bearing and tearout strength limit ~tates are separate.! for clarity m the follo""ing. For
SCBF systems. \\here large defomlations are anticipated, il is appropriate to assume that
deformation at the bolt hole is not a design consideration for the seismic lo~ding, and the
tearout strength is checked at the end bolt using AJSC Specification Equation J3-6b. A!SC
Seismic Prm;isions Secuon 02.2(1) limits the nominal beanng strength to 2.4drFu. therefore
the available ~ari.ng sucoglh of the single plate is:
= 26.8 kips/bolt
ASD
LRFD
TI1e edge distance along the line of action of the boll force may be calculated from the line
of action of the given shear and tension. For simplicity, use a conservative value for the bolt
edge distance of 1.75 m. lr this conservative assumption reijuires a thicker gusset plate, the
aforementioned line of action method \l,jll be used
The bearing and tearout strength limit :.tates nre separated for clarity in the following. For
SCBF systems, where large defonnations are anticipated, it is appropriate to assume Lhat
deformstion at the boll hole is not a design consideration for the seismic loading, and the
tearout strength is checked at the end bolt with the 1.75 in. edge dist:mce using AISC
Specification Equation J3-6b. AlSC Seismic Prol'isions Section 02.2(1) limits the nominal
be3ring stn:ngth of the gus~et plate to 2.4dtF.,, therefore the 3vaiJable bearing strength is:
-- -
S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICAU.V n~ACl.'0 FRAMES
!!_ _ 2.4dt e.Fu
$rn::; ~2.4dtpFu
::;0.75(2.4)(1.00 in.)(1 1,4 in.)(65 ksi)

::; 146 kips/bolt> 39.7 kips/bolt
o.k.
2.4(1.00 in.)(! 'A in.)(65 ksi)

2.00
-= 97.5 lops/bolt> 26.8 kips/bolt o.k.

The sing.Jc plate has top and bottom edge disrancteS of 1.50 in. and a horizontal edge distance
of 1.75 in.
From AISC Sp<lcificatio11 Equation J3-6b. the available tea.rout strength of the single plate
is:
"
\1
LRFD
$rn
r1
ASD
ASD
LRFO
2.4dtpFu
r"
=$2.4dtp Fw
-=
n
n
=0.75(2.4)(1.00 in.)(l 'A in.)(65 ksi)
=2.4(1.00in.)(l1,4 in.){65 ksi)
=146 kips/bolt> 39.7 kips/bolt o.k.
2.00
=91 5 kips/bolt > 26.8 k.Jpsfboll
r,.
rn =~l.5lct p.F;,
=0.75(1.5)[!.50 in.-0.5(l'A6 in.)}

o.k.
n-
..
..
,.
in.)jl
= x(l'A io.)(65 ksi)
o.k.
2.00
=59.0 kips/bolt> 26.8 kips/bolt
rrom the lefthand side of AISC Specification Equa11on J3-6b, the availo:ible tea.rout strenglh
.,
n
{1.5[1.50 in.-0.5(P/i6
x(l 1A in.)(65 ki;i)
l.5lcf pfu
o.k.
is:
+r,. = ~1.5lctpF
r~
l.5lctpFi.
-=
=0.75(1.5)!1.75 in.-0.5(1'116 in.)J
. {1.5[1.75 in. - O.S(Jl/1& in.)]}
x(l 1A in.)(65 ksi)

::; 111 kips/bolt> 3?.7 kips/bolt
Check gross and net shear and tension on the single plate
From Figure 5-51, the single plate is 27.0 in. long. From AlSC Specification Equation J4-3,
the available shear yielding strength of the single plate is:
ASD
LRFD
o.k.
= x(l~ in.)(65 ksi)

R,,
2.00
- 74.'.l kips/bolt> 26.8 kips/bolt
o.k.
Rn
=Q0.60F7 Ap
=1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(27 .0 in.)
x(l 'A in.)
ASD
LRFD
o.k.
'
0.60F1 A,,
0.60(50 ksi){27.0 in.)(11/. in.)
=
1.50
=675 kips> 345 kips
o.k.
5-322
BRACED FRAMES
From AISC SpecificallOn Equation J4-J, the available tensile yielding strength of the sing.le
plate 1s:
S.3 SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMf'!S
Check net tension and shear rupture interaction
ASD
LRFD
LRFD
ASD
( 306 kips
J,030 kips
Rn F1 A8
- = --
Rn=~F1 A1
=1,520 kips> 306 kips
=0.90(50 ksi)(27.0 io.)(1 ~in.)
=0.763<1.0
o.k.
The a\'ailable shear rupture strength of the single plate is detennined from AISC Specification
Equation J4-4. where:
=0.790<1.0
o.k.
a~ tan
ASD
Rn
0.60F,.A 0 ~
-=
Load angle
o.k.
I ( 306
:3.i5 kips
507 kips
=30.2"
=41 J kips> 345 kips
'fr 2(1.392 kip/in.)(t+0.50sin1..50)(1)
Ra
D,,,, = 2(0.928 kip/in.)(l + 0.50~inl..5 0)Cl)
592 kips
=2(1.392 kip/in.)(1.19)(27.0 in.)
=2(0.928 kipfm.)(l .l 8)(27.0 in.}
=6.62 s1'tteenlhs
=6.75 sh:tee.nths
D -
2.00
a=tan-1(20lkips)
---
kips)
=3 1.10
=0.60(65 ksi)(21.l in.2)
ASD
LRFD
LR.FD
o.k.
flange weld is:
Load angle
"'-0.75(0.60)(65 ksi)(21.1 in.2 )
+ (345 kips
411 kips
Single piste-to-column flange weld

From /\!SC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, including the increased strength due to the
load angle given by AlSC Specifi~atio11 Equation J2-5, the required single plate-to-column
in.)
= 21.l in.2
=0.60F.,A,.,
r r
1.67
=1,010 kips> 201 kips
R~
( 201 kips
686 kips
507 kjps
+ 617 lops
=50 ksi(27.0 in.}{1 A in.}
o.k.
.4,,. = 127.0 in. -9(11/16 in.+ 'Ao in.)j(l 1..4
r( r
o.k.
The ;wa1lable tensile rupture strength on the single plate is determined from AJSC
Specification Equation 14-2. with A, =Ani. where
R.
399 kips
I
l
I
A.it= A,,,.
Use a Yirin. fillet weld.
=21.J in.2
Gusset-to-Beam Interface
LRFD
R,"
ASD
R,.,
F..A,.,
Tue length of the weld is:
-=--
= F.,A,.,
2
= 0.15(65 ksi)(21.1 in. )
= 1,030 kips> 306 kips
lb= (a-1.00)(2)
=(20.6 in. -1.00 in.)(2)
= 65 ksi(21.1 in.2)
o.k.
2.00
= 686 lcips > 201 kips
= 39.2 in.
o.k.
Tue required strengths at the gusset-to-beam interface from Figures 5-55a and 5-55b are:
1--~~~~~LRFD~~~~~~--t~~~~~~A_s_o~~~~~-f
V., =695 kips
Nw
=118 kips
Va =473 kips
Na=13.0 kips
..
AMUUCAN lHSTITIJTll OF Sna. CONSTRUCTION
Gusset-to-beam weld
From AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, including lhc increased strength due to lhc
load angle. and the 1 25 weld ductility factor di$Cussed in Part 13 of the A ISC Manual. lhe
required gusset plate to-beam flange weld is:
For the W24x68. the available web local yielding strength 1s determined from Al~(.
Specification Equation 110-3 for a force apphcd from the mem~r end that is less than th:
member depth as follows
LRFD
Load angle
Load angle
kips}
0= lall-1(118
695 kips
( 1.0 + o.sosin
rtq -
= 871 kips > l 18 kips
. s o)en
{1.0 +0.50 sin LS 0
)<I)
= i.25J(47J kips)2 +(73.0 kips)2
2(1 .392 kip/in.){l .03)(39.2 in.)
2(0.928 kip/in.)(1.0J){39.2 in.)
The available ~trcnglh due 10 web local crippling is:
=1.00(0.60)(50 k.tj)(l '.4 in.)

x(391A in.)
=1,470 kips> 695 kips
= 0.90(50 ksi)(PA in.)(391.4 in.)
\ ..
o.k.
/29,000 ksi(50 ksiX0.585 in.)

0.415 in.
::; 586 kips> 1 l8 kips
=(l/2.00)(0.80)(0.415 in.)2
xll + 3(39Y.
)(0.415 in.)t.51
23.7 in. 0.585 in.
in.
29,000 ksi(50 ksi)(0.585 iii.)

.
0.415 in.
=391kips>73.0kips
The required strengths from Figures 5-55a and 5-55b are:
FA
_ 50 ksi{I IA in.)(39~ in.)

-
1 1
-=-n n
1.67
= 1,470 kips> 73.0 kips
o.k.
....
o.k.
R,.
oJc.

Al.SC Specification Equation 14-1:
R,.
~R..=F1 A1
i1
3(39 A in.)(0.415 in.)'..sl.

x I+ 23.7 in. 0.585 in.
= 0.60(50 ksi)(I ~ in.)(391A in.)

1.50
o.k.

AJSC SpecijicaJion Equation )4-1:
=2,210 kips> 118 kips
She.tr yjelding on gross section, from

AJSC Spuijica1ion Equation J4-3:
n-
~R~ =0.75(0.80)(0.415 in.)1
V,. _ 0.60F1 A1
V,. =~0.60FyAgv
ASD
LRFD
ASD

AJSC Specification Equation J4-3:
,."
o.k.
(Spec. Eq. JlC-1)
= 7.98 si:<teenths
LRFD
;,
581 kips> 73.0 kips
inal strength due to web local crippling.
Check gusset plate for shear yielding and tension yielding
=-
xp.5(1.09 in.)+39 14 in.]
o.k.

The resultant load on the heam from the gusset plate is applied at ~0.6 in. from the column
face. which 1s greater than d/2; therefore, use lhe folio\\ ing equation to detcmline the nom-
U!>e a 1h-m. fillet weld, 391..4 in. long.
t...., \
=- (1/ 1.50)(50 ksi)(OA I 5 in.)
x[2.5(1.09 in.)+ 39 1 ~ in.]
""1.25J(695 kips)2.+(118 kips) 2
m.)
F>t..,(2.5/c,:a +lb)
2(0.928 k.iplin.)
x
=7.84 si:<teenths
''
n"'
D _ J.2s,,/V} + N]
"" - 2(1.392 kip/in.)

l
R,.
=~F1 t,.,(2.5kd~s + 111)

= J.00(50 ksi){0.415
"'8.77
1.2s,Jv,.2 + N;
x
~R~
0 =tan -I ( 73.0 lcips)

473 kips
=9.64
ASD
LRFD
ASD
-- .
o.k.
URAC.:F.D FRAMES
LRFD
Check beam shear strength
ASD
From AJSC Manual Table 3-6. lhex-x a"<is available shear strcnglh oflhe beam due to she::ir
yicldmg and shear buckling is:
=73.0 kips+ 12.8 kips
V,. :::: 118 kips+l9.9 kips

=138 kips
Va
.V. = 306 kips+ 46.0 kips

= 352 kips
Na= 201 kips+ 32.2 kips
5.3 Sl'l!ClAL CONCENTRICAl LY BRACED .FRAMES
=85.8 kips
ASD
LRFD
c>Vn =295 kips> 138 kips
=233 kips
Check bolt strength
R,, =
=Jens
Ra
2
=378 kips
~Pn
2
+(233 kips}
Pn
50 ksi (20.1 in. 2 )
o.k.
1.67
There are 14 ASTht M9Q.X bolts in standard holes as shown in Figure 5-51. From AlSC
Manual Table 7-1, the available shear strength per boil is:
r,,
n
The limit state of block shear rupture due to the shear load on the beam web is not applicable because lbe remaining bcrun flange will prevent net section rupture However, the limit
slate of block she.'lt rupture must be checked for the tension load on the beam web as follows.
=33.o kips/bolt
The angle of the resultant with respect to the vertical is:
LRFD
A,., =[18.0 in.-6(1~6 in.+ Y\6 in.)j(0.415 in.)
ASD
S= tan- I (352 lcipsJ

138 kips
=4.67 in.2
A1v =4.75 in.(0.415 in.)(2)
S= tan-'( 233 laps)

85.8 kips
=68.6
=3.94 in.
=69.8
Using AISC ManutJl Table 7-7 with 60, n
o.k.
Check block shear ropture on beam web
ASD
r. =4 9 .5 kips/ bolt
F Ag
1
-=-n
n
== F1 Ag
=0.90(50 ksi)(20.l in.2 )

=905 kips> 352 kips
= 248 kips
LRFD
o.k.
ASD
LRFD
=JVa +NJ
=J(85.81Jps)
kips) +(352 kipsf
=197 kips > 85.8 kips
From AJSC Specification Equation D2- I, the 3vailable tensile strength due to yielding is:
ASD
Jvu +NJ
Check beam tensile yielding strength
The required bolt srrength due to the resultant loading is:
LRFD
v.
o.k.
=7, ex= 4.25 in., ands= 3 in.:
A.... =(4.75 in.-1.5(l'!t6 in.+ 'A6 in.)j(0.415 in.)(2)
:::2.54 in.2
C== 11.4
(~ec.
LR.FD
0.60F.,A,,-. + U,.,,FuA..i
R,, =Cr"
R,. =C9r,.
= 11.4(49.5 !dps/bolt)
ASD
o.k.
== 403 .kips
== 11.4(33.0 kips/bolt}
:: 376 kips> 248 kips
=0.60(65 ksi)(2.54in.2 )+1 .0(65 ksi)(4.67 in.2)
0.60FyAgv +U1>s1';,A,,,:::: 0.60(50 ksi)(3.94 in.2)+ 1 0(65 ksi)(4.67 in.2)

o.k.
=422 kips
Eq. J4-5)
5-328
,,,
DRACED FRAMES
Therefore, the nominal block shear rupture strength is 403 !Ops and lhe available block shear
rupture strenglh is:
,l
R~
LRFD
=0.75(403 kips)
=302 kips < 352 kips
Assuming that defonmuion at the boll hole is nol a design consideration, the tearom strength
is checked at the end boll with the I 75 in. edge dist.ancc. The a\ailable tearout M.rength i~
R,, 403 kips

-=
n.g.
ASD
LRFD
ASD
l .5F.,U
'~ = - - -
in = l.5F.,I, t
2.00
= 202 kips < 233 kips
n.g.
=0.75(1.5)(65 ksi)
= (l/2.00)(1.5)(65 ksi)
x[l.75 in.-0.5(1 1'i6 in.)J
x(0.415 io.+ .4 in.)
Therefore, a web doubler plate is required. The required thickness of the doubler plate is:
=59.3 kipStboll > 33.2 kips/boll
r=( 352
kips-)(0.415 in.)-0.415 in.
302 kips
233
kips )(0.4 15 in.)-0.4 15 in.
202 kips
=0.0637 in.
=0.0687 in.
x(0.415 in.+ 'A in.)

o.k.
ASD
t= (
x!l75 in.-0.5( 1 ~6 in.;]
LRFD
S-329
5.3 SPECIAL C'ONC'E..'<TRIC.\l.LY ORMT D FRAMf'.'>
o.k.
As previously discussed, this is a conservative tr~unent of te.arout. If the check failed, the
edge distance along the line of action of the bolt force would be evaluated before declaring
lhe design inadequate.
Beam-to-column single-plate connection
Use a 1.4in.-thick doubler plate wilh 1A-in. fillet welds.
Determine the require-0 thickness of the 7.50 in. x 21.0 in. single plate connecting the beam
web to lhe column flange. Try a ~" in.-thick plate.
Check bolt bearing and tearout on the beam
The result:int load per bolt based on the C-value taken from A!SC Manual Table 7-7 pre-
From AISC Specification Equation 14-3. the available shear yieldfog strength of the plate is:
\'iously. is:
LRFO
:~
.,
....:
::
LRFD
~R,.
378 !...ips
=11.4
bolts
=
332 kips/boll
I
r,,
248 kips
11.4 bolts
= 21.8 !Ops/boll
x(n in.)
= 394 kips > l 38 ~ps
ASD
LRFD
=0.75(2.4)(1.00 in.)(0.415 in.+~ in.)

x(65 ksi)
= 77.8 k:ips/bolt > 33.2 Jcips/bolt o.k.
lb
2.4d1F,,
R. 0.60F7 Agv
-=
= 0.60F>A,,,
o.k.
'.
0.60(50 ksi)(21.0 in.)(~ in.)

1 50
=263 kips > 85.8 kips o.k.
From AISC Specification Equation J4- l, the a-ailable tensile yielding strength of lhe plate is:
ASD
LRFD
~R,.
=0.90(50 ksi)(21.0 in.)(% in.)
=591 kips> 352 kips
Rn F-,A
-=-n
n
1
=c>F1 A1
o.k.
=50 ksi (21.0 in.)(~ in.)

1.67
-= - - {2.4(1.00 in ){0.415 in.+\4 in.)}

x(65 k.si}
=
2.00
=5 J.9 kips/boll > 21.8 .kips/boll o.k.
= 1.00(0.60)(50 ksi)(21.0 in.)
ra =
The bearing and tearout srrength limit states are separated for clarity in the foJJowing. For
SCBF systems, where large defonn::uions ~ anticipated, it is 3ppropriate to assume that
defonn:uion al lhe bolt hole is not a design consideration. and lhe tearou1 strength is checked
al the end bolt with Lhe 1.75 in. edge distance using AlSC Specification Equation J3-6b.
AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.2(1) limits the nominal bearing strenglh IO 2.4dtFu;
therefore the available bearing strength of the beam and doubler plnte is:
$r,. =$2.4dtF,,
ASD
ASD
o.k.
Single plate-to-column flange weld
Detenuine the fillet weld size required to connect the single pla1e on the beam to tl:c
column flange. Using AISC Man11al Equations 8-2a and 8-2b. including the increai;eti
s 330
BRACED FRAMES
5j SPEOALCONCE.NTRICAU.Y BRAC'PD FRAMES
strength due 10 tbc load angle ghen by AISC Specification Equa1ion 125. the required
single plate-to-column flange weld is determined as follows:
ASD
LRFD
Resultant load
R,, =378 kips
Resultant load
LooJ angle
Load angle
0 =Un-
I(
= 2.4(100 in.)(~ in.)(65 ksi)
o.k.
2.00
=48.8 kipslbolt > 21.8 kips/bolt
e]
[1.0+ 0.50sin 1..s
LRFD
ASD
=Ii .O+O..S0sin ..s 69.8J

1
[1.0 +0.50sin 15 68.6J
r,. 1.5/ctF.
-=--n
n
rn =~I .SlctF..
a]
=1.45
=0.75(1.5)[1.75 in. -0.5( 11Ji6 in.)]
J.5!1.75 in.-0.5{1 1A6 in.)]}
x(% in.)(65 ksi)

= 55.7 kips/boll > 33.2 kips/bolt o.k.
x(~
D _
378 kips
2(21.0 in.){1.392 kip/in.)(1.45)
rtq -
248 kips
2(2l.O in.)(0.928 kip/in.)(1.45)
= 4.39 silltc~nths
= 4.46 :;ixtecnths
in.)(65 ksi)
=
2.00
=37.1 kips/bolt > 21.8 kips/boll
ASD
LRFD
o.k.
The tearout strength is checked at the end bolt with the 1.75 in. edge distance using the left
side of AISC Spuijica11on Equation J3-6b. The a>.ulable tcarout strength is:
"" l.45
rtq
::::: 0.75(2.4 )(1.00 in.)(~ in.}(6.S ksi)
:::;: 69.8
Directional srrcngth increase
2.4dtF,,
-r,. =-n
n
=t2.4dtF.,
=73. I kips/bolt> 33.2 kips/bolt
9 =Un- I ( 233 kips}

85.8 kips
= 68.6
"'
~rn
Ra = 248 kips
352 kips)
138 kips
11.0+ 0.50sin 15
ASD
LRFD
o.k.
Check block shear rupture on single plate at beam-to-column interface

For the shear force
The nominal block shear rupture strength due
follows:
10
shear on the single pls1e is dctennincd as
Use ~ i6in. fillet weld.

\
\
~ =[4.75 in.-l.5{1'1i6 in.+'A, in.)](~ in.)
Check bolt bearing and tearout on the single plate

The resultant load per bolt determined previously is:
1,.
= 33.2
kips/bo~
. =1.91 in.2
ASD
" =21.8 kips/ boll
The bearing and tearout strength limit states are separ.ited for clarity in the following. For
SCBF systems, where large defonnations are anticipated, it is appropriate to assume that
defonnation at the bolt bole is not a design consideration, and the tearout strength is
checked at the end bolt using AJSC Specification Equation J3-6b. Aisc Seismic Provisions
Section 02.2(1) limits the nominal bearing. strength to 2.4dtF.,; therefore the available
bearing strength of the gusset plate is:
Ap ={19.5 in.)('A in.)

= 12.2 in. 2
Am>= [19.5 in. -6.5(11/16 in.+ 1A6 io.)j(~ in.)
=7.62 in.2
Rn:: 0.60F.,A,w + U0sF.,A111 ~ 9.60F1 A1 v t- Ub,F.,A,,,
(Spec. Eq. J4-5)
0.60F..A..v + Ub,FuA.. 1 =0.60(65 ksi)(7.62 in.2) + 0.5(65 ksi)( 1.91 in.2 )

=359 kips
2
0.60F1 A1v +UbsF.,A,,1 =0.60(501csi){l2.2 in.2)+0.5(65 ksi )(t.9 1 in. )
= 428 kips
5- 332
Therefore, the nominal block shear rupture strength is 359 kips and the available block shea7.
rupture strength is:
] ~-
LR.FD
= 269 kips > 138 kips
.,.
ASD
R,. = 359 kips
n
2.00
= rno kips> 85.8 kips
Rn= 0.75(359 kips)
!.._ , ,
o.k.
..
____ ___, ~;;J
.,>
;~
~( 352 kips
428 kips
LRFD
+ ( I 38 kips
269 kips
o.k.
( .r (8 8~ r
233 kips
285 kips
5.
ps
+ 180 kips
o.k.
= 0.896< 1.0
o.k.
Use a Ys-in..thick plate.
For the tension force
Check shear rupture on the single plate
The nominal block she.ar rupture strength due to the tension force on lhe single plate is:
From AISC Specification Equation J4-4, the available snear rupture strength of
Agv =
LRFD .
<PRn
ASP
. ...
..
~ =(112.00)(0.60)(65 ksi)
=0.75(0.60)(65 ksi)
xl21.0 in. - 7(l1/\6 in.+ Y\6 in.)]
4.75 in.(S/s in.)
'
x{Ys in.)
= 2.97 in.2
x[21.0 ~. -7(lVi6 in. +iii~ in.)]
x(% in.)
""240 kips > 138 kips

Anv
the single
plate is:
Am = [19.5 in. -6.5(Jlli& in.+ lfi6 in.)J(* in.)

=7.62 in. 2
?:
Jl
..
ASD
= 0.940 <1.0
Uus =1.0
5-333
5.3 SPEClAL CONCENTRICAUY BRACED FRAMES
o.k.
=[4.75 in. - l.5(l1116 in.+ \116 in.)J(Y3 in.)
= 160 kips> 85.8 kips
o.k;
'
=l.9lin.2
Check tensile rupture on the single pfate
0.60FuAnv.+ UbsFu1'1n1
From AISC Specification Equation J4-2,' the available tensile rupture stre~~i:h.of the single
plate is:
'
=0.60(65 ksi)(l.91 in.2 )+1.0(65 ksi)(7.62 in.2 )
=570 kips
0.60FyAgv + U1>~FuA111 =0.60(50 ksi)( 2.97 in. 2 )+ 1.0(65 ksi)(7.62 in. 2 )
=584 kips
Therefore, the nominal block shear rupture strength is 570 kips and the available block shear
rupture strength is:
\
$R11 = 0.75(65 k~)
.. x[21.0 in. - 7(1Vi6 in.+ \116 in.)}
x(* in.)
lRFD
Rn
R,, = 0.75(570 kips)
=428 kips> 352 kips
ASD
570 kips
2.00
= 285 kips > 233 kips
o.k.
Rm;, 65
ksi
x[i~.O in. -7(1V16iq/ 1/\6 in.)l

.::<(% in.){112,00)
o.k.
"
o.k.
..
-=
.Q
..
ASD
LRFD
o.k.
Check tensionshear interaction (tensile and shear rupture)
LRFD
Check tension-shear interaction (bfock shear rupture)
The interaction of tension and shear based on the block shear rupture limit stare is checked
as follows:
( 352 kips
400 kips
ASD
r r
r r
'
+ ( 138 kips
( 233 kips
267 kips
240 kips
=l.11 :>I.O
n.g.
A.'AERICN'I
+(85.8 kips
160 kips
=1.05> LO
lNSTl'lVT6 OF S"rea CONSTRIJCTJON
.'n.g.
5-334
BRACED FRAMES.
\Vith a *in.thick plate:

-,
LRFD
i.11(~~ ~n-r::::: 0.771<1.0

11).
ASD
o.k.
* inJ =o.729 < 1.0
1.05( ~.
. ~ m. .
.
o.k.
Use a ~-in.-tbick plate.

Note: Shear yielding and tensile yielding limit states should also be checked, but were
assumed to not co_n trol this design.
The final connection design is shown in Figure 5-51.
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES (EBF)

Tn eccentrically braced frame (EBF) systems, lateral forces are resisted by a combination of
flexure, s~ear ~nd axial forces in the framing members. An EBF is essentially a hybrid system, offenng lateral stiffness approaching that of a concentrically braced frame system and
ductility a~ro~ching that of a moment frame system. The design provisions for EBF s.ys~ems are gi\'en m AJSC Seismic Proviswns Section F3 and typical configurations are shown
m AISC Seismic; Provisions Figure C-F3.l. Section F3.1 describes EBF systems as "braced
frames for which ~ne end of each brace intersects a beam at an eccentricity from the inter~ectio~ of the centerlines of the beam and an adjacent brace or column, forming a link that
~s, subJect to shear and _flexure." The Ii~ becomes the focal point. in the design and detailing
of an EBP system, as it is intended to be the primary location for the inelastic behavior in
the ~me. The rem~inder of the members and connections are intended to remain essentially
elastic and are requrreg to have sufficient strenglh to withstand forces corresponding to the
expected strength of the link, including strain hardening.
Designers can often fit eccentrically l;>raced frames in locations within the arclritectura!
floor plan where concentrically braced frames cannot be located, due 10 the space limitations
presented by doors a.n~ windows. Additionally, !he system is generally considered to be stiff
enough to efficiently limit nonstructural, drift-related damage, as c-0mparcd to the relatively
flexible ~ature of moment frames. An EBF system may be more complex for design and
construcuon than other common systems. As with all systems, the choice of an EBF as the
lateral system requires balancing lhe needs of lhe builcling owner and architect with the proj
ect budget Co~iderati~n should be given to "first-costs" of the project versus the life-cycle
costs and pot~nt.Jal reparr costs following a major earthquake. First-cost benefits of using an
EBF system wclude a reduction in the seismic base shear force due to !he hjgber R factor
l~an other braced frame systems, which may result in savings in the construction of the
diaphragm and foundation.
While EBF systems ~ombine many concepts of both concentrically braced frames and
moment frames, the technology of eccentricaJly braced frames is relatively new. The system
was first developed in Japan in lhe early 1970s. Research and development in the United
States followed later that decade, continuing through the 1980s, \\ith the first codified
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED F'RAMC.S
5-335
design procedure appearing in the 1988 Uniform Building Code (UBC). As noted previously, the focal point of the design of an EBF system is the link. The link design procedures
put fonh in the AISC Seismic Provisions are quite C.'\tensive and arc intended to provide reliable and ductile performance of the link under seismic loading. The first of these provisions
relates to widthto-rhickness limits in SeGtion D1. 1 of the AlSC Seismic Provisions. For EBF
systems, I.he link muse satisfy the width-to-thickness requirements for highly ductile members. There is an exception for the flanges of shon, ~hear dominated links with I-shaped
sections. For link lengths less than J.6Mp1Vp the flanges need only satisfy the width-totbickness requirements for moderately ductile members. Additional limitations on the web
include a ma:<imum specified yield stress of 50 ksi, and a requirement that the web be a single thickness of material. Thus, doubler plates and penetrations are not permitted in the link
zone. The 2010 AJSC Seismic Provisions introduce an allowance for the use of built-up box
I
section links; however, the use of HSS links is not allowed.
I
The nominal shear strenglh of the link. V,,, is calculated as the lesser of the shear yield'j
ing strength of lhe link, Vp. and the shear associated with the flexural yielding strength of
the link, 2Mple. Additional link requirements apply when the required axial strength in the
link exceeds 0.15?1. These reqltiremenL5 limit the nominal shear strength and the link
length in order ro provide for more stable inelastic behavior within the link when axial
forces become large enough to have a significant effect. For specific requirements, the
AISC Seismic Provisions should be consulted.
Another consideration in the design of the link is the link length, e. When related to the
length of the frame, L, it can be shown that as e/L appro:iches z.ero. an EBF system reaches
the stiffness of a concentrically braced frame, while values of ell approaching 1.0 indicate
behavior consistent with moment frames. This concept is illustrated in Figure 5-57. Further
consideration of link length relates to the behavior of the link itself in the inelastic range.
From simple mechanics, it can be demonstrated that when e = 2.0MplVp. the yield condition
is balanced between shear and flexure. For values Jess than l .6Mp!Vp. the link behavior is
generally controlled by shear, whereas for values greater than 2.6Mp1Yp it is controlled by
flexure. For link lengths between l.6Mp/Vp and 2.6Mp/Vp a combination of shear and flexural yielcling occurs. Because shear yieldlpg is much more reliable than fleitural yielding, it
is generally considered advantageous to keep link lengths short enough to be controlled by
sbear. With this in mind, a target value of l.6Mp/Vp is used for the link length, e. To achieve
this, many designers will start the design of the link using a value of l..3Mp1Vp. This allows
some flexibility in changing the link beam size and frame geometry while still maintaining
a fin!ll link length consistent with the l.6Mp1Yp goal.
The AISC Seismic Provisions address the ratio of MpNp in relation to the overall ductility of the frame by relating the link rotation angle, Yp. to the value of Mp/Vp in a given frame.
Llnk rotation angle is illustrated in AISC Seismic Provisions Figure C.F3.4. The AISC 1
Seismic Provisions note that for e < l .6Mp!Vp the link rotation angle is li~ted to 0.08 rad,
and fore> 2.6Mp1Yp the link rotation angle is limited to 0.02 rad. For values between these
limits, the link rotation angle should be interpolated. This is illustrated in Figwe 5-58.
Additional link design considerotions apply when providing stiffener plates in the link )
zone. The AISC Seismic Provisions specify that links of all lengths require stiffeners at
each end. Additionally. spncing of intermediate stiffeners varies with link length. Note that
when e > 5.0Mp/Vp, no intermediate web stiffeners are required.
\ .'
IJ
BRACED FRAMES
When the frame is configured such that the link 1s directly adjacent to a column. there
arc special requirements for the connection between the link :ind the column as required
by AISC Seismic Provuions Section F3.6e. The linkt<>-colurnn connection must be capable
20
16
~
<I)
..,, 12
>
~
0
..
::.;:J
-~
lii
a;
er
4
::I
.~
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
e/L
~l
Fig. 5-57. Frame stiffness 1ersus link lengrh (Engelhardt and Popov, 1989).
.,
"
.
Ya (rad)
0.081-----
~.
;.
::
....
f
f
e::: 1.6MPIVP
e::: 2.6M"/VP
Link length, e
Fig. 5-58. Maximum allowed link rotation tJngle versus link l1!llgth.
5.4 l'CC't.'lfl"RlCAl LY BRACED FRAM.l.:.S
of sustaining lhc link rotation an&le as prescribed by the AISC Seismic Prodsions bas.:u
on link length. Additionally. the connection must be 11ble to develop the full value of the
~pccttd link sh~ strength., R., Vn, at such a rotauon angle. Furthennore., the link to column
connection must meet lhe re1)uiremcm.s of moment connections consistent with tbose as pre
scribed under lhe provisions for special moment frames; in other words; 3 qualified or
prequalified connection must be used. The e.~cepcioo to this occurs when the connections are
adeqwtely reinforced ruch lh:'lt beam yielding is forced 10 a lo.:llion away from the face of
the column, and \.\hen !be length of the link is less lhan I 6Mpli'j,. In this case, the link
length is defined as the length from the end of the beam remforcing co the end of lhe brace
member. If the link-to-column connection meets these requirements, prcqualification or
qualification of the co~tion is not required. Full-depth suffener plates are st.ill required
:rt the end of the link adjsun1 to the reinforced beam section, however.
AlSC Seismic Proiisions Section F3.4b requires l:uer:.il bracing of both the top and bottom flanges at the ends of I-shaped links. These braces mus1 be designed to S3ti~fy the
strength and stiffne~s requirements of AJSC St~mic Pro~isicms Section D 1 2c for ~pedal
braces :11 plastic hinge Joc:ttions.
Once tbe design of the link is complete. the remaining r~u1rements address 1he design of
the diagonal brncc and bezm segments away from the link, the connections of the beams to
the columns, and the ~ttength of 1he columns and 1he column base attachmenl 10 the foundation. Due to the nature of EBF sy~tems, the brace members may be subject to large axial
and flexural forces resulting from the rotations amicipated in the link segment Therefore.
the diagonal brace is required to have a combined a.'tial and flexural strength due to seismic
loading equaJ to the forces g,enenued by the adjusted link shear strength. The adjusted link
shear strength is defined as the expected shear strength of !he link, RyVn. mulliplied by a factor to account for strain h.'lrdcning. This strain hardening factor is equal to l .25 for ll.haped
Jinks and 1.4 for buill-up box links. Braces must also satisfy lhe width-to-thickness requirements of AISC Seismic Prmisions Section D l. l for moderately ductile members.
The design of the beam outside of the link is similar, bu1 differs slightly from I.be design
requirements for braces. It is also designed for lhe forces due 10 the adjusted shear strength
of the linlc. However, the ~justed :.hear strength of the link 1s allowed to be taken equal to
0.88 times the value used in the design of the braces. This accounts for the increasc-0 member strength realized by having a concrete slab C(lmposite wilh the beam ouuide of the link
and recognizes the fact that limited yielding in the be.am is not likely to be detrimental to
EBF perfonnance. as lO!lg as stability of the beam is assured. If there is not n concrete slab
composite with the beam outside of the link. a strain hardening factor of l.25 &hould be used
(for additional inform.aricn see the Commentary to AlSC Seismic Provisions Scc1ion F3.3).
Additional lateral bracing along the length of the beam, if required, is designed per AISC
Specijicfllion Appendu 6. If I.be beam outside of the link is a differenc section lhan the link.
then it must also sati~fy the width-to-thickness requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions
Section DJ. l for moderately ductile members..
The connection of the brace 10 the beam is 1equired to me~ the same strength requirements as the brace member. The AlSC Seimiic Provisions require this conncc1ion to be
collSidcred fully restr.lined (FR) if the connection is detailed such that the brace resists an}
portion or the link end moment Because it was considered to be overly conserative in pre
vious editions, the 2010 AlSC Seismic Provisions no longer require that the connection als.'
be de.signed for l.IR1 P,. of the br:ice and no longer prohibit the brace connection fror:
5-338
BRACED FRAMES
extending into I.he link zone. There is a discussion of !hese changes in I.he Commentary to
Sections F3.6c and F3.5b, respectively.
The beam-to-column connection: where a brace connects to both members has design
and. detailing considerations in addition to the preceding requirements for the brace--to
beam connection. AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.6b requires that these connections
either be a simple connection meeting the requirements of AlSC Specification Section
B3.6a with a required rotation of 0.025 rad, or they must be designed as a moment con,
nection. If the latter is chosen, !he required strength of the connection is equal to the lesser
of the expected beam flexural strength and the sum of the expected flexural strengths of the
column ab-Ove and below the joint.
The columns of the EBF system must satisfy the width-to-thickness requirements of AISC
Seismic Provisions Section Dl.1 for highly ductile members. Additionally, the columns must
be designed to resist the forces due to the adjusted shear strengths of all links above the level
of the column (as discussed previously for brace design). For columns in frames with three
or more stories of bracing; the adjusted shear strength of the link is allowed to be taken equal
.to 0.88 times the value used in the design of the braces, which recognizes !hat it is unlikely
for all links to be fully strain-hardened at lhe same time.
5.4 ECCENTRJCALLY BRACED FRAMES
5-3.i
Example 5.4.1. EBF S~ory D rift Check
'
Given:
Refer to the EBF elevation shown in Figure 5-59. The applicable building code specifies the
use of ASCEISEI 7 for drift requirements. Determine if the third level of the frame satisfie:
the drift requirements.
From an elastic analysis of the strocture usfog an equivalent lateral force analysis, the story
drift between the second and third levels is:
.
o~. =
0.175 in.
30'-0"
EBF Design Example Plan and Efevation

The following section consists of seven design examples for an EBF system. See Figure
5-59 for me elevation of the EBF. Example 5.4.l checks st0ry drift. Examples 5.4.2 through
5.45 illustrate. a link design, a beam outside of the link design, a brace design, and a column design,: respectively. ~xa.mples 5.4.6-and 5.4.7 show. the design of a brace-to-link
connection and a brace-to-beam/column connection.
From ASCFJSEI 7, the following parameters apply: Seismic Design Category D, R 8,
.Q.a 2, Cd= 4; le= 1.0, Sos= LO, and p =l.3,
'...The total floor area js 9,000 ft2, the perimeter is 390 ft, and the code-specified gravity
loading is as follows: .
. PJWor =:= 85 psf
=68 psf
Lftoo,, =80 psf (50 psf reduced) .
, DtrJOf
fu
N
Fourth
Level
fu
N'
Third
Level
'.
S
=20psf
Curtain wall= 175 lb/ft along building perimeter at every level
The loads given in each design example are from a first-order analysis. Assume the effective length method of AISC Specification Appe.ndix 7 is used for tbe st.ability design. _
When designing EBP systems, several design iterations are usually required to obtain the
best combination ofcompau'ble frame-member sizes. Optimized designs are often difficult
to obtain, due to member local buckling requirements, geometric constraints, th~ resisrapce
of tbe beam o.utside of the link to flexure combined with axial effects, and architectural constraints that commonly occur throughout the design process. Nonetheless, EBF systems. can
be used to provide ductile and cost-effective solutions for seismic load resistance.
.l
Roof
<D
N
Second
eve!
0
~
......
Base
Fig. 5-59. EBF elevation.
5-340
..'
..
'
BRACED FRAM.ES
Solution:
According to AISC Seismic Provisions S~tion B 1, the design story drift and the story drift
liuUts are ihose ~tipulated by the applicable building code. From ASCEJSEI 7 Table 12.12-1.
the allowable story drift, ~. is 0.025h.u. where hJX is the story height below level x.
6a =0.025hsx
Fy = 36 ksi
F. = 58 ksi
ASTMA992
=0.025(12.5 ft)(l2 in./ft)
=3.75 in.
Ry= I.I
;'.
..,,
:~
(ASCEJSEI 7 Eq. 12.8-15)
W16x77
A =2Z.6 in. 2
d= 16.5 in.
1,.. =
'I= 0.760 in.
kae1= 1% io.
k1 = l
Zx=
Ix= 1.110 in.
hit.,.= 31.2
Therefore, the design story drift at le\'el 3 is:
ii
...~
ASThfA36
F, = 50 ksi
Fk =65 ksi
ASCE/SEJ 7 defines the design story drift as b., the difference of the deflections at level 2
and level 3 at the centers of mass. The deflection at level x, Ox, is:
s .341
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAl\iES
0.455 in.
1lt6
in.
150 in.l
b1= 10.3 in.

b112t1= 6.77
h0
=15.7 in.
Required Strength
ox= 63
Cdo.r3
Considering the load combinations given in ASCE/SEI 7 that include seismic effects, it was
detenn.ined that the governing load combination for the link is:
= - - -Cdox2
-!,
le
=Cd (ox3 - o..2)
ASD
LRFD
le
;~
~~
=4(0.175 in.)
'
;~
1.0
= 0.700 in.< 3.75 in.

ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 (including
the O.S factor on l permitted in Section
o.k.

12.4.2.3)
(1.2 + 0.2Sos)D + pQE + 0.5L + 0.2S
Example 5.4.2 EBF Link Design
(1.0 + 0.l4SDs)D + H + F + 0.7pQ
Given:
..
..:.
{ ,'
,"
Refer to Beam BM-1 in Figure 5-59. Determine the adequacy of anASTM A992 W 16xn
as the link segment for the following loading. The stiffener material is ASTM A36 plate. The
applicable building cooe specifies the use of ASCEJSEI 7 for calculation of loads. From a
first-order analysis:
Po
=7.40 kips
PL= 5.30 kips
PQE::::
5.50 kips
=1.30 kips
VQi; =
84.0 kips
Vo= 1.80 kips
VL
Mo= 14.4 kip-ft
ML= 9.60 kip-ft
MQE= 168 Jcip-ft
Assume the brace-to-beam connection will be that shown in AJSC Seismic Provisions Figure
C-F3.7. The brace will ~ detailed as fixed to the link in order to decrease the flexural
demand on the beam .outside of the link. Assume the brace will be an ASTM A992
W10x112.
Solutio n:
From AJSC Manual Tables 24 and 2-5, and AJSC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l, the material properties a.re as follows:
Determine the required shear strength of the link
The required shear s1rength of tJ1e link is:

ASD
LRFD
Vu = (1.2+0.2SDs )Vo +pVae
+ 0.5VL +0.2Vs
=IL2+0.2(t.0)](1.so kips)
+ 1.3(84.0 k:ips)+0.5(1.30 kips)

+ 0.2(0 kips)
= 112 kips
Va =(l.O+O.l4Sos)Vo + VH +VF
+ 0.7pV!ll
= [l.O + 0.14(1.0))(1.80 kips)
+ 0 kips+O kips
+ 0.7(1.3)(84.0 kips)
= 78.5 kips
t
DRACED FRAi'vlES
5-342
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAM!i.S
BL
Determine the required axial and flexural strengths of the link

=LO 199 kips(J50 in.)

0.175 in.
= 171,000 kips
Second-order effects are addressed using AlSC Specification Appendix 8 as follow!l:
(Spec. Eq. A-8-1)

(Spec. Eq. A-8-2)
C,,,
1--'
P,,
=1.00
I
Bz=
o.P.
1 -~
(Spec. Eq. A-8-6)
:<!I
'
ex = 1.60
Bi= _ 1.00(3,680 kips)

1
ASD
LRFD
(X
Since the calculation of B1 requires P,, 8 2 will be calculated first, although r\JSC
Specijicatio11 Appendix 8, Section 8.1 permits the use of a first-order estimate of P,.
Using AISC Specification Equation A-86:
(Spec. Eq. A-8-3)
81 =--o:Jf~l
(Spec. Eq. A-8-7)
PeJJDry =RM C.u
171,000 kips
82 =
l.60(2.600 kips)
1
171,000 kips
= i.02
= i.02
I
L-~~~~~~~~~~~~...L-~~~~~~~~~~~~-'
P-6 effects, approximated through the 82 factor, apply only to axial forces and moments du{
P, S101)'
to lateral translation. Thus, the required axial strength of the link including second-order
.
.,
' effects is:
Ga/cu/ate Pstory
From the given loading, the total vertical load at the third level is:
ASD
LRFD
P.,
x[68 psf + 2{85 psf)J

l'trory = 9, 000 ft
+O psf
+ 0.5(2)(50 psf)
+0.2(20 psf)
x(l kip/1,000 lb)
.2+ 0.2(1.0)J
+ [175 lb/ft(2)(390 ft)]
=(l.2 + 0.2Sos ~ Po+ B2PPQE + 0.5Pz.

+0.2Ps
[1.2+ 0.2(1.0)J
2
= {1.2+ 0.2(1.0)}(7.40 kips)
r0+0.14(LO)J
PJtDry
=9,000 ft
+1.02(1.3)(5.50 kips)
x[68 psf+2{85 psf)}
+ 0 psf + O psf + 0 psf
x(l kip/1.000 lb)
{!t.0+0.14(1.0)J
}
+ ll75 lb/ft(2)(390 ft)J
x(l kip/l.000 lb)
+ 0.5(5-30 kips)+ 0.2(0 kips)

= 20.3 kips
=!LO+ 0.14(1.0))(7.40 kips)

+ 0 kips+ 0 kips
+ 0.7(1.02)(1.3)(5.50 kips)
=13.5 kips
Calculate B 1
Conservatively assume Cm= 1.0 and the effective length method is used for stability desigr f:
From Figure 5-59, the link length is 48.0 in.
I
=3,680 kips
(Spec. Eq. A-8-'.:
The rota! story shear. H, is shown in Figure 5-59 as V3 = 199 kips. From Example 5.4.l, an
elastic analysis determined that
first-order interstory drift i~ t:.11 0.175 io.
the
RM
Pa =(l.0+0.14SDs)Po +Pn +PF

+ 0.7fhpPQs
=2,600 kips
x(l kip/1,000 lb)
.l
ASD
LRFD
=12.5 ft(J2.0 inlft)
rt2EJ"
P.1--t - (K1L)2
(Spec. Eq. A-8-5'
rc 2 {29.000 ksi)(l,110 in. 4 )
=150 in.
"" 1 for bra~ frame systems
=138,000 kips
[ 1.0(48.0 in.) j2
J
I.
BRACED FRAMES
5.4 ECCENTRJCAJ...LY BRACED FRAMES
11., ,
LRFD
Ct
=l.00
81=
1-
ex
1.0
~l
1.00(20.3 k.ips)
!o1
138,000 k.ips
LRFD
ASD
=1.60
= l.00, the required flexural strength need no1 be amplified to occount for Po
LRFD
"
ll
=1,130 kips
= 1.00
M., =(l .1+0.2SDs) Mo + BzPM<a
Pr
20.3 kips
1,130 kips
Pc
-=
Pc:
=0.0180
13.5 kips
753 kips
=0.0179
\\}th P,IPc: ~ 0.15. the A1SC Sti<mic Provisiom allows the effect of axial force on the link
shear strength to be neglected.
ASD
Vp
..:~
1.5
1.5
= 753 k.ips
The required flc.'wral strength of the link including second-order effects is:
- - --b
...
c -
= 1,130 kips
Pr
Since 81
effects.
P. _ !J_
Pc= P1
1.0
~I
81=
1.60( 13.5 kips)
1138.000 kips
=1.00
ASD
=0.6FyA1w
(Provisions Eq. F3-2)
Ma =(l.0+0.14Sos)Mo +MH +MF
+ .0.5Mr +0.2Ms
=[1.2+ 0.2(1.0)](14.4 kip-ft)
Where A1w for I-shaped link sections is defined as:
+ O.?B1PMQe
=[l.0+0.14(1.0)}(14.4 kip-ft)
+ 1.02(1.3)(168 kip-ft)
+ 0 kips+ 0 kips
+ 0.5(9.60 k.ip-ft)+0.2(0 kip-ft)
+ 0.7(1.02)(1.3)(168 kip
= 248 k.ip-ft
Arw=(d-2t1)t..,
=(16.5 in.- 2(0.760 in.)](OA55 in.)
ft)
=6.82 in.2
= 172 kip-ft
The link shear strength is:
Second-order effects arc not required to be applied to the required .Jiear strength.
VP= 0.6(50 ksi)(6.82 in.
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F35b(l). the stiffened and unstiffcoed elements of linls shall comply \\ilh AISC Seismic Proli.sions Section Dl.l for highly ductile
members. There is an exception given in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(l) that
allows flanges of I-shaped links with lenglb e ~ l.6Mp1Vp to satisfy the requirements of
modemtely ductile membcn. Determine whether the link length satisfies this limit.
Py= FyA 1
=50 ksi(22.6 in.2)
=1,130 Jcips
=205 kips
'i
Mp
=F1 Z
=50 lcsi(150 in.3 )
=7,500 l.Jp-in.
(Provisions Eq. P3-6)
1.6Me _ 1.6(7,500 kip-in.)
Vp
205 kips
= 58.5 in.
From AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(2):
Because e =48.0 in. < 58.5 in., link flanges are permincd to comply with the require~enlS
for moderately ducule members. From Table l-3 of this Manual, a W16x77 satisfies the
requirements for modcrutcly ducule link beam nangcs.
Table 1-3 of this Manual also shows that a W16xn satisfies the requirements for o highly
ductile link beam web.
..

AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(2) defines the shear strength of the link as the Jesse(:
of that detennined based on the limit states of flexural yielding and shear yielding.
:
.
For the limit srate of shear yielding AISC Seismic Provisions Equation F3-l defines the
shear strength as follows, where VP was previously calculated:
'
-;
r
A value of the ratio, Vpe/Mp. less than 1.6 indicates that the link behavior will be dominated by shear yielding. The corresponding limit on the link rotation angle for this type of
expected link behavior is 0.08 rlld according to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.4a.
AJSC Seismic Provisions Figure C-F3.4 defines the link rotation angle for this configura-
tion as:
Vn =Vp
=205 kips
where
For the limit state of flexural yielding AlSC Seismic Provisions Equation F3-7 defines the
shear strength as follows, where Mp was previously calculated:
Vn
=2Mp
AISC Seismic Prol-isions Section F3.3 requires that the inelastic link rotation angle be determined from the inelastic ponion of the design story drift. From Example 5.4.1, the inebstic
_ 2(7,500 kip-in.)
portion of the s tory drift is:
48.0in.
=313 kips
6.p=8.t-8.u
Because 205 kips< 313 kips, the limit state of shear yielding from Al SC Seismic Provisions
Equation F3-2 controls:
LRFD
=185 kips> \1 =112 kips

11
o.k.
eP =12.s ft(12 in.lft)
~=
n,. 205 kips/1.67
= 123 kips> Va = 78.5 kips
=0.525 in.
0.525 in.
ASD
9vVn = 0.90(205 kips)
= 0.700 in. -0. 175 in.
=0.00350 rad
o.k.
'Yp = 30.0 ft(l~ in./ft)(0.00350 rad)

48.0 m.
=0.0263 rad
Unk Rotation Angle

AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.4a specifies a max.imum link rot:nion angle based on
the expected behavior of the link. The expected link behavior is detemtined by solving for
the coefficient in front of Mp/Vp based on the given link length.
'Y P < 0.08 rad
o.k.
Note that the plastic story drift could. have been conservatively assumed to equal the
design story drift (0.700 in.). Using lhe design story drift determined in Example 5.4.1, 'Yp
=0.0350 rad.
Solving for the coefficient X:
Use K= 1.0 for both the x-:c and y-y axis. UseAlSC Manual Table 6-1, where interpolating
appr~ximblale becaubs~ ~~ail
co~presfisivaeWstr1e6ng7th7d~tbsnKLotvary4 flit~
between values is
the
able
early with KL. Tue availa e strengt m axiru compression or
For the link being inves6gated:
~- 205 kips(48.0 in.)
Mp -
7,500 kip-in.
=1.31<1.6
w1
= .
l.
S-348
LRFD
. I
......
;
Lateral Bracing Requirements

AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.4b requires thafboth flanges at each end of the link be
braced. Bracing is required to have strength and,.stiffness as specified by AISC Seismic
Provisions Section D l .2c for e:xpe.cted plastic hinge locations. This design uses lateral bracing of the flanges. From AlSC Seismic Provisions Equations Dl -4a and Dl-4b, the required
lateral brace strength, with Ry= l.J fromAISC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l , is:
ASD
Oc
Pn
p = $~Pn
p=:-
= 1.03x10- 3
::::: J.54xl0" 3
$cP11 = 97 1 kips > 20.3 kips
o.k.
P.
Qnc

P., =
From.AISC Manual Table 3-2, Lp = 8.72 ft. Since Lb~ Lp, the limil state of lateral-torsional
bu~kling d9es not apply according to AISC Specification Section F2.2. Therefore, the available flexural stre_n&th is, from AlSC. Manual Table 3-2:
0.06R7 FyZ
-.;
LRFD
ho
0.06(1.1)(50 ksi)(150 in.

=
~l>&Mp
11
i
!'..-
t:.,
o.k.
n: =
374 kip-ft> I 72 kip-ft
15.7 in.
=21.0 kips
o.k.
The required brace sciffoess according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section D1.2c(3) is calculated in accordance with AISC Specification Appendix 6 with Cd= 1.0 and with the value
of Mr specified in AISC Seismic Provisions Equation Dl-6 as:
LRFD
P,
=20.3 .kips
971 kips
ASD
Pr = 13.5 kip~
Pc 649 kips
:: 0.0208
=0.0209
Mr =.RyFyZ/L5
2~c +(Z: + ~:Jsi.o

LRFD
0.0209 248 kip-ft
-2-+ 563kip:ft +0=0.45 I
o.451 < ~.o
o.k.
1.1(50 ksi)(150 in.
= 1.1(50ksi)(150 in.3
)/1.5
=5,500 kip-in.
This required flexural strength can be used in AJSC Specification Appendix 6 to detennine
the requited stiffuess of 1be lateral bracing. Use nodal bracjng aod Equation A-6-8 to calculate 1he required stiffness, where Lb is th~ length of the link, 48 in., as:
ASD
LRFD
(Spec. Eq. Hl-lb)
f)
"I
"
= 8,250 kip-in.
Because Pr/Pc < _o:: the beam-col~'.~n desi~ is controlled by the equation:
ASD
Mr =RyFyZ
LRFD
Pc
= (0.06/1.5)(1.1)(50ksi)(150 in.3)
15.7 in.
Combined Loading
-1f1"1. I
ASD
1~-..J
.
~
Pa= (0.06/1.5)RyF7 Z
ho
= 31.5 kips
____.....,. 11~
L'l.
ASD
LRFD
..
5- 3<19
.5.4 ECCENTRJCALLY BRACED FRAMES
br
'
0.470<1.0
c\l
ASD
0.0208 172 kip-ft

--+
+0=0.470
2
374 kip-ft
~ =n(lOM,CJ)
=.!.( lOMrCd)
_l_(
0.75
10(8,250 kip-in.)(1.0))
(48 in.)(15.7 in.)
= 1:t6 kip/in.
Lb ho
br
Lblto
=2
.oo( 10(5,500 kip-i.n.)(l .0))

(48 in_.)Q.5.7 in.)
=146 kip/in.
o.k. .
l'be W16x77 is adequate to resist the loads given for the link segment of Beam BM-1.
AMERICAN lNSTTJVrE OF S-raa.. CONSTRUCnoN
Top and bottom flange bracing will be provided in accordance with AISC Specification
Appendix 6 with the strength and stiffness required by these calculiitions.
AMERICAN lNsnruT!l Of STl!EL CoNSTRVC'TION
5-350
BRACED F'RAMES({~~
5.4 ECCENTRICAU...Y BRACED FRAMES
~~~
Stiffener Requirements
'.;;
.;}'.t?:--':
AJSC Seismic Pro~isions Section F3.5b(4) requires double-sided, full-depth web stiffener~ "
at each end of.the lmk._The minimum required combined width of the stiffeners is (bi-2t~Y.; .:..
Thus, the rrummum w1dtb of each stiffener is:
-: '
;1
= 10.3 in.-2(0.455 in.)
2
= 4.70 in.
. :;
The ininimum required thickness is the larger of 0.75tw and~ in.:

lmi>1
l,,,;n
=lw
=0.455 in.~ '.Ml in.
Therefore, 1,.,;,, = 0.455 in.

The required width of intennediate stiffeners on one side only is:
b1
2
w,,,;11 =--tw
103 in. 0 455 .

=---. Ill.
2
=4.70 in.
Full depth 1h in. x 4 3A in. intennediate web stiffeners will be provided within the link segment., on one side of the web only and at a maximum spacing of 19.4 in. With the link length
of 48 in. given in Figure 5-59, choose to use two intermediate link stiffenerS with a spacing
= 0.75tw
""0.75(0.455 in.)
=0.341 in. < % in.
of 16.0 in. on center.
Therefore, tmm. =3/s in.

Full depth :win. x 4% in. stiffeners will be provided on both sides of the web at each end of
I.be link segment.
.
..
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4) also requires full depth intennediate web stiff
ener~ (i1~tennediate stiffeners ~ie stiffeners within the link segment). Because che length of
the link is less than l .6Mp1Vp. the spacing requirements for intermediate web stiffeners .are
.determined based on the link rotation angle.
.
Note tbat it may be beneficial to also use 1h-in.-thick material for the link end stiffeners in
order to simplify the detailing and fabrication of the link. This simplification wiU be made
in this example.
. .
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4) also specifies that.the required strength of the fillet welds connecting the link stiffeners to the iink web FyAs1 (LRFD) or FyAs111.5 (ASD)
and of the welds connecting the little stiffeners to the link flanges is F;yA~114 (LRFD) or
FyAsr14(1.5) (ASD), where As1 is the horizontal cross-sectional area of the stiffener. For the
'h in.-thlck stiffener, the cross-sectional area of tlie stiffener is:
is
For a link rotation angle equal to 0.08 rad, the required spacing is:
Ast = 1h in.(4% in.)

6
30tw -~ = 30(0.4S5in.)-(1 ~ in.)
=2.38 in.2
I
= 10.4 in.
For a link rotation angle equal to 0.02 rad or less, the required spacing is:
52tw -
~= 52(0.455 ln.)-( 16 ~ in.)

=70.4 ~-
Interpol~ting betw~eri these limits using the calculated link rotation angle ofrp =0.0263 rad,
The Commentary to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4) suggests that welding in the
k-area of the beam be avoi~ed, To acco~plish this, the stiffener clips will be ~zed to comply with the requirements of AWS Dl.8 clause 4.1 .l Based on AWS Dl.8 clause 4.1.l, the
clip along the web must extend at least l 1h in. beyond the published k.a,,1 dimension for the
rolled shape. This corresponds to a clip length measured from the edge of the stiffener of
at least:
Ph in.+ kae1 -ti:= l'h in.+ 1% in.-0.760 in.
=2.37 in.
.the maximum spacmg betwee.n web stiffeners is 19.4 in.
~ron:1 AIS<? Seis"?ic P~ovisions Section F3.Sb(4), with a link depth less than 25 in., the interm~iate s~enei:s are r~uited on one side of the web only. Also, the minimum required
thickness of the rntennechate web stiffuners on one side only is the larger of t,., and% in.
:.:
Use a clip length of 2% in. along the web. The length of the stiffener along the web is thus:
L,1 =d-2r1-2(2%in.)
=16.5 in. -2(0.760 in.)- 2(2% in.)

;::: 10.2 in.
,,..-.
AMERICAN lNsmvra OF STIOEL Col-ISTRUCTIO.N
S-353
5.4 ECCENTRICAl l.Y BRACED FRA>,.U;s
5-352
\
From AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, the double-sided !iJlet weld required to con- ~
nect the link stiffeners to the link web is:
.I
LRFD
D=
ASD
D ::::
F1 A...1
2(1.392 kip!in.)(L..,)
2
36ksi(2.38in.
_ 136 ksi(2.38 in.2)]/1.5
= 3.02 sixteenths
:l
Checking AISC Specificario11 Table J2.4, wi1h the 0.455 in. link web thickness, the minimum fillet weld size is 3/i6 in.
Use double-sided 1A-in. fillet welds 10 connect the link stiffeners to the link web.
Based on AWS Dl.8 clause 4 .1.2, the clip along the flanges must not exceed a distance of
1h in. beyond the published k detail dimension for the rolled shape. The maximum clip
1
length measured from the edge of the plaie is therefore:
ll
Use a 1.00-in. c)jp along the flange to allow the stiffeners to clear the fillets. The width of
the stiffener along the flange is:
- 1~
. (bf- ----1.
lw
OO m.,
4~
.m.-1.00 in.)
=IIU1l
2
=min(3.92 in., Jl4 in.)
PD:::::
1.00 kips
Vo= 6.80 kips

Mo= 17.0 kip-ft
PQs= 105 kips

VQE = 8.70 kips
MQE= 113kip-ft
Pt= 0.700 kips

VL =4.80 kips
Ah= 11.3 kip-ft
Relevant seismic parameters are given in !he EBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
Solution:
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4 and AlSC Seismic Provisions Table A3.l, the material properties are as follows:
Ry= 1.1
=33A in.
From AISC Manual Table 1-1, !he geometric properties are as follows:
From AISC Manual Equations 8-2a and 8-2b, the double-sided fillet weld size required co
connect the link stiffeners to the link flanges is:
'
ASD
LRFD
D=
loads. From a firsc-ordcr analysis:
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi
Fu ::65 ksi
.
.
_ . (10.3 io.-0.455 in. 1. m.,
JL
- rmn
4 ,,. m.-1. 00 m.
00
...~
Given:
Refer to Beam BM-1 in Figure 5-59. Determine the adequacy of the ASTM A992 W16x77
link segment selected in Example 5.4.2 as the beam outside of the link for the following
loading. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calculation of
Assume the braces are ASTM A992 W1 Ox112, the colunIDS are W12 wide-flange sections
and that the flanges of Beam BM- I are braced at the columns.
= 1.34 in.
Example 5.4.3. EBF Beam Outside of the Link Design
section.
fw
)IL
JllL
0:455 in:
.
k1--+n.m.=
;r1610.+1hm.
w.ir
Note th:ll it may be beneficial to also use double-sided 1.4-in. fillet welds to conned the link
stiffeners 10 the link flanges in order co simplify the detailing and fabrication of the link.
- 2(0.928 kip/in.)(10.2 in.)
:::: 3.02 sixteenths
Use double-sided ~6-in. fillet welds to connect the link stiffeners to the link flanges.
2(0.928 kip/in.)(L11)
2(1.392 k.ip/in.)(10.2 in.)
;. I
(FyA.11 )/1.5
Checking AISC Specijication Table J2.4, with the 1h-io. stiffener plate thickness, the minimum fillet weld size is 16 in.
F1 A,,14
D=
2(1.392 kip/in.).(111.11)
= 136.ksi(2.38in.2 )]/4
2(1.392 kipfm.)(3=!4 in.)
= 2.05 sixteenths
(F1 Asr)Al.5(4)j
2(0.928 kip/in.)(w.11)
Beam
W16x77
A= 22.6 in. 2
r1
=2.47 in.
Brace
W10x112
ix= 716 in.4
_ j36 ksi(2.38 in.Z)j/{1.5(4))

-
2(0.928 kip/in.)(33,4 in.)
=2.05 sixteenths
AMERICN'I
lNSTI'IV11l Of STI!EI.. CONSTRUCl'ION
...
S-354
BRACED~.
Required Strength
ACC-Ording 10 AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.3, the required strength of the be:lm out
side o'. the li~k is n combination of the factored gravicy forces plus the forces generated b_y
the adjusted hnk shear strength. From Example 5.4.2, the nominal shear strength of 1be lirilc'.!
Vn, was determined to be 205 kips. According to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section P3.3, the
adjusted link shear strength for an I-shaped section (using Exception (l)(n) from Section
F3.3) is:
S.4 ECCENTIUCALLY BRACED FRAMES
S-3.S5
As given in Example 5.4.2, the brace-to-beam connection will be detailed as a fixed connection; therefore, the moment at lhc end of Lhe link will be distributed between the brace
and the beam outside of the link. One way to detennine the poJ1ion of this moment resisted
by the beam outside of the link is based on relative member stiffness. Since the modulus of
elasticity is the same for both members, it can be neglected in !he stiffness cakul:itioo.
Using relative member stiffness to distribute the link end moment, the portion of the moment
taken by the beam outside of the link (bol) is:
0.88(1.25)RyVn =0.88.(1.25)(1.1)(205 Jcjps)
=248 kips
The geometry of the column, brace, half-beam and half-link is shown in Figure 5-60:
The a.~ial force in the beam outside of the link based on the adjusted shear strenglh of the
link is:
30.0 ft - 4.00 ft
L1>o1 - - -
p
F..,.
_ 0.88(1.25)RyVnL
2H
----
=13.0 ft
_ 248 kips(30.0 ft)

2(12.5 ft)
=Jc12.s ft)2 +(13.o ft) 2

=18.0 ft
Lb,
=298 kips
The resulting link end moment based on the adjusted shear strength of the link is:
I11o1
1,110 in:*
L1>o1
13.0 ft
--=
=85.4 in:* I ft
Miw = 0.88(1.25)RyVne
2
= 248 kips(48.0 in.)
716 in.4
=---
2
=5,950 kip-in.
=39.8 in.4 /ft
18.n ft
lbol
85.4 in. /ft

---------t- ~ - 85.4 in. /ft+ 39.8 in. /ft
r- 1
'-/)()
0.88(1.l5)RyVn
/ bol
Lbo1
Lbr
=0.682
Using this method, the beam outside of the link is assumed to take 68.2% of the link end
moment. The moment in the beam outside of the link i_s then:
>
N
..-
M..i.
II
::i:::
~of frame
U2=15'-0"
Fig. 5-60. Diagram/or E:cample 5.4.J.
= Mbol
=0.682MunJi
= 0.682(5,950 kip-in.)/(12 in.I ft)

=338 lc:ip-ft
Alternatively, a method based on the calculation of an amplification factor can be used. In
this method, the adjusted Link shear strength is divided by the link shear generated by the
code-specified eanhquake forcts. The resulting amplification factor is used to amplify tbl!
..f
5-356
5-357
S.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
:.
rcrnainjng member end forces generated by the analysis using the code-specified earthquake
loading. From Example 5.4.2. the link shear force obtained from a computer analysis using
the code-specified seismic forces was given as:
VQe =
''
84.0 kips
'The resulting overstrength factor is:
_0.88(1.25)R
_..;.._..;_,__=
1 V~ 248 kips
V<a
84.0 kips
=2.95
;
t"
...

the 0.5 factor on L pennitted in Section
=2.95MQe
=2.95(113 kip-ft)
=333 kip-ft
(1.0 + 0.14Svs)D + H + F+ 0.1E,,.,.
(l.2 + 0.2SDs)D + EmJi + 0.5l + 0.2S
Tue required axial scrength of the beam outside the link is:
ASD .
LRFD
Pd= (LO+ 0.14SDs )PD+ PH+ Pp
Pu= {l.2 + 0.2Svs )Po+ PE.,. + 0.5Pi.

+ 0.2Ps
=[1.2 + 0.2(1.0)J(t.OO kips)
+ 0.7Pe.,..
= [1.0 + 0.14(1.0)](1.00 kips)
+ 0 kips+O kips
+310 kips+0.5(0.700 kips)
I
~JI
The axial force in the beam outside of tJ1e link due to the link mechanism based on 1he
expected sbear strength of the link is:
=2.95PQ.e
.=2.95(105 kips)
=310 kips
ASD Load Combinatjon 5 from

12.4.3.2)
The moment in the beam outside of the link due to the link mechanism based on the
expected she:ir strength of the link is:
ME...i.
ASD
LRFD
+ 0.7(310 kips)
+ 0.2(0 kips)
=312 kips
= 218 kips
PE.-
11
..
The shear in the beam outside of the link due to the link mechanism based on 1he expected
shear strength of the link is:
VE.,.
l~
: ,
=2.95V<2E
= 2.95(8.70 kips)
= 25.7 kips
Note that the moments generated by lbe two methods are very similar. Since the beam outside of the link shear has already been determined, the forces generated using the
amplification factor method will be used in the calculation of the required strengths.
Considering the load combinations given in ASCE/SEJ 7 that include the amplified sefamic
loads, it was determined that the goveming load combination for the beam outside lhe link,
with 0.0 Q~ Em11, is:
The required flexural streng1h of the beam outside the link is:
M,,
=(l.2+0.2SDS).\.fo +ME"""
Md =(l.0+0.14Sos)MD +MH +MF
+0.7ME""
= [1.0+0.14(1.0))(17.0 kip-ft)
+ 0.5Mt +0.2Ms
=IL2+0.2(l.O)j(l7.0 kip-ft)
+ 333 kip-ft+ 0.5(11.3 kip-ft)
I
\
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)
+ 0 kip-ft+O kip--ft
+ 0.7(333 kip-ft)
= 252 kip-fl
=362 kip--ft
The required shear strenglh of the beam outside the link is:
ASD
LRFD
Vu= (1.2+ 0.2Svs )Vv +Ve....,+ 0.5V.
+0.2Vs
= [l.2+ 0.2(1.0)j{6.80 kips)
"
""...
}!
ASD
LRFD
V0 =(1.0 +0.14SDs)Vv+VH t- Vp
+ O.?Ve,..
=[LO +0.14(1.0)](6.80 kips)
+ 25.7 ldps+0.5{4.80 kips)
+ 0 kips+O kips
+ 0.2(0 kips)
+ 0.7(25.7 kips)
=37.6 kips
= 25.7 kips
'
....
5-358
S.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRA.Jl.1ES
Width-to-Thickness Limitations
wbere
Since the beam outside of lbe Jjnk is the same section as the link, no addition:il local buck~ ,
Jjog checks are required.
Unbraced Length
.! .
I
n.2 E(
P,1
(Spec. .Eq. A-8-5)
= ( K1l)2
n 2 (29,000ksi)(l.l 10 in. 4 )
As established in Ex:imple 5.4.2, each end of 1he link will be br:iced. A nominal column
depth of 12 in. will be assumed. Therefore, the unbraced length of the beam outside of 1he
link to the face of the column is:
=14,100 kips
Lb=
!--~- 2 (dc)
2
!J .0(150 in.)J2
From AISC Specificatio11 Equation A-8-3:
2
::: 30.0 ft(12 inlft)-48.0 in. -12.0 in.
=150 in.
ASD
LRFD
a = 1.60
ex =LOO
l.0
81=
or
l-11.00(312 kips)
14,100 kips
Lb= 150 in. /(J2 in./ ft)
LO
81=
l,.;
1_ [1.60(218 kips)]
14,lOO kips
=1.02
=12.5 ft
l'..
= l.03
According to AISC Specification Equation A--8-1, the B1 factor (P-o effect) need only be
applied to the first-order moment with the structure restrained against translation.
From AJSC Specification Appendix 8, the required flexural and axi:ll s1.renglh including second-order etfectS are detemlined as follows:
(Spec. Eq. A-8-1)
(Spec. Eq. A-8-2)
The multiplier that accounts for P-6 effects, B2, is LO because lhe.iateral load effect is based
on the adjusted link shear str~ngth. P-D. effects do not increase lhe forces corresponding to
the fully-yielded, strain-hardened link; ipstead they may be thought of as contributing to the
system reaching that state.
S-359
Because B2 1.0, the required C<>mpression and flexural strengths will not be amplified to
account for P-D. effects. Conservatively use C,,. 1.0 and the effective length method is used
for stability design.
Calculate 8 1
(Spec. F.q. A-8-3)
ASD
LRFD
M0
Mu= B1 (1.2+0.2Sos)Mo +ME.J,
+0.1Me,.,,,
+Bi (0.5Ml)+ B1 (0.2Ms)
=1.0211.2+0.2(1.0)](17.0 kip-ft)
+ 1.02(0.5)(11.3 kip-ft)
+ 1.02(0.2)(0 kip-ft)
"'
I~
=i.?3[1.0 + 0.14(1.0)](17 .0 kip-ft)

I
+333 kip-ft
=B1(1.0+0.14SDS)Mo +MH +MF

+ 0 .kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft
+ 0.7(333 kip-ft)
=253 kip-ft
= 363 kip-ft
Combined Loading
1
Because the beam outside of the link is the same member as the link, AISC Seismic
Pravisio11s Section A3.2 pennits the use of R1 F1 in lieu of Fy when determining lhe :ivailable strengths of the beam outside of the link.
l
.;
determine available compressive strength of the W16x77

'
Use AJSC Specification Section E3 to determine the available compressive strength. Note
lhat using AJSC Manual tables to determine the available compressive strenglh and multiplying this strength by R1 may not give accurate values, as the compressive strength does 1w
AME!UC/\H lNS'l'J1VTll OF Stta. CONSTRUcnON
5-361
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
vary linearly with F1 . The applicable critical stress equation can be detennined by I.he ratio
of RyF1 1Fe. The elastic buckljng stress, Fe. is:
Mn
b."1n = l.1(521 kip-ft)
nb
=573 kip-ft
(Spec. Eq. E3-4)
(29,000 ksi)
( 150 in. )
_t
RyFy _ 1.1(50 ksi)

F, - 77.6 ksi
(!
= 0.709
- - ----. rb
;~.
Check combined flexure and compression of the W16xn
Ill
J.1(50 ksi)
=0.658 n.6 m
!lePr
-=-P,.
P,
P,
-= - -
Pc
Because
(Spec. Eq. E3-2)
=218 kips
553 kips
=0.394
~ ~ 0.2, AISC Specification Equation Hl-la applies.
P,
Mry)
8(Mx
lO
-+- - + - <.
Pc 9 Mex Mey
(1.1)(50 ksi)
"~:
...
The available compressive strength is I.hen decermined from AISC Specification Equation
E3-l:
.,~l
!
>
'
:.
=~cFcrA1
=0.90(40.9 ksi)(22.6 in.2 )
= 832 kips
P,.
FaA
nc
Oc
8( Mr.r.
!(9
ASD
= (40.9 ksi)(22.6 in. 2 }
..
= 553 kips
ilcPr 8( QbMrx Q bMry)

- + - -- - + - P,.
9 Mru;
M,.,
M,., )
+ QbMny
363 kip-ft +0)

573 kip-ft
=0.938<1.0
1
-=--
1.67
.-
P,
9cPn + 9 bMIU
0.375 +
ASD
LRFD
cPn
(Spec. Eq. HJ-la)
LRFD
=40.9 ksi
l,.
P,,
Pt:
q,cPn
312kips
:::::
832 kips
=0.375
=[0.658!!Lr]
P. R Fy
1
ASD
LRFD
Because R1 F1 1Fe S 2.25. the critical stress, Fer. is:
Fer
\
I
o.394+!(253 ~p~ft +o)

9 382 kip-ft
= 0.983<1.0
o.k.
Determine available flexural strength of the W16xn

.
From AlSC Manual Table 3-2, for a W16x77, Lp 8.72 ft and 4 27 .8 ft. 1lmefore, with
Cb= 1.0 and 4
12.5 ft (Lp < 4 ~ 4), lateral-torsional buck.ling applies. Using AISC
Manual Table 3-10 and adjusting by R1 , the available flexural streaglh is:
,'~
o.k.

From AISC Manual Table 3-6, the available shear strength is:
LRFD
2.47 in.
= 77.6 ksi
=l.1(347 kip-ft)
= 382 kip-ft
;.
. ,,
.,,,
_ 1t
'
ASD
LRFD
QvVn = 225 kips > 37 .6 kips
ASD
o.k.
~ =150 kips> 25.7 kips
nv
o.k.
The W16x77 is adequate to resist the loads given for the beam outside of the link seg1w:
of Beam BM- 1. Additional Oange bracing is not required.
5-363
5:4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
5-362
M ,.,,, = 3.36MQE
Example 5.4.4. EBF Brac_e Design
== 3.36(54.5 kip-ft)
=183 kip:ft
Given:
Refer ro Brace BR-1 in Figure 5-59. Select an ASTM A992 wide-flange section to resist tti~
following loads. 'J1le applicable building code specifies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for calcula.i
tion of loads. From a fi.rsc-order analysis:
Po= 11.8 kips
PL= 8.30 kips
Vo= 0.200 kips
VL
Mo= 3.20 kip-ft
l>h = 2.20 kip-ft
=0.120 kips
The axjal force in the brace due to the link mechanism is:
PE..i. = 3.36Pas
= 3.36(136 kips)
PQ 8 = 136 kips
VQE =J.Q2 kipS
MQE
=54.5 kip-ft
_R elevant seismic parameters are given in the EBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
section.
Assume that the link segment and beam outside of the link segments are those selected in
Examples 5.4.2 and 5.4.~, and lh~t the column-end of the brace is pinned and braced against
translation for both the x-x and y-y axes.
Solution:
=457 kips
The shear in the brace
VE..,,.
due to the link mechanism is:
=3.36VQ
= 3.36(3.02 kips)
=10.1 kips
l:
Considering the load combinations given in ASCE/SEI 7 that include the amplified seismic load, with .Q0 QE = Emh it was determined that the governing load combination for the
brace is:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4 and AISC Seismic Provisio11s Table A3. l, the material properties are as follows:
ASTMA992
Fy =50ksi
Fu= 65 ksi
R1 -= 1.1
ASD
LRFD
LRFD Load Combin~tion 5 from
c
12.4.3.2)
..
(1.2 + 0.2SDs)D + Emh+ O,SL + 0 .2S .
.)

(1.0 + 0.14SDs)D + H + F + 0.1EmJ1
Required Strengths
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.3, the required strength of the brace is a
combination of the factpred gravity forces plus the forces generated by the adjusted link
.shear strength, using the load combinations that include the amplified seismic load. Fro~
Example 5.4.2, the noininal shear strength of the link, Vm is 205 kips.
The required axial strength of the brace.,is:
'_+-----A~s_n_____~Ji
1-------LRFD
______
Pu::::(l.2+0.2Svs)PD+PE..i.+0.5PL
l.25R1Vn = 1.25(1.1)(205 kips)
=282kips
Using the overstrength factor method described in Example 5.4.3 w!th the link s4ear force,
VQ given in Example.5.4.2, che overstrength factor is:
l.25RyV,.
YQs
=282 kips
84.0 kips
Pa=(1.0+0.14Sos)Po+PH+Pp
+ 0.7PE-1i
+ 0.2Ps
=[l.2+0.2(1.0)](11.8 kips)
;[i.o+0.14(1.0)j(ll.8 klps)
+ 457 kips+ 0.5(8.30 kips)
+ 0 kips+ 0 kips
+0.2(0kips)
+0.7{457kips)
I ~.
f
1 j::
L-~=-47_s_ki_p_s~~~~~~~~--l~-~-3_3_3_ki_p_s~~~~~-'--~~-I I
=3.36
TI1e moment in the brace due to the link mechanism is:
AMEruCAN !Nsmunl.OF Srea CONSTRUCTION
5-364
5-36!.'
DR.ACED FR.AMES
,'
The required flexural strength of the brace is:
LRFD
M., = (1.2+0.2Sos )Mo +Me.,... +0.SML
+0.2Ms
ASD
Ma = (1.0+0.l4Sos )Mo +MH +Mp
+0.1Me.,,.
= IL2 +0.2(1.0)j(3.20 kip-ft)

+ 183 kip-ft+ 0.5(2.20 kip-ft)
+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)
=189 kip-ft
=[L0+0.14(1.0)J(3.20 kip-ft)
+ 0.7(183 kip-fr)
'
I!:'
The required shear strength of the brace is:
..
-----<
v;, =(1.2+0.2S.os)Vo +VE.,. +0.5Vi

=ll.2+0.2(1.0))(0.200 kips)
+10.l .ldps+0.5(0.120 kips)
(Spec.
-:: : (LO+ 0.14(1.0)](0.200 kips)

+ 0 kips+O kips
Pe1 = (K1L)2
n2 (29,000 ksi)(716 in.4 )
As assumed in Examples 5.4.2 and 5.4.3, uy a W1 Ox112 for the brace.

From AISC Manual Table 1-1. the geometric properties are as follows:
fj
l ,. l
5.
J:I
~~
...
:~
,.
-:-
A= 32.9 in. 2
d= 11.4 in.
br:::.10.4 in.
11= l .25 in.
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5a, the stiffened and unstiffened elements
of EBF braces shall comply with the requirements of Section Dl.l for moderately ductile
members. From Table 1-3 of this Manual, the W10x112 satisfies these limits for EBF
braces.
Lb= J(l2.5 ft)2 +(13.0 ft) 2
=18.0 ft
i'
or
'Where there is no transverse loading oo the brace, Cm is determined from AISC Specification
Equation A-8-t For both LRFD and ASD:
Cri =0.6-0.4(M1/M2)
=0.6-0.4(0)
L,, ::::(18.0 ft){l2 iolft)

=216 in.
'
(Spec. Eq. A-8-4)
=0.6
Therefore:
LRFD
~ 1.00
B1 =
_l
1
ASD
Ct
0.6
~ l.O
l.00(478 kips) l
4,390 kips l
=0.673
>
lt.0(216 in.)J
= 4,390 kips
Determine unbraced length
1.
t,., = 0.755 in.

Ix= 716 in.4
(Sp'e c. Eq. A-8-5)
rr.2Et
=7.30 kips
=10.4 kips
Eq. A-8-3)
where
+ 0.7(10.1 kips)
+ 0.2(0 kips)
a,
v., =(l.O+O.l4Sos)Vo +Vu+ VF

+ 0.7Ve.,,.
+ 0.2Vs
ASD
:$::)
'*
Second-order effects are addressed using AJSC Sptcificarion Appendix 8. Since the lateral
load effect is based on the adju~ted link shear strength, B2 = 1.0. P-tl dfects do not increase
the forces corresponding to the fully yielded, strain-hardened link; instead they may be
thought of as contributing to the system reaching that state.
Calculate
LRFD
Because 8 2 1.0. the required compressive and flexural strengths will not be amplified to
account for P-~ effects. The effective length method is used for stability design.
= 132 kip-ft
"'/,
'$;
Note that the unbraced length is based on the work point-to-work point dist.1nce. Shorter
lengths may be used provided lhe lateral support is adequate at each end of the assumed
unbraced length.
= l.60
81=
0.6
~LO
1-[1.60(333 kips)
4,390 kips
=0.683
Bcc3use 81 <Luse 81 = 1.0.
I.
The W10x 11 2 is adequa1e to re.~ist lhe loads given for Br:ice BR-1.
Since 81 = 82"' 1.0. the required tle.xural strength calculaled previously need noL be amplified to account for P-o or P-t::. effects.
Example 5.4.5. EBF Column Design
Combined Loading
Given:
Using AISC Manual Table 6-1 for combined ioading with KLy
LRFD
p
ASD
=1.09x10-3 kips
b_, = 1.12 x io-3 (kip-ftf
=Lt>x =18.0 ft:
p
1
= J.63x 10- 3 kips- 1
LRFD
= l.09 x10-3 (47S kips)
= 1.63x!O 3 (333 lcips)
=0.521
=0.543
Because
P1.=46 0 kips
PQr= 172 kips
,>,.f u
=9 00 kip-ft
M 1.y =6.00 kip-ft
.~le_= O.kip-ft
Mg,.,,, = 0 1tip-ft
Assume that the ends of I.he column arc pinned and braced against 1.ranslation for botli the
x-x and y-y axes and that the beam at the third level and brace between the second and 1hir
levels are as designed 10 Examples 5.4.2, 5.4.3 and 5.4.4.
P,
Pc
-=pPr
Pc
Po= 151 kips
Mm.= 15.0 kip-ft
Relevant seisrrtlc parame1crs arc given in 1he EBF Design Ex.ample Plan and Eleva1io1
secrion.
ASD
P,
-=pP,
Refer to Column CL- I in Figure 5-59 Sclcet an ASTivt A992 wide-flange section to resis1
the followmg loading bc~-ccn lhc base :uid ~ond level. The applicable bu1lding code specifies the use of ASCFJSEI 7 for calculauon of load!!. From a first-order analysis:
Mo, = l0.0 kip-ft
b_,:::: 2.59x10- ] (kip-ftf1
Solution:
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4 and AlSC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l, the material properties are as follows:
~ ~ 0.2, AISC Specification Equstion HI - la spplies:
8(M"
P, -- +--L.
M,..,) <LO
-+Pc 9 M,, .'1,1
(Spec. Eq. Ill-13)
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi
F. =65 ks i
R,= 1.1
Or, in terms of AISC Manual Equstion 6-1:

Required Strength
LRFD
pP,+b.rMn +b1 M,,

3
pP, +b.rMrx + b1 Mry

1
0.521+1.72x 10- (k.ip-ftf (189 kip-ft)
0.543+ 2.59x10-3 (ldp-fif (132 kip-ft)
+O
=0.846 $
Using the load combinations in ASCFJSEI 7 1hat include the amplified seismic load. wit
!l,,QE = Em11, it was detcnnined that the governing load combination for the column ,
compres~ion is
ASD
ASD
+O
l .O
=0.885~ 1.0
o.k.
I.RFD Load Combination 5 from
o.k.

the 0.5 factor on l pennitted in Section
12.4.3.2)
From AlSC Manual Thble 3-6:
(1.2 + 0.2Sos)D + E,,.,. + 0.5L + 0.2S'
LRFD
,,.v,, =258 Jtips > l0.4 kips
ASD Lood Combination 5 from

ASD
o.k.
2- =172 kips> 7.30 kips
n.
o.k.
( l.0 +0.14Sos)D + H + F+ 0.1Em1i
l
I
l
' I
!. .
And the goveming load combination for the column in rension i~:
-
LRFD
ASCEISEI 7 Sectfon 12.4.3.2
(0.9- 0.2Sos)D + E..,,. + l.6H
'
: '
..;:
.....
:.
- --
:;:J
l~
"
:t" l
!~
.',
ASD
LRFD
ASD
+0.1Me_
+0.5Mit +0.2Ms

ASCE/SEJ 7 Section J2.4.3.2
=p.o + o.14(LO)J(1s.o k:ip-fl)
=ll.2+0.2(1 0))(15.0 kip-ft)
(0.6- 0.14Sru)D + 0.1EmJr +Ii
AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.3 requires the column to have Ille strength to resist the
forces generated by lhc sum of the adjusted link shear sirengths of the Unks above the level
of the column top in 3Jd1tion to the fac1ored gra\ity forces. From faample 5.4.2. the nominaJ shear strength of the hnk at the third le'.-el is 205 kips. By calculations not shown here,
it was determined that the sum of the nominal shear strengths of the links at the fourth level
and the roof is 318 kips. There is also a small axial load due to the shear from the beam outside of the link at level 2. It is neglected in the following calculation due to its negligible
effect on the result ~rcfore, accounting for the exception allowed in AISC Seismic
Provisions Section F3.3( l Xb), lhe sum of che adjusted link yield ~trcngths of the links at the
third level, foui'th level :ind roof is:
M, (l.0+0.14Sos)MD + ,\.fH + ,\fI
M .... = (1.2+0 2Sos) \f 0 +ME..,.
+0 kip-ft+ 0.5(9.00 kip-ft)
+ 0.2(0 kip-fl)
+ 0.7(0 kip-ft)
=25.5 kip-ft
- 17.l kip-fl
M,_., = (l .0+0. 14Sru)Mo +Mn +MF
i\f-r =(1.2+ 0.2Sos )Mo+.\!.,...
+0.7;\.fE...,
+0.5Mty ... 0.2.\-fs
11 0+0.14(1.0)](10.0 kip ft)
=ll.2+0.2(1.0)j(lO.O kip-ft)
+ 0.7(0 kip-ft}
+ 0 kip-ft+ 0.5(6.0 kip-ft)

+ 0.2(0 kJp-ft}
= 11.4 !Up-ft
= 17.0 kip-ft
Using the governing load combination for the column in tension, the required axial tensile
strength of the column is:
0.88(l.25)R1 LV,, = 0.88(1.25)(1.1)(318 kips+ 205 kips)

- 633 kips
Usmg the govemiug looJ combination for the column in compression. the required axial
compressive strength of the column is:
LRFD
ASD
ASD
LRFD
Pa= (0.6-0.14Sos)Pv +0.?PE.,. +PH
P,. = (0.9-0.2Sos) Po+ PE... + l.6P11
=I0.6-o.14<1.o>JOs1 kips)
=(0.9-0.2(1.0)](151 kips)
+ 0.7(-633 k.ips)+ 0 kips
+(-633 kips)+ t.6(0 kips)
P., ={1.2+0.2Sos )Po+ PE,.,.+ 0.5Pt

+0.2Ps
=ll.2+ 0.2(1.0)J(l5 I kips)
+ 633 kips+ 0.5(46.0 kips)

+ 0.2(0 kips)
=867 kips
Pa= (1.0+ 0.14Sos)Pv + P11 +Pp
=-374 kips
=-527 kips
+0.7%,..
= p.o +0.14(1.0)](151 kips)
The required flexural strength of the column simult:mcous with the rocial tension is:
r 0 kips+ 0 kips
+ 0.7(633 k.ips)
- 615 kips
M.... =(0.9-0.2Sos).W0x +M4

+ 1.6MH
The required flexural strength of the column simultaneous .with the o.x.ial compress.ion is:
ASD
LR.FD
=10.9- 0.20 .0>](15.o kip-ft)

+ 0 kip-ft .. 1.6(0 ki~ft)
= 10.5 kip-ft
M.u
=(0.6-0.14Sns)Mo.r +0.1Mt+MH
={0.6-0.140.0))(15.0 kip-ft)
+ 0.7(0 ki~ft)+O kip-ft
=6.90 kip-ft
,BRACEO 'FRAMES.
>-JIU
.~~
ASD
LRFD
May = (0.6-0.14Sru)MDy +0.7 ME1"17 '~
Muy = (0.9-0.2Sos)MDy +ME...,
+M11
= (0.6-0.14(1 .0}](10.0 kip-ft)
+l.6M11
= [0.9- 0.2(1.0)J(I0.0 kip-ft)
+ 0kip-ft+1.6(0 kip-fl)
1t2El;
Pds
~.
2
rt (29,000
.~
=4.60 kip-ft
ksi)(833 in.
= [i.0(14.0 ft)(12 inJft)f
=8,450 kips
+ 0.7(0 kip-ft)+O kip-ft
=7 .00 lcip-ft
(Spec. Eq. A-8-5)
=(KiL)2
ly
P.11 = P~is Ix
The load combination that will govern the design of the column is chat for compression. The
resulting required strengths are:
'
LRFD
Pu
= 8,450
Pa
Max= 17.l kip-ft
M,.y = 17.0 kip-ft
May = 11.4 kip-ft
The columns are assumed 10 be pinned at the base, so Mi in AlSC Specification Equation
A-8-4 is zero. Because the column is not subject to 1.ransvcrse (perpendicular to the axis of
the member) loading, Cm is detennined for both LRFD and ASD as follows:
= 615 kips
Mux = 25.5 kip-ft
in.
=2,740 kips
ASD
= 867 kips
kips(270
~n: )
833
Cm
(Spec. F.,q. A-8-4)
=0.6-0A(M1/M2)
::: 0.6-0.4(0)
Try a W12x96.
:::0.6
From A1SC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric properties are as follows:
A =28.2 in.2
4
Ix= 833 in.
=12.7 in.
11 =270 in.
d
1f =0.900 in.
= 0.550 in.
bJl21f= 6.76
lw
hit..,= 17.7
According to ATSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5a, the column must comply with the
requirements of Section D 1.1 for highly ductile members. From Table 1-3 of chis Manual;
these requirements are satisfied for a W12x96 column (both flanges and web).
From AlSC Specification Appendix 8, the required flexural and axfal strength including second-order effects
are determfoed as follows:
..
(Spec. Eq. A-8-1)
(Spec. Eq. A-8-2)
Since !he lateral load effect is based on the adjusted link shear strength, B2 1.0. P-6 effects
do not increase the forces corresponwng to the fully yielded. strain-hardened link; instead
they may be thought of ~s contributing to the system reaching that state.
Because B2 = I .0, the required compressive and flexural strengths will not be amplified to
account for P-A effects. Determine B1 as follows from AISC Specification Appendix 8. The
effective length method is used for stability design.
j::
(Spec. Eq. A-8-3)
1.~
Therefore:
LRFD
Cl
=1.00
B1x
0.6
> 1:0
1.00(867 kips)
l8,450 kips
=0.669
Bi,=
ASD
0.6
~ 1.0
1.00(867 kips)
l2,740 kips
=0.878
Cl
= 1.60
B1x =
0.6
. ::!: LO
1.60(615 kips)
18,450 kips
Bty=
~-
0.6
l0
1.60(615 kips)::!:
2,740kips
..
=0.936
Because the calcuJated Bix and Biy ru:e less than 1.0, B1x= B1y
amplify the .required flexural strengths.
=0.679
=1.0, and there is no need to
.J'
r.
S.4 ECCE.NTRlCALl..Y BRACED FRAMES
Combined Loading
Solution:
From AISC .\fm111al Table 2~5. the material prorenies are as follows:
Using AlSC Manual Table 6-1 for combined loading wi1h
i:
4y = 4x = 14 fl:
.'
~:.1.
ASD
LRFD
p =0.978xl0-3
kips-1
bx= I .67 x I 0-3{kip-fl f

by= 3.s1x10- 3 (kip-ft
j'
p ::: 1.47X10- 3 kips-I

1
bx= 2.50x 10- 3 {kip-ftf
b1
lj
=5.28 x I 0-3 {kip-ftr'
ASTMA36
F1 =36 ksi
Fu =58 ksi
From AISC Manual Table J-1 lhe geometric properties are as foUows:
Brace
W10x112
A= 32.9 in. 2
/T:::o7J6in.
ASD
LRFD
P,
-=pPr
P,.
-----~:~
....
=0.978 x 10-3 (867 kips)
= 1.47x10-3 (615 kips)
=0.848
:::: 0.904
8(M"'
ASD
pP, +bxMrx + byMry S 1.0
0.455 in.
bt = 10.3 in.
fJ =0.760 in.
ASD
o.904+2.sox10-3 (kip-ftr (11.1 kip-ft)
+5.28x10-3 (kip-ftf (11.4 kip-ft)
+3.51x10-3 (kip-ftf (17.0 kip-ft)

o.k.
P., =478 kips
Pa = 333 kips
v,.
Va =7.30 kips
= 10.4 kips
I
Mu= 189 kip-ft
pP, + bxMrx +b1 Mry S 1.0
0.848+1.67x10-3 (kip-ftf (25.5 kip-ft)
Ma= 132 kip-ft
=LOOS 1.0
o.k.
Determine the brace flange force

Assuming the axial force is resisted entirely by the flanges, the force in each flange due to
axfal load is:
The W12x96 is adequate to resist the loads given for Column CL-1 between the base and
second level.
EBF Brace-to-Link Connection {)esign
Refer to Joint JT-1 in Figure 5-59. Design tbe connec(ion between Brace BR-1 and Beam
BM-l assuming the brace is oriented with the web in Lhe plane of I.be frame. Use ASTM A36
material for all plate material and 70-ksi electrodes for all welds. Assume 1he Hnk, beam outside of the link, and brace are as designed in Examples 5.4.2, 5.4.3 and 5.4.4, respectively.
ASD
LRFD
P.,
P1a=-
Given:
lw=
LRFD
LRFD
;; j Example 5.4.6.
=1.75 in.
lf = 1.25 in.
(Spec. Eq. HI-l a)
Mey
Or, in terms of AlSC Mo.nual Equation 6-1:
= 0.950 < 1.0
kJ,s
bi= 10.4 in.
Determine the brace connection forces

According to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.3. brace connections must consider the
forces generated by the adjusted link shear strength. From Example 5.4.4 for the design of
the brace, the required strengths of the brace ba.~ on the adjusted link shear strength are:
Pr
ry )<1.0
-+- +M
9 Mex
d = 11.4 in.
kus = 1.16 in.
P.
Pc
Beam
W16x77
d= 16.5 in.
P,
- ==pP,
Pc
Because ~ ~ 0.2,AISC Specification Equation Hl-Ia applies:
5 373
S-372
2
478 kips
2
=239 kips
Pa
2
Pfo = -
33~
kips
2
167 kips
S-375
5.4 ECCENTRlCALLY BRACED FR.AMES
Assuming the entire moment will be takeo by the flanges. the force in each flange due to the
moment is:
LRFD
ASD
Mu
Pf!=--
LRFD
= 189 kip-ft(l2 in./ft)

=223 kips
= 239 kips+ 223 kips

462 kips
2.00
=423 kips> Pa/ =323 kips
Check concentrated forces at brace flange connection
=156 kips
The venical component of the flange force is:
LRFD
v. =P.
ASD
..
845 kips
LRFD
=P1a +Pff
o.k.
uf
P.v = Pta +Pg
=167kips+156 kips
=323 kips
ASD
ft)
ft)
18.0 ft
V, -::P. (12.5
a/
of 18.0 ft
=4Q2 ki ps(l2.5
ft)
18.0 ft
= 323 ki
=321 kips.
=224 '9ps
Mf
( 12.5
s( ft)
12 5
p 18.0ft
It will be assumed that the entire shear force will be taken by the web.
(Spec. Eq. Jl0-2)
R,. = Fywlw(5kcu +lb)
LRFD
= 10.4 kips
= {50 ksi)(0.455 in.)!5(1.16in.)+1.25 in.]
ASD
V..,= Va
= 7.30 kips
I.RFD
Try a complete-joint-penetration (CJP) groove weld to connect the brace flanges to the beam
flange.
From AlSC Specification Table J2.5, the strength of the CJP groove weld in tension is based
on the strength of the base material. The tensile rupture strength of each brace flange, wit.h
'\
(Spec. Eq. 14-2)
n..g.
= 160 kips < Viif = 321 k.ip~
"
ASb
R,, 160 kips

-=
1.50
n
:::::)07 kips< Va/= 224 kips
n.g.
Because the concentrated force is appplied at a distance greater than or equal to. d/2 from
the beam end. the beam web locitl crippling strength at the brace flange connection is:
R. =0.801!
1+3(~ l[:; r)t::''
A.. =A8 , is:
(Spec. Eq. JI0-4)
25
x ,______
.___
ksi)(0.760
.........._ _in.)
_
29,000 ksi(50
0.455 in.
=285 kips
~:i
55
~)(
o.4 ~-)I.SJ
16.5 m. 0.760 m.
= co.so)(0.455 in.)'211+ 3(1.
= 65 ksi(l0.4 in.)(1.25 in.)
= 845 k.ips
-.. -
<9Rn = l.00(160 kips)
From faample 5.4.2, because the brace. was designed to resist a portion of the link end
moment, AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.6c requires that this connection be designed
as fully restrained. Use a fully welded connection.
=F.,b111
).
= 160 kips
Brace Flange Connection
R,. =FuA.
Ii
Because the concentrated force is applied at a distance greater than d, the beam depth, from
the beam end; the. beam web local yielding srrengih_at the brace flange connection is:
Determine the brace web force
Vw = Vu
o.k.
,,,i.
The maximum resultant force in each flange is:
P.,f
-=
=634 kips> Pu/ =462 kips
132 kip-ft{l2 inJft)

11.4 in. -1.25 in.
11.4 in. -1.25 in.
Rn
Rn =0.75(845 kips)
Ma
Pg=-d-11
~-11
ASD
5--377
5.4 ECCENTRICALLYBRACE'.D FRAMES
5-376
LRFD
f: I
strength of the stiffeners is the difference between the venical component of lbe f1.ange
force, Vuf or Vaj, and the available strength of the beam web due to web, local yielding.
ASD
!'.(;.. '
$Rn= 0.75(285 kips)

=214 kips< vzif..=321 kips
n.g.
R,, 285 kips

-=
n
2.00
k 143 kips< Vaf = 22A kips
..
n.g.
Size beam web stiffeners

Using one stiffener on each side of the beam web, the portion of the vertical component of
the brace flange force to be resisted by e:ich stiffener is:
The flange local bending strength is:
LRPD
(Spec. Eq. 110~1)
Rn =6.25F)1t}
=6.25(50 ksi)(0.760 in.)2

ASD
LRFD
-.-
$Rn= 0.90(181 kips)

=163 kips< Vut = 321 kips
n.g.
Rn 18lkips
-= - - n
l.67
=108 kips< Vaf
=224 kips
n.g.
Beam web stiffe~c~s.are ;equi~ed adjacen~ to the brace flanges as shown in figure 5-61. nie
controlling limit state for concentrated loading is bea~ weh local .yielding, at;d the require.d
>~
:~
W16x77.beam \
= 224 kips -107 kips
Rn
.,.9
,.
ASD
P,
>
---=---ct_ link
P,
tmin ; ? : - - -
<j>FyWs1
.;
~;
PL %"x4"x0'..fi!!.---->~
(A36) with bolts
Rn
;::p,
~Fywntmin ;:::
~!
= 58.5 kips
LRFD
....
Ps-
For convenience, use the same stiffener geometry as used in Example 5.4.2 for the link
stiffeners. Try a 4%-in. stiffener width with l in. x 2~ in. comer clips. From Example
5.4.2, aceounting for the comer clips, the length of stiffener in contact with the flange is
ws1 =VA in. and the length of stiffener in contact with the web is L,1 = 10.2 in. The stiffener rhickness necessary to develop the required strength, based on the limit state of tensile
yielding from Al.SC Specification Equation J4-l, is:
Full depth
PL %"x4%" (A36)
each side of web
::
",.~
....,
_Va1-(~)
Vu1 -<PR,,
2
321 kips - 160 kips
=
2
=80.5 kips
Ps =
= 181 kips
'
ASD
;::p,
n
'\
Fywntmin > R
tmin
;<: QP,
Fywsr
80.5 kips
;:::
0.90(36 ksi)(33,~ io.)
;::: 1.67(58.5 kips)

36 ksi(33A in.)
~0.663
;::: 0.724 in.
in.
Note that one flange of each brace frames into the beam at the end of the link segment. In
Example 5.4.2, the AISC Seismic Provisions requirements resulted in a s in. minimum
thickness for the stiffeners at the end of the link.
as required for
erection loads
w1ox112 brace
Fig. S-61. Connection as designed in E.romple S.4.6.
Use 3,4 in. x 41 in. full-depth stiffeners on each side of the beam at the locations where a
brace flange intersects the beam flange. These will replace the link end stiffeners designe.
in Example 5.4.2.
Design stiffener welds
Using the increased strength allowed for transversely loaded fillet welds according to AISC! I '
Specijicaticn Equation 12-5, (I .0 + 0.50 sin 1s 9) ( 1.0 + 0.50 sin 13 90) = 1.5, the minimum f
double-sided fillet weld size required to tran:.fer lhe required stiffener load from the beam 1 ~
flange to the stiffener is:
'
.. ' -~;n
LRFD
Dm;,.=
Ps
2(1.5)(1.392 kip/in.)wst
ASD
Dmin
=2(1.5)(0.928Ps kipfm.)w,
80.5 kips
58.5 kips
=2(1.5)(0.928 kiplin.)(3~ in.)

=5.60 si.xteembs
The minimum double-sided fillet weld size required to transfer the stiffener force to the
web is:
LRFD
ASD
. Ps
2(1.392 kip/in.)L11
80.5 kips
::::
2(1.392 kipfm.)(10.2 in.)
= 2.83 sixteenths
Example 5.4.7. EBF Brace-to-Beam/ Column Connection

Design
Given:
Refer to Joint JT2 in Figure 5-59. Design lhe connection between brace, beam and colum1
Use ASTM A572 Grnde 50 for all plate material and 70-ksi electrodes for all welds. U.
AS-A325-N bolts. Assume that the beam is as designed in Example 5.4.3, the brace sizt!
is !he same as that determined in Example 5.4.4 and the column is as designed in E.xamp'
5.4.5. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEJSEI 7 for calculation of load .
=2(1.5)(1 .392 Jcip/in.){3% in.)

=5.14 sixteenths
D,..;,,
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FR.AMES
5-378
D,,,;n
=2(0.928 l'skip/in.)L.,
Relevant seismic paramecers are given in the EBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
seccion.
The brace will be connected to the beam-to-column joint through a gusset plate. The co: ,
nection of the brace to the gusset plate will consist of WT sections with flanges bolted co
each side of the brace web and gusset plate. The gusset plate and beam will be connectt 1
to the column using a bolted end piste. Figure 5-62 is a sch~matic drawing showing the rt ..
evant forces on the conne<:tfon. This is not a realistic drawing of the connection and show:-. .
only minimal detail.
S olut ion:
From AISC Ma1111al Tables 2-4 and 2-5. the material properties are as follows:
58.5 kips
=2(0.928 kip!m.)_(10.2 in.)

=3.09 sixteenths
Note that per AISC Specification Table J2.4, lhe minimum stiffener-to-web weld is Vi6 in.
based on the thinner part joined, tw =0.455 in. The minimum stiffener-to-flange weld is
1A in. based on the ~-in. stiffener, which is the thinner p:u1 joined.
Use double-sided ~-in. fillet welds to connect the stiffener to the beam flanges and doublesided ~-in. fillet welds to connect the stiffener to lhe beam web.
Design the brace web connection
Use a% in. x 4 in. x 0 fl 6 in. single-plate connection with 16-in. fillet welds to connect the
brace to the beam. This connection will be adequate for the small required shear strenglb.
The final connection design and geometry is shown in Figure 5-61.
Po= 1.30 kips

PL= 1.00 kips
P0
.v----1-1--
e = 46.1
,= 105 kips
7iV0
VL
70.0 kips
L
..
=4 .10 kips
=3.00 kips
W.P.
v0 .= ...S.70 kips
).
Fig. 5-62. Connection forces for E.:cample 5.4.7.
...I
S.:.380
BRACED FRAMES
ASTM A572 Grade 50

I
..!;.,
5-3!1 1
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY BRACH> f'RAMfS
ASD
LRFD
F1 -50 ksi
LRFD Load Combina1ion 5 from

ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4 3 2 (including
lhe 0.5 factor on L pennitted in Section
12A.3.2)
Fu= 65 ksi
ASTMA992
F1 =50 ksi
F., = 65 ksi
(I .2 + 0.2Sos)D + E,,.~ + 0.5L + 0.2S

ASCEISEI 7 Section 12.4 .3.2
(1.0 +O.l4S.os)D + H + F +0.1Em>t
From AJSC Manual Table l l, the geometric properties are as follows:

~
Beam outside of the link
.'\ =22.6 in.=

1j =0.760 in.
.,
7
,.
The governing seismic load case causes compression in !he brace. Assume lhe connection
forces are as shown in Figure 5-62.
W16xn
d= 16.5 in.
kdu
= 1.16 in.
1..., = 0.455 io.
bt= 10.3 in.
T= J3'A in.
Brace
W10x112
= 11.-1 in.
A = 32.9 in.1
'J =l.25 in.
T= 71h in.
lw
=0.755 in.
Determine the load from the beam outside of the link

(considered in both Conditions 1 and 2)
The adjusted link yield strength used m 1be design of the beam outside of the link was
allowed to be reduced by 0.88 according to faception (l)(a) in AISC Seismic Provisions
Section F3.3. This reduction is not allowed for connec1ions. From Example 5.4.4, lhe overstrength factor for the link at the third level is 3.36. The factored forces ut the connection
due 10 the beam outside of the link are:
Column
W12x96
A -28.2 in. 2
ken
=1.50 in.
d= 12.7 in.
1,.
= 0.550 in.
ti=0.900 in.
In order 10 envelope t.he design, 1wo condi1ions should be examined. Forces from bolh con
ditions are shown in Figure 5-62.
~-1
.:
.~:
ASD
LRFD
Condi lion 1: The brace force required 10 develop the adjusted link yield sirength al tbe
fourth level must be transferred through 1he connection and in10 t.he column
and beam oulSide of the link. The :idditional collector force required to
de~elop lhe adjusled link yield strength at the third level must be transferred
from the collector element through the beam-to-column connection. This collector force need not C.'(ceed tbat de1errnined using the amplified seismic I03d.
The shear in I.be beam outside of me link must be transferred in10 the column.
Condition 2: The amplified collector force must be transferred into I.he be:im ourside of I.be
link. The adclitional brace force required to develop the adjus1ed link yield
strength :it the third level must be transferred through the conneclion and into
the column and beam ouiside of lhe link. The brace force need not exceed 1hat
required to develop the adjusted link yield strength ,at the fourth level. 1l1e
shear in lhe beam outside of \he link must be ttan~ferrcd into lhe column.
P., =(1.2+ 0.2SDs)PD +Pr... + 0.5P1.

+0.2Ps
= !I.2 + 0.2(1.0)j( l.30 kips)
+ 3.36(105 kips)+0.5( 1 00 kips)
+ 0.2(0 kips)
P0 =( l.0+0.14Sos)Po +Pn +PF
+0.1PE.,,.
=!LO+ 0.14(1.0))(1.30 kips)
+ 0 kips + 0 kips
+ 0.7(3.36)(105 kips)
=248 kips
=355 kips
ASD
LRFD
v., = ( l.2+0.2Sos)Vo +Ve""+ 0.5V1.

+0.2Vs
"'[l.2+0.2(1.0)](4.IO kips)
v.. =(1.0+0.14SDs)VD+Vu+VF
+0.1Vs,..
=[LO+ 0.14(1.0))(4.10 kips)
+ 3.36(8.70 kips)+0.5(3.00 kips)
+Okips+O kips
+ 0.2(0 kips)
+ 0.7(3.36)(8.70 kips)
=36.5 kips
=25.1 kips
:;
Required Strength
The govemjng load rombinstion, with !l,,Qe = Em1r. is:
Determine the load from the brace (Condition 1)

AISC S~ismic Provisions Section F3.3 requires thst the brace connections have sufficiC'
srrength to develop the adjusled link yield srrength. Use the overstrength factor mell.
described in Example 5.4.3 and assume that the oversuenglh factor is 3.36, the same as L),
5-382
BR.ACED F'RAMES
used in Example 5.4.4 for the design of the brace. The required strengths of the connect.io!li
from the brace, based on the forces shown in Figure 5-62, are:
LRFD
Pu= (I.2+ 0.2SDs )Po+ %..1+0.5P1,
= 2.0(70.0 kips)
0.7Q 0 Pa.t
=140 kips
+ 0 .7 PE.,.
=[l.0+0.14(1.0)](12.3 lcips)
+3.36(105 kips)+0.5(8.70 kips)
+ 0 kips+O kips
+ 0.2(0 kips)
+ 0.7(3.36)(105 kips)
798.0 kips
..
To achieve equilibrium at the joint, the force from I.he brace must be adjusted accordingly.
The net horizontal force due to the coJlector force and the axial force in the beam oucside of
the link is:
ASD
LRFD
=-215kips
V., = (1.0+0.14SDs)Vn + \IH +VF
+0.2Vs
LRFD
:::: [1.0 +0.14(1.0))(0.200 kips)
+3.36(2.30 kips)+ 0.5(0.100 kips)
+ 0 kips + 0 kips
+ 0.2(0 kips)
+ 0.7(3.36)(2.30 kips)
=8.06 kips
=5.64 kips
kip[ ~(13 ft)
ft
+(12.5 ft) 2
- 355 kips+ Pdrag = 0
Pdrag
=355 kips [
x
:;Jo 3
13 ft
~(13 ft)2 +(12.5 ft)2
-248 kips+ Parag = 0
Therefore:
13 ft
+ 02.5 ft)2
ft.)2
1
x
Jo 3 tt)
13ft
+ 02.s ttf
=59.9 kips
=85.4 .lcips
Determine the load from the brace (Condition 2)

Petermine the coUector force based on th.e amplified seismic load. The amplified collector
force is:
AMERICAN
lNSTm1J:1! OP Sraa CONSTRUCTION
ft)']
L
.:
= 208 kips
example, these forces will be assumed to be e}ualhbut oppos~te tbeor.thedco~rutiod~ oftht~e brace
in tension. This is a conservative assumption 1or t e connection mg es1gne 111 1s exam~
pie. However, this may not be a conservative assumption fo,r all .c onnection geometries and
loading coi:iditious.
Determine the required strength of the brace--togusset connection (Condition 1)

Using the required strength of the brace'(Condition 1), ~e resultant force on the connec
tion is:
ASD
LRFD
Pdrag = 248 kips- 261 kips
c12.s
13 ft
Force diagrams for Conditions 1 and 2 are shown in Figure 5-63. For the purposes of this
Therefore:
374 kips
. [Jen ft)'+
Pa= 150 kips
l3 ft
=298 kips
ASD
261 "'"'[
ASD
. [J0 3 J' +(12.5 ft)']
P. = 215 kips
The resulting collector force in Condition 1 is what is needed to achieve horizontal equilibrium. Ignoring the small contribution to borizontal forces from the brace shear, the collector
force in Conrution 1 is:
374
=-150 kips
Thus, the force from the brace to achieve equilibrium is:
+ 0.7VE..A
=IL2 + 0.2(1.0)J(0.200 kips)
13
ASD
V., = (1.2 + 0.2SDs) Vo+ VE~..1 + 0.5VL
LRFD
[.
Fh = 98.0- 248 kips
Fh ::::: 140 kips - 355 kips
LRFD
=0.7(2.0)(70.0 kips)
=261 kips
::: 374 kips
ASD
Pa= (l.0+0.14Sos )fb +PH+ Pp
+0.2Ps
=IL2+ 0.2(1.0))(12.3 kips)
LRFD
Q 0 Pa.t
ASD
S-383
R,, =JPJ+VJ
Ru =JPJ+vJ
::: ~(374 kips ) + (8.06 kips )
2
=374 kips
= ~(261 k:ips)2 +(5.64 kips)2
= 261 kips
Because this is greater than P,. 298 kips (LRFD) and Pa = 208 kips
viously for Conrution 2, use Condjtion 1 values.
(ASD) calculated pre-
1.,:
~.:.'.
l.
:BRACEPFRAMES ~.
5-384
' ..
~,
'
!
5-385
:...,, I
"(
..!;
5.4 ECCENTRICALLY :BRACED FRAMES
}'ffJ.
"'.:0 ..
'
8.06 k'rp s
374 kips
~12.5
,..
~
.."
25.1 kips I
,,.,
...
36.5 kips
355 k;ps
5.64 k'ps
.I
x~2,
13
::
,"
261 kips
'"'
ll
---t-4-----
85.4 kips
....
y'
248 k;ps
--+-4'-----
59.9 kips
;~ I
;~~
.t
Condition 1
(~
~ I
~-
36.5 kips I
355 kips---+
"'
' ~
25.1 kips
4.--~--
..
~;
Condition 1 .. .': ..
140 kips
248 kips
:__f
JI
98.0 kips
4 - - --
Yr::
II.,...;~
lL
~;
t:
f: .
r::
t
Condition 2
t
Condition 2
:~:
"
'
>'
(a) Si;:hematic of LRFD force diagram for Example 5.4. 7

Fig. 5-63.. Schematic force diagrams for Example 5.4:7.
~:
(b) Schemaric of ASD force diagram for faa.mp/e 5.4. 7

Fig. 5-63. Schematic force diagrams for Example 5.4.7.(cominued)
g
AMERICAN INsnrvm.oF STEa CONSTRVC'nON
A.MEJUCAN !NS11l"UTE OF Stsa CoNSTRUCOON
5-386
BRACED FRAMES f,
5-387
Connection Design
LRFD
ASD
Determine the required number of bolts

Using AISC Manual Table 7-1, the minimum number of 1-in.-cliameter ASTM A325-N bolts
in double shear required co develop the required strength is:
LRFD
ASD
Ru
nm;;,=-
nun
374 ldps
=
63.6 kips/bolt
= 5.88 bolts
LRFD
R,. =6{84.8 kips)+ 2(64.4 kips)
=6.16 bolts
Check bearing strength of gusset plate
Try an initial gusset plate thickness of 3,4 in. Using AISC Manual Table 7-4 for I -in.diameter bolts in standard holes and ASTM A572 Grade 50 plate material, the available
bearing strength of the plate at each of che interior bolts is:
<Prn
=113 kipfm.(3,~ in.)

=84.8 kips
R,.
o.k.
=6{56.7 kips)+2(43.0 kips)

Check block shear strength of gusset plate
Assume tbac the brace force Pu (LRFD) or Pa (ASD) can act as a censile force and check t~e
block shear rupture strength using AISC Specification Equ~tion 14-5. A~ assumed ~re:1ously, use bolt spacing of 3.00 in. aud edge distance o~ 2.~0 1~. The gage 1s equal to 3 Y.i in.
and from AISC Specification Table 13.3, the bolt hole is 1 ili6 m.
Ubs
LRFD
ASD
Try eight bolts in standard holes wich 3-in. spacing and 2-in. edge distance as shown in
Figure 5-64.
ASD
Agv
=75.6 kip/in.('A in.)

=56.7 kips
A""
=1.0
=2[2.00 in.+ 3(3.00 in.)](3A in.)
=16.5 in.2
::: 16.5 in.2 -2(31/i)(!l/16in.+1/J6 in.)(~ in.)
= 10.6 in.2
Using AISC Manual Table 7-5 for 1-in.-diameter boHs in standard holes wilh 2-in. edge distance, the available bearing strength of th~ plate at each of the edge bolts is:
=43.0 kips
Therefore, the total available bearing strength of the gusset plate is:
Ra
r" In
261 kips
=
42.4 kips/bolt
=64.4 kips
n. = - -
cprn
!"!!. = 57.3 kip/in.(~ in.)
r,. = 85.9 kips/in.(~ in.)
Agr
=3 h
1
}.
l.
'\
in.(3A in.)
'
= 2.63 in.2
A"'
= 2.63 in. 2 -(1~6 in.+ Yi6 in.)(~ in.)

=1.79 in.2
F,,A111 =65 ksi{t.79
in.2)
=116 kips
0.60F.,A,,,,
'
=0.60(65 ksi)(l0.6 in.2 )

=413 kips
0.60F1 Aiv = 0.60(50 .ksi)(l 6.5 in. 2 )
=495 kips
Fig. 5-64. Initial bolt conjig11ro1ion.
AMl!RICAN lJ.ISTT!lJTB 01' ST!'.!a COHS'ffiUCTION
BRACED FRAMES
5--388
L,., =
Because 0.60F11 A11v < 0.60FyAgv, from AISC Specification Equation J4-5:
-..!
LRFD
"'
ASD
$Rn =(0.60FuA.i + UbsF.,A,,,)

=0.75[413 kips+ (l.0)(116 kips)]
Rn
-=
'
5-65, is:
= [413l<lps+t.0(]16.kips)]
2.00
= 265 kips > 261 kips
31/2 in.+ 2(3)(3 in.)tan30
= 13.9 in.
The average unbraced length of the gusset plate, using the dimensions given in Figure
(0.6F.,A11v + u1>sF11An1)
S-389
10* in.+5 1h in.+rn in.
L=-------3
=6.04 in.
o.k.
"
Continuing with the assumed ~ in. thickness, the radius of gyration of the gusset plate is:
See Figure 5-65 for initial connection geometry.
r=
Check compre~ion buckling strength of the gusset
Jfi
3A in.
As can be seen in Figure 5-65, the width of the Whitmore section is:
..i~
.Jfi
= 0.217 in.
Using a column effective Jenglh fa~tor of 0.65 from AlSC Specification Commentary Table
<t brace
C-A-7.1:
KL 0.65(6.04 in.)
=
r
0.217 in.
11
=18.1
,.
With KL/r ~ 25, AlSC Specification Section J4.4(a) applies and Fer = F1 . The design
strength of the gusset is determined as follows:
brace
(Spec. Eq. J4-6)
Pn =Fc,Ag
::::: SO ksi(l3.9 in.)(-'.A in.)
I/)
=521 kips
;...
ASD
LRFD
:=
Pn = 0.90(521 kips)
1'-10"
o.lc.
R,. 521 kips

-=
1.67
n
=312 kips> 261 kips
o.k.
Use a 3,4-in.-thick gusset plate.
..."
~-
W16x77
beam
W12x96
column
Select trial connection between gusset and brace

Use a pair of bolted \VT-sections to connect the brace to the gusset plate. The flange width
of the WT-sections must be less than or equal to the Tdimension of the W1 Ox112 brace
(T
=7 h
1
in.). Try (2) WT8x28.5.
Fig. 5-65. Initial connection geometry for Exampl~ 5.4. 7.

AMERICJ.N WS1TJV111 OP Sl'EL CONSTitUcnON
5-390
BRACED FRAMEs
A=< 8.39 in.

fw::::
0.430 in.
d= 8.22 in.
b1=7.12 in.
=1.60 in.
y = 1.94 in.
ry
bi= 7.12 in.< Tbroa:::: 7 1h in.
=10.7 in.2 ~14.3 in.
=10.7 in.2
o.k.
The tensile rupture streng1b of the two WT-sections is:
From AISC Specification Equation 14-1, the tensile yielding strength of the two WT-
=65 ksi(l0.1 in.
=696 kips
(Spec. Eq. J4-l)
Rn =FyAg
(Spec. Eq. J+2)
R,.=F.,~
sections is:
I"
= 50 ksi(2)(8.39 in. 2 )
ASD
LRFD
= 839 kips
Rn 696 kips
- =
~Rn= 0.75(696 kips)
LRFD
=522 kips> 374 kips
ASD
o.k.
2.00
348 kips> 261 kips
o.k.
R,, 839 kips

-=
~Rn = 0.90(839 kips)
= 0.784( l.3.6'in. 2 ) s 0.85(2)(8.39 in. 2 )
9" = 0.715 in.
Check tensile yielding strength of WT~sections

(for the required strength of the brace considered as a tension force)
5-391
"' =UAn S 0.85A1
From AISC Manual Table 1-8, the geometric properties of a Wf8x28.5 are:
2
5.4 ECCENTRICA.UY BRACED FRAMES
o.k.
~.
1.67
o.k.
Check tensile rupture strength of the WT-sections
Check compressive strength of the WT-sections

Tue unbraced length of each WT is 5 1h in., measured from the last bolt on the brace to the
first bolt on the gusset plate, as shown in Figure 5-65. The effective slenderness rati? is:
KL
Assume that all bolts will be 1-in.-diameter A325-N bolts. The net area of the two WTsections is:
1~:
0.65(5'h in.)
- = - -- --'-
r,
1.60 in.
=2.23
A,,= 2(A8 -2dhff)
=218.39 in.
Wilh KL/r S 25, AJSC Specification Section J4.4(a) applies and Fer= Fy. The nominal com-
' is:
pressive strength of the two WT-section~
-2(JIJ\6 in.+ IJ\6 in.)(0.715 in.)j
= 13.6 in.2
P,,
Because the WT webs are not connected to the brace, an effective area of the WT-sections
needs to be detennined. From AISC Specification Table D3. l with
y for the WT-section,
the shear lag factor is:
x::::
= FyAg
=50 ksi(2)(8.39 in.2)
(Spec. Eq. J+6)
=839 kips
ASD
LRFD
u =1--x
1
= 1-1.94 in.
3(3 in.)
'P" =0.90(839 kips)

839 kips
l.67
= 502 kips > 261 kips
11
-=
o.k.
o.k.
= 0.784
Check bearing strength of the WT-sections
Because the specified minimum tensile strength o f the WT-sections is equal to the specified
minimum tensile strenglh of the gusset plate and the sum of the WT flange thicknesses is
greater than the gusset plate thickness, the bearing strength of the WT~sections is adequate. '
AMERICAN l.HSTIT\TTll OP STEEL CoNSTIUJC'TlON
I'
:r
5-392
BRACED FRAMES
4'
Check block shear rupture strength of the WT-sections

Because the specified minimum tensile strength of the WT-sections js equal to the specified
minimum tensile strength of the gusset plate and the shear and tensile areas of the WT
flanges in block shear are each greater than the corresponding gusset areas, the block shear
rupture scrength of the \VT-sections is adequate.
..
:I
-:.
5.4 ECCE.'ITRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
From AISC Specification Table 03.1, Case 2:
=1-~
9.00 in.
Use (2) Wf8X28.5 co connect the brace web 10 the gusset plate.
Use (8) 1-in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolts in standard holes to connect the WT-sections to
the gusset plate. Use a 3-in. spacing, 2-in. edge distance and 3'h-in. gage for the bolts.
=0.767
A,.= UA,,
=0.767(31.2 in.
Check bearing strength at bolt holes in the brace web

Because the specified minimum tensile strength of the brace is equal to the specified minimum tensile strength of the gusset place and the brace web thickness is grea1er than the
gusset plate thickness. the bearing strength of the brace web is adequate.
=23.9 in.
it'
Check tensile rupture strength of the brace
!)....I
/
::;
in.2)
= 1,550 kips
LRFD
Pn
Pn
=0.75(1,550 kips)
= 1,160 kips> 374 kips
=32.9 in.2 -
ASD
-=
o.k.
1,550 kips
2.00
=775 kips> 261 kips
o.k.
Use (8) 1-in.-diameter ASTM A325-N bolts in standard holes to connect the \VT-sections to
the brace web. Use a 3-in. spacing, 2-in. edge distance and 31h-in. gage for the bolts.
A,,= A8 - 2(d,, + 1/16 in.)t,..
'"
(Spec. Eq. 02-2)
The iiei area of the brace is:
~;,
=65 ksi(23.9
Check block shear rupture strength of the brace web

Because the material strength of the brace is e.qual to the material strength of the gusset plate
and the brace web thickness is greater than the gusset plate thickness, the block shear rupture strength of the brace web is adequate.
Pn = FuAr
"
ib
...
u =1--x
2(Jl/i6 in.+ 1/i6 in.)(0.755 in.)
::: 31.2 iu.2

To detennine lhe connection eccentricity for shear lag in a W-sbape connected by the web
only, AISC Specification Commentary Figure C-03.1 reconunends !hat half of the flange
and a portion of the web be treated as angle.
an
Conservatively ignoring the fillets, the distance from the web centerline to the centroid of
the effective section is:
Determine gusset-to-beam and column connection interface forces

The forces at the gusset-to-beam and gusset-to-column interfaces are detennined using the
geometry shown in Figure 5-65 and tli~ Uniform Force Method. It will be assumed th:u a
1-in. clip in the comer of the gusset will be necessary to clear a fillet weld on the top flange
of the beam, and a ~-in.-thick bolted end-plate will be used to connect the gusset and beam
to the column.
eb=8.25 in.
ec =6.35 in.
0=46.1
a= Yi(22.0 in.-1 in.-* in.)+l in.+% in.

= 11.8 in.
~ =lh(l7.5 in.-1 in.)+ Un.

=9.25 in.
Using~=~.
(from Manual Eq. 12-
ex=(~ +13)tan0-ec
0
=(8.25 jn. +9.25 in.)tan46.J -6.35 in.
=11.8 in.
BRACED FRAMES
5-394
Because <i = a, there is no moment at the beam or column interface.

r
=J(o.+ec )2 + (13 +eb ) 2
(Manual Eq. 13-6)
:::)(1 1.8 in.+ 6.35 in.)2 + (9.25 in.+ 8.25 in}

=25.2 in.
The forces on the gusset-to-beam and gusset-to-column interface are:
LRFD
Vkb
eb
=-P.,
r
8 25
'.n.(374 kips)
25.2 ill.
ASD
= 122 kips
=85.4 kips
13
Vue =-P.,
r

a
Hut> =-P,;

Vac
9 25
= '." {374 kips)
25.2m.
== 137 kips
=~Po
r
=1.1.8 in. (374 lcips)

25.2in.
=175 kips
e,,
r
Huc=-Pu
6 35
= in. (374 kips)
25.2 in.
= 94.2 kips
137 kips
I.
+175kips
122 kips
(a) Connection interface forces for Example 5.4.7 (LRFD)
9
= 25 in. (261 kips)
25.2in.
95.8 bps
'
+ 9 4.2kips
eb
Vab =-Pa
r
8 25
= in.(261 kips)
25.2in.
l:
Hab =-Po
=~(261ki
s)
25.2 in.
p
r
=122 kips
1.
+65.Skips
ec
95.8 kips
Hoc =-P0
6 35
= ~(261 kips)
25.2m..
65.8 kips
The connection interface forces are shown in Figure 5-66. It should be noted that lbe forces
are for the brace in compression. For the purposes of this example, equal and opposite forces
have been assumed for the brace in tension.
+122klps
85.4 kips
(b) ConMction interface forces for Example 5.4.7 {ASDJ
Fig. 5--06. Cor1J1ection interface forces for Example 5.4. 7.
5-396
BRACED FRAMES
5.4 ECCEN1RlCALLY BRACED fRAMES
Design the weld at the gusset-to-beam interface

~
....,,'
. . ...
Assuming a ~-m.-thick eod-pla1c :i.nd 1-in. comer clip, the length of the weld connecting
the gusset plate 10 the beam flange is:
l..,
=22.0 in. - I in. -
ASD
LRFD
-1( Hob
VIiii)
(85.4 kips)
=tan
0 =tan - i(V~b)
-
0 = t3Jl
fi;J>
in.
=20.4 in.
=l3n
_1
1 (l22kips)
122 kips
175 kips
The s1resses al lhe gussel-t<>-beam interface arc:
= 35.0
=34.9
LRFD
fov=-
I,.,
I..,
_ 175 kips
20.4 in.
,,'
= 8.58 kip/in.
Vw1>
.fua=I.,
filler weld !'i7c for two lines of weld is:
= 122 kips
20.4 m.
= 5.98 kiprw.
LRFD
Vab
Dm;,,=
loo=/,.,
= 122 kips
20.4 in.
85.4 kips
20.4 in.
= 5.98 kip/in.
::: 4.19 kip/in.
J,,, = J1;., +I~
far=
,\lSC Specification Section J2A allows an increase in !he available strength of fillet weld'
when the angle of loading is not along the weld longitudinal axis. Using AISC Manuc. '
Equations 82a and 8-2b in conjunction with AJSC Specification Equation 12-5. the requireo
Hab
f,,.,=H""
"
----. ~::::J
ASD
ASD
13.1 kipfm.
2(1.392 kip/in.)
x( I .0+0.50sin
15
9.13 kip/in.
D,.,,, = 2(0.928 kip/in.)
x(1.0 + 0.50sin
34.9)
i
j
35.0)
.... 4.04 sixteenths
= 3.87 sixtet>nths
From AJSC Specification Table 12.4, the minimum weld size is A in.
Jf;,, +/}a
Use double sided Yi<>-in. fillet welds to connect the gusset plate to the beam.
=J(8.58 kiplin.)2 + (5.98 kiplin.)2
= J(5.98 kiplin.}2 +(4.19 lcipfin.)2
= 10.5 kip/in.
= 7.30 kip/in.
Check gusset rupture at weld

The shear rupture strength of the gusset is:
Multiplying by the weld ductility factor of 1.25 discussed in Pan 13 of the AISC Mon11al,
the required strength per inch of weld is:
LRFD
fur= 1.25{10.5 kip/in.)
= 13.l kipflll.
h.:l
I~
<
;.:
...,.
:~
Rn
=0.60(65 ksi)('A in.)
for= 1.25(7.30 kip/in.}
The resultant load angle with respect to the JongjtudinaJ ax.is of the weld group is:
(Spec. Eq. J4.
= 29 .3 kiplin.
ASD
=9.13 kip/in.
=0.60F.,A,,.
LRFD
R,, =0.75(29.3 k:ipfm.)
= 22.0 kip/in.> 13.l kip/in.
ASD
R"
29.3 kipfm.
-=--~-
o.k.
2.00
=14.7 kip/in.> 9. 13 lcipfm.
o.k.
Check yielding of the gusset

The sberu- yielding ~trength of the gusset plate is:
R,.
=0.6F1 Ar
-0.6F1 d..,
(Spec. Eq.;
5-398
BRACED FRA..\fES
I..
R,,/l...,::: 0.6(50 .ksi)(3A in.)
=22.5 kip/in.
LRFD
<!>Rn
o.k.
22.5 kip/in.
1.50
15.0 kipfID. > 9.13 kip/in.
..
o.k.
With the 'centrold of the compressive force applied less than d (the beam depth) from the
member end, and lb is the length of bearing, the web local yielding available strength is
detennined as follows:
(Spec. Eq. Jt0-3)
aa -
=94.2 kips
=1.00(530 kips)
= 530 kips > Vuq
530 kips
11
-:;;;;
=122 kips
o.k.
16.5 in.
::::3.99 kip/in.
= J(8.30 k.ip/in.)2 +(5.71 kip/in.)
=Jf ;.,, +/!,

=J(5.Sl kip/io.)2 +(3.99 kiplin.)2
=10.1 lcipfm.
= 7.05 kip/in.
for
=85.4 kips
o.k.
r::'
(Spec. Eq. Jt0-4)
0 55
20
= (0.80)(0.455 in.)2[1+3( .4
16.5 m. 0.760 m..
~)( .4 ~Ju]
29,000(50 ksi)(0.760 in.)

0.455 in.
LRFD
ASD
::::: 526 kips>
vub =122 kips
o.k.
f..,. = 1.25(10.l kip/in.)
701 kips
2.00
351 kips > Vob
=85.4 kips
o.k.
.;.
far= 1.25(7.05 kip/in.)
=8.81 kip/in.
The load angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the weld group is:
~-----L-RFD-.------...------;~-S-D-----~I I
(#oc).
(65.8 kips)
95.8 kips
0= tafl~l
. Voe .
ASD
LRFD
=701 kips
$R,. =0.75(701 kips)
...
Multiplying by the weld ductility factor of 1.25 discussed in Part 13 of the AISC Manual,
the required strength per inch of weld is:
= 12. 6 lcip/in.
R..
1.50
= 353 kips> Vab

With the centroid of rhe compressive force applied greater than d/2 .from the beam end. the
web local crippling available strength is detennined as follows:
,r~ tJ
l..,.
65.8.kips
:::::.
16.5 in.
ASD
f;. _Hae
HM<:
!110=l..,
fur= )fJv + JJa
LRFD
R, = oso.; l+
=5.71 k:ip/in.
=530 kips
$R11
VM
fav=lw
95.8 kips
16.5 in.
=5.81 kip/in.
137 kips
16.5 in.
= 8.30 kip/in.
=Fy.,.,,t!V(2.5kdes +lb)
=50 ksi(0.4S5 in.)[2.5(1.16 in.)+ 20.4 in.J
..
Vue
I....,
fuv=-
R,.
ASD
LR.FD
R,,
-=
= 22.5 kip/in.> 13.1 ldp/in.

..
Design the weld between the gusset and the end plate
fTom Figure 5-65, the length of weld is L7.5 in. Subtracting the 1-in. clip in the gu~set plate,
the length of weld is 16.5 in. The forces on the gusset per unit length arc:
ASD
=1.00(22.5 kip/jn.)
5"-39
5.4 ECCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES
=tan-1
=34.5
(94.2 kips)
=tan- I
137 kips
=34.5
IJ;
AISC Specification Sectfon 12.4 allows an increase in the available strength of fillet welu
when the angle of loading is not along the weld longitudinal axis. Us.ing AISC Manur
:.
11
BRACED FRAMES
s..
Equations 8-2a and 8-2b in conjunction with AJSC Specification Equation 125, lhe required
fillet weld size for two lines of weld is:
LRFD
D . =
'
12.6 kip/in.
The minimum double-sided fillet weld size required to develop the vertical force through the
beam web T -dimension is:
2(1.392 kipfm.)
D~
- -12(0.928 kiplio.)
= 3.91 sixteenths
From AISC Specification Table 12.4, the minimum weld size is 'A in. Therefore, a doubl~
sided IA-in. fillet weld js required at the gusset-to-end plate connection.
For ease of fabrication, use the maximum required weld size of che gusseHoend plate connection and the beam-to-end plate connection.
Use the gusset shear rupture strength previously determined for the gusse t-to-beam
interface.
o.k.
si.x~nths
:::: 4.51 sixteenths
Use a !Gin. double-sided fillet weld to connect the beam web to I.he end plate. Also use a
~6-in. double-sided fillet weld to connect the gusset to the end plate.
Check beam web rupture strength at weld
~ = 14.7 kip/in.> 8.81 kip/in.
(Spec.
Rn ""0.60FuA..v
=0.60(65 ksi)(0.455 in.){13 A in.)
=235 kips
l
-:l
ASD
<f>Rn =22.5 lcipfm. > 12.6 Jcip/jn.
o.k.
~ =15.0 kip/in. > 8.81 kip/in.
o.k.
2.00
::::: 118 kips > 111 kips
Design the weld between the beam flanges and the end plate
The horizontal force com'ponent is the m:Wmum of tbe following three load conditions~
1. The amplified collector force from Figure 5-63 (Conditipn I).

o.k.
Design the weld between the beam and the end plate
Frorn Figures 5-63 and 5-66, lhe vertical force component at the beam-to-end plate inter
face is:
Vub + vub<am
=122 lcips + 36.5 kips
=159 kips
ASD
Vob+Va1>eam =85.4 k.ips+25.1 kips
= 111 kips
o..k.
'
LRFD
LRF.D
Rn= 235 kips
=176 kips> 159 kips
u~e the gusset shear yielding strength previously determined for the gusset-to-beam
interface.
ASD
..
LRFD
o.k.
Check yielding of the gusset at gusset-to-end plate
LRFD
Eq. J4-4)
$Rn =0.75(235 kips)
~i
l ll kips
2(0.928 kip/in.){J3 1A in.)
A o/i11-in. weld size is the minimum required by AISC Specification Table J2.4 for the
W16xn web and %-in.-lhick gusset plate.
ASD
R., =22.5 kip/in.> 12.6 kip/in.
D "?:.
2(1.392 kiplin.)(13\4 in.)
The shear rupture strength of the beam web is:
Check gusset rupture at gusset-to-end plate weld
LRFD
159 kips
=4.31
x(t.o+ 0.50sinu 34.5)
= 3.73 si.xteenlhs
ASD
LRFD
8.81 kip/in.
D . _
.>40J
5..1 ECCENTRJCALLY BRACED FRAMES
ASD
x{t.0+0.50sinu 34.5)
1:1
s.~II
HJ)
ASD
=85.4 kips
2. The axial force in the beam outside the link corresponding to 1.25RyVn - H 0 , where
lhe force in lhe beam outside the link corresponding to l.25RyVn is shown in Figur~
5-63.
ASD
LRFD
H,, =355 kips-175 kips
=180 kips
Ha =248 kips-122 kips
=126 kips
BRACED FRAMES
3. Hue or lfuc: The hori.wntal component at the gusscf.lo-colurnn rntcrface from the
Uniform Force Method, calculated previously for Condition l.
LRFD
ASO
5.4 r:CCENTIUCAJ..LY BIV\CED FRM'1ES
Design end-plate bolts

Try seven rows of two 1-in.-diameter ASTM A32S-N bolts at 3 51h-io. gage. Use four bolls
adjacent to each beam flange and an additional three b.,-,hs on each side of the gusset platr
as shown in Figwc 5-67. Assuming the total shear is shared equally among all bolts (refer
to Figure 5-63), the required shear force per boll is:
Hu= 94.2 kips
LRFD
ASD
137 kips+l22 kips-36.5 kip~

14 bolts
95.8 kips+ 85.4 kips - 25. 1 kips

=
14 bolts
Therefore, the required horizontal strength of the beam-to--column connection is H., I80
ldps and H,, 126 kips. as provided by the second condition. Assuming that the horizontal
force is transferred by the be4lm flanges, the force in each flruige is:
I.RFD
Ra
if:::::
ASD
=63.0 kips
= 90.0 kips
Using the full beam flange width and the direcrional strength increase for a transversely
loaded fillet weld. the minimum required single-sided fillet weld size to develop the tlange
force is:
LRFD
D~
=I I .2 kips/bolt
=15.9 kips/bolt
Rat = 126 kips
180 kips
n1>
n1>
ct, brace
ASD
90.0 kips
1.5(1.392 iciplin.)(L0.3 in.)
D~
=4.18 sixteenths
63.0 kips
1.5(0.928 kiplin.)(10.3 in.)
= 4.39 sixteenths
brace
A ~-i n. weld size is the minimum required by AJSC Specification Table J2.4 for the thinner
part joined-the 'ti-in. end plate.
Use single-sided
~6-in.
fillet welds to C?nnect the be3m flanges to the end plate.
Check beam flange rupture at weld
1-10
The tension rupture strength of the beam flange is:

(Spec. Eq. 14-2)
Rn= FMA,
=FMbflf
= 65 ksi(0.760 in.)(10.3 in.)

=509 lc.ips
W12x96
w1sxn
LR.fD
ASD
R,, = 509 kips
~Rn= 0.75(509
kips)
= 382 kips > 90.0 kips
beam
o.k.
2.00
= 255 kips> 63.0 kips
o.k.
Fig. 5-67. End-plate geometry for Example 5.4.7.
column
..
If
BRACED FRMIE.S
S.4 ECCENTRICAU. Y BRACRJ) FRAMES
~~
From AISC Specification Table J 3.2 for Group A bolts with the threads not excluded,
F,,, = 90 lsi and FlfV 54 ksi. From AISC Manual T:ible 7-1, the area of a l -in.-diameter
bolt 1s 0.785 in. 2 Based on the required shear force per bolt, the nominal tensile strength
of each bolt subject to combined tension and shear rupture, from AISC Specification
Equation J3-3, is:
1 ~
~.
It;lL
~.
LRFD
.;-
ASD
F;, =J 3F111 -
~'
Fru
~F,.v
Irv $Fru
F.'
,.,
OF111
=1.3F"' ---Irv
$ F,,,
(.
_ fa
126 kip~
ISO kips
r"'=--
8 bolts
= 15.8 kips/bolt
r. - - - ~I - 8 bo)ts
=22.5 kips/bolt
< r.:i
=4U kips
o.k.
7
< ~1
27 .2 kips
I
o.k.
I
I
When the brace is in tension. a tensile force is transmitted across the gussel to column interface. Assuming the four rows of bolts adjacent to the gusset plate transfer the tensile load,
I l;
I
J!
~.
JN =!:::!.
Ab
,,.- Al>
=15.9 kips/bolt
0.185 in.2
t;
::a
:...
,.;. ~
Fn
ASD
LRFD
,.;:
<'
=20.3 ksi
l) .2 kips/boll
F,;, ;
[JM<
r.,, = n
94.2 kips
1.3(90 ksi)
2.00(90 ksi)
04 _3 ksi)
54 ksi
69.3 ksi s 90 ksi
90 ksi
(20.3 ksi)
0.75(54 ksi)
=71.9 hi $ 90 ksi
= 8 bolts
=11 .8 kipqj)olt
< r/, =42.3 kips
1
111
...... t
..~
=i
!
Use F,;,
f:..
The available tensile strength of each bolt is, from AlSC Specification Equation J3-2:
LRFD
....
.. I
~r,., - ~F.:,Ao
H.
&
~
,...
.
;;
~4
1:
=0.75(7 1.9 ksj)(0.785
=42.3 kips
_ 65.8 kjps
- 8 bolts
o.k.
=8.23 kip!'Jbolt
< r;,,1n =27.2 kips
o.k.
Use F.:, = 69.3 ksi .
71.9 ksi.
-,
ASD
LRFD
0.785 in.2
=14.3 ksi
F;, " l.3(90 ksi)

-
the required ten~ile force per boh is:
ASD
in.2)
'
Tnr
F,:,Ao
-:&-n n
= (69.3 ksi)(0.785 in . 2 )
2.00
=27.2 kips
Select end-plate thickness

Part 9 of the AISC Manual will be used to account for lhe effects of prying :iction on the
bolts. Since the bolts are used to resist combined shear and tension, the available tensile
s trength per bolt used in the prying action calculations will be taken as calculated previously.
with a reduction to include tlle effects of shear streSs .
The two locations that need to be investigated for prying :iction :\re at the bolls adjacent to
the gusset plate and the bolts adjacent to each beam flange. The controlling condition for
prying action in tllis case is for the bolts adjacent to the beam flanges when the brace is in
compress.ion. Using lhe dimensions shown in Figure 5-67, ao 11-in. end-plate width, and
smn<Wd boles in lhe end plate, determine the spplicable p:u;uneters for the bolts through lhc
end pis.Le:
When tl1e brace is in compression, a tensile force is transmitted across lhe beam-to-column
interface. Assuming the four bolts adjacent to each beam flange transfer the tensile load. the
required tensiJe force per bolt is:
b = S'hin.-'A in.
2
= 2.38 in.
b'=b- d&
2
2 38 .tn. -LOO
in.
....
--2-
=1.88 in.
5.4 ECCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES

DRACEP FRAMES
a=
11.0
in.-5~
=2.75 in.
a'=a+ ~
t1nm
~(l.25b+ d;)
(Maual Eq. 9 -27)
= 2 .75 10.+
LOO in. <

) + l .OO in.
_ l .25(2.38 m.
2
2
3.25 in.!> 3.48
=
=
[ !l4r41 b'
4r"'b'
$pF., (1+00')
lttrin
= pF., (1+ &t')

= / 1.67(4)(12.5 kips}(l.88 in.)
4.32 in.(65 ksi)lt + o.754 (1.0)J
4(17.8 kjps}( l.88 in.)

{.90(4.32 in.)(65 ksi)}
\ x{l + 0.754( 1.0)]
=
Use a =3.25 in.
=0.565 in.
::;0.550 in.
Try a 'h-in.-thick end plate.
The 1riburazy length, p, as shown in AISC Manual Figure 9-4, for the bollS adjacent to the
flanges will be limited by b. For the lower flange, edge distance will also affect the tributary
length for the bottom bolls. The average value for pat the lower flange is:
p=
ASD
LRFD
in.
Check bearing strength of end plate

From AISC Manual Table 7-4, the minimum spacing required to achieve full bearin '
strength for 1-in.-diameter bolts is 3Yi6 in. Using.1he small~st bolt spacing on t~e cn_d pl
(4'h in.) and ASTM A572 Grade 50 plate, the available be.anng strength at each mtenor b ,
is (given in the row noted as s ~ S/111/ ):
"
l:
2(2.38 in.)+2.38 in.+I.5 in.
= 4.32 in.
'-------L_RFD
_ _ _ _ _ _-+-______
A_so_ __ _ __ I;
d'= 11116 in.

d'
0 = 1- p
=1_ Jl.116 in.
4.32 in.
(Maual Eq. 9-24)
~ = 78.0 kip/in.(% in.)
r11 =117 kipfm.(* in.)

= 73.1 Jcips > 15.9 kips/bolt
=0.754
= 48.8 kips > 11.2 kips/bolt
f:
Conservatively using AISC Manual Table 7-5 with an edge distance equal to I \4 in ..
available bearing strength at each edge bolt is:
b'
(Maual Eq. 9-26)
p =a'
LRFD
ASD
1.88 in.
=-3.25 in.
=0.578
r11 = 42.0 kipfm.(* in.)

= 26.3 kips> 15.9 kips/bolt
=28.0 kip/in.(% in.)

=17 .5 kips> 1l.2 kips/bolt
LRFD
~=
'
~,
!(
0,
( 42.3 lcips
17.8 kips.
=2.38
Because ~ > 1, a:
Equation 9-23:
i)
1 ( 27.2 kips
0.578 12.5 kips
...
I
Because the available strength of each boll is greater than the required shear strength pc.":
bolt, the bearing strength of the end plate is adequate.
",:
~ =_l_(~-1)
P Or
$r,;, - 1)
P rut
=0.578
ASD
1)
=2.03
=1.0. The minimum required end-plate thickness is, from AlSC Manual
Check bearing strength of column flange

Since the column flange thickness is greater than the end-plate thicknes~ and the end pfr I.
and column have the same specified minimum censile strength, the bearing strength of
column flange is adequate.
:
f.
Use seven rows of two 1-in.di:.uneter ASTM A325-N bolts at a Slh in. gage. Use four be'
adjacent to e:icb beam flange and an additional ch.rec bolrs on each side of the gusset p
.1
A.'JEIUCAN
1"'smVrn OF
STEEL C ONSTI\UCltON
.......-,vu
': ~~'
5.4 E<X.:cNTl<.IL'ALLY u.KAu:.u t-KAM.t:;)
'~
Check shear yielding strength of the end plate
=2(0.60)FyAgv
Rnll =2(0.60)F)'t
Rn
ASD
LRFD
111e available shear yielding strength of the end plate is determined as follows:
= 2(0.60)(50 ksi)(Ys in.)
Rn
37.!'i kip/in.
1.50
::: 25.0 kip/in.
-=
Rn = 1.00(37.5 kip/in.)
=37 .5 Jcipfm.
This is greater than the required strength at both the beam and gusset connections to the em~
plate. Therefore, the available end plate shear yielding strength is adequate.
=37.5 kip/in.
Check end plate rupture at beam web weld

(16) 1" dia. A32S...N
bolts in std. holes
@3Wgage
.....,
..
..."
WT8x28.5 A992 each

side of brace web
Th~ available shear ruprure strength of the end plate at the beam web weld is detennin~
as follows:
,'
(from Spec. Eq. 14-4)
R,.. = 2{0.60) Fu An
= 2(0.60)FuT1>tamt
= 2(0.60)(65 ksi)(l3 1A in.)(~ in.)
=646 kips
i:I
f.. J
.,
W10x112
brace
ASD
LRFD
R.,
R1t =0.75(646 kips)
=485 kips
> Vub + V~ =159 kips
PL~
646kips
2.00
=323 kips
-=
> Vab + V<>beam = 111 kips
o.k.
o.k.
(A572 Gr. 50)
Check end-plate rupture at beam flange weld

The tensile rupture strength of the end plate at each beam flange weld is:
(fiom Spec. Eq. J4.;
R1t =FuA.:
=F..,tb1
= 65 ksi(* in.)(I0.3 in.)

W12x96
W16x77
beam
= 418 kips
column
(14) 1"dia.A325-N
bolts .@ 517" gage
Fig. 5-68. Connection designed in Example 5.4.7.
ASD
~R,. = 0.75(418
icorumn
PL %"x11 "X3'-2"
(A572 Gr. 50)
LRFD
!----------------!---------------,
'
R,. 418 kips
kips)
= 314 kips > 90.0 kips
-=
o.k.
. 2.00
= 209 kips > 63.0 kips
o.k.
BRACED FRAMES
5-410
~,
This available strength can conservatively be applied to check concentrated forces from ti
gusset plate, since 1his gusset has.a longer beating length.
Check end-plate shear rupture at bolt line

The total height of the end plate is 38.0 in., as shown in Figure 5-68. The available shear
rupture strength of the end plate at the bolt li.ne is detennined as follows:
=37.7 in.2
R,, ::::: 0.60FuAn
o.k.
>Hoc
(Spec. Eq. 14-4)
=0.60(65 ksi)(37.7
in.

.
,..
With the centroid of the compressive force applied greater than d/2 from the column e1
where d is the column depth, the column web local crippling available strength adjacent !
=1,470 kips
Rn
0.75(1,470 kips)
= l,470 kips
=1,100 kips
(lt>)(tw).
d CJ
Rn ::=0.80tw 1+3
2.00
determi~:d as fo~lows:
each beam flan,ge is
ASD
LRFD
~R,, =
R11
o.k.
'
..
ASD
LRFD
A,.= 2(% in.)[38.0 in. - 7(1Yi6in.+ 1/\6 in.)]
=735 kips
~~
JEF,...,t1
-,,.,-
(Spec.
in.)(0.550 in.)i.s]
)2l1+3 (0.760
12.7 in. 0.900 in.
= 0.80(0.550 in.
The total required shear strength of the end plate is:
Eq. JlO--"
Iii
29,000 ksi(50)(0.9.00 in.)

0.550 in.
=405kips
LRFD
Vu
..
=V,,c + Vub - Vubeotn

=137 kips+ 122 kips =223
kips
..
1,100 kips >223 kips
ASD
36.5 kips
735 kips> 156 kips
(Spec. Eq. Il0-2)
R,, = Fywtw(Skt1t$+lt>)
o.k.
1''1
=227 kips
ASD
LRFD
R,.
=1.00(227 kips)
-=
o.k.
OOD
ASD
227 kips
l.50
151 kips> 63.0 kips
ljR.
> H~
oJ<.
~ > H~
..
I.
o.!L '
Check prying action on column flange

Tue prying action model found in theAISC Manual
be.used to deteonine
roinii:
column flange thickness required to prevent flexural yielding of the flange. This flanf,... . ,;
thicker than the end plale, which was previously determined to have adequate thickness .
fJ= 0.900 in.
th~
Therefore:
o.k.
~-----------+-------------:-
c~
=(50 ksi)(0.550 in.)[5(1.50 in.)+ 0.760 in.]
=227 kips > 90.0 kips
= 203 kips> 63.0 kips
This available strength can conservatively be applied t6 check concentrated forces from
gusset plate, since this gusset has a-l~nger bearing length. .
Check.column web local yielding .

The centroid of the compressive force is applied at a distance greater than the column
depth, d. Therefore, adjacent to each beam flange, the column web local yielding available
strength, with Zt> taken as the beam flange thickness, is detemlined as follows:
~R,,
oJt.
o.k.
Use a % in. x 11 in. end plate.
..
R,. 405 kips

-=
Q
2.00
~Rn= 0.75(405 kips)
= 156 kips .
o.k.
ASD
LRFD
Va = Vac + Vab - Vat>cam

95.8 kips+ 85.4 kips- 25.l kips
o.k.
J'
l,,, l
5-412
BRACED FRAMES
5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES
Check column web panel zone shear

.\ I
.
... . :.
(
The maximum shear in the column is equal to the gusset-to-column force, Hue (LRFD) or
Hae (ASD). Using lhe required axial compressive strength of the column based on I.he sum
of !be strain-hardened expected yield strengths of the liol-s ac the third and fourth le\efs as
determined in Example 5.4.5, Pr= 867 kips (LRFD) or P, 615 kips (ASD).
'::
~
LRFD
P,
- =
Pc
ASD
867 kips
P,
615 kips
- =
Pc 0.60(50 ksi)(28.2
50 ksi(28.2 in.2)
=0.615
~)
(Spec. Eq. Jl()..10)
LRFD
ASD
$Rn= 0.90(0.60)(5Q.ksi)(l2.7 in.)
x(0.550 in.)(1.4- 0.615)
~ = 0.60(50 k.si)(l2.7 in.)

x(0.550 ui.)(1.4 -0.727)11.67
o.k.
= 8-t.4 kips > 65.8 kips
o.k.
Check rotational ductility of the beam-to-column connection
~1
~-
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.6b includes requirements for beam-to-column connectio~ a~ the location of a brace connection. This example uses option (a), a simple connection
whi~ ts capable of providing the reqired rotation. The method for determining rotational
du~ty of a tee stub connection presented by Thomron (1997) will be used. This is :i gen
eralized fonn of the rot11tional ductility check fot a tee stub connection found in Part 9 of !he
A!SC Manual. Thornton (1997) presents the minimum bolt dfameter, db, required to develop
the si-?1ple beam end rotation as:
2
dt> =0.8921 F-,s[b
Fib L2
+2)
where
t =end-plate thickness =~ in.
F, = specified rnirlimum yield stress of the end plate = 50 .ksi
P, =tensile strength of the bolt 120 ksi
s bolt spacing= 38 in./7 rows= 5.43 in. (average)
b = 2.38 in., as previously dete1mined for prying action
L = depth of connection element= 38 in.
J20 ksi(2.38 in.) (38.0 in)2
=0.769 in.
The 1-in.-d.iameter bolts use.<! satisfy this minimum bolt diameter.
5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES (BRBF)
in.2)
=0.727
Rn =0.60Fydctw[l.4-
in..) 50 ksi(5.43 in.) f(2.38 in.) + 2 ]
The final connection design and geometry is shown in Figure 568.
Fro~ AISC S~ecificaJi.on Section Jl0.6 wilh ~ > 0.4:
------.ti:?
db::: 0 _892('n
Buckling-restrained braced frame (BRBF) systems are a special class of concentrically

braced frames addressed in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4. Like other concentrically
braced frames, BRBF systems resist laceral forces and displacements primarily through the
axial sttcngth and stiffness of the brace members. The centerlines of BRBP framing members which meet at a common joint (braces, columns and beams) coincide or nearly
coincide, forming a vertical truss capable of being derailed to minimize the effects of flexure. BRBP systems have more ductility and energy dissipation capability than other types of
concentrically braced frames [?ecause overall buckling of the buckling-restrained brace
(BRB) is preclude.d at forces and, deformations corresponding to the design story drift.
Buckling-resrrained braces are characterized by their ability to yield in compression as
well as in tension. This is accomplished by separating the actions ofresisring ax.ial loads an-J
resiscing global buckling. AISC Seismic; Provisions Commentary Figure C-F4. l illustrates
the components of a BRB. Global buckling of the brace is resisted by the BRB casing, which
is typically a square or round HSS section, and can be sized as needed for th.is requirement.
Axial te11sion and compression loads in the brace are resisted by the BR:B core which con
sists of a shaped plate, in either a flat or crocifonn section, sized as required by the AISC
Seismic Provisions. Because both the casing and I.be core are sized independently, che brae<
strength can be fine-tuned, eliminating much of the overstrength that other braced frame systems impart to I.be structure.
Because buckling of the BRB c~re is restrained to very small amplitudes, I.be core
achieves the same, or greater, strength in compression as in tension. This behavior is
repeatable throughout multiple loading cycles without the occurrence of brace bucklin~
(and the consequent degradation associated with it), dissi pating high levels of energy
and resulting in a highly ductile system. This uniform. predictable behavior eJ.im.lnates the
lateral-force-distribution req.irement that exists for SCBF systems (AlSC Seismi,
Provisions Section F2.4a) where the percentage of braces in a given line that 'm ay be in tension at one time is limited.
Buckling-restrained braced frame systems tend to be cost-competitive and often mor~
economical than SMF, EBF and SCBF systems in terms of material, fabrication and erection costs. Similar to SCBF systems, BRBF systems may have reduced flex.ibHity in
floor-pl:in Lilyout, space planning, and electrical and mechanical routing as a result of thtprescncc of braces. In certain circumst3Jlces, however, the frames arc exposed and featun
in the architecture of the building.
AlSC Seismic Provisio11s Section F4.5a requires that btlam and column members
BRBF systems satisfy the requirements for highly ductile me~bers. Section F4.6c ~!
requires that BRB connections be designed for 1.1 times the adjusted brace sttcng:'
BRACED FRAMES
5-414
compression to ensure that they can withstand the maximum forces that the braces can
deliver, including the effec!S of s1rain-harderung beyond the degree corresponding to lhe calculated drift. These requirements are intended ro re.suit in a system wilh braces that maintain
a high level of ductility and hysteretic damping when subjected to severe seismic forces
while ensuring that the connecting elements remain essentially elastic allowing the BRB to
be the energy dissipating member in the system.
V-type and inverted V-type BRBF systems are required to meet the additional cri1eria
given in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4.4a. These requirements include:
(1)
B~~.
connections and _their supporting members must be designed for gravity dead
and live loads, assuming the bracing proVides no 'support.
(2) Beams intersected by braces must be designed for the vertical and horizontal u.nbalanced loads resulting fro.m the effects of adjusted grace strengths in compre~siom and
tension.
(3) Beams must be continuous between columns.
(4) Beams must be braced to satisfy the requirements fo( moder.u.ely ductile mernbers in
accordance with AISC Seismic Provisions Section D l .2(a).
'
Because the adjusted brace compression and tension forces are nearly equal, the verticai
unbalanced load on the beam is minimal. The available compressive strength of the BRB is
greater than the available ten~ile strength by an amount equal io (~ - 1) times the adjusted
brace strength; where ~ is the compression strength adjustmenr factor d1scussed in AJSC
Sei~mic Provisio{1s Secti.o n F4.2. The vertical cgmponent of this difference in force is the
Un.b alanced foad tbat will be developed. Brace configurations tbatutilize a two-story X-configurari9n may tiii've even lower vnbalanced forces at the beam.
Coli.lmns in BRBF systems, like beams, are required to meet the requirements for h:ighly
ductile members. Accordiflg to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F4.6d, column splices are
requi,red to develop at least 50% of the lesser available flexural strength of the connected
members and to have a reqmred. shear strength equal to LMpcfHc (LRFD) or LMpcf(l.5Hc)
(ASD). This requirement is identical to that for SCBF systems and is intended to account
for the possibility of the columns sharing some of the lateral force demand through frame
action -as lhe brace elements deform inelastically, deflecting the frames beyond what elastic
calculations might predict.
.
Buckling-restrained braces are required to be deSigned based upon results from qualifying cyclic tests in accordance with the requirements of AISC Sei.rmic Provisions Sei;tion K3.
Qualifying tests must consist of at least two successful cyclic tests. One of these tests must
be a suba.sSemblage test that 1ncludes rotational demandi at the ends of the BRB. The second test may be either a UDiaxial test or a subassemblage test. Qualifying tests may be done
specifically for a project or may consist of previous tests documented elsewhere. Contract
documents should include requirements for testing of tl:ie braces ronforming to the AISC
Seismic ProvisiOns. .'Tiris reqliirement demonstrates to the contractor that this is a specialty
item an~ cannot simply be fabricated by a typical steel contra<-:tor, but must be procured by
a company that has conducted the necessary testing lO qualify the braces. Testing of each
brace type is required to confirm !hat the brace design concept meets the requirements ro be
considered a buckljng-restrained brace. It is also performed to determine the load ranges
acceptable for a g~ven brace design:
In most systems, member sizes are selected from a labJe of discrete values. Io this way lhe
yielding members are selected to meet the minimum strength requirements, and material
AM!:l\JCAN lNsTITUTS OF S-rea Col"STRUCTION
T'
5.5 BUCKUNG-RE.STRAlNEO BRACED FRAMES
variability is addressed through use of the Ry factor for the design of conneelions and adj
cent members.
Buckling-restrained braces, however, are manufactured to match the project requiremeri
and the yielding area can be precisely de.fined. The details of the br:ice design, such as tJ.,
area andtenglh of the yielding zone, can be runed considering the yield stress of the core
ma1erial. However, during the design phase the yield stress of the core material is not .knov
precisely, although an acceptable range ma::r be specified. This range should be st1fficieni
wide 10 perm:i1 a reasonable procurement process for brace manufacturers. The ;:<1nge of
to 46 ksi is the de facto industry standard; typically the engineer defines this range by spe
ifying the minimum and maximum core material yield stress (Fymin and Fymax)- Complian
with these limits is verified by the brace manufacturer through coupon tests of the materi
to be used in cbe fabrication of the brace. The engineer may account for this material variability in one of two ways: the area-based or the strength-based approach.
The area-based approach is the more common approach for designing BRBF systems. :::
the area-based approach, the engineer defines the core area; the brace strength is define
by the core area and yield stress. The engineer uses the lower bound yield stress, Fy mi,, f,
choosing the core area of the brace. Once this area is established, the upper bound yi t J.
stress, Fym<m is used to determine the adjusted brace strength for design of connections a;
adjacent frame members (factoring up as required ro address strain hardening and cor.
pression overstrength). Brace core areas may be defined precisely, although there 1
typicatly little benefit in precision beyond the nearest IA. in.2 In the area-based approach, t
brace stiffness used in the analysis is. e~tablished by the engineer based on the area deic
mined from Fymit1 and adjusted upward,by the applicable,factor (which accounts for th:.
nonpJismatic configuration of the brae~ and is normally ~upplied by the ~race m~nufr Ir:
turer). With an area-based approach, stiffness can be specified on the design drawmgs
terms of brace core area and adjustment factor. In the area-based approach there is a nc,
essary variability in strength resulting from the range of core material yield stren['
allowed. While it is theoretically possible to spedfy precisely the stiffness required, ii
nonetheless preferable to allow a reasonable tolerance' (typically 10% or less) in order . :
pennit the manufacturer to adjust thi; details of the brace to control brace core strain, provide optimal brace-end conditions, ail? to allow for the differing details and proportion \ I
used by different manufacturers.
.
.
Tue second option for accounting for material variability is the strength-based approach,
In this method the engineer defines the required strength of the brace. (Engineers using tr '
approach should be explicit as to whether they are defining the available stn~ngth, <j>P1sc llJ
Py,JQ, or the nominal strength, Pysc) The engineer should spe~ify an acceptable range (e._
for LRFD, ~Pysc = 500 kips+ 25 kips/- 0 kips) and should use the upper bound for desi.
of connections and adjacent members (factoring up _as de~~ribed previo~sl>: to account. strain hardening and compression overstrength). ThJS 25 Kips tolerance is roughly equ1
Jent to the ~.; in.l tolerance recommended for the area-based approach. Tili.s method allc
the manufacturer to set the brace area provided to adjust for the measured yield stress of
core material so that Pysc is obtained as the yield capacity of the brace. If Pysc is establisl J
using yield stress determined from a coupon test, the Ry factor is not applied. Brace stiffo
js estimated in the design based on the area from an assumed yield stress in the middle 1
the specified range and the applicable adjustment factor as described previously. Wit,.
strength-based approach, sliffness must be specified explicitly (in kip/in.) on the der
drawings with a specified tolerance. Tb.is 1olerance is typica.lly 10%. That range, bowe
AMERJCAN lNS11TUTB OF STE.EL CONSTRUcnOI"
.'r
\.
..'
i
l
I,
,,"
H
!~:
-'..d
:~
<
~-1
'
5-416
DRACEO FRAMES
is insufficient to cover both' the adjustments implied by the range of core yield stress
( 10%) and the differing details and proportioning used by different manufacturers. Thus
for material stress at lhe extremes of the permitted range, lhe manufacturer may need to
make adjustments in the core length (along with other derails such as the core area outside
lhe yieldin g zone) in order 10 maintain stiffness in the specified range of I 0%. The details
so configured must comply with the range of lhe brace tests. (For example. core strains
must be calculated using the detailed core length and compared to values in the tests.) Such
adjustments in the brace details would not be necessary if the specified range were
increased to 20%, but this is not typical practice. In the strength-based approach, therefore, the material variability becomes a variability in stiffness and may also limit the
applicabili ty of tests to a smaller range. Ths is a consequence Of the overall variability
implied by the tolerances commonly used in this method. While it is theoretically possible
to specify precisely the strength required in the strength-based approach, it is nonetheless
preferable to allow a reasonable tolerance (rypically 25 kips) in order to permit the manufacturer to use ~-in. dimensions; precision beyond this is not warranted given the methods
used lo establish yield stress.
Table 5-4 s ummarizes how the area-based and strength-based approaches address the
effect of material variability on the strength and Stiffness of buckling-restrained braces.
It should be noted that both the elastic stiffness and the first yield strength (both necessary properties for use in code-based seismic design) are transient propertjes in lhe actual
seismic response of systems; these properties change significantly as drifts exceed the drift
corresponding to first yield. Designers should not perform bounding analyses or otherwise
place undue emphasis on the effects of variability beyond accounting for maximum brace
forces in the design of connections, beams and columns. Such variability in stiffness is r outinely (and ju~tly) neglected in the seismic desigi.J. of many systems and is minimal in the
context of the use of elastic methods to represent inelastic response.
Brace strength is_ controlled by brace core area, but the use of this core area in the structural model without any adjustment will not correctly capture the stiffness of the brace.
Overall brace stiffness includes contnoutions from not only the yielding core, but also from
the nonyielding portions of the brace and connection materials. This stiffness is usually captured in the model through the use of a stiffness modification factor, K.F. The modeled brace
stiffness would then be represented by the following equation:
'
(5-1)
.,...
where Ase is the steel core area, Eis the modulus of elasticity, and L,.p.,p is the work pointto-work point distance along .the axis of the brace. The modeled brace stiffness can also be
represented as a sprin.g with a defined stiffness, Km<><J~I
The siitfuess fa~tor or modeled brace stiffness is unique to each brace manufacturers'
design, although it may be similar between manufacturers. le is also dependent on brace
strength, bay geometry and connection details. The design engineer wj1J need lo assume an
initial value for this. factor for early estimation of required brace strength and preliminary
beam. and column sizes and will send this information to a brace manufacturer for early
coordination to obtain the recommended stiffness modification factors for the braces. If
brace strengths are adjusted, final values should also be con.finned with the manufacturer
prior to finalizing contract documents.
:~
..;,,
.,
J
Table 5-4
Summary of Variability in the Area-Based

and Strength-Based Approaches
iI
Method
Strength Valiability
Stiffness variability
Implicit, 48 ksi/38 ksl 1.2 (+20%/--0%)
Engine!:rspecified,
Engineer-specified, typically s 5%
(+5%/-0%)
Engineer-specified,
lypicalty 10%
I
I
I
I
Area-based
appcoach
Strength-based
approach
typicatty :!:1()%
'
I
..)
As buckling-restrained braces are typically provided by a specialty manufacturer who

designs the details of the brace (such as sizing the casing, determining the details of the tr:msitions between yielding and nonyielding zones, etc.), the design proce;;s may be slightly
different from that of other systems in that it idea~y involves input from brace manufacru::ers during the design process.
The manufacturer typically proposes certain details of lhe brace connection. It is ofte-:
comenient for the engineer to delegate certain parts of the connection design to the manufacturer, such as the connection of the brace to !he gusset plate. Tue engineer must explicitl y
identify :my such delegated design, and review !he corresponding calculations with the brace
submittal.
The following design process illus~tes the inferactioa-betw,een the engineer of recorr~
('EOR) and the manufacrurer.
I. Preliminary design phase.
(a) EOR determines base shear, frame layout, etc.

(b} EOR sizes braces (required core :trea or required strength).
(c) EOR assumes brace stiffness factors, KF, and overstreogth factors, p and ro.
preliminary consultation with the manufacturer may be helpful at this stage.)
(d) EOR sizes beams and columns.

(e) EOR checks drift.
(f) EOR estimates brace deformations.

2. Consulration with manufacrurer(s). EOR consults with manufacturer for:
(a) Sufficient applicable testing
the brace sizes proposed
for
(b) Stiffness of braces or stiffness factors; KF, used in the EOR's analysis
(c) Overstrength factors ~ and
(I)
used in the EOR's design of beams and columns.
3. Design iteration. EOR reanalyzes (as required by change in member size or change :
stiffness factors, etc.).
(a) EOR finalizes br.lcc sizes, benm and column sizes, brace stiffness factors and b:~
defonnations.
(b) EOR consults wit.b the brace manufacturer if the brace sizes or defonnation ,
substantially different than the preJjmi.nary design.
5-418
BRACED FRAMES
4. Specification. EOR specifies:

(a) Required brace sizes (C-Ore area or required strength), with tolerance
(b}'Miniriium and maximum core material yield stress
(c) Overstrepgth factors ~and <iJ. ,
(d) .Brace stiffness (or stiffness factors), with tolerance
(e) Required brace axial defonnation and connection rotation
(f) Testing per the AlSC Seismic ProvisUin.s
(g) Connection design or portions thereof delegated 10 the brace manufacturer
5. Brace submittal.
(a) "':Manufacturer submits:
i. Brace shop drawings
ii. Supporting documentation
stability design. AISC Specification Appendix 8 will be applied to apprdx.imate a secoodorder analysis.
Example 5.5.1. BRBF Brace Design

Given:
I::
Refer to Brace BRB-1 in Figure 5-70. Frame configuratjons and preliminary loads have been
sent tu a BRB manufacturer and the elastic stiffness of the brae~ ~ave been found to
1.5 times higher than the stiffness of the yielding t;ote area alone, if lt were extended frc
work point to work point (KF =Kaciua1IKc1>re =1.28). These stiffness factors may be used ' :
derenni.ne the horizomal load distribution on each story. Design a buckling-restrained brat:.:
to resist the resulting axial loading, PQ. = 113 kips. The appl~cable building code specifies t
use of ASCFJSEI 7 for calculation of loads. According to AJSC Seismic Provisions Secti 1:
F4.3, buckling-restrained braces should ~ot ~ considered as resisting gravity forces.
' -I
USing the area-based approach described previously~ allow for material variability of 42 J
4 ksi.
Fysc min =
Fysc "!"" = 46 ksi
38 ksi
From an elastic analysis, the first-order interstory drift is /).H
=85 psf
=68 psf
Lfowr
=80 psf (50 psf reduced)
=20 psf
The following examples illustrate the design of a BRBF based on AISC Seismic Provisions
Section F4. The plan and elevation are shown in Figure 5-69 and Figure 5-70.
The lateral forces shown in Figure 5-70 are the seismic forces from an equivalent lateral
force procedure of ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12.8 and apply to the entire frame.
.
30-0
30'-0"
=0.223 in.
5
30'-0" ---...
30-o
'ill-:!
~~~------~~~~:I?l~~~~~~m
Curtain wall= I 75 lb/ft along building perimeter at every level
I
:
BRBF Design Example Plan and Elevation-
Dfloor
L;
(a) Justifying appUcable tests (in tem1s of brace size, strain at rhe specified
displacements) .
(b) Ov~rstrength factors, P and w (based on specffied displacements)
(c) Brace stiffness ~lculations
(d), Connecti_on design~ where delegated to brace manufacturer
(b) Test reports.for sbmitt,ed brace types and s4.es
., ..
(c) EOR verifies compliance. with specification
Dn:x>f
~ I.
S.S BUCKLING-RESTRA1NED .BRACED FRAMES
f;J
I
j,
The applicable build4ig code specifies. the use of ASCEJSEI 7 .for calculation of loads.
= 1.3, fe 1.0, Svs= 1.0, and
Cd=5.0.
The v~cal seismic load effect, Ev, according to ASCEJSEI 7 is:
From, ASC~SEI .7, the Seismic Design Category is D, p
0.2SvsD = 0.2(1.0)D
=0.2D .
Assume that the ends of the diagopal braces are pinned and braced against translation for
both the x-x and y-y axes. Th.e loads given for each exarople are from a first-order analysis.
Assume that the effective length method of AISC Specificnrum Appendix 7 is used for the
BRBF investigated in Part 5.5

For elevatlon see Figure 5-70.
SMF investigated in Part 4.

For elevation, see Figure 4-8.
Fi~; 5-69., Floor plan/or BRBF Examples,
5--420
Assume that the ends of the brace are pinned and braced against rranslatjon for bolh the
x-x and y-y a;ces.
'
~
"
BRACED FRAME3
5-421
5.5 l>UCKLlNG-RESTRAJNED BRACED FRAMES
The required compressive and tensile strengths of the brace are:
'
'
~.
''
ASD
LRFD
Solution:
The governing load combiualions in ASCE/SEI 7 including seisrruc effec1s are:
.]
Pa =Ta
=0.1pPQe
Pu =Tu
=pPa,.
~RFD
LRFD Load C<imbinations 5 and 6 from

ASCPJSEI 7 Sectfon 12.4.2.3 (including
12.4.2.3J
ASD
ASCPJSEI 7 Section 12..4.2.3
=0.7(1.3)(113 kips)
=J03 kips
1.3(113 kips)
= 147 kips
Required Strength
( 1.2 + 0.2SDS)D + pQ~ + 0.5l + 0.2S
(1.0 + 0.14SDs)D + H + F + 0.1pQE
(0.9- 0.2SDs)D + PQE + l.6H
(0.6 - 0.I4SDs)D + 0.1pQE + H

AJSC Specification Appendix 8 is used 10 address second-order effects. The required second-order a.tial strength is:
(Spec. Eq. A-~-2)

For the calculation of Bz:
&-
~..' J .
_ CJ.P,,r>ry
1
P4,,cry
(Spec. Eq. A-86)
i!I
To determine Ps10,,., use an area of 9.000 ft2 on each floor and the swtade gravity loads given
in the BRBF Design faample Plan and Elevation section. Use load combinations that
include seismic effects.
...,. ~
~:
~;
'
LRFD
Colu.mn splice 48"
[1.2 +0.2(1.0)l ..
above finished floor
(typ.)
r0+0.14(!.0)j
I,
x[68 psf + 3(~5 psf)J
PS1ory
P~=9,000 ft 2 +O psf
+ 0.5(3)(50 psf) .
r2+02(1.0)j
+ x(175 lb/ft(4)(390
x (l k:ipll,000 lb)
= 5,160 kips
.
ft)]
1
=9,000 ft
x[68 psf +_3_(85 psf)J

+ 0 psf + 0 psf + 0 psf
1I
r0+0.14(1.0)j
+ x{175 lb/ft(4){390 ft}]

' X(l kip/1,000 lb)
=3,630 kips
..
1
,
'
AASJUCAN ~smvra OF S'l'l>& C~S'l"lcVCTI<>N
. I
The total story shear, H, with two bays of bracing in the direction under consideration wh
each braced frame is designed to resist the seismic loads shown in Figure 5-70, is determ.
in the following. From an elastic analysis, the fiISt-order interstory drift is An= 0.223 i.u.
Fig. 5-70. Frame elevation for BRBF examples.
i
I
x(l lcip/1,000 lb)
+ 0.2(20 psf)
x(l kip/1,000 lb)
..
ASD
5-422
S.S BUCKUNG-RFSrRAINED SRJ\O n FRAMES
II = 2(54.0 kips+ 49.0 kips+ 32.0 kips+ I 6.0 kips)

= 302 kips
LRFD
=14.0 ft
R,, =l.O for braced frames
P,ll<lf'Y
.'\,c """ :;: F,
LRFD
ASD
Ct = 1.60
B2 =
P,!JU>ry
I
I- 1.00(5,160 kips)
228,000 kips
I
I- O.Psro2
Peno7
;:;:: J
I
1.60(3,630 ldps)
228,000 ldps
=1.03
= 1.02
Considering second-order effects, the required compressive and tensile sueng1hs of the
brace are:
LRFD
P11 =T,.
= 1.02(147 kips)
=150 lcips
38 ksi
= 4.66 in.2
Try a BRB with a core nrea, AK, of 4.50 in.1
Using AlSC Spwfication Equation A-8-6:
~ I
0 .90(38 ksi}
In design practice, either LRFD or ASD de~ign should be used consistently. The two methods give slightly different r~ulls here. In order not to show two separate designs. lhe LRFD
result will be used.
=228,000 kips
I
=I- a.Psro7
= 1.67(106 kips)
150 kips
= 4.39 in.2
(Spec. Eq. A-8-7)
0.223 in.{l ft/12 io.)
B2
Fy~"""
)'JC "")l
Hl
=RJ.toH
=l.O 302 kips(l4.0 ft)
ex = 1.00
'
nP.
Ai.:..,.,,=---
P.
ASD
ASD
P,, =Ta
=1.03(103 kips)
=106 kips
Determination of the brace area required 10 res.ist the required brnce strenglh must use the
minimum yield of I.he e<>re material, F>sc mm For I.he limit stn1e of tensile or compressive
yielding, set the required strength equal to AlSC Seismic Provisions Equation F4-l and
solve for A..., min:
Note that while BRB manufacture.rs cun fabricate a BRB with the accuracy to which the core
can be cut (generally 118 in. in width) it is common to round the required core area up to
standard increments. Generally. it is good practice to specify core areas in 0.25 in. 2 increments for 0 in.2 <Ase :S 5.00 in.~. in 0.50 in. 2 increments for 5.00 in.2 <A,... :S 10.0 ill.:, in
increments of LOO in. 2 for JO.O in. 2 <Ase :S 20.0 in.2, and in 2.00 in. 2 increments for Ase>
20.0 in, 2 (or mnin1aining increment amounts in the range of 5% to I0% of the total amoun1)
When specifying BRB area greater than required. the EOR must account for the increased
demand that I.be specified area will place on I.he structure, because the beams and columns
;:r::~~: ::1::~::: :::g:j;:;::eb~:t

0
::t:g:.tensile or compression
I;
~eldinl
':
is:
9Pn mu. =QF)sc """Ase
(Spec. Eq. D2- I

2
=0.90(38 ksi}(4.50 in. )
= 154 kips < 150 lups
o.k.
Verify with the brace manufacturer that the stiffness factor KF = 1.28 is acceptable for
4.50 in. 2 brace of this length. The remainder of the brace design is pe.rfonned by the BRB
manufacturer. Overstrcngtb factors, and (J), along wirb the maximum defom.ialion capa
bility of rhe brace, must be provided by the brace manufacturer in order 10 design th 1
columns and beams of I.he BRBF and to detcnnine the BRB applicability to the design.
1:
The final pan of the brace design is establishing the expected deformation of the brace an
using this deformation to detemline forces that the brace imposes on the columns, beam
and connections. AJSC Stismic Provisions S:tion F4.2 requires considerntion of defonnations at the greater of 2% drift or two times the design story drift.
).
The design story drift is defined in the AlSC Seismic Provisions Glossary as the calculate
story drift including the effect of expected inelastic ac1ion. As given, the firstrorder interstory drift is liH = 0.223 in Thi! drift docs not include the redundancy factor, p. Nole th:-'
..
' ..-\;
5-424
BRACED FRAMES
ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.3.4.1 perm.its p to be taken equal to I for drift calculations. The
design story drift including inelastic action is:
=5.0(0.223 in.)
'
=1.12 in.
,.:, .
(ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.8- 15)
le
i;
...
A= Cdb.H
5-425
5.5 BUCJ<l.INO-RESTRAlNEO BRACED FRAMES
Determination of lhe strain and the yield length is typically performed by the brace manufacturer and is shown here for illustrative purposes only.
Consulting with the brace manufacturer, the ~ and ro factor~ corresponding to this level of
strain are determined
10
be:
co= 1.36
1.0
Twice the story drift including inelastic action is:

(I
2A = 2(i.J2 in.)
=2.24 in.
=1.1
Alternatively, according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4.3 and ASCE/SEI 7

Chapter 16, brace deformation is pennltted to be deicnnfoed from a nonlinear analysis
in lieu of the expected deformation requirements in AISC Seismic Provisions Section
F4.2 illustrated here.
2% drift corresponds to a deflection of:
i!
---.. $'t;-::i
Example 5.5.2. BRBF Column Design
!::>. =0.02H
=0.02(14.0 ft)
=0.280 ft
!::>. =0.280 ft ( 12 in.II ft)
~11
>
=: 3.36 in.
PD= 147 kips
In this case, 2% drift governs. The brace spans 14.0 ft vertically and 12.5 ft horiz.ontally. The
brace deformation can be calculated to be:
D.b,
=[J(14.0 ft) 2 +(12.5 ft+0.280 ft)2 -J(l4.0 ft) 2 +(12.5 ft) 2 J(l2 in.fl It)
= 2.25 in.
PL= 60.0 kips
Ps = 7 .00 kips
Relevant seismic parameters are given in the BRBF Design Example Plan and Elevation
Section.
The brace core areas are as indicated in Figure 5-71 (BR.B X.X indicates a brace with a core
area of X.X in.') AJlow for BRB core material variability of 42 ksi 4 ksi (Fysc min = 38 ksi.
F}-sc nuu 46 ksi). The brace manufacturer bas provided the given oversttength factors. From
AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F4.2~ the factor Ry need not be _applied if P)sc(= F1$c:) i!'
determined from a coupon test, as is \ he ca'se here. Therefore, Ry wiU not be shown in the
examples in Section 5.5.
Consulting with the brace manufacturer, the yield length for this brace is determined to be
70% of the work-point length.
..L.,
Given:
Refer to Column CL-1 in the frnme shown in Figure 570. Select an ASTM A992 wide
flange section to resist the following axial loading between lhe base and the second level
The applicable building code, specifies the use of ASCE/SEI 7 for calcul:ition of loads.
"?.o.n
(() = 1.36
~ = 1.1
==o.1J(14.o n)2+(12.s ft)2 (1.2 m.11 ft)

Solution:
=158 in.
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4, the material properties are as follows:
The strain is. therefore:
ASTMA992
F-, = 50 ksi
F,, 65 ksi
6br
(,
>
\
..
~:
e=L.,
2.25 in.
158 in.
= 1.42%
=---
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4.3, the required strength of columns dl
lo the applied seismic load, P.,, is based on the adjusted strengths of the braces i:i
frame, where adjusted strength is defined in AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4.2a. Use t'"
specified Ase and Fymax to determine the brace forces in the design of the column to aeco1~
AMERICAJ'f JJ.IS1TIVT6 OF S'rm. CoNSTIUJCTlON
BRACED FRAMES
5-42.
I.
for material variability. Starting at the lower braces, the adjusted brace strengths for the
braces contributing to the load on Column CL-1 in compression are:
=l3coA.sc2 Fysc ma.:c

=1.1(1.36)(3.75 in.2 )(46 ksi)
=258 kips
~roPysc max3 =13<UAsc3Fysc max
!3coPysc max2
- '.J
'The a.xia.I compressive force,
PE,,.,., is then determined from the force diagrain of the column,

'The vertical force on the column fron~ the braces' adjusted strength is:
} )<llPy;cma.:csin0 =(258 kips+ 2p6kips+103 kips)(sin45)
f.
=401 kips
The vertical component of the force from the tension brace on the beam will be I
Pysc max sin 0 and the vertical component of the force from the compression brace on ~:
the beam will be ro!3Py.rc max sin 0. The net sum of these forces, whjch act in opposite .,
directions, is wBPysc ma.:c sin El - roPysc max sin El Cl3- l) roPysc max sin El, with half of this
force reacting at each end of the beam. Thus the force due to beam shears resulting frorc
unbalanced brace-induced vertical forces is:
= l.1~1.36)(3.o~in. )(46 ksi)

2
=.206 kips ,
~ffiPysc max4 = 13roAsc4 Fysc max
= 1.1 (l.36)(1.50 in.2 J(~6 ksi)

= 103 kips
t ~(j3-1)wPysc-maxJ>1nS4
Yi(~ -1 )(J)P,_max 4sin0,
'~ ~
. .;:
Roof
12-e
1
.; ..
. !
Yi<P-1 )P>-.c-mex3 sin03
co
<O
><
....
N
1 ;;_
. '<
Yil> -1}Py~in0 2
Fourth
Level
.".
~
....~
...~
}'2(13 -1 )o>P~-mllltisin01
Third
Level
:;.
~
N
~p~,
PP~~,
YiH~ - 1~roPyso-max3sinOa
~(13 - 1 )roP ysc.max2sin02
~P,_,0,
..
,~
~roP~
Secood
'
/
1~
/
,~
/ \
~(13 - 1)~P~xiSinO..
j3roP~~rl ~
Level
..,.-b
~.;l'
Fig. 5-72. BRBF cp/umn forces for _Example 5.5.2.
Base
Fig. 5-71. Frame elevation for BRBF examples with member sizes.
AMmlJCAN
lNSJTIVT2 OP Sms., CONSTkllCTlON
AMERICAN I Nsrrnm; OF Sn;a CONSTRUCTION
.l
;:
..
5-428
10
5.5 Ot:C KUNG-RESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES
..
L 'h(JJ-l)CllP~...,... sin9 = 'h(~ - l}roF;x-.. L, A.., ~in0

='h(l.1 -1)(1.36)(46 ksi)
(1.so in.2 )(sin45.0)
+(3.00 in. 2 )(i:in45.0)
x
l.
ll
+(3.75 in. 2 )(sin45.0)

+(4.50 in.2 )(sin48.2)
::-.
Using the load combinations in A SCEJSEJ 7 th:11 include the amplified seism.1c load. v.h.rre
the 1.unphficd seismic load is ~ubsliluted \\-ith the analysis described in AlSC Seisiic
Provisions Section F4.3, the required compresshe force in lhe column is:
LR.FD
LRfD Load Combination 5 from

12.4.3.2)
= 28.7 kips
P11
Sec Example 5.5.3 for calculation of vertical unbalanced forces from 1he braces on the
beam.
ASD
ASD Lo3d Combination S from
ASCE/SEI 7Se.:tion 12.4.3.2
=(l .2 + 0.2SDs )PD+ Pe.+ O.SPL_
P{j =(l.0+0.J4SDS)Po +Pt1 +Pp
+ 0.2Ps
+ 0.1Pe""
=1.14(147 kips)+ 0 kips+ 0 kips
={12+0.2(1.0)j(l47 kips)+372 kips
!
i,,..J
'
The rota! axial rompression in the column due to the braces is:
f>F....,.
=401kips-28.7 kips
'
+ 0.5(60.0 kips)+ 0.2(700 kips)
+ 0_7(372 kips)
=428 kips
-= 609 kips
= 372 kips
The required a:<ial tensile strength of the column 1:;:

S1an1ng at lhe lower braces. the adjusted brace ~lrcnglhs for the braces contributing 10 the
lo:>.d on Column CL-I in lcn~ion :>.re:
=1.36(3.75 in. )(46 ksi)
=235 kips
LRFD Load Combmation 7 from

ASCEJSEI 7 Section 12A.3.2
lllDA
=1.36(1.50 in.2 )C46 ksi)
!;
=93.8 kips
,l
..
.,
"
The force doe to the adjusted brace strength is:
LCl>~scmar sin9 =(235 kips+ 188 kips+ 93.8 .lcips)(sin45)

= 365 k:ips

From lbe calculktion for !he c-0lumn in compression, the force on the column due to brnceinduced beam shear Is 28.7 kips.
The tocal axial iension in I.be column due to the braces is:
Te.,.::: 365 kips+ 28.7 kips
c 394 kips
Po =(0.6-0. l4Svs)Pv t-0.7PeM\ +Pu
=[0.9-0-2(1.0)](147 kips)
=[0.6-0.14(1.0))(147 kips)
+(-394kips)+1.6(0 kips)
::: -29 1 kips
=-208 kips
= 188 kips
=OlA1c'4F.>1c
Pu-. (0.9-0.2Sos )PD+ Pe... -+ l.6PH
=l.36(3.00 in.2 )(46 ksi)

<i>Pyzc mox4
ASD
LR.FD
+ 0.7(-394 kips)-+ 0 kips
'

Because the seismic component of the beam required strength comes from the mechanism
analysis of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F4.3 and is based on the expected strengths of
the braces, P-tl effects need not be e-0nsjdeml and 8 2 from AISC Specification Appeodh
need not be applied. P-t. effect.S llo not ~ the forces ~ponding to the expcclet.
brace strengths in compression and lenSiQJl; instead, Ibey may be thought of as contributin;~
to the system reaching that state. P-S effeels do apply; but because the column does 001 haw
moments, there is no need co calculate 8 1 factors.
Try a W10x68.
A"" 19.9 in.2
1f =0.770 in.
Sx "'75.7 in.3
d"' 10.4 in.

rx::: 4.44 in.
hit,.,-= 16.7
1.,.::: 0.470 in.
r1
=2.59 in.
b112fJ= 6.58
l>f = 10.l in.

Z. = 85.3 in. 3
5.5 13UCKLlNGRESTRAINED BRACED FRAMES
5-430
Width-to-Thickness Limitations
According to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section F4.5a, the stiffened and unstitTencd e!Cmeni~
of columns must comply with the width-t<H.hickness limits for highly ductile members
given in AISC Seismic Provisions Table D l. l.
From Table 1-3 in th.is Manual, the W10x68 satisfies the width-to-thickness requirements
for a BRBF column.
Mo= 120 ki(>'"ft
The brace core areas are as indicated on Figure 5- 71. (BRB X.X indicates a brace with a C
area of X.X in.2) Allow for BRB co.re material variability of 42 ksi 4 ksi (Fy;c min= 38 ~
Fysc max= 46 ksi). The brace manufacrurer has provided the given oversrrength factors:
(I)::::
~=I.I
1.36
Solution:
From AlSC Manual Table 2-4, lhe material properties are:
From AISC Specification Section Cl.2 and Appendix 7, Sectjon 7.2.I, the effective length
method is limited to conditions in which lhe strucrure supports gravity loads primarily
through nominally vertical columns, walls or frames and the ratio of maximum second-order
drift to maximum first-order drift in all stories is equal to or less than 1.5. Assume both conditions are met for BRBF systems. K LOfor both the x-x and y-y axes. Since the unbraced
length is the same for boih axes, use the least radius of gyration. From AISC Manual Table
4-1, the available compressive strength for a W1 Ox68 with KL 14 fl is:
LRFD
4>cP,, : : : 658 kips > 609 kips
Vt= 8.50 kips
Vo= l l.2 kips
~:::: 438 kips> 428 kips

f.1.c
F1 =50 ksi
Fu"" 65 ksi
Use the specified A:c and Fysc ma< to determine the brace forces in the design of the beam 1
account for material variability.
Required Strength
ASD
o.k.
ASTMA992
o.k.
betermire
the adjusted brace strength
of the
tensipn
:
.
'
.
,Brace BRB-1
..
;
(l)i\,cF1scmox
=1.36(4.50 io.2 )(46 ksi)
=282 kips
From AJSC Manual Table 5-1, the av:UJable strength of the W1 Ox68 column in a:<ial tension for yielding on the gross section is:
LRFD
91Pn
=896 kips> 291 kips
Determine the adjusted brace strength of the compression Brace BRB-1
~roAscFyscmax = l.l(l.36)(4.50 in.2 )(46 ksi)
ASD
o.k..
P,, = 596 ldps > 208 kips
n,
=310kips
o.k.
Use a W1 Ox68 for Column CL-L Verify with 1he BRB manufacturer that the stiffness and
overstrength factors are still applicable for the final bay geometry. Verify that the ratio of
second-order drift to first-order driftjs less than or equal to 1.5.
Example 5.5.3. BRBF Beam Design

t
'
..
Given:
Refer to Beam BM-1 in Figure 5-70. Select a ooocoroposite ASTM A992 wide-flange section (the beam may ~constructed as a composite member, but for simplicity it is designed
as a noncomposite beam). Assume that lbe bottom flange of the beam is latera.lly hr.iced at
its qunrter points. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEJSEI 7 for calculation of loi!ds. Relevant seismic parameters were given in the BRBF Design Example Plan
and Elevation section. The gravity sb~ and moments on the beam are:
Determine the unbalanced vertical load on the beam

The difference between the vertical components of the brace forces is:
P1
={310 kips-282 kips)(sin 48.2)

=20.9 kips
Consequently, there is a 20.9-kip force acting upward on the beam.

Determine the shear and moment in the beam due to the brace analysis
Assuming a simply supported beam:
-Py
=2
-20.9 kips
2
-10.5 kips
=
=
t.
...r
5-432
BRACED FRAMES
..
-P L
1
,\lfe,.,.=--
LRFD
-20.9 kips(25.0 ft)
:. I
=-13 1 kip-ft
ii
..
'
ASD


M., =(12+0.2Sos)Mo+ME..i, +0.5ML
Determine the axial force in the beam
The horizontal components of the _brace forces are:
Prx =282 kips( cos 48.2)
= 188 kips
Per= 310 kips( cos 48.2)
=207 kips
S-433
+0.2Ms
Ma= (1.0+0.l4Sos )Mo+ MH +MF

+0.1ME"".
=1.4(120 kip-ft)+(-131 k.ip-ft)

+ 0.5(100 kip-ft)+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)
=87 .0 kip-ft
= 1.14(120 kip-ft)+O kip-ft
+ 0 kipft+0.7(-131 kip-ft)
=45.l kip-ft
This required flexural strength is concurrent with the following required axial strength:
LRFD
f!~
'
O,
f1
'
These forces are delivered to the brace through axial forces in the beam-tension in the segment of lhe beam on one side of the midspan connection (braces-to-beam) and compression
in tbe olher segment. The distribution of the toral horizontal force between tension and compression depends oi;i the load path and .tributary mass. Forces from collectors on each side
of the frame may differ significantly based on the collector length and tributary width. The
method presented for SCBF provides guidance.
In this example, with a symmetrical brace configuration and symmetrical colJe.ctor conditions, the horizontal force may be assumed to be distributed evenly between the two
segments of ~? ~.eam.
E..i,:::
=__
188 kips+
.:..___
207 kips
_,_
.,
~
''

Pu =(l.2+0.2Sos)Po +PE,.. +0.5PL

+0.2Ps
=1..t(O kips)+ 198 kips
P,, =(1.0+0.l4SDS)Po+~1 t-P1.+ 0.1PE...
!
l
=1.14(0 kips)+O kips+O kips
+ 0.5(0 kips)+ 0.2{0 kips)

::::198 kips
+ 0.7(198 kips}
=139 kips
The required flexuml strength according. to the analysis requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section F4.3 is also determined as/ollows:
LRFD
BR.BF beams and columns must be designed to resist all gravity loads. Using the load combinations in ASCE/SEI 7 that include the anlplified seismic load, where the amplified
seismic load is substituted with the analysis described in AISC Seismic Pro~isions Section
F4.3, the required flexural strength of Beam BM-1 is:
'
l l

'
Pzx +Per
2
=198 kips
ASD
ASD
I
I
LRFD Load Combination 7 from.

M. =(0.9-0.2SDS}Mo+ME.,.
+1.6MH
=0.7(120 kip-ft)+(-l31.kip-ft)+O
=-47.0 kip-ft

Mo =(0.6-0.14Sos)Mo +0.1MM
+MH
=0.46(120 kip-ft)
+ 0.7(-131 kip-ft)+O
= - 36.5 kip-ft
BRACED FR.AM.ES
5-434
5.5 BUCK.Ll.NvK.,t;) \KAIN ti.I
This required flexural s1reng1h is concurrent with the following required axial sttenglh:
.Ul'V\\...CLJ
rlV\;Vtc..)
ASD
LRFD
_.l
ASD
LRFD
'

ASCE/SET 7 Seccion 12.4.3.2

Pu= (0.9-0.2SDs )PD+ Pe,..+ l.6P11
P,,
= 0.7(0kips)+198 k.ips+O kips
=(0.6-0.14Sos )Pv + 0.7 Pe,.,, +PH

=0.46(0 kips)+0.7(198 kips)
+ 0 kips
= 198 kips
=139 lcips
Because the moment due 10 sejsmic forces counteracts the moment due to gravity load, it is
important to also consider load combinations that do not include the seismic load. The
required flexural strength of the beam for the governing load combination that does not
include seismic load is:
ASD

ASCFJSEI 7 Section 2.3.2
M.
. .

ASCFJSEI 7 Section 2.4. l
ASCFJSEI 7 Section 2.3.2

V.,
=l.2Vo + 1.6VL + 0.5(VL, or Vs or VR)

=1.2(11.2 kips)+ 1.6(8.50 kips)
V0 =VD+VL
=11.2 kips+ 8.50 kips

=l9.7 kips
+(O kip-ft)
'
=27.0 kips
Try a W16x50.
It is wonb noting lb at the unbalanced load resulting from the adjusted brace strength in tension and compression imparts an upward point load on the beam, acting in opposition 10
gravity forces. This is true regardless of the direction of eanhquake loading for an invertedV brace configuration, because the adjusted brace strength in compression is higher than the
adjusted brace stTenglh in tension.
LRFD

ASCE/SEJ 7 Section 2.4.1
l:
.4 = 14.7 in.2
c1 =0.630 in.
d= 16.3 in..
r...
k,u1 =1.03 in.
b112fJ= 5.61
b1 = 7.07 in.
hit,.,= 37.4
rx= 6.68 in.
Z; = 92.0 in.3
Sx 81 .0 in.3
r1 =1.59 in.
Ix= 659 io.
ly = 37.2 in.'
=0.380 in .
h0
=15.7 in.
=J .5'.~. in.
:~
C,,. = 2,270 in.6

Width-to-Thickness Umitatioris
According to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F4.5a, beam members must satisfy the
requirements for highly ductile members stipulated in f\.ISC Seismic Proiisions Table DI. I
t;
From Table 1-3 of this Manual, a W16x50 satisfies the ductility requirements for beams in
BRBF systems.
= l.2Mv + 1.6ML
M.=MD+Mi
+0.5(Mi.. orM~ or MR)
=1.2(120 kip-ft)+l.6{100kip-ft)
=120kip-ft+100 kip-ft
=220 kip-ft
+ 0.5(0 kip--ft)
= 304 k.ip--ft
Available Flexural Strength (negative flexure)

For negative flexure (bottom flange in compression), consider the bottom flange of the beam
to be laterally braced at
L,,
_qu~er points.
=25.0 ft
4
=6.25 ft
Because dead and Jive loads do not result in axial forces in the beam, there is no axial load
acting concurrently with this moment.
From AISC Manual Table 3-2, for a W16x50:
The required shear strength of the beam is shown in lbe following calculation. By inspection, because the unbalanced load from the braces always acts upward on the beam, tbe
seismic component of the requi.red shear strength will always counteract the gravity shears.
Therefore, the governing load combination is one that does not mclude seismic effects:
Therefore, lp < L11 ~ Lr, and lateral-torsional buck.hog applies. Conservauvely use C11
From AISC Manual Table 3-10, the available flexural strength (negative flexure) is:
Lp =5.62 ft
Lr:::: 17.2 ft
ASD
LRFD
=l.(J..
~9-,,M-,.-=-33_S_k:i-.p--ft_>_l-4-7.-0-ki-.p--ft_l_o-.k.-r-~-:-==_2_2_5_ki_.p-_ft_>_l--3-6-.5-ki-.p---ft-1-o-.k.-
l:
JI
L_~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.L-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~
AMERICAN lJ.>SlITUT6 OF
STW.. CONST!l\JCTION
AMERICAN
lNS1'l1V11i OF S1"SE1. CoNSTJUJC'DON
l:
BRACE.O FRAMES
Available Flexural Strength (positive flexure)
::-
'
LRFD
For posjtive flexure (top flange in compression), the beam can be considered fully braced by
the slab. and therefore the limit state oflateral-torsiooal buckling docs not apply. From AJSC
Manual Thble 3-6, the available flexural strength of a W16x50 is:
LRFD
ASD
=bMp
=345 k.ip-ft > 304 kip-ft

,>
~:,,
)
- - -- l r
~~
o.k.
Mn M"
-=n,, n,,
=0.75
~br =n( 8~)
o.k.
The minimum BRB axial strength is:
LRFD

As explained in Part 8 for collecto~. torsional buckling is considered because the torsional
unbraced length 1s not the same as the minor-axis De'<ural buckling unbraced length.
Because the top flange is constrained by the slab, the applicable torsional limit slate is constrained-axis Oexurnl-torsional buck.ling, as discussed in Part 8 of this .Manual. The design
compressive strength of lhe beam is the lowest value obtained based on the limit stales of
flexural buckling :ind torsional buckliDg.
For this puipose, assume first that the beam buckles and its midpoint moves upwards.
Displacement compatibility will cause an increase in the demand on the BRB resisting tension due to lateral forces, while the load in the BRB resisting compression wilJ be reduced.
Conversely, if the beam buckles and the mid1'oint moves downwards, lhe BRB in compression will experience a load increase while the BRB in tension will be relieved of some of its
original load. lo both cases the BRB that is relieved of load will rebound along the path of
its elastic stiffness.
If the strength and stiffness of the unloaded BR.B in e;icb of the 3forementioned cases meet
lhe requirements of AlSC Specificarion Appeodut 6. Section 6.2.2., then the beam can be
considered to be braced by the BRB at midspan. From AJSC Specification Equation A-6-3,
the requjred sircnglb of nodal bracing is:
ASD
I.RFD
Prb = O.OJP.,
Pri>=O.OIP,.
=0.01(198 kips)
=1.98 ki~
=0.01(139 kips)
6Pn
=0.90(38 ksi)(4.50 m.2 )
_ 38 ksi( 4.50 in. 2 )
= 154 kips> 1.98 kips
A.'dElllCAN INsmvre OP Sn.a CoNSTRvcn<>N
1.67
=102!Ops>1.39 kips
The elastic stiffne~s of the BRB adjusted by the ang.le of inclination. '"here KF = KocllWl
KC<'rw l .28 as gi\'en in Example
is:
5.5. I,
J3.,.., =(KF)(
i" )sin0
29,000 ksi(4.50 in.2)
=l.28
sin48.2
18.8 ft{l2 in./ft)
=552 kip/in.
'I
Nodal brncing requirements are met; tbcrcfurc, for the beam, KLi
=12.5 ft.
For flexural buckling about the y-y axis, lbc sfab braces the beam continuously, so KL,= 0 ft.
For constrained-axis flc.~ural-torsional buckling. the unbraced length is the distance between
bottom-flange braces, i.e., Kl-z = 6.25 0.
KLx
--=
rx
1.0(12.5 ft)(l2 in./ft)
6.68 in.
= 22.5
KL,
ASD
=~F>teno,.AA.
:::: 1.39 kips
If the braces act as a braced point, the required stiffness of nodal br.tcing, from AlSC
Specification Equation A-6-4 with L,, 12.5 ft, is:
=2.
8(139 kips)
001 (12.5 ft)(12 in./ft)
=14.8 kip/in.
(12.5 ft)(12 in./ft)
;; 14.1 kip/in.
To determine lhe unbraced length for flexural buckling about the x-x axjs, it is necessary to
verify whelher the BRB provide a brace.d point for the beam al midspan.
i.....ll
ASD
~br =i(8~)
I l 8(198 kips) 1
~i,M,.
5--1.
5.5 BUCKLING RESTRAINED BRACED fRA.1>,'IES
-;;=
1.0(0 ft)(l2 inJft)

1.59 in.
=O
5.5 BUCKLING-RESTRAINED BRACED f'RA!vfES
KL; = 1.0(6.25 f1){12 inJft)
r,
l.59 in.
F.
'
=47.2
=!7t !Cw+fy(d/
2)
2
(K:L)
From AlSC Manual Table l-1 and AISC Specification Table B4.l, I.he web is slender for
compression with Fy 50 Jcsi. Therefore, rhe reduction factor for slender stiffened elements.'
Qa, must be detennined. Fust, determine the governing limit state.
Determine the critic81 buckling strength for flexural buckling

about the x-x axis, assuming Q
1
j+GJ]I
6
n2{29 000 ksi)l2..270 in. +37.2
I,, +11 +(d/ 2) A1
(83)
2
in:'2 (16.3
in./2) ]
(
. 4)1
'
+ 11,200 ksi 1.52 tn.
0.o(6.25 ft)(12 in./ft)J
x[ 659 in.'+ 37.2 in.' +;16.3 in./2)1 (14. 1 in.')I
The elastic buckling stress is:
=154 ksi
(Spec. Eq. E3-4)
The value of F,, before locnl buckling effects are considered is detennined as foUows:
F1
- n 2 (29,000 ksi}
= 0.325
(22.5)2
=565 ksi
The value of Fer before local buck.ling effects are considered is detemuned as follows:
F1
F,
50 ksi
~ = 154 ksi
= 50 ksi
(Sp. Eq. E32'
565 ksi
= 0.0885
Because 0.0885 < 2.25, use AISC Specification Equation E3-2 to determine the critical
buckling stress.
(Spec. .Eq. E3-2)
.50 ksi
=[ 0.658S6$
kli
Because 0.325 < 2.25, use AISC Specification Equation E3-2 to determine the critical buckling stress.
.so ksi.
=[0.6581~
ksi
50 ks1
= 43.6 Ksi
Because Fe~ is.lower for cons~ed-ax\s fle.'tural-Lorsional buckling, this limit state govern-.;
over major ax1s flexural buckling.

To determine the reduction factor, Q. use.AJSC Specification Section E7.2;witb/=Fer an
the minimum Fer from the two preceding limit st.ates. The reduced effective width of tl
slender web is detennined as follows:
50 ksi
= 48.2 ks:i
Determine the critical buckling strength for constrained-axis
flexuraf-t9rslonal buckfing, assuming Q 1
For the. limit srotc of constrained-axis flexural-torsional buckling, lbe unbraced li:ngth is
6.25 ft and the top ~ge of the beam is considered continuously braced by the slab as
described in Pnrt 8 of lhis Mnnual.
b=h
=d-2ki1u
=16.3 in.-2(1.03 in.}
=14.2 in.
l;:
I.
"
BRACED FRAM[)$
~
S-4-JI
5.5 Bl!Cl<l ING RESTRAINED DIV\CED FRAMES
..
f =Fer
-= 43.6 ksi
b,
I.RFD
=i.92,/f[1-cm~Jsb
= 1. 92(0.380 in.) /29.000 ksi
43.6 ksi
14.4 in.
...
~~
''...
Because b, > b, use b,
(Spec. Eq. E7-17)
/i- 0.34
37.4
r.
345 kip-ft
Mrx -15. l kip-ft

--=
Ma 230 kip-ft
=0.196
29.000 ksi I
43.6 ksi
For negati\'e moments (bottom flange in compreso:ion) due to .;eismic effects:
Therefore, from AlSC SpectjicaJion Equation E3-I, the available compressive strength of a
W16x50 is:
LR.FD
Mn
47.0 kip-ft
Ma
338 kip-ft
Mn;
- = - ----'--
tle.~ure
Ma
values for interaction.
LRFD
ASD
ASD
,.,,
=577 kips
.:
~I
i..
0.362+. (0.196+0) = 0.536
0.343 +-(0.252+0);::: 0.567
Pn 43.6ksi(l4.7in.2 )
-=
0.:1.67
=384 kips
+cP,. = 0.90(43.6 ksi)( l..S.7 in 2)
36.5 kip-ft
225 kip-fl
=0.162
--=
=0.139
Use the positive
0.567<1.0
ASD
LRFD
= 14.2 in.
....'
87.0 kip-ft
:0.252
Since b, h, there is no need to calculate the reduction factor and Fer is the minimum
calculated for the two preceding limit states. Constrained-axis flexuraJ-ton;ional buckling
governs .
f.:
Mn:
Ma
-o::
ASD
0.536 < LO
o.k.
o.k.

Combined Loading
From AISC Manual Table 3-2, th&available shear strength of lhe W16x50 is:
LRFD
,.. l
t.
;:
(?
P,
ASO
198 Jcips
577 kips
=0.343
P, = 139 kips
Pc 384 kips
-=
Pc
.,J
:i..
~. V,.
8(M,, M,,)
P,
-+- - + - S 1.0
Pc 9 M 0
Mey
o.lc.
~ =124 kjps > 19.7 lcips
nv
o.k.
Use a W16x50 for Beam BM-1. Verify with the BRB manufacturer that the stiffness and
overstrcngth factors are still valid with the final bay geometry.
(Spec.
Eq. Hl-la)
Note that the maximum moment results from a load combination I.hat does not include seismic effects. This mornenl is not concurrent with axial force in the beam, because the ax.iaJ
force is from seismic effeclS. Therefore, the maximum moment need no1 be considered in
I.he combined loading check.
11
,.
=186 kips > 27 .0 kips
= 0.362
Because P,IP, ~ 0.2, the beam-column design is contr0lled by the equation:
!'
ASD
LRFD
Oetcnnine the moment ratio. For positive moments (lop flange in compression) due to sejsmic crrects:
Beam Bracing Requirements
From ATSC Seismic Provisions Section F4.4a(2), beams in V- wd invened V-braced frames
should be braced to satisfy the requirements for moderately ductile members in Section
Dl.2(a). AJSC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2a(3) requires thal beam bracing in moder31ely ductile members have a maximwn spacing o f:
lb= O. I 7r1 E/F1
=0. 17(1.59 in.)(29,000 ksi/50 ksi)

=157 in.
(Provisions Eq. D 1-~
5--442
BRACED FRAMES
5.6 NONBlJILDtNG STRUCTURES: A SPECIAL CASE
5.6 NONBUILDING STRUCTURES: A SPECIAL CASE
Lb= 157 in.(l ft/12 in.)
=13.1 ft
The bracing of the bottom flange at the quarter points of the beam (6.25 ft) satisfies th.is
requirement.
Beam bracing requirements are given in AlSC Specifica1ion Appendix 6. The required
strength of lateral nodal bracing is:
(Spec. Eq. A-6-7)
Typical building structures have both in-plane and out-of-plane support at lhe location <
bracing connections to columns. Jn nonbuilding structures, however, it is common to ha '
multistory planar braced frames with in-plane support but no out-of-phlne support at intermediate locations where braces connect to 1he column. The AISC Seismic Provisi01
classifies this configuration as K-bracing due to the lack of out-of-plane support. Altboug
K-bracing is not pennined for systems in the AISC Seismic Provisions, the steel ordinary
concentrically braced frame designed to satisfy the AlSC Specification (using R l 1h per
ASCE/SEI 7 Table 15.4-1) is pennitted.
where
h0 15.7 in.
Cd= 1.0
From Al SC Seismic Provisions Equation D1-1 , the required flexural strength to be used in
AISC Specificacion Appendix 6 equations is:
LRFD
M,
ASD
=R1F1 Z
=1.1(50 ksi)(92.0 in.3 )
=5,060 kip-in.
M,
=RyF_.Z/1.5
=1.1(50 k-si)(92.0 in.3 )tJ.5

=3.370 kip-in.
From AlSC Specification Equation A--0-7, the required brace strengch is:
LRFD
Pfb
ASD
=0.02M,C4 I h
=0.02(5,060 kip-in.)( 1.0)/15.7 in.
P,b = 0.02M,Cdlho
..
= 0.02(3,370 lcip-io.)(I .0)/15.7 in.

= 4.29 kips
= 6.45 kips
'
..~
From AJSC Sp.ecification Equation A-6-8, the required brace stiffness is:
LRFD
p = .!.( lOM,Cd)
br ~
4 h,,.
_ 1 [ . 10(5,060 k:ip-in.)(1.0)
- o.75 (6.25 ft.Xt2 ioJft)(l5.7 in.)
=57.3 kip/in.
,.
ASD
J3 =(IOM,Cd)
br
4ho
=2.00[
10(3,370 lcip-in.)(1.0)
(6.25 ftX12 in./ft)(l5.7 in.)
..
t.
'"
1
::: 57 .2 kip/in.
i~~
Provide top and bottom flange beam bracing with these minimum strengths and stiffnesses
at quaner points of the beam.
Ii:
...
Al.WUCAN lNS1IIVIE OF S'tliEL CO.NS11\UCTION
....... !J
l l
f
'
Thornton, WA. (1996), "The Effect of Eccentricity on Brace-to-Gusset Angle~ ...

Engineering Jo11mal, AISC. Vol 33. No. 4, 4th Quarter, pp. 123-128.
PART 5 REFERENCES
Ashaneh-Asl, A. (1998), "Seism.ic Behavior 31ld De.sign of Gusset Plates for Braced
Frames;' Steel 1ips, Strucrural Steel Education Council, Moraga, CA.
AJSC (2011). Design Examples, VJ 4.0, American Institute of Steel Construction, Chicago:
IL,
~v.aisc.org.
Dowswell, B. (2006), ''Effective Length Factors for Gusse1 Plate Buckling," Engineering
Journal, AlSC, Vol. 43, No. 2, 2nd Quarter, pp. 91-101.
Dowswell, B. (2012), "Effective Length
"
Frames.~
Facto~
for
Gu~set
Plates in Che\'t'on BrawJ
Engineering Journal, AlSC, Vol 49, No. 3, 3rd Quarter, pp. 115-117.
El-Tayem, A. and Goel, S. (1986), Effective Length Factor for the Design of X-bracing
Systems,~ E11gi11eering Journal. AISC, Vol. 23, No. l. lst Quarter, pp. 41-45.
l
l~
..
PART S RFFERF.NCf,5
BRACED Flv\MF.S
...
Thornton, W.A. (1997), "Strength and Ductility Requirements for Simple She:ir
Connections With Shear and Axial Load:' NarioM.l Steel Construction Co11fcrenrt
Proceedings, AISC, Chicago, IL

Thomlon, W.A. and Muir, L.S. (2009), "Design of Vertical Bracing Connc<:tions for High
Seismic Drift," National Sreel Construction Conference Proceedings, AlSC, Chicago, U...
Thornton, W.A. 3.Dd Fortney, P. (2012), "Satisfying Inelastic Rolation RequirementS for InPlane Critical Axis Brace Buckling for High-Seismic Design," Engineering Journal,
AISC, Vol. 49, No. 3, 3rd Quarter, pp. 99-108.
Thornton, W.A. and Lini, C. (2011), "How to Use I.he Wh.itrnore }.lelhod for Tension and
Compression Strength Checks," .'>fodem Steel Cons1ructio11, July.
Engelhardi. MD. and Popov, E.P. (1989), Behavior of Long Links in Eccentrically Braced
Frames," UCBIEERC - 89!01, Earthquake Engineering Research Center, University of
California, Berkeley. CA .
Gross, J.L (1990), "E.xperiment3l Study of Gus~e1ed Connections," Engineering Jounu1l,
AJSC, Vol. 27, No. 3, 3rd Quarter, pp. 89-97.
Hewiu. C.~l. and Thornton, W.A. (2004), "Rationale Behind and Proper Applicalion of lhc
DuctiHly Factor for Bracing Connections Subjected lO She:1r :ind Transver:oe Lo:iJing,"
Engineering Journal, AlSC, Vol. 41. No. I, Isl Quarter, pp. 3-6.
Kotulka, B.A. (2007), "Analysis for a Design Guide on Gusset Plates Used in Special
Concen1rically Braced Frames," M.S. Thesis, Department of Civil Engineering,
University of Washington, SC<lule, WA.
Lehman, D..E, Roeder, C.W., Hennan, D., Johnson S. and Kotulka, B. (2008), "Jmproved
Seismic Performance of Gusset Plate Connections," Jounwl of Scmctural Engineering,
Vol. 134, No. 6, pp. 890-901.
~
Nair, S. (1997), "Practical Application of.Energy Methods 10 Structural Stability Problems."

Engineering Journal, AlSC, Vol. 34. No. 4. 4lh Quarter, pp. 126-134.
Picard, A. and Beaulieu, 0. ( I 987), "Design of Diagonal Cross Bracings Part I: Theorelicsl
Study." Engineering Journal, AlSC, Vol. 24, No. 3, 3rd Quarter, pp. 122-126.
Richard, RM. (1986), "Analysis of Large Bracing Connection Designs for Heavy
ConStruction. National Steel Con.rrruction Conference P1oceedings, AISC, pp. 31.13 1.24, Chicago, IL.
,,
I.
Roeder, C. W., Lumpkin, EJ. and Lehman, D.E. (2011 ), "A Balanced Design Procedure for
Special Concentrically Braced Frame Connections," Jo11mal of Omstructional Steel.
Research, VoL 67, pp. 1,760-1,772.
SEAOC (2006), fBC S1ructural/Seim1ic Design Manual, Structurnl Engineers Association

of California. S:icramento, CA
Thornton, WA. (199 1), "On lhe Analysis and Design of Brocing Coooections," Na1iorn1/
Steel Construction Conference Procudings, AJSC, pp. 26.1-26.33, Chicago, IL
'I
-,_
'
... ...
-~-
PART6
I ' ~
COMP.OSITE .MOMENT. FRAMES
,.
!
'
. . .i ... -..
: n
I'
6.1 SCOPE .............. . ........ : ................. . .......... : : ..... 6-2
6.2 COMPOSITE ORDINARY MOMENT FRAMES (C-OMF) . 6Overview of Applicabl: ~esign Provisions ....... : ..... . ....... . ..... ... . 66.3 COMPOSITE INTERMEDIATE MOMENT FRAMES (C-IMF) ............. 6-
.:
' ':.
,..
Overview of Applicable Design ~~visions ..... ..... . .. . . .. _. . . : ... ..... .. 66.4 COMPOSITE SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES (C-SMF) ... ...... .. .. . .. .. ... 6-
6.5 ::;:::::~~s:;;:~~~;~~ : ;: 6 I
{C-PIUvIF) ........-.-.. , ....... " . .... . ........................ -' ..... 6-11
Overvi.e{v of Applicable Desi~l>rovisions , . :: -~:. :: ..... .. .... : . : ....... 6-P j
6.6 CONNECTION DESIGN '.. . d
~
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "' . . . . , .. . . . . . . . . . . . .
..
6-.
Reinforced Concrete Column-to-Steel Beam Connections ......... , .... . .. . 6-1 Round Filled Composiie Colum.1Ho~Steel Beam Connections . . .. . . . ........ 6-
Rectangular FiUed Comp;site.Column-to-Steel Be_am Connections ......... : 6-'.
PART 6 REFERENCES .-.......... ,,, ... . . .. . .. . ... " ... . .... .... : .. . ..... 6-::.
l;
.. :: { .
I
, J.
;;.
...
l.
.1
.,.
"I ,.
AMERICAN lN$mVrE Of STE!?L CoNSTRUCTION
COMPOSrrE MOMENT FRAMES
6.1 SCOPE
f.
.::
..
The following 1ypes of composite moment fulmes are addressed in this Part: compo:<.lle
ordinary moment frames, composite imennediate momenr frames, composite special
moment frames, and composite partially restrained moment frameq, The AISC Sti.smic
Provision-1 and other design considerations summarized in lhi~ Part apply to lhe design of
the members and conntions in composite moment frames that require seismic detailing.
AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections Al and B2 state that systems with reinforced concrete
elementS that must be designed according to ACI 318 should be designed only by lhe load
and resistan~ factor design (LRFD) method because AO 318 does not addre~s allowable
strength design (ASD) .
FRAMES (C-OMF)
.,
..
~
,.
Item
Note In Over.iew
Referenced Standards'
Se/$mic Prov.
Materials
Sects.~. I ,
A3.4 &A3.5
Struc;tsrat d8sigll drawings and speciflcations
Seismic Prov. Sects. M 1,
Loads 2lld toed comblations
StiSmie Prov. Sect 82
Required s1reng'Jl for structural memoors and connections
Seismic Prov. Seel 83.l
S1ructlnl anal'jSls
Seismic Prov. Ch. C
(a)
Elastic strlfneu or concrete/composite membefs
Commentary to Seismic
Prov. Ch. C
ColutM membeB
AC! 318 (excl Cll. 21)
Beam memOOl's
ASCfJSEI 7 permits lhe use of C-OMF systems in Seismic Design Categories A and B
only, as is the case for ordinary reinforced concrete moment frames. The u~e of C-OMF systems is limited because they can potentially invoh e the use of reinforced concrete columns
or beams that are not designed or derailed to meet the seismic requfrementS of ACJ 318
Chapter 21.
Beam-toCCllumn coonectloos
Seismic Prov. Seel 02
Column sprees
Seismic Prov. Seel 02.5
10
Column ba$eS
Seismic Prov. Sect. 02.6
11
Steel ~ stlJd anchofs oc ,;,-elded relnforciog

bar anchors
Seismic Prov. Sect. 02 .S
12
Com~te slab diaphragms
Seismic Prov. Sect. 01 .5
Because C-OMF systems are limited ro Seismic Design C:uegories A and B, they are
expected 10 withstand minimal inelastic drift through inelastic behavior of the composite
beams, columns and panel zones. As a result, there are no requirements for: (i) ~tructural
analysis; (ii) sysrcm configuration; and (iii) designing steel or compos11e members other
tl1an those given in the AISC Specification and the applicable building code. There are no
additional requirements for designing reinforced concrete members besides those provided
in ACI 318, excluding Chapter 21.
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions

An O\'erview of the applicable provisions of the AISC Seismic Provisions for the design
of C-OMP systems follows and is presented in a simplified fonnal i n Table 6-1. All
requiremenrs of the AlSC Specifi.ca1ion apply, unless stated otherwise in the AISC Seismic
No1e I. The structural sreel material used for C-OMF systems is limited by the requirements of AISC Seismic Prol'isions Section A3.l wllh the cxccprfon that 1he
specified minimum yield stress of rhe steel for members in which inelastic
behavior is expected is not to exceed 55 ksi. Thfa specified minimum yield srress
can be exceeded when the suitability of the material is derennined by resting or
01her rational cri1eria. The concre1e and srecl rcinforccmenr is selec1ed to satisfy
the requirements of AJSC Seismic ProvisioM Section A3.5. The weld filler metal
'
Simplified Overview of Provisions

for C-OMF Systems
Compoime ordinary moment frame (C-OMF) systems consist of: (i) composite or reinforced
concrete columns; (ii) structural steel. concrete-encased composite, or composite beams;
and (iii) fully restrained connections. C-OMF systems a.re designed and detailed according
10 AISC Seismic Provisions Section GI. They MC expected 10 provide minimal inelastic
deformation capaci1y in !heir members and connections.
ProYision.v.
..:-
Table 6-1
A42 &M.3
6.2. COMPOSITE ORDINARY MOMENT
6.2 COMPOSITE ORDINARY MOMENT lRAMES (C OMF,I
'The 11fereoce1 ~ llsted ift .. ~to Ille~~

\
used 10 the members and connections of seismic force resisting syi.tems is

selected to meet the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4a. For
C-OMF systems. rhcre are no welds desigruued as demand critical welds.
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-OMF syslems arc ro m~t
lhe requirements of AlSC Seismic Pro1iSio11s Sections A4. l, A4.2 and A4.3.
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by the applicable building code arc to be
followed 3S indicared in AISC Seismic ProYisions Section B2. C-OMF systems
including reinforced concrete components are to be designed using load nnd resii:tance fac;ror design (LRFD) because allowable strength design (ASD) is not
addressed in ACI 318.
Note 4. The required strength for s tructural members and connections is de1crmineJ
according to AISC Seismic ProYision.s Section B3. I .
Note S. Strucrurnl analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be perfonncJ
accordance with the requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C.
;~
COMPOSl'TE MOMENT FRAMES'.~ 1~
6.3 COMPOSITE INTERMEDIATE MOMENT fRAMBS (C-lMF)
,~: ;~ I
h~.
(a) Fo.r elastic analysis, the stiffness of composite members includes the effects o{ :;l;
cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating the stiffness of concrete ~~{
be:im 3J!d coltJmn members, conerete-encased and concrete-filled membeclJ :.p~
and steel.be~~ ';i~ _com(l9.~ite,slabs are provided in the Commentary to tli~ r_~
AJSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and composite rnembet
properties reflect the effective stiffness at the onset of significant yielding
the members.
Note 8. The beam-to-column connections are designed in accordance with the AISC
Specification and AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.
Note l. The structural steel material used for C-IMF. systems is limited by the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.1 with the exception that tl
specified minimum yield stress of tbe steel for .members in. which inelastic beha
ior is expected is not to exceed 50 ksi. This specified minimum yield stress can
be exceeded when the s'"uitability of the material is detennined by testing or other
rational criteria. Expected material strength is discussed in _AISC Seism
Provisions Section A3.2 and values of R1 and R1 required to calculate the expect
yield and tensile strength of steel are provided in AISC Seismic Provisions Table
A3.1. The concrete and steel reinforcement is selected to satisfy the requiremer
of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5. The weld filler metal used in the me1
bers and connections of seismic force resisting systems is selected to meet t111..
requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4a. For C-IMF systt!ms,
there are no welds designated as demand critical welds. .
Note 9. Column splices are de$igned in accordance with the AISC Specification and AISC
Seismic Provisions Section 02.5.
,
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-IMF systems are to me ~
the requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections !-4.l, A4.2 and A4.3.
Note 10. Column bases are designed in acpordan<;e with the AISC Specification and AlSC
Seismic Provisions Section D2.6.
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by the applicable building code are
be followed as' indicated in AISC Seismic Provision; Section B2. C-IMF s~
tems includJng reinforced concrete ~~IT1ponents are t~ be designed using loa
and r~sistance fa~tor deslgn (LRFD) because allowable strength design (ASfl 1
is not addressed m ACI 318.
.
.
.
J
Note 4. The general provisions for the required strength for strUctural members and co
nections is determined according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section B3.1. T
required strength of columns is detennined according to AlSC Seismic Provisit
Section Dl.4a. .
..,
Structural
analysis
for
the
appropriate
load
combinations
is
to
be
performed
;
Note5.
accordance with the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C.
Note 6. Columns of C-OMF systems are designed in accordance with AJSC Specification
Chapter I or ACI 318 (excluding Chapter 21).
Nore 7. Bemns of COMF systems are designed in accordance with I.be AJSC Specification.
Note 11. Steel headed stud anchors and welded reinforcing bar anchors are designed id
accordance with the AJSC Specifica'ticm and AJSC Seismic Provisions Section
02.8.
Note 12. Composite slab diaphragms are to satisfy the requirements of A1SC Seismic
Provisions Section Dl.5.
6.3 COMPOSITE INTERMEDIATE MOMENT

FRAMES (C~l"'JF)
Composite intermediate moment frame (C-IMF) systems consist of: (i) composite or reinforced concrete columns; (ii) Structural steel, concrete-encased or composite beams; and {iii)
fully restrained connections. C-IMF systems are designed and detailed according to AISC
Seismic Provisions Section G2. ASCFJSEI 7 limits the use of C-Th1F systems to Seismic
Design Categories A, B and C. The provisions for C-IMF systems as well as the associated
R and Cd values in ASCE/SEI 7
comparable to those required for reinforced concrete
IMF systems.
C-IMF systems are expected to proviae limited inelastic deformation capacity through
flexural yielding of the C-IMP beams and columns and shear yielding of the column panel
zones. The inelastic drift capability of C-IMF systems is permitted to be obtained from
inelastic defonnations of beams, columns and panel zones. The C-IMF system connection
is based on a tested design with a qualifying story drift.angle of 0.02 rad.
are

An overview of the applicable provisions of the AISC Seismic Provisions for the design
of C-IMF systems follows and is presented in a simplified format in Table 6-2. All requirements of the AISC Specification apply, unl~ss stated otherwise in the AISC Seismic
Provisions.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composite members mcludes the effecL<
cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating the stiffness of concn..
beam and column memqers.,_ concrete-~nc~d an~ concrete-filled memb~~ I
and steel beams with composite slabs are provided m the Commentary to A
Seismic Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and composite member pror
ties reflect the effective stiffness at the onset of sificant yielding in t'
I
I
members.
.
.
As
stipulated
in
AISC
Seismic
Provisions
Section
G2.5a,
steel
and
compo
Note 6.
columns of C-Ilvf.F systems arc required to meet the moderately ductile memb
requirementS of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section DLl.
(a) Encased composite c9lumns must s~tisfy the. requireme~ts of AISC Seis
Provisions Section Dl.4b(l). The width-to-thickness r;attos of steel comp1 ..
sion elements must not exceed the limiting width-to-thickness ratios, '4.J, fror
. AJSC Seismic Provisions Table D 1.1.
.
.
(b) Filled composite columns must satisfy the requirements of AlSC; Se1~ J ,
Provisions Section D l.4c. The width-to-thickness ratios of steel compress'
elements must not exceed the limiting width-to-thicknessratios, A.,,.d. f 1
AlSC Seismic Provisions Table D 1.1.
(c) Concrete columns roust satisfy the requirements of AC! 31s S~tio~ 21.3.
~ INsmvre of STEL CONSTRUCTION
COMPOSITE MOMENT FRAMES
6.-4 COMl'OSITB SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES <C-SMF)
6 7
I'
~ ~
Note 7
Table 6-2
}:

for C-IMF Systems
..
Note In Overview
Item
(a) The \\ idth-to-lhickncss ratios of steel compression clements arc not to e:i:cc.::d
the limJling width-to-thickness ratios, A,,,i1, from AISC Seismic Provisions
Table 01.1.
Referenced Standard$j
(b) The lateral bracing for beams is to be designed according to the requirements
llf AISC Seismic Provisions Secuon DI .2a.
Seismic Prov. Sects. A3.1,

A3.2', A3.4 &A3.S
Steel and concrete materials
Structural design drawings and specificalJOn
(c) Special bracing at plastic binge IOC3tions required by AISC Seismic Provisions
Section G2..ta mu~t meet the requiremenlS of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
Seismic Prov. Sects. M. l ,

A4.2&A43
Dl.2c.
Seismic ,"tov. Sect 82
loads and load combinaw-.s
Required 6trenglh fOI' stnWal members and

comec'.ielns
SelSITlic Prov. Sects. 83.1

&01.43
Structutal analysis
Seismic Prov. Ch C
(a)
E~ $1Tffness of concrete/comPoSite
Note 8. Beam-to-<:olumn connections are to be Jesigncd according to AJSC Seismic

Pro1isio11s Sections D2 :md G2.6.
(a) The perfonnance requirements for beam-to-column co1ulections are gi\cn in
AlSC Seismic Prcrdsions Section G2.6b.
Commeo!aly to Sel$/TllC
members
(b) The methodology for coofonn:ince dcmonsLCation is given in AISC' Seismic
Prov. Ch. C
Moderate!'/ ductile column members
(a)
Encatcd COmPoSrte columns
Provisions Se-ction G2.6c.
Seismic Prov. Sects. O1.1

& G2.5a
(b)
'
~
>
l:
(c) The required shear strength for cllnncctioos is based on AlSC Seismic
Pro\ isrons Section G2.6d.
Se1Smic Prov. Sect.

01.4b(1) & Table 011
,, Filled composite columns
in A1SC Seismic Prol'i..~i,ms SC(;tion G2.5a, ste~J and compo~Jte

I.MF systems are required to meet lhe mt'dcrately Juctile memb.:r
reqwremcnts of AJSC Seismic Pro1 ision.r SecCJon D 1.1.
As stipulated
beam.~ of C
Note 9. Connection diaphragm plates and continuit) plates are designed according to the
requirements of AISC Seismic Prol-tsions Section G2.6e.
Se1Smic Prov. Sect. 01.4c

&Table 01 I
the requirements of AJSC Seismic
ACI 318 Seel 21 3
Note 10. Column i>phccs .lte designed according

Provisions Sections 02.5 and G2.6f.
Seismic Pr<J'I. Sects

01.1 & G2.5a
Note 11. Column bases are to satisfy lhe requirements of AISC Stismic Provisions Section
02.6.
Lifllltiog width-to-thiclule$S ratios
Seismic Prov. Table 01.1
Lateral bracing ot moderately ductile beam members
SeiSmic Prov. ~L 01 2a
Note 12. Steel headed stuJ anchors or welded reinforcing bar anchors are designed to meet
lhe requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section 02.8.
(c)
l.a1eral bracing at plastie hinge locationS
Seismic Prov. Secis. 01 2c

&G2.4a
Note 13. Composite slab diaphragms ore to S.ltisfy the requirements of AlSC Seismic
Provisions Section 01.S.
Beamlo-column connections
{c)
Reinlorced concrete COiumns
Moderately ducille beam members
(a)
(b)
10
5eismic Prov. Sects. 02

&G2.6
~
I
'..
:,
.....
6.4 COMPOSITE SPECIAL MOMENT FRAMES (C-SMF)
Seismic Prov. Seel G2.6b
(a)
Beam-to-column conneciioo perlormance requirements
(b)
Beam-llKolumn conformance dtmoostrallon
Seismic Prov. Sect G2.Sc:
(C)
Beam-to-<:Olumn requlftd shear strength
Seismic Prov. Sect G2.6d
Connection diaphragm plates and continuity plates
Seismic Prov. Sect G2.6e
10
Cdumn gpices
Seismic PrCJIK Sects. 02. 5

& 62.61
11
CollJIM bases
12
Steet'headed ~tud anc.hOfs or welded reinforcing
Seismic Prov. Sect 02.8
;-
bar anchof
13
Compo$4te 5lab diaphragms
"The rNtnced ~ lll:led 1111 In lldd~.JOn IO !ht NS/:. ~
'
j
t
Composite special moment frame (C-SMF) systerru consL~t of: {i) composite or reinforced
concrete columns; (ii) structural steel~ concrete-encased composite, or composite beams;
and (iii) fully restrained connections. C-SMF systems arc designed and detailed according
to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section G3. ASCFJSEl 7 pennilS C-SMF systems in any seismic design ~ategory but they are primarily intended for use in Seismic Design Categories D,
E and F. Design and det:liling provisions for C-SMF systems are compMable to those
required for steel and reinforced concrete SMF systems.
C-SMF systems are generally expected to experience significant inelastic dcfonnaifons
during a large seisrruc event It is expected thllt most of lhe inelastic deformation will take
pl:ice as rotation in beam "hinges" with limited inelastic defom1ntion in the panel zone o f
the column. The bc:im 1o-column connections for these systems arc required 10 be qu3.IJfied based on tests that demonstrate that the connection can sustain a story drift angle of at
AMDUCAN INS'TlTIJTE Of' Stm. CONS'Til.IJCTIOl>I
6-8
6.4 COMPOSfrE SPECIAL MOl\11.ENT FR.AMES (CSMF)
COMPOSITE MOr. tENT FRAMES
least 0.04 rad based on the loading protocol specified jn AISC Seismic Provisions Chaplet
'
K. The connection configuration and design procedures are based on the results of these
Table 6-3
l.

for C-SMF Systems
qualifying 1ests.
Other provisions are intended to limit or prevent excessive panel wne disiortion, failure
of connectivity plates or diaphragms, column hinging, and local buckling tha1 may lead to
inadequate system performance in spite of good connection performance.
Note In Overview
Referenced Standards'
Item
Overview of Applicable DE;?sign Provisions
Materials
Seismic Prov. Sects. f.J.1,

A3.2, f.J.4 & A3.5
An overview of the AISC Seismic Provisions for the design of C-SMF systems follows and
is presented in a simplified format in Table 6-3. All requirements of the AISC Specijica1ion
apply._ unless stated otherwise in 1be AISC Seismic Provisions.
Slnlctural design drawings and specificatlon
Seismie Prov. Sects. A4 .1,

A4.2 &A4.3
Loads and load Clllllbinations
Seismic Prov. Sect. 82
Required strength tor structural members

and connections
Seismic Prov. Sects. 83.1

& D1.4a
Structural analysis
(a)
Bastic stiffness.of CQOCrete/composlte members
Nore 1. The stnictural steel material used for the C-SMF systems is limited by 1he
requirements of AISC Specification Section A3. I and AJSC Seismic Pro1isio11s
Section A3. l with the exception that the specified minimum yield stress of the
steel for members in which inelastic behavior is expec1ed is not to exceed 50 ksi,
as stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3. l. This specified minimum
yield stress can be exceeded when lhe suitability of the material is determined by
testing or other rational criteria. For columns in C-SMF systems, the specified
minimum yield stress is not to exceed 65 ksi. Expected material strength is discussed in AlSC Seismic Provisions Se~tion A3.2 and values of Ry and R, required
to calculate the expected yield and tensile strength qf steel are provided in AISC
Seismic Prov. Ch. C

,
Highly cluctlle column members
Seismic Prov. Sects. 01 .1

& G3.5a
(a)
Encased composite columns
Seismic Prov. Sect.

01 .4b(2) & Table 01.1
(b}
Filled composite columns
(c}
Reinforced concrete columns
AC! 318 Seel. 21.6
Highly ductile beam members
Seisn1ic Prov. Sects. 01 .1

&G3.5a
(a}
Widthl<Hhickness ratios of highly ductile members.
Seismic Prov. Table 01.1
(b)
Lateral bracing of highly ductile beam members
Seismic Prov. Sect. 01 .2b
(c)
Lateral bracing at plastic hinge localions
. 7
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-SMF systems are to meet
of AISC Seismic Provisions Sections A4.l, A4.2 and A4.3.
.the requirements
,
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by the applicable building code are to be
followed as indicated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section B2. C-SMF systems
including reinforced concrete components roust be designed using load and resistance factor design (LRFD) because allowable strength design (ASD) is tJOt
addressed inACI 318.
~
Note 4. The required strenglh for structural members aod connections is deteml.ined
according to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section B3.I. The required strength of
columns is d~tennined according to AISC Seismic Provision~ Section DJ .4a.
Seismic Prov. Sects. 01 .2c
Seismic Prov. Seel G3.4a

Ssmic Prov. Sect GJ.6
Beam-to-column connections
(a)
Demand critical welds
Seismic Prov. Seel G3.6a
(b)
Beamto-column connection perfonnance requirements
Seismic Prov. Sect. G3.6b
(c)
Beam-to-column confonnance demonstralion
Seismic Prov. Sect. G3.6c
(cl)
Beam-to-column required shear strength
Seismic Prov. Sect G3.6d
10
Connection diaphragm plates and conUnuity plates
SeiSmlc Prov. Sect G3.6e
11
Column Splicas
Sei$mlc Prov. Sects. 02.s

&G3.6f
Column bases
13
Steel headed stud an<:hors or welded reinforcing

bar ancllO<
14
Composite $lab diaphragms
Seismic Prov. Sect 01 .5
AMElUC:AN WSTTTVrS OF STEEL CO!OSTRUCTION
&G3.4b
Prol)ortionilg of columns and beams at joints
The referenced sbndards Isled ... In adclUon IO lllt AISC Spoa1fcll/ion.
Seismic Prov. Sect. 01.4c

&Table 01.1
12
Note 5. Structural analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be performed in

accordance with the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C.
Prov. Ch. c
Seismic Provisions Table A3.l. This specified minimum yield stress can be
exceeded when the suitability of the material is determined by testing or other
rational criteria. The concrete and steel reinforcement is selected to meet lhe
requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5. The weld filler metal
used in the members and connections of seismic force resisting systems is
selected to meet the requirements of AISC SeiSmic Provisions Section A3.4a.
Filler metals used in welds designated ss demand critical welds in AISC Seismic
Provisions Section G3.6a are ex~~ted to meet the requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section A3.4b.
1.
6-10
COMPOSITE MOMENT FRAMES.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composite members includes the effects of
cracked sections. AdditionaJ gwdeljnes for estimating the stiffness of concrete
beam and column members, concrete-encased and concrete-filled members,
and steel beams with composite slabs are provi<!,ed in the Commentary to AISC
Seismic Provisions Chapter C. The~e concrete and composite member properties reflect the effective stiffness at the onset of significant yielding in the
members.
Note 6. As stipula,ted in AISC Seismic Provisions Section G3.5a, composite columns of
C-SMF ~ystems are required to meet the highly ductile member requirements of
AISC Seismic Provisions Section D l .1.
::.
(~) Encased composite columns must satisfy the requirements of AJSC Seismic
Provisions Section DJ.4b(2). The width-to-thickness ratios of steel compres~
sion elements must not exCU<i the limiting width-to-thickness ratios, 4.-J, from
AISC Seismic Prciisions Table DI. 1.
(b) Filled composite columns must satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section Dl.4<:. The width-to-thickness ratios of steel compression
elements must not exceed the limiting width-to-thickness ratios, AJid, from
AISC .Seismic Provisions Table D 1. l.
_ _____, "L..,
1_,
'. :.
,_(c) Concrei~ columns must satisfy the requirements of AC! 318 Section 21,6.
Ill
Note 7., ~stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section G3.5a, beams of C-SMF systems
;'lfe required to meet the highly ductile member requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section D 1.1.
(a) Th_e width-to-thickness ratios of steel compression elements must not exceed
the limiting width-to-thickness ratios, AJuJ, from AISC Seismic Provisions
Table Dl.l.
: (b) Tile' lateral bracing for beams is designed according to the

AlSC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2b.
r~l!iremeots of
(c) Special bracing at plastic hinge locations required by AISC Seismic Provisions
Section G3.4b must meet the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
DJ..2c.
Note 8~ Colums and beams of C-SMF systems are proportioned to meet the strong-column weak-beam requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section G3.4a.
Note 9. Beam-t~oJurnn connections are designed according to AISC Seismic Provisions
Section G3.6.
'
(a) Welds designated as demand critical are stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions
Section G3.~a.
(b) The perfonnance requirements for beam-to-column connections are given in

AlSC Seismic Provisions Section G3.6b.
..
;-:.
(c) The methodology fur conformance demonstration is based on AISC Seismic

Provisio11s'Seclion G3.6c.
(d) The required shear strength for connections is based on AISC Seismic
Provisio11s Section G3.6d.
6.5 COMPOSITE PARTIALLY RESTRA.tNED MOMENT FRAMES (C-PRMF)
'
Note 10. Connection diaphragm plates and continuity plates are designed according
requirements of AISC Seismic Pr0\isio11s Section G3.6e.
Note 11. Column splices are designed according
Provisions Sections 02.5 and G3.6f.
10
6-11
10
the
the requirements of AlSC Seismic
Note 12. ColW1Ul bases are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
D2.6.
Note 13. Steel headed stud anchors or welded reinforcing bar anchors are de,signed to meet
.
the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section 02.8.
'
Note 14. Composite slab diaphragms are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic
Prorisions Section Dl.5.
6.5 COMPOSITE PARTIALLY RESTRAINED

MOMENT FRAMES (C-PRMF)
Composite partially restrained moment frame (C-PRMF) syscems consist of structural steel
columns and composite beams that are connected with partially rcsrrained moment connections. C-PRMF systems are designed and detailed accordfog to AJSC Seismic Provisions
Section 04.
C-PRMF systems resist lateral forces and displacements through the flexural and shear
strengths of the beams and columnssimil!U' to other moment frame systems. The primary
difference between C-PRMF systems and the other moment frame systems is that the beam-
to-column connections in C-PRMF are .not designed for the full flexural strenglh of the
beam. Consequently, hinging is. forced to occ.u r in lhe partially restrained composite connections (PRCC) rather than the beam ends and column panel zone. The beams and columns
in a properly designed C-PRMF will typically remain elastic with low ductility demands
with the exception of expected hinging at the base of the columns.
.. The design of a C.PRMF is different.from the .design of a more traditional steel moment
frame in three important ways. First,. PR;CC are not designed to be stronger than the beam it
is connecting. Consequently, the lateral ~~ystem typically will hinge. within the connections
and not within the associated' beams or columns. Second, because the connections are neither pinned nor fixed, their stiffness must be accounted for in the frame analysis. Third,
because the connections are weaker than folly restrained moi;ient corwecrions, the lateral
force resisting system requires more frames with more connections, resulting _in a highly
redundant system.
Tue work that fonns the basi_s of many of the recommendations for the C-PRMF has been
summarized in Partially Restrained Composite Connections, Design Guide 8 (Leon et aJ.,
1996) and ASCE (1998). The type of CPRMF system envisioned under the current AISC
Seismic Provisions is one using bare steel W-shape columns and'composite steel beam framing. Most research addressing C.PRMF systems bas investigated systems with a reinforced
composite slab, a double-angle bolted web connection, and a bolted sear angle.
With the magnirudc of the seismic response modification coefficient., R, between those
of the f.}..lF and SMP systems, the C-PRMF system is expected to experience significau
inelastic behavior during a seismic event and the PRCC must be capable of providing St3bk
moment-rotation behavior up 10 o'. 02. rad. The PRCC must also e..'\bibit moment Streng.:.
6-12
of at least 50% of the nominal flexural sirength of lhe steel beam at a connection rotation of
0.02 rad. The AJSC Stismic Provisions do not provide an upper bound on lhe characteri~tic
connection moment strength; however, 100% of the nominal plastic flaxural strength of the
bare steel beam is recommended.
The design concept of "strong column-weak beam" is not specifically required by th~
AJSC Stismic Provisions for C-PRMF systems; however, it is recommended for C-l?R.f\.1F
systems in Seismic Provisions Commentary Section G4.4. Similar to the special moment
frame, this provision is not intended 10 eliminate aJl yielding in the columns. Rather, it is
intended to result in framing systems that have disuibu1ed inelasticity in large seismic events
and diS<:ourage story mechanisms.
I

An overview of lhe AISC Seismic Provisions requirements for the design of C-PRMF sysrems follows and is presented graphically in Figure 6-1 and in a simplified format in Table
6-4. All requirements of the AISC Specification apply, unless stated otherwise in the AISC
Seismic Provi.sio11s.
Note l. The structural steel material used for the C.PRMF systems is limited by the
requirements of AISC Specification Section A3.l and AJSC Seismic Provisions
Section A3.l with the exception that the specified minimum yield stress of the
steel for members in which inelastic behavior is expected is not to exceed 50 ksi,
as stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.l. This spe~ified minimum
yield stress can be exceeded when the suitability of the material is determined by
testing or other rational criteria. Expected material strength is discussed in AISC
Seismic Provisions Section A3.2 and values of R., and R, required to calculate I.he
expected yield and tensile strength of steel are provided in AlSC Seismic
Provision.s Table A3.l. The concrete and steel reinforcement is selected to meet the
requirements of ATSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5. The weld filler metal used
in the members and connections of seismic force resisting systems is selected 10
meet the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4a. Welds designated as demand critical welds in AISC Seismic Provisions Section G4.6a are
expected to meet the requrrements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4b.
6.5 COMPOSITE PARTIALLY RESTRAINED MOMENT FRAMES (C-PRJ..IF)
Provisions Chapter C. These composite member properties reflect the effecfr

stiffness at the onset of significant yielding in I.he members.
Note 6. As stipulated in AISC Seismic l'rovision.s Section G4.5a, colwnns of C-PRMF sy
terns are required to meet the highly ductile member requirements of AISC Seisr11
ProvisiQns Section D l.J.
Note 7. As stipulated in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section G4.5b, beams of C-PRMF sy
terns are required to meet the highly ductile member requfremen1s of AISC Sei:sm ..
Provisions Section D1.1.
I:
(a) The width-to-thickness ratios of steel compression elements must not exce1 I::
the limiting width-to-thickness ratios, 'Nut. from AISC Seismic Provisions Tab :
Dl.l.
(b) The lateral bracing for beams is designed according to the requirements
AlSC Seismic Provisions Section Dl.2b.
(c) A solid slab is to be provided as stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Sectk
~fu
Note 8. Beam-to-column connections are designed according to AlSC Seismic Provisic

Sect.ions D2 and G4.6. Specifically, steel reinforcement must be designed to sa,
isfy tbe requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.7(5).
l:
02.6.
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as defined by lbe applicable building code are to be
followed as indicated in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section B2.
Note 4. The required strength for structural members and connections is detennined
according lo AJSC Seismic, Provisions Section B3.l. The required strength of
columns is determined according to AJSC Seismic Provisions Section DJ .4a.
Note5. StructuraJ analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be performed in
accordance with the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C :ind
Section G4.3.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composile members includes rhe effects of
cracked sections. Additional guMelines for estimating the stiffness of :.1ecl
beams with composite slabs are provided in the commentruy to AISC Seismic
Note9. Column splices are to satisfy the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisic
Sections 02.5, G4.6a(l) and G4.6f.
Note 10. Co!Umn bases are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-PRMF systems are to meet
the requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections A4.l, A4.2 and A4.3.
Fig. 61. Notes key for Table 6-4 for C-PRMF systems.
A.'ID!.ICAl'I lNSTtTUTll 01' STEEL CONSTJWCTJON
ii
6-1 5
6.6 CONNECTION DESIGN
6-14
"
-~~
'
.!_..
Notes to Figure 6-1: C-PRMF Systems

,,
Note In
a
_ _ ___, ib
!~
"~
!;
"'
""
'
Table 6-4
;
Note in
Overview
Matelials
Sects.AJ.1, A3.2, A3.4

&A3.5
Structural design drawing$ and specification
Sects.A4.1,A4.2 &M.3
Loads and load combinations
SectB2
Required and available strength for structural

members and connections
Sects. B3.1 & D1.4a
Structural analysis
Chapter C, Seel. G4.3
(a)
Composite member stiffness
Comm. to Ch. C
Highly ducble column members
Sects. 01.1 & G4' 5a
Beam members
Sects. 01.1 &G4.5b
(a}
WldtlHo-thickness ratios of highly

ductile members
./
Ag. 6-1
AISC Se/$/TllC
Provfs/ons Reference
ttem
Reinforced Concrete Column-to-Steel

Beam Connections
During the 1980s and 1990s, more than 400 RCS connections were tested in Japan and _36
in !he UnHed States (Deierlein and Noguchi, 2004). Through the U.S.-Japan Cooperattve
Research Program, 56 more connection subassemblics were tested to fill knowledge gaps for
certain connection con.figur3tions and force-cransfer mechanisms (U.S.-Japan, 1983).
Examples of the wide variety of RCS connection details tested in Japan and the U.S. are
shown in Figures 6-2a and 6-2b, which are raken from Deierlein and Noguchi (2004).
Long. Reinf.
Long. Reinf.
Hoops
Table 01.1
(b)
Lateral bracing of highly ductile beam members
Seel 01.2b
(c)
Sol!d slab zone
Sect G4.5b
F, I, J
Beamlocolumn connections 6nduding

composite partially restrained connections)
Sects. 02 & G4.6
B:
Column splices
Sects. 02.5, G4.6a(1)

&G4.6f
B
E
10
Column bases
Sect. 02.6
11
Steel headed stud oochors
Seel 02.8
12
Composite slab diaphragm
Sect Ot.5
Steel Beam
(1) Cover Plate Type
Face Bearing Plates (FBP)

(2} Face Bearing Plate Type
Rib Plate
' - - - - Hoops
Steel. 8_eam
FBP
(3) Extended Face Bearing Plate Type
Band Plates
Stiffeners
(4) Steel Band Type
Note l l. Steel headed stud anchors are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section D2.8.
Note 12. Composite slab diaphragms are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic
Provisions Section Dl.5.

Unlilce steel moment resisting frames, were currently are no prequalified connections available for use in composite moment resisting frames. Therefore, the following sum.marii.es
the results of testing and evaluation of selected types of connections for composite moment
resisting frames. The discussion focuses on reinforced concrete column-to-steel beam
connections (RCS), round filled composite column-to-steel beam connections, and rectangular filled composite column-to-steel beam connections.
Hoops
Hoops
Steel Beam
Confinement Plates Steel Beam

FBP
(5) Cross Anchoring Plate Type
(6)'Headed Stud Type
Fig. 6-2o. &Ampk details 1 1hro11gh 6 of reinforced concrete columnto-steel beam

connections te.sttd in the U.S. and Japan (from Deierlein and Noguch~ 2004).
Reprinted wi1h permission from ASCE:.
AMER.ICAN l:NST1TVT6 OF STEJ!L CoNSTRVCTION
<H6
COMPOSITE MOMEITT FRAMES
t~
?"'
6-1
~~
~~
In Figures 6-2a and 6-2b, details 1 through 7 are.through-beam type connections where ~~
the beam is continuous through the joint. By not interrupting (splicing) the be.am at lbe poi,nt r of maximum moment at the column face, the through-beam details provide the ductility th~
is generally desirable in conventional steel construction. Details 8 through 11 are througli
column type connections where the beam flanges are interrupted to minimize the impact on
the column reinforcing bar arrangement and to facilitate concrere placement in the joint
Detail 12 is an example of a hybrid detail, combining conventional reinforced concrete concepts by encasing the steel beam ends connecting to the concrete column.
Til.rOugh-bcam-type connections have been the preferred derail in the U.S., however, both
types have be.en used in Japan. The primary differences between the detaiJs in Figures 6-2a
Vertical Sti ener

Transverse
Stiffeners
Table 6-5
Summary of Reinforced Concrete

Column-to-Steel Beam Connection Tests
References
OrganlutiOn
Building Contractors
Society
Nishiyama e1 al.
(1998, 2000)
Kuramoto and Nishiyama
(2004)
six tllree:-Oi~ensional, through-column joints
Kuramoto,and Noguchi
(1997)
Noguchi and Kim
(1997, 1998)
siX planal: through-beam joints
Chi~a Univ.
five planar !hrough-column jolnts
Osaka lnsl of
Hoops
Steel Beam
FBP
{7) B~arin.Q _Steel Column Type
Techno!Ogy
Univ. of Michigan
_(8) Transverse Stiffener Type
six planar through-beam joints, investigation of

specific internal force transfer mechanisms
Baba and Nislliinura

(2000)"
15 ttu:cugh-beam joints (nine exterior configura~ons,

four ~ittl comp0site slab, and h\10 poSt.-eaithquake
repairs)
ParraMontesinos et al.
2000b, 2001 a,
Texas A & M
_,
B~am-J
(9). Inner Diaphragm Type

Long. Reinf.
zocn t>; 2003)
Liang and Parra-
'-
Steel
'(2opoa,
il,
(
I
j;
i.:
~~
t'
l
l;:
Montesinos (2004) -
'
Bugeja et at (1999, 2000)

Bracci etal. (1999)
Esche et al. (1999)
11.'
siX lllree-dlmensional 1hrough-beam joints,

.with composite slab.
U.C. San Diego
two planar t~ of steel beams to compo$ite

column with redui:,ed beam sections
Chou and Uang (2002)
Cornell Univ.
19 thraughbeam jbints
Kanno arid Deierlein

(1993, 1997)
UniV. of Texas
17 ltrrollgh-beam Joints
Sheikh et al. (1989)

Deierlein et al. (1989)
J.
ffom DEie!IM and tloguctri (2004). Reprinted Wilh pennission from ASCE.
' ..
att~c~ents vario~s
Steel Beam
End Plate
(11) PC Bolt Type
PC Bolts
artial SRC Beam

(12) Partial SRC Beam Type
Fig. 6-2b. Example ckcails. 7 rhrough J2 of reinforced concrere columnco-sreel beam

connections tested in the U.S. and Japan (from Deierlein and Noguchi, 2004).
Reprinted with pennission from ASCE.
I.
covetipl~tes
bearin~ plat~s.
and 6-2b lie in

of
stiffener plates,
and
whi l:.
act together with reinforcing bars to t:ffect force transfer between the steel and concrete. .:
A sununary of test results avaiJa~le in lhe literature is presented in Table 6-5. The test
specimens were approxun:itely on~-half to two-thirds of full scale, with typical reinforc J
concrete column sizes ranging from 10 to 18 in. deep. The tests were generally conduct.
under cyclic loading, and several of the tests included axfal loading of the reinforced coo~
crete columns to represent gravity loading and eartbquake--induced overturning. The typk"'l
yield strength of the steel beams was 50 ksi,. and lhe con~~te comp:e~sive s~r~ngth wa~
ksi minimum. Most connection test assemblies were designed to fSJ.1 m tbe JOiot to all,
6-18
,...
!
"'
...~:...
......
"
COMPOSITP MOMFNT FRAMES
study of the inrcmal force tran5fer mechanisms. This is counter to de~ign practice. u. here the'
Joints arc t)pically designed to be :.trooger th:1.11 the beams. This should be kept in mind
wl1en reviewing test results from literature.
OveraJJ, the tests show that, when properly detailed to mobilize in1ema1 force transfet
mechanisms. RCS connections provide reliable strength and ductility for seismic design. /II.
limited suite of details (face bearing plates, vertical joint reinforcement, web doubler plates,
etc.) have been tested and shown to enhance sliffness antl strength of the connection.
Other det:1.tls adjusted 10 suit design and fabrication that provide similar levels of confinement and force transfer nuy be suitable but would need engineering evaluation.
Models to calcuJate lhe stiffness and strength of RCS joinls have been synthesized imo
guidelines (ASCE, 1994). TI1e ASCE guidelines have been validated for seismic design
using lhe tests noted in Table 6-5. Several proposals have been made to improve them
(e.g., Parra-Montesinos and Wight, 2001a; Parra-Montesinos et al .. 2001; Kuramoto and
Nishiyama, 2004). In particular. through-beam type connections eliminate the need for field
weldfog of the beam flanges and are generally not susceptible 10 rupture behavior. Tests
have sho"-n 1hat, of the many possjble ways of strengthening the joint, face be3ring plaies
and steel band pl3tC;S auachcd to the beam are very effective for both mobilizing the joint
shear strength of reinforced concrete:.: and providing confinement to lhe concrete. Further
information on design methods and equations for these composite connections is available
in published guideUnes, e.g. Niiliiyama et al. (1990) and l>arra-Montesinos and Wight
t200Ja).
1..iang and Parra~.Mont~inos (2004) have demonstrated the experimental beha11ior of
the~e connections by te:.ting two interior :md tWt'l exterior RCS subas:1cmblics under cyclic
load reversals. The test specimens included reinforced concrete columns o r RCS columns
and composite beams with the steel beam running continuously through the columns and a
reinforced concre1.e ~fab cast upon metal decks supported by the sleel beams. Strong column-weak beam design philosophy was implemented by designing the interior ~pecimens
to have a column-to-beam moment strength ratio of 1.3, and the exterior spe<:imens to have
a ratio of 2.2. Figure 6-3 shows the cwo types of composite joint details used for the interior
and exterior RCS connection subassemblies.
As shown in Figure 6-3(a). one of the details consisted of overlapping U -sbaped stirrups
passing through h<?les drilJed in the beam web. For this detail, the transverse beam was
,.
'
(bl RCS joint With $teel bond pla1tl

Fig. 6-3. RCS connection.J tested by Liang mu/ Parra-Monusinos (2004) and
thmon.stroted ro achiew 0.04 rad intl.'rstory drift.
(i.6 CONNl.:CTION DESIGN
6-19
assumed to frame in to the main beam some d.htancc away from the connection. Al~o c 1 osel~
spaced stirrups were placed in 1hc column regions directly above and below the Mccl be.;ims
to provide confinement to regio11s susceptible to beating f:ulure and to mobilize concre11:
regions outside the width of the steel beam flanges.
The second detail shown in Figure 6-3(b) features :.tecl band plates wrapping around
the column regkins just above and below the steel be3ffis. The U-shaped stirrups that pass
through the steel web panel were eliminated because of the confinement provided by th.e
~ted band plates. This funber aJJO\l.S transverse beams to frame into the main beam !lt the
conoecl:lon region. In order to pre\ent outward buckling of longitudinal bars 1hrougb the
joint region, ~mall ties that do not penetrate the steel web panel v.ere provided over the
joint depth.
E."tperimental results indicated excellent performance and only moderate damage in the
connecMnS. Plastic hinges fonned m the beam regions adjacent 10 the connections and dissipated energy under cyclic loading to achieve story drift angles greater than 0.04 rad, which
is requiretl for C-SMF S}Stems.
Round Filled Composite Column-to-Steel

Beam Connections
The behavior of different cypes of round filled column-10-~tccl beam connections for composite frames has been investigated in the U.S. (Aziz.inamini and Schneider, 2004). Six
different types of comp<>site connccoons \\ere t~1ed; these te~t configurations :lfc pre~ented
m Figure 6-4
Each tested connection consisted of a round filled composite column conncc1cJ to an
ASTM A992 W14x38 beam. The composite column was an ASTM A500 Grade B round
hollow slnJclural section (HSS) that was 14 in. in diameter, 0.25 in. thick. and filleJ with/~
5 ksi concrete. The test setup conmted of an exterior .;ubasscmbly (girder on only one side
of 1be column) thal was subjected to cyclic deformations on the tip of the cantilever girder
at a distance of 9 ft from the face of the column. The cyclic deformation history followed
ATC-24 (ATC, 1992) guidelin~.
When the steel beam is welded directly to the round HSS of lhc comp<>siie column, as
shown in connection type J, large distortions of the HSS wnlls occurred. and the connection
was susccpuble to weld, flange or HSS wall rupture. This type of connection had a rotation
capacity less than 0.02 rad and is acceptable only for C-OMP systems. Connection types ll
and m, with external diaphragm anJ continuous web details, rcspecti\ely, bad better ineJas..
tic behavior, but the flexural strength of these connections deteriorsted early in the imposed
deformation history after reaching a roUltion capacity of 0.02 rad, which is not acceptable
for C..St.iF systems.
Connection type IV was similar to type I with the addition of four No. 6 rebars that were
welded to tho girder 11:\nges and a11Chored into the concrete infil! of the composite column.
The behavior of this connection was better. but lberc was some local te3ring of the st~I HSS
at a rotauon of 0.03 rad. and rupru~ of the deformed bars :u a rotation of 0.037 5 rad. As a
resuJt, this connection type is ruso not acceptable for C-SMF systclllS. Connection type V
with the girder flange through the comp<>site column bad rupture failures :u the flange welc!s
and is not recommended for any of the systems.
Connection type VI. the through be<lm-type design, had excellen1 cyclic behavior ari.!
d~veloped 0.04 rad rotation. Th.is is the only connection 1ype ncceptable for C-SM P system~.
'
Connection types Il, ill and IV are acceptable for C-lMF systems where !he required rota,
tion capacity is 0.02 rad.
,1
. Elremaily and Azizioamini (2000) conducted additional research to develop desjgn guide:
Imes for through-beam-type connections for systems with round filled composite columnst
They c~nducted seven two-thirds sc.ale tests on connection systems consisting of a round
compoSJte column and a steel beam passing through the column representing an interior
.i:
i
'
. .J
Table 6-6
Matrix of Specimens Tested

(Ricles et al., 2004)
Connection Detail
Specimen
lntel'iOr dlaphragms (lour-sided CJP weld), weak beam
lnteflor Cfiaphragms (t!Jree-slded CJP weld), weak lleam
1R
krterior dlaplvagms (four-sided CJP weld), weak panel zone
2R
3
lntenor diaphragms {lhreeslcled CJP weld), weak panel rone
3R
Extended tee with taper, \veak beam
4
5
Bolted split-tee connectlon with shear tab, weak beam

aOited split-tee connection witllout shear tab, weak beam
Extende<l tee, weak beam
~lded splittee connection withou~shear tab, weak beam
Wclded splft-tee con~ection without shear t~~ weak beam
.
1
l\ejlMled with permission rrom A.See.
subassembly. The specimens were designed to investigate different possible failure mode
and develop connection strength equations. The maio test variables were the column-I
beam flexural slreogth ratio (moment ratio) and the type of weld used to attach the beam 1
the HSS. The ASTM ASOO Grade B sreel HSS varied from 12 to 16 in. in diameter wjth 0.1:
in. wall thickness, and the ASTM A992 steel beams varied from W16x31 to W18x50.
"l .
~Ill: ~WM> ~ii'~ --
~M Er:tblded Ol/omdBM~
. ,.
Rectangular Filled Composite Column-to-Steel

Beam Connections
I
Extensive research has been conducted in Japan to study the behavior of moment conm
tioos between filled composite columns and wide flange beams under seismic loadiP
conditions (Ricles et ii., 2004). Research on welded beam-to-filled composite col11r
connections having interior or exterior diaphragms has shQwn that these elements
susceptible to buckling or shear yielding of the steel HSS within the panel zone of 1
connection.
Rides et aL (2004) conducted (ull-scale tests representative of the interior subassembl; in the middle to upper floors of moment frames with six to 12 stories. A ~otal of 10 full-sc J
tests were conducted. Each test specimen consisted of two W24x62 beam sections mv
from ASTM A36 steel attached to an HSS16x16x'h rectangular filled column made from
ASTM A500 Grade B steel and filled with concr~te wi~ a measured compressive slren 1
of 7 to 8.5 ksi. Tue test specimens are as defined in Table 6-6.
Specimens 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 in lhiS rest were designed us.ing the strong column-we::.
beam principle, where the connection elements were designed to resist I.50 limes lhe non
inal plastic moment strength of lhe beam. The details of lhese connections are showo
Figure 6-5 and described as follows:
J.:
'
@f'"""~=I -I
,,.,. ..
~ \I': ~
Rltttflll ~
Fig. 6-4. Round.filled composite column-10-sreel beam connection test ccnjigurations

(Azizinamini and Schneider; 2()()4). Reprinted with ptmnissionfrom ASCE.
6-22
Figure 6-5(a) shows the detail of connection specimens I and 2 tha1 consisted of int~
rior diaphra~ms and welded details for the filled composite column-io-steel ~
connection. The only difference: between the two specimens was that lbe intmo~
diaphragms of specime.n 2 were welded o~ only lhree sides. The comple1e-join1-,
.,
.... I
penetration groove weld on the nonh side adjacent to the panel zone (i.e., web of HSS)
was omitted.
Specimen 3 had an cxteoded-1ec moment connection detail as shown in Figure 6-S(b).
As sho,rn, the extended tee was an ST7.5x25 section th.at was attached to the beam
flanges and column by complete-joint-penetration groove welds.
11mmDl1.x114 mm
SMar Stud (typ.)
I
I
I;
'
Ll
W24X62
'
Sfru'C;fural
Tut>. 44>6x408x12
Umm Ola. x 114 mm
\;.
Sh.ar Stud (typ.)
44mm
Tep & &ttom Dfeplttagml

(Full P~ ~ omfttltd
011 Hortll Side ror Spec, 2)
11
3srruuJ L-lJ 7tmm

4@ 67mm
(a) Details of specimens J and 2 in Table 6-6
~
I
3&1mm
Section AA
Structural
Tube "6x406ltf 2
16mmDia.x114 mm
Shew Stud (typ.)
E71T-8
Section A-A
(c) Derails of specimens 4 and 5 in Table 6,6
t .- .
~~-,
!~
12mm
,,
W24xS2
..
381mm
t
260
E7018, 'l'jp.
Section A-A
I ~1am"J I
Sectfon A-A
(b) Details of spromen 3 ;,, Table 6-6
(d) Details of speci~ns 6 and 7 in Table 6-6
Fig. 6 -5. Detai/,s of rectangular filled composite column-ro-steel beam connection

(Ricles er al., 2004). Reprirsled w ith penni.ssion from ASCE.
Fig. 6-5 (conr'd). DerailJ (Jf rectangular jiUed composite colwnn-co-steel beam co11Mcrio11
res red by Ricles et al. (2004 ). Reprinted with pennission from ASCE.
6-24
COMPOSITE MOMENT FRAMEs
6.6 CONNL~L' I !UN Ut.:511..JN
Specimens 4, 5, 6 and 7 had split-tee moment connection details as shown in Figure

6-5(c) and (d). The split-tee connections were designed to activate a diagonal concrete compression strut wilhin the connection's panel zone under the action of
overturning moment. This was achieved by the use of ASTM A490 bolts to develop
a horizontal tension force through the joint. These bolts were passed through lhe
column with tbe use of PVC conduits placed prior to casting concrete and tensioned
after curing of the concrete. The split-rec detail was designed to avoid prying action
in the ASTM A490 bolts.
In specimens 4 and 5 the stem of the tees were attached to the beam flanges using nio.-diameter ASTM A325 bolts with 1h-fo. oversiwi bolt holes, whereas in specimens
6 and 7 a 'll:in. fillet weld was used. The structural tees in all specimens were cut
from a W24x146 section of ASTM A572 Grade 50 steel chat bad a measured yjeld
strength of 49.6 ksi.
Specimen 1 achieved a maximum story drift of about 0.04 rad when a rupture irritiatt.-d
at the fusion line of the beam flange and the weld. Prior to rupture, the beams de,elopcd
appreciable yielding in the flanges and web. This type of connectjoo detail is not accept
able for C-SMP systems, but it can be used for C-IMF systems thal require only 0.02 rad
story drift angle.
Specimen 3 developed a rupture in lhe beam tension flange, adjacent to an extended tee
at lhe end of the connection during the first half cycle of 0.03 rad story drift. An ex:unina
tion of the beam flange in the ruprured area revealed that the material had necked at the
crack, indicating that a significant amount of strain had develoJ?.ed. This type of connection
detail is not acceprable for CS~fF systems, but it can be used for C-1).fF systems that
require only 0.02 rad of imemory drift.
Specimens 4, 5, 6 and 7 developed sigrrificant yielding al the base of tee stem during cbe
inelastic displacemem cycles during the test. These specimens also developed full plastic
flexural hinges in the beams at the end of the connection, where pronounced flange and web
yieliling occurred and was followed by local flange and web buckling. Each test was stopped
after a story drift of 0.06 rad was iml>osed to the top of the colunm of these specimens.
Figure 6-6 shows lhe moment-plastic rotation behavior of these connections. All of these
connection details are acceptable for C-$MF systems !hat require 0.04 rad of interstory drift
As shown in Figure 6-6, pinching occurred in the cyclic behavior of specimen 4 due to
the bolt hole elongation and resulting slippage between tbe beam and the connection under
cyclic loading. At the end of the test. a .!let section rupture QCCUrted in the flange bolt line,
leading to deterioration in strength. The welding of the washer plates in specimen 5 and tee
stems to the beam flanges in specimens 6 and 7 served to reinforce the bearing strength and
increase the net area in the beam flanges. This avoided hole elongation and subsequent problems from developing.
Figure 6-7 shows the inelastic story drift capacity of tested specimens, and the required
inelastic story drift for design basis and maximum considered earthquakes. As shown, the
split-tee moment connections (specimens 4 through 7) have acceptable behavior for use with
C-SMF systems. The rMuired story drifts were calculated by conducting nonlinear time history nnaJysis of several CFf moment resisting frames, subjecting them each to several
ground motion records.
The panel zone shear strength of the spUt-tee moment connections can be estimated using
the Kanntani et al. (1991) model developed based on I.he Japanese test results. Detailed
seismic design gwdelines for the split-tee moment connections are included in Peng (200 l).
GOO
i~..L-~~..t-.1-1<1+++4~-W-.f-1-.,_~__,
(c)~4
(h) SpeG 7
1 ~.c .o.o4 -o.u -0.02
0.01
Pl~~-~n
o.04 o.c. o.oa
p*-
fig. 6-6. .\1omenr-plastic beam rotation behavior of tested split tee moment connecrions
(Ric/es et al., 2004). Reprinted with permissionfromASCE.
0.08
[ f2I Seam eJ CoMnn 0
0.07
0.08
0.06
.g.
"C
Q
o.o,
P~nol Zor.o
II Conncdon
MCE
- _\__
0.03
0.02
0.01
0.00
1R
tR
3R
&pectmen
..
Fig. 6-7. Inelastic story drift capacity of connection ttst speci~ns (Ricles et al., 2004).
Reprinud wilh permission from ASCE.
J
AMERICAN INS1TTl111! OF STEEL CONSTROC110N
~. l
6-26

\
PART 6 REFERENCES
ASCE (1994), 'Guidelines for Design of Joints becw~n Steel Beams and Reinforced
Concrete ColllJ11lls; ASCE Task Commiuee on Design Criteria for Composite Structure{
in Steel and Coocrete, Journal of Strucrural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 20, No. 8, pp.
2,330-2,357.
ASCE ( 1998), "Design Guide for Panially Restrained Composite Connections," ASCE Task
Committee on Design Criteria for Composite Structures in Steel and Concrete, Journal of
Strucrural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 124, No. 10, pp. l,009-1, 114.
ATC (1992), "Guidelines for Cyclic Seismic Testing of Components of Steel Structures,"
ATC-24, Applied Technology Council, Redwood City, CA.
.,
!:
----~ ~;;:i
Azizinarnini, A. and Schneider, S.P. (2004), "Moment Connections to Circular ConcreceFilled Steet Tube Columns," Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 130, No. 2,
pp. 213-222.
6-27
PART 6 REFFRJ:!NCES
Kanatani, H. Tabuchi, !111., l<amba, T., Hsiaolien, J. and Ishikawa, M. (1991), "A Study on
Concrete Filled RHS Column to H-Bcam Connections Fabricated with HT Bolts in Rigid
Frames; Proceedings. Composite Consrruction in Steel and Concrete Conference,
Henniker, NH, pp. 614-635.
Kanno, R. and Deierlein, G.G. (1993), "Strength, Deformation, Seismic Resistanc~ of Joints
Between Steel Beams and Reinforced Concrete Columns," Structural Engineering Report
No. 93-6, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY.
Kanno, R. and Deierlein. G.G. (1997), Seismic Behavior of Composite (RCS) BeamColumn Joint Subassemblies," Composite Construction in Steel and Concrete I/I, ASCE,
New York, pp. 236-249.
Kuramoto, H. and Nishiyama, I. (2004), "Seismic Performance and Stress Transferring
Mechanism o f Through-Column-Type Joints for Composite Reinforced Concrete and
Steel Frames," SP 196-6, ACl, Farmington Hills, MT, pp. 109-123.
-----
Kuramoto, H. and Noguchi, H. (1997), "An Overview of fapanese Research on RCS

Systems," Proceedings, ASCE Strucrures Cfngress XV, ASCE, Res1on, VA, pp. 7 I6-720.
Baba, N. and Nishimura, Y. (2000), "Stress Transfer on Through Beam Type Steel Beaui~
Reinforced Concrete Column Joints," Proceedings of the 6th ASCCS lnremarional
Conference on Sreel-Concrere Composite Srructu,res, Y. Xiao and S. Mahin, eds., pp.
753-760.
Leon. R., Hoffman, J. and Staeger, T. (1996), Partially Restrained Composite Connections,
Design Guide 8, AISC, Chicago, 11..
,
Bracci, J.M., Moore, W.P., Jr. and Bugeja, .M.N. (1999). "Seismic Design and
Construccability of RCS Special Moment Frames: Jounuil of Stmctura/ Engineering,
Vol. 25, No. 4, pp. 385-392.
Liang, X. and Parra-Montesinos, G. (2004), "Seismic Behavior of RCS Beam-Column-Slab

Subassemblies and Frame Systems," Journal of Structural Engi11eering, ASCE, Vol. 130,
No. 2, pp. 310-319.
Bugeja, M., Bracci, J.M. and Moore, WP. (1999), "Seismic Behavior of Composite Moment
Resisting Frame Systems," Technical Report No. CBDC-99..()J, Dept. of Civil Engineering,
Texas A&M University.
Nishiyama, I., Hasegawa, T. and Yamanouchi, H. (1990), "Strength and Deformation

Capacity of Reinforced Concrete Column to Steel Beam Joint Panels," Building Research
Institute Report 71, Ministry of Construction, Tsulruba, Japan.
Bugeja, M., Bracci, J.M. and Moore, W.P. (2000), "Seismic Behavior of Composite RCS
Frame Systems," Journal of Srmctural Engineering, Vol. 126, No. 4, pp. 429-436.
Nishiyama, I. It:idani, H. and Suginiro, K.. (1998), "Bidirectional Seismic Response of

Reinforced Concrete Column and Structural Steel Beam Subassemblies;' Proceedings,
Structural Engineers l\~rld Congres_s, ASCE, Paper Ref. T/77-2, Reston, VA.
Chou, C.C. and Uang, C.M. (2002), "Cyclic Performance of a Type of Steel Beam to SteeJEncased Reinforced Concrete Column Moment Connection," Journal of Consrructional
Steel Researfh,, ,Vol. 58, No. 5- 8, pp: 637-663.
Nishiyama, I., Kuramoto, H., Itadani, H. and Sugihiro, K. (2000), "Biilirectiooal Behavior
of Interior, Exterior and Comer Joints of RCS System," Proceedings, 12 WCEE, Paper
No. 1911/6/A.
Deierlein, G.G., Sheikh, T.M., Yura, JA. and Jirsa, J.0. (1989), "Beam-Coltunn Moment
Connections for Composite Frame.s: Pan 2," Journal of Structural Engineering, VoJ. 115,
No. 11, pp. 2,877-2,896.
.
.Noguchi, H. and Kim, K. (1997), "Analysis of Beam-Column Joints in Hybrid Structures,"

Proceedu1gs, ASCE Structures Congress XV. ASCE, Reston, VA, pp. 726-730.
Deierlein, G.G. and Noguchi, H. (2004), "Overview ofU.S.-fapan Research on the Seismic
Design of Composite Reinforced Concrete and Steel Moment Frame Structures," journal
of Structural- Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 130,. No. 2, February, pp. 361-367.
Noguchi, H. and Kim, K. ( l 998), "Shear Strength of Beam-to-Column Connections in RCS

System," Proceedings, Structural Engineers World Congress, ASCE, Reston, VA, Paper
Ref. Tl77-3.
Elremaily, A. and Azizinamini, A. (2000), "faperimental Behavior of Steel Beam to CFf

Column Connections: Journal of Construccional Sreel Rtsearr:h. Vol. 57, No. JO, pp.
1,099-J ,119.
Parra-Montesinos, G. and Wight, J.K. (2000a), "Seismic Behavior, Strength, and Retrofit of
Exterior RC Column-to Steel Beam Connections,'' UMCEE 00-09, Department of Civil
and Environmental Engineering, University of Michigan.
Esche, C.D., Bracci, J.M. and Moote, W.P. (1999), "Joint Strength in RCS Fram.es;
Technical Report No. CBDC-99-02, Department of Civil Engiueering, Texas A&M
University.
P3ITaMontesinos, G. and Wight, J.K. (2000b), "Seismic Response of Exterior RC Coh.unnto-Steel Beam Connections," Journal of Structural Engineering, Vol. 126. No. W,
pp. I,! 13- 1,12L
Parra-Montesinos, G. and Wight, J.K. (2001a), "Modeling Shear Behavior of Hybrid RCS
Beam-Column Connections." Journal ofStructural Engineering, Vol. 127, No. 1, pp. 3-1 I.
PART7
Parra-Mon1esinos, G. and Wight, J.K. (200Jb}, "Seismic Repair of Hybrid RCS BeamColumn Connections," AC! Stn1ctural Journal, Vol. 98, No. 5, pp. 762-770.
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND

SHEAR WALLS
Parra-Montesinos, G., Liang, X. and Wight. J.K. (2003). "Towards Deformation-Based

Capacity Design of RCS Beam-Column Connections," Engineering Structures, Vol. 25,
No. 5, pp. 681-690.
.
Peng, S.W. (2001), "Full Scale Testing of Seismically Resistant Moment Connections for
Concrete Filled Tube Column to WP Beam Hybrid Systems," Composite and Hybrid
Structu~s: Proceedings of the Sixth ASCCS International Conference on Steel-Concrete
Composite Structures, Vol. I.
Ricles J., Peng, S. and Lu, L. (2004), "Seismic Behavior of Composite Concrete Filled Steel
Tube Column-Wide Flange Beam Moment Connections," Journal of Structural
Engineering, ASCE, Vol. J 30, No. 2, pp. 223-243.
Sheikh, T.M., Deierlein, G.G., Yura, 1.A. and Jirsa, J.O. (1989), "Beam-Column Moment
Connections for Composite Frames: Part 1," Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE,
Vol. 115, No. 11 , pp. 2,858-2,876.
U.S.-Japan (1983), "U.S.-Japan Cooperative Research Program: Construction of the Full

Scale Reinforced Concrete Test Structure," Technical Report UMEE 83R2, Department of
1
Engineering, Universicy of Michigan, AugusL
7.1 SCOPE . .. ....... . ........ . ................... . ............... .... 7-3
7.2 COMPOSITE ORDINARY BRACED FRA..\1ES (C-OBF) ........ .... ...... 7-3
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions ............................... 7-3
7.3 COMPOSITE SPECIAL CONCENTRlCALLY BRACED FRAMES
(C-SCBF) .......................... .. ............................ 7-5
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions ............................... 7-5
7.4 COMPOSITE ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES (C-EBF) .... .. ....... 7-7
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions ........... .. ......... .. ..... . . 7-7

7.5 COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS ..................... . ......... : ....... 7-JO
General System Behavior ........ .... .... . ........... . ...... . . . . : .... 7-10
Shear Wall Coupling .... .............. ....... ....... ...... . ...... 7- 10
Degree of Coupling ............................ ... ........ . . ..... 7- 11
t.
Steel Coupling Beam Design ............................... . ...... 7- 11
Beam Embcdment Length (Connection) .............................. 7- 14

Detailing Requirements in the Embedded Region .. .. .................. 7-14
Wall Oversuength .................. . .............. . ...... . ...... 7-15
Composite Ordinary Shes.r Walls (O?SW} .............................. 7-l6

Overview of Applicable Design ftovisions .................. .... ..... 7-16
Steel Coupling Beam Design ......................... : . ... ....... . 7-19
..
Beam Embcdment Length . .... ................................... 7-19

Composite Coupling Beams ............... .-:-. ..................... 7-19
Expected Plastic Moment . .............. ... .................... . 7-19
Shear Strength ............................................... 7-21
Embcdmcnt Length ... ..... .. . . .... ........ ... ..... .... . .. .... 7-21
E~amplc 7.5. l.
C-OSW Slee! Coupling Beam Design .......... .. ....... 7-21
Example 7.5.2. C-OSW Composite Coupling Beam Oesi&n .. ...... : ..... 7-30
Composite Special Shear Walls (CSSW) ............................... 7-36
Overview of Applicable Design Provisions ........ . .................. 7-36
Steel Coupling Bemt Design ..................................... 7-39
AMl?Jl.ICAl'I INs'!nVre 01' STEEi.. CONSTRUCTION
7.2 COMPOSITE ORDINARY il!V\<.:~I) t-.KAM~
Wall Overstrength ............... ; ................................ 7-40
S:
1(
7.1 SCOPE
Beam Embedmenr Length ..................... ............. ....... 7-4Q
::< ............. :.. .... .... 7-40
Intenniatc Web Stiffeners '. ....... : .'..
Face Bearing Plates ................... : .......................... 7-4l

Stiffeners within the Embedded Region ......... . ..... : .............. 7-41
Vertical Transfer Bars ................................ . ..... . ..... 7-4 I
Example 7.5.3. C-SSW Steel Coupling Beam D~ign ................... 7-41
7.6 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION ...................................... 7-51

DESIGN TABLES ..... .......... ......... : ...... ...... ... ...... ... 7-~~
Table 7-IOA. Plastic Capaci.ties for Rectangular Encased W-Shapes
Bene About the XX Axis ................................... . .... . ... 7-52
Table 7-1 OB. Plastic Capacities for Rectangular Encased W-Shapes
Bene About the Y-Y Axis ". ..... ... : ........................ .... ....... 7-53
Table 7-1 l A. Plastic Capacities for Composite Filled HSS
Bent Abour Either Axis ..................................... . ........ 7-54
Table 7-1 IB. Plastic Catyacities for Composite. Filled Round HSS
Bent About Any Axis ................ .... ........................... 7-55
PART 7 REFERENCES .................................................. 7-56
The following types of composite braced frame and shear wall syscero~ are' addressed in
th.is Part: composite ordinary braced frames, coml>osite special concentrically braced
frames, composite eccentrically braced frames, composite ordinary shear walls, and composite special shear walls. The AlSC Seismic Provisions and other design considerations
summarized in this Part apply to the design of the members and connections in composite
braced frame and shear wall systems that require seismic detailing. Where these sysiems
utilize reinforced concrete elements. these elements are to be designed in accordance with
ACI 318. Reinforced concrete elements are pemtitted tO be used in Section Hl (C-OBF),
Section H4 (C-OSW), and Section H5 (C-SSW). However, the requirements of ACI 318
Chapter 21 are applicable only in the design of the reinforced concrete walls used in
Section HS (C-SSW). AISC Seismic Provisions Sections Al and B2 state that systems with
reinforced concrete elemenlS that must be designed according to ACI 318 should be
designed only by the load and resistance factor design' (tRFD) method because ACI 318
does not :iddress allowable strength design (ASD). The design e,i:amples in this Part are
limited to the LRFD method since in each example there is a concrece elemem that must
be designed according to ACI 318.
7.2 COMPOSITE ORDINARY BRACEP_FRAMES (C- OBF)

Composite ordinary braced frame (C-OBF) syscems consist of structural steel, composite or
reinforced concrete columns; stro~tural S!~l o_r composit~ ~llms; and structural steel or filled
composite brace members, provided at least one element is either cQmposite or reinforced
concrete. Concentrically connected members are required; howeve'r, .eccentricities less than
the beam depth are permine.d if accounted for in the. member design: C-OBF systems are
~igned and detaile:d a_ccording to AJSC Seismic Provi!ions Section Hl. They are expected
to provide minimal inelastic deformation capacity in the membe~ and connections.
Overview of Applicable D esign Provisions
,
'
,.
An oveiview of the AISC Seismic Provisions applicable for design of C-OBF systems follows and is presented in a simplified format in Table 7-1.
:
Note 1. The stnictural steel material used for C-OaF systems is limited by the requirements
of AISC St!,ismic Provisions Section A3. l, where the specified minimum yield stress
is not to exceed 55 ksi for mernbe~ in which foelastic behavior is expected. These
specified minimum yield stresses can be exceeded when the suitability of the material is determined by testing or other rational criteria. For columns in C-OBF
systems, the specified minimum yield stress i!i not to e.'<ceed 65 ksi. The concrete
and steel reinforcing materials used in composit~ components are to satisfy lhe
requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5. The weld fiUer metal used
in the members and connections of seismic force resisting systems is selected tC'
meet the requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4a.
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-OBF systems are to meet
lile requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Sections A.4.1, A4.2 and A4.3.
7-4
COMPOSITE 'BRACED FRA.\.iES AND SHEAR WALLS
Table 7-1

for C-OBF Systems
i
"'
;i
Note
Item
Steel end concrete nia~rials
OesJgn drawings and specifications
Referenced Standard'*
Seismic Prov. Sects. A.3.1.

A3.4&A3.5
Seismic Prov. Sects. M .1,
A4.2&A4.3
Required strength for members and connections
Seismic Prov. Seel 83.1
Structural anafy-sis
Seismic Prov. Ch. C
Bastic stiffness of concrete/composite members
Seismic Prov. Ch. C.

See Seismic Prov.
Commentary to<
discussion.
S(a)
.. '
. Column member$
Beam members
None
Brace members
None
. COOnectiOflS
'.-
'
AC1 318 (exci. Ch. 21}
7.3 COMPOSITE SPECIAL CONCENTIUCALLY BRACED FRAMES
Note 6. Columns of C-OBF systems are designed in accordance with the AISC
Specijicarion or ACl 318 (excluding Chapter 21).
Note 7. Beams of C-OBP systems are designed in accordance with the AISC Specifica1i.on.
Note 8. Diagonal braces of C-OBF systems are designed in accordance with the AlSC
Specification.
Sei.rmic Provisions Section 02.7.
Note 10. Splic~.s in stnJ.ctural steel or composite columns are designed in accordance with
the AISC Seismic Provisions Section D2.S.
Note 11. Column bases are designed in accord_ance with the AISC Specification and AISC {
..
Discussion
ASCEISEI 7 permits the use of COBF systems in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C
only. This is in contrast to steel on:linary concentricaJly braced frame (OCBF) systems that
are also pennitted in Seismic Design Categories D, E and F with height limitations and roof
load restric1ions for Seismic Design Category F.
Because C-OBF systems are limited co Seismic Design Categories A, B and C, tl1ey are
expected to withstand minimal inelastic drift through inelastic behavior of composite beams
columns or braces. There are no additional requirements for designing reinforced concrdt
columns beyond those provided in ACJ 318, excluding Chapter 21.
7.3 COMPOSITE SPECIAL CONCENTRICALLY BRACED

FRAMES (C~SCBF}
Column spnces
Seismic Prov. Sect 02.5
11
Column bases
Seismic Prov. S5Ct. 02.6
'The rererenced standard$ are in addliion to lhe requirements of the AISC ~!in
Note3. Loads and lo~d ~ombination~ as defined by the applicable building code are to be
~ollow~d as. md1cated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section B2. C-OBF systems
mcluding reinforced concrete components are to be designed using LRFD because
ASD is not addressed in ACI 318.
Notc4. The required strength for structural members and connections is determined
according to AlSC Seismic Provisions Section B3. L
Note5. Structuial analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be performed in
accordance ~ith lhe r:equire~eots of AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C.
(a) For el ~tic analysis, the stiffness of composite members includes I.he effects of
cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating I.he stiffness of concrete
beam and column members, concrete-encased and concrete-filled members
and sted .be~ wi~ composite slabs are provided in the Commenuuy to th~
AISC ~eism1c Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and composiie member
propernes reflect the effective stiffness at the onset of Siinifi cam vielding in
the members.
'
Note 9. Connections are designed in accordance with the AISC Specification and AlSC
Seismic Prov. Sect. 02. 7
10
7-:
f'
f:
t
Jj
.:.
Composite special concentricaJJy braced frame (C-SCBF) systems consist of either encase1
or filled composite columns; structural steel or composite beams; and structural steel o
filled composite brac.e members. Concentrically connected members are required; however,
members connected with an eccentrid\y less than the depth of the beam are permitted provided the eccentricity is included in the 'analysis. C-SCBF systems are designed and detaile
according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section H2. They are expected to provide signjf1car
inelastic deformation capacity primarily through brace buckling in ~ompression and yiel<l-
ing in tension.

An overview of the AISC Seismic Provisions requirements appli<::able for design of C
SCBF systems follows and is presented in a simplified format in Table 7-2.
?. :
Note 1. The structural steel material used for C-SCBF systems is Hmited by the requirements of the AlSC Stismic Provisions Section A3. l, where the specified mi.nimu i
yield stress is not to exceed SO ksi for members in which inelastic behavior
expected. This specified minimum yield stress can be CJtcecded when the suitabil
icy of the material is determined by testing or other rational criteria. For columr
in C-SCBF systems, the specified minimum yield stress is oot to exceed 65 k
AMEIUCAN lNS1JlVI13 OF S1"E!!L CoNSTRVCtlOl'I
1.
7-6
COMPOSITE BRACED FR.A.'AJ',S AND SJ !EAR WAu.:li
,..
Table 7-2

for C-SCBF Systems
..
Note
Item
:..
_,, i
..
.:l.
..
:~
Steel and conerete materials
Sects. A3.1 & A3.5
Oe$ign drawings and specifications
Sects. A4.1, A4.2 & M.3
Sect 82
Required streng1h for members

ReQuired streng1h tor connections
Sects. 83.1 , H2.3 & H2.S

Sects. H2.3 & H2.6
Structural analysis
Ch. C &Sect. H2.3
Elastic s1iffness ol concrete/composite members
Pr(J'f. Cit C
...
',,
---~~~:J
5(a)
'
.,
Column members
Beam members
Brace members
Sects. H2.5a & H2.Sb
Connections
Secis. 02 & H2.6
10
Column splices
Sects. G2.61 & H2.6d
11
Column bases
Sect. 02.6
12
Demand critX:al welds
Sects. A3.4b, H2.6a &12.3
Sects. 01.1 & H2.5a

Sects. 01.1 &H2.5a
'The referenced st.ridards are in additioo to tJle requirements of the AlSC Specllic;ition.
Nace 2.
Note 3.
Note 4.
Note 5.
7.4 COMPOSITE ECCENTRICALLY BRACED FRAMES
7-7
beam and column members, concrete-encased :1t1d concrete-filled members, and

steel beams with composite slabs are provided in the Commentary to the A ISC
Seismic Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and composite member properties reflect the effective stiffoes.s at t.he onset of significant yielding in the
members.
Note 6. Columns of C-SCBF systems are designed in accordance with AISC Specification
Chapter I and lhe requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section H2.5a.
Composite columns are required to satisfy the highly ductile member requirements
AISC Seismic ProYislon!I

Reference
The concrete and steel reinfbrcing materials used in composite components are to
satisfy the requirements of AJSC Seismic Pro~isions Section A3.5. The weld filler
melal used in lhe members and connections of seismic force resisting systems is
sele<:led to meet the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisio11S Section A3.4a.
The structural design drawings and spec.ifications for C-SCBF systems are to satisfy the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Sections A4.l, A4.2 and A4.3.
Loads and load combinations as defined by the applicable building code are to be
followed as indicated in AISC Seismic Provisions Section B2.
The required strength for structul)l.I members and connections is detennined
according to AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections B3.l, H2.3, H2.5 and H2.6.
Structural analysis for the appropriate load combinations is to be performed in
accordance with the requirements in AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C and
Section H2.3.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composite members includes the effects o f
cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating the stiffness of concrete
of AISC Seismic Provisions Section D l. l .

Note 7. Beams of C-SCBF systems are designed in accordance with the AISC
Specificarion and the requirements of ATSC Seismic Provisions Section H2.5a.
Composite beams are requireJ to satisfy the moderately ductile member requfrements of AISC Seismic Proiisions Section D l. l .
Note 8. Diagonal braces of C-SC.BF systems are designed in accordance with AISC
Seismic Provisions Section H2.5a and b. The radius of gyration for filled composite braces is taken as that of the steel section alone .
Note 9. Connections are designed in accordance with the J\1SC Specification and AISC
Seismic Pro11isions Sections D2 and H2.6.
Note lO. Column splices are designed in accor<!:mce with AlSC Seismic Provisions Sections
G2.6f and H2.6d.
Note 11. Column bases are designed in ;1ccordance with the AISC Specification and AISC
Note 12. Delll3nd critical welds are designed in accordance with AISC Seismic Provis:~
Sections A3.4b, H2.6a and 12.3.
Discussion
ASCEJSEI 7 permits the use of C -SCBF systems in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C
witbout height limitations and in Seismic Design Categories D, E and F with height limitations. These limitations are lbe same as those applied to steel concentrically braced frame
systems. Tb.is system is expected to resist inelastic drift through inelastic behavior of com
posite beams, columns and braces.
7.4. COMPOSITE ECCENTRICALLY BRACED fRAM.~S

{C-EBF)
Composite eccentrically broced frame (C-EBF) systems consist of encased or filled composite columns; strocturaJ steel or composite beams; structural steel links; and strUctur:!l
steel or filled composite broces. C-EBF systems are designed and detailed in accordanc{
with AISC Seismic Provisions Section H3. They are expected to provide significant inelastic deformation capacity primarily through shear or flexural yielding in the links.
Overview of Applicable Design Pr~visions

An oYerview of the AISC Seismic ProviJions requirements applicable for design of C -f.
systems follows and is presented i:n simplified format in Thble 7-3.
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAM~ND SHE.AR WALLS
7- 8
7.4 COMPOSITE ECCEN'TRICALLY DRACED FRAM.ES
Table 7-3

for C-EBF Systems
AISC Se/$mlc Prov;sions
Rtrerence
!rem
Note
Steel and cof'lCfete materials
Sects. A3.1 &A3.5
Design drawings and spedfications
Sects.M.1,M.2 &M.3
.Loads and load combinations
Sect. 82
Required strength for membel1;

Required strength for cor.nections
Sects. 83.1 & H3.6
structural analysis
Ch.C
Elastic stiffness of concrete/romposlte members
5
S(a)
Sects. 83.1 & H3.5
Prov. Ch. C
6
Additional analy~is _
and system requirements
Sect. H3.4
Column members
Sect. H3.5
Beam members
Sect. H3.5
Braces
10
C-Onnectlons
11
Column splices
Sects. 02.5 & H3.6
12
Column bases
Sect. 02.6
13
Protected zones
14
Sect. H3.5
Sect. H3.6
Sects. 01.3 & H3.5
,.
Sects. A3.4b, H3.6 & 12.3
'The referenced standan!s an in tdclition to the requiremenls of 1he AJSt Spedficatkn
Note 1. The structural steel material used for C-EBF systems is limited by the require-ments of AISC Seismic ProvisWns Section A3.l where the specified minimum
yield stress of the steel is not to e..~ceed 50 ksj for members in which inelastic
behavior is expected. This. sped.lied minjmum yield stress can be exceeded when
the suita9ility of the material i.s determined by testing or other rational criteria. For
columns o.f C-EBF, tl1e specified minimum yield stress is not to exceed 65 ksi. The
concrete and steel reinforcing materials used in composite components should satisfy tbe requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5. The weld filler
metal used in the members and connections of seismic force resisting systems is
selected to nieet the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.4s.
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-EBF systems arc to satisfy
the requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions Sections A4.1, A4.2 and A4.3.
ASCE/SEI 7 permits lhe use of composite eccentrically braced frame systems in Seismit:
Design Categories A, B and C without height limitations and Seismic Design Categories D,
E and F with height limitations. This system is CJtpected to re.sist inelastic drift through
inelastic behavior of sttuctural steel links.
AMl!JuCAN lNS1't'J'1.TJ'E Of STI$L CONSTRUCTION
7- JO
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WALLS
~. .,
"'
7.5. COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS
Composite shear wall systems are addressed in AISC . Seismic Previsions Sections H4,
~
t.
,,
t:
7- Jl
Degree of Coupling
General System Behavior

H5 and H6. The composite shear walls addressed are those that include Steel or composite
boundary elements and/or sreel or composite coupling beams and walls consisting of steel
pJate encased in concrete. Since all co~posite shear waU systems incorporate a reinforced
1.5 COMPOSITE SHEAR WAU.S
concrete waU that will be designed according 10 ACI 318, rhe discussion and examples lbat
follow will only co~sider design by LRFD.
Shear Wall Coupling
The efficiency of c.oupled wall systems is generally measured by the degree .to w~cb the
coupling action participates in the overall overturning res.istance to lateral load.s. !his measurement is referred to as the degree of coupling. Con.sider a wall system ~rular 10 that
shown in Figure 7-1. If the system has no couplingJ~eams. the degree of coup,ling would. be
zero. As the fle.xural and shear stiffness of coupling beruns increase, the degree of coupling
increases. TI1e d~gi:ee-of coupling is meas~red as the ratio of overturning resist;mce d~e to
lhe coupling effect to the total qvei-tuming resistance, as shown in Equaci.on. 7: ~. In Figure
7-1, and Tare the accumulation Qf beam shears over the height of the building m the~c9~
pression and tension waUs, r~spectively. -.
{!
(;
):
~~:-
.,{~
:$
:~,
,,Ii~
11
:.
i
The benefits of coupl~ng shear walls are well recognized and understo'od. The coupitng
beams provide transfer of vertical forces between adjacent walls, which c reate a frame-like
coupling actioii that resists a portion of the totiil overturning moment induced by the seismic action. Figure 7-1 shows the overturning resisting mechanisms formed in a coupled
system. The tot.ill overturning resistance is a combination of the flexural resistance of'the
individuai' wall piers (M1 and M1), an(J the resistance provided by the coupling action
(Mc!X =TL or Cl).
' The coupling beam action has three desirable effects: ( 1) the required flexural sirength of
the wall piers is reduced; (2) steel and composil~ coupling beams dissipate energy; and
(3) lateral stiffness of the coupled system is greater than the sum of the individual wall piers.
When the beams are proportioned properly, beam yielding over the height of the building can occur, providing desirable distribution of energy dissipation over the height of
the building. A coinprehensive discussion of coupled wall system behavior is presented in
Recommendari.on for Seismic Design of Hybrid Coupled Wall Syscems (El-Tawil et al.,
2009).
:;
. .. -
.; ~
..
;~
:~
Lateral load
. ..
!~
:~
~~'
,,
Degree of coupling= . Mcpl
Mcpl +(Mi+ MiJ
' (7-1)
J
The degree of coupling can be measured at any stage of loading and at any floor le".el.
However, it is generally measured at the base of the building and at the stage of loading
where mechanisms have fonned in the coupling beams. Designers should be aware that the
degree of coupling has an impact on the total lateral stiffness, wall pier. r~ui~ed strength,
and economy of construction among other things. Compromises between bu1ldrng performance and construction costs must be made.
The degree of coupling also has an impact on the total wall p ier axial forces. As the
degree of coupJjng increases, the wall pi~r required moment ~trength d~qe~e. However,
the wall pier axial forces simultaneous_Jy increase as tlie degree of co~1pling incr~a~es~ Most
model codes have upper limits. on. the required axial strength of reinforced co.~sret~~vall
piers. \Vhen rhe wall pier required axial stre~gth e~ceeds prescri~e<l limits, ~,e?~~ing $~
degree of coupliJ1g can help to reduce the requlfed axial strength. It is worth notrng that ~ost
model codes limit the wall pier required axial strength to some percentage of the nonunal
axial strength of the wall pier. This limit is intended to keep the required axial streng~ at
or below the balanced point of the .a )\ial-moment interaction surface of the wall pier.
Considering that the balanced point location is sensitive ~o wall pi~r cress-sectional geoi_netry and reinforcing layout and ratio, the required axial strength should be evaluated agai~st
the axial load component of the balanced poip.t in addition to some percentage of the ax1~
load strength. Further discussion of axial strengih limits on wall piers in coupled systems JS
presented in Re.commeruiaticn for Seismic Design of Hybrid Coupled Wall Systems (ElTawil et al., 2009).
1:
Steel Coupling Beam Design
~~
.:::
~
B
.,
an
~" t
..
~~
Fig. 7-1. Ovenuming mechanisms ill a coupled wall system.
.. r
Steel coupling beams are designed in a manner similar to shear I.i.nkS in

eccentrically
braced frame. Cross-sectional proportioning is. depende\'.it ~n the desired performance of the
beams. flexure-<.:ritical beams will have cross-sectional properties that e~~ure inelastic
deformations are resisted through flexural yieldiog. Shear-critical beams will have crosssectional properties that ensure inelastic deformations are resisted thro\lgh shear yielding.
AISC Seismic Provisio11s Sections H4 and H5 pennit either shear-critical or flexurccritical coupling beams. Shear-critical and flexure-critical coupling beams h~ve lengths (~!; .
than or equal to 1.6MpNp or greater than or equal to 2.6MpNp. respectively. Coupling
~:
A.\f15RJCAN lf'IS1Tl1JTE OP S'ra;L CONST'RUCTION
AMEIUCAN
lNS'tn'UTE OF STEEL CONSTRUcnON
7-12
COMl'OSJTE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WALLS
be<lms with lengths between these two lengths are considered 10 yield in shear and flexur&
(refer to the commentary to Section F3.5b(4) of the AISC S~ismic Provisions for further discussion). With these relationships between coupling beam length and M1 1v,, the
cross-sectional properties of the beam can be determined and evaluated depending on the
type of yielding (shear or flexure) desired by the designer.
;,
Built-up I-shapcsor W-shapes may be used to achieve the desired cross-sectfonal pro~
ertie$. Although rolled shapes are generally more economical, l>uilt-up shapes provide more
fleXibility for prOJ;>Ortioning cross sections to satisfy design requirements. Flanges and webs
of the: beams must satisfy seismic ductility requirements regardless of whether built-up di
rolled shapes are used. Coupling beams in ordinary systems are required to be moderately
ductile. Coupling beams in special systems are required to be highly ductile.
The required shear strength of a coupling beam is the shear corresponding to the required
flexural strength, assuming the required flexural strength acrs as equal moments at the ends
of the beam bending in reverse curvature, as shown in Equation 7-2.
7- 13
7.S COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS
Using Equation 7. 3 for a shear-critical coupling beam and substituting Equations 7-5 and
7-6 gives the relationship between the required plastic section modulus, Z... and length of the
bc3Ill, L, as~uming a homogeneous member. as follows:
l.6Mp l.6F1 Zx
l.6Zx
L'S.--=
=-Vp
0.6F1 A,., 0.6Aw
Solving Equation 7. 7 for the required plastic section modulus yields, for a shear-critical
coupling beam:
>I.A..,
For an ordinary system. the area of the web is calculaccd as A.., = dt,.. Therefore, for a
shear-critical beam in an ordinary system:
>Ult,.,
.:t -
(7-9)
2.67
where
d depth of beam
t,.. = thickness of beam web
For a special system, the area of the web is calculated as Aiw
a shear-critical beam in a special system:
~~ discussed previously, steel coupling beams are treated similar tO steel links in eccentrically braced frame systems. For a given beam~ a relationship between the beam length,
plastic section modulus, and web area can be written using the relationship between length,
plistic frex~~ strength, and shear strength. Thus, for a shear-critical coupling beam:
L-.;l.6Mp
-
Yp
Z:r ~
11 ""
L(d-2t1)t,.,
(7-10)
2.67
thickness of beam flange
Using Equation 7-4 for a flexure-critic~ coupling beam and substituting Equations 7-5
and 7-6 gives the relationship between the.required plastic section modulus and length of
the beam. assuming a homogeneous member, as follows:
(7-4)
For an ordinary system, according to AISC Seismic Provisions Section H4.Sb, the shear
strength of the beam is calculated using AISC Specification Chapter G where the area of the
web is calculated as dr..,. For a special system, according to AISC Seismic Provisions Se.ction
H5.5c, the shear strength of the beam is calculated according to AISC Seismic Provisions
Equation B-2. Note tbat there is tyP,icauy little, if any, axial load demand on a coupling
beam. Therefore, the area of the web is calculated as (d-211)1.... The plastic flex.ural strength
and shear strength of the beam are given as:
lNsTmrre OF STSa Cotm11ucnoN
=(d-2y) 1...,. Therefore, for
where
(73)
and for a flexure-critical coupling beam:
AMIWCAN
(7-8)
x - 2.67
(7-2)
where
L ~ lepgth of beam
Mu= jequired flexural strength
Vu =required shear strength
(7-7)
2.6Mp
2.6F Zx
1
L>---=-......<..- V,
0.6F1 A..,
2.62.:r
(7-11)
0.6A,..
Solving Equation 7-11 for the required plastic section modulus yields, for a Oexurecritical coupling beam:
(7-12)
(7-5)
For an ordinary system, the area oflhe web is calculated as A.,,,=dt,... Therefore, for a flex
ure-critic:il beam in an ordinary system:
(7-6)
(7- L3)
AMERJCAN
lNsTrTvnl OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION
">.:
~
..
7- 14
:l
L.
For a speciaJ sys1em, the area of the web is calculated as Aiw

a flexure-critical beam in a special system:
=(d- 2y)t,.,. Therefore, for

(7-14)
Using a model of three rectangles for an I-shaped coupling beam. the plastic section modulus can be taken as:
,,
I:;
(7-15)
"
..!~,
,_.-
::.:
-----~:...-,
.,...
~:.
where
bf= width of beam flange

Equations 7-9, 7-10, 7-13, 7-14 and 7-15 can then be used to establish the cross-sectional
dimensions of the beam.
Maldng further assumptions regarding beam depth, flange size or web size, the remaining cross-sectional dimensions can be calculated. For example, assuming a beam depth, d,
a Oange thickness, fJ, and web thickness, 1,.., the required flange width, bf, can be calculated.
There are other considerations to address in the detailing of the coupling beam. The embedment length into the wall pier, intermediate web stiffeners, face bearing plates, and
connection detailing all also need to be determined. These considerations vary depending
on the type of system (i.e., ordinary or special systems), and are discussed in separate sections of this Part of the Manual.
Beam Embedment Length (Connection)
~.
..
t: 1
(~
.....
The required beam embedment length is detemlined based on the expected shear strength of
the coupling beams. The AlSC Seismic Provisions require the embedded length to be me:is
ured from pie location of the first reinforcement layer of the confining reinforcement steel
in the boundary element of the wali. The expected shear strength of the beam is detennined
using a fonn of Equation 7-2, where the expected plaslic flexural strength of the bea.ni,
RyMp. is substituted for Mu. This is the sta~c shear associated with a required flexw:al
strength equal to the expected plastic flexural strength of the beam. For special systems, the
shear calculated based on the expected plastic flexural strength must be amplified by a factor of 1.1 when computing embedment length, as required by AISC Seismic Provisions
Section H5.5c. This is to account for strain hardening.
The embedment length can be determined th.r ough AlSC Seismic Provisions Equation
H4-2 or H4-2M. The coupling beam clear span is identified as g in Equation H4-2.
the Manual, further discussion of detailing requirements is provided in the Commentary to

AJSC Seismic Provisums Sections H4 and H5.
Face bearing plates (link stiffeners) are provided on both sides of the beam web, and
located at the face of the wall pier. These plates should meet the requirements of stiffeners
in links at the diagonal brace ends in an EBF as required in AISC Seismic ProvisionsSection
F3.5b(4).
The web of the beam. over the clear span, must be supported with web stiffeners meeting
the requirements for intermediate link stiffeners in Section F3.5b(4). From AJSC Seismic
Provisions Section H5.5c, the beams in special systems are to have inelastic deformation
capacities equal to 0.08 rad. Smaller rotations are pennitted if justified by a rational analysis of the inelastic defonnations expected under design story drift.
Wall Overstrength
The beam required shear and flexural strengths delivered to the wall piers as an ax.ial force
and moment, respectively, mus t be accounted for in the design axial and flexural demands
on the wall piers. In ordinary systems, lhe required axial strength from the coupling action
is based on an accumulation of expected beam shear strengths (i.e.i LVn)- ln special systen;is,
the expected beam shear strength must be amplified by a factor of 1.1 to account for strain
hardening [i.e. 2:(1.lVn)J. These amplified axial loads are generally referred to as wall overstrength.
The proportioning of beam shear strengths can ha,e a significant impact on the required
a,~ial strength of the wall piers. To minimize. the waJl overstrcngth, beam sizes can be
grouped over the height of the building to minimize the ratio of nominal beam shear strength
to required beam shear strength at each floor.lev~. Figure 7-2(a) shm~s a representative plot
of che beam required shear strengths over the tieight of the building when the same coupling
beam size is used over the entire height of the structure. When the same beam size is used,
the beam size is proportioned based on the maximum required beam shear strength. Beam
1 i---.;:z;~~'7)7,:~~~)?,i
~
Detailing Requirements in the Embedded Region

For ordinary seismic force resisting systems, there are no special detailiog requirements in
the embedded region. For special systems, the embedded region must be detailed to provide
resistance against connection strength and stiffness degradation. and to ensure proper distribution of bearing stresses within the embedded region. Face bearing plates, web stiffeners,
and vertical transfer bars are required. In addition ro the discussion presented in !his Part of
....
7- 15
7.5 COMPOSJTE SHEAR WALLS
Beam shear
(a)
(b)
Fig. 7-2. Beam shears/or (41) same size beam over the entire height
and (b) three groups of different sizes.
7-16
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEA.R WALLS
7-17
strenglhs at all other floors, other than the floor corresponding to maximum required
strength, will be relatively stronger lhan required. This effect is amplified in the upper and
lower floors. In Figure 7-2(a), the hatched region bounded by the nominal streogch and
required strength is a gr.iphical representation of the magnitude of the wall overstreogth
required. At the floor level of maximum required strength, the design strength-to-required
strength ratio approaches one, wilh that ratio increasing at floors above or below that floor.
Even at the floor level of maximum required strength, some deg.rec of overstrength will exist
when the shear strength resistance factor, 9'. is less than 1.00.
When wall overstrengtb is based on e.,"l'.pecr.ed beam shear strengths, wall overstrengtl1
requirements increase further. Although proportioning a system in this manner is advanta
geous for drift-controlled systems, it represents tho worst case for wall overstrength
requirements. Considering that coupled systems rarely are drift-controlled. proportioning
be.un sizes by groups over the heigh1 of the building will reduce 1he wall overstrength
required for the wall piers without compromising drift limits.
Figure 7-2(b) represents beam required shear strengths and available strengths varied over
the height of the building. In the representation shown in figure 7-2(b), three groups of different size beams are used. This type of proportioning alters the distribution of required
shear strength over the height as a result of the varying beam stiffness and reduces the aesign
strength-to-required strength ratios at each of the floor levels relative to the case where the
same beam size is used over the entire heigbL Th.is type of proportioning is referred to as
tuning the beam shear strengths. The extent of tuning performed is up to the designer based
on the level of efficiency desired. Further information regarding runing and wall overstrength can be found in Fortne)' et al. (2008) and Harries :md McNeice (2006).
Note 3. Loads and load combinations as delioed by the applic:ibJc building code are to be
followed as indicated in AISC Seismic Provi.rions Section 82.
Note 4. The required strength for structural members and connections is dctennincd
according 10 AISC Seismic Provisions Seccfons B3.1 and H4.5.
Noce 5. Structural analysis for the appropriace load combinations is Lo be perfooned in
accordance with the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C and
Section H4.3.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composice members includes the effects of
cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating the stiffness of concrete
beam and column members. concrete-encased and concrete-filled members,
and steel beams with composite sJabs are provided in lhe Commemary to lhe
AJSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and composite member
properties reflect the effective stiffness at the onset of .significant yielding in
the members.
Note 6. System requirements are as given in AJSC Seismic Provisions Section H4.4.
Note 7. Boundary members of C-OSW systems are designed in accordance with the AlSC
Specification and AISC Seismic Pro~isions Section H4.5a.
Note 8. Coupling beams of C-OSW systems are designed in accordance with the AISC
Specification and AJSC Seismic Provisions Section H4.5b. Structural steel links
must satisfy the requiremem for moderately ductile members.
(a) J'he beam flange must meet the width-to-thickness requirements for a moderately ductile element giveo in AISC Seismic Pr<lllisions Table D l. I.
lb) The beam web musl meet the v:idth-to-th.ickncss requirements for a moderately ductile cle~ent given in AISC Seismic Provisions Table Dl.J.
Composite Ordinary Shear Walls (C-OSW)

Composite ordinary shear wall (C-OSW) systems are d~igned in accordance with AISC
Seismic Provisions Section H4.
Face of wall

A
An overview of the AlSC Seismic P~ions requiremerus for the design of C-OSW systems follows. Figure 7-3 illustrates an embe-Oded steel coupling beam in an ordinary system.
Cf.beam
B
Areas of the figure are labeled to identify peninent design considerations that correspond to
the "Notes in figure 7-3" listed in Table 7-4. Table 7-4 also provides a simplified overv1ew
of the design requirements that follow.
Note l. The structural steel material used for C-OSW systems is limited by the require
ments of AlSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.l, where the specified minimum
yield stress of the steel for members in which inelastic behavior is C)tpected is oot
co e."(eeed 55 ksi. These specified minimum yield stresses can be e..'\ceeded when lhe
scitability of the material is determined by testing or other rational criteria. The
weld filler rnctaJ used in the members ;:ind connections of the seismic force resist
ing system is s~lected to meet the requirements of AISC Seismic Proyisions Section
A3.4a. The concrete and steel reinforcing mat.erials used in composite component<>
should satisfy the requiremen~ of AJSC Seismic Provisions Section A3.5.
Note 2. The structurnl design drawings :10d specifications for C-OSW systems are to mw,,
the requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions Sections A4.1, A4.2 and A4.3.
<I
c
D
Fig. 7-3. lllusiration of1U1 embedded sreel coupling beam for a C~OSW system.
Nares
are keyed to Thble 74.
I'
l.
'.
7- 18
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WAU.S
Notes in Figure 7-3 and Simplified

Overview of C-OSW Requirements
..
i::J
...
~1 1
7- 19
Table 7-4
. '
Note in
Flg. 7.3
Note in
Overview
Mater1als
Seismic Prov. Sects. AJ. J,

A3.2, A3.4a & A3.5
Structural design drawings and specificatio(ls
Seismic Prov. Sects. M.1,

A4.2&M.3
Refefenced
Item
standard
Required strength for structural members

and cormections
Seismic Prov. Sects. 83.1

& H4.S
Structural analysis
Seismic Prov. Cli. C&

Sect. H4.3
5(a)
Composite member stiffness
Seismic Prov. Comm. to

Ch.C
System requrrements
Seismic Prov. Sect H4.4
Boundary members
Seismic Prov. Sect H4.5a
Coupling beams
Selsmfc Prov. Sect H4.5b
S{a)
Beam flange local buckling
Seismic Prov. Sect

H4.5b(1)(1) &Table 01.1
S(b)
Web local bLickling
Seismic Prov. Sect.

H4.5b(1Xl) & Table 01.1
8(c)
calculated embedment length
75 COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS
Seismic Pr(JV, Sect
The steel coupung beams used in C-OSW systems do not require special detailing. The
proportioning of the beam cross sections over the height of the building need only satisfy
the requfred shear and moment strengths determined from a linear elastic analysis (e.g.,
equivalent lateral force analysis). Flexural and shear strengths are determined using AlSC
Specification Chapters F and G. However, AISC Seismic Provisions Section H4 requires
the beam-to-waU connection to transfer the expected beam shear strength. Therefore, it is
ldvantageous to consider grouping beam strengths over the height of the building in an
effort to minimize the required embedment lengths at each level.
Flanges and webs must satisfy the ductility requirements of AlSC Seismic Provisions
Section D1.1 for moder!ltely ductile members. For these checks, the value of Ca in Table D1. l
can be taken as zero because these coupling benms have litlle or no required axial strength.
Beam Embedment Length

The required length of the beam embedded into the wall pier is determined using AISC
Seismic Pr(]Visions Equation H4-2 or B4-2M. The Vn teon in this equation is the expe.cted
beam shear strength. In this equation, the tenn g is the clear span of the coupling beam.
However, the acrual embedment length is measured from the first line of boundary element
wall reinforcement. So. the actual embedment length of the beam, from the face of the wall,
is the length calculated using Equation H4-2 plus 1be concrete cover of the boundary elemem reinforcement as illustrated in Figure 7-4.
Composite Coupling Beams

Expected Plastic Moment
AJSC Specification Section 13.3(c) permits the use of the plastic stress distribution or straincompatibility methods for determination of tlexural strength on the composite section when
H4.5b(l )(3)
D
E
Total embedment length

Beam cJearspan, t0< calculation ol
embe<lment (clef.nition of g)
9
Reinforced concrete walls
reinforcement
Boundary
steel
ACl 318 Sect. 11.9 &
Face or wall
Cit 14
wan pier axial load due to coupring actioo
~beam
Undefined in lt.e SeiSmiC

PrrwisJons. Sa! this Part al
tile Manual for guidance.
'The refereoced stan<!ards ate In addition to the requirements ot the AISC Specific8tiotl.
j;
~;
'.
...
j:
r:
r:
(c) The embedment length is determined from AISC Seismic Provisions Equation
H4-2 or H4-2M, and is considered to begin inside the outer layer of confining
reinforcement in the wall boundary layer.
Note 9. Reinforced concrete walls ore designed in accordance with ACI 318 Section 11.9
and Chapter 14.
Outer layer of
confining
relnfOf'cement
Note: Horizontal
wall reinforcement
not shown
L.
Concrete cover
'f2
Fig. 7-4. Total embedmenr length of beam.

A/.tEJIJCAN 1.NSTTIV11! OP Sn:E.. CONSTl\\JC110.'(
7-20
COMPOSTTE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEARWALLs
l'
o.asrcr
..:.
21.0H.-W
"ti
i---
Tb
I
j:
Shear Strength
'T';
Concrete
stress
7-21
cf the structural steel coincide with the elevation of the upper and lower reinforrement,
respectively. an emirely new set of geometries exists. Additional configurations are possible, depending on the placement of the steel member and the reinforcing.
Figure 7-5 shows three possibilities for the location of the plastic neutral axis in a cross
section where the structural steel does not extend into the elevations of the steel reinforcemenL For Case I, the plastic neutral axis is above the top of the steel shape. Although it is
possible, it is unlikely that the reinforcing steel in thjs region would be below the plastic
neutral ax.is, so that possible arrangement is not illustrated. For Cases 2 and 3, the plastic
neutral axis e:i:tends imo the structural section.
Regardless of the position of the elements, the plastic moment strength can be determined using either the plastic s tress distribution method or the strain compatibility method
of AJSC Specification Section 13, as appropriate. The challenge is in determimng the location of the plil~tic neutral axis. One approach would be to use the equations for pure
bending given for composite beam-columns in Tables 7-IOA, 7- JOB, 7-llA and 7-1 lB in
this Part of the Manual.
steel ~c~ors are provided. At the expected plastic moment strength of a composite coupling
beam, it 1s reasonable to assume that the concrete in tension has cracked. To calculate plastic moment strength, the location of the plastic neu tral axis of the cracked section must
be determined. Depending on the p0sition within the cross section of the constituent elements there are many different locations of the plastic neutral axis that can be conceived
when detennining the internal forces acting on the section. For example, assume that the
structural steel section does not extend up to the top layer or below the bottom layer of longitudinal reinforcement as shown in Figure 7-5. lf the centroids of the top and bottom flange
PNA
7J COMPOSITE SHl:.AR WALLS
The limiting expected shear strength of a composite coupling beam is calculated using A ISC
Seismic Provisions Equations H44 or H4-4M and js based on the expected strength of the
steel shape. The total expected shear strength is the sum of the resistances provided by
the strucrural steel section, the concrete, and the transverse reinforcement. Of the three
material contributions to the total shear resistance of the beam, expected material strength is
considered only for the structural steel.
From the ACI 318 requirements for shear reinforcement, the size and spacing of transverse reinforcement depends on the ma&Ttitude of shear stress being resisted. However,
regardless of the magnitude of shear stress, at least the minimum shear reinforcement
requirements must be provided. The Commentary toAISC Seismic Provisions Sections H4.2
and H5.2 provides funher cliscussion on this topic.
Forces
Case 1: Plastic Netral Axis a bove Steel Shape
,:
Embedment Length
Concrete
stress
As with steel coupling beams, the embedment length of the steel section of the composite
beam is considered to begin within the outer layer of confining reinforcement. Similar
Case 2: Plaptic Neutral Axis in Flange
to steel coupling beams, the embedment length is determined through ATSC Seismic
Provisions Equation H4-2. but is based on the nominal shear strength defined by Equation
ll4-3. As discussed previously, it is permitted co have a composite beam detailed to be
shear- or flexure-critical.
PNA
Example 7.5.1. C-OSW Steel Coupling Beam Design

Given:
Concrete
stress
The siJ.:th floor core plan of a 15-story core wall system is shown in Figure 7-6. The com-
Forces
~ite ordinary shear wall system is coupled
Case 3: Plastic Neutral Axis in Web

Fig. 7-5. Possible internal forces based on the plastic stress distribwion.
AMERICAN .INSTITIJTS OF STEtil.. CONSTllUCllOl'I
..
I ,
~-
with steel coupling beams. Coupling beam

sizes are grouped such that different beam sizes are used at floor levels 1-5, 6-10, and
11-15. Table 7. 5 tabulates the maximum LRFD beam required shear strength for each group
Of beams. A modal response spectrum analysis procedure according lo ASCE/SEI 7 was
AMERICAN I NSTl1Vll! OF STEEL CoNSTRUcnON
....
7-22
7.5 COMPOSITE SHE.AR WAUS
7-23
t..,
"
used to detennjne the seismic loading, wbkb was theu combined with gravity loads using
the basic seismic load combinations of ASCEISEl 7 Section I 2.4.23 (not using the ampli
fied seismic load). The analysis meets AISC Seismic Provisions Section H4.3 requirements;
I) uncracked elJcctive stiffness ralues were used, and 2) flexibility of the connea:ion
between coupling beams and wall piers was taken into account. Second order effects were
also considered in the ruialysis.
From ASCEJSEI 7, lhe following parameters apply: R = 5, Cd= 4.5,

Design Category C, and le = 1.0.
~:::
Table 7-5
LRFD Beam Required Shear Strength
2.5, Seismic
The compressive strength of the wall pier concrete is 8 ksi, the steel reinforcement is ASTh1
Grade 60. and the steel beams are built-up I-shapes of ASTM A572 G.ttide 50 plate material.
The clear cover from foce of wall co boundary reinforcement is 0.750 in. The maximum
beam depth permined is 30.0 in. Assume a maximum rotation of 0.08 rad and no a.."tfaJ load
in the coupling beam.
FlOOf Level
v. kips
11-15
295
6-10
486
1-5
380
Table 7-6
Expected Beam Shear Strengths, Vn
Perform the following:

1. Specify lhe cross-sectional dimensions of the coupling beruns on levels 6-10 assuming that lhe beam will be shear-critical.
2. For the beam sized in Part l of this problem, compute the required embedmenl length
of lhe beam into the wall pier.
3. Given tbe LR.FD beam required s:ar strengths over !he height of ~e building provided
in Table 7-5, determine the LRFD required axial s1rength al tb.e base of !he wnll piers
due to coupling action only.
FlOO' Level
Vn. kips
11-15
325
6-10
To be detennined
1- 5
429
Solution:
Part 1: Coupling Beam Design

!IHllll
;,,
AS'Thl A572 Grade 50

Fy =50 ksi
F.,=65 ksi
Stiffener
Ill HJ
plate
(typ.)
Local Buckling
en
...-
For a C-OSW system, the flanges and webs of the steel coupling beam are to satisfy the
requirements for moderately ductile members. Referring 10TableD1 .1 of the AlSC Seismic
Prvvisions, the limiting widrh-to-thickness ratio for a built-up member is given.
lllHI
12'-0"
(a)
..
..
j
(b)
From AISC Seismic Pl'()Vision.s TabJe Dl.l, the limiting widLb-to-lhickness ratio for the
Oanges of the beam is:
-$/.
f
Fig. 7-6. (a) Core planar six1hjloor and (b) Section A-A-beam cross section.
;,
,,.
.. ;
~ii
:: -l 1
'"
7-24
COMPOSJTE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WALLS
'Arru1 =0.38
=
75 COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS
Determine Lhe required nange thickness to satisfy flange local buckling based on the litniriog width-10-thick.ness ratio derermincd previously.
fK
vF;
~ ~9.15
_ 29,000 ksi
0 38
50 ksi
= 9.15
b b1
-=2t1
The limiting width-lo-thickness rario for the beam web is also detemtined from Table DL l
as follows:
"'9.15
11
> 15.0 in.= 0 820 .

- 2(9.15)
'"
Assume y = 1.00 in.
Because there is no axial load on the beam, P,. =O; therefore, C0 = 0.
Knowing the depth (d = 30.0 in.) and flange thickness (lj

value, d - 2lj. can be calculated.
Ama=3.76 ([(l-2.75C,,)
'JF,
=3 .76
7-2.5
=1.00 in.) of the cross section, the
d-2c1 ==30.0 in. -2(1.00 in.)
29,000 ksi (l-O)

50 ksi
= 28.0 in.
=90.6
Using rbe trial values for the flsnge and web dimensions, the thickness of the web can be
determined. The thickness required to satisfy the link length equation is used to compute the
required 1hickness and A..,= dt,., :iccording to AISC Specification Section G2. Solving for c,,.:
Link Length Requirement
The problem stAtement requires a chord rotation of O.OS rad and a shear-critical coupling
beam. Using Equations 7-9 and 7-15:
> Ldt...,
b1t1(d-t1 )+
c,., ( d-21
4
Ult..,
2.67
=--
)(J .00 rn.

)(30.0 in. _ 1.00 rn.
. ) +--------t..., (28.0 jn.)2 _ 72.0 in.(30.0 in.)r;
(15 .o m.
- 2.67
I,.. ::: 0. 710
2.67
in.
Use 1,., = 0.625 in.
Assume the beam depth, d, is the ma.'timum permitted of 30.0 in. The maximum flange
width that can fit within the steel reinforcement in the wall piers is (assuming No. 8 bori
zontal and vertical reinforcing bars):
= 24.0 in. - 2(0.75 in.)- 2(1.00 in.)-2(1.00 in.)
'
The following trial section dimensions can be used to check the requirements.for the design
of the beam.
b1::: 15.0 in.
d=30.0 in.
11 = l.00 in.
lw =
0.625 in.
A =47.5 in. 2
11 =563 in:'
'1=3.44 in.
=18.5 in.
Check web local buckling
where
c~
= concrete cov~r
db,v
=diameter of vertical reinforcement bar

dfameter of horizontal reinforcement bar
db,h
Use b1= 15.0 in.
-$90.6
I
28.0 in.
0.625 in.
==44.8 <90.6
o.k.
AMEIUCAN
lNsJTnml OP S1EllL Cot<STRUCllON
.l
1
,.. t
7-26
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES ANO SHEAR Wi;us
Check flange local buckling
l .,.,
')".-~ i
,, 1:- .
~--1
~$9.15
7-27
Aexural Strength
The required flexural strength at levels 6-10, from Equation 7-2 wilh
v,, from Table 7-5, is:
./
Mu= V.,L
f!._ .!!i_
=486 kips(72.0 in.)
- 2t1
2
=17,500 kip-in.
15.0 in.
2(1.00 in.)
Because !he shape is compact according to the AJSC Specijicorion, determine whether the
limit state ot lateral-torsional buckling applies.
o.k.
=7.50<9.15
Maximum Unk Length
For a shear-critical beam in an ordinat)' system. the maximum link lcnglh is determined
from Equation 1-3 as follows:
Lp = l .76r1
[f
(Spec. Eq. F2-5)
'J.F_~
29.000 ksi
-50 ksi
"'1.76(3.44 in.)-S l.6Mp

Vp
(7-3)
l.6Mp _ l.6F7 Zi
Vp - 0.6FyA1,,.
"'146 in.
Because 72 in. < 146 in., lateral-torsional buckling does not apply, and the:. design flexural
strenglb based on flexural yielding is detenn.ined in acco.rdru1ce with AJSC Specification
Section F2.l:
where
)2
Z;,: = b1t1 ( d-c1 ) +-'----';..:._
t,.. ( d - 2t1
(7-15)
= (15.0 in.)(1.00 in.)(30.0 in. -
2
1.00 in.)+ 0 625 ia.( S.O in.)2
$Mn=tVMp
=0.90(27,900 lcip-in.)
=25,100 kip-in.
25,100kip-in.>17,500 kip-in.
o.k.
=558 in.
1:~
...
Shear Strength
(7-5)
Mp= F1 Zx
= 50 k.si(558 in.3)
For a built-up member:
=27,900 kip-in.
' I'
(7-6)
VP :::: 0.6F1 A,,,,
=0.6(50 ksiX30.0 in.X0.625 in.)

=563 kips
,...
:
For a beam without stiffeners, k..,
uotE =uo
=5, and
5(29,000 ksi)
50 ksi
=59.2 > 44.8
L $ 1.6(27,900 kip-in.)
563 k:ips
Therefore:
S79.3 in.
72.0 in. S 79.3 in.
~::::0.90
Fy
Therefore:
......"
The available shear strength frorn AlSC SpecijicaJio11 Section 02 is determined as follows.
(Spec. Eq. 02-3)

o.k .
The given link length of 6 ft meets this rcqui.remenl.
COMPOSJTE .GRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WAU.S
7-28
7- 29
Use Vn = 619 kips.
lbe available shear strength is:

(from Spec. Eq. G2-1)
<PvV,. = ~v0.6FyAwCv
=0.90(0.6)(50 ksi)(0.625 in.)(30.0 in.)(1.0)

=506 kips> 486 kips
o.k.
Detenn.ine the cmbcdmcm length by solving for L. in Equation H4-2:
24 0 in
619 = l.54.J8 ksi ( .
15.0 JO.
619=
Part 2: Beam Embedment Length

From Prut l of this solution, Vn
7.5 CO!'v!POSI fE SHEAR WAU..S
=563 kips and M.,. =27,900 kip-in.
)o.66
(0.65)(15.0 in.)L.
0.58- (0.22)(0.65)1
72.0
0.88+ -
2L,
25.3L.
0.88+ 36.0
L.
From AJSC Seismic Provisions Section H4.5b(l )(3):
L. = 42.3 in.
The toral embcdment length, from the face of the wall, is:
(Provision.s Eq. H+2)
\.:
L.+Cc =42.3 in.+0.750 in.

=43. 1 in.
where
b,.,=24 in.
Therefore, each end of the beam will be embedded a minimum of 44.0 in. from the face of
the wall.
fJ =8 ksi
~l
=0.65 from ACI 318 Section 10.2.7.3
Part 3: Wall Pier Required Axial Strength
g =L=72.0in.
In AISC Seismic Provisions Equation H4-2, g could be replaced with 8eff an effective clear
span to account for spalling at the face of che walJ, but this is not required by the AISC
Seismic Provisions and will have very fatle impact on lhe final design. This would require
the clear span to be increased by the concrete cover over the first reinforcing bar at each side.
AISC Seismic Proi:isions Section H4.5b(1)(4) requires that vertical wall reinforcement with
a no~inal strength equal to the expected shear strength. Vn, of the steel coupling beam be
provided over the embedded length of the coupling beam. The axial load resultin<> from the
coupling action on the base wall piers is the ac~umulation of the expected i:am shear
strengths over the height of the building.
For the given core wall system, two coupling beams frame into each shear wall.
The expected shear strength of the steel coupling beam is:
(Provisions Eq. H4-l)
~ased on the nominal shear strengths given in, Table 7-6, the required wall pier axial strength
1s determined as follows.
\
Expected beam shear strength at levels 11-15, from Table 7-6:

From AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3.l, for ASTM A572 Grade 50 material:
=(325 kips/floor/beam)
(l::V,. )1 1-1s =(5 floors)(325 k.ips/floor/beam}(2 beams)
(V,. )11_ 15
Ry= 1.1
V,.
=2R1 Mp
=3,250 kips
=2(1.1)(27,900 kip-in.)
Expected beam shear strengths at levels 6-10 from previous calculations:
72.0 in,
=853 kips
V,. =R1 Vp
=1.1(563 kips)
=619 kips
(Vn.)6-io =(619 kips/floor/beam)

',I
(.tV,, )6--10
=(5 floors)(6 I 9 kips/floor/beam)(2 beams)
I~
= 6,190 kips
..
LI
7-3-0
COMPOSITE BR.ACFO FRAMES AND SHEARWA!LS
Expected beam shear strength at levels 1-5, from Table 7-6:
..
(V" )1_5 = ( 429 k1ps/Ooor/beam)
(LV,,)1_ 5
~
,
,
..
=(5 floors)(429 kips/floor/beam)(2 beams)

= 4. 290 kips
7 - ll
75COMPOSITESHFAR WAI IS
AST\1 A992 material is used for the structural i.recl. ASTM \615 Grade 60 matenal i.; used
fOf all steel reinforcement, :ind the concrete compre~sivc \lrength 1s 4 ksi.
1 Specify the required spacing of the transverse rcinforcemenL
2. Calculate the expected plastic moment strength of the composite beam.
3. Calculate the required cmbedmenl length of the structural i.tcel seccion into the \\all
pier. Assurne !he sp~m length of the beam ~ 5.00 ft between wall faces .
The total axial load effect due to coupling below level 1 is:
P~. wall, coupling=
3,250 kips t-6, 190 kips+4,290 kips
Solutio n:
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, lhe material properties are as follows:
= 13,700 kips
The required axial strength of the wall piers in upper floors is calculated in a similar
manner. Jn such a case, the total axial load due to coupling, al a given floor level, is an
accumulation of ~e beam shear strengths for the beam at the floor being considrrcd 3Jld
ASTMA992
Fy = 50 ksi
F. = 65 ks1
From AISC Manual Table 1- 1. the geometric propenies .ire a:.
beams above.
follow~:
W14x53
Exampfe 7 .5.2. C-OSW Composite Coupling Beam Design
..:~
'
Given:
A composite coupling beam is used to couple the 16-in. thick shear walls of a com~1tc
ordinary shear wall system. A cross section of the coupling beam is shown in Figure 7-7. A
mod:il response spectrum analysis procedure according to 1\SCE/SEl 7 was used 10 deter
nune the seism.ic looding. ''hich was then combined with gravity loads using the basic
seismic load combinations of ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.2.3 (not using the amplified seisJnJc
load). The analysis meets AISC Seismic Previsions Section 114.3 requirements: I) uncrackcd
effective stiffness values were used, and 2) flexibility of the connection between coupling
beams and wall piers was taken into account. Second-order effeccs were also considered in
the analysis. The LRFD required shear and flexural strengths are:
r11 = 0.370 in.
d:::: 13.9 in.
Z= 87.1 in.
=S.06 in.
If
=0.660 in.
Part 1: Specify Transverse Reinforcement Spacing

.\ccorc.ling to AISC Specifica1io11 Section 14. l, the sh~ar ~trcngth of the composite beam can
lit 13ken as the sum of that contributed by the steel ~ape and that comnbuted by the rein
forcing. with= 0.75. With the required shear strength gl\en :is 232 kips, the nominal shear
strength of the composite coupling beam must be .11 le~t the following:
9 k'l pS
232
v,.~--=30
11
0.75
For the rolled steel :.hape with

ltrength of the steel is:
Vu =232 kips
M11 = 6.960 kip-in.
bt
Ii/ r.., ~ 2.24.JE/ Fy c. =1.0; therefore, the nominal shear

(S~c.
V,s1u1=0.6F.A,.C,
= 0.6(50 ksi)(J 3.9 in.)(0.370 in.)(1.0)
=154 kips
Comer bal'$, #8
The rei nforcing steel must provide the following nominal shear stteogrh:
W1 4x53
v...
Stirrups,#5
Jr
~ 309
kips - 154 kips= 155 kips
For No. 5 stirrups, the maximum spacing can be clctem1incd usi ng:
~:
""
''
V,.,,,
=A,f,.d
1
16.0"
Fig. 7.7, Composi1e coupling beam su11on.
..
Eq. G2-I)
Therefore, solving for s, the required stirrup spacing is:
(AO 318 Eq. 1 l -15)
7-32
COMPOSJTI.: BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WAilS
Avhd
s=--
ASThf A992: R>F1 1.1(50 ksi) 55 ksi

ASTM A615: R}F1 = 1.25(60 ksi) =75 ksi
V,.,,,
7- 33
7.5 COMPOSITE SHEAR WAL.LS
4-k..~i
2(0.31 in.2)(60 ksi)(J 7 .5 in.)
..
154 kips
=4.23 in.
concrete: 1.50/c' =I 50(4 ksi) = 6 ksi
From Table 7- lOA, ai;~uming that the plastic neutral axis is io the flange, the variable hn c:m
be determined. This is 1he distance from the centroid of the section to the location of the
plastic neutral axis. Th\ls:
Maximum Transverse Spacing Requirements
0.85//(Ac +As - db1 )-2F1 (As -db1)

hn =
2[0.S5/:(h1 -bi)+ 2F1 b1]
The maximum spacing of the transverse reinforcement is determined from ACl 318 Se<:tion
l 1.4.5.l and solving for sin lhe equations for Aw. m1,, ghen in Section l l.4.6.3. With the concrete strength taken in psi for use in ACJ 318 equ:uions:
d_l7.5in. _
- -
Note there is no term for the reinforcing s1eel because there is no reinforcing steel at the
midpoint of the section. Determine the area of the steel shape using the same geometry used
in the derivation of the equations, which is the model of three rectangles.
875
.
In.
24 in.
..\1
smax $min AvFy = 2(0.31 in. )(60,000 psi)= _ in.

46 5
50b,,,
50(16.0 in.)
2
:::: 2(0.3 l in. )(60,000 psi)

0.75fjlb,., 0.75-/4,000 psi(l6.0 in.)
AvFy
Therefo~.
=2(8.06 in.)(0.660 in.)+!J 3.9 io. -
2(0.660 in.))(0.370 in.)
=15.3 in.2
=49 _0 in.
The area of the concrete is:
Ac= 16.0 in.(20.0 in.)-15.3 in.2 -4(0.79 io.2)
the maximum spa_cing is 8.75 in.
=302 in.2
The spacing requirements based on shear strength were determined as 4.23 in. Thus. use
No. 5 closed stirrups at 4.00 in. on-center spacing.
Thus:
0.85(6 ksi)l302 in. 2 +15.3 in.2-13.9 in.(8.06 in.)]- 2(55 ksi)
Part 2: Expected Flexural Strength of Composite Beam
x[l5.3 in.2 -..13.9 in.(8.06 in.)]

2[0.85(6 ksi)(J 6.0 in. - 8.06 in.)+ 2(55 k si)(8.06 in.)}
h,, =~~~---!.-~--~--'-~--'-~---,....-
It may take several iterations to identify the case (see Figure 7-5) that applies to the cross
section in any given problem. For lhis problem il is assumed that the plastic neutral axis is
in the flange of the steel shape-Case 2 in Figure 7-5. The plastic flexural strength may be
determined by application of equjJjbrium principles or by the equations provided for pure
bending of encased composite beani-columns given in Table 7- lOA of this Part of !he
Manual (Geschwindner, 2010). Because these equations :ire somewhat more straigbtfoc
ward, they will be illusu-ated here.
AISC Seismic Provisions Section H4.5b(2) requires lhe use of the expected strength of
the steel shape, the reinforcing steel, and the concrete. As for other expected streoglh calculations, AISC Seismic Provision.s Table A3.l gives R1 1.1 for ASTM A992 steel and
Ry= 1.25 for ASTM A615 reinforcing steel.
The User Note in .AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3.2 states that to dete.nnine the
expected strength of reinforced concrete, reference should be made to Seismic
Rehabilitation of 5.xisring Buildings. ASCE/SEI 41-06 (ASCE, 2006). The expected
strength can be determined by applying lhe factor provided in ASCEJSEI 41-06 Table 6-4
for concrete compressive strength, where a value of 1.50 is given. Thus, the expected yi~
strengths used in determining the expected plastic flexural strength are:
AMERICAN L~ OF Sn:a CO>ISTllucnON
=6.30 in.
Because this dimension is greater than the distance from the cenler of the section to the under
side of lhe flange and Jess lban haJf of the steel beam depth, the assumpti?" that the plastic
neutral axis is in the flange is correct.
I
)
::
Using the series of equatfons given in Table 7- lOA in this Part of the ManuaJ for Point B,
for h,. within the flange, and Point D:
Zsn =Z, -bf (%-Jin)(i+hn)

=871'
. an. 3 -806'
. m. (
13 9
in.
2
6.30in.)(
13 9
in.+6.30in.)
2
=17.7 in.3
7-34
COMl'OSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WAUS
7-15
7.5 COMPOSrTE SllEAR WALLS
~'
7...:,.=h1~-z,,.
The clear span, g, for l.hjs composite coupling beam is 5.00 fl.
=16.0 in.(6.30 in.)
-17.7
in. 3
The expected shear slrength, V11,W11p lS determined from AISC Seismic ProvisioJts Equation
as follows:
H4~3
=6 17in.3
Z,
..
=(Au-A,,,)(h;-c)
V. comp =
= 262 kips< Vcomp
=23.7 io. 3
:::.;
Zc
where
h1h~
=- - -z, - z,
Vc.,,,,p
= 1.6.0 in.{20.0 in.)2 _ 8

4
~\:::J
. _2
.
7 1 in.3 3. 7 in. 3
r;;
A3F..,,,.d, )
=R1 Vp + (0.0632-.jfcb
..-cdc +
~
=1.1(0.6)(50 ksi)(l 3.9 in.)(0.370 in.)
(from Provisions Eq. H~)
+ 0.0632J4 ksi (16.0 in.){! 7 .5 in.)
=l,490 in.3
~!
(Provisions Eq. H4-3)
2(654 kjp-fl)
5.00 fl
=[4(0.79 in.2)-o in.2 ]( 20 ~ in. -2.5 in.)
!.
..
2Mp, exp
5 Vcomp
g
2(0.31 in. 2 )(60 ksi)(l7.5 in.)
+-'-~~~...;._~....:..;~~-'-
:~
'
.;.
~::
,,,.~1
,",...
4.00 in.
Mo = ZsFy + Z7 Fyr + Zc (0.85/:)

2
=87 .1 in. 3 (55 ksi) + 23. 7 in.3(75 ksi) + 1490 in.
=10.400 kip-in.
=368 kips
[0.85(6 ksi)]
Therefore, V11,comp
Note thrit the equation used here for Vromp includes a conversion factor so that/~ can be
applied in ksi units.
Ms = Mo-Zrn F1 - Zen (0.85/:)

2
i"
~:~=l
~..
,,
=10,400 kip-in.-17.7 in .(55 ksi)
The cmbedmem length can then be determined from AJSC Seismic Provisions Equation
H4-2 as follows:
617
in. [0.85(6 ksi)]
2
8.06 in.
Thus:
M p,up = 7,850 kip-in.1{12 in./ft)
262-
'...'
~:
~~
'
::
",;
!\
~:

From AlSC Seismic Provisions Section H4.5b(l)(3), modified according
in.)
L. 0.58-0.22(0.85)
_ + 60.0 in.
0 88
= 654 kip-ft
...:
~~:
.:,
0 66
. (0.85)(8.06
262:::: 1.54J4 ksi ( 16 0 in.)
=7,850 kip-in.
l:
=262 kips.
24
13.04
0.88+ 30.0
to
Secrion
Le
=35.0 in.
H4.5b(2)(2):
The total embedded lenglh from the face of the wall is:
b,
Vn, comp = 1.54.fjf(2
.b1
f/=4 ksi
p, =0.85
)0.66
J}ib;l,
0.58-0.2213'11
0.88+-L
24
L. 1-Cc =3S.0 in.+ 0.75 in.

=35.8 in.
Each end of the beam will be embedded a minimum of 36 in. beyond lhe face of the wall.
7-36
COMPOSJT.e BRACED FRAMES AND SRF.AR WAJ..1.S
Composite Special Shear Walls (C-SSW)
Composite special shear wall (C-SSW) systems are designed in accordance with AJSC
Seismic Provisions HS. C-SSW systems are reinforced concrete walls composite wuh
structural steel, including steel or composite boundary members and steel or composite
coupling beams.

An overview of the AJSC Seismic Provisions and ACT 318 requirements for lhe design of C
SSW systems follows. Figure 7-8 illustrates an embedded steel coupling beam in a
composite special shear wall system. Areas of I.he figure are labeled to identify pertinent
design considerations. Table 7-7 identifies specific requirements of the AISC Seismic
Provisions that correspond to lhe areas labeled in the figure and pro,ides a simplified summary of the design requirements.
Note 1. The structural steel material used for C-SSW systems is limited by the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section A3. l, where the specified minimum
yield stress of lhe sreel is not to exceed 50 ksi for members in which inelastic
behavior is expecred. This specified mjnimum yield stress can be exceeded when
the suitability of the material is determined by testing or oilier rational criteria.
The weld filler metal used in the members and connecrions of the seismic !force
resisting system is selected to meet lhe requirements of AJSC Seismic Provisions
Section A3.4a. The concrete and steel reinforcing materials used in composite
components should satisfy the requirements of ATSC Seismic Provisions Swion
A3.5.
Note 2. The structural design drawings and specifications for C-SS\V systems are to meet
the requiremenrs of AISC Seismic Proiisions Sections A4.l, A4.2 and A4.3.
Note 4. The required strength for structural members and connections is determined
according to AISC Seismic Provisions Sections B3. l and HS.5.
Note 5. Structural analysis for the l\ppropriate load combinations is to be performed in
accordance with the requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Chapter C and
Section HS.3.
(a) For elastic analysis, the stiffness of composite members shall include the
effects of cracked sections. Additional guidelines for estimating the stiffness of
concrete beam and column members, concrete-encased and concrete-filled
members, and steel ~earns with composite slabs are provid~d in the
Commentary to the AlSC Seismic Provisions Chapter C. These concrete and
composite member properties reflect 1he effective stiffness at the onset of
significant yielding in the members.
Note 6. System requirements are as given in AISC Seismic Provisions Section H5.4.
Note 7. Boundary members ofC-SSW systems are designed in accordance with theAJSC
Specification and AlSC Seismic Provisions Section H5.5b.
Note 8. Steel coupling beams of C-SSW systems are designed in accordance with the A.ISC
Specification and AISC Seismic Provisions Secrions HS.Sa, H5.5c and H5.5<L
Strucllll'3l steel I.inks must satisfy the requirements for highly ductile membetS
..
7- 37
7J COMPOSITE SHr~ WAL.LS
(a) As s tipulated in AJSC Seismic Provisions Section H5.5c by reference to

Section F3.5b, for I-shaped beams, with link lengths ~ 1.6,\lfp/Vp. the steel
beam flange may meet the width-to-thickness requirements for a moderately
ductile element given in AISC Seismic Pro,isio11s Table Dl.l; otherwise the
requirements for highly ductile elements must be met.
(b) As stipulated in AlSC Seismic Provisio11s Section H5.5c, the steel beam web
must meet the width-to-lhick11ess requirements for a highly ductile element
given in AISC Seismic Provisions Table DI. J.
(c) As stipulated in AISC Seismic Provisions Seciion HS.5c by reference to
Section F3.5b, for links made of built-up cross sections. complete-joint-penc
tration groo,e welds are used to connect the web to the flanges.
(d) Intermediate web stiffeners are designed in accordance with AISC Seismic
Proi:ision.r Sections H5.5a by reference to Section F3.5b(4), and Section
H5.5c. which also references Section H4.5b.
(e) Face bearing plates are designed in accordance with AlSC Seismic Prodsions
Sections H5.5c and F3.5b by reference.
(f) Vertical transfer bars are designed in accordance with AISC Seismic Provisio11s
Sect.ion HS.5c.
(g) The embcdment length is detennined from AlSC Seismic Provisio11s Equation
H4-2 or H4-2M with modifications given in Section H5.5c and is considered
to begin inside the first layer of confining reinforcement in rhe wall boundary
layer.
(h) The link length is detennined in accordance with AISC Seismic Provisions
Section H5.5c, by reference to Sections F3.5b and H4.5b.
Face of wall
K
G
Outer layer of
boundary steel
H
Fig. 7-8. Notes key for AISC Seismic Provisions design requiremems
for a coupling beam in a C-SSW system (see Table 7-7).
1.
-,,.m....
COMPOSITE BRACED ~"iES AND SHEAR WAU.S
7-38
:. J
""'
i~
1 )9
7j COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS
F:ti.1
Table
:I
7~7
Notes in Figure 7-8 and Overview of

Requirements for C-SSW Systems
,,,
Note in
Fig. 78
Note In
Summary
item
Materials
.~
Notes in Figure 7-8 and Overview of

Requirements for C-SSW Systems
Referenced
Standard
llote in
Fig. 7-8
Note In
Summary
Seismic Prov. Sects. A3. t,
8(h}
A3.4 &A3.5
Structural design drawings and specifications
load and load combinations
Seismic Prov. Seel 82
.Required strength for structural ~mbers

and connecti-Ons
Selsmlc Prov. Sects. 83.1

& HS.5
Structural analysis
Seismic Prov. Seel HS.3
S(a)
Elastic stiffness of concrete/composite
Seismic Prov. Comm.
members
to Ch.C
System requirements
Seismic Prov. Sect HS.4
Boundary members
Seismic Prov. Sect. HS.Sb
S1eel coupnng beams
Seismic Prov. Secls. H5.5a

& HS.Sc
8(a)
Beam flange local buckling
Seismic Prov. Sects. HS.Sc,

F3.Sb(1) (Exception)
& Table 01.1
8(b)
Web local flucl<ling
Seismic Prov. Seel HS.SC

&Table 01.1
8{c)
Flange-web weld (built-up I-shape)
Seismic Prov. sect.

F3.5b(1}
8(d}
Intermediate \Yeb stiffeners
Seismic F'rov. sects.

F3.5b(4), H4.Sb & HS.Sc
8(e)
Face bearing plates
Seismk Prov. Sects.
Clear span of beam:

link length
Referenced
Standard
Seismic Prov. Sect.

F3.5b(3)
Seismic Prov. Sects. A4.1,

A4.2 &A4.3
Item
For calculation of embedmem (definition of fh
Seismic Prov. Sect.

H4.5b(1)
Stilfener welds
Wall pier axial load Clue to coupling action
SelsnliC Prov. Seel. HS.Sc
Composite coupling beams
Seismic Prov. Sect H5.5d
10
Seismic Prov. Sect. H5.6a
11
Column spfices
Seismic Prov. Sect. H5.6b
12
Reinforced concrete walls
ACI 318 Sect. 11.9. Ch. 14

& Sect 21.9
Seismic Prov. Sect.

F3.5b(4)
'The relerenceel $.dards llJ'e in addition 10 the AlSC Specification.
Note 9. Composite coupling beams are designed in nccordance with AISC Seismic
Provisions Section H5.5d.
Note 10. Demand critical welds are required as defined in AISC Seismic Provisions Section
HS.6a.
Note JI. Column splices are de.~igned in nccordance with the AISC Specificarion and AISC
Seismic Provisions Section H5.6b.
Note 12. Reinforced concrete walls are designed in accordnnce with ACI 318 Section 11.9
and Chapter 14, in addition to Section 21.9.
F3.5b(4) & HS.Sc

F
8(~
G
H
8(g)
Vertical transfer bars

localion of end vertical transfer bar and
stiffener
Embedment lenglh:
caJculated embed length
Magnitude or shear used lo calculate
embed length
I
Seismic Prov. Seel HS.Sc

Seismic Prov. Seel HS.Sc
Seismic Prov. Seel

H4.Sb(1)(3)
Seismic Prov. Seel.
Seel HS.Sc
Seismic Prov. Sect.
H4.5b(1)(3)

The steel coupling be.ams used in C-SSW systems require special detailing as outlined in
AISC Seismic Provisions Section H5.Sc. The propo1tions of the beam cross sections must
meet the requirements of Sections H4.5b nnd F3.5 where the coupling beam is treated as a
link in an eccentrically braced fr:\me. The anticipated roLational demand of the beams in special systems is equal to or larger than 0.08 rad.
Moment and shear strength is determined using AISC Specification Ch:ip1ers r and G.
The requirements of AJSC Semnic Provisions Section HS stipulate the transfer of the
ex~cted beam shear strength, amplified by a factor of I. l, to the wall piers. Therefore,
AMEIUCAC'I INSTITVT OJ' Sn:a CONSTRUCOON
7-40
COMPOSITE BRACED !-'RAM.ES AND SHEAR WALLS
it is advantageous to consider grouping beam strengths over the height of the building in
an effort to reduce the wall overstrength requiremenras was discussed for C-OSW systems.
,
,
,
Flange and web: width-to-thickness ratios ~ust satisfy the requirements of AISC Sei..rmic
Provisions Section Dl.I for highly ductiJe members.
:
....
Wall Overstrength
From AISC Seismic Provisions H5.4(2), lhe expected shear strength of the coupling beams
amplified by a factor of 1.1, must be considered as the shear required to be transferred to th~
wall piers; fo_add~tio_n, when computing the required embedment length for steel coupling
beams, the Vn calculated using Equation H4- l must be amplified by l. J as indicated in AISC
Seismic Provisions Section H5.5c.
7-.JJ
7j COMPOSITE SHEAR WAL.LS
Face Bearing Plates

From AISC Seismic Provisions Section HS.Sc, face hearing plates (link stiffeners) are provided on both sides of the beam web and located at the face of the wall pier. These plates
should meet the requirements of stiffeners in links at "the diagonal br:1ce ends" as required
in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4). Figure 7-9 illustrales the placement of face
bearing plates.
Stiffeners within the Embedded Region

Although not specifically required by the AISC Seismic Provisions, stiffeners on both sides
of the web, aligned with the outennost pair of vertical transfer bars, provide significantly
higher cotmection ductility than when these stiffeners are not present. The same size stiffener specified for the face bearing plate should be used and placed as shown in Figure 7-9.
TI1e AISC Seismic Provisions Commentary Section H5 discusses this further.
Beam Embedment Length

The length of the steel coupling b~ embedded into the wall pier is computed using AISC
Vertical Transfer Bars
Seismic Provisions Equation H4-2. The Vn tenn in this equation is the same expected beam
shear strength used to determine wall overstrength for the C-SSW system. In this equation,
the term g is the clear. span of the beam. However, the embedmem length, Le. is measured
from the .o uter layer of boundary element wall reinforcement. Thus, the embedment length
.of the beam, from the face of the wall, is che length calculated using Equation H4-2 plus the
concrete cover o~ the boundary element reinforcement as illustrated in Figure 7-9.
In C-SSW systems, reinforcing bars are attached to the flanges within the embedded region
to improve the ductility and general hysteretic behavior of the connection region. The
requirements for size <md development of the transfer bars are specified in AlSC Seismic
Provisions Section H5.5c. Figure 7-9 illustrates the placement of these bars. A minimum of
two bars are required on eachllangein each embed region.At a minimum, one pair is placed
near the face of the waJJ to coincide wich the wall boundary steel, and one pair is placed near
the end of the embed region no less than one-half the depth of the beam from the end.
Intermediate Web Stiffeners
The AISC Seismic Provisions permit the attachment and development of these bars to be
done mechanically. When mechanical devices are not used, weldable grade reinforcing
bars (e.g., ASTM A706) may be welded directly to the flanges of che beam, and the development length is computed using the provisions of ACI 318 for the development length of
straight reinforcement bars in tension. It should be noted that, depending on the diameter
of the reinforcing bar used, I.he development length might be significant. Where geommy
is tight, mechanical anchorage will reduce the space required for these bars.
From AlSC Seismic Provisions Section HS.5c, web stiffeners musr meet the requirements
for intennediate link stiffeners given in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4).
Vertical transfer
bar (fyp.)
I:.
I'
:.
stiffener same as
face bearing plate;
Example 7 .5.3. C-SSW Steel Coupling Beam Design
Cf.beam
both sides of web
Given:
:.,
..
: ,!.
-,
>d/2
t-----L.=-----1-1~Concrete cover
Aligned With outer

layer of wall
boundary steel
Fig. 7-9. Placement of vertical transfer bars and face bearing plaies.
-~
The sixth floor core plan of a 15-story core wall system is shown in Figure 7-10. The composite special shear wall system includes steel coupling beams. Table 7-8 tabuJates the
LRFD required shear strengths and Table 7-9 tabulates the nominal beam shear strengths
over the height of the building. At the sixth floor level, the LRFD required shear and
moment strengths (determined using the equivalent lateral force procedure) on the coupLing
beams are 795 kips and 2,390 kip-ft, respectively. There is no axial load on the.beams. The
applicable ASCE/SEI 7 parameters are: R = 6, C4 ::: 5, Q 0 2.5, Seismic Design Category
C, and J,, LO.
l
,,.
);:
>
The compressive strength of the wall pier concrete is 8 ksi, the steel reinforcement is
ASTM A61S Grade 60, and the steel beams a.re built-up I-shapes of ASThi A572 Grade 50
7-42
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMFS AJ'l.'D SHE.AR WAU.S
pla1e material. The sllffener material is also ASTM A572 Grade 50 plate. The beam chord
roration demands are expected to be equal to or greater thal\ 0.08 rad. The clear cover from
the face of I.be wall to the reinforcement is 0.75 in. The coupling beam <limensions arc
given in Figure 7-IO(b).
.n
Table 7-8
LRFD Beam Required Shear Strengths
Perform the following for the coupling beam at lhe sixth floor:
I. Cbeck the width-to-thickness rcquircmenL<1 for the flanges and web of the C-OUpling
beam gh'en in Figure 7-IOl.b).
2. Determine if the clear ~pan length of tJ:ie beam is sufficient gjven the expected chord
rotation demands.
3. Determine the size and spacing of the web stiffeners over the clear span region of 11Jc
beam.
4. Compute lbe required embedment length of the beam into the wall pier.
5. Specify the diameter, quantity and location of Yect.ical transfer bars needed at lhc
flanges within the embedded regions of the beam.
6. Detail the fai;e bearing plates required at the face of the wall and ~liffcncr near the end
of the embedded regfon.
7. Given the LRFD beam required shenr strengths over the height of the buifding provided in Table 7-8, detennine the LRfD required axial strength at the base of the wall
piers due to coupling action.
7.5 COMPOSITE .Sl!EAR WALLS
Floor Level
Vu, kips
11-15
340
6-10
795
1-5
318
Table 7-9
Nominal Beam Shear Strengths, Vn

Floor Lewi
V,, kips
11-15
404
6-10
To be determined
1-5
462
Solution:
tl l
The geometric properties of lhe buih-up .)Ct:tion are:
ASThi A572 Grade 50
A= 91.5 in.
Fl= 50 ksi
11= 2.00 in.
F,,
=65 ksi
= J.25 in.
d=26 in.
1.,.
ry= 3.87 in.
Zx=9J9 in. 3
br= 16.o in.
Pan 1: Local Buclding

Check member ductility
il...
From AISC S~isn11c Prr:Jl'isioll.S Table DI. I, the limiting ""idth-to-lhickness ratio for the
Oanges of a highly ducule member is:
.-
' IHllll
Stiffener
plate
(typ.)
m 111
=o.3o
fllltl
.,
"
12'-0
{a)
:: _
29, 000 ksi
0 30
50 ksi
::7.22
Transfer~
bar (typ.)
(b)
----
Fig. 7-10. (a) Core plan and (b) Stction A-A-beam cross stctiDIL
II
~F,
' .irr
.1i'.~
..
t.f
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAM~S AND SHEAR WALLS
7-44
!?_
7-4S
1.5 COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS
from AlSC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(2). noting that the area of the web in the beam
of a special system is calculated as A1w (d-211)1.,.:
=.!!.L
2t1
VP= 0.6P,AJ,..
0.6(50 ksi)(22.0 in.)(1.25 in.)
16.0 in.
=---2(2.00 in.)
=4.00<7.22
=825 kips
o.k.
From AJSC Seismic Provisions Table D LI, rhe limiting widt!Ho-thickness ratio for the web
of a highly ductile member is:
For a shear-critical beam in a special system, Equation 7-3 can be used to check the length
of the beam:
l.6Mp
l5--
~::; 2.45 fI(l-0.93C,,)

'
yiy
vp
"" 2 .45 29.000 ksi {l -O)

50 ksi
::::59.0
1.6(3,830 kip-fl)
825 kips
=7.43 ft
L= 6.00 ft< 7.43 ft
22.0 in.
t l.25 in.
::::17.6<59.0
(Provisioru Eq. F3-2)
o.k.
-=~--
Part 3; Size and Spacing of Web Stiffeners
o.k.
AISC Seismic Provisiolls Section F3.5b(4) addresses provisions for stiffener thickness and
This member also meets the compact limils according 10 AlSC Specification Table B4. lb.
Part 2: Beam Length

Determine whether lhe limit state of lateral-torsional buckling applies. Because the beiun is
comp5ct, according to AlSC Specification Section F2. Equation F2-5 gives the ma.icimum
unbraced length pennined for the beam to reach lbe plastic moment. Thus:
Lp = i.16r1
Stiffener Spacing
:::: 30(1.25 in.)- 26.0 in.
29 000
ksi
50 ksi
==32.3 in.
::: 13.7 ft
Because the depth of the beam is 26 in. ~ 25.0 in.), stiffeners are required on both sides of
the web.
4 =6.00 fl
6.00fi<13.7 ft; therefore, 1he limit state of lateral-torsfonal buckling does not apply
and yielding controls.
Stiffener Thickness
>
' - ma.x
From AISC Specification Section P2.l. the nominal flexural strength is:
= (50 ksi)(919in.
_____:3 ),.
12 inJft
spacing requjrements as well as requirements for one- or two-sided stiffeners. Since the
length of the beam is Jess than l.6Mp/Vp. and the e,"'(pec1ed chord rotation is greater than or
equal lo 0.08 rad, part (a) of AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b{4) is used to detennine
the stiffener requirements.
vF;
Mn= Mp= Fyl,x
d
s530t..,--
II
=(1 ft/12 in.)(1.76)(3.87 in.)
(Spec. Eq. F2-l)
{r,.. =1.25 in.
1.
*in.
~e 11 = 1.25 in.
~-...:....;
=3,830 kip-fi
1..
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAM.ES AND SHEAR WAU.S
Provide l.25-in. x 6.75-in. full depth stiffeners on each side of the web spaced no farther
apart than 32 in. See Figure 7- 1 I for final beam detailing.
Single Stiffener Width

I
7-t7
7J COMPOSITE SHEAR WALLS
b1
b,:2::2-'"'
16.0 in.
.
1 25 ID.
=----.
2
"
from AlSC Seismic Prodsions Section H4.5b( I)(3). Le is detennined from:
=6.75 in.
Sriffener-to-Flange Weld
According to AISC Seismic Provisions Section F3.5b(4), the required strength of lhe stiffener-10-flange weld is decermined as follows:
J:= 8 ksi
"'~ FyAsr
,..,
4 .
~1
l>
=0.65 from ACI 318 Section 10.2.7.3

g =L=12.0 in.
(50 ksi)(l.25 in.)(6.75 in.)
;.
'
b.,.
~I
ll
,,.
ill
=105 kips
where
The expected she:ir strength of the steel coupling beam is:
(f>rovisio11.s Eq. H4- l)
Assuming a I-in. comer clip, the weld size is determined from AISCManual Equation &-Za
as follows:
Ry= l. l (from AISC Seismic Provisions Table A3. l)
=(J .392 kip/in.)DL
~w
vn = 2(1. 1)(3,830 kip-ft)(l 2 in./ft)
105 kips= (1.392 kip/in.)D(5.75 in.)(2)
.~
~\I
~:I
~,
72.0 in.
=6.56 sixteenths
= l.~00 kips
Use Yi6-in. fillet weld on both sides of the stiffener.
v. = R1 VP
=1.1(0.6)(50 ksi)(22.0 in.)(I. 25 in.)
Stiffener-to-Web Weld
According lo AJSC Seismic Provi"sions Section F3.5b(4), the required strength of I.he stiffener-lo-web weld is detennined as follows:
=(1.392 kip/in.)DL
422 kips = (1.392 .k ip/in. )0(20.0 in.)(2)

D
=7.58 sixteenths
!!
i.
(,
i.
..
I'
Use !h-in. fillet welds on both sides of the stiffener.
=908 kips
As a C-SSW system, in accordance with AISC Seismi"c Provisions Section H5.5c, the
expected shear strength of lhe beam for which embedment length is calculated must be
increa..~ by a factor of l.l to account for strain hardening. Therefore:
Assuming a 1-in. x 1-in. comer clip at the flange-to-web comer of the stiffener, the ":e.Jd
size is detennined from AJSC Manual Equation 8-2a as follows:
.
=908 kjps
Use Y-i
Ruw :1: F,Asr

=(50 ksi)(l .25 in.)(6. 75 in.)
=422 kips
R1'W
:: l.1(825 kips)
v. == 1.1(908 kips)
==999 kips
...
and AJSC Seismic Provisions Equation H4-2 gives:
7-48
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMF.S ANO SHEAR WAU.s
999 kips=J.54J8 ksi (
Note that the transfer bars must be developed in a manner consistent with AISC Seismic
frtJ\is1oru Section H5.5c. Also no1e th:H AISC Seismic Provisions Equation H5-2 provides
an upper limit on Aib Assume the longitudinal wall reinforcemen1 ratio is 0.0025. Therefore,
ihe area of longitudinal wall reinforcement along the emb<!dmcnt length is:
24 0 . )0.66
10.58- 0.22(0.65)
'.n.
(0.65)(16.0 in.)4
_ +~
16.0 m.
0 88
24
25.94
=o.ss+ 36.o
A, = 0.0025b,.cl~
Le
=0.0025(24.0 in){60.0 in.}

=3.60 in. 2
=57.9 in.
The total embe<l;g_ed length from the face of the wall is:
4 +Cc =57.9 in.+0.75
7-49
7J COMPOSlle SHEAR WALLS
UseAJSC Seismic Provisions Equation HS-2
10 check
the limit on A1b
in.
0.08L,b.., - As= 0.08(60.0 in.)(24.0 in.}-3.60 in. 2
=58.7 in.
= 112 in.'
Each end of the beam wm be embedded a mjnimum of 60 in. beyond the face of th~ wall.
The pro,idcd A,b is 4.00 in.= [(4) No. 9 bars mechanically attached to the flanges) or 4.34
in.2 if (7) No. 5 U-shaped hairpins are provided. Either of these values is well below the limit
of 112 in. 2
Part 5: Vertical Transfer Bars
From AlSC Seismic Provisions Section H5.5c, the required cross-sectional area of verti
cal lransfer reinforcement, attached to the top and bottom Oanges of the beam is
determined using Equation H5-l. As calculated previously, the embedment length is 60.0
in. Jess the cover on the reinforcing. Here the embedment length will conser vatively be
taken as 60.0 in.
Part 6: Face Bearing Plates
AJSC Seismic Pro1isio11s Se.ction H5.5c, requires bearing plates at the face of the wall pier.
These face bearing plates must meet the detailing requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions
Section F3.5b(4). and must be placed on both sides of the web regardless of beam depth
according to Section H5.5c.
(Provisions Eq. H5-l)
..
A > 0.03(8 ksi)(60.0 in.)(16.0 in.)

60 ksi
rb -
rn stiffener plate; full
= 3.84 in.
depth, both sides of web
From requirements of AISC Seismic Provisions Section H5.5c, Arb is the area of vertical
transfer reinforcement required at the top and bottom flanges in each region of the embed
ded length. Assuming four bars will 'be used in each of the fow- required locations,
2
A, - "84.
-' m.
eq4
'
72"
=0.960 in.2 t Jocation

Thus, provide (4) No. 9 vertkal transfer bars on each flange at each of the four regions of
the embedroent length. See Figure 7-11 for de1ails of transfer bar arr.mgemenlS.
Another option is to use alternating U-shaped hairpins (see AISC Seismic ProvisionS Fig~~
C-HS-3). The hairpins extending above (or below) the flange need to provide A 1b = 3.84 JJJ.
Limit the bar size to No. 5 in order to ensure reasonable bend radii U-shaped hairpins 113~-t
two legs, and the area of a No. 5 bar is 0.31 in.1 Therefore:
N (number of No. 5 hair pins)= {3.84 in. 212)/0.31 in.2
60"
t..+ Cc
Note: The left end is deta~.ed the same as the right end.
1 stiffener plate;
full depth, both
sides of web
~N
PL1 ~x6'.4"x1'-10"
with 1x1 corner clip
(A572 Gr. 50)
=6.19; therefore use 7

Fig. 7-1 J. Steel coupling beam detail for Example 7.5.3.
A.\.IEIUCAN JNSTITVlll OF STEEi. CONSTRUCTION
..J
~
~. l
7 5-0
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMJ:.S ANO SHEAR WAU..s
The foce bearing plate is located at the beam-wall interface, and therefore
requiremen<s for the "end of 11. link:
~hould sathfy
the
Suffrners are rcquued at two locations: one pair at the beam-wall interface and one pair at
the location of vertical transfer bars nearest the end of the embedded region.
Stiffeners in the embedded region and at the beam-wall interface must be two-sided
stiffeners.
J.
Suffc:ner Th.ick.ness
Is~
0.751,. ==(0.75)(1.25 in.) =0.938 in.

max {
~in.
bJ, combined~ bf - 2t,..
= 16.0 in.-2(1.25 in.)
=lJ.5 in.
..
=~
.,
...::
.1
..
at
lc\el~
6- 10:
=999 kip<JOoor/beam
L( I. IR. \',, Ji.. tt) ::: (5
noors)(999 kips/Ooor/beam)(2 beams)
=9,990 kips
Amplified i;hears at !e"<eb I S.
(l.IVn)M
= 1.1(462 kips)
= 508 kip~floor/beam
L(J.1 Vn ) 1_ 5
= (5 floors)(508 lips/lloor/beam}(2 beams)
The total a,"(ial load effect due to coupling is:

P.....,11.<oup/ing =4,440 kips+9.990 k1ps+5,080 kips
= l 9,500 kips
Thus. the 19,500 kjps will be :idded to the force in the wall due to other loads.
Part 7: Wall Pier Axial Load
As di~cussed in AlSC Seismic Provisions Section H5.5c, the embedded regions of the beams
mu~t iransfer UV,, of beam shear strength in a composite special shear wall system. This
expected shear strength, increased to account for strain hardening, must be accounted for in
the calculated waU pier required axial strengths. The required axfal strength resulting from
the coupling action on the base wall piers is the accumulation of the :unplified shear
strengths over lhe height of the building.
For the given core wall system, two coupling beams frame into each shear wall. B:ised on
the nominal beam shear strengths provided in Table 7-9. the total wall pier required uxial
strength is determined as follows.
(I.IV,. )11_ 15
t.
shear~
Provide 1 in. x 6.75 in. full depth stiffeners on each side of the web at the beam-wall interface and at the location of the vertical tranSfer bars nearest the end of the embedded region.
See Figure 7I l for final beam detailing.
Amplified shears at levels l l- 15:
.r:.
Amplified
7-51
=5.080 kips
Stiffener Width
r11
''
7 6 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION
=1.1(404 kips)
=444 kips/floor/beam
i:(l.1Vn)11_ 15 =(5 fioors)(444 kips/tloor/beam)(2 benms)

= 4,440 kips
The final coupling beam w11J1 transfer bars tmd stiffeners is sbm.vn in Figure 7-1 I.
Design Tables 7- IOA, 7-1 OB, 7-11 A and 7-1 IB present equations applicable to !he design
of members subject to combmcd comprcs.;;ion anJ bending (Gescbwindner, 2010). The
nominal axial and flexural strengths are given for rectangular encased W-shapes bent about
lhex-x aris and y-y a.'tis in Tables 7-IOA :ind 7- IOB, respectively. depending on where the
pruuc neutral axis is located in the member. Equations for the pertinen1 properties are also
included. Tables 7-1 IA and 7- 11 B provide ~imilar equations for composite filled HSS bent
about either pnncipal axis and composite filled round HSS bent about any axis, respectively.
The given equ:itfons may be U$Cd with the simplified inter.let ion di3gram discussed in AISC
Specification Commentary Section l5 (see Method 2).
7- 52
COMPOSITE BRACED FRAMES AND SHEAR WAU.S
Table 7-10A
Plastic Capacities for Rectangular

Encased W-Shapes
~c
Bent About the Y-Y Axis
LJ
.c
0
.
Defining Equations
Pl
7- 53
Table 7-108
b'
Plastic Capacities for Rectangular

Encased W-Shapes
Bent About the X-X Axis ,
Stress Distnllution
oESJON TA OLES
..
Section
Stress Distribution
M,,. O
area or steel st>ape
A A1
?,;
. .. .-
A.,
Pc 0851~.Ac
Mc -Als
Pe
A, - As,
~ A,Fy +(0.851~}[A,,-~("2-b, )+ ~]
ME: Mo-Z,EFy
z,
l.~7 -z,E
-Av.-~-~--c-)_ __
___,
E
Pc =0.85f~Ac
Mc=Ma
*"'o-Z,.F, - ~(0.851;,)
IAo = z,Fy + Z,F.,
Z,
o.s5f~(Ac +A,,.)-2Fr..~.,.
h
0
zA,,(1--c:)
%
!!fI
_z, -z,
4
la. -h,~ - z,,,
0.851~(.4,, +A,-db, +J\,,)-2F,(A,-db,) -2F,,-~
z.,, -z.-1>,(i-11,,)(%+ho)
OW,(,o\+J4.+Aw.)-2F,.,,,-2F,..A...
2(0.851~)
0.85f~ (Ac+ 1\-21,b, }-2Fy(A.
2(0.ss1~(hi-b,)+2Fy1>.]
z.,, .z,
5f(o.W<)
1
Ma - Mo -Z.,,Fy - ; (0.851<)
h,.
Pa ~o
2[0.85l~(h,-t,..)+2F,t.. ]
z.,, t.,,h:
h~
- (0.85fc)
lull YlilldS plastic sec;tiOn modulus of steel shape
Po = 0.85fc'\
P11 O
Ma
11itl.
"full xalds plastic seGlion modulus of steel sllape
z... ~-z..
h.t-[!-/Ir. - . --- ---: . .
hihz -
Z,E =Zs
't 1-+-z-,
z. _{A,,-2
!!fi. _z. -z,
steel shape
or continuous reinl0<cing bars
Mo Z,Fy Z,FY' +3j-(0.851~)
D A,,.. area of continuous reinf(J(clng bafS ~I d'oe ~nterlre
~-
~ area of
~area
A,,
Po 0.851~..S.,
2
h~F
A A,
r.
' -+A_.,__a-re-a
o_r_.u_con_rln_uou_s_r_ein-rom-ng-b-ais-----1
'I. ~
Ac hi"2-~-A.r
h2
Defining Equalio11$
Pl
z.. . z, -21,(%+h
h+-e--tttPNA
't .
. --- - -
)(%-hn)
For h,. above the flange ( tt,. >
<(
-21,b,)
2(4t1F1 +(ti,-2t,)0.85t<J
ho
o.asr< (Ac A.)- 2F1 A.

ho
2(0.851(h,J
z.,, - z.
AMEIUCAN !NS'rrruTl! OF STEEL CONSTR\J<:'flON
!})
I..
C0~1POSITE 8RACED FRAM!oS
AND SHEAR WAUS
Table 7-11A
Plastic Capacities for Composite

Filled HSS Bent Abol.1t
Either Principal Axis
,.
7 55
[li;.<ilGN TABI I'S
Table 7-118
Plastic Capacities for Composite

Filled Round HSS
~c
Bent About Any Axis
. c
"L_j_
..
Stress Olstril:utloo
Defining Equations
Pt.
P,. .; F1A ;
M,.. ..
-".
'...
..
~a
ot st.HI shape
w1r2
"' 4
-- <t
PE Pr Y.[F,.(d2 -h~) 0 ~ h1)<~ -son~)
H-21
095/'Z
Mf F,1.6+~
2
b,
ll
A A. a(dl-t2)
" .,
~--,
,.~
..
Defining Eqaz:lons
1.1,. .. 0
0.85/~A,,
A ~ b,~ - 08581!
~ 8-21
H
L
'
0851'~
Pc -'-t0.8510 ~1'E 4F1 tht
"ti~-~
Fz
o.asr,;zd'.
o-,112
E L,c; b,t>~
M
ZI
2t~
!!c..
!i
2 4
-- <L
z,f ~s1n (.f)

Z.e _(<t3~hl)s-.(!})
3
hE
,.!lJ.+~
2
'
e, ~ -211a11(~)
C Pc O95/~A,,
Mc Ms
~
(
~l
\
:I
\
"t-~~c
"t-f:j}-
---
Pe O
z, llJJI x-axis pla:5tc sedlon modulus ol tiSS
Pe .o
0
h,.
2 0 8Sf~bt '"''
Ii.
~ 2
Eque~ ~ ~
hlM\'(~)
z.a-e8
,fl
~I
N<M:
Ws
ar epplc:able IC>
Dend.ng d !he t:t"PO U>oot its llX axl (when H :lo 8) OI elJO&'
nt YY a><ls (Whon 8 > H).
(d3 -h3) . (e)
Zss-s-"" 2
o;zm
8 z.,,-21~
z.,. ~~
Ms F,Z..+ 095~Zs1
v-
z. rl
' -0.1-nr,
Ms Mo -F1z,,, -
Po 0851~'\
085/'Z
~~
'i.
-FNA
O M0 .F1 Z,t~
P,. F1 A. + 0 951.iJlc
.,,
'
00200K0 -2K.
0.08481<~
~:
7- 56
8-1
COMPOSl'l'E BRACED FRAMES AND SH'EAR WAU,S
PART 7 REFERENCES
ASCE (2006), Seismic Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings, ASCE/SEI 41-06, American
Society of Civil Engineers, Reston, VA.
PARTS
DIAPHRAGMS, COLLECTORS AND CHORDS
El-Tawil,$., Harries, K.A., Fortney, P.J., Shahrooz, B.M., Kurama, Y., Hassan, M. and Tong,
X. (2009). Recommendation for Seismic Design of Hybrid Coupled Wall Systems, ASCE
Special Publication, American Society of Civil Engineers, Reston, VA.
Fortney, PJ., Shahrooz, B.M. and Rassati. G.A. (2008). "Seismic Perfonnance Evaluation
of Coupled Core WaJls with Concrete and Steel Coupling Beams," Steel and Composite
Structures Journal, Vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 279-301.
Geschwindner, L.F. (2010), "Discussion of Limit State Response of Composite Columns
and Beam-ColuJlllls Part II: Application of Design Provisions for the 2005 AISC
Specification,' Engineering Journal, AISC, Vol. 47, No.2, 2nd Quarter, pp.131 -140.
Harries, K.A. and McNeice, D.S. (2006). "Performance-Based Design of High-Rise
Coupled Wall Systems," The Structural Design of Tall and Special Structures, VoL 15,
No. 3, pp. 289-306.
8.1 SCOPE .............................. . ........ .... ................ 8-2
82 GENERAL DISCUSSION ............................................ 8-2

8.3 R.,EXURAL AND TORSIONAL BUCKLING OF
COLLECTOR ELEMENTS ....... . .......... ............ ........ .... . 8-4

Br:icing and Compressive Strength of Collectors ................ .. ... ..... 8-4
Major Axis Buckling ............ . ... ............................... . 8-5
Minor Axis and Torsional Buckling ..................................... 8-5
8.4 DESlGN EXAMPLES ............................................... 8-8

Example 8.4.1 . Diaphragm Chord and Collector Design ........ . ....... . .... 8-8
Example 8.4.2. Collector Connection Design ................... ......... 8-22
PART 8 REFERENCES .. . .............................................. 8-37
J:
1
t
."'
AMEIUCAN JNS'TlTIJTE OP STEEL CONS'IR\K."TION
:.I
..
8- 2
OlAPtfR.A\.MS, COi l.EC.,-ORS AND CHORDS
8.1 SCOPE
The requirements :ind other design considerations summariLed in this Pan apply to elemenu
and connections of buildings and of frame.<: th:u are o:pec11ically dct:uled for se1sntic resist
ance (or other lateral loads) but are not covered in Parts 4, 5, 6 or 7.
8.2 GENERAL DISCUSSION

Seismic design requires that components of the structure be connected or tied togccher in
such a manner that they behave as a uniL Diaphragms :1te an important ~tructural element
for creaung this interconnection. Diaphragm clements'
connect the distnbuted ma.<;s of the building to the vertical elements of the lateral force
res1~hng S)Stem (braced frames. momen1 frames or ~hear wall<;);
in1er(onnect the vcnical clements of the lateral force resisting ~y~1cm, thus completing
the system for resistance 10 building torsion;
provide lateral stabiliry ro columns and beams including nonlalcral force resbting system columns :ind beams; and
provide out-of-plane support for waJJs and cladding.
.."
::
i,. l
...
t..
r..
The clements that make up a diaphragm are generally aJready present in :1 building to
cnrry other loads, such as gravity loads.
Floors, roofs. and other membrane or bracing systems are generally used as diaphragm
elements. Di:iphragms are typically horizontally spanning members, analogous to deep
beams, which distribute the seismic loads from their origin to the venically oriented laleral
force resii.iing frames (braced frames, momem frames. etc.). Diaphragms are idealized as
~imple-span or continuous horizontally spanning deep beams. and hence are subject to
shear, moment and axial forces, and the associated deformations. Figure Sl shows typical
loading, ~hear and moment diagrams for the analysis and design of a diaphragm. The floorer roof-deck system is usually designed as the shear-resbunt clement (an3.logous to the web
of a beam) and lbe beruns or supplemental deck reinforcing at the boundaric.~ of the
diaphragm are designed to resist axial force (analogous to the flanges of a beam).
Diaphr;igms act as be~ on elastic snpports, with the diaphragm acting as the beam 3lld
the vertic:il clemenis of the lateral force resisting system acting as the suppons. The relative
rigidity of the diaphragm and the vertical elements is used to classify diaphragms into one
of three calCgories: rigid., flexible or semi-rigid. Rigid diaphragms arc those in which the
Ouibility of the supports is far gtc3ter ihan the in-plane flexibility of the diaphragm. Tuey
also possess the strength and suffness to distribute the lateral forces to the lnleral forte
resisting frnmes in proponion to the relative stiffness of the indjvidual frames, without significant deformation in 1.he diaphragm. Where the in-plane flexibility of the diaphragm is far
greater lhan that of 1he venical clements, ihe diaphragm is classified a.s Oexible. A llt:Xiblc
dinphragm distributes the lateral forces co the lateral force resisting frames in a manner anal
ogous to i\ simple beam spanning between the lateral force resisting elements. The
distribution of the latcrot forces through a flexible diaphragm is independent of the relative
)liffness of I.he later:tl force resisting frames. Where the flcx1bility of the diaphragm and it$
supports (the vertic~ clements) is similar (or where the dinphragm cannot be unifonnly cal
egoriz.ed as either rigid or flexible in a.11 spans io each direction) the diaphragm is considered
g2GENF..RAL DISCUSSION
semi-rigid. A scnu rigid diaphragm distributes lateral forces in proportion to the stiffness of
ibc J1aphragm and the rclali\'c Stiffnc!>S of 1he lat~rnl force res1Ming frames. Sem1-ng1d
diaphr:tgros arc often analyzed 11$ing rhc analogy of ti beam on cla)tic suppottS. where the
t;cam represents 1hc suffne\~ of the diaphragm and the elastic supports represent the stih
!)(SS of the laterJ I force rc~isung framci;
Jn a buildin~ with tlexible diaphragms. lbe diaphragm is analy1ed first (for diaphragm
for.:es}: the effect of the rc.Ktions on the ~upport~ is u~ed in the design of the 'crtical clc
mcnls of the lateral force resisting system. These reactions may need to t>e adjusted to be
wnsi>teot with the base ~hear. la buildings \\Cith rigid or semi-rigid diaphragms, a full building analysis is done <for seismic lateral forces), and the diaph1agm 1s designed based on the
forces from that analy~1~. Th~ re:lcuons arc adJuqed to be consistent with the required
diaphragm forces. For more infonnauon, ~ee Sabelh et 31. (2011 ).
Because many building~ h:wc lateral force resisting frames that are not unifonnly spaced
md conunuou~ around the Ji:tphragm boundnric~. collector elements are utiliz.ed. Collector
e!rments are tension and comrression members that deli,er the diaphragm forces to the
1111111111111 111111111111111111n111111111111111111111111111111
t~
Diaphragm loading diagram
(~
'
Shear diagram
'X:QIIIUI 11 i111 IJllllllY
'<lllU1U 1111 iI11110LLPP'
Moment diagram
'_ - - - -~ - - - - ~- - - _)Y_ -- - -
Chord
5
typ
Lateral force
resisting frame
-~'--~~~~
1------::r:__
-- - -----
-~---_.!,
con ec tor
typ
x--~~--
Lateral force
resisting frame
---------
____ __:!; _ _ _ _ _ I
fig. 8 I. Diaphragmfol'{'e clistriburion.
Chord
typ.
DIAPHRAGMS. C()LLfCTORS A!'<l) CHORDS
lateral force resisting frames. A redistribution of collector forces can occur as ductile design
mechanisms form in lhe lareral force resbring frames.
When horizontal truss bracing is used as a diaphragm, the chords should be regarded nnd
designed as collectors using lhe appropriate load combinations. The diagonal and cross brace
members can also be regarded and designed as collectors to ensure that they will not buck.le
or hinge before they deliver forces to the vertical lateral force resisting frame. Alternatively,
diagonal diaphragm braces can be allowed to buckle or hinge and be a source of additional
energy absorption. Neither ASCEJSEI 7 nor the AISC Seismic Pro\isions provide prescriptive direcrion on how 10 consider horizontal truss bracing. f-Or recommendations on rhe
design of diaphragms, see Sabelli et al. (2011).
8.3 FLEXURAL AND TORSlONAL BUCKUNG O F

COLLECTOR ELEMENTS
Bracing and Compressive Strength of Collectors
In buildings, collectors are typically floor or roof framing members that transfer loads to
the seismic force resisting system. In nonbuilding strucrures, collectors may be connected
to horizontal bracing. In many of these conditions the effective lengths may be djfferent
for major axis flexural buckling, minor axis flexural buckling, and torsional buckling.
Additionally, the torsional buckling strength determined in AlSC Specijicarion Section E4
is no1 applic.ible to members constrained to twist about an a,"'l.is other than the centroidal
axis. This is the case for beams with the top flange laterally braced continuously at the top
flange by the d,eck or slab and the bottom flange unbraced between lateral brace points. This
condi1ion is termed constrained ais flexural-torsional buckling.
For W-shapes the constrained axis flexural-torsional buckling strength will be greater
than the flexural buck.ling strength if the unbraced lengths are equal. The constrained a.'liS
flexural-torsional buck.ling length is taken as the bottom-flange unbraced length. This buck
ling strength will be less than the torsional buckling strength for lhe same unbraced length.
Thus, when constrained ax.is flexural-torsional buckling is an applicable limit state in wideflange members, torsional buckling typically need not be evaluated.
Designers often simplify the determination of the compressive strength of collectors witll
conservative assumptions and methods, such as neglecting the continuous bracing of the top
flange and tiling the minor axis unbraced length as lhe distance between bortom-ffange lateral supports so I.hat t0rsional and constrained axis flexural-torsional buckling m:iy be
neglected. While such approaches are" acceptable, they often indicate the need for additional
braces or increases in beam size well beyond what is actually required. Note that Appendix
6 of the AISC Specification does not provide requirements for torsional bracing of compressive members. Criteria for torsional bracing of columns can be found in Helwig and
Yura (1999). The following discussion provides guidance for a more explicit derenni"nation
ofthc governing limit states and a more efficient design approach.
Once Ute available axial compressive strength of t.he collector is determined. che com
bined effects of flexural and axial forces are evaluated per Chapter H of the Af~C
Specification. In many C3SCS, a more detailed stability analysis than the foUowiJlgwill ~
mil even greater efficiency. Such approaches can include explicit consideration of rJie
torsional bracing provided by the steel or composire deck, or a beam-column stabili!Y
SJ FLEXURAL ANO rORS!ONAl.. BUCKLING OF COLLECTOR ELEMENTS
8- 5
analysis considering both flexure and a'ial forces simulraneously in lieu of the Chaprer H
inreraction merhod.
Major Axis Buckling

For collectors, the major axis flexural buckling lengrh is rypically raken as the full member
length as described in AJSC Specification Commentary Section 17, assuming webs are orienred vertically. Exceptions to rhis include certain cases in ~hich braces may be considered
to provide in-plane bracing under design conditions. For ~eismic loads, such cases include
beams in eccenrrically braced frames and beams in V- and inverted V-configur:uion braced
fr:imes not sp;ifically detailed for seismic resistance; ihe diagonal braces in these .systems
provide a braced poinr.
Minor Axis and Torsional Buckling

Steel deck with ribs parallel to the beam is generally assumed nor to provide lateral bracing.
Lateral and iorsional br:icing may be provided by transverse members at points along 1he
length of the be.im because typically the connection lo lhe transverse member is designed to
provide bot.h torsional and lateral restraint. For this case the minor axis flexural buckling
lengths and torsional buck.Ung lengths are the same and equal to the distance between these
bracing poinrs; thus. the minor axis flexural buckling strength will be lower than the tor~iooal buckling strength.
Steel deck with ribs perpendicular to the beam is generally assumed to provide continuous lateral bracing bm not torsional bracing. Torsional bracing may be provided at points
along the beam length. For this case the compression strength may be governed by consirained axis flexural- iorsional buckling. Figure 8-2 shows minor axis flexural buckling,
torsional buckling, and constrained axis flexural-torsional buckling about rhe top flange.
Colle~tor beams with composite deck or slabs are likewise continuously braced for minor
axis flexural buckling as noted in AISC Specification Commentary Sec1ioo 17. The composite deck or sl;1b also provide~ significant continuous torsional bracing. This continuous
lorsional bracing is often sufficient 10 preclude torsional buckling altogelher. This can be
r-,~------.--,
~--.....----'"-J
\I
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
---- - -~
\..-,,..----
~-------,I
I
I I
1 I
'
I I
I I
I I
11
I 1
I I
I I
11
11
I I
--------'--J
(a) Minor axis flaural

buck/mg
'I
'
I I
11
rr-..........~~'~'--.... -,
I'
---
____ ,......
_I------ ,,.----- I
L
''
I\__ -----)
------ ---- --\----:
\-----(bJ Torsional buckling
(c) Cons/rained axis jlexural1orsional buckling about

1he top flange
Fig. 82. Types of collector buckling.
A."ll!JIJCAN lNSTITIJTE OF STEEi. Col'ISTRVCTJON
.
"'
f'
DIAPHRAGMS. COUl!CfORS AND CHORDS
8-6
verified using methods developed by Helwig and Yura ( 1999). For simplicity, designers can
conservathely compute the constrained aJtis tlexural~torsional buckling ~trcngth about the
top flange and neglect the effect of the continuous torsional bracing.
For collectors in diaphragms with horizontal diagonal bracing, if the brace connccuons
provide torsional bracing such that both minor a.'l:is flexural buckling and torsional buckling
Ieng~ are equal, I.be compresm-e strenglh is likely governed by fle.'l:ural buclding. Where
the torsional and minor axis flexural budding Ieng~ are equal, the torsional buckling
strength "Will e.'l:cced the minor axis flexural buckling strength for doubly symmetric I
shaped members. If the brace connections do not pro"ide torsional brncing (for example,
bracing only one flange), the minor axis flexural buckling and torsional buckling lenglhs arc
not equal and both limit staie~. in addition to major axis buckling, must be considered.
t.lcthods for computing lhe compressive strength of members governed by 1orsiO!lll
buckling about the centroidal a.-,;is are presented in the AlSC Specificatit>n Section E4 F<lf'
constrained axis Oexural-torsional buck.ling, as shO\.\n in Figure 8-2(c), Helwig antJ Yura
( 1999) give'the following expression:
Table 8-1
Summary of Unbraced Lengths and

Restraint Conditions for Collector Beams
{Compressive Strength)
Major Axis
Sleel deck
Length
Lfllgth
Bucldiog l..el19tti
T<nional
Buckling
Wig th
Ribs parallel
to beam
Full length
Between lateral
brace points
Not applicable
Between l0tslonal
Ribs
Fu!l lenglh
Hot applleable
(continuously
braced)
Bct.,.;een torsional
riot applicable
Be1ween tooional
brace points1
riot applicable
Not appfie<:b!e
Between torsional
perpendicular
to beam
Full length
(continuously
Constrained-Axis
braCe points
I-lot applicable
brace p!iints
braced)
(S.I)
~
Minor Axis
Rexural Buckling Rexunl Buckling Rmnl-Torslonal
Condition
Composite deck or slab
..:.:~
8-7
SJ Flf-'\URAL ANI'> TORSIONAi BL'CKI l;>;G OF COl.LfCTOR !!I b\1ENTS
Full length
Horizontal diagon;il bracing
Between lateral
brace paints
where
~t
braced al
brace paints
centroid)
P,y=
1t2'tf/ y
--2-
Lr
The com;>oSlle deck' 'b.b provides somo witlouous 1oitiollal !ltacino In some cases llloS torsional mcttg is sufflelcnl 10
~ flexurat. ~il.ll bucldino. Melllods '' cMerm/tllr.g ~ ol SUCh ~ ate noc presented In !his ~1atal<ll Nld tor
~ ttiese enkti ... n COOSIC!f!ftd. Sc41 l'f'!WIO atld ~ \1999) for~ on e\'lluallnO ~ IMIOnal blo)CdlQ
E - modulus of elasticity. ksi
G =shear modulus, ksi
11
:::
minor axis moment of inertia, in.
L\
.
;:
..
J == torsional constant. in.

Lr ::: torsional unbraced length, in.
Pr =torsional buckling strength. kips
a == distance from centroid to faternl restraint on the member minor axis, in.
d == member depth, in.
rx =radius of gyration about the major axis, in.
r1 =radius of gyration about the minor axis, in.
't
~here
A1 =gross cross sectional area of member, in. 2

I, =major axis moment of inertia, tn.'
C,.. = w:irping constant, 1n.6

K, = effeclive lcnglh factor for to~1onal buckling
For a == d/2, the case for restraint at the top flange, Equation 8-2 simplifies to:
(8-3)
=umget modulus stiffness reduction factor
use \\ilh AlSC Specification equations, this can be expressed in a fonn sim.il;i.r to
AJSC Specification Equation E4-4, in which the elastic wrsional buckling stress, F,, is co:nputetl as follows:
FQr
AMDJCA.~
INSTrTVre OI' Sn:a. CONS11U)C'l'10H
The value of F, is used in AISC Specification Equation E3-2 for F1 JF, S 2.25 and AISC
Specification Equation E3-3 for F1 1Fe > 2.25.
A summary of the buckling lengths mid this discussion is provided in T:ible 8-1.
DIAPHRAGMS. COLLECTORS AND CH OROS
8.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES
8.4 OESJGN EXAMPUiS
Mo:::: 123 kip-fl
ML = 96.2 kip-ft
Example 8.4.1. Diaphragm Chord and Collector Design
The gravity shear loads are:
=11.8 kips
Given:
Vo
Refer to Figure 8-3a for 1he plan and Figure 8-3b for r.he braced frame elevations called out
on the plan. Assume the braced frames are special concentrically braced frames (SCBF).
Based on the following information given for a north-south morion, determine the required
strengths of a collector and a chord at !he third level and design the chord. (A similar calculation must be perfonned for east-west loading; this is not illustrated here.) Design lhe
collector on grid 1 between grids C and Dusing ASTM A992 material. The diaphragm consists of 2-in. metal deck with 2~-in. normal weight concrete topping (total slab thickness-::
4~ in.) with ~-in.-diameter s teel headed stud anchors spaced every 12 in. along the beam.
The specified compressive strength of the concrete is 4.000 psi and rbe metal-deck span is
north-south. The applicable building code specifies the use of ASCEJSEI 7 for calculation
of loads. Assume surface loads of D = 85 psf and L = 80 psf (Lreduced = 50 psf) on typical
levels, and D, 85 psf and L, = 20 psf on the roof. Due to seismic forces from an equivalent lateral force analysis (ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.8), the first-order interstory drift at level
3, liH, is 0.375 in.
VL = 8.29 kips
From ASCE/SEI 7, tltis strucmre is assigned 10 Seismic Design Cuegory D, Q 0 "" 2.0,
p =1.3, I, 1.0, R 6, SDs"" 1.0, k 1.0 and C1 "" 0.167. The seismic base shear is:
V=C3 W
{ASCE/SEI 7 Eq. 12.8 1)
=0.167(4)(765 kips)
=51 l kips
where W is the effective seismic weight including the total dead load of the building as
required by ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.7.2 (assuming no other loading applies). The seismic
For the collector beam at the third level along gridline 1 and berween gridlines C and D, the
gravjty moments are:
2
30'-0"
30'-0"
30'..()"
Roof
30'-0"
t
.>
.. I
(o
25'-0"
N'
Fourth
~,
N
t:,
Third
..
.....
<O
Second
9~
.....
Base
Braced frames
Fig. 8-3a. Floor plan for Example 8.4.J.
Fig. 8-3b. SCBF elevation.
...
(I
i
8 10
DlAPHRAGMS, COU.1-CTORS AN'O CHORDS
SA DESIGN EXAMPLES
8--1 I
..
forces in I.he nonh-south direction using 1he equivalent !Jlleral force procedure of ASCEI
SEI 7 arc:
i~
..
~
Level
Story Height
H, ft
Seismic We.ight
w;, kips
Force
F11 kips
Roof
12.5
201
4
3
12.5
12.5
14.0
765
765
765
765
152
wL2
8
M=I 28 kip/fi(J20 ft) 2

= ---'---'----8
= 2,300 kip-ft
The reactions at the braced frames ~hould be consistent with the force distribution from the
lateral analysis. In Ibis case, due 10 symmetry, the ma:<imwn ~bear reactions may be taken as:
10)
55
w
..
- - -"'1 ~:__.
;~,...i
:~
....~
~,
-,
;,.
fll..
FPJ = i~
However. ASCE/SEI 7 requires lhnt this force must be greater than or equal to 0.2Sosf,wp>
but need not exceed 0.4Soslewpx Values of Fp arc calculated in the table below. Shade<.! val
ues iodic:i1e 1he governing force, no1 including n.,.
Roof
(ASCFJSEl 7 &j. 12.10.1)
Wpx
2:,w;
Level
3
2
w1=wp~
LW{
F;
'f.F;
n.,,Fpx
0.1.SnsJ,wpx
kips
kips
kips
kips
kips
kips
765
765
765
765
765
201
152
201
402
353
456
511
354
153
153
1,530
2.295
3,060
103
55
152
306
128
256
0.4Sosf,w1,
kips
<CLlllllllJJ1ll
v
~1111111111111111Wl1J1JJJII1ID1I
M = 2,300 kip-ft
Moment diagram
306
306
306
306
The governing require.d strength for the diaphragm at the lhird level is 153 kips. Analyze the
diaphr.s&m as a uniformly loaded beam with a length, L., equn1 to 120 ft (Ibis is the disUDCC
:::
= 76.5 kips
Shear diagram
cp
er
er
between lhe braced frame aloog grid 1 and 1he braced frame aloog grid 5). The distributed
load is C<JUal to the diaphragm force, Fp. divided by lhe cliaphragm length, as shown.
er
typ.
typ.
Lateral force
resisting frame
~~-_,,~---~---U<==;l~=-----~
Lateral force
resisting frame
w=fe..
L
= 153 kips
120 fl
1.28 k.ip/ft
As shown in Figure 8-4, lhe maximum moment in the diaphragm :it the third level is:
Fig. 8-4. Diaphragm load, shear and moment diagram
,
i
>
'
er
@- ~----cf:i-----41-:i ..IJl -C-h-or_d_ _cr.1 Collector11:f
Chord Force at the Third Level
Rs
Diaphragm loading diagram
l:F;
}:
=153 kips/120 ft =1.28 kip/ft
r~ 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
Solution:
The diaphr:igm force is:
aJ
1he 1hird le\'tL
DIAPHRAGMS. COJ..LECTORS AN'O CHORDS
8-J2
g,J
DESIGN EXAMPLES
2
I 53 .kips
2
= 76.5 kips
Jess than 0.2//. Because the deck span is perpendicul;ir 10 the chord span, assume that only
!ht concrete above the top of Lhc metal deck is effective in resisting the chord force. The
J.
plastic section modulus of the diaphragm is:

bd2
Z=4
For unsymmetric cases with rigid or semi-rigid diaphragms the distribution should be determined from the lateral analysis. For more informatjon, see Sabelli (20 l l ).
21h in.(75.0 ft) 2

4(12 in./fl)
Assuming lhe diaphragm depth, d, is equal to 75.0 ft (the distance between grids A and D)
and the moment is resisted by chord members aJong grid lines A and D. the maximum tension and compression force in the chords along gridlines A and D is:
=293 fl 3
The extreme compressi\e fiber stress at the chord is:
T=C
M
=d
=-
J~
2,300 kip-ft
:::;
75.0 ft
=30.7 kips
0.2/c"=0.2(4,000 psi)
=800 psi
fc < 0.2//: therefore. additional transverse reinforcing is not required at the diaphragm chord.
Provide two No. 6 continuous reinforcing bars at the edges of lhe concrete floor. Per
Section 12.2.2 of ACI 318, lhe development length, Id, is computed as:
Jd-:::.
(1.2 + 0.2SDs)D + pQE + L + 0.2S
:: 28.4 in.
Tu =pQs
Per Section 12.15.1 of ACI 318. the minimum lap length for a Class B lap splice is calcu-
=1.3(30.7 kips)
lated as:
= 39.9 kips
=1.3(28.4 in.)
=36.9 in.
T,.
= 0.739 in.2
Two No. 6 bars (A, = 0.88 in.2) can provide thls supplemental slab reinforceroeot .11.t ~
chord locations for the tension force in the chord. Per ACl 318 Section 21.ll.7.5, addJUO~
00
transverse reinforcement to confine the concrete and reinforcement under coropreSSJ
I=
lap length ~ 1.3/d
The required area of slab reinforcement is:
37.9db
:::: 37.9(0.750 in.)
Therefore, the required tension force in the chord is:
=$Fy
39.9 kips
0.90(60 ksi)
2,300 kip-ft(l ,000 lb/kip)

293 ft 3 (12 in./f1 )1
=54.5 psi
A chord member with adequate tensile strength to resist this force can be provided by the
addition of supplemental slab rein(orcement such as ASTM A615 Grade 60 deformed reinforcing bars, or the fore~ cou Id be assumed to be carried by the steel members alone. II the
concrete slab is utilized as .the collector, the concrete chord must be designed using the
strength design provisions of ACI 318, whether the structural Slee! is designc~ using LRFD
or ASD. The governing load combination is LR.FD Load Combination 5 (the load factor on
Lis permitted to equal 0.5 since the Jive load is less Lhan 100 psf) fromASCE/SEI 7 Section
12.4.2.3:
Asnq
1.
forces is not required if the extreme compressive fiber stress in the concrete is equaJ to or
V= Fp
8 13
'
Lap all splices a minimum of 37 in.
The maximum she:u- in the diaphragm occurs at each end; therefore the total shear force
along grid I is 76.5 kips. This shear is considered to be uniformly distributed along the depth
of lhe diaphragm (grid I). This :issumption is a simple and rational approach to de1enninc
_. he required strength of the collector beam. Other assumptions about shear transfer through
~diaphragm may also be \'aJid bm are not considered here since lhe focus of thls example
15
. collector beam design. Assuming a uniform distribution of shear along the depth of the
diaphragm, the shear demand on the diaphragm is:
AMUJ<:,\N JNSTITIJ'Tll Ol' STEa CONSTRUCTlON
~...I
r
i: .
DIAPHRAGMS.
v=
cot LFCTORS A.ND ClJORDS
&.4 DESIGN F_XAMPLF..S
11 - 15
governing LRFD load combination is Load Comtiination 5 (the load factor on Lis pemuued
10 equal 0 5 s~e the hve lood ~ lt-ss than l 00 psi) and lhe governing ASD lcond combm3tion
is Load Combination 6 35 follow~:
=76.5 ._,ips
75.0 ft
=1.02 kip/ft
...
..;.
-:',.
:
;
i;;:J
LRFD
As noted previously. ASCE/SEI 7 requires that collector clements in structures assigned

to Seism1c Design Category C through F be designed 10 resist the amplified seismic loads
(flo-level loads). The required strength ~r foot is:
v.. =2.0(1.02 kip/ft)
(1.2 +0.2Sos )D+ O.,Qe + 0.51. t- 0.2S
ASD
(l.0+0.105Sos )D+ H + F +0.5250,,QE
+0.75L+0.75S
The required fle:tural strenglh is:
=2.04 kip/ft
LRFD
A diaphragm should be sele.cted that has a shear strength greater than 2.04 .k.iplft Ir ~tcel
headed stud anchors are used, they must resist this shear strength. The dfaphrogm should be
attached to the collector in order to transfer this shear. TI1is rn:iy be accomplished by using
puddle welds between the collector and metal deck or headed shear studs welded to lhe col
lector. Gravity loads should also be consid.e.red.
Mu= 1.4(123 kip-fi) t- 2.0(0 kip ft)
ASD
M,.
+ 0.5(96.2 kip-ft)+ 0.2(0 kip-ft)

=220 kip-ft
=1.J05(123 kip-ft)+ 0 kip-ft+ 0 kip-ft

+ 0.525(2.0)(0 kip-ft)
+ 0.75(96.2 k.ip-ft)+0.75(0 J.,.1p-f1)
= 208 kip-ft
Wide-Flange Collector Beam Between Grids C and D Along Gridline 1
The collector axial force diagram is shown iD Figure 8-5. ASCE/SEI 7 Section J2.J0.2.I
s1ipulates lhe load combination 10 use for collector elcmentS in structures assigned 10
Seismic Design Category D. In lb.is case, the load combination including the runplificd scis
mie loads (0.,-Jevel loads) controls: therefore, from ASCFJSEI 7 Section J2.4.3.2, the
Using the shear streng1h along griJ I, the axial force in the collector, due to the seismic load,
at the inte~ction of gnds C and I is:
=25.0 ft (l.02 kip/ft)
PQ,
== 25.5 kips (tension or compression)
Therefore. from ASCE/SEI 7 Secuon 12.4.3.2, the governing LRFD load combin:iuon is
Load Combination 5 and the governing ASD load combinalion is Load Combination 5, and
the required first order a."<ial force in lhe beam is:
cp
0-~====1
LRFD
Pu ::::: (1.2 + 0.2Sos) Po + OoPQ6
~>;!-----
JJolaphragm
T shear, V
+ 0.5Pl + 0.2f>s
~~~- ,
,
::: 1.4(0 kips)+ 2.0(25.5 kips)

+ 0.5(0 kips)+ 0.2(0 kips)
= 51.0 kips (tension or compression)
Collector
ASD
P.
=(l.O + 0. l.tSDS)Po +PH+ PF

+0.7fl 0 PQc
= 1.14(0 kips)+o kips+O kips

+ 0.7(2.0)(25.5 kips)
=35.7 kips (tension or compression)
force,
i
1'
Try a Wl 8><50.
From AJSC Mam10/ Table 2-4, the gcomelrie pmpt:rties are as follows:
--~===
Fig. 8-5. Collector a.rial load dia.gram for Exnmple 8.4. 1.
AST.M A992
50 ksi
P.::::: 65 k.si
F'y:::
From AJSC Manual Tables 1- 1 and 6-1, the gcomc1ric proi:)enies are as follows:
...
DIAPHRAGMS, COlJ.ECTORS AND CHORDS
8-16
W18x50
A= 14.7 in.2
d=l8.0in.
tw
.r:x =7 .38 in.
r1 =1.65 in .
l:x:::: 800 in.4
=0.355 in.
8-17
8.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES
Di is calculated from AJSC Specification Equation A-8-6:

hltw= 45.2
J = 1.24 in.4
11 =40.l in. 4
Cw= 3,040 in. 6
LRFD
r:xlr1 =4.47
ASD
a:: 1.00
a= l.60
Required Second Order Axial Strength
82=
Consider second-order effects with L = 12.5 ft using AlSC Specification Appendix 8.
l-
<! l
(I.}',
'
story
Pe srory
B2 is calculated based on an elastic analysis of the structure. Alternatively, a maximum

pennitted drift can be used to calculate B2. Note that B2 and 0 0 apply to the forces derived
from the base shear..They do not apply to the minimum diaphragm force from ASCEISEJ 7
=I-
Equation 12.10-2.
=1.02
1
1.00(3, 750 kips)
182,000 kips
:::: _ 1.60(2,620 kips)

1
182,000 kips
=1.02
Calculate B?, with a first7.order interstory <Wfl, t:,.H. of 0.375 in.
=201 kips+ 152 kips+ 103 kips
L
RM
= 456 kips
= 12.5 ft
= 1.0 for braced frames
Detennine the required second-order axial force, Pr, using AISC Specification Equation
A-8-2, with P1, equal to P,, and P0 for LRFD and ASD, respectively, as detennined
previously.
LRFD
HL
(Spec. Eq. A-8-7)
Pe story = RM -
456 kips(l2.5 ft)

(0.375 in.)(l ft/12 in.)
=182,000 kips
and
Roof
D= 85 psf
Dr= 85 psf
LRFD
..
$.
=(1/1,000 lb/kip)(9,000 ft 2 )
x ( [1.2 +0.2(1.0))
x {[LO+ 0.14(1.0)]
x [85 psf + 2(85 psf)) + 2.0(0 pst)
x (85 psf + 2(85 psf)) + 0 psf
=3,750 kips
+O psf
+ 0.7(2.0)(0 psf)}
::2,620 kips
AMeRICAN l!'lsttlVJ'I! OP Sim.. CONSTRUCTION
,,.
(KL)t
ASCFJSEl 7 Section .12.4.2.3 . .
+ 0.5(20 psr"+ 2(50 psf))

+ 0.2(0 psf)}
...
=25.0 ft
I
(KL)1 =0 ft (assume lateral movement is braced by the slab)
For ASD, use Load Combination 5.
Psiory
= 36.4 kips
{KL)x
ASD
= (1/ 1,000 lb/kipX9,000 ft2 )
=52.0 kips
Assume that the W18x50 collector beam has the following unbraced lengths in compression:
Lr= 20 psf
Using the ASCE/SET 7 Section 12.4.2.3, the goveming load combinations are as follows:
f'srory
=0 kips + 1.02(35.7 kips)
Compressive Strength of the W18x50
Lredud "" 50 psf
For LRFD, use Load.Combination. 5,

with the 0.5 factor on L permitted by
= 0 kips+ 1.02(51 .0 kips)
Note: The amplification calculated here is for the lateral system and the force it delivers
through the diaphragm to the collector beam.
Calculate P,10'>' the total vertical load supported by the story. Use a surface area of 9,000 ft
on each floor
the following surface loads:
.
.
Floor
Pr= Pnr + B2P11
P, = Pnt + B'lP11
D.H
= l.O
ASD
= 12.5 ft
For the compressive strength based on the limit state of flexural buckling, assume the
composite slab fully braces the beam in the weak axis but not in the strong a.'tis. Calculate
the strong axis compressive strength using AlSC Manual Table 6- L Enter the table using
(KL)1 , 9:
, :
-,
::(KL):x
(KL)
yeq
(Manual Eq. 4-1)
r:x/ r1
25.0 ft
4.47
5.59 ft
=--
AMEIUCAN lNS11TUTE OF STEEL CoNSTRUCMON
8-18
DIAPHRAGMS, COLI CCTORS ANO CllOROs
fnterpolating p from AJSC Manual Table 6-1, the compressive ::.trength due
axis flexural buckling is:
LRFD
10
strong
ASD
S-19
8.A DESIGN f_XAMPLES
With f = F,,, check that hit,.~ I -49 vElf - 45.0 as gt\'f'n m AISC Specificmio11 Sec lion
E7.2(a}. Because hit...,"" 45.2 .. 45.0, there is negligible reduction in the gross cross section
based on AISC Spec1ficot1on Section E7 2.
The available axial strength is detemunet.1
IS
follo\\.'s:
(Spec. Eq. EJ-1)
Pn = f'c,A,
=31.S ks1(t4.7 in.2 )

'
~
- 0.00180 kips-I
- 0.00270 kips'1
=556 k.ips
= 370 kips
=467 lops
LRFD
Weak ms comprcssi\'C strength due lo
(Kl= 0).
fle.~ural
buckling wilJ not go'-em by inspecuon
The W18x50 has a slender web in compression, as indicated in Table 1-1 of tl1e AISC
Manual. To dctem1ine the reduction factor, Qa, for slender stiffened elemenrs, use AlSC
Specification Section E7.2, with/= Fa computed with Q 1.0.
~-11
.
...
'
f.
Pc=
=
n 2E[c... +I1 (d 12)
(KtL)
+Gl
=0.90(467 kips)
=280 kips
The foUowing is a summary of the limit s1a1es in compression on the collector.
StrQngAxis
1'1exural Buckling
J1_.+1 1 +(d/2) A8
ln (29,000 ks.i)!{3,040 in. )+(40.1 in.' )(18.0in.12) ]+ 11, 200 ksi{1.24 in.'' }I
2
(KLh
cP11 =420 kips
~= 370 l;ips
800 in.' +40.1 in.4 +(18.0 inJ2)2 (14.7 in.2)
QF
1
-=
The available axial compressive strength of the seclion is governed by constrainf'tl axis
ClcxuraI-tonional buckling.
J.0(50 0 ksi)
46.2Xsi
1.08S 2.25
Required Flexural Strength
Calcul:He 8 1 from AlSC Specification Appendix 8, Section 8.2.1.
Therefore:
1tlJ.
P,1=-~
!:
P. =280 kips
n,
n.,
::::46.2 ksi
Constrained Axis
F le..niral-Torsional Buckling
(KL'h = 12.5 ft
x~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.:j:
=25.0 ft
ILO(J2.5 ft)(12 inJft)J
P,
1.61
= 467 kips
1.67
=420 kips
(8-3)
P,.
n..
-=-
9cPn = 0.90Pn
For the limit state of constrained axis torsional buckling, I.he unbraced length is J2.5 ft. Use
Equntion 8-3 for Fe.
ASD
F., =Q 0.658 ,, F,
~:
= LO 0.658 ~,
44.ltit
50 ksi
=3 1.8 ksi
(Spec. Eq. A-8-5)
(K1L)2
(Spec. Eq. E7-2)
7t
(29,000
ksi)(soo in.~)
= lt.0(25.0 ft)(l2
io./fl)j
=2.540 kips
Because !he beam is subjccr 10 transverse loading between supporu:

C.,= 1.0
8-20
Bec:iuse the member does not require composite action, the studs are only required to resi'st
ASD
LRFD
(Spec. Eq. A-8-3)
C~r ~ l
81 =
ihe diaphragm shear transfer. Where composite flexural action is required, the shear studs
m3y be considered fuUy effective for both flexural shear tr:insfcr and diaphragm shear trans-
(Spec. Eq. A-8-3)
PeJ
Use a W18x50 for 1he collector.
LO
= ~- l.60(36.4 kips)
2.5~
2,540 kips
Alternatively, :i colJector with adequate tensile strength co resist the diaphragm she9r can be
provided by the addition of supplemental slab reinforcement, such as ASTM A6 l 5 Grade 60
deformed reinforcing bars. In this case, the required area of slab reinforcement is:
kips
=1.02
=1.02
Tu
Asr~q=-
From AISC Specification Equation A-8-1, the required second-order flexural strength is:
F.,
ASD
LRFD
Mrx = B1Mn1 + B2M11
Mrx
=B1M111 +lhMu
= 1.02(0kip-ft)+1.02(220 kips)
= J.02(0kip-ft)+1.02(208 kips)
= 224 kip-ft
= 212 kip-f1
The composit~ fle:<~ral strength may be used for collectors. The following demonstrates !hat
the noncompo~ite beam is adequate. Assuming it is fully braced and using AISC Manual
Table 3-2 for a W18x50, the available flexural strength is:
ASD
LRffi
OM. =379 Jcip-ft
I ':; = 252 Jcip-ft
Check combined loading of the W1 8>s50 using AISC Specification Section HI .1.
52.0 kips
0.90(60 ksi)
= 0.963 in.2
Available Aexural Strength of the W18x50 Beam
Four No. 5 bars (As= l .24 in. 2) can be used 10 provide this supplemental slab reinforcement
al lhe collector location. Per ACI 318 Section 21.11.7.5, additional transverse reinforcement
is not required if the cxrrcme fiber stress in the concrete is kept below 0.2//. Because the
deck span is parallel to the collector axis, the concrete above and below the 1op of the metal
deck will be effective in resisting the collector force. Assuming the met:il deck profile is
such that one-half of the area below the top of the metal deck is filled with concrete, tl1e
effective chick.Dess of the concrete collector is 3Yz in. The minimum wjdcJ1 of slab required
to resist the collector force is,
b. __P._._
nun - 0.2/Jc
Pr
Pr 36.4 kips
-=---'P., 280 kips
=0.130
52.0 kips
420kips
Pc
=0.124
0.2( 4.00 ksi)(3 1h in.)
=18.6 in.
Using the 0.2/J compression limitation set forth in ACl 318 Section 21.11.7.5 in conjunc-
as limiting compressive strains in the concrete collector co 0.003 (which is analogous to the
Because Pr/Pc< 0.2, use AISC

Specification Equation H 1-1 b.
0.124 + 224 lcip-ft + 0 = 0.653
0.130 + 212 kip-ft +O = 0 _906

2
252 kip-ft
379 kip-ft
0.653 <1.0
o.k.
0.906< 1.0
needs to be provided to transfer the force from the slab reinforcement into the structure.
tion with 0 0 -level forces may be conservative. Alternate approaches can also be used such
Because P,IPc < 0.2, use AISC

Specification Equation HI-lb.
I.-
I.
I.
52.0 kips
This collector width can be easily accommodated a.long grid A. Note .that a mechanism
ASD
LRFD
j,
fer as descnbed in Burmeister and Jacobs (2008).
1--
1.0
=------..,..
1.00(52.0 kips)
8 21
strain limits for unconfined conc~ete resisting seismic loads), treating the collector as a short
compression member, or any other rational design method that provides a load path between
the inertial mass and the seismic force resisting system.
o.k.
AME.RICAN lNS'ITl'UTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION
DIAPHRAGMS. COl l.J:.C'TORS A-ND CHORDS
Given:
Refer to Figure 8-6. Check the adequacy of lhe ASTM A36 single-plnte connection shown to
rcsi~t the collector forces determined m Example 8.4. l, where \'o == I l .8 kips, Vi= 8.29 IJ~.
and Po,= 25.5 kips as determined in Example $.4.1. The beam is ASTM A992 material.
'
LRFD
R,.., = (1 2+ 0.2Sns )D + n ..QE
.... 0.SL+0.2S
ASTMA36
F1 36 ksi
Fu= 58 ksi
= 1.14(0 k.ip<>)+O kips+O kips

+ 0.7(2.0)(25.5 kips)
= 35.7 k.ips (tension or compression)
i~:
ASD
R.. =~(20.7 kips)2 +(51.0 kips) 2
W18x50
1..., = 0.355 in.
R., = ~(13.5 kips) +(35.7 kips)

2
=38.2 kips
=55.0 kips
As noted in Example 8.4.1, ASCPJSEI 7 requires that collector clements in structures

assigned to Seismic Design Categories C through F be designed to resist the amplified seismic loads (n.,..Jevel loads).
Design the connection in accordance with lhe proce.dure for extended single-plate shear
connections in Part I 0 of the AISC M anual. modified for the pre::ence of an a."<ial force m
the be:tm.
From ASCFJSEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2, lhe required shear strength is de1ennined from the g<>v
eming Load Combination 5 for LRFD and Load Combination 5 for ASD. These load
combinations govern based on the resultant required strength de1emuned in the following.
LRFD
iI
0.70. Qt
LRFD
From AISC Manual Table 1-1, the geometric propeo ies are as follows:
i>.
=1.4(0 kip!>)+ 2.0(25 5 kips)
The resultant required strength
.-
R;;a=(l.O+O 14Sos)D+H+F
=51.0 kips (tension or compression)
From AISC Manual Table 2-4, the plate material properties are as follows:
ASD
+ o.s(o kips)+o.2(0 k1ps)
Solution:
~11
8-2J
The requircJ a."<ial strength b :
ExamPte 8.4.2. Collector Connection Design
SA OESJGN F.XAMPLF.S
R.,., =( I 2+0.2Sos}D+f2oQE
+ 0.5L+0.2S
== 1.4(11.8 kips)+2.0(0)
+ 0.5(8.29 kips)+ 0.2(0)
20.7 kips
(includes 0.5 factor on l permitted by

ASCE/SEI 7 Section 12.4.3.2)
Available Shear Strength of the Bolt Group
The angle of the resultant load with respect to lhe longitudinal axis of lhe bolt group is:
ASD
LRFD
R,,., ={l.0+0.14Sos )D+ H + F
0=tan-t(R..a)
R,;,.
+0.7f2oQE
=1.14(11.8 kips)+O ldps + 0 kips

+ 0.7(2.0)(0)
=13.5 kips
,,,,t
ASD
0= tan
(::)
=ran-I (51.0 kips)

20.7 kips
=un- (35.7 kips}
=67.9
=69.3
13.5 kips
t '"'"'
,;, rm..:
1JJ. it ;
I' 1(1:."'J
... _,, j
~J rt
The calculated load angle, 67.9, is

between the tabulated values for 60 and
75 in A1SC Manual Table 7-6. The
eccentricity of the shear load is
determined by the mclhod used for
extended single-plate connections.
The calculated load angle, 69.3, is

between the tabulated values for 60 and
75 in AISC Mamwl Table 7.0. The
eccentricity of the shear load is
determined by the method used for
extendeJ single-plate connections.
Interpolating from AISC Manual 'foble

7-6 with 0 = 67.9, a= ex= 2'h in..
s,,. 3 in. and using n =4 bolls,
lnterpolnting from AISC Manual Tuble

7-6 with e 69.3, a= ~z = 2'h in..
.r =3 in. and using n =4 bolts,
C=3.29
C=3.3 1
8.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES
DIAPHRAGMS, COLLECTORS AND OIORDS
8-24
8-25
'
Try a ~-in. single plate.
From AJSC ,\if011ual Table 7-1. for a Jii-in.-diarneter ASTM A325-N (Group A) bolt with the
lhreads included in single shear, the available sh.ear strength of one bolt is:
I~,.
I ~=162kips
LRFD
= 24.3 "'"'
55.0 kips< 79.9 kips
' ~ 2.4 (11 in.)(* in.)(58 ksi)

=45.7 kips
User'= 26.9 kips.
LRFD
=3.31(16.2 kips)
= 79.9 kips
=53.6 k.ips
38.2 kips< 53 .6 kips
o.k.
= 26.9 ldps
~ =c(~)
=3.29(24.3 kips)
Eq. J3-6a)
' = 1.2[1~ in.-0.5( 1Vi6 in.)](* in.)(58 bi)
ASD
$Rn= Cc~r,,
(Spec.
where le is conservatively taken as the least dimension to the edge in ei1her the horitomal or
vertical direction (the vertical edge distance of l 1h in. governs).
ASD
The available shear strength of the bolt group is:
LRFD
Bearing on the Plate

At lhc plme edge:
R,, =
$R., =C~r,,
o.k.
I.
ASD
"'3.29(0.75)(26.9 kips)
=66.4 kips
c(!!!.)
n
= 3 _31 (26.9 kips)
2.00
=44.5 kips
W12x96
55.0 kips< 66.4 kips
W18x50 with
std. holes
D
L
=11.8 kips
=8.29 kips
o.k.
38.2 kips < 44.5 kips
o.k.
Bearing on the Beam web

2)2" 2
The beam web is nearly as !hick as and stronger than I.he plaic. The beam web has sufficient
be.aring streng1h by inspection.
I.
Maximum Permissible Plate Thickness

As discussed in AISC Manual Part JO, the connection wilJ be proponioned such that bolt
shear failure cannot occur prior to plate 0.exur.\l yielding. Th.is proportioning ensures sufficient ductility to permit boch beam end rotation and rotational defonnntions corresponding
to lateral drift.
P 0 ::: 25.5 kips
In order to achieve this proportioning of limit stat.es, I.he flexural srrenglh of the bolt group
is computed, and the maximum shear plate thickness is determined using the plate )ield
stress and depth (which is alrendy J...'llown).
From AlSC Manual Tobie 7-6 (for 0 = 0 in this c:ise), C' = 11.3 in. From AISC
Specificotitm Table J3.2, F,,,, = 54 ksi for A325-N bolts (Group A).
PL%" with
$ld:holes
(A36)
rs
(4)
dia.
A325-N bolts
_J
Fig. 86. Collector connecrion investigated in Exompk 8.4.2.
.}
8-16
MfffllX=~(AbC')
(Manual Eq. 10-I)
0.90
8 ~ OESlG~ E.'CA.'.fPLES
Therefore, lhe minimum required plate thickness is:
LRFD
=~.~i (0.601 in.2 )(I J.3 in.)

I
=407 kip-in.
'=
6M,,,,,x
= Fyd 1
(Manual Eq. 10-3)
_ 6(407 kip-in.)
- 36 ksi(l2.0 in.) 2
= 0.471 in. > 0.375 in.
1,,,.;., =v(rpvoon)
ASD
+(rpa,..,.)2
Ip min= J(tpvmin)2 +(tpanun)
Jco.0199 in.)2 + (0.131 in.)2
~(0.0781 in.)2 +(0.138 in.)2
=0.159 in.
=0.153 in.
0.375 in. > 0. 153 in.
o.k.
0.375 in.> 0.159 in.
o.k.
o.k.
Net Section Rupture of the Plate under Combined Shear and Tension
Yieldf!lg of the Plate under Combined Shear and Tension
In evaluating this limit state, the minimum plate thickness is calculated independently for
each force and the resulting thicknesses are combined for lhe interaction of forces usfog an
elliptical approximation. The elliptical approximation is not required by the AISC
Specification, but it is a rational approach for detei:mining the minimum plate thickness.
Jn evaluating this limit state, !he minimum plate thickness is calculated independently for
each force and the resulting thicknesses are combined for the interaction of forces using an
elliptical approximation.
=Lr~1lp
For shear yielding, the nominal strength is:
=[12.0 in. -4( 116 in.+ 1/J6 in.))rp

(Spec. Eq. J4-3)
Rn= 0.60FyAgv
= 0.60F1 dtp
=8.00rp in.2
For shear rupture, the nominal strength is:
ASD
LRFD
~-1
'
..
:~
. R,,,,
pv mm - $0.60Fyd
pv mm
Rn= 0.60F.,Anv
=(0.60F).d1n)
20.7 kips
=-----...::---1.00(0.60)(36 ksi)(l2.0 in.)
=~~~-l3_.5_b_-~ps~~__.
= 0.0799 in.
=0.0781 in.
Rav
=0.60Fu{8.00
in.)/ Q
---~---
20.7 kips
=------------
=0.0991 in.
=0.0970 in.
0.75(0.60)(58 ksi){8.00 io.)
13.5 kips
(0.60)(58 .ksi)(8.00 in.)/2.00
For tensile rupture, the nominal strength is:
~=
LRFD
t
f pv min
(Spec. IJ.Cf: 14-1)
Rn= F1 A8
=F1 dtp
...~;
R,,,,
. -
"'""" - 0.60Fu (8.00 in.)
(0.60)(36 ksi)(l2.0 in.)/1.50
For tension yielding, the nominal strength is:
ASD
LRFD
.-'
~!
(Spec. Eq. 14-4)
ASD
R,,,,
. --F>d
pamtn -
51.0'kips
0.90(36 ksi)(l2.0 in.)
=0. 13lin.
35.7 kips
36 ksi (12.0 in.)/1.67
= 0.138 in.
=-----'----
R,.=F11At
,, .. ,
~.
=F,,Ant
.;:.\.h
(Spec. Eq. J4-2)
8.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES
OtAPHRAGMS, COLLECTORS AND CHORDS
pa mrn
---=-- $F.,(8.00 in.)

=__5_1_.0_ki_p,_s_ _
f pa min
0.75(58 ksi)(8.00 in.)

= 0.147 in.
F.,(8.00 in.) I 0.
35.7 kips
(58 ksi)(8.00 in.)/2.00
'=
=244tp kips
Ip min
= J(0.0991 in.)2 +(0.147 in.)2

o.k.
From AJSC Specification Equation 14-5:
Therefore, the minimum required plate

thickness is:
=~(tpvmin)
7.00tp in. 2
0.60FuA,,,, =0.60(58 ksi)(7.00rp in. 2 )
= 0.154 in.
Therefore, lhe minimum required plate

thickness is:
-~-
= 10.5rp -3.50( 1S1i6 in.+ l/idn.)/p
Anv
Rua
=0.177 in.< 0.375 in.
Shear Rupture
ASD
LRFD
8-29
LRFD
ASD
+(tpamm)
= O.J82 in.< 0.375 in.
Rn
$Rn =9[0.60F,,Anv+Ub,f~AniJ
=~(0.0970 in.)2 + (0.154 in.)2
-=
s 9(0.60Fy.-\gv + Ub,FuA..1 J
o.k.
~I0.60FuAnv + UbsFuilnr J
0.60FuAnv + UbsPuAnt
Ip
0..tp
= 244kip/in.+116 kip/in.
=0.75(244 kip/in.+ 116 kip/in.)
2.00
'
= 270 kip/in.
tp
Agr
=2.50rp in.2
Anr
=2.50zp-0.50( 1S/J6 in.+'lt6in.)zp
= 227 kip/in. + 116 kipfm.

2.00
= 257 kip/in.
= 2.501p ..., 0.5001p
Use $R.. I Ip;: 257 kip/in.
=2.00rp in.2
R.,,
r,,..,,,;,,=--Rn I tp
=1.0
U1>sFuA..r = 1.0(58 ksi)(2.00tp in.2 )

= 116tp kips
Shear Yielding
'---
=(12.0 in. -1.50 in.)tp in.2

=10.5tP. in.2
0.60FyAgv ;:Q.60(36 ksi)(IO.Stp
=227rp kips
w.2)
=172 kip/in.
Use Rn I 0.. tp =172 kip/in.
I
= 20.7 kips
257 kip/in.
0.0805 in. < 0.375 in.
I~
0..tp
== 0.75(227 kip/in.+ 116 kipfm.)

j
\.
0.60FyAgv +Ub1 F.A111
9j0.60F,A1v + UbsFuAw)
Tensile Rupnire
= 180 kip/in.
Investigate the failure path 1-2-3-4 in Figure 8-7(b) for the shear force.
Agv
n
s; 0:60F1 AI" + Ubs F11An1
Block Shear Rupture of the Plate

In evaluating this limit state, lhe minimum plate thickness is calculated independently for
each force, and the resulting thicknesses aJe combined for the interaction of forces using an
elliptical approximation.
U1>s
0.60.F,,A,,v +UbsF.,Anr
. -
o.k.
R.,.,
pvm;n - (Rn /0..)/tp

13.5 kips
= 172 k:ipfm.
=0.0785 in.< 0.375 in.
o.k.
~4
DIAPHRAGMS. COl..LECTORS AND CHORDS
8-30
DESlGN EXAMPLF,.S
S-'.31
\
Investigate the failure path 1-2-3-4 in Figure 8-1(b) for the axial force.
0.60FuAnv =0.60(58 ksi)(2.00fp in. 2 )
=69.61, kips
Tensile Rupture
Ag1
=(12.0 in. - 1.50 in.)tP

=IO.Stp
From AISC Specification Equation J4-5:
in.2
"
LRFD
ASD
= 10.5tp -3.50( 1Ys6 in.+ Yi6 in.)t p
Rn
Rn= [0.60FuAr.v + UbsFuAm]
=7.00tp in.2
-=
4>[0.60FyAgv +UbsFuAnr]
UbsFuA..1 =1.0(58 ksi)(7.00tp in.)
Shear Yielding
0.60F.,A,,v + UbsFuA..1
Ip
fltp
69.6 kip/in.+ 406 kip/in.
= 0.75(69.6 kip/in. + 406 kip/in.)
2.00
=357 kip/in.
= 2.50tp in. i
= 238 kip/in.
~10.60F,Agv + Ul>sFuAnr j
0.60FyAgy = 0.60(36 ksi)(2.50rp in. 2 )
0.60F1 A1v + UbsFuAni
tp
= 54.0tp kips
54.0 kip/in.+ 406 kip/in.
"' 0.75(54.0 kip/in. t-406 kip/in.)

Shear Rupture
=--.:....._-~-"'----
2.00
= 345 kip/in.
=2.50tp-0.50( 15/i6 in. + 1/i6in.)tp
9I0.60FuAnv +UbsFuA111J
=.4-06tp kips
Anv
n
< 0.60FyAgv +UbsFuAnr
=1.0 .
Agv
0.60F.,A,,v +UbsFuAn1
= 230 kipftn.
Therefore, use $Rnltp = 345 kip/in.
Therefore, use Rnl!lrp = 230 kip/in.
= 2.50tp -0.500tp
=2.00tp in.2
lpamin
Rua
$Rn I tp
=---
= 51.0 kips
345 kip/in.
Raa
. ----
pa1tun - Rn/0. tp
35.7 kips
=--~-
230 kip/in.
=0. 148 in.

,
'i
;,
= 0. 155in.
The minimum requir~d plate thickness

due to bolh forces is:
Ip,.,;,,
= J(lpv min } +(tpo min )2
Ip mbt
= J(0.0805 in.) +(0.148 in.) 2
:.
The minimum required plate thickness

due to both forces is:
=0.168 in. < 0.375 in.
o.k.
=~(r,,., min ) 2 +(r,.,. ,,,;,.}2

=Jco.0785 in.)2 +(0.155 in.)2
= 0.174 in.< 0.375 in. o.k.
-I'
rvestjg:ne the failure path 1-2-3-5 on Figure 8.7(b) for the shear force.
f:ot the shear force conservatively use the minimum thickness determined from path 1-2-3-4.
::
..
s:
$:
I:
(a) Beam web
(b) Single plate
Fig. 8-7. Block shear failure paths for Example 8.4.2 .
~jj
l)JAPHKA(.;M:S, CUU...tc.:roRS ANO CHORDS
LRFD
t/1" ml
ASD
= 0.0805 in.
t pv min
=0 .0785 in.
LRFD
ASD
!0.60F;,A,,,, + Ub~FuA..1)
Ip
0.60F.,A,.v +UbJFvAn1
Jnyestigate the failure palh 1-2-3-5 in Figure 8-7(b) for the axial force.
=0.75(139 kip/io.+ 348 lcipfm.)
Tensile Rupture
A8 ,
= 365 k.ip/in.
=(12.0 in.-3.00 in.)tp
[0.60~'"Agv + U~nFuA..r J
= 9.00tp io.2
A1t1
ubs
= 6.001 P in.2
:: 342 kip/in.
Therefore. use <t>R,,
2
_ 108 kip/in.+ 348 kip/in.
2.00
= 228 kip/in.
=LO
=342 kip/in.
'Therefore. use
Shear Yielding
=2(2.50 in.)tp
2
Rua
=$Rn I Ip
=35.7 kips
= 0.157 in.
Ip,,..,, =
~(1pnnin)2 +(tpo ,...;,)2
=j(0.0805 in.)2 +(0.149 in.)2

=0.169 in. < 0.375 in. o.k.
=5.001P -(1o/16 in.+ Y\6 jn.)rP
Roa
= _(_R_n_
Jf...-.l.,...}_/_Ip
342 kip/in.
= 0. 149 in.
=108rp kips
Shear Rupture
I po min
= 51.0 kips
due to both forces is:
0.60FyAgv = 0.60(36 ksi)(5.001p in. 2 )
~ = 228 kipfm.
n ip
fp
lpamin
= 5.00tp in.
0.60F1 Agv +UbsF.,A,.,

flc p
=0.75(108 k.ip/io.+ 348 kip/in.)
=348tp kips
A8 ,
_ 139 kip{Jn. + 348 l<lp/in.

2.00
= 244 kip{Jn.
lp
=9.00tp-3(1S/111 jn. +11\6 in.)tp
Ub,F.,A,,1 =1.0(58 ksi)( 6.00tp in.
Otp
228 kips
due lo both forces is:

2
Ip - .
=J(rP" mln) +(t""..,;,,)
=Jco.on5 in.)2 + (0.157 m.)2

=0.176 in. < 0.375 in. o.k.
=5.00tp-lp
=4.00tp in.2
Block Shear Rupture and Shear Rupture of the Beam Web
In evaluating these limit states, the minimum beam web lhjckness is calculated independently for each force, and the resulting thicknesses are combined for the interaction of forces
using an elliptical approximation.
0.60F.,A,,,, = 0.60(58 ksi )( 4.00tP in.2 )

==l39tp kips
From AlSC Specijicotion Equation 14-5:
LRFD
~R,, =
'(0.60F.,A,,, + UbsFuA..1}
~ $[0.60F1 A1 v+UbsF..At.1]
Block shear rupture can occur on the beam web due to lhe axial load on the beam (block
shear rupture cannoc occur due to shear on an uncoped beam). Por the block shear calculations, investigate lhe failure path 1-2-3-4 as shown in Figure 8-7(a). A beam underrun of
ASD
R,,
~ rn. will be assumed.
0.60F11 A11v + Ub,FuA,.,
n
~
::.
ro..
0.60FyAgv +Ub:rFuA111
Tensile Rupture
A11
= 3(3.00 io.)r,..
= 9.00tw Ln. 2
.....
----- -- - - - --
'
8-34
A111
= 9.001.,. in. 2 - 3(1Yi6 in.+ V.6 in.)tw
=6.00t,. in.
U1>s
8.4 DESIGN EXAMPLES
LRFD
ASD
Therefore, use R,,
=366 kip/in.
Therefore, use
=I 0
R..,,
1....,,,....=---
F.,A,,,:::: Ub3(65 ksi)(6.00t,. io. 1 }
R,,. I Ip
= 3901.., kips
R,,.
--1<.>"'"' - R,,!Otp
51.0 kips
35.7 kips
366 kipfm.
= 0.139 in. < 0.355
Shear Yielding
~ = 244 k.iplin.
=244 kip/in.
=0.146 in.< 0.355 in.
o.k.
in.
o.k.
- 2(2.00 in. - A in.)t,.

1
=3.501.,. in.2
Also check shear rupture of the beam \\cb according to AISC Specification Section 14 2. a:.
foUows:
0.60FyAgv =0.60(50 ~i)(3.50t.., in. 2 )
LRFD
Shear Rupture
Anv
=3.50tw in.2 =2.50tw in.2
2(0.50)(t5/J6
in.+ 1~6
Ruv
. ---'-'-I..,
Ruv
=-----
in.)r,,.
0.75(0.60)(65 ksi}
ASD
R 0.60F.,A,.. + Uh.tF,.A"'
-11=
;.
..,,'
.,
::
..
..
;
).
)
i-..
< 0.60FyAgv +Ub,FuA..1
)'
.....
= 0.75(97.5 kip/in.+ 390 kip/in.)

=366 kip/in.
0.60F.,Anv +U,,,FuAnl
x
=0.0495 in.
=J(t....,min)2 +(11<-omin)2
=
,.., ,,.;,, =J<1....., ,,,.,. )2 +(1.. ...m)2

=Jco.0495 m.)2 +co.146 in.)2
0
Jc0.0505 in.)2 + (0.139 in.)1
= 0.148 in.< 0.355 in.
[18.0 in.-4( 1.V.6 in.+ 1116 in.)]
=0.154 in. < 0.355 in.
o.k.
o.k.
Plate Required Flexural Strength
flt..,
LRFD
97.5 Jdpfm. + 390 kip/in .
2.00
:: 244 kip/in.
0.60F1 Ap + U~F,,A.u
lw
flt,.
"" 37 l ltiplin .
cl>[0.60F1 A1, +U""F,,A,.,]

0.75(105 kip/in.+ 390 kip/in.)
[ 18.0 in. - 4 ( 1-'li6 in.+ 1/i6 in.)]
=0.0505 in.
[0.60F,,A,,, + Ub,F.,A,,i)
t.,
13.5 kips
=---:-,---..,---=----=--[(0.60)(65 ksi)/ 2.00]
=-------=----~
fwmiJs
"'
[{0.60)F,./fl)dn~t
20.7 kips
LRFD
i:,
Rav
$(0.60)F,,dn(I
From AJSC Specification Equation 14-5:
S (0.60F1 Ar +Ub,FuAm]
r,... min= (R,./Q)/ t,,..
"''mm - $Rn I
0.60Fut1,,., =060(65 k~i )( 2.50tw in.2)

"'91.51.., k.ips
lt/R,,. =~[0.60F.A,,. + U.,F.A.u l
ASD
105 kip/in.+ 390 kip/in.

2.00
=248 kipfm.
:::s
M.=R,,.,e
=20.7 k.ips(2.50 in.)
=51.8 kip-in.
ASD
Alu a R,,,,e
=13.5 kips(2.50 in.)

:: 33.S kip-in.
Plate Available Flexural Strength
The Von Mises criterion will be used to reduce the pcrmined bending strength
for the shear stress pre..o;;ent. The a."l:ial tension
St:re.S!
lo account
pre...<:eot is deducted dircct1y from the
If' .
S-36
OIAPHR-\GMS, COLl..ECTORS AND CHORDS
PART 8 REFERENCES
S-37
bending stress. Rearranging ATSC Manual Equation 9-1 to solve for f~. elimin:iting the perpendicular axial component (f, = 0), setting/,,.= Fer.le= Fy, and/xy =fv, and subrracting the
ax.fol cension stress, results in the following equations. A factor, Ct, has been incorporated
imo the equation. This is the factor used in the AlSC Specification when calculating loads
or stresses at the ultimate strength level.
LRFD
ASD
Ct=].()()
Frr = FJ -
<:t=l.60
Fer =JF/-3a/J -of,
3o./J -of,
(36 ksi) 2 - 3(1.00)(
20 7
kips )
12.0 in.(!.\ in.)
1.00(51.0 kips)
12.0 in.(3h in.)
PART 8 REFERENCES
Bunneister, S. and Jacobs, W.P. (2008), "Under Foot: Horizontal Floor Diaphragm Load
Effects on Composite Beam Design," Modem Steel Construction, AISC, December.
f.
Helwig, T.A. and Yura, J.A. (l 999), ''Torsional Bracing of Columns," Journal of Structural
Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 125, No. 5, pp. 547-555.
Sabelli, R., Sabol, T.A. and Easterling, S.W. (2011), NEHRP Seismic Design Technical Brief
No. 5 Seismic Design of Composite Steel Deck and Com:rere-filled Diaphragms: A Guide
for Practicing Engineers, NIST GCR 11 -917-10, NEHRP Consultants Joint Venture,
partnership of the Applied Technology Council and the Consortium of Universities for
Research in Earthquake Engineering, National Ins1itute of Standards :ind Technology,
Gaithersburg, MD.
I,
1.60(35.7 kips)
12.0 in.(lh in.)
= 22.7 ksi
= 23.8 ksi
(36 ksi)2 - 3(1.60)( 13.5 kips J1

12.0 in.(3h in.)
=% in.(12.0 in.)2
4
=13.5 in.3
LRFD
~Mn
"'
ASD
=$FcrZ
Mn
= 0.90(23.8 ksi)(13.5 in.3 )

= 289 kip-in.> 51.8 kip-in.
o.k.
Fc,Z
=--
(22.7 ksi)( 13.5 in. 3)

J.67
= 184 kip-in.> 33.8 ldp-in.
o.k.
I
"
The selected *-in.-thick plate is acceptable.
Weld Strength
The welds are sized as

AISC Manual.
*'P to develop the strength of the plate as discussed in Part 10 oftbe

..
*'p =s <*in.)
=0.234 in.
..
' .
Use a \4-in. fiUet weld to connect the single plate to the column flange.
The single-plate connection shown in Figure 8-6 is adequate to resist the collector fo~
determined in Example 8.4. I .
.. -~
rl
(1
'
'.
~1.,..2-158
10-J
REFERENCES
ii
iarlson, K.D., Lin, Z., Hardin, R.A., Beckermann, C., Mazurkevich. G. and Schneider
M.C. (2003), "Modeling of Porosity Formation and Feeding Flow in Steel Casting,':
Proceedings of Modeling of Cnsring, Welding and Advanced Solidification Processes X,
,; May 25- 30, Destin, FL.
PART 10
ENGINEERED DAMPING SYSTEMS
&
~: fardin R.A., Ou, S., Carlson, K. and Beckermann, C. (1999), "Relationship between
Casting Simulation and Radiographic Testing: Results from the SFSA Plate Casting
' Trials," Proceedings of the 1999 SFSA Technical and Operating Conference, November
~
4-6, Chicago, IL.
~
10.l SCOPE ... . ........................ . ............................ l0-2
10.2 INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERED DAMPING SYSTEMS ............. 10-2
v Niyama E., Nchida T., Marikawa M. and Shigeki, S. (1982), "A Method of Shrinkage
10.3 VISCOUS DAMPERS ...... .. . ... . .................... . ..' .. : ..... . 1~2
. Prediction and its Application to Steel Castings Practice," paper presenced at 49th
lmernatio,nal Foundry Congress, Chicago, IL.
.
10.4 VISCOELASTIC DAMPERS ......................... . .... . ..... : .. 10-4

10.5 FRJCTION DAMPERS . . .......... .. . . .. . ....... . ........ .. ....... 10-5
>.
10.6 YfELDJNG METALLIC DAMPERS . ... ... . .. . ............. . ...... . . 10-5

~
10.7 APPLICATION TO ANALYSIS AND DESfGN . ............ . .. .. ... . ... 10-6
- - - --<ii;:j
~.
PART 10 REFERENCES .... . ....... . . . ... . ..... . ........ . ............ .. 10-7
-.
>
.
Prequalified Connections for Special and ltllenMdi.ale Steel Momeni Fram.t!s
for Seismic Applications, 2010. incl. Suppleme1tt No. l
AMERJCAt< INSTI1Vll! 01' ST.Ea CONSTRUCTION
AMEIUCN'I !Nsmvra OP STE.EL CONSTRUC'ttON
..: I
"
10-2
ENGINEERED DAMPING SYSTEMS
10.1 SCOPE
Although not covered in theAISC Seismic Provisions, damping can be used to reduce seismic response and is lhus an important methodology that may be utilized in the design of
steel structures. Tiris discussion provides an overview of types of engineered damping systems. but does 001 provide design guidance. A more thorough trea1ment may be found in
Constantinou et al. (1998), Hanson and Soong (2001). Liang et al. (20 11), Ramirez et al.
(2002), and Whittaker et al. (2003).
.
!
l;
.,..~
l'
....::~
~
~
I.
.:;,,
10.2 INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERED DAMPING

SYSTEMS
Damping provides a means of dissipating a segment of input seismic energy. The inherent
damping from strUctural and nonstructural sources is approximated as an equivalent viscous
effect. For steel structures, the bare framing typically provides 1 to 2% equivalent viscous
damping. The origin of this struc1ural damping is from sources such as slip of bolls, minor
yielding of members, and rocking of base plates. When nonstructural componenrs such as
partitions and other tenant improvements are added, the equivalent viscous damping can be
as high as 5%. This additional damping is from tbe interaction of various nonstructuraJ components and slip of componenlS. The magnitude of damping is highly dependent on type and
extent of nonstructural elements.
Such inherem damping is difficult to estimate and is too small to provide an effective means
for energy disi;ip:Hion. By contrast, supplementary damping can be incorporated in bolh new
consr.ruction and seismic retrofit applications to produce much larger equivalent damping,
typically in the range of 10 to 40%. Th.is supplementary damping is more reliable and readily
predictable. Supplementary damping can be counted on to dissipate significant seismic energy
and thus reduce demand on the structural system. This reduction of drift, acceleration and
inelastic behavior will provide significantly higher performance than !hat of conventional
construction which relies heavily on inelastic energy dissipation by the frame elements.
Foor design, lhe expected level of damage is approximately proportional to the seismic
input intensity. This implies acceptance of a certain level of damage based on the seismic
input intensity. Research.has shown (lvtiyl!-JllOlo et al., 2011) that steel moment frame buildings designed per the applicable building code and using supplementnry damping will ha,e
a significantly lower collapse rate than a building designed without supplementary damping.
Supplementary damping devices used for seismic design fall into four broad calegories:
viscous dampers, viscoelastic dampers, friction dampers and metallic dampers. Each of
these four brood groups of damper devices also includes subsets. For example, both solid
viscoelastic dampers and fluid viscoelastic dampers are available. Damping devices are
manufactured by a number of vendors; see Figure 10-1 for examples of the dampers. The
various damper types bave distinc1 force-defonnation (F-u) constitutive relations as shown
in Figure 10-2.
10.3 VISCOUS OAMPERS

1 Viscous dampers are velocity-proportional devices. Figure t().2(a) illustrales the force-d.is-
placement relationship of a viscous damper. The constitutive force-velocicy relationship for

viscous dampers can be wrincn as:
10.4 VlSCOELASTIC DAMPERS
(a) When ri
IO-
F=Ci/l
(b) Whe.n
(10-l .
u< 0
F=-Cluf
where
C =damping constant
u :: velocity
a=\ elocity exponent

The choice of the parameters C and a depends on the structural system. 1n general, for
buildings with higher story stiffnes!', larger values of C would be required. For viscoi<s
(a} Wsco1t.r damper
(bJ Viscoelrutic dampu
(c) Priction damp?.r
Fig. 10-1. Tmages of viscous, viscoelastic, friction and yiefdi11g metallic dampers.
(a) New medical office comp/a (Miyamoto lnrema1io11a/)
{b) Retrofa of an alsring commucia/ building (Miyamoto lnremational)
(c) RetJ'O/it of an alsring commen:ial l>uilding (Miyommo lnteTMtionol)
( d) Retrofit of an existing building 011 campus of University of California Berkeley
(NISEE elibrary, Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Ctnter)
ENGINEERED DAMPlNG SYSTEMS
I0.6Ylat>1NO METALLIC DAMPERS
dampers, the brace used to connect lhe damper to the structural members must be sli.ff
enough to ensure 1hat the nearly pure viscous behavior is reproduc.cd io the damper. In commercially available structural analysis programs, viscous dampers are modeled as Maxwell's
model of a dashpot in series with a spring. A vfllue of CL equal to 1 denotes a purely viscous
response. This type of damper is referred to as a linear damper. Dampers with o: of smaller
lhan unity are corrunonly referred to as nonlinear dampers. In general, viscous dampers do
not increase stiffness or strength of the strucrural system and serve as purely damping elements. In other words, if the static pushover curves for a system with and without dampers
are plotted, the curves will be identical so Jong as the demand on the viscous damper is
within its operational capacity. Viscous dampers are ideal for structures with longer periods,
such as moment frame buildings. They have been used extensively in new construction and
for retrofitting steel moment frame buildings, resulting in reduced inelastic demand o.n me
members and beam-to.column connections. The most common type of viscous damper is
the fluid viscous damper which is similar to the shock absorbers used in automobiles. Figure
.10-l(a) shows a typkal viscous damper.
where
K = effective stiffness of Lhe device
u displacement
Tbe damper's effective stiffness, K. and damping constant, C, depend on both the amplitude of excitation and its frequency.
Viscoelastic dampers increase both the stiffness and strength of I.he structural 'system. In
other words, if the suitic pushover curve for a system with and withour damp~rs is plotted,
the curve with a viscoelastfo damper will have a higher capacity and a lar2er stiffness.
Viscoelastic dampers are ideal for structures for which an increase in both damping and ~;
stiffness is desired. For example, they can be used to mitigate torsional resP<>nse and
increase damping for vulnerable structures or to reduce soft story response in buildings. An
example of the viscoela5tic damper is ,illustrated in Fig~re 10-l(b).
1,
1
In commercially available structural analysis programs, solid viscous dampers can be ::.
modeled as Kelvin's model of a dashpot in parallel with a spring .
1~.4 V1scoELAsric ~~MPERS

..
.~
-..,
-,
10.5 FRICTION DAMPERS
Friction dampers exhibit elastic-perfectly-plastic response . .Figure 10-2(c) illustrates the

force-displacement relationship ofa friction damper. They are displacemen t-proportional
devices and increase the strength of the stru~tural system. The constitutive force~d.isplacement relation for friction dampers can be written as:
~~codastic dampers are displacement- .and vel<:>eit)'.-proportional devices. Figure ~~~(b)

i!J~strates ~~.. force~displacement r!!lationship of a viscoelastic damper. The constitutive
:-.:! ........ '' " ..... .t .'?~
~
'?'
..
~o~c.e;dtsplacement r.el~t1on for v1scoelasti<:; dampers can be written as:

.
.
.
--:.
.~ : ..: .F= Ku+ Cu
(10..:3)
_!- . .
: - .
: ...
.. : ..>
:~
10-:
.....~
".-;
(a) When u <
Us/ip
F=Ku
(10-4)
F=O
(10-5)
I
n
(b) When u ~ Us!ip
where
K
llslip
(a)
:
v~~oiis damper '
l.
=initial stiffness of the device
= displacement at which the slip initiates
Friction dampers are ideal for structures for which damping and an increase in initial stiffness is desired. They can also be used to limit the force that is delivered to a structural
member placed in series with them. Figure 10-l(c) shows a typical friction damper.
.,-.
_ In commercially available structural analysis programs, friction dampers are mo<l~led as
Coulomb's model producing bilinear response.
(b) Viscoelastic damper
"':.'
1
"
10.6 YIELDING METALLIC DAMPERS
( c) Fri.crion damper
(d) Yielding metallic damper

I
Yielding met.a.Ilic dampers exhibit multi-linear force displacement response. Figure 10-2(d)
illustrates the force-d.isplacemeut relationship of a yielding metallic damper. They are displacement-dependent devices. The constitutive force-displacement relation for I.he yiefdjng
metallic dampers can be written as:
Fig. 10-2. Idealized force-displacemenr relarion for l!arious types of dampers.
;.
F=f(u)
j:.
AMERICAN )NST111JTI; OF STllEL CONSTRUCTION
(10-6)
J()-6
FNGINlillREO OAMPlNG SYS1T>MS
where f(u) denotes the nonlinear dependence of the de' ice force on its displacement.
Yielding metal Uc dampers increase both stiffness and strenglh of the srrucrural sysiem. In
other words, if the static pushover curves for a syMem with and without dampers are plotted, the curve with dampers will have a higher capacity and larger stiffness.
Yielding dampers are ideal for structures for which both damping and stiffness increases
are desired. In U.S, practice, yielding metallic elementS such as buckling-restrained braces
are not typically treated us dampers, but as primary lateral Jo:id resisting elements. See
Figure 10-l(d):
In coinmercially available srructural analysis programs, yielding metallic dampers are
modeled as multi-linear one-dimensional dements.
11
.~
.
=!9
PART 10 REFERENCES
10. 7
PART 10 REFERENCES
ASCE (2006), Stismic Reltabilization of faisting B11ildi11gs, ASCE 41-06, American Soeiety
of Civil Engineers, Rcston, VA.
Constantinou. M.C., Soong, T.T. and Dargush, G.F. (1998), Passivl! Energy 1Jissipa1ion
Systems for Stmctuml Design and Retrofit, Monograph No. I, Multidisciplin"ary Center
for Eanbquake Engineering Research, University of Buffalo, State University of New
York. Buffalo, NY.
FEMA (2009), NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions For New Buildings And Other
Srructures, FEMA P-750, Federal Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC.
10.7 APPLICATION TO ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Hanson, R.O. and Soong, T.T. (2001), Seismic Design with Supplemental Energy
Dissipation Devices, MN0-8, Earthquake Engineering Research Institute. Oakland. CA.
Each type of damper has specific characteristics, advantages and disadvantages for strucrural applications, and each type is made by several different manufacturers. To design with
dampers, it is critical to caprure the dynamic characteristics and the nonlinear behavior of
the srnicture. TI1is perm.its the designer to determine the amoun t of additional damping and
stiffness required to achieve the desired performance. The equivalent viscous damping ratio
can be estimated by computing the area of the force-displacement curve for one full cycle
of loadi~g.
EngineerCci damping systems inhere"ntly require a performance-based design approach.
Engineere-0 damping systems are effective for abnost all but the most rigid buildings. A thorough discussion of engineered, supplemental damping system design is beyond the scope of
this l\fanual, but ASCE/SEI 41-06 (ASCE, 2006) is considered srate-of-the-art for existing
srructures, and FEMA P-750 (FEMA. 2009) and ASCE/SEI 7-10 provide infom1atioo for
new siructures.
Liang, Z, Lee, G.C., Dargush, G.F. and Song, J. (2011), Structural Damping: Applications
ill Seismic Response Modification, CRC Press.
Miyamoto, H.K., Gilnni, A.SJ ., Wada, A. and Ariyaratana, C. (2011), "Identifying the
Collapse Haz:trd of Steel Special Moment-Frame Buildings with Viscous Dampers Using
the FEMA P695 Me1hodology," Earthquake Spectra, Earthquake Engineering Research
Institute, Vol. 27, rssue 4, pp. 1,147-1,168.
Ramirez, 0.~t.. Conscantinou. M.C., Whittaker, A.S., Kircher, C.A. and Chrysosotomou,
C.Z. (2002). '"Elastic and Inelastic Seismic Response of Buildings with Damping
Systems," Earthquake Specrra. Earthquake Engineering Research Institute, Vol. 18,
Issue 3. pp. 531-547.
Wbitlaker, A.S., Constantinou, M .C., Ramirez, O.M., Johnson, M.W. and Chrysostomou,
C .Z. (2003), "Equivalent Lateral Force and Modal Analysis Procedures of the 2000
NEHRP Provisions for Buildings with Damping Systems.'" Earthquake Spectrn.,
Earthquake Engineering Research Institute, Vol. 19, Issue 4, pp. 959-980.
..~
: .1
...
';
'
'
..
":
A>.ffilUCAN }Nsmvn; OF STEEL CONSTRUCllON
pill4911MRffilW'*#*lfWU~llPB&i'WMWMW9tik1Mi"fkWM~
10-8
.ENGINEERED DAMPING SYSTEMS
INDEX
Analysis ....................................................... : 2-2, 9.1-10

Applic:ible building code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-6
ASCE/SEI 7
Analysis methods ... .. ................................. ....... . ... ... 2-6

Design coefficients and factors for SFRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1 O
Beam design
Buckling-restrained braced frame ....... . .. .... . ...................... 5-430
Collectors and chords.... . ........................... .... ............ 8-l
Composite ordinary shear wall steel coupling beam ................. ... . . . 7-21
Composite ordinary sbe:ir wall composite coupling beam ................... 7-30
Composite special sbe:ir wall steel coupling beam ............. . .. . ... 7- 39, 7-41
Eccentrically braced frame .... . ............... . : ............ . . . . . . . . 5-353

EmbedmentJength ............ .. .......... .... . ........... .. ........ 7-14
Moment frame (R::: 3) .............................. .... . .. ......... . 3-10
Ordinary concentrically bmced fr:imes .... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- l 8
Ordinary moment frames ................... . ........ .. -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Speci:il concentrically braced frames ........... . . . ........ ... ... 5-104. 5-119
Special moment frames ............. .. .......................... _ . . . . 4-46
Beam embedment length .............................. _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Bolted Oange plate moment connection ................................. .. 9.2-39
Bolted joints .. .. ........................................ . .......... . 9.1-20
Bracing connection
Braced frames (R::: 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Eccentrically braced frames .................................... 5-372, 5-379
Ordinary concentrically braced frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Special concentrically braced frames .......... 5-140, 5-178; 5-202, 5-269, 5-299
Brace design
Braced frames (R :::: 3) .... ......... . .............. ..... . . , . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
I
.J
Buckling-restrained braced frllJlleS ................................. 5-419

Eccentrically braced frames ................... ..... .. ... .. .. . ...... .. 5-362
Ordinary concentrically braced frames .... ........ ... . . . .... . ..... .. 5-6, 5-75
Special concentric3Uy braced frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
Braced frame sys1erns
R = 3 syste.ll\S ............. : . .............................. . .... 3-21
R > 3 systems ........................................ .. ........... 5-1
l,i
Buckling-restrained braced frames ........................... 5-413, 9.1-65
Gravity column splice ...... _..................... _...... _........... 4- , -
Composite braced frames ................. .................. . 7-3, 9.1-88
Special concentrically braced frames ....... .. ...................... .. . 5-l:
Eccentrically br:iced frames . .. .... .................. ... .... 5-334, 9.1-57
Special moment frames .................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-'
CoroposjteeccentricaUy braced frames ............... . ..... ... ....... 7-7. 9.1- 9!

Analysis ................... _....... ........................... ... 9.1-92
Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 .1-9~
Ordinary concentrically braced frames ........................ - 5-3, 9.1-50
Special concentrically braced frames ... _ ... _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82, 9.1-52

BuckJiog-restrained braced frames ................................. 5-413, 9.J-{)5
Adjusted brace strength ...................................... . . . . . . 9 .1-65
Connections . ..................................... _............... 9. J-92
Analysis ........................ . ................................ 9.1-66
Composite inrermediatc moment frames .............................. 6-4, 9.J-78

Analysis ......................................................... 9.1- 78
Beam design ............................................... 5-430. 9.1-67

Bracing connections ......... : .................. . ........ . ...... . .. 9.1-{)9
Brace design ............................................... 5-419, 9.1-67
Column design .. ... ........ ....... . .. ... .................. . 5-425, 9. 1-67
;~
Bean1 fl:inges .... ... ......................... .................. . .. 9.1-7<.Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1-79

Connections ..... .... ............... ........ . ..... _....... _.. _.... 9.1-'')
ColuJllJl splices_ ..... . ............................................. 9.1-70
Beam-to-column connec1jons ................ _.................... 9.1-79
Connections...................................................... 9.1-69
Confonnance demonstration................... _.............. .... 9.1-79
Beam-to-column connecrions .............. . .................... - 9.1-69
Connection diaphragm plates ..................................... 9. 1-Stl
Demand critical weJds .......................................... 9.1-69
Column splices ............................................... . 9. l
Diagonal brace connections ...... . ..... . .. . .. .... ........ . ....... 9.J-69
Dernaud critical welds ............................. .. ........... 9.1-
Required shear slrcngth ......................................... 9. l

Protected zones_ ............ .. ..... . ........ _.. _..... ... .......... 9.1-. _
Composite ordinary braced frames ............. . ..................... 7-3, 9.1-83
Analysis ........... .. ...... ... ... ... ............................. 9. l-89
Column splices ................ . ............................... 9.J-70
=!
:<
:.
Protected rooe .... ........................ ............ ... ... .... . . 9.J--09

Qualifying cyclic testing . ............. , ......; ......... . ... . ....... 9.1-129
~~..:1 1
System requfrements ........ _...................................... 9. l-67
V-and inrertcd V-braced frames ......................... - . . . . . . . 9.1-67

K-braced frames .. _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1--07
Beams .......................................................... 9. 1-89
Width-to-thickness lim.i1ations ......................................... 1-36
ColllIIllls .......... ... ............ ..... .. ... ........... . ......... 9.1-t,
Braces ..... .. .... .. ............ .......... ....................... 9.1-89

Connections ... ...... ...... . ......................... .......... .. .
Building separations . . ... ........................................ ....... 1-17
Demand Critical Welds_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. l-S9
Capacity design ...... ... _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Protected zones ................... ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1-S'.>
Chord design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2, 8-8
Composite ordinary moment frames .................................. 6-2. 9.1-77
Classification of sections for local buckling: ........ : .. .... _. . . . . . . . . . 1-25, 9.1-11
Analysis ................................................ _........ 9.1-77
Collector design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4, 8-8
Connections................. _........................ .. .......... 9.1-78
Column design ......... ........... .... ............ .. ................ 9.1-16
Demand critical welds ........................ .... ...... . .. ...... . : 9.1-78
Br:iced fr.unes (R 3) ................................ _.............. 3-24

Buckling-restrained braced frames ................................... S-425
Members . . ..... _... _... _.. _.. _.......... _.................. _.... 9. I-78
Protected zones ................................................... 9.1-78

Composite ordinary shear walls ................... _............. _......... 7-16
Analysis..... .. ................... . ............................ . . 9. 1-93
Beam embedment length ................................. 7-19, 7-21. 9.1-:...
Eccentrically braced frames .......................................... 5-367

Ordinary concentrically braced frames ................................... 5-13
Ordinary momenl frames ........... __ . .............. _................. 4-1
Moment fr.:imes (R 3) . ......................... - ......... . 3-6

Special concentricnlly braced frames ............................ - . . . . . . 5-98
:.
r~:
9.1-~9
Building drift ........... _....... . ............ _....... . ......... .... ... 1- 18
Special moment frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
Column splice design .... . .......... . ................................ 9.1-21
Boundary members ............................................... 9.1-1:'

I'
Composite coupling beam design ........................... 7-19, 7-30, 9.1-7
f.
~
Demand critical welds ... .... ................... . ........ . ... : . . . . . 9 .1-' ,.
Connections ...................................................... 9.1-'.:::z
Protected zones .................. ... .............................. 9 1-96

Steel coupling beam design ............ . .............. . .. 7-19, 7-21, 9
Beam-to-column cormet11ons.
1-9~
Compo~Jte
partially restrained moment frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-J 1. 9.1-85

Analysis............ . .......... . ......... . ... . .... . ........... . . 9.1-85
Columns .................... . .............. . ..... . ..... . ........ 9.1-85
Beams .......................................................... 9.1-86
Protected Zones .. ... . . ...... .................... . .. . ... . . . ...... 9.1-86
Syslem requirements . .. . ... .. . .. ... . . . . . ... ... . ... . ................ 9.1-S

~foment ratio .. .. .. ... . .. . . ... .... ... .................... 9.1-8
Demand Critical Welds .. .. ...................................... 9.l-86

Required Strength ............................. ... ... "' ..... 9.1-86
Required strength of brace connections ............................. 9.1-91

Protected zones ... ........................................... . .... 9. 1-90
Composite special moment frames ................................... 6-7, 9.1-8 1
Analysis ............. : .......................................... 9.1-8 1
Beam flanges ........ '. ............................................ 9. 1-83
Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. 1-82
Connections ............................................. . ........ 9.1-83
Column splices. . . . .
. .......... . . .................... .. 9.1-85
Demand criucal \!.el<b . . .. . .. . . ... . ......................... 9. 1 .
Required shear strength ........... . ............................ 9. l , I
Protected zones . . .. . . .. . . . .. . .. ......................... 9.1-&J
Connections... . ..... .............. . .............. .. ... . ....... 9.1-86
Beam-to-Column Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 .1-86

Conformance Oemo1btration . . .................... . ............. 9.1-86
Column Splices. . .......................... .. ..... . ...... 9 1-87
Composite plate ~hear walls .. .... .... ... .......... ..... .............. 9.1-99
Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . ............................. . .......... . 9. 1-99 '
Boundary members ............................................... 9.1-101
Column splices ....................... . ........... .. ............. 9. L- 102
Concrete stiffening elements ..... . .. .. .............................. 9. 1-101
Connections ..................................................... 9.1-101
Demand critical welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1-l 0 I
Prote<.tcd ~ones....... . .............. . ............ . ............ 9.1-101
Webs .................... ........... ... ... ................... . . 9.1-100
Compo$ite she:i.r wall~ ................................ . ................. 7-10
Composite ~lab diaphragms ..... .. ..... ... ............................. 9.1-19
Composite special concenirically braced frames .............. . ......... 7-5. 9.1-89
Analysis................................................. . ....... 9.1-90
'Seams .......... ..... .............................. 9.1-90
.Br:ices .......................................... .............. 9.1-90
Columns . . . . ....................... . .......................... 9.1-90
Connections...................................................... 9.1-90
Beam-to-column connections........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1-91
Column splices ... .......... ........ ......... . ................. 9.1-91
Demand critical welds .......................................... 9.1-90
. ...... .. ......................... 9.1 1:1..,
Conformance dcmonstra1ion. . .. .... . ................... . 9.1

Connection diaphragm plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. I->
St:ibility br:icing of beams . .
...... .
. . . . . . ..................
..
. .. .. ..
'
9.1-8 ~
~t:ibilit~ bracing at beam 10-columo connections ...... ...... ...... ~. 9.1-8"'
Composite i;pec1ru shear \\alls ..
1
I
.. ..... . ............ 7-.>6. 9.1 - 9 ~
Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... ..... ..... .. ..... . .......... ... ..... 9. J-9(

Beam embedment length ........ . ............ . ................ 7-40, 9.1-9 ..,
Boundary members .... ... .. ... . . . .. .......... .. ............. 9.1-<l
Column spJjccs ......................... ......... ........... ..... 9. J-9<
l
r:
Composite coupling beams . .......... . .............................. 9.J-9X \

Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. l -9
Demand critical welds ................... . ... ................. .... . 9.1-99 :
Ductile elements .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 .1-9 ,
Face bearing places ...... . ...... ...... . . . ... . ............... 7-41, 9.1-9'
S1eel coupling beams ............................... , .... 7-39, 7-41, 9.1-91
Vertic:ll lr:!nsfer bars ..... .. .. . .............................. 7-41, 9.1-98
Wall
o~ersrrength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-41
\Vcb stiffeners.......................... . ......... .................. 7-4l,

Composite structural ~tecl and reinforced concrete buildings ....... 1-23, 9.1-77, 9.1-88
(also see individual composite sys1ems)
Composite connecoons ....
. . . .................................. 9. 1-Z
Composite members
Composite slab diaphragms ...................................... 9.1-1 '

Encased composite columns ...... ......... . ..................... 9.1-1 i
Filled composite columns ........................................ 9.1- 19
Composite moment fromes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Composite shear walls ....................... ..................... ... 7-1<
Connection design
..
Bolted joints: see Bolted joints

Braced frame (R
=3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-25
Column b!'ISCs ................. . .................................. 9.1-22

Column splice design ............ . ....... . .................. 4-67, 9.1-21
Collector connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2..
,;
>
~:
"
&.
Composite connections ............... ...... ... . ....... .... . ..... . 9.1-24

Continuity plates and stiffeners .............. . ....................... 9.1-21
Eccentrically braced frames . ....... . ............... .. ... .. .... 5-372, 5-379
Diagonal brace connectioni. .............. . ................. 5-379. 9.l -,

Link-to-column connections ... . .. ............................. . .. 9. 1-
Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-340. 9.'Pro1ected zone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.. i.:.:
Moment frames (R = 3) ................ . .......................... . .. 3-13

Ordinary concentrically braced frames .......... ... ..................... 5-2.5
Story drift .................................................. ... 5-3<1
Ordinary moment frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- l 6
System requirements ......... .. ...... . ...... . ......... ...... .. ..... 9_ 1
PrcquaJified ....................................................... 9.2- i
Link rotation angle ........................... ........ ........ .. 9.1 - ...
Rectangular filled coroposi1e column-to-steel beam .......... .... .......... 6-21
Bracing of link ......... ..... ... ..... ......................... 9.1-S ...
Reinforced concrete column-10-steel beam ................ ..... ....... . .. 6-15
Width-to-thickness limitations .............. .. ........... 1-36, 5-338, 9.J. ""

Effective length method ............. . ..... ...... . . ....................... /.-.
Encased W-shapes, plastic c::apacicies ........................... .. ......... 7-::._
End-pla1e moment connection.......................................... 9.?-1
Engineered damping systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : ;J-.;
Round filled composite column-10-ste.el beam .............. .. ............ 6-19

Special concenuically braced frames .......... 5-140, 5-178, 5-202. 5-269. 5-299
Special moment frames .............................................. 4-57

Steel anchors, .................................................. .. 9.1-26
:;.
,,,..
-----t~.::l
Analysis and design .................. .... ...... . ........ . ......... . . ~~-:

Friction dan1_pers ..... ... ... . .............. .. ............... _,........ ....... '""
Viscous dampen; .... .. . . .... . . . '-.: ................................. .
Viscoelastic dampers .. .. ....... .... .. . .... ... ........ ...... ..... ... JU-Yielding metallic dampers ......... ...... . . .. . ................. . .. .. .. 10-:!
Equivalent lateral force analysis ...... ....... . . ....................... ... .. 2-t'
Erection drawings . . ................. . ........ ... .................... 9.1-
Welded joincs; see Welded joints

Continui1y places and stiffeners ....... ........... . ............... . ....... 9.1-21
ConXtech ConXL moment connection ......... . .......................... 9.2-64
Coupling beams ........................... . .. 7-11. 7-19, 7-21, 7-30, 7- 39, 7-41
Damping systems; see Engineered damping systems
Deflection amplification factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Deflection compatibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
.......~
,,
':;.
Deformation compat1bility ..... . .. ...... .... . ... . .. , ....... . ........ . 9.1-26

Dema1ld critical welds ....... . ... ....................................... 1-21
Expansion joints . .................. .. ............................ .- ... .. 1-J ..
Design basis earthquake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Fi.lled HSS, plastic capacities ...... . .. . ... ........................ . ...... 7-.1

First-order analysis method ......................... ... . ... .... ...... ... .. 2 -..f
Friction dampers ....................................................... JO-"
H-piJc .. . ........................ . .................... .. .... . ...... 9.1-~ t
Battered H--piles ..... ....... ...... ...... . . ..... ................... 9.I-~~
Protected zone ................... . ....................... ......... 9.J -21
Tension in Hpilcs ..... . ........... .. ...... .... ....... ..... ........ 9.1-Heavy section CVN requirements.......................... . .............. 9.1 _
Inspection
Inspection of bolting .............................................. 9.1-1 L
Inspection of composite structures . .... ........ .. ......... .. ......... 9.1-11 ~
Inspection of H-piles............. .. ............................... 9.1-1
Inspection of welding ............ . ................ ..... ........... 9.1-1'
~spection tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. 1- If''
Olher steel structure inspections ..... . .............................. . 9.
Personnel. ...... .. ........ .... ........ ............... ........... 9.llntermedinte momeot frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33. 9. 1
Analysis.. . ............... , . .......... . ...................... . . . . 9
E.xpectcd material s1rength ...................................... ..... ... 9
Design drawings ... . .............. .... . .. ............... .... 1-21, 1-22, 9.1--0
Diaphragm design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . .. . . 8-2, 8-8
Direct analysis n1ethod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Drift limits ..... ... ........ ...... ................ 1-18, 2-19; see also Swry drift
Ductile design mecha.nisin ................................................. 2-2
Ductility requirements................. ...................... 1-25, 1-34, 9.1-11
Earthquake ground motion ......................... : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Eccentrically braced frames .................................. . ... 5-334, 9.1-57
Analysis...... .... .... ........ .... .................... . ........ .. 9. J-58
Beam outside of Link desigii ...................... , ........... 5-353, 9.1-59
Brace design .................................... .... .... . .. 5-362, 9.1-59
If I
Brace.to-link connections ................. ...... .................. . . 5-372

Column design ............................................. 5-367, 9.1-59
Connections......... . ......... .. .............................. . .. 9.1- 62
Beam-to-colu~ connections ........ . ............... .. .... . ...... 9.1-63
Column splice design ........................................... 9.1-63
Demand critical welds ........ .. ................................ 9.J-62
~
_j
1-
Beam nanges .................... .... ............................. 9.1- '.3 I

Comparison to SMP and OMF................................... . . 4-122
Connections. . . . . ............................................ .... 9.1-32
Beam- to-column connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 .1-3 2
Column splices ............... . ................................ 9.1-34
Conformance demonstration.............................. .. ..... 9.1-33
Conunuity plates .............................. ..... ... .... .... 9.1-34
Demand cnucal welds .......................................... 9.1-32
Required sheM strength ......................... . ....... ... ..... 9.1-33
Intermediate moment frames ... ...... ... ...... .............. 4-33, 9 1

Ordinary moment frames
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2, 9
Special moment frnrnes ................................... . .r.JJ. 9.
Nonbuilding st.ructures. . . . . . . . ......... ......................... .... 5
Ordinary cantilever column systems ......................... ........ ..... 9.
Ordinary concentrically braced frames ................................ 5-3. 9.
Above Seisllllc Isolation Systems ............. ...... . ................. 9.1- .
Analysis ... ...................................................... 9. J
Brace connections . .. ........ ...... ........................... 5-25, 9.1-~
Pnncl zone ........... .... ... .... .............................. 9.1-33

Stability bracing of beams .................................. ... ..... 9.1-31
Beam design .................................. . .................... ~
9.1-32
Protected zone.
Width-to-thickness limitations .................................. 1-36, 9.1-31
Column design . . .
Y-braced anti invencd V-braccd frames ............................ 9.1

K-braced fr:imes .......................... ............... 5-443, 9. I
Kbr:iced frnmes ............................................... 5-443, 9.1-54
Link design .............................................. . .... . ...... 5-340

Load combinations .......................................... ......... 9.1-8
Local buck.ling ................................ .......... . ...... l-25, 9.1-11
Pipe ...................... . ............................... 1-29, 1-57
Rectangular I JSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 28, 1-53
Round HSS . . . . ........................................ . .... 1-29, 1-55
Nonbuilding structures ......................... ... .................. 5-4

Width-to-thickness limitations ................................. . 1-36, 9.1
l:
Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1
Beasn design .................... . ........................... 4-12, 9.1
Be:im to-column connections ................................... 4-16, 9.1
Column design ................ .. ..... .. ................... 4 7. 9.1
Square HSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 28, t -54

\V-Shap.:s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26, 1-36
Lowest anuc1pated service temperature ............................... 1-18, 9.J-7
Low-seismic design (R = 3) ............. , .............. ..... ..... ... . 1- 13, 3-2
Material specifications . .. ........... . ............................ 1-21. 9.1-2
Maximum considered earthquake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1- lO
Maximum force delivered by system ... .'............................. 1-16, 5-136
Modal response spectrum analysis .......................................... 2-7
Comparison to IMF :ind SMF ........................... .. .... .. ..... 4- 1
weld~
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1
FR moment connections ............................... . ............ 9.1
Dem:llld critical
I..
PR moment connection~ ................ . ......................... 9.1

Story drift and stability check ............ ... .......... .......... ......
Overstrength factor ............................................... l- 14, 9.,
Moment connections
Composite moment frames ........................................... 6-14
Moment frame (R 3) ............ ... ..... . ...... :. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Moment frames
R = 3 systeIU.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
R > 3 systems ...................................................... 4-1
rf
Ordinary moment frames .... ... ................ .............. .. : .. 4-2, 9.1
Single angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... I 27, l-52
Qualification of. ................................................. 9. 1-121

Special moment frames ................ ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
. ............................................ .
Sys1em requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. J -~
KaiStr bolled bracket moment connection .. ............................... 9.2-52
Ordinary moment frames ............................................. 4-16

PrequnJjfied ................................................ 9.1- l I 8, 9.2-i
Brace members ..................................... 5-6, 5-75. 9.1
i
i
_J
Performance goals .................................................... .

Period ................................................ .. ..... . ....... .
Prequalified connection standard ......................................... 9.Prequalificarion ........................... ....... ................... 9. 1-1
Beam-to-column connections .................................. 9.1-11 8, 9 I
Llnk-10-<;olumn connections ........................................ 9.1- J
Protected zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22, 9. J- 1
Qualificatio~
Buclding-restrnined braced frames ..... .... ..........................

Beam-ro--column connections .......................................
Link-t<H:olumn conoecrioos ............................ . . .. ........
Qualicy nssu.ronce .............................................. 1-19,
9.19.1 I
9.19.1-J
Conformance demonstration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s.
Required shear strength ....................... . . ......... ......... 'J.
Panel zone ..... ....... ...... ...................... .... ... . .... 9. !
Continuity plates. . .................. .. . ... . ................... 9.'
Quality control ............... . . . .. ... ......................... 1- 19. 9. 1- 106

Reduced beam section moment connection . .......................... 4-57, 9.2-11
Redundancy factor ................. . . . . . ........ .. ..................... l- 15
Response modification coefficient ........ ..... . ..................... l- 12, 9. 1- 1
R :::; 3 applications .......................................... . ... 1- 13. 3-2
R-factor (see Response modification coefficient)

Risk category ........ .. .... ... . .... . . ...... . ........................... 1-7
Column splices ............................. . ............. 4-90, 9..

Stability bracing at beam-to-colulTUl conne<:tions ....... ,........ : .... 9.1
Stability bracing of beams ........................ .. ................ 9.
Protected zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q. 1 _
Seismic design category .. . ......... ...... .. . ............................. 1-7
Story drift and sl3bility check ........... .. ..... . ...................... .:
Seismic joints ..... .. ..... .. ... .. .. ..... ............................... 1-l 7

Seismic Provisions fo r S1ructural Sreel Buildings .... .... ..... . ............... 9. 1-i
Width-to-thickness l.imjtations ..... . ............... .. .. . ......... 1-36, ._,

Special plate shear walls ... .. ..................... .. ........ ........ ... 9.1 -
Shear wall coupling ................... . ................... .... . . ....... 7-10
Analysis ............... ..... .... . ................................ 9.1-
Shop drawings ...... ............... . . .. ... ~ .......... . ......... ..... 9.l-103
Connections..... . .......................... ....... ... ....... .. . . . 9. j Column splices..... ........ ....... . ... ........ .. ........ . ...... 9.1 -
Response spectra .......... ... ... ... ................. .......... . ... ..... 1-7
Special cantilever column systems ................... ......... . .......... 9.1-48

Width-to-thickness limitations ....... . .... ............... . .. .. . ... .. ... 1-36
Connectfons of webs to boundary clements ..... .... . .. ....... . ...... 9. '

Demand critical welds .. .. .. ....... .... ......... ..... ............ ~
HBE-to-VBE connections ..................... .. .. ......... .... . 9 .1Perforated webs ... .. ......... . ................. .................. . 9. ]-
Special concentrically braced frames .......... . .......... .. .. . ... ... 5-82, 9.1-52
. Analysis.... .. ................................... : ........ . .. 5-93, 9. 1-52
. Beam design ... ......... . ........... ..... ............ 5-104, 5- 119, 9.J-54
Brace design ................. ...... . . . ... .. .... .. . .. . .. 5- 83, 5-87, 9.1-54
Column design ... .. ......................................... 5-98, 9.1-54
Protected zone ............................ . .. ................ .. . ... 9.1

System requirements .... .... ... ..... .. . ... ............ .. : ...... : .. . 9.
Column splice design . . . . .... . .......... . ......... .. ......... 5- 129, 9.1-57

Connection design ... ... ... ....... .. 5-140, 5-178. 5-202, 5-269, 5-299, 9.1-55
Demand critical welds .. . ... .. ...... ... . . ... ....................... 9.1-55
System requirements ............................................... 9.1-53
Lateral force distribution ........ .. .... ........................... 9.1-53
V-braced and inverted V-braced frames ........................ 5-83, 9.1-53
K-braced frames ......................................... 5-443, 9. 1-54
Tension-onl y frames ........... .- ................................ 9.1-54
Width-to-thickness limitations ............................ . 1-36, 5-82, 9.1- 54
Special moment frame ...................................... 4-33, 4-76, 9. 1-34
Analysis ..... ... ............................ ..................... 9. 1-34
Beam design .... .. .... ........... .... ..... . . ............... .. 4-46, 9.1-38
Beain flanges......... . ................ .. ....... .......... . .. .. ... 9.1-38
Stiffness of boundary elements .......................... .' ........ 9. 1

HBE-to-VBE connection moment ratio .... ..... ............. .. ..... 9.1Bracing ..... .. ................. . .... ............... : ......... 9.;
Openings in webs ............. ... ..... ............ - ...... . ... . 9.'
Webs ................................... . . . ..................... 9
Width-to-thickness limitations ................. . : . . . . . . . . . . 1-26, 1-36, 9.
Special truss moment frames ..................... ..... ...... ... . ...... . 9.1Analysis....................................................... . . 9.
S_pe,cial segment ............ ..... ..... ............. ..... . ..... ..... ~

Nonspecial. segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S..
Built-up chord members ........................... ......... . .. . .... 9. i Connections ..... ................. ..... . ...................... . ... ~Demand critical welds .... ...................................... 9.
Connections of diagonal web members in the special segment ........... o
Column splices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... .
Protected zones .................................. .. ...... . ...... .
Strength of special segment members ............. ~ ...... . ....... .... .
System requirements ............... . ........ ....... ...... ..... .... .
Special segment ........ . ..................................... .
Stability bracing of trusses .............. .. ...................... .
Column base ............... .. ...... . .. . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94, 4-11 3

Column design ... , ................... ..... ..... . . ........... 4-42, 9.1-38
Column,beam momenr ratio ... . ............ .. .. .. ............... .' .. . 9.1-34
Comparison to OMF and IMF ... .. ................................... 4-122
Conneclions ....... . ... .................. ... ... .......... ... ...... 9.1-38
Demand critical welds ............ ... .. .... . ................... 9.1-38
Beam-to-column connections .. . .......... .. ... .............. 4-57, 9.1~39
AM~
WSTJTVT6 OF STEEL C0NSTR.UC110N
_j
Stability bracing of truss-to-column connections ...................... 9.1-45

Stiffness of stability bracing ...................................... 9.1-45
Widlh-co-t.IUckness limitations ......... ...... .... .......... ..... 1-36, 9.1--46
SpecificM.ions, codes <!nd s tandards .................................... 1-4, 9.1-i
Stability bracing ........ .. ........................................... 9. l-14

Stability design methods .................................... .... ....... 2-5
Steel beaded stud anchors .................. . .... .......... .. ...... 1-30, J-58
Steel plate shear walls; see Special plate shear walls
Stiffeners; see Contioufry plates and stiffeners

Story drift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18, 3-5, 4-36
;.
Structural modeling .............. .. ..................................... 2-7
Gravity Joads ...................................................... 2-13

Stiffness of strucmral elements ..... ... . ................................. 2-8
'
Strength of structural elements .... . .................................... 2-7

Viscoelastic dan1pers ................................................... 10-4
VJscous dampers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L0-2

Wall overstrenglh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Weld access hole ..... ..... ................. ..... ..... ........... 1-25, 1-33
Welded joints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. J-21
Welded unreinforced flange-welded web moment connection . ......... ....... . 9.2--46
Welding provisions ............................................... 9.1-5, 9.2-7
AWS Dl.8 .......................... ....... .. ............ . ........ 1-23

Demand critical welds ......................................... 1-21, 9.1-5
Inspection ................. .. ................................... 9. l-109
Notch toughness verification
Widlh-to-tbickness limitations;
t~t
se~
...................................... 9.1- 5
Local bucklfag and specific systems
Yielding metaUic dampers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
'
..
;:
AMEIUCAN
l.NS'T'1'nml 01' STEa C0.'1S!"l\UC1101'1

AISC Seismic Design Manual 2nd Edition

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AISC Seismic Design Manual 2nd Edition

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

r

. . : ..un \E!<'.1i1;lv-... . ,.:._ , ;.,., ,.,,.

.~~~1'1 ~-!,; :i-< .).,i. . ~

1 General Design Considerations

3 Systems Not Specifically Detailed for Seismic Resistance

6 Composite Moment Frames

Composite Braced Frames and Shear Walls

8 Diaphragms, Collectors and Chords

9 Provisions and Standards

10 Engineered Damping Systems

American Institute of Steel Consuuction

Clarkson ("Piiiky") W. Pinkham

~x;mpl~ contained in tills f1anual

demonstiate' an ai>Pr0ach~to design, and

By the AISC Committee on Manuals and Textbooks,

2010 Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings (ANSIIAISC 341-10)

Mark V. Holland, Chairman

and the AISC Subcommittee on Seismic Design,

' Wtlliam A. Andrews

Rafael Sabelli, Chairman

Leigh Arber, Sec~tary

Buildings and ~er structures in Seismic Design Category (SDC) A

GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

l.l SCOPE ........................................................... 1-4

APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES

AND OTIIER ~CES

~3 !SEISMIC DESIGN OVERVIEW AND _I>ESIGN CON~IDSRATIONS ........ 1- 5

Performance Go~ : . f . ,_ ........ : .._.. ......... ; .. . . ...... : ... .......1-5

!Applicable Building Code .............................. .... .......... 1-6

Systems DefinedinASCFJSEI 7 ...... . ............................... 1-10

Seismic Performance Factors ......................................... 1-12

Maximum Considered Earthquake and DeSign ~asis Eanhqu~e .. ............ 1-10

Response Modification Coefficient, R ........ ......... ... ....... _, . . ,. 1-12

Deflection A.niplifi.cation Factor, Cd ...... ." .......................... 1-14

=3 Applications .............................................. .1-:-1.3.

'.: .... .'.......... :..... :......

Maximum Force De~ered by the,s;st~m

t:. .-.: .. : . .... ."...... ', : . ...... .!.-... ..

Building Drift ............... : . ..'.': ... : .. .... .=... . '..... :

Lowest Anticipated Service Temperature . ......... , . . .. ,, . . ..... r. ..... 1- 18

Quality Control and Quality Assurance;., . .,................... " .... . , .. l- 19

Structural Design Drawio~ Requirements ............................ 1-2 1

Demand Critical Welds ......... ..... ........... . .... . ............ l-21

GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

Locations and Dimens ions of PrOlCfJ:.ed ZoQcs ................. ... ..... 1- 22

Adclitional Structural Design

' "" l .....

Tuble l -9b. Design ~ci'.Dts fuld Factors for Nonbuilding S~

AWS 01.8 Structural Welding Code-Seismic Supplement ............ ... 1-23

Composite Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

1.4 DESIGN TABLE DISCUSSION ........ ............. ... . .. : . ......... 1-25

Local Buckling Requirements ............... .......... . . : . : : ... .. . .. 1-25

Table 1-C. Limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios for Rectangular ,._

Table 1-D. Lirrpting Width-to-Th.i_c)gless Ratiq~ f~r ~oun_d. HSS

Table 1-4. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness

Table l-5a. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness

Table l -5b. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness

Table 1-8. Shear Stud Anchor Nominal Horizontal Shear Strength

Table 1-7. Sections That Satisfy Seismic WidlhtOThfok:ness

Table 1-3 .. Sections That Satisfy Seismic Width-to-Thickness .

PART 1 REFERENCES ............. ...... .......... ...............-..... 1-31

ASCEJSEI 7 Design Coefficients anaFactors for ~FRS ....._............... 1-30

Table lB. Limiting Width-to-Thickness Ratios for Angle Legs